Skip to main content

Full text of "Records of the Australian Museum"

See other formats 


HARVARD     UNIVERSITY. 


L  I  B  R  A  K  Y 


MUSEUM  OF  COMPARATIVE  ZOOLOGY. 

V  ^  ^-3.  S  \ 


SEP 


RKCORDS 


AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


EDITED     BY      THE     CURATOR 


Vol.  VI. 


F'RINTED      BY     ORDER     OF     THE     TRUSTEES. 


R.     ETHERIDGE,    Junr.,    J.P., 


(Cttx-ator* 


SYDNEY,     19G5— 1907 


A 


CONXENT^S. 


No.    1. 
Published    15th   Jane,    J  905, 

Page 
The  Breeding  habits  of  tlie  Paradise  Fish.     By  Edgar  R.  Waite  ...        1 

Description  of  the  Miitihited  Cranium  of  a  large  Fish  from   the  Lower 

Cretaceous  of  Queensland.     By  R.  Etheridge,  Junr.  ...  ...        5 

Studies  in  Australian  Araneidic  No.  4.     By  W.  J.  Rainbow        ...  ...       9 

An  addition  to  tlie  Lacertilian  Fauna  of  the  Solomon  Islands.     By  Edgar 

R.  Waite 13 

The  Fiu'ther  Discovery  of  Dugong  Bones  on  the  Coast  of  ]S^ew  South 

Wales.     By  R.  Etheridge,  Junr ...     17 

On  an  Insular  Form  of  Melithreptus  brerirostnx,  Vigors  and  Horsfield. 

By  Alfred  J.  North         20 

Notes  on  tlie  Architecture,  Nesting  Habits,  and  Life  Histories  of  Austra- 
lian Araiieida',  based  jn  Speciuiens  in  the  Australian  Museum.  By 
W.  J.  Rainbow 22 

Notes  on  the  Varied  Honey-Eater.     By  Alfred  J.  North 29 

Opal  Pseudomorphs  from  White  Cliffs,  N.S.W.      Bv  C.  Anderson,  M.A. 

B.Sc.,  and  H.  Stanley  Jevons,  M.A.,  B.Sc.      ...'        31 

Occasional  Notes — 

I.  Climbing  Habits  of  an   Australian   Snake.     By  Edgar  R.  Waite,     38 

II.   Pxpudaphri/is    urvil/ii,    Cuv.    &    Val.,  a  Fish  new   to   Western 
New  South  Wales.      Hy  Fd gar  R.  Waite,  F.L.S 


IV  RICCOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

No.   2. 
Published    1 5th   September,    1905, 

Arollusc-a  from  One  Hundred  and  Eleven  Fathoms,  East  of  Cape  Bvron, 

New  South  Wales.     Bj  Charles  Hedlej.  ...  ...  ...  ...     -)  I 

Notes  on  Fishes  from  Western  Australia,  No.  3.     Bv  Edgar  K.  Waite      55 

Mineralogical    Notes,    No.  2. — Topaz,  Barite,   Anglesite,   Cerussite  and 

Zircon.     By  C.  Anderson,  M.A ,  B  So.  ...  ..  ...  ...     ii'S 

On  a  Large  Example  of  Megalatracius  'iruanus,  L.     By  Cliaries  Hedley.     98 

Notes  on  Australian  Siphonaptera.     By  W.  J.  Kainbow  ...  ...   101 

TJie  Osteology  of  tlie  New  Guinea  Tvu-tle.     By  Edgar  K,  Waite 110 

Occasional  Notes — 

III.   Western  Australian  Prawns  and  Sponges.     By  T.  Wliitelegge.   .11'.} 


No.   3. 
Published    1 9th  June,   1906. 

On  Two  Karly  Australian  Ornithologists.     \',y  Alfred  J.  North 121 

The  Cranial  Buckler  of  a  Dipnoan  Fish,  from  the  Devonian  Beds  of  tlie    . 
Murrumbidgee  River,  N.S.W.     By  R.  Etlieridge,  Junr.        ...  ..    129 

]\lineralogical  Notes:  No.  3. — Axinite,  Petterdite,  Crocoite,  and  l)afi']ite. 

By  C.  Anderson,  M.A.,  B.Sc 133 

A  Synopsis  of  Australian  Acarina.     By  W.  J.  Rainbow    ...  ...  ...   145 

Description  of  and  Notes  on  some  Australian  and  Tasmanian  Fishes.     By 

Edgar  E.  Waite, .'.194 

Mollusca  from  Three  Hundred  Fathoms,  off  Sydney.    Bv  C.  Hedle\-,  aiui 

W    F.  Petterd       ' "       ...   211 

Studies  in  Australian  Shark.^,  No.  3.     By  Edgar  E.  Waite  226 

Ona  \  nrieiy  oi  Gov.ra  coronata.     By  Alfred  J.  North     ...  ...  ...   230 

Occasional  Notes — 

V\  .  Crustacea  new  to  \ustralia.     Bv  Allan  E.  McCiilloch  ...  ...   231 


COXTKN'TS.  V 

No.    4. 

Published   23rd  January,   1907 

Aborij^iiial  WVirkshups  ou  ihe  Oo.ist  of  New  South  Wales,  and  their  Con- 
tents.    J3y  R   Etheridge,  Junr,  and  Thomas  Whitelegge      ...  ■   ^-^^ 

On  the  Oligoclueta  from  the  Blue  Lake,  Mount  Koseiusko.     Bv  Prof.  W. 

B.  Benliam,  D.Sc,  M.A.  " 251 

Mineralogical  Xotes  :  No.  4.   -Ortlioehise  in  Xco'   South    Wales.     By  C. 

Anderson,  .M. .\.,  B.Sc.    ...  ...  ..  .     2(55 

The  Re-sults  of  Deep  Sea  Investigation  in  the  Tiisman  Set.       I.    Tlie   Ex- 
pedition of  II.M.(;.S.  '•  Miner." 

1.  Introductory  Note  osi  tlie  First  Deep-t^ea  Cruise.       Bv   Prof. 

W.  A .  Haswell,  M. A.,  D.Sc.  and  C.  Hedley  ..'.  .271 

2.  Tlie  Colonial  Radiolaria  of  the  Tasman   Sea.     By   Prof.    W. 

A.  Haswell,  M. A.,  D.Sc 273 

3.  Mollusca  from  Eighty  Fathoms  off  Xarrabeen.     By  C.  Hedley  283 

J-.  Koraminiieral  Sand  Dredged  Twenty-two  Miles  east  of 
Sydney  at  a  Depth  of  Eighty  Fathoms.  By  E.  J.  Goddard, 
B.A./B.Sc         ■ ■ 305 

Note  upon  Mas  tompsoni,  Ramsay.     By  Allan  R.  McCullocli  ...   312 

Two  New  Species  of  Ct;//e?MAoZa.      Bj  W.  J.  Rainbow       ..  ...  .313 

Occasional  Notes — 

V.  The  Gi-eneric  Name  C/'e/?iV/o^a.9<e/'.     By  Edgar  R.  Waite  ...   315 

VI.  Note  on  an  Unusual  Set  of  Stone  Plover's  Eggs.  By  .1.  J.  North  315 


No.    o. 

Published   1 8th  July,   1907- 

Lower  Cretaceous  Fossils  from   the  Sources  of  tlie   Barcoo,   Ward  and 

Niva  Rivers,  South  Central  Queensland.     By  R.  Etheridge,  Junr.  ...   317 

Notes  on  the  Architecture  of  Australian  Arcineida>.      Part  6,  Entelegynaj. 

By  W.  J.  Kainbow  330 

Additions  to  the  .\-vi-Fauna  of  the  County   of  Cumberland.      By    Alfred 

J    Nortli * 339 


VI  RECORDS    OF    THK    ACSTKAMAX    MUSKUM. 

Results    of   Deep-Sea   Investigation   in  tlie   'I'asnian    Sea.      11.  The 
Expedition  of  the  "  S.S.  Wo_v  Woy." 

1.  Fislies  and  Crustaceans  from  Eiglit  Huinh-ed   Fathoms.     Bv 

Allan  R.  McCulloch ".345 

Mollusca  from  Eiglit  Hundred    Fathoms,  Thirty-five   Miles 
East  of  Sydney.     By  Charles  Hedley.  ..  ..   356 

?(ovt]i   Queensland  Etlinograph\ .      Bulletin    No.   9.      Hurial   Ceremonies 

and  Disposal  of  the  Dead.   ■  Hy  Walter  E.    Koth 365 

Mineralogieal   Notes  :  Xo    5. — Ca-siterite,    Cerussite,   Zeolites   and   other 

Australian  Minerals.      By  C.  Anderson,  M  yV.,  B.Se.  ..  ..    404 

Occasional  Notes  — 

VTT.   Elytra  oi  ('ircoiii'iiifis  iiis/if^n/fiis.  {i^ini\i\.      Hy  A.  J.  North        ...   423 


No.  6. 
Published  20th  March,  1908 

Title  Page  and  Index. 


LIST   OF   THE    CONTRIIU  TOPvS. 

With   Reference  to  fhe  Articles  contributed  by  each. 


Anderson,  Chas  — 

Puare 
Miticralof^it-al  Nolu:^,  No.  IF.— T<)))az,  Barite,  An^lesite,  Ceriissiteinui 

Zircon  83 


Xo.  III. — Axinite,  Petterdite,  Crocoite,  and  Datolite  . 

Xo.  IV. — Ortlioflaife  in  New  South  Wales 

No.  V. — Cassiterite,  Cevussitc,  Zeolites  and  other  Aus 
tralian  Minerals 


133 
265 

404 


Anderson,  Chas-,  and  H   S-  Jevons  — 

Opal  PseiidoiiK.r])lis  from  WliiteClitfs,  X.S.W 31 

Benham,  W  B  - 

On  the  Oligoclia'ta  from  ihe  Uliie  Lake,  Mount  Kuseiusko  ...    251 

Etheridge  R  ,  lunr. — 

Description   of  the   Mutilated   Cranium   of  a   large   Fi?li    from   the 

Lower  Cretaceous  of  Queensland  . .  ...  . .  ...       5 

The  Further  Discovery  of  Dugong  Bones  on  the  Coast  of  Xew  South 

Wales  ■  17 

The  Cranial  Buckler  of  a  Dipnoan  Fi^h,  from  tlie  Devonian  Beds  of 

the  Murrnnibidgee  River,  X.S.W.  ...  ...  ...  ...   129 

Lower  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  the  Sources  of  the  Barcoo,  Ward,  and 

Xive  Rivers,  South  Central  Queensland    .  .  ...  ..   317 


Etheridge,  R  ,  Junf.  and  Thos  Whitelegge — 

Aboriginal  Workslio])s  on  the  Coast  of  Xew  South  Wales,  and  their 

Contents        ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ..  ...   233 


^1"  RRCOKDS    OF    Till-;    AUSTUALIAX    MUSEUM 

Goddard,  E.  J  — 

Foraminifei-al  Sand  Dredged  Twenty-two  Miles  eiist  of  Sydney  at  a 

Deptli  of  Eiglitv  Fatlioms  ...      " "        ...   3o5 

Haswell,  W.  A  - 

TIu-  C'uloni;il  Eiidiolnrin  of  the  'I'a^niaii  Sea     ...  ...  ...  ..     278 

Haswell,  W.  A.  and  Chas-  Hedley— 

Introductory  Note  on  the  rirst  Deej)  Sea  Cruise  ...  ...   271 

Hedley,  Charles — 

MoUusca  from  One  Hundred  and    Eleven    Fathoms,    East  of   Cape 

Byron,  New  South  Wales   ...  ...  ...  ...  ...     41 

On  -A  l^ar^ti  TLxAmple  of  .1/egn/a/rirctit.s-  arKariii.i         ...  ...  ...      98 

.Mollusea  from  Eighty  Fathoms  off  Narrabeen  ...  ...  ...   283 

Mollusca  from  Eight  Hundred    Fatlioms,   Tliirty-five   Miles   East  of 

Sydney.  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...    85(i 

Hedley  Chas-  and  W-  F-  Pettctd— 

Mollusea  from  Tliree  Hundred  Fathoms,  off  Sydney  ..  ..  ...    211 

McCuIIoch,  Allan  R.— 

Crustacea  new  to  Australia  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...   231 

'Note  \i\:)on  31  iix  fompsoni.  Rfimsay        ...  ...  ...  ...  ...    312 

Fishes  and  Crustaceans  from   Eiglit  Hiuidred  Fathoms,   thirty-five 

miles  East  of  Sydney  ...  .  . ,  ...  ...  ...  345 

North,  A.  J.^ 

On  an  Insular  Form  of  Melithreplia  hrevirostrit,  Vigors  and  Hors- 

field 20 

Notes  on  the  Varied  Honey -Eater          ...          ...          ...  ...  ...  29 

On  Two  Early  Australian  Ornithologists          ...          ...  ...  ...  121 

On  a  Variety  of  Go»ra  eoro««!^rt            ...          .  ...  230 

Note  on  an  Unusual  Set  of  Stone  Plover's^  Eggs           ..  ...  315 

Additions  to  the  Avi-Fauna  of  the  County  of  Cumhei'land  ...  ...  339 

Eggs  of  Cacowaw//.'.-  i^.v/ie^'a^^M*,  Gould             ...          ...  ...  ...  423 


LIST    OF    THE    CONTRIBUTORS.  IX 

Ratnbow,  W.  I  — 

Studies  ill  Australian  Ai'cineida-,  No  4....           ...           ...           ...           ...  9 

Note.s    oil   tiie  Airliitecture,  Nesting  Habits,  and  Life  Histories  of 
Australian    .A.raneida%    based    on    Specimens  in  the   .Australian 

^ruseuin         ...          ...          ...                                     ..          ...  22 

Notes  on  Australian  Siplionaptera           ..          ...            .                        ...  inl 

A  Synojjsis  of  Australian  Acarina          ...          .  .          .  .          ...          ...  1 45 

Two  New  Speeies  of  ''o//e>H/>o/'f            ...                      ,.,          ...          ...  313 

Notes  on  the  Airhiteeture  of  AustiMJian  .\i'aiieid!e,   Part  (i.     Entele- 

gynse ...          ...                      ...  330 

Roth,  Walter  E.— 

North  Queensland  Ethnography.     Bulletin  No  9.     Burial  Ceremonies 

and  I)is)3osal  of  the  Dead  .                                                  ...          ...  365 

Waite.  Edgar  R.— 

'i'he  Breeding  habits  of  the  Paradise  Fish        ...                       ...          .  I 

An  Addition  to  the  Laeertilian  Fauna-  of  the  Solomon  Islands          ...  18 

Climbing  Habits  of  an  Australian  Snake           ...            ..           ..          ...  38 

Pseudaphriti^  urvillii,  Ciiv    &  Val.,  a  Fish  new  to  Western  New 

South  Wales             38 

Notes  on  Fishes  from  Western  Australia,  No.  3         ...          ...          . .  55 

The  Osteology  of  the  New  Guinea  Turtle        ...  ...  ...  ...IIU 

Description  of  and  Notes  on  some  Australian  and  Tasnianian  Fishes  194 

Studies  in  Australian  Sharks,  No.  8       ...          ...          ...          ...          ...  226 

The  Generic  Name  CrepUlopaxter         ...          ...          ...           ..          ...  315 

"Whitelegfge,  T- — 

Western  Au-tialian  Prawns  and  Sponges         ...          ...          ...          ...  119 


LIST  OF  THE  PLATES. 


PART  J. 


I-II.      Ichlliyodectts  marathonensis. 

III.  Portion  of  web  of  Amanrobiiix  socialis. 

IV.  Portion  of  rib  of  Halicore  diiqotiff. 
V.      Mdithrcpins  hreciros-tris. 

Melithreptus  nioqn  irosfris. 
Nest  and  Eggs  of  Ptilotia  versicolor. 
VI.     Opal  Pseudouiorplis. 
VII.     Glauberite  Crystals  and  Opal  Pseudomorplis 


PAKT  11 


VIII. 

iSi/,iu(lii-s  .stiffen f  111. 

tj i/iioff/oss-i'x  hroinllni I'sli. 

IX. 

Terapoii  /iiniier/i/ix. 

X 

NeafiipKH  uhliquHS. 

XI. 

dhij'fodon  assarius. 

Dipi(/ifs  crecKS. 

XII. 

Hi^psi/p ops  micro Irp is . 

XIII. 

Psendoluhrus  punctulati's. 

XIV. 

Bram ichthi^s  icoodivfirdi. 

XV. 

Patreciis  wacii/afiix. 

XVI. 

Pseudomonacatithus  ffitlii. 

XVII. 

Ch(Ftodermis  maccHllochi. 

XVI II. 

Topaz. 

XIX. 

Topaz. 

Earite. 

Aligelsite. 

XX 

Ceriissite. 

Zircon. 

'CXI. -XXII.     Meqalatractiin  aruanus. 

XXI T I 

EcJiidnophaga  amhii/nns. 

XXIV.- 

X XV IT .     Carettocheltis  inscn  1  pta 

RKCOHDS    (JF    THE    AUSTRALIAN'    MISEUM. 


xxvria 

XXVI II 
XXIX-XX 
X  VXI. 

XX. VII. 
XXXIII. 
XXXIV 

XXXV. 
XXXVI. 


XXXVII 


XXXVITI 


XXXIX. 
XL. 

XLI. 


PAET  III. 

\Iuial  I'alilct  ill  St.  James  Cliurch,  Sydney,  erecteJ  in  i;iemoiy  of 
John  Gilbert,  Oniitlidlogist. 

Giniurhynchus  sussmilchi.  Eth.  fil. 

X.      Axinite. 

Axinite,  Pettfi-dite,  and  Crocdite. 

Petiei-flite  (Miuietite). 

Datolite 

Peltorharnph  ii  %•  hKxsenxi-s. 

nil otn boftolea  lU^xoidcs. 

ClieUohra-'chns  vufux. 
Crepidoijasiier  spatula. 
Diplocre/i  is  purripinnix, 

,,  cardinalin, 

Bleiniins  faxmaniamts. 
Op/iiuch''iv»  i/aljrif^Ii. 

„  ffraciUx. 

JJoni/ea  oleacea. 
li  Issoa  Jiloci  icta. 
Bathi/toma  agnata. 
Cerithiopsis  caciiminatus. 
Pleurotoma  casearia. 
Murex  liciiiun 
Emayginula  superha. 
Te.rehra  lauretanm. 

1>  ifU  urn  fuscocapitui  tun. 
Caneellaria  scohinn. 
Tiheria  nUidula. 
Limopsi.s  eiectus. 
I'oromi/a  undosa. 
Aiiiusii(m  thetidis. 

Carcharicn  firachi/urti.s. 

Cctiilns  aaaiis,  egg-case. 

rrirasci/ Ilium  collare,  egg-case. 


PART  IV. 


XLII-XLIV.  Flint  luiplenienis  from  Aboriginal  AVorksliojJs. 

XLV.  Views  of  the  principal  sandhill  at  Eellambi. 

XLVI-XLVII.  Oligochffita  I'rom  Mt.  Kosciusko,  X.S.W. 

XLVIII-LII.  Orthoclase.  New  England,  X.S  W. 

LIII.  Radiolaria  of  the  Tasman  Sea. 

LIV-LVI.  Alollusca  from  eighty  fathoms  off  X.iirabeen. 


LIST    OF    THE    PLATKS. 


PART    V. 


LVII-LXII.      Lower  Cretaceous  Fossils  froin  tlie  li-.n-coo,    W'ai.i,  and 
Nive  River?,  Soiitli  Centra]  Queensland. 

LXIII-LX\'.      Fishes  and  Crustaceans  from  eight  hnndred  fatlionis. 

LXYI-LXVII.     Molhisoa  fVoni  eight  hundred  fatlumis,  tliirtj -five  miles 
Eas.t  of  Svdnev. 

LXVIII  LXXIV.  North  Queensland  Ethnograpliv. 

LXXV.  Cassiterite. 

LXXVILXXYII.  Cerussite. 

LXXYIII  Ijarite,  Mona/.ite,  Si-licclitc.  Vesuvianiteand  Heulandite, 

LXXIX-LXXX.  Chabazite. 


CORRECTIONS. 


Page  34,  in  description  of  text  figure — for  "  h"  read  "  B" 

„    83,  line  7 — for  "  and  "  read  "  witli." 

„    92,  line  16 — for  "  anlirydroiis"  read  "  anliydroiis." 

,,    134,  line  14 — for  "  ortliogonal "  read  "  ortliograjjliic." 

„    256,  footnote — for  "portion  "  read  "  position." 

„     367,  line  18- for  "  off  "  read  "  of." 

„    390,  ]  ine  21 — for  "  born  "  read  "  borne." 

„    393,  line  18 — for  "  dessication  "  read  ''  desiccation." 

„    404,  line  18 — for  "  the  faint  line  "  read  "a  faint  line." 
Plate  XX.  explanation  line  7  add  o  (112). 

,,      xxvii. — read  xxviia. 

Plnd's  xlii.,  xliii.,  xlv.,  at  foot  of  plate — for   "  H.    Barnes,    Junr.,  read    "  T. 
Wliitelegge." 

Plate  liii  — substitute  tiie  plate  inserted  in  part  5  for  that   previously  issued 
in  jKirt  4,  on  which  the  figure  numbers  were  omitted. 

,,     Ixxii.  explanation — for  "  Rosewell  "  read  "  Russell." 

Ixxii    explanation — for  "  dessicnticjii  "  re:id  "  desi<'cation." 


RECORDS 


OF    THE 


AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


EDITED  BY  THE  CURATOR. 


Vol.  VI,   No.  1. 


PRINTED     BY     ORDER     OF     THE     TRUSTEES 

R.   ETHERIDGE,   Junr.,  J.P., 
Curator. 

SYDNEY,    15th    JUNE,    1905. 

The  Swift  Printinsr  Co.,  Ltd.,  .5  Jatuieson  Lanp,  Sydney. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE. 

The  Breeding  habits  of  the  Paradise  Pish.      By  Edgrar  R.  Waite, 

F.L.S,  Zoologist  ...  ...  ...  ...  1 

Description  of  the  Mutilated  Cranium  of  a  large  Fish  from  the 
Lower  Cretacious  of  Queensland.  By  R.  Etheridge,  Junr., 
Curator  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  .5 

Studies  in  Australian  Araneidse  No.  4.     By  W.  J.  Rainbow,  F.L.S., 

F.E.S.,  Entomologist  ...  ..  ..  ..  9 

An   Addition  to  the  Lacertilian  Fauna  of  the   Solomon  Islands. 

By  Edgar  R.  Waite,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist    . .  . .  . .         13 

The  Further  Discorery  of  Dugong  Bones  on  the  Coast  of  New 

South  Wales.     By  R.  Etheridge,  Junr.,  Curator  ;'...' i/  ...         17 

On  an  Insular  Form  of  Melithreptus  hrevirostris,  Vigors  and  Hors- 
field.  By  Alfred  J.  North,  C  M.Z.S.,  C.M,B.O,U.,  Ornitho- 
logist ..  ..  ..  ..  ..20 

Notes  on  the  Architecture,  Nesting  Habits,  and  Life  Histories  of 
Australian  Araneidae,  based  on  Specimens  in  th«  Australian 
Museum,     By  W.  J.  Rainbow,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Entomologist  . .         22 

Notes  on  the  Varied  Honey-Eater,     Bv  Alfred  J.  North,  C.M.Z.S., 

C.M.B.O.U.,  Ornithologist  ...         '        ...  ...  ...         29 

Opal  Pseudomorphs  from  White  Cliffs,  N.S.W.  By  C.  Anderson, 
M.A.,  B.Sc,  Mineralogist  to  the  Australian  Museum,  and  H. 
Stanley  Jevons,  M,A.,  B.Sc,  Lecturer  on  Mineralogy  and 
Petrology,  University  of  Sydney     .' ^  ..<  ...  ...         31 

Occasional  Notes. — 

I.  Climbing  Habits  of  an  Australian  Snake.      By  Edgar  R. 
Waite,  I.L.S.,  Zoologist  ...  ...  ...         38 

II.  Fseudaphritis  urvilUi,  Cuv.  &  Val.,  a  Fish  new  to  Western 

New  South  Wales.      By  Edgar  R.  Waite,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist        38 


THE  BREEDING  HABITS  of  the  PARADISE  FISH, 

(POLYACANTHUS  OPERCULARIS,  Limunis). 

Bv  Edgar  R.  Waitk,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist. 

In  a  former  paper^  I  described  the  nesting  habits  of  the  Fighting 
Fish  (Betta  jni^jnax,  Cantor)  as  observed  in  my  aquaria.  I  have 
since  had  the  good  fortune  to  secure  a  number  of  living  specimens 
of  the  Paradise  or  Rainbow  Fish,  Polyacanthus  opPTcularis,  Lin- 
naeus," which  name,  according  to  Dr.  Boulenger,^  represents  the 
original  species  whence  the  domestic  Macropodui^  viridianratuH, 
Lacepede,^  is  derived. 

This  fish  is  breeding  very  freely  with  me,  but  as  its  life  history 
is  well  known  I  do  not  propose  to  do  more  than  point  out  in 
what  respects  its  habits  differ  from  those  of  Betta. 

The  male  is  larger  than  tlie  female,  has  the  fins  more  produced 
and  the  caudal  filamentous.  Ordinarily  the  coloration  of  the 
sexes  is  similar,  but  when  breeding  the  hues  of  the  male  are 
intensified,  while  the  female  becomes  very  pale  and  loses  the 
beautiful  greenish  blue  bars  on  the  body.  None  of  the  illustra- 
tions I  have  seen  do  justice  to  this  beautiful  fish.  My  specimens 
exhibit  ten  bars  as  described  by  Linnaeus  ;  published  figures 
show  a  smaller  number.'' 

The  nest  of  Folyacdidluis  is  usually  not  so  extensive  nor  so 
dome-shaped  as  that  of  Betta  :  this  may  be  accounted  for  by  the 
former  fish  showing  a  greater  preference  for  nesting  beneath 
some  shelter,  as  the  leaf  of  a  Nardoo  {Marsilea)  or  the  crossing- 
ribbons  of  Valisneria.  The  first  batch  of  eggs  is  frequently 
produced  when  but  a  few  bubbles  are  formed,  others  being  added 
below  as  oviposition  proceeds.  As  a  consequence  the  eggs  are 
raised  quite  out  of  the  water  and  hatched  in  this  situation. 
The  young  ones  may  be  seen  wriggling  within  the  egg  on  the 
surface  of  the  nest  :  this  lends  support  to  the  observation  that 
some  existing  shelter  is  used,  beneath  which  the  bubbles  are 
blown,  otherwise  the  young  would  be  very  conspicuous  to  an 
enemy  above. 

1  Waite— Ree.  Aust.  Mus..  v.,  1904,  p.  293,  pi.  xxxviii. 

2  LinnfEus — Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  x,  1758,  p.  283. 

3  Bouleiiijer — Cambridge  Nat.  Hist.,  vii.,  1904,  p.  669. 
*  Lacepede— Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  iii.,  1802,  p.  417. 

^  Cuvier  et  Valenciennes — Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  vii,,  1831,  pi.  197;  Valen- 
ciennes— Rep:.  Anim.  111.  Poiss.,  pi.  Ixxiv.,  fig.  2;  Pouchet — Rev. 
Mag.  Zool.,  xxiii.,  1872,  pi.  xxv. 


5i  RECOKDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

A  marked  diiFerence  is  observable  in  the  relative  specific 
gravity  of  the  eggs  of  Betta  and  Polyacanthus..  As  previously 
described  those  of  the  former  are  heavier  than  water,  and  the 
male  collects  them  as  they  sink  and  places  them  beneath  the 
nest.  In  the  latter  the  eggs  are  lighter  than  water,  and  thus 
ascend  to  beneath  the  bubbles  without  the  aid  of  the  male.  At 
the  moment  of  extrusion  the  female  is  quite  inverted,  so  that  the 
eggs,  apart  from  their  relative  lightness,  are  directed  upwai'ds. 
As  the  nest  may  be  of  but  little  extent,  say,  at  first,  of  the  size 
of  a  shilling,  the  eggs  frequently  rise  to  the  surface  in  the  clear 
water  beyond  its  margin  ;  these  are  collected  by  the  male  and 
placed  beneath  the  bubbles.  This  does  not,  however,  occur  until 
some  little  time  after  the  eggs  are  produced,  for,  unlike  the  con- 
dition in  Betta,  it  is  the  male  who  is  most  exhausted,  the  female 
being  the  first  to  move  away. 

The  female  Paradise  Fish  seems  to  have  greater  motherly 
instinct  than  the  female  Betta,  and  frequently  takes  part  in 
collecting  the  eggs  and  placing  them  in  the  "  cradle,"  though  this 
is  quite  subject  to  the  whim  of  the  male,  who  assumes  complete 
control. 

I  now  have  eight  pairs  of  Polyacanthus  breeding,  and  there  is 
much  diffei-ence  in  the  amount  of  toleration  extended  to  the 
female  by  their  respective  mates.  Though  I  had  three  nestings 
of  Betta  the  progeny  was  the  i-esult  of  but  one  pair,  so  that  my 
generalisations  in  this  respect  may  not  be  quite  fair.  The 
female  Betta  certainly  devoured  all  eggs  and  young  that  came 
within  her  reach.  One  of  the  female  Polyacanthiis,  on  the  other 
hand,  obtained  three  or  four  eggs  from  the  nest,  evidently  with 
the  view,  like  the  male,  of  rearranging  their  position.  She  was, 
however,  driven  away,  but  at  the  first  oppoi'tunity  returned  the 
eggs  to  the  nest,  having  had  them  in  her  mouth  for  more  than  a 
minute. 

As  I  had  so  many  pairs  breeding  I  could  afford  to  sacrifice  one 
family  in  order  to  ascertain,  if  possible,  what  real  object  the  male 
has  in  so  zealously  tending  and  guarding  the  eggs.  To  this  end, 
as  soon  as  a  complement  of  eggs  was  pi'oduced  I  removed  them 
en  masse,  by  means  of  a  tablespoon,  to  another  vessel.  They 
hatched  in  the  usual  course,  and  the  larva3  developed,  so  that  now, 
at  the  end  of  six  weeks,  they  are  as  lai'ge,  active  and  healthy  as 
those  left  under  the  care  of  the  male. 

With  the  view  of  asceitaining  the  function  of  the  bubbles,  I 
removed  from  another  nest  some  of  the  newly-deposited  eggs,  and 
carefully  rejected  all  bubbles.  As  before,  these  eggs  de^^eloped 
equally   with   those   left  under   paternal  care.     It  would    seem, 


BREEDING    HABITS    OF    THE    PARADISE    FISH — W'AITE.  6 

therefoi'e,  that  the  pui-port  of  the  nest  and  care  of  the  parent  is 
simply  protective.  The  mass  of  spume  hides  the  eggs  or  young 
from  aerial  or  teri-estrial  enemies,  while  the  attendance  and 
vigilance  of  the  male  secures  them  from  attack  of  aquatic  foes. 

In  Betta,  whose  habits  are,  apparently,  more  highly  specialised, 
the  nest  must  have  a  more  important  function,  seeing  that 
without  it,  and  the  care  of  the  male,  the  eggs  would  naturally 
sink  and  doubtless  perish. 

I  had  not  hitherto  numbered  Utricularia  among  my  aquatic 
plants,  but  having  procured  a  spray,  I  placed  it  in  a  vessel  in  my 
study  at  the  museum  :  this  contained  a  pair  of  Paradise  Fish  and 
fry  a  few  days  old.  Paying  me  a  visit  next  day,  my  colleague, 
Mr.  T.  Whitelegge,  warned  me  of  the  jiossible  fate  of  the  young, 
having  in  mind  the  well-known  carnivorous  habit  of  the  Bladder- 
wort. 

An  inspection  of  the  vessel  showed  that  the  number  of  young 
had  very  seriously  diminished,  and  the  missing  ones  were  found 
in  the  bladders  of  the  plant.  Some  were  seized  by  the  head,  and 
some  by  the  tail,  as  originally  described  by  Mr.  Simms  in  the 
case  of  roach  fry. 

In  the  hope  of  seeing  a  fish  actually  caught,  my  assistant,  Mr. 
A.  R.  McCulloch,  watched  the  plant,  and  had  scarcely  seated 
himself  at  the  aquarium  before  he  called  me.  I  saw  one  of  the 
fry  caught  by  the  extreme  tip  of  the  tail.  It  had  been  swimming 
close  to  one  of  the  bladders,  and  possibly  touched  the  mouth, 
when  instantly  it  was  trapped.  At  intervals  its  struggles  were 
frantic,  and  the  bladder  was  shaken  by  the  vibi'ations.  At  the 
end  of  seven  minutes  the  tail  was  entirely  engulfed,  and  con- 
tinued to  wriggle  within  the  bladder,  while  the  head  and  body 
were  shaken  without. 

The  little  fish  lived  for  an  hour  and  a  half,  but  it  was  not 
until  the  following  morning  that  the  whole  was  taken  into  the 
bladder. 

Articles  dealing  with  the  carnivorous  habit  of  Utrindaria  are 
very  numerous.  The  following  refer  especially  to  its  piscivorous 
practice  : — 

Moseley  (Sinims) — Nature,  xxx.,  1884,  p.  81. 

Simms — Loc.  cit.,  p.  295,  figs.  1-3. 

Halperine — Bull.  U.S.  Fish.  Comm.,  v.,  1885,  p.  353,  pis.  i.,  ii. 

The  housing  of  the  fry  has  provided  an  interesting  example  of 
the  principle  detailed  by  Semper*"  as  to  the  influence  of  the 
volume  of  water  on  the  growth  of  an  individual. 

''  Semper — Animal  Life,  1881,  p.  159,  et  seq. 


4  EECORDS    OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

In  order  to  study  the  de^•elopment  of  the  j'ouiig,  I  i-emoved 
as  I  thought,  the  whole  of  a  young  family  from  a  large  aquarium, 
where  they  had  been  bred,  to  a  small  vessel  at  the  Museum. 

I  aftei'wards  discovered  that  five  young  ones  had  escaped  my 
search  and  remained  in  the  original  aquarium.  These  grew  at  a 
rapid  rate,  whereas  those  placed  in  the  smaller  vessel  showed  no 
increase  at  all.  So  marked  was  the  difference  that  I  took  one  of 
the  former-  from  my  home  and  placed  it  with  its  smaller  brethren. 
It  appeared  as  a  veritable  giant  among  them,  and  had  all  its  fins 
properl)"  differentiated,  whereas  in  the  othei-s  the}-  had  not 
developed  beyond  the  lar^•al  stage. 

To  say  that  the  later-introduced  fish  is  twice  the  length  and 
four  01-  five  times  the  bulk  of  the  others  may  give  some  idea  of 
its  relative  size,  but  its  greater  development  may  be  better 
appi^eciated  when  I  mention  that  it  took  to  feeding  on  the 
smaller  fish,  so  that  now,  after  a  partnership  of  about  three 
weeks,  it  is  the  sole  vertebrate  occupant  of  the  vessel. 

As  regards  food,  this  fish  may  be  said  to  have  had  what 
Semper  calls  its  optimum,  and  yet  about  the  time  it  assimilated 
the  last  of  its  companions  it  was  noticeably  inferior  in  size  to  the 
other  four  with  which  it  was  previously  associated,  though  tliey 
had  not  been  so  lavishly  supplied  with  food.  They  had,  howe^'er, 
abundance  of  water.  The  i-emoval  of  the  fry  j^laced  the  volume 
of  water  for  the  individual  also  at  its  optimum,  so  that  now  it 
appears  to  have  regained  its  ratio  of  development.  Thus  Semper's 
conclusions  receive  interesting  confirmation. 

I  may  mention  that  we  have  had  a  tadpole  of  one  of  the 
Hylido',  in  a  small  body  of  water  for  over  a  year ;  it  has  grown  to 
a  large  size,  but  has  never  got  beyond  the  lai-val  stage.  Other 
larvae  left  in  the  pond,  whence  this  was  removed,  completed  their 
metamorphoses  months  ago. 


DESCRIPTION    OF   the    MUTILATED    CRANIUM    of    a 

LARGE  FISH,  from   the   LOWER   CRETACEOUS  of 

QUEENSLAND. 

By    R.   Etheridge,  Junr.,   Curator 

(Plates  i. — ii.) 

A  comparatively  recent  visit  to  Queensland  yielded  to  Mr. 
P.  G.  Black's  researches  in  the  Lower  Cretaceous  beds  at  Mara- 
thon, Flinders  River,  the  mutilated  skull  of  a  fish.  A  reproduc- 
tion of  this  fossil  has  been  made  for  the  Museum  collection, 
with  Mr.  Black's  permission,  the  original  returning  to  his  cabinet. 

The  skull  is  crushed  from  above  downward,  and  consequently 
expanded  to  some  extent  laterally,  and  also  pressed  backwards 
Above,  the  bones  are  firmly  encased  in  the  close-grained  argillace- 
ous limestone  forming  the  matrix,  but  below  are  weathered  to  a 
great  extent  free  of  the  latter.  The  displacement  arising  from 
this  downward  and  backward  pressure  renders  the  determination 
of  the  osseous  members  of  the  cranium  difficult  and  uncertain  ; 
but  the  jaws  ai^e  in  a  much  better  state  of  preservation.  A  pre- 
liminary inspection  shows  considerable  portions  of  the  maxillaries, 
and  mandibles  i7i  situ,  parts  of  the  opercular  apparatus,  the  hyoid 
bones,  the  pectoral  fins,  some  of  the  anterior  vertebne,  and 
remains  of  some  ribs. 

Photographs  of  this  head  were  forwarded  to  Dr.  A.  Smith 
Woodward,  who  has  been  good  enough  to  afford  me  some  valu- 
able suggestions  as  to  its  affinity.  In  correspondence,  I  indicated 
the  genus  Portheus,  Cope,  a  species  of  which  is  believed  to  exist 
in  the  Lower  Cretaceous  of  Queensland,  but  Dr.  Woodward  sug- 
gested Elapopsis,  Heckel,  as  a  more  fitting  resting-place.  As, 
however,  the  teeth  are  implanted  in  sockets,  and  not  merely  at- 
tached to  the  margins  of  the  jaws,^  I  have  rejected  this  referenct 
in  favour  of  one  that  appeal's  to  me  to  suit  the  case  better.  Irx 
the  Ichthyodectida?  (Crook),  the  margins  of  the  jaws  bear  a  row 
of  strong,  conical  teeth   implanted  in   sockets,^  and  the  maxilliB 

1  At   least,   so  I   infer  from    Dr.  A.  Smith    "Woodward's  remarks  (Brit. 

Mus.  Cat.  FosP.  Fishes,  pt.  4,  I'JOl.  p.  8);  see  also  J.  J.  Heckel— 
Denks.  K.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  (Math.  Nat.  Classe),  xi.,  1  Abth.,  1856, 
p.  251. 

2  Zittel— Text- Book  Pal.  (Ed.  Eastman),  ii,  1902,  p.  95. 


6  RECORDS    OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

are  long  and  stout.  Within  this  family  we  meet  with  two  genera, 
Portheus,  Cope,^  and  Ichthyodectes,  Cope/  the  latter  of  which 
appears  to  possess  stronger  affinities  with  our  fossil.  In  the  first 
of  these,  the  maxillary  and  dentary  teeth  are  large  but  of  variable 
size,  but  in  the  latter  the  teeth  are  of  uniform  proportion.  Fur- 
thermore, in  our  fossil  the  vertebral  centra  bear  lateral  longitu- 
dinal pits,  and  not  mei'e  ridges,  as  in  E/o2x>2)sis.^ 

In  its  present  depressed  condition,  the  skull  measures  seven 
and  a  half  inches,  whilst  the  transverse  width  across  the  combined 
maxilla?  and  dentaries  is  three  inches. 

The  maxillfe  (m.)  are  stout  bones  approximately  four  and  a  half 
inches  long,  but  are  not  perfect  anteriorly.  The  pi-emaxilla  has 
disappeared,  leaving  a  large,  open  space  between  the  anterior  ends 
of  the  maxilla;.  The  dentaries  (de.),  in  consequence  of  compression, 
are  overlapped  by  the  maxillae,  and  are  stout  and  strong,  approxi- 
mately five  inches  long,  by  five-eighths  of  an  inch  deep,  with 
deeply  V-shaped  posterior  ends  for  the  insertion  of  the  articulars 
(ar.) ;  the  latter  are  stout  bones  also,  in  keeping  with  the  den- 
taries, and  are  about  two  and  a  quarter  inches  long.  The  superior 
bones  of  the  skull,  in  common  with  the  orbits,  are  so  crushed 
togethei-  that  an  attempt  to  distinguish  them  can  result  only  in 
provisional  determination,  but  perhaps,  on  the  right  side  parts  of 
the  ethmoid  and  frontal  (pth.  &/.)  ai'e  I'epresented  by  the  crushed 
mass  of  osseous  matter  seen  above  the  maxilla.  Immediately 
behind  the  gape  is  a  curved  transverse  bone  that  may  be  a  portion 
of  the  hyomandibular  or  preoperculum  {hvi.  ■pr-)i  and  behind  that 
again,  particularly  on  the  right  side,  a  flat  exfoliated  bone,  which 
cannot  be  other  than  the  operculum  {op).  From  this 
obliquely  inwards  to  the  middle  line  of  the  head,  is  a  thick  pro- 
minent surface  (])■(/ ■),  but  thinly-covered  with  bone  here  and  there, 
and  again  repeated  on  the  left  side.  The  two  halves  form  be- 
tween them  a  wide  open  V-shaped  figure,  casting  a  deep  shadow 
over  the  depression  in  which  the  vertebra?  lie  ;  possibly  this  re- 
presents some  portion  of  the  pectoral  gii-dle. 

Between  the  dentaries  (de.)  at  their  posterior  ends  may  be  seen 
the  diverging  hyoids  {hi/.),  and  a  number  of  the  branchiostegal 
rays  {br.),  the  anterior  vertebne  {v.),  some  ribs  (v.),  and  the  sup- 

8  Cope— Eept.  U.S.  Geol.  Survey  Territories  (Hayden's),  ii.,  1875.  p.  190. 
^  Cope — Loc.  cif.,  p.  205.     By  Woodward  both  these  <j;enera  are  placed 

in  the  Chirocentridse  (Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Foss.  Fishes,  pt.  4,  1901, 

p.  87),  and  by  Dr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  in  the  Saurodontidse  (Cambridire 

Nat.  Hist.,  vii..  Fishes,  1904,  p.  561). 
s  Smitl)   Woodward— Brit.   Mus.  Cat.   F<iss.   Fishes,  pt.  4,   1901,  pp.  9 

and  99. 


MUTILATED    CRANIUM    OF    A    LARGE    FISH — KTHERIDGE,  7 

posed  pectoral  fins  {/.).  Of  the  branchiostegal  rays  there  are 
portions  of  nine  protruding  through  the  matrix  on  the  right-hand 
side,  and  a  less  number  on  the  left.  There  are  ten  anterior 
vertebne  partially  weathered  out,  occupying  a  length  of  four  and 
a  half  inches,  but  as  the  four  posterior  have  slid  slightly  from 
their  normal  position,  the  actual  fore-and-aft  space  occupied  by 
the  series  of  ten  will  be  rather  less.  The  normal  anterior  vertebrte 
are  from  five-sixteenths  of  an  inch  to  three-eigths  in  length,  and 
all  bear  defined  rims  at  both  ends,  and  pits,  almost  round  on  the 
second  and  third  from  the  front,  but  more  oval  in  a  fore-and-aft 
direction  on  the  succeeding  centi^a.  The  ribs  are  long  and 
moderately  stout,  no  trace  of  neural  arches  remaining.  At  the 
sides  of  the  vertebrje,  but  separated  from  them  by  mati'ix,  ai-e 
roughened  bony  surfaces  of  some  extent,  which  my  colleague, 
Mr.  E.  R.  Waite,  suggests  may  be  the  larger  basal  joints  of  the 
pectoral  fins  compressed  together  and  transversely  displaced. 
Teeth  are  visible  on  both  maxillte,  but  not  on  the  dentaries  in 
consequence  of  the  overlapping  of  the  former  over  the  latter,  ex- 
cept at  their  immediate  fractured  anterior  ends ;  at  these  points 
one  tooth  is  visible  on  either  side.  The  teeth  are  strong,  hollow, 
and  conical,  and  not  compressed  to  a  sharp  edge,  extending  along 
the  whole  length  of  the  maxillae  as  far  as  these  bones  are  pre- 
served, and  set  in  alveoli.  The  remains  of  about  twenty-four  are 
visible  on  the  right  maxilla  and  about  fifteen  on  the  left.  The 
single  teeth  preserved  at  the  anterioi-  fractured  ends  of  the  den- 
taries do  not  appear  to  differ  in  size  or  character  from  those  along 
the  maxillae. 

The  vertebrae  closely  resemble  those  figured  by  Dr.  A.  Smith 
Woodward  "as  possibly  referable  to  [his]  Claclocycliis  siveeti"*^  a 
species  dependant  on  certain  detached  scales  from  the  Lower  Cre- 
taceous of  Queensland.  Dr.  Woodward  has  also  figured  the  left 
lateral  view  of  the  anterior  portion  of  a  skull  from  the  same  series 
of  rocks  as  Foi-thp'ii,s  mistralis,''  to  which  the  present  fossil  bears  a 
very  suspicious  resemblance.  In  the  light  of  Cope's  type  figure 
of  the  cranium  of  Portheiis^^  and  his  remarks  on  the  teeth — "  Sizes 
irregular ;  the  premaxilla,  median  maxilla,  and  anterior  dentary 
teeth  much  enlarged"" — there  is  a  possibility  of  Dr.  Woodward's 
fish  being  an  Ichthyodectes  also.     In  the  figui-e  of  Fortheus  aush-alis 


s  Woodward— Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hi&t.,  (6),  xiv.,  1894,  pi.  x„  f.  7. 

■^  Woodward — Loc.  ft/.,  pi.  x.,  f.  1,  la. 

**  Cope — Report  U.  S.  Geo).    Survey  Territories  (Hayden's),  li,  1875,  p. 

184,  f.  8,  pis.  xxxix  and  xli  (P.  molossus). 
3 Cope — Report  U.S.  Geo).   Survey  Territories  (Hayden's),  ii,  1875,  p. 

190. 


»  KECOKDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

there  is  no  greater  degi'ee  of  variation  in  the  size  of  the  teeth 
than  there  is  in  those  of  our  fossil.  The  maxillae  and  dentai-ies  in 
both  are  large  bones,  although  larger  in  P.  mistralis,  whilst  in 
Ichthyodectes  marathonetisis,  as  I  purpose  terming  Mr.  Black's 
specimen,  the  space  left  by  the  accidental  removal  of  the  pre- 
maxilla,  would  accommodate  nearly  as  large  a  bone  as  that  repre- 
sented in  the  figure  of  that  of  P.  australis. 

If  my  selection  of  Ichthyodectes  be  correct,  /.  marathonensis 
resembles  /.  ctenodon,  Cope,^°  in  possessing  straight  maxillte,  and 
apparently  similar  dentaries  also.  /.  ctenodon,  in  common  with 
/.  anaides,  Cope,'^  is  a  much  lai'ger  fish,  and  the  bones  are  cer- 
tainly moi'e  massive.  With  /.  serrideiis,  Sm.  Woodw.,^-  /.  tenui- 
dens,  Sm.  Woodw.,-'^  /.  Ttiinor  (Egevton),  Newton,"  and  /.  elegans, 
Newton,^*  hardly  any  comparison  is  necessary.  In  /.  hamatus, 
Cope,"'  tlie  maxillae  are  again  much  curved. 


^^  Cope — Loc.  cit.,  pi.  xlvi.,  f.  1  and  2. 

11  Cope — Loc.  cit.,  pi.  xlv.,  f.  1. 

i-^  Smith  Woodward— Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Foss.  Fishes,  pt.  4,  1901,  pi.  viii. 

13  Smith  Woodward — Loc.  cii.,  pi.  ix.,  f.  6. 

1^  Newton — Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc,  xxxiii.,  1877,  pi.  xxii.,  f.  14. 

Newton — Loc.  cif.,  pi.  xxii.,  f.  15. 
1"  Cope — Report  U.S.  Geol.  Survey  Territories  (Hayden's),  ii.,  1875,  pi. 
xlvi.,  f.  5,  5a. 


STUDIES  IN  AUSTRALIAN  ARANEID^. 

No.  4. 

By  W.  J.   Rainbow,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Entomologist. 

(Plate  iii.  and  text  fig.  1). 

Familij  DICTYNID^. 

(rf'.fms  Amaurobius,  C.  Koch. 

A.MAUROBIUS    SOCIALIS/    .y}.   aov. 

$  Cepholathorax,  5-5  mm.  long,  3-5  mm.  broad  ;  abdomen,  61 
mm.  long,  4*2  mm.  broad. 

Cephalothorax. — Obovate,  dark  brown,  hairy.  Pars  cephalica 
large,  sti'ongly  arched.  Pars  thoracica  broad,  sloping  posteriorly, 
arched,  median  depression  and  normal  grooves  distinct. 

Eyes. — Eight,  disposed  in  two  transverse,  nearly  parallel  rows, 
and  occupying  almost  the  entire  space  in  front ;  front  row  almost 
straight,  rear-  row  gently  recurved.  Of  the  front  row  the  median 
pair  ai'e  very  slightly  the  largest,  and  are  placed  closely  together, 
nearly  touching  one  another ;  each  lateral  eye  is  sepai'ated  from 
its  median  neighbour  by  a  space  equal  to  once  its  own  diameter  ; 
those  compi'ising  tlie  rear  row  are  slightly  smaller  than  their 
anterior  neighbours  ;  the  median  pair  are  separated  from  each 
othei"  by  a  space  equal  t(i  aliout  twice  their  individual  diameter, 
and  from  their  lateral  neighbours  by  about  two  and  a  half 
diameters. 

Lexis. — Robust,  yellow-brown,  clothed  with  long  hairs,  and 
armed  with  strong  spines.      Measurements  (in  millimetres): — 

1  SocirilLs — Social,  sociable. 


10 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


Leg. 

Coxa. 

Trochanter 

and 

Femur. 

Patella 

and 
Tibia. 

Metatarsus 

and 

Tarsus. 

Total. 

1 

11 

4-4 

4-4 

3-8 

13-7 

2 

M 

4-4 

4-4 

3-8 

13-7 

3 

1-0 

3-6 

3-6 

3-4 

11-6 

4 

1-0 

4-2 

4-3 

3-8 

13-3 

Palpi. — Concolorous,  short,  similar  in  clothing  and  armature 
^0  legs.  Measurements  :  Coxa,  04  mm.,  trochanter  and  femur, 
I'S  mm.;  patella  and  tibia,  1"8  mm.;  tarsus,  1"3  mm.;  total, 
5  "3  mm. 

Falces. — Dark  brown,  long,  robust,  arched,  hairy,  margins  of 
the  furrow  of  each  falx  armed  with  three  teeth. 

Alaxilhr. — Longer  than  broad,  robust,  arched,  inclining  inwards, 
hairy,  the  surface  dark  brown,  apices  and  inner  angles  pale 
yellowish. 

Lahiiun. — Concolorous,  longer  than  broad,  hairy,  apex  trun- 
cated. 

Sternum. — Concolorous  also,  shield-shaped,  convex,  hairy. 

Abdomen. — Ovate,  moderately  overhanging  base  of  cephalo- 
thorax,  hairy,  yellow-brown,  with  faintly-visible  broad  transverse 
bars,  the  first  three  of  which  are  straight,  or 
nearly  so,  whilst  the  lower  pair  are  each  formed 
like  a  short,  broad,  inverted  V  ;  below  these, 
again,  there  is  a  large  concolorous  elongate-oval 
patch.  Laterally  and  beneath,  the  surface  is 
hair}",  and  yellow-brown. 

E'pigyne. — As  in  figure  (fig.  1). 

Crihellum. — Transverse,  nearly  parallel,  and 
divided  into  two  plates. 

Ohs. — In  gravid  females,  the  abdomen  appears  much  ligliter  in 
colour. 

Hab. — Grand  Arch,  Jenolan  Caves. 

Some  time  ago,  Mr.  J.  C.  AViburd  presented  to  the  Trustees 
two  large  shawl-like  webs,  taken  from  the  roof  of  the  Grand  Arch, 
Jenolan  Caves.  Each  web  was  closely  and  densely- woven,  and 
had   been   fabricated  by  a    large   number  of   individuals    living 


Fig.  I. 


STCDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    ARANEIDiE — RAINBOW.  11 

together  as  a  community.  No  spiders  wei'e  forwarded  w'ith  the 
first  example,  but  from  its  folds  I  picked  a  quantity  of  exuvm, 
which  convinced  me  that  the  architects  belonged  to  the  genus 
Ammifobius,  C.  Koch.  I  thereupon  wrote  Mr.  Wiburd — who 
has  on  different  occasions  presented  the  Trustees  valuable  Arach- 
nological  collections  from  the  Cave  districts — asking  him  to  try 
and  secure  some  of  the  spiders  responsible  for  the  construction. 
This  he  succeeded  in  doing,  so  that  I  am  now  enabled  to  describe 
both  the  spider  and  the  web. 

The  larger  web  presented  by  Mr.  Wiburd  measures  twelve  feet  in 
length,  and  rather  more  than  four  feet  at  its  greatest  width,  and 
when  hanging  in,  situ  was  festooned  amongst  the  stalactites 
depending  from  the  roof  of  the  cave.  The  webs  are  full  of  holes, 
each  of  which  had  evidently  been  the  entrance  to  a  retreat  tube. 
These  webs  are  closely  and  densely  woven,  and  are  suggestive  of  a 
fabric — such  as  a  shawl.  Scattei-ed  over  the  surface  of  this  huge 
web  are  a  large  number  of  empty  cocoons,  or  ova-sacs.  These  are 
pure  white.  Hat,  more  or  less  discoidal  and  closely  woven.  Each  sac 
consists  of  two  strong,  paper-like  discs — an  upper  and  a  lower — 
between  which  the  eggs  had  been  placed.  None  exhibited  any 
trace  of  loose,  flocculent  silk.  The  discs  do  not  appear  to  vary  in 
size.  A  number  were  measured,  and  from  seven  to  eight  milli- 
metres in  diameter  was  the  result  obtained. 

Family  (ECOBIID^. 

In  my  last  paper  of  this  series,  I  recoi'ded  for  the  first  time  in 
Australia  the  occurrence  of  the  family  Mimetidii^J'  The  present 
paper  records,  also  for  the  first  time  here,  the  family  (Ecobiidfe. 
The  family  is  a  very  small  one,  consisting  of  only  one  genus,  and 
fifteen  species.  The  genus  (Ecobius,  Lucas,  is  distributed  over 
"  Regio  mediterranea  ;  ins.  Atlanticse  j  Arabia  me  rid.;  Japonia  ; 
Nova  Caledonia;  America  septent.  et  merid.;  Antilla?,""  to  which 
I  now  add — Sydney,  N.  8.  Wales. 

The  species  occurring  here  appears  to  be,  unquestionably,  the 
widely  distributed  CE.  navus,  Bl.  This  form  has  been  previously 
recorded  from  the  islands  of  the  Atlantic,  Japan,  New  Caledonia, 
Venezuela,  southern  parts  of  the  United  iStates,  and  the  Antilles. 
This  distribution  Simon  suggests  is,  without  doubt,  due  to  the 
agency  of  commerce. 


■2  Kainbow— Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  v.,  1904,  p.  329. 

3  Simon— Hist.  Nat.  des  Araignees,  2nd  Ed.,  i.,  1892,  p.  247. 


12  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

The  species  are  all  microscopic.  Their  webs,  which  are  also 
small,  are  closely  woven  and  transparent,  and  are  usually  con- 
structed under  stones,  and  in  the  angles  of  walls.  When  at  rest 
in  the  web,  these  spiders  hang  motionless,  but  when  disturbed 
they  ai'e  decidedly  active,  and  in  endeavouring  to  escape  des- 
cribe circles.  Their  cocoons  are  flocculent,  rather  transparent, 
plano-convex,  fixed,  and  contain  each  seven  or  eight  non-agglu- 
tinated eggs. 

There  are  three  specimens  in  the  Australian  Museum  cabinet 
and  they  were  collected  by  myself  in  the  Museum  building. 


An  addition   to   the   LACERTILIAN  FAUNA  of  the 
SOLOMON  ISLANDS. 

By  Edgar  R.  Waite,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist. 

(Fig.  2). 

The  Trustees  have  received  a  fine  female  Gecko  from  Mr. 
Charles  M.  Woodford,  British  Resident,  Solomon  Group. 

Mr.  Woodfoid's  knowledge  of  the  fauna  of  the  group  under 
his  administration  led  him  to  suggest  that  the  Gecko  was  an 
undescribed  species  ;  though  previously  known,  it  indeed  proves 
to  be  new  to  the  Solomon  Islands.  This  is  the  more  interesting 
as  the  group  has  been  so  well  worked  by  Messrs.  Guppy  and 
Woodford.  In  this  connection  Dr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  remarks^  : — 
"  The  fact  that,  in  spite  of  the  extent  of  the  collection  (over  200 
specimens)  and  the  special  attention  paid  by  the  collector  [Mr. 
Woodford]  to  this  group  of  animals,  only  four  species  are  there- 
by added  to  the  herpetological  list  of  the  Solomons,  shows  that 
our  knowledge  of  this  part  of  the  fauna  approaches  completion." 
In  the  paper  quoted  Boulenger  gives  a  complete  list  (28)  of 
the  reptiles  of  the  Solomon  Group,  to  the  date  of  publication. 
Several  species  have,  however,  been  added  since  that  time,  and  it 
is  now  my  piivilege  to  add  another. 

Mr.  Woodford's  Gecko  proves  to  be  :  — 

Gymnodactylus  louisiadensis,  De  Vis. 

Ann.  Rep.  Brit.  New  Guinea,  App.  cc,  1892,  p.  5,  and  Ann. 
Queensland  Mus.,  ii.,  1892,  p.  11. 

The  type  was  obtained  at  Sudest  Is.  (Tagula  Is.)  Louisiade 
Archipelago.  A  species  from  Moroka,  British  New  Guinea,  was 
described  and  figured  by  Boulenger'^  under  the  name  G.  h>ri«'. 
Dr.  Franz  Werner^  thoroughly  reviewed  these  two  forms  and 
inclined  to  the  belief  that  they  are  not  specifically  distinct.  For 
present  purposes  I  assume  this  to  be  so.  Mr.  Woodford's  speci- 
men, however,  seems  to  be  a  typical  example,  differing  from  the 
type  only  in  respect  to  arrangement  of  the  colour  bands,  in  having 
the  internasal  plates  broken  up  into  four,  and  the  subdigital 
lamellae  and  labial  plates  slightly  different  in  number, 

1  Boulenger— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1888,  p.  88. 
,    -^  Boulenger— Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Sto.  Nat.  Genova,  (2),  xviii.,  1897  (1898), 
p.  695,  pi.  vi. 
3  Werner— Verb.  Zool.-bot.  Ges.  Wien,  li.,  1901,  p.  604. 


14 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


In  1901  Mr.  Samuel  Garman^  reported  on  the  reptiles  of  Mr. 
Alexander  Agassiz's  Expedition  to  the  Barrier  Reef,  and  des- 
cribed a  member  of  the  genus  Gymnodactylns  under  the  name 
G.  olivii.  He  contrasts  its  characters  with  those  of  G.  pelayicus 
and  evidently  did  not  consult  the  descriptions  of  G.  lotcisiadensis 
or  G.  lo7-i(f.  G.  olivii  is  certainly  identical  with  our  specimen, 
agreeing  with  it  in  the  disposition  of  the  colour  bands  which,  as 
above  mentioned,  differ  somewhat  from  those  of  the  type. 

In  G.  louisiadensis  there  are  but  five  body  bands,  the  first  of 
which,  connecting  the  eyes  across  the  occiput,  is  V-shaped ;  the 
disposition  of  the  other  bands  is  not  mentioned,  but  their 
arrangement  is  probably  similar  to  those  of  G.  Im-icp.  In  this 
form  there  are  three  pairs  of  markings  between  the  fore  and 
hind  limbs,  and  a  fifth  at  the  base  of  the  tail.  The  markings 
are  not  in  the  form  of  bands,  but  consist  of  pairs  of  oblique 
streaks,  each  pair  forming  a  V-like  figure,  those  only  of  the  nape 
and  the  base  of  the  tail,  howevei-,  produce  a  complete  V. 

In  both  Mr.  Garman's  and  Mi-.  Woodford's  examples  the  bands 
are  six  in  number ;  the  first  is  U-shaped,  the  second  connects  the 
shoulders,  three  occupy  the  space  between  the  fore  and  hind 
limbs,  and  the  sixth  connects  the  thighs,  having  a  much  more 
anterior  position  than  the  last  band  in  G.  louisiadeAisis  or  G.  lofice. 
These  bands  are  incomplete  below. 

Of  Dr.  Werner's  adult  examples,  one  resembled  G.  louisiadensis 
the  other  G.  lorice,  while  a  young  one  exhibited  eight  pairs  of 
spots  or  streaks.  This  author  ^particularly  i-efers  to  structural 
details,  tabulated  below,  the  characters  of  G.  olivii  and  Mr. 
Woodford's  specimens  being  now  included. 


Name. 

Lamellae  under 

Supralabials. 

Rows  of  body 

4th  toe. 

tubercles. 

G.  louisiadensis  . . . 

10-11 

12 

26 

G.  loi-id"    ... 



12 

— 

Dr.  Werner,    i.    ... 

18 

U-15 

26 

,               ii. 

12 

17-18 

28 

„             iii. 

12 

11-13 

22 

G.  olivii   ... 

— 

13 

24 

Mr.  Woodford     ... 

12 

13 

26 

*  Gartnan — Bull.  Mua.  Coinp.  Zool.  Harv.  Coll.,  xxxix.,  1901,  p.  i.,  pi.  i. 
fig.  1. 


AN    ADDITION    TO    THE    LACERTILIAN    FAUNA WAITE.  15 

In  both  examples  which  have  been  figured  {G.  lorim  and  G. 
olivii),  the  tail  has  been  reproduced,  and  as  usual  in  such  cases 
the  colour-pattern  and  distinctive  scutation  of  the  original  member 
is  lost.  In  our  example  the  tail  has  not  suffered  mutation  and 
opportunity  is  taken  to  illustrate  its  character.  It  is  covered 
with  flat  juxtaposed  scales  which  are  smallest  above,  increasing 
in  size  towards  the  lower  surface ;  those  bordei-ing  the  large 
inferior  scutes  are  quite  one-third  the  width  of  the  scutes.  The 
tubercles  upon  the  upper  and  lateral  aspects  of  the  proximal 
portion,  as  far  as  the  hinder  edge  of  the  first  caudal  colour  band, 
are  similar  to  those  of  the  body  ;  thence  the  arrangement  assumes 
a  distinctive  character,  the  tubercles  being  confined  to  the  upper 
surface  and  disposed  in  widely  spaced  transverse  rows.  Of  these 
the  first  three  ai-e  composed  each  of  six 
tubercles,  the  two  in  front  having  a  sup- 
plementary row  of  four  tubercles  an- 
teriorly ;  the  next  five  rows  are  formed 
each  of  four  tubercles  and  the  three  fol- 
lowing of  two  each  only,  the  latter  of 
which  is  but  little  differentiated  from  the 
ordinary  scales.  The  tubercles  occupy 
the  proximal  three-sevenths  of  the  tail 
only. 

As  on  the  body,  the  markings  are  in 
the  form  of  bands  though  of  darker  hue, 
and  similarly  they  do  not  compass  the 
lower  surface.  The  colour  increases  in 
intensity  posteriorly  and  the  distal  two- 
fifths  is  without  markings.  There  are 
five  dark  bands  on  the  tail,  each  twice 
the  width  of  the  interspaces,  and  on  the 
median  line  above  they  are  deeply  in- 
cised befoi-e  and  behind.  The  accom- 
panying figure  (fig.  2)  illustrates  the 
features  described. 

The  type  was,  as  before  stated, 
taken  at  Sudest  Is.  in  the  Louisiades, 
and  the  British  Museum  possesses 
examples  from  Fergusson  Is.,  Wood- 
lark  Is.,  and  British  New  Guinea. 
From  the  latter  locality  the  types 
of  G.  Im-icE  were  obtained,  Dr.  Wer- 
ner had  three  specimens  from  Dutch  New  Guinea,  and  Mr. 
Garman's  G.  olivii  is  recorded   from   Cooktown.     Mr.  Woodford 


Fiij.  2. 


16  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

informs  us  that  his  example  was  taken  in  the  chart  drawer  at 
the  Government  Residence,  and  that  he  has  since  seen  another 
specimen  about  the  grounds.  During  a  subsequent  conversation 
with  Ml'.  Woodford,  in  Sydney,  he  told  me  that  when  disturbed 
this  Gecko  walks  very  high  upon  its  legs,  and  curves  its  tail  over 
its  back  in  a  menacing  mannei*.  The  Queensland  locality  must, 
I  think,  be  accepted  with  some  reservation  ;  Cooktown  is 
the  port  of  call  for  vessels  trading  to  New  Guinea,  the 
Louisiades  and  the  Solomon  Group  and  it  seems  highl}'  probable 
that  the  Lizard  was  obtained  by  some  trader  and  taken  to  Cook- 
town,  whence  it  passed  into  the  hands  of  Mr.  Agassiz's  collectors. 
Further  evidence  will  be  required  of  the  occurrence  of  this  species 
in  Australia  before  it  will  be  safe  to  admit  it  as  an  undoubted 
membei'  of  our  fauna. 

On  March  19th,  more  than  two  months  after  the  above  was 
penned,  I  received  a  letter  from  Mr.  E.  A.  C.  Olive  :  he  writes : — "I 
have  your  letter  of  February  3rd  with  sketch  of  reptile  enclosed. 
I  think  I  must  have  obtained  the  original  from  New  Guinea,  as 
I  do  not  recognise  it  as  one  of  our  local  lizards,  and  I  remember 
receiving  a  variety  of  specimens  from  that  place." 


THE  FURTHER  DISCOVERY  of  DUGONG  BONES 
ON  THE  COAST  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

By  R.  ETiiEKiDfiE,  Juni'.,  Curator. 

(Plate  iv.) 

Fur  an  opportunity  of  again  recording  the  occurrence  of  honea 
of  the  Dugong  (Halicore  duyoruj,  Gmelin,  sp.)  on  the  coast  of 
New  South  Wales,  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  P.  E.  Williams,  Comp- 
troller of  the  Government  Savings  Bank,  and  Secretary  to  the 
Sydney  Etlniological  Committee. 

During  the  excavation  of  Shea's  Creek,  Cook  River,  Botany 
Bay,  for  the  canal  bearing  the  same  name,  portions  of  a  Dugong 
skeleton  were  discovered  near  the  top  of  the  estuarine  clay, 
iind  just  above  the  extensive  estuarine  shell  bed  which  is  so 
marked  a  stratigraphical  feature  in  the  alknial  section  laid  bare 
by  the  canal  cutting.  "  They  were  five  feet  six  inches  to  eight 
feet  six  inches  below  the  present  high-water  level,  and  a  total 
depth  of  four  feet  six  inches  to  seven  feet  six  inches  below  the 
swamp  surface  level,  previous  to  excavation."^  The  bones  re- 
covered were  vertebra^,  ribs,  and  the  nearly  perfect  skull.  It  was 
pointed  out  by  Messrs.  T.  W.  E.  David,  J.  W.  Grimshaw,  and  the 
writer,  that  the  present  southerly  limit  of  the  Dugong  is  probably 
Wide  Bay,  on  the  Queensland  coast,  although  it  was  formerly  to 
be  caught  in  Moreton    Bay.-     Only  two  reliable  records  of  the 

1  Etlipridije,  David,  and  Grimshaw — Journ.  Roy.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  xxx 
1896,  p.  171. 

^  I  have  since  learned  that  the  Du^ono^  is  still  caught  in  Moreton  Bay 
Mr.  C.  Hedley  has  called  my  attention  to  a  footnote  in  Britton  and 
Bladen's  "  History  of  New  South  Wales"  (ii.,  1894,  p.  97)  quoting 
a  paragraph  from  Collins,  which  reads  as  follows: — "  Abouc  this 
time  (March,  1795j,  the  spirit  of  inquiry  being  on  foot,  Mr 
Cummings,  an  officer  of  the  Corps,  made  an  excursion  to  the 
southward  of  Botany  Boy,  and  brought  bacii  with  him  some  of 
the  head  bones  of  a  marine  animal,  which  on  inspection  Cap- 
tain [William]  Patterson  the  only  naturalist  in  the  country, 
pronounced  to  liave  belonged  to  the  animal  described  by  M.  de 
Buffon,  and  named  by  him  the  Manatee  (Collins — Ace.  English 
Colony  N.S.W.,  1st  Ed.,  1..  p,  409.)"  The  wording  in  the  second 
edition  differs  slightly.  If  for  Manatee  we  read  Dugong  we  have 
confirmatory  evidence  of  the  Shea's  Creek  occurrence,  and  at  a 
slightly  more  southern  locality. 


18  RliCORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 

Dugong's  presence  on  the  coast  of  New  South  Wales,  i.e.,  further 
south  than  either  of  those  mentioned,  are  extant,  viz.,  at  the 
Tweed  and  Richmond  Rivers',  and  Broken  Bay,  immediately  to 
the  north  of  Port  Jackson.^ 

The  chief  point  of  interest  in  connection  with  these  bones 
from  Shea's  Creek  was  the  presence  of  transverse  and  oblique 
curved  cuts  and  scars,  particularly  on  the  ribs  at  their  outer 
or  distal  ends,  as  if  produced  by  a  blunt-edged  cutting  or  cliop- 
ping  instrument.  No  doubt  whatever  was  entertained  by  my 
co-wi'iters  and  myself  that  sucli  was  the  origin  of  these  markings. 
The  fact  was  used  as  corroborative  evidence,  pointing  to  the 
occupancy  of  this  part  of  the  coast  by  man  at  a  much  earlier 
date  than  previously  supposed.  It  was  felt  at  the  time  that  any 
additional  facts  relating  to  the  Dugong's  presence  so  far  below 
its  usual  haunts  would  be  most  welcome. 

The  fortunate  discovery  of  Dugong  bones  by  Mr.  C.  A.  Rudder 
in  a  large  kitchen-midden  on  "  Arakoon"  at  the  entrance  of  the 
Macleay  River,  supplies  the  needed  evidence.  The  midden  in 
question  lay  about  one  and  a-half  miles  from  the  ocean  and  was 
in  course  of  removal  for  the  construction  of  oyster  beds.  It 
consisted  of  shells,  black  sand,  and  stones  with  oysters  attached, 
in  diameter  about  thirty  feet,  and  seven  feet  in  thickness.  The 
bones  found  near  the  bottom  of  the  midden  are  four  rib  pieces, 
portion  of  a  lai'ge  worn  molai'  tooth,  and  a  rib  of  a  seal.  Three 
rib  pieces  exhibit  traces  of  hacking.  Like  the  ribs  found  at 
Shea's  Creek,  one  of  the  Arakoon  bones  is  deeply  scarred  and  cut 
by  some  blunt  instrument,  in  fact  even  more  so  than  either  of 
those  from  the  metropolitan  locality,  and  a  second,  the  most 
perfect  rib  (Plate  iv.,  fig.  2),  less  so.  The  bones  still  retain  the 
solid  homogenous  appearance  and  weight  characteristic  of  those 
of  the  Dugong ;  no  other  objects  of  interest  were  discovered 
duringthe  removal  of  the  midden  material.  One  may  infer  a 
considerable  age  for  the  Arakoon  bones  from  their  appearance,  so 
much  so  that  the  markings  on  the  most  complete  rib  have  nearly 
disappeared,  but  not  so  with  the  two  smaller  portions.  At  the 
thicker  end  of  one  of  the  latter  (PL  iv.,  fig.  1)  are  several  deep  sub- 
parallel  cuts  lengthwise,  united  in  places  by  cross-hacking,  and  at 
the  other  end,  one  or  more  pieces  of  bone  have  been  chipped  off 


»  Ramsay — Cut,  N.S.  Wales  Court  Gt,  Interiiaf-.Fisheiiefi  Exliib.  Lond., 
1883,  p.  50. 

^  Etlieridufe,  David,  and  Griiiisliaw — Journ.  Roy.  So(\  N.S.  Wales,  xxx., 
1896,  p.  172. 


FURTHER    DISCOVEi;V    OF    DUGONG    BONES —ETHEKIDGE.  19 

tlie  surface,  but  still  leaving  traces  of  sharper  blows.  On  the 
other  (PI.  iv.,  fig.  3),  the  scars  are  confined  to  the  centre  of  the 
bone  and  are  transverse  to  its  lengtli. 

The  occurrence  of  these  hacked  bones  at  the  Macleay  iliver 
adds  corroborative  evidence  f)f  the  use  of  the  Dugong  as  fcxxl  by 
the  old  Aborigines  just  as  it  is  now  partaken  of  by  their  descend- 
ants fuither  north,  and  adds  another  record  of  the  animal's 
presence  on  a  part  of  the  eastern  coast-line  not  now  frequented 
by  it.  This  case  may  be  accepted  as  an  example  of  the  good 
results  likely  to  arise  by  a  systematic  examination  of  our  coast 
middens  before  they  have  totally  disappeared  through  the  agency 
of  modern  man.  The  importance  of  midden  exploration  cannot 
be  too  forcibly  impressed  on  those  who  may  have  facilities  for 
such  work.  It  is  only  through  the  excavation  of  similar  heaps, 
the  examination  of  interments,  the  exploration  of  the  hearth-refuse 
heaps  of  rock-shelters,  and  the  opening  up  of  ossiferous  caves  that 
we  can  now  liope  to  learn  much  about  the  habits  and  manners  of 
the  earlier  inhabitants  of  this  Continent. 


ON  AN  INSULAR  FORM  of  MELITHREPTUS 
BREVIROSTRIS,    Vigors  and  Horsfield. 

By  Alfred  J.  North,  C.M.Z.S.,  C.M.B.O.U.,  Ornithologist. 

Melithi'fiptus  nuu/nit'ostris,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  v.,  figs.  1-2.) 

Being  at  present  engaged  on  the  Jfeliphagidce  for  the  next 
[)art  of  "  Nests  and  Eggs  of  Birds  found  breeding  in  Australia 
and  Tasmania,"^  among  other  species,  Mr.  A.  Zietz,  the  Assistant 
Director  of  the  South  Australian  Museum,  Adelaide,  has  kindly 
drawn  my  attention  to  three  skins  of  which  he  writes — "  You 
will  notice  three  specimens  of  Jfelithreptus  hrevirostris  with 
I'emarkably  strong  bills ;  the  birds  were  shot  on  the  3rd  October, 
1901,  by  my  son  Mr.  F.  R.  Zietz  out  of  a  flock  at  Eastern 
Cove,  Kangai'oo  Island.  This  might  be  an  insular  form  of  the 
mainland  species." 

On  the  head  and  nape  these  specimens,  two  adult  males,  and  an 
adult  female,  more  closely  resemble  New  South  Wales  examples 
of  Melithreptus  hrevirostris.  the  forehead  and  crown  being  of  a 
lighter  brown,  and  the  dull  buffy-white  and  blackish-brown  bands 
on  the  nape  being  but  slightly  indicated  in  comparison  with 
South  Australian  specimens  ;  they  resemble  the  latter  in  having 
•a  dull  white  loral  streak  but  which  is  even  moi'e  pronounced ; 
the  cheeks  and  sides  of  the  throat  of  an  adult  male  are  dull 
white,  which  passes  into  a  very  faint  creamy  buff" on  the  remainder 
of  the  under  surface,  darker  on  the  centre  of  the  breast  and 
abdomen,  the  centre  of  the  throat  and  the  fore-neck  having 
a,  greyish  tinge,  the  flanks  slightly  washed  with  brown.  The  bills 
of  all  three  specimens  are  distinctly  larger  than  in  continental 
bxamples.  The  adult  male  previously  referred  to  measures — 
iotal  length  .5-3  inches,  wing  2-75,  tail  2-4,  tarsus  0-65,  exposed 
portion  of  bill  from  base  of  forehead  where  the  feathers  end  to 
tip  0'55,  breadth  of  cutting  edge  at  centre  of  nostril  O'l 9,  height 
■)f  bill  at  centre  of  nostril  0"19. 

Remarks. — The  outer  secondaries  of  the  type  are  externally 
•fudged  with  olive,  as  is  also  found  in  some  adult  New  South  Wales 
.specimens.     The  white  cheek  stripe  of  the  specimen  labelled   a 

North — 4mtr  Mu8.  Spec.  Cat  ,  i. 


AT^    INSULAK    FORM    OF    MEUiUREPTUS   BREVIROSTKIS — NORTH.     21 

feinaU'  is  shorter,  the  under  surface  is  more  distinctly  tinged  with 
brown,  and  the  wing  measurement  is  2-8  inches.  There  is  only  a 
slight  indicati(jn  of  the  white  cheek  stripe  in  the  other  male. 
Wing  measurement,  2-75  inches.  The  bill  of  the  type  is  mea- 
sured as  are  the  bills  of  all  the  specimens  in  the  already  (juoted 
Catalogue  from  the  end  of  the  feathers  at  the  base  of  the  forehead 
to  the  tip,  with  a  pair  of  finely-pointed  calipers  irrespective  of 
any  curve  of  the  culmen. 

Types. — To  be  placed  m  the  South  Australian  Museum,  Ade- 
laide. 

Co-ty])e. — Australian  Museum,  8ydney. 

Habitat. — Kangaroo  Island,  South  Australia. 

These  birds  with  the  larger  bills  constitute  a  well-defined  and 
apparently  constant  insular  form,  ^\■hich  I  propose  in  contradis- 
tinction to  specifically  distinguish  under  the  name  of  Mpliflircpfus 
maytiirostris,  the  Large-billed  Honey -eater. 

The  figures  in  the  accompanying  plate  are  of  the  natural  size, 
and  ai'e  reproduced  from  a  ])hotograpli  of  two  bird  skins  laid  side 
by  side.  One  is  of  an  adult  male  of  Jlelithreptus  hrevirostris, 
Vk;.  and  Horsf.,  from  the  collection  of  the  South  Australian 
Museum,  Adelaide,  procured  by  Dr.  A.  M.  Morgan  at  Laura, 
South  Australia  ;  the  other  of  the  type,  an  adult  male,  of  Mdi- 
thrrpfiis  nuu/nirdstris,  obtained  by  Mr.  F.  R.  Zietz  on  Kangaroo- 
Island. 


NOTES  ON  THE  ARCHITECTURE,  NESTING  HABITS,  and 

LIFE  HISTORIES  of  AUSTRALIAN  ARANEID^E,  based 

ON  SPECIMENS  IN  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

By  W.  J.   Rainbow,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Entoinolijoist. 

(Fig.   3.) 
Part  v.— ENTELEGYN.(E  (vonfinufd). 

Family  PHOLCTD^. 

The  genus  Fholcnn,  Walck.,  was  erected  by  C.  Koch,  in  1S50,  tu 
family  rank.'  Prior  to  this  date,  it  had  been  inckided  in  tlie 
family  TheridiidiF.  Simon,  in  his  masterly  work,'-  lius  defined  its 
position,  and  to  this  the  student  is  I'eferred. 

The  family  Pholcidse  has  since  been  divided  into  two  sub- 
families— the  Pholcinse  and  Ninetidinye.  With  the  first  of  these, 
twenty  genera  are  now  associated,  of  which  thi'ee  occur  in  Aus- 
tralia :  the  second  embraces  only  one  {Xiupfis,  Sim.),  and  its 
habitat  is  defined  as  "  Arabia  felix."' 

The  genus  Artmna,  Walck.,  has  a  wide  range,  its  distribution 
being:  "Africa  tota  :  Arabia;  Asia  occid.,  centr.  et  merid.; 
Malaisia  et  Polyne.sia  ;  America  antillana  et  merid."*  This  being 
so,  it  is  quite  possible  tl'.at  it  may  liereafter  be  recorded  from  the 
Australian  I'egion. 

The  genus  FholcuK,  Walck.,  is  exceedingly  ubicjuitous,  its  range 
being  :  "  Orbis  utriusque  reg.  calid.  et  temp.  ""'  Only  one  species 
— P.  litoralis,  L.  K. — is  known  to  me  as  occuii'ing  in  Australia. 
It  has  been  recorded  from  Rockhampton  and  Biisbane,  and  is 
very  common  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Sydney,  where  it  is  known 
popularly  as  "  Daddy  Longiegs." 

The  Pholcidie  are  of  sedentar}^  habits,  and  are  most  fre^juentl)' 
met  with  in  buildings,  whei-e  they  construct  theii-  webs  in  the 
angles  of  walls  and  ceilings.  Their  snares  are  irregularly  con- 
structed, the  lines  comprising  them  being  drawn  in  e"\ery  con- 
ceivable direction.  The  Pholcid*  have  been  formed  into  a  ^■roup 
under  the  name  of  Filiteles,  from  their  habit  of  spinning  long  fila- 
ments of  silk  whenever  or  wherever  they  move.     When  an  insect 

1  C.  Kocli— Ueb.  Ar.  Syee.,  v.,  1850,  p.  31. 

-  Simon — Hist.  Nat.  des  Araignees,  2nd  Ed.,  i.,  1892,  p.  456. 

•''  Simon — Loc.  cit.,  p.  487. 

^  Simon — Loc.  cif.,  p.  466. 

-'  Simon — Loc.  cit.,  p.  471. 


NOTES    ON    ARCHITECTURE    UF    AUSTRALIAN!    ARANEID.^ — RAINBOW.    23 

is  captured  in  the  wel)  of  one  of  these  spiders,  the  owner  imme- 
diately shakes  the  snare  violently  in  order  to  secure  its  i)rey. 
When  irritated  or  disturbed  they  will  gyrate  rounfl  and  rcjund 
most  rapidly,  usually  describing  circles  from  right  to  left.  When 
I'esting  in  the  web,  they  invariably  hang  body  downwards,  as  illus- 
trated in  the  figure  (fig.  3)  ; 
occasionally  they  may  be  de- 
tected resting  in  a  vertical 
position,  in  which  case  the 
usual  posture  is  head  down- 
wards. The  eggs  are  held 
together  in  an  agglutinated 
spherical  mass ;  sometimes 
the}'  are  covered  with  silk.  Fit'.  3,  rkolcus  /itoralis,  L.  K. 

The  female  carries  the  mass  of  ova  with  the  falces,  and  always 
approximated  to  her  sternum  ;  nor  will  she  for  one  moment  relin- 
([uish  lier  burden  until  the  spiderlings  have  hatched  out.  The 
eggs  includefl  in  the  splierical  mass  are  numerous,  and  are  usually 
of  a  whitish-yellow  tint. 

These  spiders  may  sometimes  be  collectetl  from  under  over- 
hanging rocks,  in  rock-shelters,  and  in  the  hollows  of  trees. 

In  1877,  Mr.  H.  B.  Bradley  erected  the  genus  Micromeri/>:,  for 
the  reception  of  a  species  collected  by  the  "  Chevert"  Expedition 
at  Cape  Yoi^k.  The  genus,  however,  is  widely  distributed.  Simon 
gives  its  geographical  area  as  "  Africa  occid.  ;  ins.  Madagascar 
{marjagascfo-ensifi,  E.  8im.)  ;  ins.  Philippine  (rirnilfiyrmift,  E. 
Sim.);  Nova-Hollandia  septr.  {(/raei/is,  Bradl.)  ;  America  trop.; 
Venezuela  (conica.,  E.  Sim.,  etc.).'"^ 

J/,  (jracilis,  Bradl.,  is  long  and  cylindrical,  being  about  8  mm. 
]ong  and  1  mm.  broad,  witli  excessively  long  and  thin  legs. 

Psilochorus,  Sim.,  occurs  in  "America  sept,  et  merid. :  India 
orient;  Oceana."'  In  this  genus  also,  (jnly  one  species  is  known 
to  occur  in  Australia — P.  sph(eroides,  L.  K.  It  was  placed  by  its 
author  in  the  genus  Pholcus,  but  Simon  has  removed  it  to  Psilo- 
choriiK.  This  species  occurs  at  Rockhampton.  Nothing  has  been 
recorded  of  its  life  habits. 

Family  THERIDIID^. 

This  family  includes  upwards  of  seventy  genera,  and  an 
immense  number  of  species.  Of  the  genera  recorded  at  least 
a  dozen  ai'e  known  to  occur  in  Australia,  and  one  in  Tasmania. 
These  spiders  are  also  sedentary,  and  foi"m  a  group  by  themsehes 

*  Simon — Loc  cit.,  p.  474. 
^  Simon — Loc.  cit.,  p.  482. 


24  KKCOKDS    01"    THE    AL'STRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

— the  lletitele.s,  spiders  which  form  webs  with  open  meslies  and 
irregular  chambers,  and  which  lurk  in  the  centre  or  at  their 
sides. 

Individually  considered,  the  members  of  this  family  are  small, 
the  largest  being  those  of  the  genus  Latrodectus,  Walck. — spiders 
ha^•ing  a  somewhat  evil  reputation. 

Many  of  the  sjjecies  are  remarkable  for  their  bright  and  strik- 
ing colours,  as  well  as  inteiesting  and  curious  forms.  All — or 
nearly  all — sedentary  spiders  construct  webs  for  the  capture  of 
prey,  and  these  are  of  two  distinct  types — (1)  the  irregularly- 
formed  snare,  or  retitelarian  web  :  and  (2)  the  wheel-like,  or  orbic- 
ular web.     The  first  of  these  is  characteristic  of  the  Theridiida?. 

Morphologically,  this  family  is  a  most  interesting  one.  It  has 
been  studied  by  many  authors,  no  two  of  whom  are  wholly  in 
accord  as  to  its  classification,  while  some  are  absolutely  at  vari- 
ance. The  reader  who  desires  to  pursue  the  subject  further  sliould 
carefully  peruse  Simon's  remarks  on  this  family." 

In  order,  however,  to  satisfactorily  study  this  group,  it  would 
be  necessary  not  only  to  bring  together  an  extensive  collection, 
but  to  devote  possibly  years  to  patient  and  laborious  investigation. 
Simon  found  he  could  not  satisfactorily  divide  this  family  into 
sub-families,  but  in  order  to  facilitate  its  study  he  broke  it  up  into 
about  eighteen  groups,  of  which  six  occur  on  the  mainland  of 
Australia  and  one  in  Tasmania. 

Argyrode^. 

This  group  embraces  thi'ee  genera,  each  of  which  is  widely  dis- 
tributed. They  are  Ariamnes,  Thor.,  Rhompha^a,  L.  K.,  and 
Argyrodes,  Sim.  The  range  of  the  fii'st  of  these  is  defined  as 
"  Orbis  reg.  tropic,  omn.;""  and  of  the  second  and  third,  "  Orbis 
totius  I'eg.  trop.  et  sub-trop."'"  Ariamnes  and  Argyrodes  each 
occur  in  Australia. 

Ariamnes  colubrinns,  Keys.,  was  originally  recorded  from  Peak 
Downs,  but  I  have  had  it  from  various  parts  of  this  State.  Mr. 
A.  M.  Lea  collected  it  in  the  Northern  Rivers  District,  and  I  have 
collected  it  at  Guildford  and  Waterfall.  It  is  a  long,  vex'miform 
spider,  and  constructs  a  small  web  amongst  the  branchlets  or 
spurs  (^f  shrubs  and  coarse  herbage.  When  disturbed  or  alarmed 
it  drops  out  of  its  web  and  hangs  suspended  by  a  thin  silken  line. 
Owing  to  its  colour,  and  the  manner  in  which  it  folds  its  legs 
when  dangling  in  the  air,  it  has  the  appearance  of  a  piece  of  dead 
stick  hanging  on  a  web. 

**  Siiiidii — Loc.  cif.,  pp.  488,  et  seq. 

^  Simon — Loc.  cif.,  p.  502. 

19  Simon— Loc.  cif.,  pp.  502  and  503. 


NOTES    ON   ARCHITECTURE    OF    AUSTRALIAN    AKANEID.?:— RAINHOVV.    2o 

The  spiders  of  the  genus  J/v/y/-orA\s' are  small,  and  many  of  them 
exceedmgly  lirilliant,  lot)king,  when  suspended  in  their  webs,  like 
atoms  of  burnished  silver,  or  dewdrops  glistening  in  the  sun.  In 
habits  they  are  parasitic,  and  usually  construct  their  irregular 
webs  among  the  outer  lines  of  the  snares  of  large  orb-weaveis 
such  as  Ch-ytopliura,  8im.,  and  Xephila,  Leach.  Their  food  consists 
of  the  smaller  insects  that  have  become  entangled  in  the  huge 
orb-webs,  and  which  are  too  minute  to  attract  the  attention  of  the 
legitimate  tenant.  A.  lo/fipodiana,  Cambr.,  occurs  both  in  New 
Zealand  and  Australia.  I  have  collected  specimens  around  Sydney 
in  the  autumn.  A.  incif<i/rons.  Keys.,  has  been  recoi'ded  from 
Bowen  and  Sydney  :  and  Mr.  Lea  collected  A.  nKdyarifarin.^, 
mihi,  at  the  Clarence  River,  N.  8.  Wales. 

Episin.e. 

Nine  genera  are  included  in  this  group,  two  of  which,  EpisivKs, 
Latr.,  and  Janiilna,  Thor.,  occur  in  Australia.  The  spiders  of  the 
former  genus  ai-e,  according  to  Simon,  "  walking  Theiidiides,"  and 
are  most  frequently  met  with  outside  their  webs.  All  these  spiders 
are  of  striking  form.  The  first,  second,  and  fourth  pairs  of  legs 
are  long,  and  the  third  pair  very  short.  The  abdomen  is  usually 
rhomboidal,  wide  and  high  in  front,  and  attenuated  behind.  The 
genus  occurs  in  "  Europa  et  reg.  medit. ;  Asia  centr. ;  ins.  Tapro- 
bane  ;  Africa  austr.;  N.  Hollandia  {anstralis,  Keyserl.)  ;  N.  Zea- 
landia  (((ufijxKlianus,  Cambr.)  ;  America  sept,  et  merid.;  Vene- 
zuela, Brasilia,  Paraguay.  "'^^  Keyserling's  species,  E.  auatrrdis, 
originally  recorded  from  Peak  Downs,  is  the  only  form  so  far  re- 
corded from  Australia. 

The  genus  Ja>tuhi.s,  Thor.  (of  which  our  Australian  form,  ./. 
hicornix,  Thor.,  is  the  type  species),  is  recorded  from  "  ins.  Tapro- 
bane  ;  pen.  Malayana  ;  N.  Hollandia  sept.;  America  merid.;  An- 
tillje,  Venezuela,  Brasilia.''^-  Although  so  widely  distributed, 
only  a  dozen  species  have,  so  far,  been  assigned  to  this  genus. 
./.  bicovitis  is  at  present  unknown  to  me  ;  the  type  was  collected 
by  D'Albertis,  at  Somerset,  Cape  York. 

EuRYOPEiE. 

There  are  six  genera  in  this  section,  three  of  which  occur  in 
Australia.  The  first  of  the  Australian  series,  Enryopis,  Menge, 
is  widely  distributed,  its  range  being:  "Europa  et.  reg.  medit.; 
Asia  centr.,  merid.  et  orient;  Nova-Hollandia  et  Polyn.;  Anieri. 
sept,  et  merid. "^"     Only  one  species  occurs  in  Australia — E.  am- 


11  Simon — Loc.  cit.,  p.  520. 
1-  Simon — Loc.  cit.,  p.  521. 
1^  Simon — Loc.  cit.,  p.  529. 


26  HKCORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

bilicata,  L.  K.  This  species  is  widely  distributed.  I  liave  seen 
specimens  from  many  localities.  Koch's  tpye  specimen  came  from 
Port  Mackay.  The  species  is  common  around  Sydney,  and  may 
be  collected  all  the  year  round.  It  lui-ks  undei-  stones,  or  almost 
any  refuse  lying  upon  the  ground,  under  which  it  may  rest 
in  security.  When  disturbed  it  rushes  off  in  (}uest  of  shelter  with 
great  rapidity.  It  constructs  a  small  web,  consisting  of  a  few 
lines,  but  this  is  useless  for  the  capture  of  prey.  I  have  often 
sought,  and  in  vain,  for  the  ova-sac. 

Diaprocarns,  Sim.,  is  recorded  from  "Nova-Hollandia  merid.""'^ 
This  contains  only  one  species,  D.  nndtipunctatun,  Sim.,  from 
"  Nova-Hollandia  merid.,"  and  it  is  unknown  to  me. 

Phylarchus,  Sim.,  contains  six  species.  The  range  of  this  genus 
is  '' Asia  centr. ;  ins.  Taprobane  ;  ins.  Philippin^e  ;  N.-Hollandia  ; 
N. -Caledonia. "^^  P.  splendens,  iiim.(  — E^iryop is  elegcms,  Keys.), 
occurs  in  Australia  and  New  Caledonia.  Keyserling's  tpye  came 
from  Peak  Downs.  This  species  has  the  same  habit  as  B.  nmbili- 
cnta. 

THERIDIE.f:. 

The  spiders  of  this  group  are  distinctly  sedentary.  They 
are  to  be  found  inside  buildings,  in  caves,  under  rock-shelters,  on 
the  spurs  and  bi'anches  of  shrubs  and  trees,  and  sometimes  on  the 
trunks  of  trees.  Their  retitelarian  snares  are  of  indeterminate 
form,  and  are  composed  of  brilliant  threads,  which  cross  each  other 
at  every  conceivable  angle.  The  cocoons  are,  as  a  general  rule, 
globose  in  form,  rai-ely  elongate.  They  are  composed  of  a  tough, 
silken  tissue,  closely  Avoven  and  opaque  ;  the  outer  and  inner  walls 
have  a  somewhat  woolly  appearance.  The  colour  varies  :  some 
are  white,  some  yellowish,  some  brown,  and  some  are  of  a  dull 
greyish  tint.  With  few  exceptions,  the  cocoons  are  attached  to 
and  suspended  from  the  web.  71iPridio7i  himaculatnm,  Linn., 
and  Thfirid^ila,  sj^p.,  are  recorded  by  Simon  as  carrying  their  ova- 
sacs  attached  to  their  spinnerets,  in  exactly  the  same  manner  as 
those  of  the  genus  Lycosa,  Latr.  Those  species  which  suspend 
their  cocoons  to  the  web,  usually  construct  three  or  four,  or  even 
more,  and  these  are  generally  placed  close  to  each  other  ;  but  those 
which  carry  their  ova-sacs  make  only  one.  Each  ova-sac  contains 
an  immense  number  of  eggs.  In  addition  to  being  sedentary,  the 
Theridiete  are,  as  a  rule,  solitary.  Thpridion  pximuim,  Keys.,  of 
South  America,  is  a  social  species,  many  individuals  living  to- 
gether, each  uniting  its  web  to  that  of  its  neighbour,  the  whole 
thus  making,  apparently,  one  large,  comprehensive  snare. 

'^  Simon  —  Loc.  cif.,  p.  529. 
1'  Sitjioii — Loc.  cit.,  p.  529. 


NOTKS    OX   ARCHITKCTL'HE    OF   AL'STKALIAX    ARAXEfD.t: — KAINBOW     27 

Ten  genera  have  been  assigned  by  Simon  to  this  group,  and  of 
these  one  occurs  in  Australia,  namely,  Thpvidion,  Walck.  This 
genus  is  widely  distributed,  its  geographical  area  being  :  "  Orbia 
totius  reg.  calid.,  temper,  et  frigid."^"  Some  of  the  species  asso- 
ciated with  it  are  also  ubiquitous,  for  instance,  1\  rujipes,  Lucas, 
and  T.  tppidarioriim,  C.  Koch.  The  latter  is  common  around 
Sydney,  and  sometimes  invades  buildings.  It  occurs  in  Europe, 
Africa,  Asia,  and  America.  The  snare  constructed  is  large  and 
usually  dome-shaped,  and  the  lines  of  which  it  is  composed,  al- 
though exceedingly  fine,  are  nevertheless  strong  enough  to  arrest 
large  insects.  Some  of  the  victims,  if  there  be  too  many  for  the 
owner's  immediate  neerls,  are  carriefl  to  the  upper  part  of  the  web, 
and  enswathed  with  silk.  Tlie  ovti-sacs  are  more  or  less  round, 
and  are  usually  of  a  reddish-brown  tint. 

The  genus  Theridion  is  one  of  the  most  numerous  of  the  entire 
order.  Koch  has  recorded  ten  species  from  Australia  in  his  stan- 
dard work.^^  One  of  the  species,  T.  nJho-xtriafirm,  L.  K.,  i«  widely 
distributed,  and  occurs  not  only  on  our  Australian  mainland,  but 
also  in  the  South  Pacific  Islands.  Keyserling,  in  the  supplement 
to  Koch"s  monograph,^"  records  four  others,  all  of  which  appear  to 
be  peculiar  to  Australia. 

PlIOROXCIDIiE. 

The  Phoroncidiie  includes  some  very  striking  and  grotesque 
forms.  The  abdomen  is  large,  and  in  some  species,  such  as 
Pharuncidia,  Westw.,  armed  with  long,  strong  spines.  This  genus 
does  not  occur  in  Australia,  so  far  as  we  know  at  present,  but 
seeing  that  its  geographical  area  is  "India  et  ins.  Taprobane  ; 
Malasia  et  Papuasia  ;  ins.  Madagascar  ;  Africa  trop.  occid.,"^^ 
we  may  certainly  expect  it  to  occur  in  Northern  or  Tropical  Aus- 
tralia. 

Ulesanis,  L.  K.,  is  distributed  over  "  Reg.  medit.  occid.;  Africa 
trop.  orient,  et  Afr.  austr. ;  ins.  Taprobane  ;  ins.  Philippine  ;  N. 
Hollandia,  N.  Zealandia  et  Polynesia  ;  Amer.  sept.,  trop.  et 
austr. "■^"  Six  species  of  this  genus  are  recoi'ded  from  Australia 
and  Polynesia.  U.  sextuhei'cnlata,  Keys.,  occurs  in  Queensland, 
where  it  was  originally  recorded  from  Gayndah  ;  it  is  also  found 
in  the  Richmond  River  District.  These  spiders  are  usually  found 
on  shrubbs  or  bushes,  where  they  construct  their  retitelarian  snares. 

^'■'  Simon — Loc.  riY.,  p.  5.50. 

"  L.  Koch — Die  Arachniden  Australienp,  i.,  1871,  p.  256,  et  serj. 

^'^  Keyserling — Die  Aracliniden  Australiens,  Suppl.,  1890,  pp,24l,f^  .vf^. 

^'•'  Simon — Loc.  cU.,  p.  561. 

'■^^  Simon — Lop.  cit.,  p.  oW. 


28  I.KCORDS    OF    THK    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

DlPCENE^. 

This  is  a  small  group,  consisting  of  three  genera,  only  one  of 
which  occurs  in  Australia,  namely  Latrodpctiis,  Walck.  Tlie  range 
of  this  genus  is  "  Orbis  totius  reg.  trop.  et  sub-trop."-'  For  this 
genus  Thorell  desci'ibed  what  he  supposed  to  be  two  distinct  Aus- 
tralian species — L.  hasseltii  and  L.  srelio.'^'^  They  are,  howe^■er 
synonymous,  and  hasseltii  must  be  accepted  as  the  specific 
name. 

L.  hasseltii  is  widely  distributed  throughout  India,  Malaysia, 
Papua,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  and  Polynesia.  The  Indian  form 
(L.  hasseltii  var.  indicus,  Sim.)  has  been  recorded  by  Simon  from 
Arabia.*^  In  Australia  it  is  known  as  the  "  Venomous  Spider," 
and  in  New  Zealand  by  the  Maori  name  "  Katipo,  which  is  said 
to  mean  "  night-stinger."  In  respect  of  the  bite  and  its  effects, 
the  matter  is  at  present  under  investigation,  and  will  be  dealt 
with  on  a  future  occasion. 

The  webs  of  this  species  are  established  in  all  sorts  of  dark 
corners,  in  old  and  empty  cans,  or  amongst  any  loose  rubbish ;  they 
also  occur  under  stones  and  I'ock  shelters. 

The  snare  is  of  the  usual  retitelarian  type,  somewhat  dome- 
shaped  ;  the  lines  are  very  strong,  and  are  capable  of  arresting- 
large  and  powerful  beetles.  The  cocoons  are  yellow,  closely- 
knitted,  somewhat  woolly  in  appearance,  and  each  encloses  a  large 
number  of  eggs.  The  inner  walls  have  much  the  same  appearance 
as  the  outer.  A  large  number  of  cocoons  are  made,  and  these  are 
always  suspended  together. 

ASAGENK.E. 

This  is  a  group  of  stridulating  Theridions.  It  is  remarkable 
that  of  the  ten  genera  referred  to  it  by  Simon — some  of  which  are 
most  widely  distributed — none  are  known  to  occur  on  the  main- 
land of  Australia.  There  is  only  one  genus  which  may  be 
considered  as  part  of  our  fauna,  namely,  Aiicoccelus,  Sim.,  of 
Tasmania,  and  that  has  only  one  species — A.  livens,  Sim.  This 
genus  is  most  nearly  allied  to  the  European  and  American  Steatoda, 
Sund.     The  Tasmanian  species  is  unknown  to  me. 

'•^1  Simon — Loc.  cit.,  p.  569. 

'^*  Thorell — Aranea    nonnullse      Nova      Hollnudia,      in     Oiv.     Kontcl. 

Vet.-Akad.  Forhandl.,  1870,  4,  p.  369  ;  also  Koch— Die  Aracliiiidwii 

Australieiis,  i.,  1871,  pp.  276  aud  279. 
■i»  Simon— Bull.    Mus.    Hist.    Nat..    1897,   3.   p.    95;    and    1902,   4.    u. 

252. 


NOTES    ON    THE    VARIED    HONEY-EATER 
{PTILOTIS  VERSICOLOR,  GOULD.) 

By  Alfred  J.  North,  C.M.Z.S.,  C.M.B.O.U.,  Ornithologist. 

PtUotis  versicolor,  North,  Vict.  Nat.,  xxi.,  1905,  p.  167. 

(Plate  v.,  fig.  3.) 

The  Varied  Eoney-eater  was  described  by  Gould  in  1842  from 
a  fiingie  specimen  contained  in  a  collection  of  bird  skins  from 
Northern  Australia,  and  was  for  many  years  regarded  as  a  rare 
species.  It  is  an  inhabitant  of  the  coastal  districts  and  adjacent 
islands  of  Northern  and  North-eastero  Queensland  and  Southern 
New  Guinea,  and  is  also  found  on  some  of  the  intermediate 
islands  of  Torres  Strait.  Off  the  coast  of  North-eastern  Queens- 
land, MacGillivray  obtained  this  species  on  Dunk  Island,  and 
Elsey  on  Albany  Island.  Many  specimens  were  procured  by 
the  "Chevert"  Expedition,  fitted  out  by  the  late  Sir  William 
Macleay,  since  when  it  has  been  obtained  by  various  collectors 
both  in  New  Guinea  and   Australia. 

Among  a  small  collection  of  bird  skins  sent  me  for  examination, 
made  by  Mr.  Albert  F.  Smith,  principally  near  Cairns,  North-eastern 
Queensland,  and  the  neighbourhood,  was  a  specimen  of  Ptilotin 
versicolor,  Gould,  collected  by  him  on  one  of  the  Frankland  Islands 
on  the  16th  October,  1901.  Subsequently  I  received  a  second 
specimen  from  him,  shot  in  company  with  the  other,  also  their 
nest  and  a  set  of  two  eggs  taken  at  the  same  time. 

The  nest  of  PtUotis  versicolor,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  accom- 
panying plate,  is  an  open  cup-shape,  and  somewhat  scanty  struc- 
ture, daylight  being  visible  through  the  greater  portion  of  the 
sides.  Externally  it  is  formed  of  fibrous  rootlets,  held  together 
with  plant  down  and  spider  webs,  with  which  are  intermingled 
a  few  egg-bags  of  spiders  and  their  green  silky  covering,  the 
inside  being  sparingly  lined  with  fine  pale  brown  rootlets  and 
fibre,  and  at  the  bottom  with  a  small  (quantity  of  silky- white  plant- 
down.  It  is  attached  by  the  rim  on  one  side  to  a  leafy  horizontal 
branch  from  which  springs  a  thin  twig  at  right  angles,  but  this  is 
concealed  in  the  structure,  two  leaves  being  worked  on  to  the 
side  of  the  nest.  Externally  it  measures  three  inches  and  three- 
(juarters  in  diameter  by  two  inches  and  a  quarter  in  depth,  the 
inner  cup  measuring  three  inches  in  diameter  by  one  inch  and  a 
half  in  depth. 


30  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

The  eggs,  which  were  in  an  advanced  state  of  incubation,  are 
two  in  number,  oval  in  form  somewhat  pointed  at  the  smaller 
end,  the  shell  being  close-grained,  smooth  and  lustrous.  They 
are  of  a  uniform  tieshy-buff  colour,  being  of  a  slightly  richer 
shade  on  the  larger  end,  where  on  one  specimen,  with  the  aid  of 
a  lens,  a  few  very  minute  darker  dots  may  be  seen.  The  eggs  of 
this  species  are  indistinguishable  in  colour  from  a  variety  of  those 
of  its  close  ally  Ftilotis  sonm'a,  Gould,  also  from  those  of  the 
Pallid  Cuckoo  (Cucuhis  pallidus,  Latham). 

Relative  to  taking  the  above  nest  and  set  of  eggs,  Mr.  Smith  has 
kindly  supplied  me  with  the  following  notes: — "This  species  is  fairly 
plentiful  on  one  of  the  Frankland  Islands  off  the  coast  of  north-east- 
ern Queensland.  It  has  a  loud  call  that  attracted  my  attention 
as  our  boat  drew  near  the  island,  as  something  quite  difierent  to 
anything  I  had  heard  befoi'e,  but  cannot  describe  it  at  all.  There 
is  a  shrub  with  a  number  of  thin  upright  leafy  twigs  which  grows 
over  half  the  island,  and  it  was  in  one  of  these  about  ten  yards 
from  the  beach  the  nest  was  built.  It  was  seven  feet  from  the 
ground,  and  attached  to  thin  upright  twigs  on  one  side,  and  the 
horizontal  branch  on  the  other  side  which  remains  fastened  to 
the  nest.  It  contained  two  eggs  very  much  incubated,  and  while 
I  was  taking  them  the  pair  of  birds  perched  on  a  tree  alongside 
and  uttered  their  loud  cries.  I  brought  both  down  with  one 
shot  without  damaging  either  as  specimens." 


OPAL  PSEUDOMOPvPHS  from  WHITE  CLIFFS, 
NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

By  C.  Anderson,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  Mineralogist  to  tlie  Australian 
Museum,  and  H.  Stanley  Jrvons,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  late 
Lecturer  on  Mineralogy  and  Petrology,  University  of  Sydney. 

(Plates  vi — vii.,  text  fig.  -1). 

The  occurrence  of  Opal  at  White  Cliffs  as  pseudomorphic  crystals, 
called  locally  "fossil  pineapples"  has  been  known  for  some  time  ; 
they  have  been  described  by  several  observers,  but  no  agreement 
has  yet  been  i-eached  as  to  the  species  of  the  original  mineral. 
Recently  se\eral  good  specimens  have  I'eached  Sydney  and  were 
examined  by  Professor  T.  W.  E.  David  and  the  authors,  the 
conclusions  arrived  at  being  set  forth  in  the  present  paper. 

Occnrreuce. — Before  proceeding  to  the  description  of  the  speci- 
mens themselves,  their  mode  of  occuirence,  so  far  as  known  to  us, 
may  be  briefly  alluded  to.  The  White  Cliffs  Opal-field  was  first 
geologically  examined  in  detail  by  Mr.  J.  B.  Jaquet,  and  it  is  cliiefiy 
to  his  report^  that  we  must  turn  for  our  knowledge.  The  opal 
is  found  in  the  Upper  Cretaceous  or  "  Desert  Sand-stone"  Series, 
wliich  at  White  Cliffs  rests  on  Palyeozoic  slates  of  probably 
Silurian  age.  Overlying  the  Palaeozoic  strata  are  (d)  coarse  grits 
and  sandstones,  succeeded  by  (c)  a  thickness  of  fine  white,  kaolin- 
like material  of  highly  siliceous  composition  and  containing  large 
waterworn  boulders  of  quartzite  with  Devonian  fossils.  Con- 
cretionary nodules,  and  moi'e  rarely  thin  beds  of  gypsum  occur  in 
these  deposits.  Above  this  are  [h)  conglomerates  consisting  of 
small  pebbles  in  a  white  siliceous  mati'ix  similar  to  c.  It  is  in 
the  beds  h  and  e  that  the  opal  occurs.  It  is  often  found  replacing 
various  oi'ganic  remains  as  Sauropterygian  bones,  Crinoid  calices, 
stems,  and  separate  ossicles,  Belenniite  guards  and  bivalve  and 
univalve  shells,  as  well  as  coniferous  w'ood-^. 

1  Jaquet— Ann.  Kept.    Dept.    Mines   and    A<?ric.    N.   S.   Waler,    1892 

(1893),  pp.  140—14.2. 
-  Ethpiidtre— Rec.  Austr.  Mup.,  iii.,  2,  1897,  p.  19;  Mem.  Geol.  Surv. 
N.  S,  Waifs,  Pal.  No.  11,  1902,  p.  10;  Rec'  Austr.  Mu.-..  v.,  4,  1904, 
pp.  248.  251 ;   loc.  cit.,  v.,  5,   1904,  pp.  306-316. 
Pittman— Min.  Kes.  N.  S.  Wales,  1901,  p.  405. 
Tate— Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Austr.,  xxii..  1898,  p.  77. 


32  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

The  presence  of  Crinoids  indicates  an  open  fairly  deep  sea, 
whilst  the  conglomerates,  boulders,  opalised  saurians  and  wood 
rather  point  to  shallow  water  conditions  with  land  at  no  great 
distance.  In  the  absence  of  exact  knowledge  as  to  the  vertical 
distribution  of  these  fossils,  it  is  idle  to  speculate  on  the  geo- 
graphical conditions  obtaining  at  the  time  when  the  beds  con- 
taining these  enigmatical  specimens  were  laid  down.  The  presence 
oi  gypsum  is  not  conclusive,  for  gypsum  may  originate 
either  as  a  chemical  deposit  in  an  inland  sea,  or  salt 
lake,  or,  on  the  other  hand,  may  be  formed  subsequently 
to  the  deposition  of  the  beds  in  which  it  occurs,  for 
example  by  the  action  of  decomposing  pyrites  on  calcareous 
matter.  According  to  Prof.  J.  D.  Dana^  where  gypsum  occurs 
not  as  continuous  layers  but  in  embedded,  nodular  masses,  it  was 
formed  after  the  beds  were  deposited.  This  criterion  does  not 
help  us  to  a  conclusion,  for  Mr.  Jaquet  says^  that  the  gypsum 
occurs  both  as  isolated  masses  and  as  thin  beds.  In  the  recent 
surface  deposits  of  the  western  districts  of  New  South  Wales 
gypsum  is  commonly  met  with  as  crystalline  masses,  where  it  is 
undoubtedly  of  secondary  origin  and  due  to  chemical  interaction 
between  the  constituents  of  the  soil,  and  it  is  possible  that  a  similar 
origin  is  to  be  assigned  to  the  gypsum  found  in  the  opal-bearing 
beds.  Against  the  likelihood  of  the  gypsum  being  the  result  of 
evaporation  in  a  land-locked  sea  is  the  compaiutive  abundance  of 
organic  remains,  for,  when  the  water  of  an  enclosed  basin  has 
reached  a  degree  of  concentration  that  permits  of  the  deposition 
of  gypsum  from  solution,  animal  life  is  usually  absent.  But  it  is 
conceivable  that  a  temporary  lake  may  have  been  formed  as  a 
remnant  of  a  retreating  ocean,  and  then  subsequently  re-united  to 
the  waters  of  the  Cretaceous  sea.  Any  solution  of  the  problem 
presented  by  the  pseudomorphs  must  be  compatible  with  the  pre- 
sence of  gypsum  in  the  same  beds. 

Both  gypsum  and  the  mineral  now  known  to  us  only  as  opaline 
casts  have  been  converted  into  opal,  the  former  partially,  the 
latter  entirely,  by  the  action  of  highly  silicated  springs  to  which 
the  general  opalisation  of  the  Desert  Sandstone  is  usually 
attributed. 

Previous  Ohse7-vers. — The  pseudomorphs  were  apjiarently  first 
observed  by  Jaquet,*  by  whom  they  wei-e  referred  probably  to 


■''  Dana — Manual  of  Geolojry,  4th  pd.,  1895,  p.  -Doi. 
^  Jaquet — Loc.  cit.,  p.  141. 
■'  Jaquet — Lor  cif.,  p.  141. 


OPAL  PSEDDOMORPHS  FROM  WHITE  CLIFFS — ANDERSON  AND  JEVONS.  33 

uypsum.  Later  Weisbach^  measured  the  angles  and  came  to  tlic 
conclusion  that  the  original  mineral  was  oi'thorhombic  in  system  ; 
lie  suggested  sulphur.  He  was  followed  by  Pelikan'',  who 
compared  them  to  aggregates  of  gypsum  crystals.  Giirich"  gives  a 
more  detailed  account  and  concludes  that  the  original  mineral 
was  monoclinic  and  probably  identical  with  the  original  of  the 
well-known  "  barley-corn"'  pseudomorphs  from  Sangerhausen,  and 
similar  pseudomorphs  from  elsewhere.  But  even  if  this  conclu- 
sion be  justified  it  does  not  settle  the  question,  for  at  least  five 
mifierals  have  been  suggested  as  the  original  of  the  8angerhausen 
and  similar  specimens,  celestite,  perhaps,  being  regarded  as  the 
most  likely,^ 

Description  nf  SpecimPMs. — The  material  for  this  paper  was 
furnished  by  two  specimens  in  the  collection  of  the  Geological 
Department,  Sydney  University,  and  five  from  the  Australian 
Museum  collection.  That  represented  in  PL  vi.,  fig.  1,  is  the 
largest  and  best  developed,  hence  it  has  supplied  the  bulk  of  the 
angular  measurements  by  the  contact  goniometer.  Unfortunately 
it  is  found  that  the  angles  vary  somewhat,  thus  giving  an  element 
of  uncertainty  to  the  conclusions  di"awn  therefrom  ;  yet,  by 
making  a  large  number  of  measurements  and  taking  means,  it  is 
hoped  that  a  fair  approximati(m  has  been  made  to  the  true 
angles. 

The  seven  specimens  vary  in  their  greatest  diameter  from  1 1 
cm.  to  7"5  cm.  approximately.  They  present  a  fairly  unifoini 
appearance,  which  is  that  of  an  iii-egular,  radial  aggregate  of 
acute,  tapering,  four-sided  pyramids.  Owing  to  the  curvature  of 
the  faces  it  is  scarcely  possible  to  secure  exact  measurements  of 
the  angles,  tliough  an  attempt  was  made  to  counteract  this  source 
of  error  by  making  the  goniometer  arms  tangent  tt)  the  part  of  the 
faces  close  to  the  edges.  An  important  feature  in  most  of  the 
pseudomorphic  crystals  is  the  w(>ll-mark(!d  cleavage  (PI.  vi.,  fig.  2)" 
Tt  generally  crosses  one  <mly  of  the  four  terminal  edges,  but 
sometimes  passes  over  the  apex  and  appears,  though  less  strongly 


6  Weishach— Neues  Jahrb.,  ii.,  l.syS,  p.  150. 

»  Pelikan — Tsehermak's  Min.  petr.  Mitth.,xix.,  1900,  p.  336. 

«  Giirich— Neues  Jahrb.,  Beil.  Bd.,  xir.,  1901,  pp.  478-483,  fit;. 

9  Dana— Bull.  U.S.  Geol.  SurT.,  12,  1884,  pp.  2.5  28   ;     Sjst.    Minora) . 
Gth  Ed.,  1892,  pp.  271,  907. 

Miers— Min.  Map^.,  xi.,  1897,  p.  26*. 


84 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AT'STRATJAN    MUSEUM. 


marked,  on  the  opposite  edge.  In  direction  it  is  appi-oximatelv 
parallel  to  the  plane  of  two  opposite  edges,  nameh'  the  iilanc 
bisecting  the  angles  bq  and  pd  (tig.  4).  There  is  no  sign  of  a  second 
cleavage  perpendicular  to  this  plane.  Three  systems  of  striations 
are  j^resent,  but  they  will  hv  more  fully  described  below. 

As  regards  their  composition,  the  pseudomoi'phs  consist  of 
precious  opal  of  inferior  quality  and  prevailing  green  or  bluish 
tints,  in  other  cases  of  common  milky  opal,  or  of  clear  glassy 
livalite,  with  patches  of  the  rarer  black  opal. 

Measurements  were  made  as  a  rule  by  each  of  us  independently, 
but  the  agreement  being  close,  only  the  mean  values  are  given  in 
the  subjoined  table.     Provisional   letters  are  assigned  to  the  four 

pyramidal  faces,  the  crystal 
being  oriented  by  means  of  the 
edge  on  which  the  cleavage 
appears  (fig.  4).  The  mean 
normal  angles  obtained  plainly 
indicate  that  we  are  dealing  with 
a  monoclinic  mineral  having  a 
plane  of  symmetry  bisecting  the 
angles  hd  and  pq. 


h'i^.  4. 
So.lieraatic  projection  on  a  plane  at 
right  angles  to  the  axis  of  elonga- 
tion, with  cleavage  traces  on  edge  h. 


Conchisioiis.  — The  problem 
now  is  to  find  a  mineral,  mono- 
clinic  in  symmetry,  having  a 
prominent  cleavage  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  symmetry, 
with  angles  approaching  the  values  found,  and  the  mode  of 
occurrence  of  which  is  compatible  with  the  geological  conditions 
of  the  AVhite  Cliflf's  Upper  Cretaceous  beds.  Obviously  the  facts 
of  form  ali-eady  l)rought  out  dispose  of  the  claims  of  gypsum, 
anhvdrite,  celestite  and  sulphur,  while  the  angles  do  not  even 
approximate  to  those  of  gay-lussite.  After  passing  in  review 
all  the  likely  minerals  that  suggest  themselves,  we  huxe  come  to 
the  conclusion  that  the  species  most  nearly  fulfilling  the  requireri 
conditions  is  glauberite,  sulphate  of  soda  and  lime,  which  is  mono- 
clinic  in  crystallisation,  and  has  a  perfect  basal  cleavage.  In 
accordance  with  this  theory,  we  have  incorporated  in  the  table 
the  theoretical  angles  of  glauberite,  which  we  regard  as  cor- 
responding to  the  measured  angles  of  the  pseudomorphs, 


Oi'AL  I'SEtJDOMORPHS  FKOSl  WttlTK  CLIFFS ANDEKSON  ANT)  .1  K\(iNS    '6b 


.              1 

_.^ 

3 

"M          t- 

X 

X 

■»-f« 

o 

I" 

^ 

^ 

r:       i-~ 

l~ 

)~ 

vr       X 

1- 

'~ 

• 

x    »: 

2  -2 

r:        I-- 

\Z 

» 

OJ 

•^     P 

iC           X 

I- 

1- 

^ 

;h  3 

<o 

■< 

a 

F—                        r— ■ 

1 »— ' 

l""^ 

C 

^ 

'—                        1 

— ( 

r— 

o 

<                          < 

< 

< 

M 

1   



__ 

■~                         

— 

— 

^ 

^ 

^ 

=3       '^ 

-       <1> 

X                            ^ 

i  t 

<                        < 

< 

< 

S5    -fl 

•A               ;^ 

x 

"v: 

— "M 

s 

t'^,              1*^ 

:^' 

:^ 

a) 

iX>          X 

X 

X 

^irj.          ^^ 

HH 

ri     ^ 

cc 

X 

> 

t- 

1^ 

■t^       1 

c^ 

X 

f* 

to          1 

t^ 

1^ 

1— 1 

<fj         1~ 

-t" 

-^ 

> 

tr>       X 

X 

X 

m 

"3 

—I'M          -^ITI 

> 

O          X 

X 

X 

^j 

^ 

1 1 

o 

K-»<        r-ri 

—  TI 

—  71 

> 

•        S         X 

X 

-§ 

s 
g 

Ph 

"M            "M 

~  I 

!- 

X 

X 

-I'M 

M 

Xi          Ci 

^ 

X 

(-C 

CO         oc 

t^ 

t^ 

^        -+ 

1-^ 

X 

■-D           X 

1  - 

X 

"3      O! 

?>         -^ 

■^ 

►o 

2  -1 

<           < 

< 

< 

C      P 

-^ 

o 

y.  < 

"^ 

"^ 

an 


KECOKDS   OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


If  we  are  correct  in  regarding  these  specimens  as  pseudouiorplis 
after  glaiiberite,  the  original  crystals  must  ha^e  been  acute  pyra- 
midal in  habit,  with  elongation  in  the  direction  of  the  clino-axis 
(PI.  vii.,  figs.  7,  9). 

As  the  amount  of  error  in  measurements  does  nut  exceed  2'^, 
the  disagreement  between  the  values  obtained  for  the  same  angle 
on  different  crystals  must  be  due  to  the  varying  amount  of  curva- 
ture and  imperfection  of  form. 

We  next  proceeded  to  confinn  our  results,  and  to  explain,  if 
possible,  the  divergence  of  the  measurefl  angles  from  the  true 
values  by  determining  the  terminal  angles  between  the  edges  A 
and  B,  and  C  and  C  '^"  (fig.  4),  and  the  terminal  pyramidal  angles 
Hii"  and  .s'';^'"  (using  the  lettering  of  glauberite  for  corresponding 
faces  of  the  pseudomorphs).     The  results  are  tabulated  below  : — 


Augles. 

Measured. 

No.  et  Detei- 
uiiuatious. 

Cplculated. 

Error. 

o 

o             ' 

0 

cac 
AaB 

681 
64^ 

10 
4 

78  42 

79  1.311 

10 
15 

s     n"  } 
s      n"  j 

50i 

12 

61     :W 

11 

The  difference  between  the  measured  and  the  true  angles  is 
considerable,  and  some  explanation  must  be  forthcoming  if  our 
conclusions  are  correct.  Now,  on  several  specimens  it  is  apparent 
that  the  cleavage  is  not  exactly  parallel  to  the  plane  of  the  two 
opposite  edges  C  and  C.  (fig.  1).  This  would  be  explained 
(assuming  the  oi'iginal  mineral  to  have  been  glauberite  in  which 
the  cleavage  is  parallel  to  this  plane)  by  a  curving  downward  of 
those  edges  towards  the  cleavage.  This  downward  curving  could 
be  accounted  for  by  oscillatory  combination  of  the  s  faces  with  a 
form  hkh  (k>h).  No  such  form  is  recorded  in  Dana,  but 
observation  reveals  the  presence  of  a  set  of  striations  on  the  faces 
s  and  s'  running  parallel  to  the  edge  A.  These  striations  would 
be  a  natural   result  of  such  an   oscillatory  combination,   which 


A  is  the  edge  between -v  and  -s';    B  tlie  edtje  between  j/' and  «'";  C 
and  C  the  edges  between  s and  u"  and  s'  and  w"  respectively. 

Taken  fioiu  stereos^ram  by  Penfleld's  protractor. 


OPAL  PSEtJDOMORPHS  PROM  WHITE  CLIFFS ANDERSON  AND  .TEVONS.  37 

would  have  the  effect  of  displacing  the  edges  C  and  C '  towards 
the  cleavage  lines  crossing  the  edge  B  (PI.  vii.,  figs.  8,  9), 
and  also  of  rendering  the  angle  CC  measured  over  the 
apex  more  acute  (PL  vii.,  figs.  2,  3).  Another  series  of 
striations  observed  on  the  *•  faces  of  other  crystals,  and 
having  a  diiection  nearly  parallel  to  the  edges  C  and  C '  may  be 
due  to  the  coming  in  of  the  m  (110)  face.  The  n  faces  are 
strongly  striated,  and  in  some  cases  distinctly  stepped,  the  direc- 
tion of  the  strife  and  steps  being  parallel  to  the  cleavage.  These 
must  be  due  to  oscillatory  combination  of  u  with  C  (001),  or  ti 
with  71  (112)  or  v  (113),  any  of  which  would  make  the  angle  be- 
tween the  edges  A  B  more  acute  than  it  would  be  in  a  perfect 
crystal  (PI.  vii.,  figs.  8,  9). 

We  may  now  enquire  what  effect  the  oscillations  described 
would  have  on  the  normal  angles.  It  is  readily  seen  that  by  their 
means  the  normal  angle  ss '  would  be  enlarged,  and  the  angle  n"n' ' ' 
diminished,  while  the  angles  su  would  be  either  diminished  or 
enlarged  according  as  the  effects  of  the  oscillation  of  (hkh)  on  s  or 
of  (001)  on  n  predominate.  Now,  from  the  mean  values  obtained 
by  measurement,  it  will  be  observed  that  the  departure  from 
theory  of  the  angles  ss '  and  n''n" '  is  in  the  direction  we  should 
have  expected.  The  mean  value  for  the  angle  hu  was  found  to 
be  greater  than  the  theoretical,  which  accords  with  our  observation 
that  the  oscillation  on  the  n  faces  is  frequently  much  more  pro- 
nounced than  that  on  the  s  faces. 

Glauberite  is  commonly  found  in  association  with  rock  salt, 
thenardite,  mirabilite,  and  other  sulphates,  carbonates,  itc,  char- 
acteristic of  salt  lake  deposits.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  and  can, 
therefore,  occur  only  in  jDrotected  places  or  in  arid  regions.  Most 
likely  at  White  Cliffs  it  was  formed  in  deposits  of  mud  or  ooze 
and  not  directly  from  solution.  The  consequent  interference  with 
the  regular  growth  of  the  crystals  may  possibly  account  for  the 
cur\ature  of  the  faces  through  oscillatory  combination.  It  is 
noteworthy  that  with  the  single  exception  of  the  thinolite  of 
Lake  Lahontan  all  the  pseudomorphs  resembling  the  8angerhausen 
mineral,  as  also  the  pyramidal  crystals  of  celestite  from  Virginia 
described  by  G.  H.  Williams,'-  which  furnish  the  chief  argument 
for  the  celestite  origin,  have  been  found  embedded  in  clay,  mud 
or  marl.  Thus  it  may  be  that  the  resemblance  between 
specimens  from  different  localities,  which  after  all  consists  mainlv 
in  the  curved  and  tapering  form,  is  to  be  referred  rather  to  the 
similar  conditions  of  growth  than  to  identity  of  species. 

1-  Williams — Am«i-.  Journ.  Sci.,  xxxix.,  1890,  p.  ls;3. 


OCCASIONAL   NOTES. 


I.— CLIMBING  HABITS  of  an  AUSTRALIAN  SNAKE. 

Mr.  Percy  G.  Peard,  of  the  Public  Scliool,  Dal  wood,  New  Soutli 
Wales,  recently  forwarded  some  snakes  for  identification  from  the 
vicinity  of  Lismore,  Richmond  Rivei-. 

Respecting  llojducephalus  stephensii,  Krefft,  Mi-.  Peard  writes : — 
"  I  neglected  to  mention,  in  describing  the  '  Banded  specimen,' 
that  it  was  caught  climbing  an  ironbark  tree." 

This  is  an  extremely  interesting  obsei'vation,  and  confirms  any 
suspicion  one  may  have  had  as  to  the  use  of  the  notched  keels  of 
the  ventral  plates. 

When  describing  the  species,  Krefft  drew  attention  to  the 
similarity  in  structure  to  members  of  the  genus  Deud?-ophis.  Mr. 
Peard's  happy  remark  shows  that  the  structural  peculiarity  has 
been  independently  developed  for  tree-climbii:ig  purposes  in  two 
widely  different  genera  of  reptiles. 

In  future,  therefore,  Hoplocephalus  atephensii,  If.  bitorquatus, 
and,  perhaps  in  a  lesser  degree,  //.  buuyaroides,  should  be  regarded 
as  partially  arboreal  in  habit. 

Edgar  R.  Waite. 


ll.^PSEUDAPUlilTIS    UEVILLII,    Cuviku    c^-    Valen- 
ciennes, A  Fish  new  to  Western  New  South  Wales. 

As  this  fish  is  known  from  South  Australia,  it  might  naturally 
be  assumed  to  occur  in  the  western  waters  of  our  State. 

Dr.  C.  C.  Cocks,  of  Wentworth,  Darling  River,  has  forwarded 
a  specimen  to  the  Trustees  for  identification,  remarking  that  it 
was  caught  by  one  of  the  oldest  fishermen  of  the  district,  who  had 
never  seen   its  like  before.      To  Dr.  Cocks,  hhnself  an  angler  (if 


OCCASIOKAL    NOTES.  39 

tlie  locality  for  thirty  years,  tho  fish  was  a  novelty.  Tt  was  taken 
in  the  Murray  Kivpr,  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  below  its  junction 
with  the  Darling  Ri\er,  and  is  a  new  record  for  our  western  fauna. 

Oiiginally  described  fi-om  Tasmania,  the  species  is  also  known 
from  South  Australia,  Victoria.,  and  the  southern  rivers  of  New 
South  Wales. 

Ogilby^  suggests  that  Fseudaphritii^  urvi/lii,  is  itlentical  with 
Eleghius  hu7;siuus,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes,  said  to  have  been 
taken  in  Port  Jackson,  in  which  case  the  name  would  be  Pi^puda- 
phritis  bvrsimis. 

Edgar   IJ.  W'ArrK. 


1  Offilby— Proc.  Linn.  Sgc.  N.  S.Wales,  xxii.,  189S.  p.  .560. 


Sufi     IS 

RECORDS 


OF   THE 


AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


EDITED  BY  THE  CURATOR. 


Vol.  VL,  No.  2. 


PRINTED     BY     ORDER     OF    THE     TRUSTEES. 
R.   ETHERIDGE,   Junr.,  J.P., 

SYDNEY,    15th    SEPTEMBER    1905. 

The  Swift  Printing  Co.,  Ltd.,  5  Jamieson  La  ne,  Sydney. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGK. 

MoUusca  from  One  Hundred  and  Eleven  Fathoms,  East  of  Cape 

Pyron,  New  Soutli  Wales.    By  Charles  Hedley,  Con chologisfc        41 

Notes  on  Fishes  from  Western  Australia,  No.  3.     By  Edgar  E. 

Waite,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist      ...  ...  ...  ...         55 

Mineralogical  Notes,  No.  II, — Topaz,  Barite,  Anglesite,  Cerussite 

and  Zircon.     By  C.  Anderson,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  Mineralogist       ...        83 

On  a  Large  Example  of  Megalafraetus  aruanus,  L.     By  Charles 

Hedley,  Conchologist  ...  ...  ...  ...        98 

Notes  on  Australian   Siphonaptera.     By  W.  J.  Rainbow,  F.L.S., 

F.E.S.,  Entomologist  ...  ...  ...  ...       101 

The  Osteology  of  the  New  Guinea  Turtle.     By  Edgar  E.  Waite, 

P.L.S.,  Zoologist  ...  ...  ...  ...       110 

Occasional  Notes — 

III.     Western    Australian    Prawns   and   Sponges.       By   T. 
Whifcelegge,  Zoologist  ...  ...  ...  ...       119 


JiJN     X3    I9G6 


MOLLUSCA    FROM     ONE     HUNDRED     AND     ELEA^EN 
FATHOMS,  EAST  of  CAPE  BYRON,  NEW  SOUTH 
AVALES. 

By  Charles  Hedley,  Conchologist. 

(Figs.  5-L>L>). 

Incidental  to  his  official  duties  on  the  Coast  Survey,  Mr.  G.  H. 
Halligan,  L.S.,  Government  Hydrographer,  took,  on  the  10th 
of  November,  1902,  a  haul  of  the  dredge  in  111  fathoms,  at 
twelve  and  a  half  miles  due  east  of  Cape  Byron,  itself  the 
easternmost  point  of  Australia. 

The  product  was  at  once  sent  to  the  Australian  Museum  for 
examination,  but  constant  pressure  of  work  has  delayed  an  earlier 
report. 

The  contents  of  the  dredge  were  mostly  shells  and  foraminiferal 
sand.  Accompanying  these  was  an  interesting  Hydro-coralline, 
identified  by  Mr.  T.  Whitelegge  as  Conopara  tenuis,  Moseley,^ 
hitherto  known  only  from  the  Kermadec  Archipelago. 

Mr.  H.  J.  Jensen  has  given  an  account  of  the  Foraminifera 
obtained.'^ 

A  number  of  the  shells  discovered  by  the  "Thetis"  Expedition 
recur  here,  thereby  extending  their  range  northwards. 

Omitting  the  pelagic  shells  dropped  from  the  surface  the  knowii 
^tollusca  taken  at  this  station  are  as  follows  : — 

Area  reticidata,  Gmelin. 
Amusium  thetidis,  Hedley. 
Bathyarca  jiervpvsidfns,  Hedley. 
Ccdyptr(Pa  calyjitrreformis,  Lamk. 
Cardita  caratica,  Hedley. 

,,  (lilerta,  Smith. 

Capidns  drratiis,  Hedley. 
Chione  denprcta,  Hedley. 
Ciraonclla  ireldii,  Ten.  Woods. 

i  Moseley— Phil.  Trans.  Eoy.  Sqc,  169,  2.  1S78,   p.  oO:5 ;    Chall.  Rppt.. 

Zoo],,  ii.,  1881.  p,  82,  pi.  xii..  f.  5  a,  b,  6. 
-  Jensen — Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  xxix.,  1L(0.3,  pp.  S17-822, 


42  RECORDS   OF   TUB   AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 

Crassatdlites  securifonne,  Hedley. 
Crossea  carinata,  Hedley. 
(hoia  particula,  Hedley. 

„      coucentrim,  Hedley. 
('liclofttrciiia  )iiicron,  Ten.  Woods. 

,,  inacnptiuii,  Tate. 

Ci/lichna  protnmida,  Hedley. 
VentalUnn  crectum,  Sowerby. 
Dimya  comuiata,  Hedley. 
Dn'llia  dilecta,  Hedley. 

„        ncnia,  Hedley. 
Kniari/inida  dilecta,  A.  Adams. 
Kidunella  titrrita,  Petterd. 
Led  a  iniliacea,  Hedley. 
Leinstraca  lodderce,  Hedley. 
Leuvotina  micro,  Pritchard  and  Gatliff. 
Lima  hullata,  Born. 
Limopux  tenisoni.  Ten.  Woods. 
Jiiotia  anniilata,  Ten.  Woods. 
„       rninpacta,  Petterd. 
„        minima.  Ten.  Woods. 
,,        taamanica,  Ten.  W^oods. 
Mar;iinella  ant/ad.  Brazier. 
„  Irerii/ata,  Brazier. 

,,  )nustelli)ia,  Angas. 

„  (ichracea,  Angas. 

„  stilla,  Hedley. 

irhani,  Pritchard  and  Gatliff. 
MatJdlda   decorata,  Hedley. 
Melanella  c(iiiiiiiensali.s,  Tate. 
Mitra  strawiei,  Angas. 
(hcilla  liiiata,  Angas. 
Purpura  sertata,  Hedley. 
Pedictdaria  ^ti/lasteri.^,  Hedley. 
Pseudoriss()i)U(  exitjiia,  Hedley. 
/?/.s.sofl  oliracea,  Frauenfeld. 
Scala  minittida,  Tate  and  May. 
ScJdsmope  atkinsoni.  Ten.  Woods. 
Siliqiiaria  n-eldii,  Ten.  Woods. 
Siriua  badiiis.  Ten.  Woods, 
Turhonilla  rcricifer,  Tate. 
'rurritclla  scitida,  Donald. 
Tliraciopis  arenosa,  Hedley, 
Ver)iietiisjtaitei,  Hedley, 


MOLLUSCA  EAST  OF  CAPE  BYKON. 


43 


Tlie  Bracliiopoda  are  : — 

Liothijris  lira,  Brod. 
'!'( iihratuUna   raJula,  Hedley. 
Miiji'iiia   irillciiKicfii,  Davidson. 

BRACHIOPODA. 

CAMPAfiES,  (jeii.  nov. 

A  genus  of  the  Terebratellida",  whicli  externally  lias  the  aspect 
of  Magellania,  but  whose  adult  brachial  frame  has  developed 
only  to  the  Miihlfeldtian  stage. 

Type — C.  Jn'fcij'era. 


Campages  furcifera,  cj).  nov. 
(Figs.  5-6). 


Shell  rather  solid,  compressed  at  the  sides,  subtrigonal,  broadest 
anterioi'h'^,  in  front  deeply 
bifurcate.  Pedicle  valve  very 
deep,  brachial  valve  lid-like. 
A  fairly  deep  and  broad 
sinus  extends  along  the  latter 
half  of  the  pedicle  valve. 
.Surface  smooth  with  fine  con- 
centric growth  lines,  but  no 
radial  sculpture,  microscopi- 
cally punctate.  Colour  pale 
yellow.  Beak  short,  incurved. 
Foramen  large,  ciicular,  com- 
plete. Deltidium  a  trun- 
cated triangle  with  emargi- 
nate  base.  Hinge  teeth 
well  -  developed,  placed  at 
the  base  of  the  deltidium. 
Hinge  plate  with  four 
rays  divided  by  deeply 
incised  grooA'es.  Beneath 
tlu'   median     groove    is    the 


Fiif.  5. 
Campages  furcifera. 


44 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


septum.  From  the  two  side  grooves  branches  descend  and  con- 
verge to  produce  the  crura ;  again  descending  and  broadening, 
they  unite  on  the  one  side  to  the  septum  and  on  the  other 
form  a  recurved  dorsal  margin  to  the  loop  wings  (fig.  Qa).  From  the 
septum  the  brachial  process  arises  directly.  It  does  not  here 
develope   into  the  ordinaiy    loop,   but  assumes  the  aspect  of  a 


Fi?.  6. 
Campages  fiircifera. 

hood  with  large  outstretched  wings,  narrowing  posteriorly  into  a 
funnel  with  an  open  neck.  Under  the  hood  the  base  of  each 
loop  wing  is  pierced  by  a  small  rent.  This  structure  seems  to 
represent  in  adolesence  that  which  elsewhere  appears  as  a  phase 
of  early  life. 

Length — 24  mm.  ;  breadth,  17  mm. 

A  single  specimen  attached  to  a  stone. 

Hemithyris  colurnus,  sjj.  nov. 
(Figs.  7-8). 
Shell    shallow,    triangular-cordate,    smooth    except    for    faint 
o-rowth  lines,  glossy,  translucent  though  solid,  pale  horn  colour. 

Edges  of  valves  broad  and 
bevelled. 

The    brachial    valve   has 
the  beak  incurved.     Crural 
plates  separate  to  the  umbo, 
projecting,   forked  distally, 
furrowed    along    the  upper 
surface.         Teeth     sockets 
sharply    transversely     gro- 
oved.    There  is  no  septum, 
but   in   old  and    thickened 
individuals  a  bilobed  shelly 
mass  appeal's  in  its  place. 
The  pedicle  valve  has  the 
The    small    oval    foramen   completed    by    the 
Teeth  strong  projecting.     Tn  front  the  central 


Ficr.  7. 
HemitJij/ris  coin  runs. 


beak   pi-oduced. 
deltidial  plates. 


MOLLUSCA  KAST  OF  CAPE  BYRON. 


45 


third  of  the  valve  projects  outward  and  upward  into  the  mesial 
sinus  of  the  corresponding  valve  ;  behind  it  is  a  broad  shallow 
sinus. 

Heii,'ht,  18  mm.;  breath,  18  mm.;  depth  of  pedicle  valve,  6  mm. 

This  species  appears  to  be  nearest  to  H.  beecheri,  Dall.,'  from 
313  fathoms,  off  Honolulu  ;  but,  so  far  as  I  can  judge,  ours  is  a 
broader,  shallower  shell,  less  flexed  in  front. 

Besides  its  occui'- 
rence  in  111  fathoms 
east  of  Cape  Byron,  it 
was  taken  by  ]\Ir. 
Halligan  and  myself 
in  1 00  fathoms  east  of 
Wollongong.  From 
tills  parcel  the  type 
was  selected.  Re- 
cently it  was  again 
procured  by  Mr.  W. 
F.  Petterd  and  myself 
in  250  fathoms  twenty 
three  miles  east  of 
Sydney.  The  species 
appears  to  be  common,  since  every  haul  on  the  margin  of  the  con- 
tinental shelf  has  yielded  single  and  broken  valves.  No  perfect 
specimen  has  yet  appt^ared. 

AVhile  on  the  subject  of  the  Brachiopoda,  I  might  here  notice 
that  Theculea  maxilla,  Hedley,*  has  lately  been  taken  by  Mr.  D. 
IMawson  in  the  New  Hebrides. 


"Fig:,  8. 

Hemithyris  colurnus. 


PELECYPODA. 

Adacnarca  squamea,  sj).  nov. 
(Fig.  9). 

Shell  minute,  rounded-cordate,  oblique  inflated.  Colour  pale  yel- 
low. No  epidermis  apparent.  External  sculpture,  faint,  regular, 
concentric  growth  lines.  Prodissoconch  depressed  at  the  summit, 
radially  punctate,  passing  into  the  dissoconch  without  an  elevated 
margin,  Hinge  line  straight,  exactly  divided  by  a  small  chon- 
drophore,  finely  perpendicularly  striated.  The  valve  edge  has 
yentrally  a  broad,  smooth,  contact  surface,  like  that  of  Limopsis ; 
dorsally  it  carries  on  both  anterior  and  posterior  sides  a  series  a 


s  Dall—Proj.  U.S.  National  Miisenni.  xvi^.,  1894,  p.  717. 
^  Hedley— Aiiptr.  Mup.  Mem.,  iii..  ls()9,  p  508. 


46 


RECORDS   OF  THE   AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 


interlocking  tubercles,  which  are  probably  the  homologues  of  what 
Bernard  described  as  the  dysodont  teeth  of  Fhilohrya.  Three  or 
four  radial  grooves  and  complementary  ridges,  directed  to  the 
extreme  ventral  margin,  which  they  undulate,  traverse  the  interior, 


Fig.  9. 

Adacnarca  sqiiamea. 

but  are  not  visible  externally.  Perhaps  the  interlocking  tubei'cles 
aid  the  weak  hinge  by  clasping  the  ventral  margins.  Pallial  line 
indistinct.  Anterior  and  posterior  adductor  scars  pi'esent,  situated 
high  up.     Height,  1'8;  length,  1-81  ;  depth,  0-5  mm. 

The  genus  Adacnarca  was  formed  by  Prof.  P.  Pelseneer  for  the 
reception  of  a  larger  species  taken  by  the  Belgica  Expedition.^ 
It  appears  to  me  to  belong  to  the  sub-family  Philobryinae,  froni 
the  known  members  of  which  it  chiefly  differs  by  its  greater 
symmetry.  Hochstetteria  forms  a  link  between  it  and  the  more 
eccentric  Philohrya.  Some  chai-acters  of  Adacnarca  suggest  a 
more  distant  relation  to  the  Limopsida?.  I  would  prefer  to  range 
the  Philobrj'infe  rather  with  the  Taxodonts  like  Pelseneer  than 
with  the  Pearl  shells  like  Bernard.  Indeed  an  ideal  sketch  of 
the  primitive  Taxodont  stage  by  H.  Fischer*  would  almost  serve 
as  a  picture  of  our  shell. 

Prof.  Paul  Pelseneer  has  very  kindly  compared  specimens  of  this 
with  his  type.  He  remarks  (5  April,  1905)  that  the  hinge  of  the 
Australian  species  is  shorter,  and  that  the  two  stiiated  plateaux 
on  either  side  of  the  ligamentary  fossette  are  higher  than  in  the 
type.  These  differences  he  regards  as  specific,  and  accepts  the 
species  for  inclusion  in  his  genus. 

LiMEA    ACCLINIS,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.    10). 
Shell   small,  thin,   oblique,  inequilateral,   subangled  anteriorly, 
externally  resembling  L.  linguatula,  Lamk.    Colour  white.    Sculp- 
'"  Adacnarca    nitens,   Pelseneer  — Voy.  "  Belgica,"  Moll.,   1903,   p.  24, 

pi.  vii.,  f.  83. 
*  Fischer — Journ.  de  Conch.,  xlv..  1897,  p.  211,  f,  1. 


MOLLUSCA  EAST  OF  CAPE  BYKON. 


Fior.    10. 

Limea  acclinus. 


tuiv  of  alxHit  forty  narrow  sharp  radiating  ribs,  most  prominent  in 
the  centre,  where  they  strongly  denticulate  the  margin,  gradually 
vanishing  at  the  sides;  in  the  groove  between  each  a  row  of  minute 
prickles.  At  intervals  concentric 
zones  mark  rest  stages  of  growth.  yj^jv-w^^^ 

Prodissoconch  smooth,  sliarply 
defined.  Hinge  line  short,  with 
a  broad,  shallow  central  pit,  and 
three  or  four  feeble  teeth  radia- 
ing  from  each  eiid.  Interior 
slightly  grooved  by  external  rib- 
bing. Height,  9-6  mm.;  length, 
6  mm.  :  depth  of  single  ^•alve, 
2'5  nnii. 

Tlie  thin,  inequilateral  shell 
readily  distinguishes  this  from 
other  Australian  species  which 
have  been  referred  to  this  genus. 
It  was  also  taken  by  jSIi'.  Halli- 
gan  and  myself  in  100  fathoms 
off  Wollongong  ;  and  again  re- 
cently by  Mr.  W.  F.  Pettei-d  and 
myself  in  300  fathoms,  twenty  seven  and  a  half  milos  east  of  Port 
Jackson  Heads.     It  seems  a  characteristic  species  of  this  zone. 

CUSPIDARIA    TRUNCATA, 

(Fig.   11).         _ 

Shell  small,  thin,  rather  convex,  trapezoidal,  very  inequilateral ; 
dorsal  mai'gin  straight,  the  length  of  the  shell  ;  posterior  side 
oblique  sinuate  ;  ventral  margin  slightl}'  rounded ;  anterior  side 
abruptly  truncate.  Colour  white.  Sculpture,  of  delicate  spaced 
lamella?,  obsolete  anteriorly,  developed  most  on  the  rostrum,  on 
either  side  of  which  they  form  scales.     Between  the  lamellse  are 

fine  hair  lines.  Rostrum 
blunt,  short,  broad,  running 
up  as  a  flat  wedge  towards 
the  umbo.  A  broad,  shallow 
furrow  runs  from  the  apex 
beneath  the  rostrum  to  the 
dorsal  margin.  Prodisso- 
conch smooth,  distinct.  In- 
terior smooth,  muscle  scars 
indistinguishable.  No  la- 
teral   teeth  ;    a   small   car- 

Fi^.  11.  dinal    tubercle    under   the 

Cuspidarid  fruncata. 


S]). 


48 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


umbo.     Length,  3 '5  mm.;  height,  2 '-to  mm.;  depth  of  single  valve, 
1-5  mm. 

Only  two  left  valves  were  obtained  of  this  species,  which  be- 
longs to  the  same  section  of  the  genus  as  C  brazieri,  Smith,  from 
wliich,  as  from  other  co-generic  forms,  the  abrupt  anterior  end 
distinijuishes  it. 


BORNIA    RADIATA,    ^j).   HOV. 

(Fig.  12). 

Shell  thin,  diaphanous,  rather  compressed,  oblong,  inequilateral, 
the  posterior  side  being  twice  the  length  of  the  anterior  ;  a  slight 
median    sinus.     Umbo    prominent,    prodissoconch    conspicuous. 

Surface  dull. 
Colour  pale 
yellow,  irre- 
gularly zoned 
with  opaque 
white.  Sculp- 
ture, of  fine, 
dense,  radiat- 
ing hair  lint  s, 
which  gi'ow 
coarser  on  ap- 
proaching the 
valve  margin, 
with  reticu- 
Fi?   12.  late  fine  and 

Bornia  radiata.  COarse        con- 

con  centric  growth  lines.  Hereand  there  concentric  sulci,  indicating- 
growth  interruptions,  break  the  continuity  of  the  surface.  Within 
smooth  and  glossy;  muscle  scars  hardly  visible;  external  sculpture 
appearing  through  the  valve.  Height,  4"6  mm.;  length,  6  mm.; 
depth  of  single  valve,  1  "25  mm. 

Numerous  odd  valves  were  secui'ed. 


GASTEROPODA. 

ASTELE    BILIX,  sjy.  noi\ 

(Fig.    1.3). 

Shell  small,  depressed-conical,  a  little  broader  than  high  ;  spire 
gradate.  Nucleus  lost,  six  whorls  remain.  Colour,  base  white; 
upper  surface   lemon  yellow,  articulated  on  the   periphery  with 


MOLLUSCA    EASl'    dl'    CAPE    IIVKON 


i9 


X 


white  and  chocolate.  Sculp- 
ture, of  fifty  sharp  beads 
arranged  as  a  projecting 
keel  around  the  periphery. 
Above  the  suture  and  perip- 
hery runs  a  spiral  cord  which 
doubles  on  the  last  whoi'l. 
P^i'oni  suture  to  peiiphery, 
overriding  the  spirals  in  their 
ct)urse,  radiate  sharp,  narrow, 
elevate  lamellte.  They  con- 
spicuously lattice  a  furrow 
beneatli  the  peripheral  bead 
row,  and  there  end  abruptly. 
The  radiate  lamellre  continue  from  whoi'l  to  whorl,  here  and  there 
fresh  rows  are  intercalated.  Base  flattened,  oi-namented  by  eight 
narrow-spaced  spiral  riblets,  broken  into  fine  close-packed  granules. 
Umbilicus  a  quarter  of  the  diameter  of  the  base,  deep  and  steep, 
margined  by  a  row  of  small  tubercles.  Aperture  simple,  rhom- 
boidal.  Columella  margin  a  little  reflected,  inserted  on  the'  um- 
bilical bead-row.  Height,  2-6  mm.  ;  maj.  diam.,  3-2  mm,:  min. 
diam.,  2 -75  mm. 

A  single  specimen,  apparently  not  adult,  was  collected.  Like 
several  other  Aside  it  resembles  Basilissn,  to  which,  when  perfect 
examples  arrive,  it  may  have  to  be  transferred.  The  peculiar 
sculpture  will,  at  any  rate,  serve  to  distinguish  the  species  in  any 
stasi'e  of  lii'owth. 


Fi^.  13. 
Asle/e  hilix. 


LlOTIA    ALAZON,  Sjy.  ttOV. 

(Fig.  U). 

Shell  minute,  solid,  turbinate,  elevate,  tricarinate,  descending  at 
the  aperture,  narrowly  umbilicate.      Surface  smooth  and  glossy. 

Colour,  porcelain  white.  Wliorls 
three,  the  first  a  protoconch.  Sculp- 
ture, of  three  projecting  lamellate 
keels  revolving  from  the  protoconch 
to  the  aperture.  The  third  keel  of  the 
penultimate  whorl  is  half  covered 
by  the  suture  of  the  following  whorl. 
From  the  first  keel,  which  runs 
along  the  shoulder,  a  nearly  flat 
shelf  extends  to  the  suture.  From 
the  first  to  the  third  keel  the  side  of 
the    shell    is    nearly    perpendicular. 


Fig.  14. 
Liotia  alazon. 


50 


RECORDS   OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 


Around  the  umbilicus  are  three  spiral  cords.  Aperture  oblique, 
angled  above,  rounded  below,  outer  lip  neither  thickened  nor 
reflected.  Umbilicus  deep,  narrow,  contracted  by  the  columella. 
Major  diam.,  1*75  mm.;  minor  diam.,  1'37  mm.;  height,  1-5  mm. 
A  single  sjiecimen  occured. 

Adeorbis  axgulata,  sp.  nov. 
(Fig.  1.5). 
Shell  of  moderate  size,  surface  dull.  The  summit  a  Hat  expanse, 
from  which  the  protoconch  and  fii'st  whoi'l  project,  and  which  is 
bounded  by  an  angle  or  spiral  rib,  whence  the  side  descends  per- 
pendicularly. A  similar  keel  occurs  where  the  side  meets  the  base, 
and  a  third  margins  the  wide  concave  umbilicus.  Colour,  pale  yel- 
low. AVhorls  four  and  a  half,  rapidly  increasing.  Sculpture,  some- 
what like  that  of  Vanikm\h  The  first  adult  whorl  has  strong 
spaced  radial  lamellate  ribs  which  gradually  fade  away  with  the 
increase  of  the  the  shell,  but  which  persist  longest  as  scales 
upon  the  keels.        Fine,    irregular    growth    lines  occur    on    the 


Fi^.  15. 

Adeorbis  (mgulata. 

last  whorl.  Spiral  sculpture  absent.  Aperture  oblique,  rhom- 
boidal,  lip  thin.  The  type  is  3"65  maj.  diam.;  2-5  min.  diam. 
2-0  mm.  height,  but  a  fragment  of  a  larger  individual  indicates 
that  the  species  forms  another  whorl,  and  attains  a  height  of  6  mm. 

There  are  but  three  species  of  the  genus  reported  from  Australia, 
A.  angasi,  from  New  South  Wales,  A.  vincentina,  Angas,  from 
South  Australia,  and  A.  plana,  A.  Ad.  i^A.  siyaj-etiniis,  Pilsbxy) 
from  Queensland. 

The  keeled  whorls  readily  distinguish  the  novelt3'from  A.  angasi, 
which  it  approaches  nearest. 


MOLLUSCA    EAST    OB'    CAPE    UYKON. 


51 


Ckkitiiiopsis  halli(;axi,  Kp.  nor. 

(Fig.   16). 

Shell  small,  slender,  elongate-conical,  pale  yellow,  the  upper  rib 
on  each  whorl  white.  Whorls  twelve,  incliuUng  a  three-whorled 
protoconch.  .Sculpture,  on  the  first  adult  wliorl,  two,  on  the 
following  three,  and  on  the  last  four,  sharp  pi'oject- 
ing  spiral  keels.  The  third  or  anterior  keel  of  the 
spire  whorls  is  larger  than  the  others,  and  is 
sepai-ated  from  them  by  a  broader  sjjace  than  in- 
tervenes between  the  first  and  second.  The  fourth 
keel  of  the  body  whorl  reappears  on  a  few  of  the 
preceeding  whorls  as  a  small  supersutural  thread. 
Fine  radial  strife  cross  the  grooves  between  the 
keels.  The  protoconch  is  smooth,  with  whorls 
bulging  in  the  middle  like  that  of  C.  turbonilloidet<. 
Aperture  quadrate,  canal  short.  Base  rounded. 
Length,  5-6  mm.;  breadth,  1-4  nnii. 

A  single  specimen. 

The  species  is  related  to  C  imrpihrea,  Angas, 
but  differs  by  being  half  the  size,  more  conical  in 
outline,  with  closer  ribs,  round  base,  and  different 
colour. 


Ficr.  16, 

Cerithiopsis 

haUif/aiii. 


PsKUDORISSOIXA    ELEOAXS,  sp.  7(.rn\ 

(Fig.  17). 

Shell  minute,  glassy  translucid,  tapering.  Whorls  six,  and  an 
involute  tilted  protoconch.  Below  the 
suture  appears  an  opaque  flattened  zone, 
defined  by  a  revolving  groove.  The  zone 
grows  narrower  with  the  increase  of  the 
whorls.  Aperture  effuse,  pyriform  ob- 
lique, peristome  slightly  thickened  and 
incurved,  outer  lip  retreating  to  tlie 
suture.  A  callus  is  spread  on  the  pre- 
ceeding whorl.  Behind  the  columella 
is  a  minute  umbilical  crevice.  Length, 
3-15  mm.;  breadth,  1-15  mm. 

Several  specimens  were  taken.  This 
species  is  a  northern  representative  of 
P.  tasmanica  than  which  P.  elpgans  is 
a  third  smaller,  but  has  an  extra  whorl, 
tapers  more  rapidly,  and  has  the  sub- 
sutural  stricture  more  defined. 


Ficr.  17. 
Pneudorissoina  elegans. 


52 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM, 


8CALA    TURRISPIIARI,  Sp.   ttOV, 

(Fig.   IS). 

Shell  minute,  solid,  very  tall  and  slender,  conspicuously  tabu- 
late. Colour,  pale  cream.  Whorls  eight  and  a  half  (including 
two  and  a  half  whorled  protoconch),  deeply  con- 
stricted at  the  suture,  flattened  medially,  and 
angled  above  and  below.  Sculpture,  the  proto- 
conch smooth  and  glossy,  extreme  apex  asym- 
metrically protuberant,  remainder  with  two  spiral 
keels,  and  a  third  margining  the  suture.  After 
the  protoconch  the  adult  sculpture  commences 
suddenly  without  transition.  The  adult  whorls 
are  obliquely  crossed  by  about  seventeen  blunt, 
close  set,  widely  and  squarely  projecting  lamella, 
which  disappear  on  the  base.  Both  lamellse  and 
interstices  are  crossed  by  fine,  dense,  spiral  grooves 
which  fret  the  lamellti?  blades.  Aperture  I'ound. 
Length,  2-64  mm.;  breadth,  0-8  mm. 

The  four  specimens  before  me  are  not  suffi 
ciently  perfect  to  furnish  full  details  of  length, 
number  of  whorls,  apertui'e,  and  base.  The 
turrited  spire,  peculiar  ribbing,  and  small  size 
of  the  novelty,  amply  distinguish  it  from  any 
Austra'ian  species. 


Fig.  18. 
Scala  turnxphari 


ScALA  MINUTULA,  TcUe  and  May. 

(Fig.    19). 

Scalaria    {Acrilla)    mimitula,  Tate    and    May, 

Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Austi".,  xxiv.,  1900,  p.     W^* 

This  species  has  not  hitherto  been  traced  so 
far  noi'th.  It  appears  to  me  to  be  i-elated 
rather  to  the  Eissoidse  than  to  the  Scalida?.  ^'^0ff 


Fisr.  19. 
Scala  minntula. 


MOLLUSCA  EAST  OF  CAPE  BYRON. 


53 


Mangelia  emixa,  .yj.  nov. 

(Fig.   20). 

Shell  fusiform,  variable  in  contour,  colour,  and  development 
of  sculpture.  Whorls,  five  and  a  half,  including  a  two-whorled 
protoconch,  rapidly  increasing,  slightly  shouldered.  Protoconch 
smooth,  glassy,  globose.  Colour  variable  ;  sometimes  entirely  drab 
or  buff,  often  with  the  protoconch  and  the  subsutural  space  darker. 
The  example  figured  has  a  ground  colour  of  pale 
cinnamon,  banded  or  spotted  with  pale  cream, 
below  the  suture  a  band  of  chocolate,  deep 
within  the  inner  lip  a  tinge  of  purple,  proto- 
conch a  clear  hazel-brown.  Sculpture,  longi- 
tudinal wave  ribs  sharply  bent  near  the  suture, 
fading  away  on  the  base,  and  leaving  a  bare 
space  behind  the  aperture,  wider  spaced  above, 
more  crowded  and  irregular  below  ;  on  the 
last  whorl  are  fourteen,  on  the  penultimate 
eighteen.  Both  ribs  and  intei'spaces  are  crossed 
by  sharp,  minute,  close,  waved,  spiral  grooves. 
The  flat-topped  interspaces  of  these  grooves, 
four  times  their  width,  are  again  cross-cut  by 
close  minute  furrows  into  oblong  beads.  Aper- 
ture narrow,  thi-ee-fifths  of  the  shell's  length, 
fortified  without  by  a  broad  but  low  incurving 
\arix,  which  rises  above  the  suture,  enclosing 
a  shallow  sinus ;  a  layer  of  callus  ovei'spreads  the  inner 
Canal  short  and  broad.     Length,  11  mm.;  breadth,  -I'O  mm. 

One  specimen. 

I  have  long  been  acquainted  with  this  species,  though  an 
example  perfect  enough  for  description  has  hitherto  evaded  me. 
The  "  Thetis  "  took  it  in  63-75  fathoms  off  Port  Kembla  ;  in 
50-52  fathoms  off  Botany  Bay  ;  and  in  22-38  fathoms  oft'  Port 
Hacking.     It  occurred  to  me  in  100  fathoms  off  Wollongoiig. 

In  its  immature  state  it  has  a  general  resemblance  to  Cythara 
kubgensis,  Petterd,  from  which  the  varix  of  the  adult  immediately 
severs  it. 


McDir/elin  emina. 
lip 


BaTIIVTO.AIA    SAKCINULA,  i^p.  noV. 

(Fig.   21). 

Shell  small,  solid,  ovate-fusiform.  Colour,  pale  yellow,  with  a 
rusty  tinge  at  the  suture.  "Whorls,  three  and  a  half,  including  a 
protoconch    of   one    Hat    wliorl.      Sculpture,    on   the   protoconch 


54 


RECORDS    OF   THE    AUSTKALIAN    MUSEUM. 


Fitf.  21. 
liarthytoma  sarcinula. 


fine  spiral  grooves,  continued  on  the  adult 
as  broad,  shallow  furrows,  which  are- 
broadest  at  the  sutuie  becoming  smaller 
and  closer  antei  iorly.  On  the  last  whorl 
are  twenty-two  spiral  i-ibs,  on  the  penul- 
timate six  ;  the  latter  ai-e  latticed  by  fine 
radial  riblets.  The  whole  shell  is  crossed 
by  fine,  arcuate  growth  lines.  Aperture 
narrow,  sinus  deep,  lip  thin,  straight,  pro- 
duced medially,  edge  crenulated  by  the 
sculpture.  No  callus  on  the  inner  lip. 
Columella  broad  and  twisted  ;  canal  not 
produced.  Length,  7  mm.;  breadth,  4 
mm.  , 

One  specimen  represents  this  species, 
which  is  broader  than  B.  biconica,'  at  a 
corresponding  length. 


Cylichxa  tenuis,  sj).  nov. 

(Fig.  22). 

"  Shell  small,  elongate,  subcylindrical,  a 
little  contracted  at  each  extremity  ;  trun- 
cate at  the  summit,  smooth  translucent, 
.sometimes  with  an  o^jaque  belt  or  row 
of  patches  around  the  upper  quarter  of 
the  body  whorl,  Sculpture,  a  small  spiral 
thread  keel  runs  around  the  vertex,  fine 
growth  lines  radiate  the  summit,  but  are 
scarcely  perceptible  on  the  sides  of  the  shell. 
.•\pical  perforation  narrow,  deep,  a  seventh 
of  the  shell's  diameter,  partly  showing  tlie  pen- 
ultimate whorl.  Aperture  long,  perpendicular, 
narrow,  a  slight  callus  laj'er  spread  on  the 
iinier  lip.  Columella  a  little  thickened,  spirally 
twisted. 

Length,  245  mm.;  breadth  TOo  mm. 

Two  examples. 


h 
Fig.  22. 
Ciilicna  tenui-^. 


7  Hedlev— Austr.Mus.  Mem.,  iv.,  1903,  p  385  f.  98. 


NOTES  ON  FISHES  from  WESTERN  AUSTRALIA.— No.  3.i 

By  Edgar  R.  Waite,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist. 

(Plates  viii. — xvii.,  and  fig.  23.) 

A  third  collection  of  Fishes  from  Western  Australia  has  heen 
forwarded  to  the  Trustees,  by  Mi-.  Bernard  H.  AVoodward, 
Curator  of  the  Western  Australian  Museum. 

This  collection  is  larger,  and  richer  in  novelties  than  the  pre- 
ceding ones,  and  yields  three  new  genera  : — 

Neatyiyns  of  the  family  Scorpididse 
Bramichthys  of  the  Bramidte 
Dipulus  of  the  Brotulidte. 

Nine  species  are  described  as  new : — 

Catidus  labiosus. 
Synodus  sayeneus. 
Neatypus  ohliquus. 
Ch(ftodon  assaritis. 
Bramichthys  woodwca  rlL 
Cynoglossus  broadhursti. 
Diptdus  cjHcus. 
PseudomonacmitJi  us  (jalii. 
Chddoderm is  viaccidlochi. 

Figures  of  the^e  are  supplied,  and  also  of  the  following  known 
species,  not  previously  illustrated  : — 

Terapon  hiimeralis,  Ogilby. 
Hypsipops  viicrolepis.  Giinther. 
Pseudofabfus  punctulatns,  Giinther. 
Fat(fcus  mncnlatus,  Giinther. 

Many  of  the  fishes  received  are  duplicates  of  those  pre^•iously 
determined,  and  *are  not  included  in  the  present  paper.  A 
number  of  species,  however,  known  from  Western  Australia  is 
herein  enumerated  ;  these  claim  inclusion  by  virtue  of  the  precise 
localities  recorded.  The  majority  of  such  are  new  to  the  west 
coast,  they  having  previously  been  known  from  King  George's 
Sound  only,  which,  though  politically  in  the  Western  State,  is 
on  the  south  coast  of  the  Continent. 

1  No.  1.     Rec.    Austr.  Mus.,  iii.,  1900,  pp.  210-216,  pi.  xxxvii.  ;    No.  2. 
Ihid.,  iv.,  1902.  pp.  170-194.  pis.  xxvii-xxxi. 


56  KEC01U)S    OV    THE    AL'STKALIAN    MUSEUM. 

The  types  of  the  new  species  have  been  returned  to  the 
Western  AustraUan  Museum. 

The  collection,  as  originally  received,  was  supplemented  by  a 
number  of  fishes  recently  taken  by  means  of  the  trawl. 

I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  C.  F.  Gale  for  a  copy  of  the  Annual 
Report  on  the  Fishiug  Industry  of  Western  A.ustralia.-  The 
Report  for  1904  contains  an  account  of  the  first  trawling  oper- 
ations undertaken  in  the  State.  From  this  we  learn  that  the 
ketch  "  Rip,"  a  vessel  of  ninety  tons,  was  chartered  for  the  pur- 
pose and  that  the  trawl  was  shot  no  less  than  one  hundred  and 
one  times,  the  greatest  depth  reached  being  40  fathoms.  Five 
charts  accompany  the  report,  showing  various  stations  from 
Cape  Naturaliste,  northward  to  Shark's  Bay.  Trawling  was  also 
tried  ofi  Rottnest  Island  and  Houtman's  Albrolhos. 

It  is  to  be  deplored  that  no  professional  zoologist  was  aboard 
the  "  Rip,"  and  it  cannot  be  doubted  that,  in  consequence,  much 
valuable  material  and  information  has  been  loat.  A  tally  was 
certainly  taken  in  fishermen's  style,  but  the  mere  enumeration 
of  "  soles,  gurnard,  flathead,  rays,  cod,  leather-jackets,  etc.," 
conveys  no  precise  information.  Records  of  edible  fishes  only 
appear  to  have  been  preserved,  no  detailed  account  having  been 
taken  of  the  smaller  forms  which  furnish  food  for  the  edible  ones 
or  which  may  be,  in  other  ways,  concerned  in  their  economy. 
With  the  exception  of  crustaceans  and  sponges  no  account  what- 
ever was  taken  of  the  Invertebrate  life,  such  being  entered  as 
"marine  growth,"  and,  judging  by  the  experience  gained  in 
H.M.C.S.  ''Thetis"  in  the  waters  of  Nevv  South  Wales,  an  im- 
mense wealth  of  such  forms  must  have  been  netted. 

The  collection  is  said  to  contain  representatives  of  all  the 
fishes  obtained  ;  it  requires,  however,  a  trained  eye  to  discrimi- 
nate in  this  matter,  and  it  must  be  evident,  as  above  hinted,  that 
many  species  taken  were  lost  sight  of ;  in  fact  some  fishes  are 
enumerated  in  the  report,  examples  of  which  were  not  forwarded. 
Of  these  I  may  instance  skate,  electric,  sting  and  other  rays, 
trumpeter,  John  dorey,  horse  mackerel,  flathead,  whiting  and 
skipjack.  Many  of  the  takes  are  entered  as  "  small  fish  of  all 
kinds"  or  "a  lot  of  fish  of  other  classes,"  and  in  no  case  is  it  pos- 
sible to  associate  a  specimen  with  the  particular  station  whence 
it  was  obtained  ;  the  mere  mention  of  say,  red  mullet,  cod, 
parrot  fish  or  gurnard  gives  no  clue  to  the  species  taken. 

At  the  41st  haul  a  sea  snake,  four  feet  long,  was  netted,  and 
on  August  7th  and  10th  whales  were  freely  encountered. 


Western  Australia — Eept,  Pishing  Industry  and  Trawling  Operations, 
1904   (1905). 


FISHES    FROM    WESTERN    AUSTRALIA — WAITE. 


57 


A  small  sailing  vessel  is  not  suited  for  trawling  investigations 
and  the  promoters  were  evidently  much  handicapped  by  want  of 
a  proper  boat.  When  further  operations  are  undertaken  it  is  to 
be  hoped  that  the  whole  project  will  be  placed  in  competent 
scif-ntific  hands.  The  services  i^f  a  professional  Zoologist,  in  an 
undertaking  of  this  kind,  should  be  recognised  as  a  necessity  in 
Australia  equally  with  Europe  and  America. 

Mr.  Woodward  asks  me  to  state  that  the  Trustees  of  the 
AVestern  Australian  Museum  are  greatly  indebted  to  Mr.  C.  F. 
Gale,  the  Chief  Inspector  of  Fisheries  for  Western  Australia, 
and  to  Mr.  F.  C.  Broadhurst,  for  the  fishes  obtained  by  means  of 
the  trawl. 

Catulus  labiosus,  sp.  jior. 
(Fig.  23). 

Length  of  head  7-75  in  the  total  length  ;  width  of  head  1-06  ; 
length  of  snout  .3-2;  interorbital  width  2-66;  width  of  mouth 
1-54  ;  diameter  of  eye  4-4  ;  and  length  of  pectoral  fin  I'l  in  that 
of  the  head. 

Nasal  valves  separate,  each  produced  into  a  lobe  directed  out- 
wards and  backwards ;  the  distance  between  the  two  slightly 
more   than  the  basal   width  of   one  lobe.      No  cirrus.     A  long 

labial    fold    round    the 
angles  of  the  mouth,  the 
fold    of  the  upper  jaw 
produced  anteriorly  be- 
yond  the    lobe    of   the 
nasal      valve     and     to 
within  a  short  distance 
of  the  nostril ;  the  folds 
of    the    lower    jaw    ap- 
proach  each    other    to 
within    the    length    of 
the  base  of  one  of  the 
nasal  lobes.     These  fea- 
tures    are     illustrated 
in    the    accompanying- 
Fig  2,:\.  figure,    which    is    two- 
Caiidus  lahiosus.  thirds  natural  size. 
Teeth  in  several  rows    in  both  jaws,  those  of  the  lower  jaw, 
the  larger ;  all  have  a  small  cusp  on  each  side.     Head  much  de- 
pressed, its  width  considerably  more   than  its  length  in  achance 
of  the  spiracles.     Body  elongate,    the    vent  in    advance    of  the 
middle  of  the  total  length.     First  dorsal  fin  inserted  above  the 
hinder  edge  of  the  vent. 


5B  RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  Ml'SEUM. 

Colours.- — Brown  aljove,  lighter  beiieatli.  Hinder  part  of  liead, 
the  body  and  the  under  surface,  from  between  the  peetoi'als 
backwards,  ornamented  witli  fairly  uniform  black  spots.  The 
ilorsals,  anal  and  caudal  similai-ly  marked  :  three  series  of  spots 
<tn  the  ventrals  tend  to  form  transverse  bars.  One  example — a 
male — 620  mm.  in  length. 

Loc.  Fremantle. 

Elops  saurus,  Limueiis. 
Elops  saurus,  Linnseus,  8yst.  Nat.,  ed.  xii.,  1766,  p.  5 IS. 
Loc. — ^Murray  River,  near  Mandurah. 

Clupaxodon  neopilchardus,  Steindachupr. 

i'Anpea   neopilcliardns,   Steindachner,     Denk.     K.     Akad.    \\'iss. 
Wien,  xli.,  1879,  p.  12. 

Loc. — Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

Gymxothorax  puxctatofasciatus,  Jileeker. 

<Tt/,/inofhorax  jiunctafofasciatus,   Bleeker,    Ned.  Tijdschr.   Dierk. 
i.,  1863,  p.  167. 
Loc. — Three  examples   referred  to    this    East    Indian    species 
were  ti-awled  between  Fremantle  and  Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

Trachinocepiialus  myops,  Forster. 

Snlmo   myops,    Forster,   in   Bloch  and  Schneider,    >Syst.    Tclith., 
1801,  p.  421. 
Luc. — Trawled   between    Houtman's   Abrolhos  and    the   main- 
land of  Western  Australia. 

.Saurida  tumbil,    Bloch. 
Salvio  tnmhil,  Bloch,  Ichty.,  xii.,  1795,  p.  100,  pi.  ccccxxx. 
Loc. — Trawled  off  Fremantle. 

►SyXODUS  SAOENEUS,    sp.   liOl\ 

(Plate  viii.,  fig.   1.) 

D.  12  ;  A.  15     V.  8  ;  P.  13  :  L.  1.  52  ;  L.  tr.  4/7 

Length  of  head  3-66  :  height  of  body  7*0  in  the  total  length. 
Diameter  of  eye  7-8 ;  and  length  of  snout  4-8  in  that  of  the  head, 
[nterocular  space  equal  to  the  orbital  diameter.  The  head  is 
subquadrangular  in  section,  a  long  shallow  groove  above, 
♦  'xtends  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  the  occipital  region.     Snout 


KISHES    FROM    \^  ESTEKX    AUSTRALIA — WAITE.  59 

^reath'  depressetl,  acute  and  broader  tliaii  lonij.  The  orbit  cuts 
the  up2)er  profile,  tlie  upi)ej-  half  being  diiected  superiorly,  tho 
outer  half  sublaterally.  The  jaws  are  e([ual,  and  the  j)remaxillary 
is*  1  -56  in  the  length  of  the  head. 

The  body  is  very  stout,  broader  than  iiigli  ;  the  caudal 
peduncle  quadrangular.  Origin  of  dorsal  nearer  the  adipose  fin' 
than  the  snout  by  an  eye's  diameter.  The  anterior  rays,  when 
depressefl,  reach  just  beyond  the  insertion  of  the  last  ray,  which  is 
not  filamentous,  the  second  ray  is  a  little  shorter  than  the  length 
t)f  the  fin  or  1  -H  in  that  of  the  head.  The  anal  increases  in  length 
backward,  its  last  ray  being  twice  the  diameter  of  the  eye.  The 
inner  ventral  rays  are  very  long,  the  sixth  being  1'25  in  the 
length  of  tlie  head,  and  reaching  beyond  the  posterior  insertion 
of  the  dorsal  ;  the  pectoral  is  short  and  rounded,  and  the  caudal 
^leeply  forked. 

Scales. — The  tip  of  the  snout  and  the  median  groove  as  far  as 
the  eyes  are  smooth.  The  top  of  the  head  including  the  upper, 
Iiinder  and  lower  mai'gin  of  the  eye  is  rugose,  as  is  also  the  upper 
€dge  of  the  humerals.  Seven  rows  of  scales  on  the  cheek, 
und  about  three  on  the  upper  part  of  the  opercle.  No  keel  on 
the  lateral  line. 

Colours. — Yellow  above  and  silvery  beneath.  All  the  scales 
})roadly  margined  with  reddish  brown,  the  effect  being  ^•ery 
marked  on  the  lower  surface.  Owing  to  the  roundness  of  the 
body,  the  number  of  scales  in  the  transverse  seiies,  cannot  be 
shown  in  the  illustration.     One  example,  265  mm.  in  length. 

Loc. — Trawled  between  Fremantle  anfl  Houtnian's  Abi-olhos. 

AuLOPUS  PURPURISSATUS,  Ricluirdsov. 

Anlopus  pnrpvrin.satus,    Richardson,   Icon.    Pise,    184."?,    p.    vi., 
pi.  ii.,  fig.  3. 

Loc. — Mandurah. 
I 

Centriscus  scutatus,  JAnnaus. 

Kyptifrisciis  scutatus,  Linnseus,  8yst.  Nat.,  ed.  i.,  1758,  p.  336. 

Saviile  Kent  mentions  this  species  as  occurring  on  the  Barrier 
Reef,  but  in  respect  to  colouration  his  figure  seems  rather  to 
represent  ^fJoliscus  strir/atns,  Giinther,  lecoi'ded  from  Cape 
York ;  it  must  however  be  noted  that  the  spine  of  the  cuirass 
is    represented   as    unjointed,  and  that   three  dorsal   spines  are 

'  The  adipose  fin  is  absent,  bnt  a  pit  suggests  its  position 


60  RECOKDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

shown  in  the  membrane  below,  these  are  characters  of  C.  sciUatiiH. 
Amjjhisile  cristata,  De  Vis,*  appears  to  be  a  synonym  of  C.  sctifatua, 
the  presence  of  "  three  radiating  dorsal  spines"  suggesting  that 
the  spine  of  the  cuirass  was  unjointed  ;  the  example  described 
was  taken  at  Noosa  on  the  Queensland  coast  between  Brisbane 
and  Wide  Bay,  it  measured  eleven  inches  (280  mm.)  in  length. 

f.oc. — Two  fine  examples  of  equal  size  (222  mm.),  forwarded  by 
Mr.  Woodward,  were  trawled  in  the  watei's  to  the  north  of 
Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

Myxus  EL0X(iATU.s,  Gihither. 

My.vus  ''loiK/afns,   Giinther,    Cat.   Fish.    Brit.    Mus.,   iii.,  1861,  p. 
466. 

Loc. — Mand  urah . 

SpiiYRiENA  OBTUSATA,  Cuvifv  <t  Valencienues. 

Sphyr<e}ia   obtusata,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes,   Hist.   Nat.  Poiss., 
iii.,   1829,  p.  350. 

The  Abrolhos  Islands  have  furnished  us  with  two  examples  of 
this  species  :  it  tluis  ranges  along  both  east  and  west  coasts  of 
the  Continent.  It  is  not  recorded  by  Lucas  (1890)  from  Victoria 
nor  by  Johnston  (1890)  from  Tasmania. 

Castelnau  I'ecords  S.  itovfe-hollandife,  Giinther,  from  Western 
Australia.  This  sjjecies  is  common  along  the  southern  and  south- 
eastern seaboards,  and  is  also  known  from  Tasmania. 

Beryx  affinis,  Giinther. 

Beryx  affinis,  Giinther,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  i.,  1859,  p.  13. 

Though  not  previously  recorded  from  the  west  coast,  its  known 
distribution  would  suggest  its  inclusion  as  a  member  of  the  fauna. 

Lvc. — Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

HOLOCENTRUM  RUBRUM,  Forskal. 

tSciceua  rubra,  Forskal,  Descr.  Anim.,  1775,  p.  48. 
Loc. — Mandurah. 

MOXOCENTRIS  GLORIA-MARIS,   De    Vis. 

Cleidopns  (/loria-maris,  De  Vis,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  8.  Wales,  vii., 
1882,' p.  368. 


■»  De  Vis— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  ix..  1885,  p.  872. 


FISHES    FROM    WESTERN    AUSTRALIA — WAITE.  61 

An  example  taken  by  the  trawl  between  Houtman's  Abrolhos 
and  the  mainland  is  an  addition  to  the  fauna  of  Western 
Australia.  The  species  was  previously  known  only  from  Eastern 
Australia,  southward  to  Port  Jackson. 

Tt  is  evident  fi'om  Dr.  Boulenger's^  account  of  the  distribution 
of  the  genus  that  the  Mauritius  species  is  referable  to  JF. 
jajjwiicus  and  not  to  M.  (jloria-maris  as  might  be  suspected. 

AcANTiiisTlus  SERRATUS,  C uviev  (t  Valencienues. 
Flectropoma  serratum,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss., 
ii.,  182S,  p.  399. 

Hitherto  the  coast  of  New  South  Wales  has  been  regarded  as 
the  restricted  habitat  of  this  species,  though  specimens  recorded 
from  "  Australia"  may  have  been  obtained  from  other  coasts. 

The  collection  includes  three  specimens,  two  of  whicli  are 
normal  and  indistinguishable  from  examples  taken  in  Port 
Jackson  ;  the  third  has,  in  addition  to  the  usual  spots,  four  dark 
vertical  bands,  wider  than  the  interspaces  ;  the  first  embraces  the 
occiput  and  the  first  two  dorsal  spines,  the  second  the  sixth  to 
eleventh  spines,  the  third  is  at  the  base  of  the  anterior  rays  and 
the  fourth  includes  the  hinder  rays  and  portion  of  the  caudal 
peduncle,  the  two  last,  only,  reach  the  ventral  profile.  There  are 
also  markings  on  the  head  similar  to  those  of  A.  cinctus. 
Examples  from  New  South  Wales  have  been,  though  rarely,  seen 
in  which  similar  markings  are  traceable,  though  in  a  much  less 
degree  than  in  the  example  above  described. 

Loc. — Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

Centrogexys  vaigexsis,  Quoy  (t  Gaimard. 

Scorpmna  vaige^isis,  Quoy  and  Gaimard,  Voy.  "  Uranie  et  Physic- 
ienne,"  1824,  p.  324,  pi.  Iviii.,  fig.  1. 

Loc. — North  West  Australia. 

Epinepiielus  fasciatus,  Fomkal. 
rercafasc.iata,  Forskal,  Descr.  Anim.,  1775,  p.  40. 
Loc. — Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

CoLPOGXATHUS  DENTEX,  Cuviev  &  Valeuciemie.^, 

Flectropoma  dentex,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  ii., 
1828.  p.   394. 

Loc. — Houtman's  Abi'olhos. 


*  Boulenger. — Cambridge  Nat.  Hist.,  vii.,  Fishe-s,  1904,  p.  656. 


^>-  liECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTK'AT.IAX    MUSEL'M. 

LaTKS  CALCAKIFl-;);,    ISIiirh. 
Huliicrnfnis  ralftii-lth;  Bloch,  Iflity.,  \  ii..  1790,  p.   100,  jtl.  ccxliv. 
Loc — Huutmairs  Ahn)lhos. 

LUTIAXUS  CilKYSOT.EMA,  BJet'lfV. 

Mf!i(>prl(>ii   rhnjsoUcnia,   Bleeker,  Nat.  Tijds.  Ned.  Ind,  ii.,  1S.")1^ 

p.  170. 

Loi:. — HoutinHns  Ahi'olhus. 

TeRAPON  IIUMERALIS,   Offilb)/. 

llfnipon  /tiint/u-a/is;  Ogilby,  Proc.  Linn.  8oc.  N.  8.   Wales,  xxiv.^ 
1S99,  }..    177. 

(Plate  ix.) 

(Jf  three  examples  forwarded,  one  exceeds  the  dimensions  of 
the  type,  measuring  "210  mm.  Tlie  accompanying  illustration 
depicts  our  smallest  specimen  of  natural  size,  and,  as  will  be 
seen,  it  differs  somewliat  from  the  type  in  the  extent  of  its  colour 
markings.  In  this  the  body  bands  extend  below  the  lateral  line, 
and  the  upper  portion  of  the  body  and  caudal  peduncle  are- 
spotted,  in  addition  to  the  vertical  fins. 

Ldc. — The  range  of  the  species  cannot  yet  be  extended,  all 
known  examples  l^eing  from  Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

Pkntacekopsis  recurvirostris,  Richardson. 

J/i'<(iiij)/f'/-i(s  imtrinrosfris,  Richardson,  Voy.   "  Ereb.  and  Terr.'v 
1845,  p.  34,  pi.  xxii.,  fig.  5-6. 

Loc. — Fi"emantle.  Also  trawled  ;  the  "  Striped  Boarfish " 
mentioned  in  the  Fishei'ies  Beport,  probably  referring  to  this 
species. 

PSEUDOCHROMIS    MUELLERI,   Kll(Uzhujfir. 

Ft<fHi{(>rhr(>}nh  nuifUeri,    Klunzinger,   8itzb.   Akad.   Wiss.  Wein, 
Ixxx.,  1879,  p.  370. 

Clclddj)."    fllamentosiiii,    Macleav,    Proc.    Linn.   Soc.   N.  8.  Wales^ 
v.,  1881,  p.  570. 

The  examples  described  by  Klunzinger  and  Macleay  were  both 
obtained  from  Port  Darwin.  Those  forwarded  from  the  Western 
Australian  Museum  were  taken  on  the  North- Western  Coast  of 
the  Continent,  and   are  therefore  additions   to  the   fauna  of  the 

Western  8tate. 


Kl^^lIES    FROM    WESTERN    AUSTRALIA — UAITK.  6S 

CiCHLOPS  LIXEATUS,   Casfelunii. 
Dnmperia  lineata,  Castelnau,  Researches  Fish.  Austr.,  1875,  p.  30. 
Loc. — Houtman  s  Abrolhos. 

Hci^NA  ANTARCTICA,   Castehimi.. 

ScifPiKi  anfai'cticn,   Castehiau,   Proc.   Zool.    8oc.   Vict,    i.,    1872, 
p.  100. 

Lor. — Man(hii-ah. 

ClIILODACTYLUS    XKJRICAXS,    Richavdson. 

Chil(Klacti/lns  it.u/rieanf<,   Richardson,    Proc.    Zool.     Soc,     1850, 
p.  6.3. 

L(w. — Houtman  s  Abrollios. 

CiiiKONKMUS  MACULOSus,  RlchardsoH. 

Threpterius  maculofiHs,  Richardson,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1850,  p.  70, 
pi.  ii.,  figs.  1-2. 

The  collection  includes  one  example  of  this  species.  It  agrees 
exactly  with  Richardson's  description  and  figure,  which  are 
sufficiently  exhaustive.  Though  the  number  of  dorsal  spines  is 
correctly  copied  as  fourteen,  by  Giinther*,  they  are  for  generic 
purposes  rendered  as  fifteen  in  the  synopsis  (p.  70),  this  number 
applies  only  to  C.  (/foiyiauus  and  C.  marmoi-atus. 

Lo'-. — The  specimen  examined  is  from  Houtman's  Abrolhos  and 
measures  270  mm.  in  length. 

POMADASIS    IIASTA,   Jiloch . 

Lutjdnuii  hnsfa,  Bloch,  Ichty.,  vii.,   1790,  p.  <S7,  pi.  ccxlvi.,  fig.  1. 
Loc. — Fremantle. 

8C0L0PSIS    BIMACULATUS,  Ruppell. 

iSro/opsis   hunnridafii.s,  Riippell,  Atlas    Fische,    1828,  j).    8,  pi.  ii., 
fig.  2. 

Lot: — Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

TePHR.EOPS   TEPHR.f'.OPS,  Richardson. 

(JrrnldfU!^   f/'phrwops,  Richardson,  V'oy.  "Ereb.   and  Terr.",  1846,. 
}).  69,  pi.  xli.,  fig  1. 

Loc. — ^Houtman'.s  Abrolhos. 

'■  Gunther— Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  ii.,  1860,  p.  78. 


64  RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 

Upeneus  porosus,  Cuvie?-  d:  Valenciennes. 

JJpeneus  porosus,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  iii., 
1829,  p.  455. 

Specimens  taken  at  Fremantle  are  possibly  co-specific  witli  the 
example  recoi'ded  by  Castelnau  as  U.  vlamingii. 

SCORPIS  GEORGIANUS,  Cuvier  &  Valenciennes. 

Scorjns  georgianns,   Cuvier  and  Valenciennes,    Hist.  Nat.  Poiss., 
viii.,  1831,  p.  503,  pi.  ccxlv. 

Zoc.  — -Mandurah. 

Neatypus,  gen.  nov. 
Family  Scorpidid^e. 

Head  and  body  compressed,  completely  scaled.  Scales  moderate, 
finely  ciliated  and  irregularly  arranged  ;  lateral  line  complete. 
Mouth  small,  transverse,  slightly  protractile.  Maxillary  small ;  a 
broad  band  of  trilobed  movable  teeth  in  each  jaw  :  vomer  and 
palatines  toothless.  Gill  membi'anes  united,  free  from  the 
isthmus.  Seven  branchiostegals.  Gill-rakei-s  long.  A  single 
dorsal  with  ten  spines  and  about  twenty-two  rays,  the  spinous 
portion  well  developed  but  shorter  than  the  soft ;  anal  with  three 
spines,  the  second  long  and  sti'ong,  and  about  eighteen  rays. 
The  bases  of  the  spinous  portion  and  the  whole  of  the  soft 
portion  of  both  fins,  densely  covered  with  small  scales. 
Caudal  scaled  like  the  vei'tical  fins.  Pectoral  with  fifteen  rays, 
the  upper  of  which  are  longest,  the  tip  rounded.  Ventrals 
inserted  close  togethei',  behind  the  base  of  the  pectorals,  spine 
strong. 

The  genus  is  allied  to  Atypichthys,  Giinther",  difftning  by  the 
character  of  the  teeth  and  the  scaly  base  of  the  spinous  portion 
of  the  vertical  fins.  The  greater  vertical  development  of  these 
fins  at  once  distinguishes  it  from  Scorpis,  and  possibly  also  from 
Farascorpis.  The  small  mouth  prevents  any  confusion  with 
Atypoiioma,  and  the  general  habit  with  other  two  genera  included 
by  Dr.  Boulenger**,  Psetttis  and  Henoplosus  ( Enoplosns). 

It  has  much  the  habit  of  Chmtodon,  but  differs  therefrom  by 
the  nature  of  the  teeth  and  by  the  gill  membranes  l>eing  free 
from  the  isthmus.  Of  this  last  character  Boulenger  writes  under 
Chcetodoiitido'^  : — "  Closely  allied  to  and  evidently  derived  from 

'Guntlier.— Cat.  Fish.  Brifc.  Mus.,  ii.,  1860,  p.  64,  and  iv.,  1862,  p.  510. 
*  Boulenger — Cambridge  Nat.  Hist.,  vii.,  Fishes,  1904,  p.  666. 
'  Boulenger. — Loc.  cit.,  p.  667. 


FISHES    FROM    WESTERN    AUSTRALIA WAITE.  65 

the  more  generalised  types  of  the  Scorpididce,  differing  in  the 
attachment  of  the  gill-membranes  to  the  isthmus."  Though 
valid  for  the  family,  as  a  whole,  this  character  does  not  hold  good 
for  C.  ( Microcajithus)  striyatus  in  which  the  membi'anes  are 
united  and  free  from  the  isthmus. 


Neatypus  obliquus,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  X.) 

D.  X.  22;  A.  iii.  18;  V.  i.  5 ;  P.  15;  C.  17;  L.  lat.  51. 

Length  of  head  3-8  ;  height  of  body  2-1  in  the  total  ;  diameter 
of  eye  2-5  ;  length  of  snout  3-9  and  of  caudal  2-0  in  the  length 
of  the  head  ;  interoi'bital  space  convex,  slightly  less  than  the 
diameter  of  the  eye  ;  hinder  limb  and  angle  of  preopercle  denti- 
culated, lower  limb  smooth. 

Body  compressed,  ventral  profile  but  little  lower  than  that  of 
the  dorsal. 

Fins. — The  dorsal  fin  originates  above  the  margin  of  the 
opercle,  the  spines  regularly  increase  in  height  to  the  sixth,  which 
is  1-7  in  the  length  of  the  head,  the  following  spines  are  but 
slightly  lower,  the  anterior  rays  are  of  the  same  height  as  the 
last  spines,  and  gradually  decrease  in  length,  the  contour  of  the 
fin  is  thus  unbroken.  The  anal  commences  beneath  the  beginning 
of  the  soft  dorsal.  Its  second  spine  is  very  sti'ong  and  long, 
much  longer  than  the  sixth  dorsal  and  1  '3  in  the  length  of  the 
head  ;  the  third  spine  is  weaker  and  a  little  shorter  ;  the  anterior 
rays  are  longer  than  the  corresponding  ones  of  the  dorsal,  and  the 
margin  of  the  fin  is  almost  sti'aight.  The  ventral  spine  is  equal 
to  the  fourth  dorsal,  and  the  longest  rays  are  of  the  same  length 
as  the  pectoral,  1  -4  in  that  of  the  head.  The  caudal  is  emargi- 
nate  and  the  depth  of  its  peduncle  is  equal  to  the  diameter  of 
the  eye. 

Colours. — The  ground  colour  is  pale  grey,  with  six  oblique 
dark  brown  bands,  each  of  which  is  bordered  with  black.  The 
first  is  double  above,  the  anterior  portion  arising  between  the 
eyes,  with  a  strong  concavity  to  the  front,  the  posterior  portion 
passes  from  above  the  hinder  maigin  of  the  eye,  and  merged  with 
the  anterior  limb,  glasses  downwards  across  the  preopercle  to  the 
ventral  spine.  The  second  band  originates  on  the  occiput,  crosses 
the  edge  of  the  opercle  and  base  of  the  pectoral  fin,  and  attains 
the  lower  profile  at  the  middle  of  the  adpressed  ventral  spine. 
Each  band  becomes  successively  more  oblique,  the  third  passing 
from  the  base  of  the  three  first  dorsal  spines  to  the  commence- 
ment of  the  anal.       The  next  band   joins  the  v.-^  ii.  dorsal  spines 


(>6  RECORDS    OP^   THE    AU.STRALIAX    MUSEUM. 

and  the  middle  of  the  unal  fin.  Tlie  fifth  liand  originates  at  tlm 
postei'ior  dorsal  spines  and  proceeds  to  the  posterior  anal  rays, 
the  last  band  runs  nearly  parallel  to  the  margin  of  the  dorsal  rays 
and  on  to  the  caudal  peduncle,  the  four  posterior  bands  extend 
on  to  the  scaly  portion  of  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins. 

Log. — Two  specimens,  taken  at  Houtman's  Abrolhos,  the 
larger  measuring  152  nun.  in  length. 

EpHIPPUS    MULTIFASCIATUS,   RichnrdsdH. 

Snifoplimiufi  }UHltifasciatus,  Richardson,  Voy.   "Eieb.  and  Terr.'V 
1846,  p.  57,  pi.  XXXV.,  figs.  4-6. 

Loe. — Fremantle.  The  "  Butter  Fish  "  mentioned  as  lun  ing 
been  trawled  may  refer  to  this  species. 

CH.y/rODOX    ASSARIUS,  .s^^.  itov. 

(Plate  xi.,  fig.    1). 

D.  xiii.  21  ;  A.  iii.  17  ;  V.  i.  5  ;  P.  16  ;  C.  17  +  6. 

Length  of  head  3-7  ;  of  caudal  fin  5-2  ;  height  of  body  1-5  in 
the  total  length.  Diameter  of  eye  3-0,  and  length  of  snout  3-5 
in  that  of  the  head.  Interocular  space  convex,  equal  to  the 
diameter  of  the  eye.  Preopeiculum  smooth,  body  ovate,  strongly 
compressed  ;  the  upper  profile  rounded,  the  lower  convex.  The 
fifth  dorsal  spine  is  the  highest,  its  length  twice  the  diameter  of 
the  eye ;  from  this  point  the  fin  falls  gradually  away  to  an 
obtuse  angle  at  about  the  middle  of  the  rayed  portion.  The 
second  anal  spine  is  longest,  its  length  being  one-half  that  of  the 
head  ;  this  fin  is  evenly  rounded  ;  the  ventral  spine  is  1  "6  in  the 
length  of  the  head,  and  the  longest  pectoral  ray  1  "3  in  the  same. 

Tlie  scales  are  in  regular  series,  not  in  contrary  directions, 
those  of  the  middle  of  the  sides  larger  than  the  others  ;  the 
lateral  line  forms  an  even  arch,  lower  than  the  dorsal  pi'ofile  and 
tei^minates  in  advance  of  the  posterior  insertion  of  the  dorsal  fin. 

CdIoiivs. — Ground  colour  yellow  or  pale  brown,  snout  darker, 
the  dark  ocular  band  is  complete  above  and  is  a  little  narrower 
than  the  eye,  above  the  orbit  it  is  bordered  before  and  behind 
with  a  light  band,  below  it  extends  to  the  margin  of  the 
subopercle.  The  body  bears,  on  its  upper  half,  four  very  narrow 
dark  vertical  bars  slightly  inclined  forward  below,  they  pass 
downwards  from  the  bases  of  the  fourth,  sixth,  eighth  and  tenth 
dorsal  spines  respectively.  The  dorsal  fin  is  narrowly  edged  with 
black  ;  following  the  angle,  the  colour  becomes  submarginal, 
the  extremit\-   of   the  rays  being  white.       ^V    l)lack    white-edged 


FISHES    FROM    WESTEltX    AL'STRAIJA — WAITE.  6i 

(irt'llus  is  present  in  tlie  angle.  The  nuirgin  of  the  anal  is  a 
ratliei-  broad  white  band  within  which  is  a  dark  l)n)wn  one,  very 
narrow  at  tlie  spines  but  increasing  in  depth  so  tliat  it  occupies 
nearly  the  whole  of  the  posterior  vnys..  Pectoral  and  ventral 
without  markings.  A  \'erv'  faint  broad  bai'  across  the  caudal 
peduncle,  in  line  with  the  anal  band. 

Length  of  specimen  119  mm.  trawled  in  the  waters  between 
Fremantle  and  Houtnian's  Abrolhos. 

This  species  has  affinities  with  C.  i)iertP)tsii,  Cuvier  and 
Valencieimes  and  the  very  closely  allied  C.  dixoul,  Regan  : 
differential  characters  are  the  angulate  soft  dorsal  with  its 
contained  ocellus,  the  sub-vertical  and  scarcely  obli(jue  body  barn 
which  have  a  ditfeient  iTiclination  from  those  of  the  other  species 
mentioned,  also  the  absence  of  the  yellow  ai'ea  on  the  posterior 
part  of  the  body.  Bleeker  placed  his  C.  xauthurufi  as  synonymou* 
with  C.  mefte)i.sU,  but  Mr.  C.  T.  Regan  appears  to  regard  this  as- 
distinct  also.'" 

ClIELMOXOKS    TKUNCATUS,    KlM'r. 

Chtetodon    truitcntus,   Kner.,    Sitzb.    Acad.    Wiss.    Wien,    xxxiv., 
^  1859,  p.  442,  pL  ii. 
Loc. — The  specimen  trawled  between  Houtmans  Abrolhos  and 
Fremantle  is  the   largest    T   ha\e  seen,    measuring    222   mm.   in 
length. 

Htpsipops  microlepis,  OiliitJwr. 

(Plate  xii.) 

D.  xii.-xiii.  15-18  ;  A.  ii.  13-16  ;  V.  i.  5  ;  P.  21  ;  C.  17. 

The  great  variation  which  this  species  undergoes  during  tlit> 
course  of  its  growth  is  responsible  for  several  erroneous  deter- 
minations and  additions  to  the  synonomy. 

The  changes  which  take  place  during  the  life  of  the  species  to 
maturity,  have  been  lately  studied  by  Mi-.  Allan  R.  McCulloch, 
and  the  following  notes  are  based  upon  his  observations. 

In  the  smallest  specimens  examined  (15  mm.),  the  characteristic 
mai'kings  are  developing,  but  are  not  clearly  defined  ;  the  scales, 
also  are  incomplete,  the  head  and  back  as  fai-  as  the  dorsal  fin 
being  naked.  The  scales  do  not  yet  appear  on  tlie  fins,  and  the 
caudal  is  emarginate.     All  the  rays  are  simple. 

10  Eegan.— Ann.  Mag^.  Nat.  Hist.,  (7),  xiii.,  1004,  p.  277. 


68  RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

Specimens  22  mm.  in  length  present  a  most  gorgeous  appear- 
ance, being  of  brilliant  orange  colour,  tempered  on  the  upper  part 
of  the  body  by  numerous  black  dots,  which  are  much  lai'ger  in 
the  space  between  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins.  Three  broad  dark- 
edged  blue  lines  I'un  from  the  head  backwards  ;  the  first  arises  on 
the  snout,  behind  the  upper  lip,  where  it  is  connected  with  its 
fellow  on  the  other  side,  and  skirts  the  profile  to  the  anterior 
dorsal  spines ;  the  second,  indicated  in  front  of  the  eye,  passes 
across  the  upper  part  of  the  eyeball  and  above  the  lateral  line 
to  a  large  black  blue-edged  ocellus,  which  occupies  the  last  six 
spines  and  portion  of  the  back  beneath  ;  the  third  runs  from  the 
corner  of  the  mouth,  below  the  eye,  across  the  opercle,  and  is 
continued  as  a  dot  above  the  basal  portion  of  the  pectoral  fin. 
There  may  also  be  two  or  three  similar  dots  between  the  pectoral 
and  the  caudal.  A  large  dark  spot  is  also  present  on  the  upper  part 
of  the  caudal  peduncle.  The  spinous  dorsal  fin  is  reddish,  with  a 
blue  margin,  the  bases  of  the  soft  dorsal  and  anal  are  oi-ange,  the 
remaining  portion  and  of  the  pectoral  and  caudal  hyaline. 
Ventral  fin  orange,  the  first,  elongate,  ray  and  the  anterior  edge 
of  the  anal  black.      This  stage  is  illustrated  in  fig.  1. 

Somewhat  larger  examples  were  identified  by  Bennett  with 
Glyphisodon  biocellatus  and  by  the  writer  with  G.  hrownrigciii. 

In  a  much  later  stage,  represented  by  examples  measuring  72 
mm.  in  length,  the  dorsal  stripes  are  relatively  much  narrower  and 
are  broken,  the  lowermost  being  indicated  by  dots  only,  the 
ocellus  is  more  restricted  in  area,  being  confined  to  the  last  two 
spines.  A  white  patch  is  present  on  the  opercle  and  numerous 
blue  spots  occur  on  the  hinder  half  of  the  body  and  soft  dorsal 
and  caudal  fins.  The  general  colour  is  darker  than  in  younger 
specimens,  this  being  most  noticeable  in  the  ventral  and  anal  fins, 
which  are  of  greenish-black  hue.  This  phase  is  represented  in 
fig.  2,  and  approaches  the  specimens  named  Parnm  )nicroh'j>is  by 
Giinther. 

The  adult,  which  attains  a  length  of  160  mm.,  is  wholly  black, 
with  the  exception  of  the  white  opercular  patch  which  is  per- 
sistent. Traces  of  the  dorsal  ocellus  and  supra-caudal  blotch  may 
also  exist. 

The  adult  is  represented  in  fig.  3,  and  sucli  examples  owe  to 
Giinther  the  name  Parma  squamiplnniti. 

Chief  among  the  changes  incident  to  growth  may  be  mentioned 
the  increased  depth  of  the  body,  the  reduced  size  of  the  eye  and 
the  nari'owing  of  the  preorbital. 


p.  222, 


FISHES    FROM    WESTERN    AUSTRALIA — WAITE.  69 

The  generic  named  Parma,  Giinther,  is  here  regarded  as  synony- 
mous with  Jfi/psipops,  Gill.  Some  notes  on  this  question  will  be 
found  in  an  earlier  issue  of  the  Records." 

The  synonomy  of  the  species  would  appear  to  be  as  follows  :  — 

Htpsipops  miceolepis,  Giinther. 

Glttphisodon   hiocellatus,   Bennett,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  xxvii.,  1859, 
Pisces,  pi.  ix.  (not  Cr.  hiocellatus,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes.) 

Farma  microlepix,  Giinther,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  JVIus.,  iv.,  1862,  p.  57. 

Par)na  squamipinnis,  Giinther,  loc.  ciL,  pp.  58  and  505. 

I  Glyphidodon   australis,   Steindachner,  Sitzb.    Aicad.    Wiss.  Wien,    Ivi., 
'p.  328. 

Glyphidodon   brownriggii,  Waite,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  (2),  ix„ 
1894,  p.  219,     (not  Cluetodon  hrownriggii,  Bennett). 

Luc. — This  species  is  common  in  Port  Jackson  and  neighbouring- 
waters,  whence  the  examples  studied  and  figured  were  taken. 
Mr.  Woodward's  specimens  were  obtained  at  Houtman's  Abrolhos. 


PsEUDOLABRUS  PUXCTULATUS,   Giinther. 

Ldhrirhfhijs  2)iinctulata,  Giinther,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  iv.,  1862, 
p.  118. 

(Plate  xiii.) 

Mr.  Woodward  forwards  specimens  of  this  species  from 
Mandurah ;  Castelnau^-  recorded  it  from  the  Westei'n  State  and 
the  Australian  Museum  posseses  examples  taken  in  South  Aus- 
tralian waters. 

In  one  specimen,  undoubtedly  of  this  species,  the  pale  blue 
spots  cannot  be  detected,  and  have  indeed  almost  faded  from  all. 
In  the  absence  of  more  stable  points  of  difference  we  may  assume 
that  Castelnau's  Lahriclitlii/s  eilcloisis'^''',  as  he  himself  hinted, 
represents  an  example  so  faded. 

Tlie  root  of  this  latter  specific  name  is  used  several  times  by 
Castelnau  in  his  paper  on  the  Fishes  of  Western  Australia.  His 
genus  Edflia  is  rediagnosed  by  Mr.  J.  D.  Ogilby",  who  writes  : — 
^' Den'v.  ign.^^  Though  I  regard  a  zoological  name  as  a  name 
only,  without  significance,  Mr.  Ogilby  carefully  studies  the  ety- 
mology, but  in  this  instance  failed  to  ascertain  the  origin  of  the 
name. 

"  Waite.— Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  v.,  1904,  p.  169. 

1-^  Castelnau.— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Vict.,  ii.,  1873,  p.  138. 

'^  Castelnau. — Loc.  cit„  p.  137. 

i<  Ogilby.— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xxiv.,  1899,  p.  176. 


^0  1^EC0RDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

In  R.  H.  Major's  "Early  Voyages  to  Terra  Australis^',' 
we  read  : — "  It  would  seem  that  another  of  the  outward  bcjund 
«hips  referred  to  in  the  Dutcli  recital,  as  visiting  the  coasts  of 
New  Hollanfl,  was  commanded  by  Edel,  and  tlie  land  tliere 
^liscovered,  which  was  on  the  west  coast,  was  named  the  land  of 
Edel.  From  Campbell's  edition  of  Harris's  voyages  we  learn  tliat 
this  discovery  was  made  in  1619." 


PSEUDOLABRUS  TETHICUS,  /licJuirdsoU. 

Lahnm    tetn'cKs,    Ricliardson,    Proc.    Zool.     8oc.,     1840,    p.    25  ; 
Voy.  "Ereb.  and  Terr.",  Fislies,  18-18,  p.  126,  pi.  Iv.,  tig.  1. 

Lahrirhtliijx.  hostocldi,  Castlenau,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Vict.,  ii.,  1873, 
p.  137. 
The  examples  forwarded  from  Mandurah  are  unquestionably 
identical  with  that  described  by  Castlenau.  The  lower  caudal 
ray  is  long  equally  with  the  upper  one,  and  though  I  do  not  find 
that  the  vertical  fins  have  the  fine  blackisli  edge  described  by 
Oiinther,  the  black  spot  at  the  upper  pectoral  base  is  present.  In 
Hichardson's  figure  the  ventral  is  insei'ted  too  high  on  the  body 
j^o  that  the  distance  between  its  base  and  that  of  the  pectoral  is 
not  sufficiently  great.  The  pectoral  is  illustrated  as  having  a 
rounded  margin,  in  our  examples  it  is  sinuous,  with  the  upper 
rays  mucli  the  longer.  As  the  drawing  is  structurally  incorrect 
in  respect  to  the  ventral,  we  may  doubt  its  accuracy  in  respect 
to  the  pectoral  and  caudal  also. 

PsEUDOLABRUS  fJUEXTHEKI,    BlfcLrr. 

PfieHtliilahnis  (fiientheri,  Bleeker,  Versl.  ]\Ied.  Kcjn.  Akad.   Weten., 
xiv.,  1862,  p.  126. 
Loc. — Fremantle. 

Harpe   vulpixa,  Hic/iardson. 
'Ccssi/j/hux  ntliiiniis,  Richardson,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1850,  p.  71. 
Ldc. — Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

Ophtiialmolepis  lixeolatus,  (■tirier  <(■  ]'alfnci(')i]ies. 
Jnlis  linedlatiis,  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  xiii., 
1839,  p.  436. 
/.(*(•. — Houtman's  Abrolhos. 


1^  Major. — Early  Voy.  to  Terra  Austr.,  1859,  p.  Ixxxvi. 


FISHES    FKOM    WKSTERN    ALSl'KALIA — WAITE.  i  I 

OdaX  RICIIAKDSONU,   (iuntlivr. 

Odax  /niUus,    Cuvier  and  VHlencieiines,   Hist.    Nat.    Poiss.,   xiv., 
1S89,  p.  304,  pi.  ccccviii.  (not  Forster). 

Julif  f  driiKfii,  liichardson,  Icon.  Pise,  1843,  p.  (i,  \A.  iii.,  fijLf.  1. 

Odax  richarthnnii,  Giinther,  Cat.   Fish.    Biit.    Mus..   iv.,    1S6-,   j). 
241. 

I  have  previoiisly  recoidtHl  this  sj^^cies  from  Western  Australia; 
the  examples  now  in  hand  were  taken  oft'  Houtman's  Ahiolhos. 
It  may  be  pointed  out  that  those  authors,  who,  would  accejit 
a  drawing  as  the  basis  of  a  desci'iption,  should  use  Richardson's 
name  Odax  diirKjii  in  preference  to  the  later  one  of  Giinther. 

The  drawing  is  very  defective  and  led  Richardson,  against  liis 
better  jutlgment,  to  ascribe  the  fish  to  the  genus  J«//.s  instead  of 
Odax  ;  he  was  impelled  to  this  course  mainl}^  from  comparison 
Avith  a  Chinese  drawing  ! 

(Jlistiiops  cyanomelas,  Richardson. 

OUsthojis  cijanomdas,  Richardson,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  {'!),  vii., 
1851,  p.  291. 

/,o(".— Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

Heteroscarus  filamextosus,  (JastchuiH. 

Ihteroscarns    ulanientoioai,   Castelnau,   Proc.  Zool.   Soc.    Vict.,    i., 
1872,  p.  "24.5. 

Lor. —  Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

Caraxx  SPECIOSU.S,  FnrsJ.al. 
JScdiiiber  sfieciosnx,  Forskal,  Desci'.  Anim.,  177-"),  ]>.  .'")4. 
L(ir. — Fremantle. 

Caraxx  armatus,  Forskal. 
Sciana  ariitata,  Forskal,  Descr.  Anim.,  177-5,  j).   .")3. 
Ldc. — Fremantle. 

'ri{A('IIIXOTi;s   BAlLLOXIl,    I MCrjJCili'. 

i  '(isioiimnis  bailhmii,  Lacepede,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  iii.,  ISOi',  p.  U'.), 
pi.  iii.,  fig.  1. 
I.tir. — ]\randurah. 


72  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Bramichthys,  (jcn.  nor. 

FaiuiUl  BRAMIDyE. 

Body  ovate,  compressed,  covered  with  moderate  cycloid  scales, 
lateral  line  present,  complete.  Mouth  wide,  oblique ;  the  lower 
Jaw  the  longer  ;  a  band  of  minute  teeth,  scarcely  perceptible  to 
the  touch,  in  each  jaw,  teeth  also  present  on  the  vomer,  palatines 
and  tongue.  No  oesophageal  teeth.  Maxillary  broad,  scaly. 
Opercle  with  two  flat  points,  preopercle  entire.  Snout  broad, 
head  not  declivous,  supraoccipital  crest  well  developed,  but  not 
extending  forward  beyond  the  eyes. 

Dorsal  and  anal  fins  long,  the  anterior  lobes  elevated  and 
falcate,  the  first  spine  of  the  former,  behind  the  vertical  of  the 
ventral  fin.  The  dorsal  fin  has  five  spines  and  about  twenty-nine 
rays,  the  anal  three  (?  or  four)  spines  and  about  thirty  rays.  In 
both  fins  the  spines  are  closely  adnate  to  the  respective  rays. 
The  ventrals  are  small,  placed  below  the  base  of  the  pectorals, 
with  one  spine  and  five  rays.  The  pectorals  are  placed  in  the 
lowei'  half  of  the  body.  The  vertical  fins  densely  clothed  with 
small  scales.  Branchiostegals  seven,  caudal  peduncle  of  moderate 
depth,  not  slender. 

Bramichthys  woodwardi,  xp.  nov. 

(Plate  xiv.) 

D.  V.  29  ;  A.  iii.  (?  iv.)  30  ;  Y.  i.  5  ;  P.  16  ;  C.  17  +  6.  L.  lat.  50, 

L.  tr.  7/20. 

Length  of  head  3-3 ;  height  of  body  at  the  origin  of  the  dorsal 
fin  1  -85  in  the  total ;  eye  very  large,  its  diameter  half  the  length 
of  the  head ;  snout  short  5-1;  and  length  of  caudal  5-4  in  the 
same.  Interorbital  space  very  convex,  twice  the  length  of  the 
snout.  Opercular  margins  smooth.  Lower  profile  slightly  more 
convex  than  the  upper. 

The  dorsal  fin  begins  well  behind  the  veitical  of  the  opercle, 
the  spines  are  closely  adnate  to  the  soft  portion  and  successively 
increase  in  height,  the  fifth  being  equal  to  the  diameter  of  the 
eye  :  the  anterior  rays  are  much  higher,  the  second  being  three- 
fourths  more,  or  1-25  in  the  length  of  head  ;  following  the  lobed 
portion  the  rays  are  short  and  the  base  of  the  whole  fin  is  slightly 
moi-e  than  half  the  total  length.  The  anal  fin  is  similar  in  foi'm 
and  length,  but  occupies  a  slightly  more  posterior  position  :  the 
sequence  of  the  anal  spines  suggests  that  one,  the  second,  has 
been  lost,  the  third  existing  spine  is  of  the  same  length  as  the 
fifth  dorsal.  The  ventrals  are  short  and  do  not  reach  the  anal  ; 
the    spine  is  a  little  longei-  than  half  the  diameter  of  the  eye. 


FISHES    FROM    WESTERN    AUSTRALIA — WAITE.  73 

The  pectoral  is  falcate,  its  third  and  fourth  upper  rays  a  little 
less  than  the  head  in  length.  The  caudal  fin  is  deeply  cleft  but 
not  forked  as  in  Brama,  the  peduncle  is  relatively  deep  being  but 
little  less  than  the  diameter  of  the  large  eye. 

Scales. — The  scales  are  simply  cycloid,  those  above  the  lateral 
line  arranged  obliquely  upwards.  The  lateral  line  commences 
with  a  strong  curve  to  beneath  the  dorsal  spines,  whence,  it 
runs  almost  straight  to  the  end  of  the  caudal  rays. 

Colours. — The  colour  appears  to  have  been  silvery,  the  fins  are 
dark  brown,  without  markings. 

The  general  habit  of  this  species  suggests  that  it  is  an  inhabi- 
tant of  somewhat  deep  water. 

I  have  pleasure  in  associating  with  this  interesting  fish,  the 
name  of  Mr.  Bernard  H.  Woodward,  Curator  of  the  Western 
Australian  Museum. 

Length  172  mm. 

Loc. — One  example  from  Mandurah. 

Paralichthys  muelleri,  Klnnzinfjer. 

Pseudorlioinhns   mulleri,   Klunzinger,  Arch,    fiir  Naturg.,  1872,  p. 

40  ;    Sitzb.    Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  Ixxx.,  1879,  p.   407,  pi.  ix., 

fig.  2. 
Very  little  colour  appears  to  be  developed  in  this  species,  but 
as  most  of  the  scales  are  lost  in  the  two  examples  forwarded, 
precise  information  is  not  available.  A  dark  spot,  probably  an 
ocellus,  is  present  on  the  lateral  line  at  the  beginning  of  the  last 
third  of  the  body.  The  figure  quoted,  rejjresents  either  a  dextral 
example,  or  was  i^eversed  in  drawing.  The  specimens  were  trawled 
between  Fremantle  and  Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

CyNOGLOSSUS  BROADHURSTI,  sp.  jKir. 

(Plate  viii.,  fig.   2.) 

D.  107  ;  A.  86  ;  C.  10  ;  L.  lat.  88  ;  L.  tr.  l>dei-  L.  lat.  13. 

Length  of  head  5-77  ;  depth  of  body  3-9  in  the  total  length  ; 
diameter  of  eye  8-2  ;  and  length  of  snout  3*0  in  the  head. 

The  eyes  are  situated  about  half  a  diameter  apart,  the  upper 
being  a  little  in  advance  of  the  lower.  One  nostril  is  placed 
between  the  eyes,  the  other  in  front  of  the  lower  eye.  Mouth 
strongly  curved,  its  angle  in  advance  of  the  middle  of  the  head, 
reaching  to  below  the  centre  of  the  lower  eye.  Lips  not  fringed. 
Rostral  hook  very  short.     Opercle  oblique,  notched  behind. 


74  KKCOKUS    OF    THE    AUSTRALfAN    MUSEUM. 

Teeth. — Minute,  present  on  the  blind  side  only. 

Sccdes. — On  the  left  side  strongly  ctenoid,  each  scale  with  from 
three  to  five  spines  ;  scales  on  the  blind  side  cycloid.  Two  lateral 
lines  on  the  left  side,  the  lower  passes  from  the  snout,  above  the 
eye,  to  the  tip  of  the  caudal.  There  are  eighty-eight  pierced 
scales  along  this  line,  posterior  to  the  preopercle.  The  upper 
lateral  line  commences  on  the  rostral  hook  and  follows  the  profile 
of  the  head  to  the  dorsal  edge  which  it  skirts  to  the  base  of  the 
hundred  and  first  ray,  and  it  traverses  the  space  between  this 
and  the  next  one.  A  vertical  line  of  pores  connects  the  upper 
and  lower  latei-al  lines  and  is  continued  round  the  margin  of  the 
preopercle  whence  a  branch  is  given  off  at  its  angle  to  the  opercle. 
One  lateral  line  only  on  the  blind  side. 

There  is  a  single  ventral  fin  only  and  the  pectorals  are  obsolete. 
The  dorsal  fin  commences  on  the  fi'ont  margin  of  the  head  and  is 
confluent  with  the  caudal,  as  is  also  the  anal. 

Colour. — Uniform  brown,  without  markings. 
Five  examples  received,  the  largest  of  which  measures  270  mm. 
in  length. 

Structurally  this  species  appears  to  be  nearest  allied  to  C. 
borneeiiMs,  Giinther,  differing  in  the  proportions  of  the  head  and 
body,  also  in  the  absence  of  markings. 

This  is  the  only  species  of  the  genus  CyiuvjlosKiix,  as  restricted,  so 
far  found  in  Australian  waters,  and  with  it  I  connect  the  name  of 
Mr.  F.  C.  Broadhurst  who  was  jointly  instrumental  in  procuring 
the  collection  of  fishes  dealt  with  in  this  paper. 

Loc. — All  were  taken  in  the  trawl  off  Carnarvon  to  the  north- 
ward of  Houtman's  Abi'olhos. 

Syxancidium  iiorriuum,  Linninta. 
Scorpana  horrida,  Linnaeus,  8yst.  Nat.,  ed.  xii.,  1766,  p.  453. 
Loc. — Houtman's  Abrollius. 

Neosebastes  paxda,  Richardson. 
Scorpema  vanda,  Richardson,  Ann.  Mag.  JSTat.  Hist.,  ix.,  1842,  p. 
216.   ' 
Loc. — Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

Pteuygotrigla  polyommata,  liichardson 
Tn'ffla  poli/owmata,  TUchardson,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1839,  p.  96. 
Loc. — Fremantle. 


FISHES    FROM    VVtSTEKN    ALSTRALIA— WAl  I  K.  75 

ClIELIDONICHTHYS  KUMU,    Lt's^iiH  d'  (Tamot. 

Trifjla  kuwu,  Lesson  and  Garnot,  Yoy.  "Coquille,"  1830,  pi.  xix. 
Lor. — Houtman's  Abrolhos  :  Fremantle. 

Parapercis  NEBfLOSis,  (Juoi/d-  (iawiard . 
Percis  nebulosiin,  Quoy  and  Gaimard.Voy.  "Uranie  et  Physicienne," 
1825,  p.  349. 
Lnc. — Mandurali. 

PaTjECUS  froxto,  Richardson. 
Patterns  fronto,   Richardson,  Ann.   Mag.   Nat.   Hist.,  xiv.,   1844, 
p.  280. 
Some  remarks  on  the  synonomy  of  this  species  will  be  found 
under  the  heading  of  P.  inaculatns. 

Loc. — The  example  forwarded  was  trawled  between  Fremantle 
and  Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

PATiECUS  MACULATUS,  Gunther. 
Patoicus   mactilatiis,   Giinther,   Cat.    Fish.   Brit.    Mus.,  iii.,   1861, 
p.  292. 

(Plate  XV.) 

The  specimen  forwarded  was  obtained  at  Fremantle,  the  type 
locality,  and  agrees  quite  well  with  the  original  description, 
differing  in  fact,  as  far  as  ascertainable,  only  by  having  thirty- 
two  in  place  of  thirty-one  dorsal  rays,  of  which  twenty  are 
spinous  ;  the  first  is  exti'emely  short,  in  front  of  the  base  of  the 
second  spine,  and  the  third  is  longest. 

The  caudal  has  nine  rays,  the  lower  of  which  are  shorter  and 
thicker  than  the  upper  ones. 

The  tubercle  described  as  being  midway  between  the  eye  and  the 
end  of  the  snout  is  perforate  and  constitutes  the  posterior  nostril, 
the  anterior  one  lies  in  another  smooth  ai'ea  nearer  the  mouth. 

A  Tasmanian  example  further  differs  by  having  thirty-three 
dorsal  spines  and  especially  in  the  length  of  the  pectoral  fin, 
which  is  longer  than  in  the  Western  Australian  fish,  and  almost 
as  long  as  the  head.  The  body  also  is  relatively  deeper  ;  these 
slight  vai'iations  may  be  of  individual  or  local  import  only.  In 
neither  specimen  can  T  trace  the  latei'al  line  described ;  a  non- 
poi'ous  ridge  is  possibly  referred  to.  The  Western  Australian 
specimen  is  here  figured  natural  size  :  its  total  length  being  184 
mm.  It  is  thus  much  larger  than  either  the  type  (80  mm.)  or 
Castelnau's  specimen  (90  mm). 


76  KECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Steindachner^*  identified  a  specimen  from  St.  Vincent's  gulf 
with  PatcEcus  maciilatus,  but  evidently  misunderstood  the  sen- 
tence : — "  The  dorsal  fin  is  perfectly  continuous,  extending  from 
the  snout  to  the  middle  of  the  caudal  fin." 

In  his  example,  as  figured,  the  dorsal  is  free  from  the  caudal 
fin  and  is  attached  to  the  middle  of  the  slender  i^eduncle.  To 
emphasise  this  peculiarity  he  proposed  the  sub-genus  Neopatctcus. 

This  author  placed  P.  n-aterhoitsii,  Castelnau'*',  as  a  synonym  of 
P.  inacidatits,  but  judging  by  the  radial  formula  and  the  con- 
dition of  the  caudal  rays,  it  is  equally  distinct  fi^om  that  species 
but  identical  with  Steindachner's  example.  As  the  generic  name 
Neopatcecns  was  nominally  founded  on  P.  v)aciilatu>i,  though 
actually  on  a  specimen  of  another  species,  it  may,  without  violation 
of  zoological  nomenclature,  accompany  the  latter,  the  name  of 
which  would  therefore  be  Xeopatcecus  iraterhousii,  Castelnau. 

In  1890  Mr.  R.  M.  Johnston  published  a  complete  list  of 
Tasmanian  Fishes,  and  included  Patcecus  armatus,  Giinther  ;  I 
have  not,  so  far,  found  any  other  reference  to  this  species,  and  am 
inclined  to  regard  it  as  a  manuscript  name,  or,  seeing  that  we 
have  an  example  of  P.  macitlatns  from  Tasmania  as  a  lapsxs  calami 
for  that  name.  Some  further  confusion  in  respect  to  the  species 
of  this  genus  is  apparent.  Richardson  descx'ibed  P.  fronto,  the 
type,  as  exhibiting  the  dorsal  formula  24/16.  Giinther,  by  error, 
prints  thirty  instead  of  forty,  and  appears  to  have  been  himself 
misled  thereby,  for  he  describes  as  a  new  species  P.  subocellatus 
from  South  Austi'alia.  A  careful  comparison  fails  to  reveal  any 
essential  differences  between  the  two,  such  being  reducible  to  a 
variation  of  one  dorsal  and  one  anal  ray. 

Macleay"  perceived  that  an  error  had  been  made,  but  failed  to 
elucidate  the  difficulty.  Of  P.  macniatus  he  writes  : — "  Dr. 
Giinther's  description  of  this  fish  cannot  be  accurate,  or  its 
resemblance  to  fronto  must  be  very  slight.  It  will  probably  be 
found  that  for  D.  31  we  should  read  D.  41." 

An  obvious  misprint  in  Richardson's  description  "A.  11/15." 
is  corrected  by  Macleay  to  "  A.  11/5." 

The  following  represents  my  conception  of  the  synomomy  as 
far  as  I  am  in  a  position  to  read  it.  Not  having  access  to  the 
Anzeiger  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien.,  I  am  unaware  if  Xeopatre.ciis  was 
first  characterised  there  or  in  the  Sitzungsberichte. 

15  Steindachner.— Sitzb.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  Ixxxviii.,  ISSt,  p.  1087. 

pi.  vii.,  fitj.  3. 
1"  Cast.lenau.— Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Vict..  J..  1872,  p.  244. 
^7  Macleay,— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  vi.,  1881,  p.  31. 


FISHES    FBOM    UESIEUN   AUSTRALIA — WAITK.  17 

Patjecus,  Richard-ion,  1844. 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  xiv.,  1844,  p,  280. 

1.  P.fronto,  Eichardson,  loc.  cit.,  and  Voy.  "  Ereb.  &  Terr.",  Ichtli..  1845, 

p.  20,  pi.  xiii.  ;  Giinther,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  iii.,  1861,  p.  292,  and 
Study  of  Fishes,  1880,  fig.  227;  Macleay,  Proc,  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S. 
Wales,  vi.,  1881,  p.  30. 

P.  suhocellatus,  Giintlier,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1871,  p.  665,  pi.  Ixiv. ; 
Macleay.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  vi.,  1881,  p.  31. 

2.  P.  macidata,  Giinther,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  iii..  1861,  p.  292; 
Castelnau.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  ii.,  1878,  p.  231;  Macleay, 
Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  vi.,  1881,  p.  31 ;  Waite,  ante  p.  75,  pi.  x  v. 
?.  P.  armatus,  Giinther  (fide  Johnston],  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  'I'asm  , 
1890  (1891),  p.  33. 

3  P.  vincentii,  Steindachner,  Anz.  K.  Akad.Wiss.Wien,  1883, p.  195,  and 
Sitzb.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  Ixxxviii.,  1884,  p.  1085,  pi.  vii.,  fig.  2. 

Neopat^cus.  steindachner,  1883, 

?  Anz.  K.  Akad.Wiss.Wien,  1883. 

4.     N.  waterhousii,  Castelnau,   Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Vict.,  i.,  1872,  p.  244 
Macleay,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  vi..  1881,  p.  31. 
P.  macidatus,  Steindachner  (not  Giinther),  loc.  cit.  &  Sitzb.  K.  Akad. 
Wiss.  Wien,  Ixxxviii.,  1884,  p,  1087,  pi.  vii,,  fi>j.  3. 

DiPULUS,  (fen.  nov. 
Family  BROTULiDiE. 

General  habit  of  Gohioides.  Body  greatly  elongate,  compressed 
behind,  naked.  Head  small,  naked,  not  spinose,  no  external 
eyes ;  mouth  small,  slightly  oblique,  no  barbels,  jaws  equal ; 
teeth  small  in  bands,  present  in  both  jaws,  on  the  vomer  and 
palatines.  Large  pores  in  front  of  the  snout  and  lower 
jaws,  surrounded  by  folds  of  membrane  probably  tactile. 
Branchiostegals  six,  no  pseudobranchia?.  Gill  membranes  wide, 
united,  not  free  from  the  isthmus.  Dorsal  and  anal  fins  low, 
not  differentiated  from  the  caudal.  Pectorals  normal ;  ventrals 
small,  close  together  each  an  undivided  filament  near  to  the 
humeral  symphysis.  Vent  a  transverse  opening  approaching  the 
middle  of  the  body.  Urogenital  oiifice  with  distinct  external 
opening,  bounded  by  very  large  transverse  labia,  at  least  in  the 
male. 

This  genus  appears  to  be  nearest  allied  to  Ap/ii/onim,  Giinther'*, 
and  Sciadaniis,  Garman''-*.  From  the  former  it  is  immediately 
distinguishable  by  its  elongate  form,  complete  dentition  and 
united  gill-membranes  ;  the  latter  character  and,  among  others, 
the  non-pedicilate  pectoral  serve  to  separate  it  from  Sciadunus. 

1"  Giinther.— Ann.  Matj.  Nat.  Hist.,  (5),  li.,  1878.  p.  22. 

1-'  GArnian.-Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harvard,  xxiv.,  1899,  p.  171. 


78  EECORDS   OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

DiPULUs  C.ECUS,  s]}.  nov. 

(Plate  xi.,  fig.  2.) 

Length  of  head  8*3  in  the  total,  its  depth  equal  to  that  of  the 
body,  or  1  -7  in  its  length.  The  width  of  the  head  is  slightly  more 
than  its  depth  and  much  greater  than  the  thickness  of  the  body. 

The  snout  is  very  tumid,  its  anterior  profile  almost  vertical ;  in 
company  with  the  front  portion  of  both  upper  and  lower  jaws  it 
bears  a  number  of  large  pores,  surrounded  by  folds  and  tiaps  of 
membrane  (see  fig.  2a). 

Simple  pores  are,  in  addition,  present  on  other  parts  of  the 
head,  notably  a  pair  above  the  expanded  end  of  the  maxilla,  and 
a  series  at  long  intervals  along  the  rami  of  the  mandible.  The 
posterior  nostrils  are  very  evident,  situated  near  the  end  of  the 
snout,  and  have  a  supero-lateral  aspect,  the  anterior  ones,  which 
may  not  be  distinguished  from  the  pores  referred  to,  appeal-  to  be 
placed  on  the  front  aspect  of  the  snout  within  the  dermal  folds. 
Eye  not  visible.  The  orbit,  as  ascertained  through  the  skin,  lies 
wholly  within  the  anterior  third  of  the  head,  its  diameter  being 
half  the  length  of  the  snout. 

Teeth.— The  teeth  are  very  small  and  sharply  pointed,  and  ar^ 
present  in  bands  in  both  jaws,  on  the  vomer  and  palatines. 

The  maxilla  is  greatly  broadened  behind,  and  extends  to  far 
beyond  the  hinder  margin  of  the  orbit. 

Fins. — The  dorsal  fin  begins  behind  the  base  of  the  pectoral, 
its  distance  from  the  snout  less  than  one-sixth  of  the  total  length, 
caudal  excluded.  Origin  of  anal  nearer  to  the  snout  than  to  the 
base  of  the  caudal.  Pectoral  normal,  less  than  half  the  length  of 
the  head.  The  ventrals  consist  each  of  a  simple  ray  placed  close 
together,  in  advance  of  the  pectoral,  they  are  very  short,  equalling 
the  snout  in  length.  V^ent  situated  far  behind  the  head,  its 
distance  therefrom  three-fourths  the  post-ventral  length.  It  is 
quite  distinct  from  the  uro-genital  orifice,  which  is  bordered 
before  and  behind  with  very  large  labia.  Immediately  within 
the  anterior  lip  is  a  pair  of  large  leaf -like  appendages  at  the  base 
of  which  lies  the  penis. 

The  folds  and  flaps  of  membrane  suri'ounding  the  pores  on  the 
snout  and  mandible  recall  the  condition  in  some  of  the  leaf-nosed 
Bats.  The  analogy  may  indeed  be  very  close :  the  fish  is  blind 
and  the  Rhinolophidte  hunt  in  the  dark. 

"  In  their  habits  they  appear  to  differ  from  other  insectivorous  Bats 
without  nasal  appendages,  inhabiting  the  same  regions,  by  coming  out 
later  in  the  evenintr,  or  when  the  sun  has  completely  gone  down  below 
the  horizon.  Tins  peculiarity  is  probably  connected  with  their  possession 


FISHES   FROM    WESTERN   AUSTRALIA — WAITE.  79 

of  special  organs  of  touch  in  the  complicated  nose-leaf,  and  delicately 
formed  ears  and  membranes,  which  may  permit  them  to  commence  and 
continue  their  hunt  for  insect  prey  at  a  time  when  other  Bats  have 
retired  to  their  sleeping-places."'^ 

The  lai'ge  size  of  the  genitaUa  and  the  development  of  special 
organs  in  this  fish,  indicates  that  copulation  actually  takes  place, 
a  circumstance  also  distinctly  correlated  with  blindness. 

Loc. — The  single  specimen  forwarded  is  a  male,  152  mm.  in 
length,  and  was  taken  off  Fremantle. 

MONACAXTHUS    CHINENSIS,    Bloch. 

Batistes  chinensis,  Bloch,  Ichty.,  ii.,  1787,  p.  29,  pi.  Hi.,  fig.  1. 
Tmc. — Fremantle. 

MONACANTHUS    MEGALOURUS,   PdchanlsOH. 

MonacantJiHs  meffalourus,  Richardson,  Icon.  Pise,  1843,  p.  5,  pi. 
i.,  fig.  3. 

Loc. — Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS  GALII,  SJ).  nof. 

(Plate  xvi.) 

Length  of  head  3-2  ;  height  of  body  at  the  first  anal  ray  2-8  ; 
and  length  of  caudal  5-1  in  the  total.  The  eye  is  almost  round 
and  lies  midway  between  the  end  of  the  snout  and  the  first  dorsal 
ray ;  its  diameter  is  one-fifth  the  length  of  the  head ;  the 
interorbital  space  is  convex  and  contained  4-1  times  in  the  same. 

The  gill  opening  is  oblique  and  placed  immediately  beneath 
the  eye,  it  is  distant  therefrom  about  the  diameter  of  the  orbit. 
The  nostrils  are  situated  in  a  shallow  depression  half  a  diameter 
in  advance  of  the  eye,  each  in  a  short  cutaneous  tube. 

The  head  is  deeper  than  long,  a  little  concave  on  the  snout, 
slightly  tumid  above  the  eye ;  the  lower  profile  is  moderately 
sti'aight  to  the  pelvic  spine. 

The  dorsal  spine  is  placed  above  the  last  third  of  the  orbit,  and 
nearer  to  the  rays  than  the  end  of  the  snout,  it  is  without  distinct 
barbs,  the  front  and  sides  being  granular  ;  its  length  approaches 
half  that  of  the  head.  The  rays  are  highest  medially,  the  longest 
being  one-fourth  the  length  of  the  head.  The  anal  arises  beneath 
the  sixth  dorsal  ray  and  is  continued  posteriorly  beyond  that  fin 
to  which  it  is  similar  in  form,  but  its  rays  are  not  quite  so  high. 


^  Dobson.— Cat.  Chiroptera  Brit.  Mu8  ,  1878,  p.  100. 


80  RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

The  ventral  process  is  but  little  extensible,  and  its  spine  is 
small  and  granular.  The  pectoral  is  rounded  and  its  third  ray 
is  one-fifth  longer  than  the  eye.  The  caudal  is  short  and  rounded, 
the  peduncle  is  stout,  its  height  being  half  the  length  of  the  fin. 

The  whole  of  the  head  and  body,  the  bases  of  the  vertical  fins 
and  the  outer  aspect  of  the  alternate  caudal  rays  uniformly 
covered  with  small  bifurcated  spines,  so  densely  placed  as  to  give 
a  velvety  feel  to  the  touch. 

Colours. — -The  colours  are  not  well  preserved,  but  as  far  as 
ascertainable  are  as  follows  : — Uniformly  dark  brown,  the  body 
marked  with  narrow  longitudinal  black  lines  about  as  wide  as  or 
narrower  than  the  interspaces.  Immediately  behind  the  head 
they  are  about  twelve  in  number  but  are  successively  lost 
posteriorly  and  none  attain  to  the  caudal  peduncle,  the  head  and 
lower  fourth  of  the  body,  except  in  the  region  of  the  pelvic  spine, 
are  without  markings.     Fins  pale  brown. 

Total  length  300  mm.     Taken  at  Sharks  Bay. 

At  the  request  of  Mr.  Woodward,  this  fish  is  named  after  Mr. 
C.  F.  Gale,  Chief  Inspector  of  Fisheries,  Western  Australia. 

PsEUDOMONACANTHUS  HiPPOCREPis,  Quojj  d  Goimard. 

Balistes  hipjjocrepis,  Quoy  and  Gaimard,  Voy.   "  Uranie  et  Physi- 
cienne,"  1824,  p.  212. 

Loc. — Mandurah  ;  Fremantle  ;  Houtman's  Abrolhos  ;  Rottnest 
Island. 

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS  GRANULATUS,   Shaw. 

Batistes  r/ranitlatus,  Shaw,  in  White's  Yoy.  IST.  S.   Wales,  1790,  p. 
29.5",  fig.  2. 

Loc. — Mandurah  ;  Fremantle  ;  Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

PsEUDOMONACANTHUS  BROWNii,  Richardson. 

Aleuterius  hnnniii,  Richardson,  Voy.    "Ereb  and  Terr.",  Ichth., 
1846,  p.  68. 

hoc. — Fremantle. 

CHiETODERMIS  PENICILLIGERUS,   Cuvier. 

Balistes  nenicilliqerm,  Cuvier,    Regne  Anim.,   ed.   2.,  ii,  1829,  p. 
374' (footnote),  and  iii.,  1830.  p.  433,  pi  xi.,  fig.  3. 


FISUKS    FKOM    WESTERN    AUSTRALIA — WAITE.  81 

Castelnau-'  recorded  tliis  species  from  Fremantle,  whence  we 
have  a  fine  example  measuring  27  mm. 

Mr.  C.  T.  Regan--  does  not  admit  Chcetodermis  as  a  vahd  genus 
and  remarks  on  the  similarity  of  the  species  to  Monacanthus 
tomentosHS. 

Chcetodermis  maccullochi,  s/j.  nov. 

(PL  xvii.) 

D.  ii.,  27  ;  A.  26  ;  P.  12  ;  C.  12. 

Length  of  head  2*7  ;  height  of  body  at  the  vent,  equal  to  the 
length  of  the  caudal  and  2-2  in  the  total.  The  eye  lies  nearer  to 
the  dorsal  rays  than  to  the  end  of  the  snout  and  is  44  in  the 
length  of  the  head  :  the  interorbital  space  is  4"0  in  the  same. 

Ihe  gill  opening  is  nearly  vertical,  it  is  placed  beneath  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  eye,  and  is  nearly  one-half  longer  than  its 
diameter.  The  nostrils  are  simple  pores  placed  close  together  in 
a  naked  ai-ea  well  in  front  of  the  eye. 

Head  deeper  than  long,  its  upper  and  lower  profiles,  to  the 
dorsal  and  ventral  spines  respectively,  perfectly  straight. 

The  body  is  elongate,  strongly  compi'essed,  its  upper  and  lower 
borders  very  slightly  curved.  The  dorsal  spine  is  placed  wholly 
behind  the  eye  and  midway  between  the  end  of  the  snout  and  the 
middle  dorsal  rays.  It  is  beset  with  strong  lateral  barbs,  directed 
downward  ;  at  the  upper  base  of  each  arises  a  filament  as  long  as 
the  diameter  of  the  eye  and  bifid  near  the  tip.  The  rays  are 
long  and  rise  gradually  to  about  the  twentieth  which  is  half 
the  length  of  the  head  ;  the  posterior  edge  is  gently  rounded. 
The  anal  arises  beneath  the  seventh  dorsal  ray  and  extends  a 
little  beyond  its  posterior  insertion,  it  is  otherwise  quite  similar. 
The  ventral  process  is  scarcely  depressible  but  its  terminal  spine 
is  movable.  It  is  beset  with  barbs  and  filaments.  The 
pectoral  is  rounded,  its  longest  rays  twice  the  diameter  of  the  eye. 
The  caudal  is  markedly  acuminate,  the  central  rays  being  twice 
the  length  of  the  outer  ones.  It  is  peculiar  inasmuch  as  its  rays 
are  homacanthus  (if  I  may  use  the  term  in  this  connection)  there 
being  no  alternation  of  arrangement  and  all  of  equal  thickness  ; 
the  peduncle  is  flattened  above  and  below,  and  its  depth  is  equal 
to  the  diameter  of  the  eye. 

The  lips,  space  around  the  nostrils  and  gill-openings  are 
naked,   otherwise  the  head   is  densely  covered   with   rosette-like 

•*!  Castelnau.— Prnc.  Zool.  Soc.  Vict.,  ii.,  1873,  p.  147. 
22  Regan.— Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1902,  p.  289. 


82  RECORDS    OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

scales.  On  the  body  they  merge  into  simple  prominent  sub- 
recumbent  spines  arranged  in  close  longitudinal  rows,  which 
extend  to  the  bases  of  the  caudal  rays.  The  head  and  body  bear 
distant  branched  filaments,  there  is  a  sei'ies  along  the  upper  and 
lower  profile  of  the  head  and  a  close  seines  between  the  ventral 
spine  and  the  anal  fin. 

Total  length  230  mm. 

Zoc. —Houtman's  Abrolhos. 

Colours. — The  specimen  is  evidently  much  discoloured  and  is 
now  uniform  pale  brown,  with  scattered  dark  markings,  princi- 
pally disposed  below  the  base  of  the  dorsal  rays.  A  larger  spot 
may  be  traced  above  the  upper  pectoral  rays.  The  caudal  bears 
a  few  dark  spots. 

The  contour  of  this  fish  sufficiently  distinguishes  it  from  that 
of  the  only  other  known  species.  It  has  the  shape  of  a  double- 
rhomboid,  one  figure  of  which  is  formed  by  the  head  and  body 
and  the  other  by  the  tail.  The  hinder  profiles  of  the  body  pro- 
duce an  acute  angle,  whereas  in  C.  j^^^iict^^t^errt*,  Cuvier,  they 
form  a  semicircle  ;  the  tail  of  the  latter,  also,  is  not  produced  as 
in  the  new  species. 

I  associate  with  the  species  the  name  of  Mr.  A.  K.  McCulloch 
to  whom  I  owe  the  figure  of  this  and  the  other  species  illustrating 
the  paper. 

Akacana  lenticulakis,  Richardson. 
Ostracion  lenticularis,  Richardson,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1841,  p.  21. 
Log. — Fremantle. 

Aracana  aurita,  Sha/v. 
Ostracion  auritus,  Shaw,  Nat.  Misc.,ix.,  1798,  pi.  cccxxxviii. 
Loc. — Fremantle. 

8ph^roides  sceleratus,  Gmelin. 
Tetraodon  sceleratus,  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  xiii.,  1789,  p.  1444 
Loc. — Fremantle. 


MTNERALOGICAL   NOTES:  No.   II.— TOPAZ,   BARITE, 
ANGLESITE,   CERUSSITE,  and   ZIRCON. 

By  C.  Anderson,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  Mineralogist. 

(Plates  xviii. — xx.) 

TOPAZ. 

Emmaville,  New  South  Wales. 

Since  a  description  and  figures  of  topaz  crystals  from  Emma- 
ville was  published,^  Mr.  D.  A.  Porter  has  presented  to  the 
Trustees  the  specimen  represented  in  PI.  xviii.,  Fig.  1.  It  is  a 
typical  and  finely  developed  example  of  the  crystalline  habit  of 
topaz  from  this  locality,  and,  as  it  is  somewhat  larger  than  the 
best  crystals  hitherto  examined,  it  is  possible  to  represent  the 
faces  in  approximately  their  actual  relative  proportions.  As 
usual  there  is  a  comparatively  rich  prism  zone,  with  the  form  m 
(110)  greatly  predominating.  Each  of  the  prisms  has  four  faces 
present,  but  the  pinacoid  h  (010)  has  only  one.  The  three  domes 
have  each  the  full  number  of  faces.  Of  the  pyramids  o  (221)  and 
X  (243)  have  but  three  faces,  while  w  (HI)  and  i  (223)  have 
four.  The  faces  are  with  few  exceptions  smooth  and  brilliant 
and  give  excellent  reflections.  The  crystal  measures  9^  mm.  x 
5|  mm.  X  4  mm.  The  mean  co-ordinate  angles  obtained  are  as 
follows  :— 


1  Anderson— Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  v.,  1904,  pp.  296-299,  pi.  xxxix..figs.  1-3 


84 


RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Er 

ror. 

<t> 

P 

«^ 

P 

<^ 

P 

(■ 

001 

° 

' 

° 

' 

° 

' 

° 

' 

' 

' 

b 

010 

0 

15 

90 

5 

0 

0 

90 

0 

15 

5 

m 

no 

62 

4 

90 

2 

62 

8 

90 

0 

4 

2 

M 

230 

51 

34 

90 

1 

51 

35 

90 

0 

1 

1 

I 

120 

43 

24 

90 

3 

43 

25 

90 

0 

1 

3 

77 

250 

37 

8 

90 

0 

37 

7 

90 

0 

1 

0 

(J 

130 

32 

16 

90 

0 

32 

14 

90 

0 

2 

0 

d 

201 

89 

59 

60 

59 

90 

0 

61 

0 

1 

1 

f 

021 

0 

1 

43 

37 

0 

0 

43 

39 

1 

2 

y 

041 

0 

0 

62 

19 

0 

0 

62 

20 

0 

1 

o 

221 

62 

8 

63 

52 

62 

8 

63 

54 

0 

2 

u 

111 

62 

8 

45 

36 

62 

8 

45 

35 

0 

1 

i 

223 

62 

6 

34 

15 

62 

8 

34 

14 

2 

1 

K 

243 

43 

27 

41 

14 

43 

25 

41 

12 

2 

2 

In  this  as  in  succeeding  tables  the  calculated  angles  are  those 
given  by  Goldschmidt  in  his  Krystallographische  Winkeltabellen. 

Since  a  considerable  number  of  angular  measurements  of  topaz 
crystals  from  Emmaville  are  now  available,  it  may  be  of  interest 
to  calculate  the  corresponding  axial  ratios,  especially  as  Penfield 
and  Minor^  have  shown  that  the  ratios  vary  with  the  isomorphous 
replacement  of  fluorine  by  hydroxyl.  For  this  purpose  the  angles 
were  carefully  revised,  the  best  measurements  selected,  and  means 
taken.  The  forms  chosen  from  measurements  on  six  crystals  and 
the  mean  angles  obtained  are  given  in  the  table  below  ;  as  it  was 
judged  that  the  prism  m  and  the  pyramid  u  yield  the  most 
reliable  data,  the  corresponding  values  for  a  and  c  are  counted 
twice  in  finding  the  mean  ratios. 


2  Penfield  and  Minor— Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  xlvii.,  1894,  p.  387. 


MIXERALOGICAL    NOTES — ANDERSON. 


85 


Form. 

4> 

P 

a 

c 

m 

no 

62 

7  .38-5 

° 

' 

" 

•5288615 

I 

120 

43 

25   5 

•5284015 

(1 

130 

32 

14  24 

•5285428 

%i 

111 

62 

7  38 

45 

34 

40 

•5288646 

•4769763 

f 

021 

43 

39 

•4770300 

y 

041 

62 

19 

30 

•4767101 

Mean 

0-5287328 

0-4769232 

The  calculated  values  of  a  and  c  agree  fairly  closely  with 
Koksharov's  ratios  a:b:  c  =  0^528542  :  1  :  0-476976,  determined 
on  Russian  topaz  and  usually  taken  as  the  standard. 

PL  xix.,  fig.  1  is  a  stereographic  projection  showing  the  distribu- 
tion of  all  faces  that  have  been  identified  on  Emmaville  topaz. 


Oban,  New  South  Wales. 

Mr.  D.  A.  Porter  recently  presented  to  the  Trustees  a  fine 
large  ciystal  of  topaz  from  Oban.  It  measures  4  cm.  x  4  cm. 
X  3  cm.,  and  shows  four  forms  not  recognised  on  crystals  from 
this  locality  hitherto  examined,  namely  c  (001),  d  (201),  h  (203), 
and  X  (043).  It  is  shown  in  its  natural  development  in  PI.  xviii., 
fig.  2.  The  specimen  is  somewhat  worn  and  the  faces  non- 
retlecting,  but  approximate  measurements  obtained  with  the 
contact  goniometer  leave  no  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of  the 
determinations.  There  is  but  one  face  of  X  present,  but  all  the 
others  have  the  full  number.  One  of  the  f  (021)  faces  shows  a 
distinct  natural  etching-figure.  It  takes  the  form  of  a  raised 
semicircular  area  with  its  convexity  directed  towards  the  apex  of 
the  crystal,  the  base  of  the  semicircle  being  parallel  to  the  inter- 
section of  f  and  c. 

Mount  Cameron,  Tasmania. 

Through   the   kindness  of  Mr.  W.   F.    Petterd,  a   well-known 
authority  on   the  minerals  of  Tasmania,  T  liave  been  enabled  to 


86 


RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 


measure  some  fine  specimens  of  crystallised  Tasmanian  minerals, 
including  topaz  from  Mt.  Cameron,  Flinders  Island,  and  Bell 
Mount. 

At  Mt.  Cameron  topaz  is  abundant  in  the  stanniferous  drift, 
but  has  not  been  found  hi  situ.  It  is  usually  much  worn,  but 
some  crystals  well  suited  for  crystal lographic  determination  were 
sent  to  me  by  Mr.  Petterd.  Two  crystals  were  determined  on 
the  goniometer,  one  a  crystal  measuring  12  mm.  x  13  mm.  x  12 
mm.  and  of  a  greenish  colour  shown  in  PI.  xviii.,  fig.  3.  It  is  fairly 
rich  in  prism  faces,  having  7u  (110),  M  (230),  I  ( I  20),  and  g  (130) 
present ;  I  predominates,  but  all  are  well  marked  faces  and  give 
fairly  good  images.  The  terminal  faces  are  rather  dull  ;  only  one 
face  of  o  (221)  is  present.  The  co-ordinate  angles  obtained  are 
given  below. 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

«^ 

P 

</> 

P 

<i> 

P 

o 

' 

o 

1 

o 

' 

0 

' 

i 

O       ' 

f 

001 





— 

_ — 

. 

— 

— 





. 

1>l 

110 

62 

5 

89 

56 

62 

8 

90 

0 

3 

4 

M 

230 

51 

28 

89 

53 

51 

34 

90 

0 

6 

7 

I 

120 

43 

17 

89 

55 

43 

25 

90 

0 

8 

5 

il 

130 

32 

19 

89 

55 

32 

14 

90 

0 

5 

5 

f 

021 

6 

43 

35 

0 

0 

43 

39 

6 

4 

y 

041 

8 

62 

13 

0 

0 

62 

20 

8 

7 

o 

221 

61 

57 

62 

53 

62 

8 

63 

54 

11 

1  1 

1(, 

111 

62 

7 

45 

29 

62 

8 

45 

35 

1 

6 

i 

223 

62 

7 

34 

13 

62 

8 

34 

14 

1 

1 

From  another  lot  of  small  clear,  colourless,  crystals  one  was 
selected  and  its  faces  determined  (PI.  xviii.,  fig.  4).  It  measures 
7  mm.  x5  mm.  x5  mm.,  and  in  general  habit  resembles  the  last, 
but  has  fewer  prism  faces  and  has  the  rather  rare  pyramid  x 
(243)  fairly  well  developed  but  dull.  The  prism  faces  are  striated 
and  give  only  fair  signals.  Appended  are  the  mean  co-ordinate 
anyles  found. 


MIXERALOGICAI,    NOTES — ANDERSON. 


87 


Form 

Measured. 

Calculated. 

Eiror. 

</> 

P 

<!> 

P 

^ 

1 

o 

' 

o 

1 

O               1 

o 

1 

1 

/ 

C 

001 







. 

.       







VI 

110 

61 

58 

89 

58 

62       8 

90 

0 

10 

2 

I 

120 

43 

7 

89 

58 

43     25 

90 

0 

18 

2 

f 

021 

1 

43 

37 

0       0 

43 

39 

1 

2 

y 

041 

7 

62 

13 

0       0 

62 

20 

7 

7 

n 

111 

61 

53 

45 

24 

62       8 

45 

35 

15 

11 

i 

223 

61 

46 

33 

58 

62       8 

34 

14 

22 

16 

X 

243 

42 

26 

41 

6 

43     25 

41 

12 

59 

6 

Flinders  Island,  Tasmania. 

Topaz  from  Flinders  Island  was  first  mentioned,  I  believe,  by 
the  late  Rev.  J.  J.  Bleasdale,  D.D.,  who  wrote  :  "This  may  be 
Siaid  of  those  [i.e.,  topaz  crystals]  from  Flinders  Island  that 
they  possess  very  great  fire  and  beauty  when  cut,  and  are  nearly 
all  of  a  pale  yellowish  shade  in  the  rough."'  The  best  account  of 
the  occurrence  is  that  of  the  late  C.  Gould,  Government  Geologist 
of  Tasmania,  who  observed  it  whilst  making  a  geological  re- 
connaissance of  the  islands  in  Bass  Strait.*  The  following 
paragraph  gives  an  abstract  of  his  observations. 

It  occurs  in  crystals  and  pebbles  in  great  variety  of  foi'm, 
colour  and  size,  associated  with  zircon,  tourmaline,  cassiterite, 
etc.  It  is  derived  from  the  granite  and  may  occasionally  be 
obtained  as  fine  crystals  in  sifii  along  with  crystallised  quartz 
and  felspar.  It  is  abundant  (m  the  north-east  side  of  Killicrankie 
Bay  in  a  creek  descending  from  tlie  ranges  and  upon  the  beach  ; 
it  also  occurs  in  other  parts  of  Flinders  Island.  The  topaz  lias 
evidently  been  formed  in  Aeins  of  pegmatite  whicli  traverse  the 
granite  and  vary  from  one  to  several  feet  in  diameter.  The 
colour  varies  from  pure  limpid  to  various  shades  of  blue,  pale 
pink,  yellow,  etc.  Crystals  are  found  up  to  several  inches  in 
diameter. 


■•  Bleasdale— Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Vicf..  vii.,  1866,  p.  70. 
*  Gould— Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tas.,  1871  (1872).  pp.  60-61. 


88 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


A  fine  crystal  (PI.  xviii.,  fig.  5)  measuring  7  mm.  X  9  mm.  x  7 
mm.,  and  perfectly  clear  and  colourless  was  measured  on  the 
goniometer.  As  the  faces  are  very  irregularly  developed  and  one 
side  of«  the  crystal  is  broken,  the  crystal  is  di-awn  in  ideal 
symmetry,  but  so  as  to  show  the  habit  as  nearly  as  possible.  The 
prisms  m  (110)  and  I  (120)  are  about  equal  in  size  and  striated, 
but  the  images  are  good.  The  brachydomes  /(021)  and  y  (041) 
are  relatively  small,  while  the  macrodome  d  (201)  is  unusually 
large  and  brilliant.  The  base  is  large  and  smooth.  The  pyramid 
o  (221)  is  small,  u  (111)  and  i  (22.3)  large  and  brilliant. 

The  co-ordinate  angles  found  are  tabulated  below. 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Form. 

^ 

9 

</> 

9 

^ 

P 

1 

o 

/ 

0 

' 

o 

/ 

o 

' 

1 

C 

001 

— 

— 

. — 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 



— 

m 

110 

62 

8 

89 

58 

62 

8 

90 

0 

0 

2 

I 

120 

43 

23 

89 

58 

43 

25 

90 

0 

2 

2 

f 

021 

4 

43 

36 

0 

0 

43 

39 

4 

3 

y 

041 

4 

61 

59 

0 

0 

62 

20 

4 

21 

d 

201 

90 

0 

61 

5 

90 

0 

61 

0 

0 

5 

0 

221 

62 

7 

63 

43 

62 

8 

63 

54 

1 

11 

u 

111 

62 

10 

45 

33 

62 

8 

45 

35 

2 

2 

% 

223 

62 

9 

34 

11 

62 

8 

34 

14 

1 

3 

Bell  Mount,  Middlesex,  Tasmania. 


Mr.  Petterd  informs  me  that  topaz  occurs  at  Bell  Mount  in  a 
very  decomposed  quartz-porphyry,  also  as  pebbles  weathered  out 
in  the  drift ;  it  has  not  previously  been  recorded  from  this  locality. 
Two  crystals,  both  colourless  and  transparent,  were  examined  ; 
one  is  much  worn  and  broken  and  unsuitable  for  goniometric 
determination.  The  other  (PI.  xviii.,  fig.  6)  has  good  prism  and 
dome  faces  but  the  pj^ramids  are  dull  and  were  measured  in  the 
position  of  maximum  illumination.  The  base  is  absent.  The 
crystal  measures  13  mm.  X  10  mm.  x  11  mm. 


MINEEALOGICAL    NOTES — ANDERSON. 


89 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Forms. 

<i> 

P 

^                    P 

<^ 

P 

1 

O               1 

o 

1 

o           / 

o 

/ 

/ 

m          110 

62       5 

89 

59 

62       8 

90 

0 

3 

1 

I          120 

■13     17 

89 

67 

43     25 

90 

0 

8 

3 

/    ■     021 

1 

43 

36 

0 

43 

39 

1 

3 

a         111 

i 

62       2 

45 

22 

62       8 

45 

35 

6 

13 

BARITE. 

Barite  has  for  some  time  been  known  to  occur  at  several  points 
in  the  Triassic  area  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Sydney,  both  in  the 
Hawkesbury  Sandstone  and  in  the  succeeding  Wianamatta 
Shales.  It  was  first  recorded  by  Mr.  H.  G.  Smith  who  found  it 
in  a  quarry  near  Cook  River,  five  miles  west  from  Sydney,  in 
small  well-formed  crystals,  consisting  of  almost  pure  barium 
sulphate  with  a  trace  of  calcium.^  Subsequently  barite  was  found 
near  Gosford  Railway  Station."  It  has  also  been  observed  by 
Prof.  T.  W.  E.  David,  Trustee,  at  Five  Dock,  associated  with 
quartzite  and  in  close  })roximity  to  a  decomposed  basalt  dyke.  It 
is  found  under  similar  conditions  at  Pyrmont  Sandstone  Quarries, 
and  at  Pennant  Hills  Quarries  it  occurs  as  veins  in  the  basalt  at 
a  depth  of  over  fifty  feet.  Pi'of.  David  believed  that  the  barite 
found  in  the  Sydney  area  originated  pi-obably  from  the  basalt, 
numerous  dykes  of  Avhich  traverse  the  sedimentary  rocks.^ 
He  informs  me,  howevei',  that  he  has  now  modified 
this  opinion  since  observing  how  widespread  is  the  dis- 
tribution of  barytes  in  the  Pcrmo-Carboniferous  sedimentary 
rocks  of  the  Northern  and  Southern  Coal-fields  as  well  as  in  the 
Triassic  strata  of  New  South  Wales.  He  now  atti'ibutes  the 
liarite  of  the  Sydney  area  chiefly  to  decomposition  of  detrital 
barytic  felspars.  Specimens  from  Macdonald  Town  and  Thirlmere 
are  in  the  Australian  Museum  collection. 


»  Smith— Proc.  Liiiu.  Soe.  N.  S.  Walep,  (2),  vi.,  1892,  pp.  1.31-1:52, 

«  Baker— ioe.  cit.,  (2),  vii.,  1893,  p,  328, 

'  David — Journ.  Roy.  Soc.  N.  S.  Walee,  xxvii.,  1894,  p.  407. 


90 


RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 


The  crystals  described  in  this  paper  are  from  the  Wianamatta 
Shale  at  St.  Peters,  near  Sydney.  There  are  three  specimens 
from  this  locality  in  the  Museum  collection,  each  carrying  a 
number  of  crystals,  but  specimens  sufficiently  good  for  guniumetric 
determination  are  found  on  only  one.  The  crystals  are  either 
tabular  on  the  basal  pinacoid,  or  prismatic  by  extension  parallel 
to  the  brachy-axis.  The  combinations  are  comparatively  simple  : 
of  two  crystals  measured  one  showed  the  forms  c  (001),  m  (110),  o 
(Oil),  d  (102),  the  other  (PI.  xix.,  fig.  2)  the  forms  c  (001),  b 
(010),  m  (110),  o  (Oil),  d  (102),  z  (111).  This  latter  crystal 
measures  approximately  3  mm.  X  2|  mm.  on  the  basal  pinacoid, 
and,  like  all  the  well  formed  specimens  is  quite  transparent  and 
colourless.  The  faces  of  b  (010)  are  very  small  and  were  measured 
in  the  position  of  maximum  illumination.  Only  one  reliable 
measurement  of  the  f omi  z  (111)  was  obtained.  Below  are  the 
measured  angles. 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Forms. 

<!> 

P 

0 

P 

0        P 

O               ' 

o 

/ 

o          / 

o 

/ 

1         1 

C 

001 

—     — 

— 

— 

—      — 

— 

— 

—  1  — 

b 

010 

10 

90 

0 

0       0 

90 

0 

10 

0 

m 

110 

50    45 

89 

57 

50     49 

90 

0 

4 

3 

0 

on 

9 

52 

38 

0       0 

52 

43 

9 

5 

d 

102 

90      2 

38 

45 

90       0 

38 

51 

2 

6 

z 

111 

50     50 

64 

7 

50     49  1  64 

18 

1 

11 

ANGLESITE. 

Maestrie's  Mine,  Dundas,  Tasmania. 

Mr.  W.  F.  Petterd  says  of  this  occurrence*  "  many  of  the 
crystals  obtained  at  this  mine  are  large  and  beautifully  developed, 
occurring  in  masses  of  considerable  size,  sometimes  containing 
massicot  in  the  interstices  and  as  a  base.  Commonly  large  lumps 
of  galena  are  coated  with  anglesite,  cerussite  and  massicot,  pre- 
senting an   appearance  that   has  become   fairly   characteristic  of 


"  Petterd — Min.  Tasmania,  1893,  p.  7. 


MIXERALOGICAL    NOTKS — ANDERSON. 


91 


this  mint,'  and  tlie  Comet  adjoining."'  In  the  Museum  colk^ctiou 
there  is  one  specimen  from  this  locaHty,  consisting  of  a  group  of 
well  developed  lustrous  crystals  in  a  xugh  of  galena,  with  powdery 
limonite.  The  crystals  are  of  the  general  habit  shown  in  PI.  xix., 
fig.  3.  The  crystal  there  represented  measures  1"2  cm.  xl"9  cm. 
X  1  cm.  ;  it  is  slightly  broken  at  one  end  of  tlie  macro-axis,  and 
the  a  (100)  faces  are  strongly  striated  parallel  to  their  intersection 
with  7U  (110).  The  predominant  forms  are  c  (001),  a  (100),  and 
7n  (110);  the  others  are  very  narrow.  Two  faces  of  d  (102) 
admitted  of  measurement,  but  the  pyi'amids  and  the  dome  o  (01 1) 
were  determined  from  single  faces.  The  image  obtained  from  ^ 
(111)  was  very  poor,  the  angles  being  measured  in  the  position  of 
maximum  illumination.  The  measured  and  calculated  angels  are 
given  in  the  followinir  table  : — 


Measured, 

Calciiliited. 

Error. 

0 

9 

4^ 

9 

0     1      P 

o 

' 

o            / 

o           / 

o 

1 

'      1       ' 

r 

001 





—      — 

— 





j    

a 

100 

89 

54 

90       0 

90       0 

90 

0 

6 

0 

m 

110 

51 

57 

89     57 

51     51 

90 

0 

6 

3 

d 

102 

90 

4 

39     17 

90       0 

39 

23 

4 

6 

0 

Oil 

0 

0 

52     16 

0      0 

52 

12 

0 

4 

z 

111 

— 

— 

65       0 

51     51 

64 

24 

— 

36 

.'/ 

122 

32 

6 

56     45 

32     29 

56 

48 

23       3 

1 

Mine  Mbretrice,  New  Caledonia. 

There  is  one  specimen  witli  numerous  crystals  from  this  locality 
in  the  Museum  collection.  Tlie  anglesite  crj^stals,  which  are 
small  but  beautifully  and  regularly  developed,  are  embedded  in  a 
cavernous  gossany  matrix  ;  they  are  transparent  and  either 
<;olourless  or  slightly  yellowish,  with  a  vitreous  to  greasy  lustrc". 
The  habit  is  remarkably  uniform,  the  dominant  forms  being  r 
(001),  111  (110)  and  d  (102).  Two  crystals  were  measured,  one 
.showing  only  these  forms,  the  other  further  modified  by  the  forms 
h  (010),  o  (Oil),  z  (111),  y  (122),  all  with  very  small  faces. 
(PI.  xix.,  fig.  4).  The  co-ordinate  angles  obtained  agreed  well 
with  the  calculated  values. 


92  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

LE^vIs  Ponds,  Near  Orange,  New  South  Wales. 

This  occurrence  of  angles! te   is  mentioned   in   the  "  Census  of 
New   South  Wales  Minerals"  drawn   up  by  a  Committee  of  the 
Australasian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  in  1 890," 
where  the  locality  is  given  as  the  New  Lewis  Ponds  Silver  Mine, 
and  it  is  said  to  be  associated  with  cerussite  and  silver  ores.       On 
the  specimen  in  the  Australian   Museum   numerous  crystals  of 
anglesite  are  scattered  over  the  surface  of  a  crumbling,  limonitous 
gossan.     Many    of  the    crystals    are    greenish    in    colour,    and 
are    said    to    contain    copper.       I    was    unable    to   prove    the 
presence    or     absence    of    copper    definitely     on    the    quantity 
of  material  I  felt  justified  in  sacrificing,  but  it  may  be  present 
in  small  amount.     Anglesite  with  a  green  or  blue  tinge  is  com- 
monly observed,  and  this  may  perhaps  be  due  to  an  isomorphous 
mixtuie  of  anglesite   with  a  small  quantity  of  the   anhrydrous 
copper  sulphate  hydrocyanite,   wliich   crj^stallises  in  the  ortho- 
rhombic  system   with  axes   and  angles  not  far  from  those  of  the 
barite-anglesite  group. 

The  Lewis  Ponds  ciystals  show  two  somewhat  different  habits  ; 
in  one  the  predominant  forms  are  c  (001),  m  (110),  and  d  (102), 
and  the  crystals  are  elongated  along  the  macro-axis  (PI.  xix.,  fig. 
5)  ;  in  the  other,  by  increase  in  the  size  of  c  (111),  m  is  reduced 
to  a  narrow  plane,  and  the  crystal  is  almost  acutely  terminated 
on  the  a  and  ^  axes  (  PL  xix.,  fig.  6).  The  crystals  of  the  second 
habit  are  much  smaller  than  the  othei's,  the  two  shown  in 
PI.  xix.,  figs.  5  and  6  measuring  respectively  5  mm.  X  8  nim.  X  5 
mm.,  and  3  mm.  in  diameter.  Only  the  lai'ger  crystals  are 
greenish,  the  smaller  being  colourless  with  a  greasy  lustre.  The 
table  below  gives  the  mean  co-ordinate  angles  obtained  from  the 
two  figured  crystals. 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

^ 

P 

</> 

P 

<?> 

P 

u           ' 

O             1 

o           ' 

o            / 

1 

r 
III 
d 

oui 
110 
102 
111 

51     49 
89     59 
51     47 

90       1 
39     22 
64     24 

51     51 
90       0 
51     51 

90      0 
39     23 
64     24 

2 
1 
4 

1 

1 
0 

Proc.  Austr.  Ass.  Adv.  Scl,  ii.,  1890,  p.  207. 


MINEKA LOGICAL    XOIES — ANDERSON.  93 

CERUSSITE. 

At  the  Magnet  Mine,  Tasmania,  cerussite  occurs  in  two  different 
habits,  long  prismatic  or  tabuhir  on  the  h  (010)  pinacoirl  (PI.  xx., 
fig.  1),  and  as  fiat  tal)les  parallel  to  the  basal  plane  (PI.  xx., 
fig.  2).  In  both  cases  the  crystals  are  twinned  on  the  faces  m 
(110)  and  m'"  (110)  resulting  in  trillings  of  pseudo-hexagonal 
form.  A  specimen  in  the  Museum  collection  furnished  ciystals  of 
the  first  habit,  while  Mr.  W.  F.  Petterd  obligingly  lent  some 
examples  of  the  other.  An  interesting  feature  is  that  the  flat 
pseudo-hexagonal  tables  of  the  second  habit  are  invariably  con- 
taminated with  chromate  of  lead,  doubtless  in  the  form  of  croco- 
isite,  which  imparts  to  them  a  canary-yellow  colour  with  occasional 
patches  of  red.    The  occurrence  is  well  d,escribed  by  Mr.  Petterd.^" 

"  This  attractive  variety  [habit  ii.]  of  a  common  species 
is,  so  far  as  known,  confined  to  the  Magnet  Mine,  in  the  upper 
workings  of  which  it  is,  although  local,  fairly  abundant.  It 
occurs  in  fractures  and  vughs  in  the  gossan  zone,  but  in  bunches 
and  sparsely  attached  as  beautiful  little  crystals,  generally  in 
close  association  with  crocoisite,  but  never  so  far  as  observation 
has  gone  intermixed  with  the  normal  form  [of  cerussite] ; 
although  this  is  somewhat  abundant  in  its  usual  adamantine 
characteristic  habit,  often  showing  remarkably  perfect  develop- 
ment in  stellar  and  cruciform  triplet  crystals." 

Habit  I.  (PI.  XX.,  fig.  1.)  The  two  crystals  measured  were 
essentially  similar,  being  elongated  along  the  vertical  axis  and 
tabular  on  the  h  (010)  pinacoid.  The  same  forms  are  present  in 
both,  namely  c  (001),  a  (100),  b  (010),  m  (110),  r  (130),  i  (021), 
x-  (102),  and  ^^  (111).  In  the  figure  the  breadth  along  the  a  axis 
is  somewhat  exaggerated,  and  the  three  individuals  are  drawn  in 
equi-poise,  though  really  only  one  is  well-formed,  the  other  two 
being  quite  subordinate.  All  the  forms  except  b  are  relatively 
narrow  and  the  prism  zone  is  much  striated  and  interrupted. 
Of  the  three  individuals  forming  the  trilling,  I.  is  placed  in  the 
conventional  position,  while  II.  and  III.  are  twinned  on  the  faces 
(110)  and  (llO),  respectively,  of  I.  Thus  the  faces  ?m  and  ^are 
coplanar  ^vith  m  and  p,  while  m  and  p  are  coplanar  with  m ' ' ' 
and  p" ',  and  similarly  at  the  other  end  of  the  a  axis  of  I.  but  II. 
and  III.  have  only  one  coplanar  face,  namely,  the  Ijase  c.  The 
figure  is  similar  to  the  well-known  drawing  by  Schrauf^',  but  the 

10  Petterd— Kept.  Secy.  Mines  Tas.,  1903  (1904),'pp.  76-77. 
"  Schrauf— Tscherraak's  Mineral.  Mittheil.,  1873,  Heft  iii..  pp.  203-212, 
PI.  iii.,  fig.  2. 


94 


IJECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


Magnet  mineral  lias  three  mure  forms.  The  table  of  angles  below 
gives  the  measured  and"  calculated  values  for  I.  and  also  the 
observed  angles  belonging  to  forms  on  II.  and  III.,  as,  owing  to 
the  small  size  and  imperfect  development  of  the  crystals,  on  the 
goniometer  it  was  impossible  to  distinguish  the  reflections  belong- 
ing to  the  se\'era]  indi\iduals,  and  it  was  mainly  from  the  angular 
measurements  that  the  twiiniing  structure  was  deduced. 


Measured. 

(_'alcnlated. 

Error.   j 

For 

ms. 

Xo.  of 

Faces. 

0 

P 

0 

P 

^ 

P 

(■ 

001 

' 

' 

" 

' 

' 

/ 

a 

100 

3 

90  0 

89  59 

90  0 

90 

0 

0 

1 

h 

010 

4 

0  4 

89  56 

0  0 

90 

0 

4 

4 

m 

110 

(1 

58  36 

89  58 

58  37 

90 

0 

1 

2 

r 

130 

.") 

2S  39 

89  56 

28  39 

90 

0 

0 

4 

i 

021 

3 

()  2 

55  22 

0  0 

55 

20 

2 

2 

ii; 

012 

.) 

0   1 

19  51 

0  0 

19 

52 

1 

1 

V 

HI 

G 

58  39 

54  10 

58  37 

54 

14 

2 

4 

a 

100 

•) 

27  23 

89  57 

27  14 

90 

0 

9 

3 

h 

010 

.") 

G2  59 

89  56 

62  46 

90 

0 

13 

4 

I 

010 

1 

62  34 

89  59 

62  46 

90 

0 

12 

1 

m 

110 

•) 

4  15 

89  56 

4  9 

90 

0 

6 

4 

m 

110 

1 

3  47 

90  0 

4  9 

90 

0 

22 

0 

r 

130 

1 

34  5 

89  51 

34  7 

90 

0 

2 

9 

r 

130 

1 

34  23 

90  0 

34  7 

90 

0 

16 

0 

i 

021 

1 

02  41 

55  17 

62  46 

55 

20 

5 

3 

X 

012 

1 

62  48 

19  50 

62  46 

19 

52 

2 

2 

P 

111 

3 

4  5 

54  8 

4  9 

54 

14 

4 

6 

Habit  ii.  (PL  xx,  %.  2).  Tlie  crystals  with  this  habit  differ 
from  the  others  mainly  in  having  a  large  basal  plane,  and  in  being 
greatl}''  shortened  along  the  ^'ertical  axis,  the  result  being  flat 
tables  approaching  the  hexagonal  form.     That  they  are  trillings 


MlNERALOfilCAL    NOTES — ANDERSON.  95 

is  at  once  apparent  from  the  reentrant  angles  on  the  edges,  and 
the  three  systems  of  striations  on  the  basal  plane,  which  are  well 
seen  under  the  microscope,  crossing  at  angles  of  approximately 
60'^,  and  running  parallel  to  the  brachy-axis  of  each  individual. 
Crystals  of  a  similar  habit  have  already  been  observed  in  aragon- 
ite,  but  pi-ismatic  crystals  seem  more  common  with  cerussite. 
One  lot  of  isolated  crystals  of  a  pronounced  yellowish  colour 
average  6  mm.  in  diameter.  A  few  smaller  crystals  measuring 
about  1  mm.  in  diameter,  translucent,  and  of  a  much  paler  colour 
were  obtained  implanted  on  the  matrix.  These  latter  supplied  the 
best  measurements  on  the  goniometer.  The  most  prominent  face 
after  the  basal  plane  is  the  pyramid  o  (112);  only  one  doubtful 
angle  could  be  referred  to  the  prism  /■,  which  is  accordingly 
not  entered  in  the  figure.  Tlie  forms  recognised  are  c  (001),  o 
(100),  b  (010),  v>.  (110),  i  (021),  k  (Oil),  p  (111),  o  (112).  The 
drawing  suggests  Laspeyre's  figure  of  aragonite  from  Oberstein, 
only  our  crystal  has  more  forms,  and  is  drawn  in  ideal  symmetry. 
The  measured  agree  well  with  the  theoretical  angles. 

PI.  XX.,   fig.    3  is  a  stereographic   projection  showing  all  the 
forms  recognised  on  Magnet  cerussite  and  the  principal  zones. 

ZIRCON. 
Glen  Innes,  New  South  Wales. 
Mr.  D.  A.  Porter  has  been  kind  enough  to  lend  me  for  descrip- 
tion some  crystals  of  zircon  from  Glen  Innes  and  Inverell,  both  in 
the  New  England  district  of  New  South  Wales.  In  a  paper  read 
before  the  Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales,  Mr.  Porter  gives 
an  exhaustive  description  of  the  occurrence  of  zircon  in  this 
district.'-*  "  In  the  Inverell  District  zircons  are  found  in  many 
places  over  a  large  area,  chiefly  of  basaltic  country,  forming  the 
watershed  of  the  Macintyre  River  on  the  northern  side,  and 
extending  from  N.  to  E.S.E.  from  Inverell.  They  occur  princi- 
pally in  the  beds  of  streams,  or  scattered  over  low  sloping  ridges, 
and  in  the  beds  of  clay  and  boulders,  which  form  raised  beaches 

along  the  creek  sides  in  many  of  the  localities The 

zircons  from  these  several  localities  mentioned,  are  usually  more 
or  less  broken  or  cleaved,  and  very  much  worn  and  smoothed,  but 
occasionally  in  fairly  perfect  crystals,  of  which  figures  1  and  2  are 
representations."  Glen  Innes  and  Inverell  are  about  thirty  miles 
apart  and  we  may  take  it  that  the  zircon  found  at  both  places  is 
similar  in  origin. 

12  Porter— Journ.  Eoy.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xxii.,  1888  (1889),  pp.  82-83, 
pi.  1.,  figs.  1,2. 


56 


RECORDS    OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


One  good,  doubly-terminated  crystal  from  Glen  Innes  (PI.  xx., 
fig.  4)  was  measured  on  the  goniometer.  It  is  slightly  worn  and 
broken,  and  very  irregularly  developed  as  is  usual  with  zircon, 
but  the  reflections  are  fairly  good.  The  forms  present  are  m,  (110), 
p  (111),  V  (221),  n  (331)  and  x  (131),  the  largest  faces 
belonging  to  m,  p  and  x  ;  the  forms  u  and  v  are  small, 
w  having  only  two  faces  present,  while  v  has  but  one.  The 
crystals  vaiy  from  clear,  colourless  to  dark  red  by  transmitted 
light.  The  measured  and  calculated  angles  are  tabulated  below. 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

1 

^ 

P 

(jy                    p 

^ 

P 

O                ' 

o 

c          '          o 

/ 

1 

1 

m 

no 

44     56 

90 

13 

45       0      90 

0 

4 

13 

P 

111 

45       1 

42 

5 

45       0      42 

9 

1 

4 

V 

221 

45     35 

60 

54 

45       0      61 

5 

35 

11 

u 

331 

45       3 

69 

53 

45       0 

69 

47 

3 

6 

X 

131 

18     18 

63 

41 

18     26 

63 

43 

8 

2 

Sp.  g.    4-64. 

Inverell,  New  South  Wales. 

Out  of  a  collection  from  this  locality  sent  me  by  Mr.  Porter  only 
one  crystal  Avas  sufficiently  good  for  measurement  on  the  gonio- 
meter. It  is  doubly  terminated,  most  irregular  in  development, 
and  the  faces  are  polished  and  slightly  rounded,  giA'ing  only 
blurred  reflections.  It  shows  only  the  forms  m  (110),  ^j  (111)  and 
X  (131),  of  which  VI.  is  small  (PI.  xx.,  fig.  5).     Sp.  g.  4'66. 

Boat  Harbour,  near  Table  Cape,  Tasmania.' ■• 

I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  W.  F.  Petterd  for  some  crystals  of  zircon 
from  the  above  locality,  as  well  as  for  notes  on  their  occurrence. 
They  are  not  found  in  situ,  but  as  waterworn  fragments.  Mr. 
Petterd  is  of  opinion  that  the  mineral  is  a  product  of  contact 
metamorphism  in  granite  country.  The  zircon  is  accompanied  by 
blue  sapphires,  menaccanite  and  other  detrital  minerals.  One 
fairly  well  developed,  doubly  terminated  crystal  w^as  determined 
(PI.  XX.,   fig.    6).      The  forms  present  are  a  (100),   m  (110),  p 


"  Petterd— Min.  Tasmania,  1893,  p.  72. 


MINERALOr.ICAL    NOTES — ANDERSON. 


97 


(111),  V  (221),  'u  (331)  and  x  (131)  of  which  a  and  p  predomi- 
nate. The  crystal  is  dark-red  in  colour  and  shows  a  striated  area 
in  one  part.  All  the  forms  are  present  with  the  full  complement 
of  faces  except  ti  which  has  Ijut  two.  The  crystal  measures  ap- 
proximately 10  mm.  in  diameter.  Below  are  the  mean  co-ordi- 
nate angles  obtained.     Sp.  g.  4-57. 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Form. 

^ 

P 

4> 

P 

</> 

P 

Q              1 

» 

/ 

w            / 

•».* 

/ 

/ 

1 

a 

100 

2 

90 

1 

0       0 

90 

0 

2 

1 

m 

110 

45       0 

90 

2 

45       0 

90 

0 

0 

2 

P 

111 

44     59 

42 

9 

45       0 

42 

9 

1 

0 

V 

221 

44     56 

61 

5 

45       0 

61 

5 

4 

0 

th 

.331 

45       2 

69 

43 

45       0 

69 

47 

2 

4 

X 

131 

18     26 

63 

43 

18     26 

63 

43 

0 

0 

I  wish  to  express  my  obligation  to  Mr.  AV.  F.  Petterd  and  Mr. 
D.  A.  Porter  for  the  loan  of  specimens  and  for  information  freely 
given  ;  also  to  Professor  T.  W.  E.  David  for  kindly  affording  me 
an  opportunity  for  study  in  the  Geological  Department  of  the 
University. 


Note. — While  this  paper  was  passing  through  the  press  I  have 
learnt  that  M.  A.  Lacroix  has  already  described  crystals  of 
anglesite  from  the  Mine  Meretrice,  New  Caledonia,  in  a  "  Note 
pi'eliminaire  sur  les  mineraux  des  mines  de  la  vallee  du  Diahot 
(Nouvelle-Caledonie)."'''  The  author  promises  a  further  descrip- 
tion in  his  Mineralogif  de  la  France  et  de  ses'  Colonies,  but  I  have 
not  been  able  to  refer  to  the  later  work. 


i<  Lacroix — Soc.  Fr.  de  Min.,  xvii.,  1894,  p.  51. 


ON  A  LARGE  EXAMPLE  of  MEGALATRACTUS 
ARUANUS,  L. 

By  Charles  Hedley,  Conchologist. 

(Plates  xxi.-xxii.,  and  fig.   24). 

Since  the  appearance  of  Mr.  H.  L.  Kesteven's  article'  on  the 
structure  of  Megalatractiis  ar^ianus,  further  notes  and  information 
have  been  accumulated  on  the  subject  by  the  writer.  The  size 
attained  by  this  gigantic  shell  does  not  seem  to  be  generally 
appreciated.  It  is  quoted  by  Deshayes'^  as  "longueur  3  pouces, 
11  lignes."  The  latest  monographer,  Tryon,"  gives  the  length  as 
from  8-12  inches.  It  appears  to  be  the  largest  recent  Gasteropod. 
So  far  as  I  am  aware,  no  illustration  of  the  adult  shell  has 
appeared. 

The  Trustees  have  lately  received  from  Mr.  P.  G.  Black  a 
magnificent  specimen  which  that  gentleman  procured  in  Torres 
Strait,  and  which  is  figured  on  the  accompanying  plate  (PL 
xxi.).  The  subject  of  this  note  weighs  ten  pounds  twelve  ounces, 
the  breadth  is  ten  and  a  half  inches,  and  the  length  one  foot  ten 
and  three-quarter  inches.  As  usual  in  the  adult  state,  the  apex 
is  decollated ;  by  compainson  with  younger  examples  it  is  esti- 
mated that  in  the  individual  figured  the  styliform  embryo  and 
two  and  a  half  succeeding  whorls  have  been  removed,  curtailing 
the  total  length  by  three-quarters  of  an  inch.  Seven  whorls  now 
remain.  In  the  young  shells  the  keel  bears  projecting  nodules, 
but  in  the  adult  it  is  smooth. 

The  original  figure  of  this  species  by  Rumphius,*  upon  which 
Linne  founded  the  species,^  and  from  which  he  derived  the  name 
and  locality,  is  reversed.  That  this  was  done  by  error  of  the 
engraver  and  not  intentionally  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  the 
remaining  figures  of  Sejita  tritonis,  Linn.,  &c.,  upon  the  same 
plate  are  also  reversed.  This  unfortunate  mistake  evidently 
caused  Linne  to  confound  this  shell  with  the  American  Fulgur 
carica,  Gmelin,  which  is  really  a  sinistral  shell. 

1  Kesfceven — Austr.  Mus.  Mem.,  iv.,  1904,  pp.  419-449. 

2  Desbayep — Anim.  s.  Vert.,  2nd.  ed.,  ix.,  1843.  p.  450. 
.    •'  Tryon— Man.  Conch.,  iii.,  1881.  p.  52. 

^  Rumphius — D'AmboinscheRariteikamer,  1741,  p.  93,  pi.  xxviii..  fi?.  A. 
•'■'  Linnaeus— Syst.  Nat.,  10th.  ed.,  1758,  p.  753. 


A    LARGK    EXAMPLE    OK    MEGALATHACTUS  AEUAyiS,   L. —  HKDLKY.    99 


According  to  Brauer,*^  the  Murex  (/if/at<oi  Born  is  a  synonym 
of  this  species. 

Buccinum  incisum  of  Martyn  is  usually  considered  to  belong 
here  also.  The  locality  he  gave  has  been  noted  as  erroneous  by 
E.  A.  Smith." 

The  islanders  of  Torres  Htrait  employed  this  shell  in  their 
ceremonies.  Prof.  A.  C.  Haddon"  has  described  and  figured  its 
use  in  the  "zogo,"or  sacred  ground  of  Murray  Island.  In  a 
dx'awing  by  Prof.  T.  H.  Huxley,"  the  species  is  shown  mounted 
on  a  funeral  screen  at  Mt.  Ernest,  Torres  Strait. 

When  visiting  Bentinck  Island,  Gulf  of  Carpentaria,  in  June, 
1903,  as  the  guest  of  Dr.  W.  E.  Roth,  I  gathered  a  specimen 
(PI.  xxii.)  eighteen  inches  in  length  which  the  aborigines  had 
employed  for  carrying  water.  To  facilitate  transport,  a  hole  had 
been  knocked  in  the  ventral  surface  at  the  margin  of  the  inner 
lip,  in  which  the  thumb  was  inseited  while  the  fingers  grasped 
the  columella. 

Dr.  Pioth  notes^"  that  at  Mapoon,  Cape  York  Peninsula,  where 
it  is  called  "  pandaii,"  the  natives  eat  tlie  mollusc  and  manufac- 
ture the  shell  into  nose-pins  and  water-vessels. 

I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  A.  Morton  for  permission  to  notice  here 
an  interesting  specimen  preserved  in  the 
Tasmanian  Museum.  A  shell  (fig.  24) 
about  nine  inches  in  length  was  per- 
forated in  the  back  of  the  penultimate 
whorl,  and  had  been  used  as  a  trumpet 
by  the  Papuans.  It  was  collected  on  the 
Fly  River,  British  New  Guinea,  by  the 
late  Rev.  James  Chalmers. 

The  furthest  point  to  whicli  I  have 
traced  the  species  to  the  south-west  is 
Rest  Bay,  Exmouth  Gulf,  W.A.,  where 
Admiral  P.  P.  King  observed"  "  a  buc- 
cinum of  immense  size"  upon  the  beach. 

On  Darnley  Island  it  appears,  from  an 
observation  by  Jukes,  to    be    known    as  ^'-^'' 

"mabaer."'-'  Fisr.  24. 

Megalatractvx  aniait I's. 


«  Brauer— Sitzb.  K.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  Ixxvii.,  1,  1878.  p.  171. 

T  Smith— Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1890,  p.  317. 

*  Haddon — Head-Hunters,  Black,  White,  and  Brown,  1901,  p.  54,  pl.vii. 

'  Macgrillivray — Voy.  "  Rattlesnake,"  ii.,  1852,  p.  37,  pi.  ii. 

1°  Roth— North    Queensland    Ethnography,    Bull,    iii.,    1901,    p.    18; 

vii.,  1904.  p.  3.  fig.  203. 
"  King — Survey  Coasts  Australia,  i.,  1827,  p.  26. 
"  Jukes— Voy.  "Fly,"  i.,  1847,  p.  189;  ii.,  p.  286. 


100  RECORDS    OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 

When  alive  the  shell  is  entirely  covered  by  a  dense  buff  epi- 
dermis, which  peels  off  dry  specimens.  An  example  of  the 
animal  which  I  purchased  at  Mapoon,  from  an  aboriginal  who 
proposed  to  eat  it,  served  my  friend  Mr.  H.  L.  Kesteven  as  a 
subject  for  anatomical  study.  ^* 

In  previous  articles  I  have  discussed  the  synonomy  and  egg 
capsules  of  the  species.'* 

Add. — Since  the  above  has  been  in  print  the  South-western 
range  has  been  extended  by  the  receipt  from  Mr.  J.  M.  Sheridan 
of  an  egg-case  of  M.  aruamis,  collected  on  Carnac  Island,  seven 
miles  South-west  of  Fremantle,  W.A.  The  eastern-most  record 
is  a  dead  shell  I  observed  on  the  beach  at  Masthead  Island, 
Capricorn  Group,  Queensland. 


^'  Kesteven — Austr.  Mus.  Mem.,  iv.,  S,  1904. 

"  Hedley— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  xxv.,  1900,  pp.  98  and  508,  pi. 
XXV.,  f.  18. 


NOTES  ox  AUSTRALIAN  SIPHONAPTERA. 

By  W.  J.  Rainbow,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Entomologist. 

(Plate  xxiii.,  and  figs.   25-29). 

Family  RHYNCHOPRIONID^. 

Genus  Echidnophaga,  Olliff. 

Only  one  species  of  this  genus  is  known,  namely  E.  ambulans, 
Olliif.  This  extraoi'dinary  flea  was  obtained  from  a  Porcupine 
Ant  Eatei' — ( Tachyglossus  aculeatus,  Shaw  =  Echidna  hystrix). 
OUift'  in  his  paper  "  Description  of  a  New  Aphanipterous  Insect 
from  New  South  Wales,"  says  that  it  "  was  found  in  large 
numbers  on  a  Porcupine  Ant  Eater  (Echidna  hystrix)  which  was 
recently  added  to  the  collection  of  the  Australian  Museum."^  As 
a  matter  of  fact  I  only  know  of  three  sijecimens,  and  these  are  in 
our  cabinet.  They  are  probably  the  only  specimens  in  any  col- 
lection. Our  specimens  are  mounted  on  one  slide  and  labelled 
"  Echidnophaga  amhulans,  Olliff,  on  Echidna  hystrix,  N.S.W. 
Type." 

Echidnophaga  ambulans,  Olliff. 

(Plate  xxiii ,  and  figs.   25,  26). 

This  insect  was  described  by  the  late  Mr.  A.  S.  Ollitt"  in  the 
paper  i-eferred  to  above,  but  it  was  not  figured.  An  examination 
and  study  of  the  type  specimens  reveal  the  fact  that  some 
corrections  and  amphfications  (aided  by  figures)  to  the  original 
description  are  necessary.  The  description  below  should  therefore 
be  read  in  conjunction  with  011ift"s.  In  this  species  the  body  is 
globose,  smooth,  free  from  hairs  and  bristles  excejDt  in  tlie  region 
of  the  genital  aperture. 

Antennm  capitate,  three-jointed  (not  four-jointed  as  stated  by 
Olliff').  Eyes  prominent.  Caput  convex  above.  On  the  dorsal 
line,  the  pro-thorax  is  very  short ;  the  meta-  and  mesa-thorax  are 
longer  and  of  equal  length  to  each  other. 

1  Olliff— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  (2),  i.,  1886,  p.  172. 


102 


KECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


Legs. — Rather  long;  femora  smooth, 
and  furnished  with  two  moderately  long 
apical  spines  or  bristles ;  each  tibia  is 
notched  on  the  upper  surface,  but  this 
character  is  not  constant  in  point  of  num- 
ber of  notches,  one  of  the  types  having 
two  notches  and  another  three ;  from 
each  notch  two  long  bristles  project ; 
apical  extremities  broad  and  furnished 
with  six  long  bristles  ;  tarsal  claws  ex- 
ceedingly long,  smooth. 

Abdomen. — Globose,     convex.       Of    the 
three    type    specimens    the    postei'ior    ex- 
tremity of  the  abdomen  in  two  of  them 
is    rounded  (PL  xxiii.,     fig.    1),    and    the 
Fig.  25.  genital    aperture    is   not   visible ;    in    the 

¥.chidnophaga  amlnlaus.  third   example  the  posterior  tergite  is  ex- 
cavated ;  and  the  genital  aperture  distinct  (figs.  25,  26). 

Ohii. — This  species  has  aroused  much  in- 
terest amongst  students  who  have  devoted 
special  attention  to  the  Siphonaptra,  and  it 
has  generally  been  regarded  as  "  practi- 
cally unknown."  Some  correspondence 
has  recently  passed  between  Mr.  Carl 
Baker  and  myself  in  respect  of  this  species, 
in  the  course  of  which  I  have  supplied 
that  gentleman  with  rough  sketches  of  the 
type.  This  with  a  view  to  settling  the 
exact  sj'stematic  position  of  E.  ambulant. 
In  acknowledging  my  communication  and 
sketches  Mr.  Baker  says  : — "  The  sketches 
were  of  the  utmost  service  to  me  for  one 
thing  at  least.  They  enabled  me  to  de- 
finitely place  Echidnophaga  in  its  proper 
family.       Its    greatly    shortened    thoracic 

segments  proclaim  it  of  the  Rhyncho-  Echid)wphaga  ambulans. 
prionidpe    (8arc(ipsyllid{e),     unmistakeabl)-. 

It  is  very  near  to  the  common  chicken  flea  ( Argopsylla  gallinacea) 
a.nd  indeed  I  very  much  suspect  that  it  may  belong  to  the  same 
genus." 

Family,  PULICID^. 
Genus  Crratophyllus,  Curtis. 

8ome  time  ago  I  published  a   short  paper  entitled    "  Notes   on 


Fig.  26. 


NOTES    ON   AUSTRALIAN    SIPHONAPTERA — KAINBOW.  103 

Fleas  Parasitic  on  the  Tiger  Cat  ;"'■  in  which  I  pointed  out  that 
the  form  described  by  Skuse  as  the  male  of  his  Stej^hanocircus 
dasyuri'^  was  referable  to  another  genus,  and  that  in  all  pro- 
bability it  was  Pulex  j'dscuttns,  Bosc.  In  arriving  at  this  con- 
clusion I  was  guided  by  Carl  Baker's  "  Preliminary  Studies  in 
Aphaniptera,"*  the  only  work  at  that  time  accessible  to  me.  It 
now  appears  that  the  form  is  distinct  from  P.  fasciatus,  and  that 
it  is  a  species  of  the  genus  Ceratojihyllns,  Cui'tis.  The  Hon.  N. 
C.  Rothschild,  commenting  upon  this  species  as  described  and 
figured  by  Skuse  remarks  :  "  One  of  the  species,  of  which  Skuse 
possessed  both  sexes  is  probably  the  one  described  by  us  under 
the  name  of  Ceratophyllus  hilli."*^  Unfortunately  the  figui'e  of 
the  Ceratophyllus  (male)  on  Skuse's  plate  is  not  a  good  one. 
The  clasper  is  not  defined,  and  the  finger  instead  of  being  sickle- 
shaped  stands  prominently  out  like  a  big  tubercle  or  horn-like 
process. 

C.  hilli  is  described  and  figured  by  Rothschild  in  his  charac- 
teristically thorough  manner,  °  and  with  this  work  I  have  carefully 
compared  Skuse's  types  of  his  so-called  male  Stephanocircus.  The 
result  of  this  study  has  convinced  me  that  they  are  distinct  from 
the  male  and  female  of  Rothchild's  species,  C.  hilli,  and  as  they 
also  appear  distinct  from  other  known  forms,  I  herewith  append 
a  description,  naming  the  species  in  honour  of  the  Hon.  N.  C. 
Rothschild  who  has  done  such  admirable  work  in  connection  with 
the  Siphonaptera. 


Ceratophyllus  rothsciiildi,  sp.  uov. 

(Figs.  -27,  28,   29.) 

9  Caput. — The  front  of  the  head  bears  a  row  of  six  fine 
bristles  between  the  antennal  groove  and  tlie  maxillary  palpus  ; 
immediately  below  this  there  ai'e  a  number  of  fine  hairs  scattered 
iri'egularly  over  the  side  of  the  head  ;  again,  below  the  row 
referi'ed  to  above,  but  situated  towards  the  front,  there  are  two 
pairs  of  long  fine  bristles,  one  pair  being  below  the  other  ;  Inflow 
these  again,  there  is  a  larger  and  stronger  bristle  than  the  fore- 
going.    The  hinder  part  of  the  head  bears  thi-ee  I'ows  of  bristles  ; 


-  Eftinbow — Rec.  Anstr.  Mus.,  v.,  1903,  pp.  53-55. 

•■*  Skuse— Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  ii.,  1893,  p.  78,  pi.  xvii. 

<  Rothschild— Ent.  Monthly  Mag.,  (2),  xvi.,  1905,  p.  60. 

■'  Rothschild— Novit.  Zool.,  xi.   1904,  pp.  622-3,  pi.  xi.,  fi^j.  43,  4i 


104  RECORDS    OK   THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

the  sub-apical  row  extending  from  the  antennal  groove  to  the 
vertex,  is  oblique,  and  is  composed  of  six,  of  which  the  first  four 
are  of  equal  length  oi-  nearly  so,  and  the  other  two  distinctly 
smaller,  the  sixth  being  shorter  than  the  fifth  ;  in  the  second  row 
there  are  five  bristles,  of  which  the  first  two  are  very  long,  the 
third  somewhat  shorter,  and  the  fourth  and  fifth  much  smaller 
still  ;  the  third  row  fringes  the  basal  angle  of  the  head,  and 
consists  of  five  ;  the  bristle  nearest  the  antennal  groove  is  not 
only  the  longest  of  the  series,  but  is  widely  separated  from  its 
nearest  neighbour  ;  of  the  others  constituting  the  third  or  posterior 
row,  the  three  median  bristles  are  of  equal  length,  or  nearly  so, 
and  the  fifth  is  much  the  smallest  ;  below  the  antennal  groove, 
and  immediately  before  the  first  of  the  basal  row  of  bristles, 
there  is  an  irregular  group  of  short,  stiff  hairs  or  bristles,  and 
again  betw^een  the  first  and  second  bristles,  a  row  of  three  short, 
fine  hairs.  In  front  of  the  antennal  groove 
there  are  two  long  bristles  placed  one  beneath 
the  other,  though  somewhat  widely  apart.  The 
first  row  of  six  fine  bristles  in  front  of  the 
head  is  divided  into  two  series  of  three  each  by 
the  interception  of  two  short  but  exceedingly 
robust  horn-like  bristles,  of  which  the  anterior 
one  is  not  only  much  the  longest,  but  gently 
curved  (fig.  3).  The  second  segment  of  the 
maxillarly  pulpus  is  longer  than  the  fourth,  and 
the  rostrum  reaches  beyond  the  end  of  the  fore 
Tj,.     .._  coxa.     Apical  extremities  of  the  first  and  second 

Ceratophiillus     .joints  of  the  antennfe  are  fringed  with  a  row  of 
rothscMldi.       short  stiff  black  hairs  or  bristles. 

Thorax. — The  pro-notum  has  a  comb  of  about  18  teeth,  and 
two  rows  of  bristles,  those  of  the  posterior  row  being  much  the 
longest,  widely  separated  from  each  other  individually,  and  over- 
lapping the  comb ;  there  are  also  a  number  of  short  fine  hairs 
scattered  over  the  surface.  The  meso-notum  has  three  recurved 
I'ows  of  bristles  and  a  few  fine,  scattered  hairs  ;  the  bristles  con- 
stituting the  posterior  row  ai-e  much  the  longest,  and  those  of  the 
anterior  row  much  the  shortest ;  the  meso-thoracical  epimerum 
has  two  vertical  though  somewhat  oblique  rows  of  two  bristles 
each,  and  beyond  these  one  single  bristle,  all  of  which  are  very 
long  ;  besides  these  there  are  a  few  shorter  ones  present.  The 
meta-notum  is  also  provided  with  a  few  scattered  fine  hairs,  and 
three  rows  of  bristles  similar  to  those  on  the  mesa-notum  ;  the 
meta-thoracical  epimerum  has  two  pairs  of  long  and  a  few  short, 
tine  bristles..     :  - 


NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    SIPHONAPTERA — RAINBOW. 


10^ 


Abdomfii. — The  first  abdominal  tergite  bears  three  rows  of 
bristles  and  a  few  short  hairs  in  front :  the  bristles  constituting 
the  posterior  row  are  very  long,  those  of  the  median  row  are 
individually  about  one-half  the  length  of  their  posterior  neigh- 
bours, and  double  the  length  of  those  of  the  anterior  row. 
Tergites  2  to  4  have  each  one  row  of  extx-emely  long  bristles,  and 
another  in  which  each  individual  is  about  one-half  the  length  of 
the  latter;  each  of  these  tei-gites  has,  in  addition,  a  few  fine 
hairs.  Tergite  5  has  only  one  row  of  bristles  (each  individual  of 
which  is  very  long)  and  a  few  short  hairs,  whilst  tergite  6  has 
three  slightly  recurved  rows,  the  first  of  which  consists  of  four  very 
short  bristles,  the  second,  ten,  about  twice  the  length  of  the  latter, 
and  the  posterior  row,  twelve  exceedingly  long  bristles.  Tergite  7 
has  three  rows  of  four,  six,  and  eight  respectively,  and  a  few  fine 
haiis  ;  there  are  also  two  pairs  of  long 
and  heavy  bristles  seated  at  the  apex, 
and  of  these  each  outer  one  is  longer 
than  its  inner  neighbour.  The  pos- 
terior tergite  has  four  short  heavy 
bristles,  and  a  number  of  long  and 
short  fine  hairs.  On  sternite  1,  there 
is  one  long  bristle  on  each  side,  and 
no  lateral  ones,  whilst  in  respect  of 
the  others  there  is  on  each  a  ventral 
patch  of  bristles,  of  which  the  pos- 
terior ones  are  much  the  longest  and 
strongest.  Pygidium  much  deeper 
than  wide,  and  clothed  with  long 
coarse  bristles  and  fine  hairs  (fig.  28). 

Legs. — Long.  Fore  coxa  furnished 
with  long  strong  bristles  and  short, 
fine  hairs.  Median  coxa  smooth  on 
the  upper  angle  and  outer  side ; 
lower    angle    clothed    in    its    entire    length 


Fig.  28. 
Ceratophyllus  rothschildi. 


with  short  hairs 
or  bristles  which  are  exceedingly  fine  at  the  base,  but  become 
gradually  stronger  towards  the  apex,  which  is  completely 
encircled  by  them.  The  hind  coxa  is  also  smooth  on  the  upper 
angle  ;  the  outer  side  is  smooth  at  the  base,  and  for  about  one- 
half  its  length,  from  whence  it  is  moderately  hairy,  and  provided 
with  bristles  which  become  gradually  stronger  towards  the  apex  ; 
lower  angle  clothed  with  short  fine  hairs  at  the  base,  but  becoming 
gradually  stronger  towards  the  apex  which  is  encircled  with  fine 
hairs  and  coarse  bristles.  The  fore  femur  has  a  number  of  shorter 
and  longer  fine  hairs  scattered  over  its  outer  surface,  and  one  \ev\ 
long  bristle  on  its  inner  angle  near  the  apex.     The  median  femui- 


106  RECORDS    OP    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

has  the  inner  angle  furnished  with  short  stiff  hairs,  and  the  outer 
side  smooth,  except  at  the  apex  where  there  are  three  moderately 
long  bristles  ;  lower  angle  smooth  also,  except  at  apex  where  there 
are  two  modei-ately  long  biistles,  and  a  few  short  fine  hairs. 
Posterior  femur  has  its  inner  angle  similarly  clothed  to  the  fore- 
going, but  its  lateral  apical  extremity  is  furnished  with  six 
moderately  strong  bristles  ;  outei-  angle  smooth.  The  fore  tibia 
has  six  notches  on  its  upper  angle,  from  each  of  which  a  pair  of 
stout  bristles  proceeds,  the  upper  one  of  each  pair  being  the 
longest;  in  addition  to  these  there  are  on  the  outer  side,  and  near 
the  notched  angle,  two  rows  of  strong  hairs,  the  lower  ones  being 
somewhat  the  longest ;  lower  angle  smooth,  but  furnished  at  the 
apex,  on  the  outer  angle,  with  a  pair  of  stout  bristles.  Median 
tibia  has  also  six  notches  on  its  upper  angle,  and  is  similarly 
clothed  with  bristles  and  hairs  to  the  foregoing  ;  the  outer  side 
is  also  similar  to  that  of  the  fore  tibia,  but  its  lower  angle  is 
clothed  with  fine  hairs  ;  apex  as  in  fore  tibia.  The  posterior  tibia 
has  seven  notches  on  its  upper  angle,  from  each  of  which  a  pair 
of  stout  spines  proceeds ;  of  these  the  first  pair  is  very  short, 
otherwise  the  clothing  and  armatui-e  are  similar  to  the  median 
tibia.  Of  the  first  and  second  tarsi,  the  fourth  joint  is  much  the 
shortest,  and  the  fifth  the  longest ;  all  the  joints  are  clothed  with 
fine  hairs  and  a  few  stout  bristles  ;  the  fifth  joint  of  the  first  and 
second  tarsi  have  each  four  pairs  of  bristles  on  the  under  side. 
Of  the  posterior  tarsi,  the  first  joint  is  much  the  longest,  and  the 
fourth  much  the  shortest ;  the  second  joint  is  longer  than  the 
third,  and  the  latter  rather  longer  than  the  fifth ;  all  the  joints 
of  the  posterior  tarsi  bear  a  numbei'  of  lateral  bristles,  between 
which  there  is,  both  on  the  upper  and  under  sides,  two  rows  of 
stiff  hairs. 

^  Caput. — The  front  bears  a  row  of  seven  fine  bristles  between 
the  antennal  groove  and  the  maxillary  palpus  ;  below  this  there 
are  a  number  of  smaller  hairs  scattered  over  the  side  of  the  head. 
Again,  below  this  row  there  are  two  long  bristles,  and  further 
down  two  more  placed  closely  togethei'.  The  subapical  row  forms 
a  complete  series,  being,  unlike  that  of  the  female,  not  interrupted 
by  short,  horn-like  bristles.  The  hinder  part  of  the  head  bears 
two  oblique  rows  of  bristles,  those  of  the  second  row  being  much 
the  longer ;  below  the  latter  row  there  is  another  series  of 
bristles,  which  form  an  uneven  row  and  follow  the  posterior 
angle  of  the  head.  Rostrum  rather  shorter  than  that  of  the 
female. 

Thorax. — Similar  to  female. 


NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    SIPHONAPTERA — RAINBOW. 


107 


Abdomen.- — Similar  in  vestiture  to 
female.  In  the  modified  segments  the 
clasper  is  produced  into  i-ather  a  long 
process,  bearing  one  long  bristle,  and  a 
few  short  hairs  scattered  over  tlie  sides. 
The  finger  is  scythe-shaped,  moder- 
ately long,  pointed  at  apex,  and 
fui'nished  with  a  few  moderately  stiff 
bristles  and  short  fine  hairs.  Sternite 
9  broad,  not  divided  ventrally,  and 
having  the  apex  densely  clothed  with 
long  fine  hairs,  and  long  stout  bristles. 
Spiral  of  penis  consists  of  two  coils 
(fig.  29). 

Ley)<. — -Similar  to  female. 

Hah. — New  South  Wales.  liHoat,  DasyurusmaculatuSjlS^erv.  I 
have  also  collected  this  species  from  the  body  of  a  tiger,  Felis 
tigria,  Linn.,  which  died  in  the  Zoological  Gardens,  Sydney. 


Fig.  29. 
Ceratophyllus  rothschili 


Family  CTENOPSYLLID^. 

Getms  Stephanocircus,  Sknse. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  although  up  to  1903,  three 
additional  species  of  Stephanocircus  had  been  described  by  the 
Hon.  N.  C.  Rothschild,  all,  including  Skuse's  species,  were  only 
known  to  us  by  female  examples.  Rothschild  has,  however, 
further  extended  our  knowledge  of  the  species  constituting  the 
genus,  and  has  during  the  present  year  described  not  only  the 
male  of  S.  dasyuri,  Skuse,  but  also  the  male  and  female  of  *S'. 
fiimsoni,  Roths." 

All  Rothschild's  material  was  obtained  from  Launceston, 
Tasmania,  the  hosts  being  for  .S'.  dasyuri  :  Mus  vehUiuus,  Thomas, 
a  Tasmanian  Native  Rat ;  Peremeles  (junni.  Gray,  Striped 
Bandicoot ;  and  Dasyuras  tnacidatus,  Kerr,  Tiger  Cat.  S. 
siinsoni  was  obtained  from  M.  velutinus  and  D.  maculatun. 

We  thus  now  know  of  five  species  of  this  interesting  genus, 
namely  : — 

/S'.  dasyuri,  Skuse — Rec.  Austr.   Mus.,  ii.,   1893,  p.  78,  pL 
xvii.,  figs.  2,  2a,  26,  2c,  2d,  2e. 

,,  Baker — Canadian   Entomologist,   xxvii.,  1896, 

p.  63. 


«  Rothschild— Ent.  Monthly  Mag.,  xvi.,  1905,  pp.  61-62,  pi.  i. 


108  RECORDS   OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 

S.  dasyur'),  Skuse — Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  ii.,  1896,  p.  110. 

„         Rainbow — Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  v.,  1903,  pp.  53-55. 

Baker— Proc.   U.   S.    Nat.    Mus.,   xxvii.,   1904, 
pp.  430431. 

„  Rothschild— Ent.    Monthly   Mag.,    xvi.,    1905, 

pp.  60-61,  pi.  1.,  figs.  1,  4. 

Hah. — New  South  Wales,  and  Launceston,  Tasmania. 

S.  tuars,  Rothschild — Novit.     Zool.,     v.,     1898,     p.     544, 
pi.  xvi.,  fig.  11. 

„        Baker— Proc.    U.  S.    Nat.    Mus.,    xxvii.,    1904 
p.  431. 
Ifab. — Argentina. 

K  thomnxi,  Rothschild— Novit.  Zool.,  x.,  1903,  pjx  318-319, 
pi.  ix.,  figs.  4,  5. 

Hall. — Barrow  Island,  N.  W.  Australia.  Host — MHs/ercvlinus, 
Thomas. 

,S'.  minerva,  Rothschild — Loc.  cit.,  p.  319,  pi   xi.,  figs.  6,  7. 
Mab. — Paraguay  (near  Sapucay). 

aS'.  simsoni,  Rothschild — Ent.    Monthly  Mag.,  xvi.,    1905, 
pp.  61-62,  figs.  2,  3. 

Hah. — Launceston,  Tasmania. 

In  his  generic  diagnosis,  8kuse  says: — "Antennae  capitate,  four- 
jointed."^  In  respect  of  this  Baker  remarks  :  "  The  matter  of 
four-jointed  antennae  must  certainly  be  re-examined.  If  such  a 
character  is  presented,  then  this  species  must  be  made  the  type 
of  a  new  family  differing  from  all  other  fleas.  But  in  the 
description  of  the  apparently  congeneric  Stephanocircus  mars., 
Rothschild  says  nothing  about  four- jointed  antennae,  and  his 
drawing  does  not  show  four  joints."**  The  point  i-aised  is  an 
important  one,  and  a  careful  examination  of  the  types  discloses 
the  fact  that  the  antenna?  are  normal — three-jointed. 


■J  Skuse-  Epc.  Austr.  Mus.,  ii.,  1893,  p.  78. 

**  Baker— Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xxvii.,  1904,  p.  4.31. 


NOTKS    ON    AUSTRALIAN    SlPHONAt'TEKA — RAINI'.OW,  109 

Genus  CTENOPSYLLUS,   Kol. 

Among  some  tleas  forwarded  to  Mx'.  Carl  Baker,  of  which 
duplicates  are  in  the  Museum  collection,  there  were  specimens  of  C 
musciili,  Duges.  These  were  from  Brisbane  and  Dunedin — localties 
which  constitute  a  new  record  for  this  species  ;  indeed,  according 
to)  Mr.  Baker,  who  has  made  a  specialty  of  the  Siplionaptera, 
this  is  the  first  recorded  appearance  of  this  species  in  Australia. 
They  were  collected  from  rats. 


THE  OSTEOLOGY   of  thk  NEW  GUINEA  TURTLE 

(Carettochelys  insculpta,  Eamsay). 

By  Edgar  R.  Waite,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist. 

(Plates  xxiv.-xxvii.,  and  figs.  30-32). 

Since  first  desciibefl  by  Dr.  E.  P.  Ramsay  in  1886,^  the  New 
Guinea  turtle,  CareUochelyx  insc^dpfa,  has  excited  considerable 
interest  and  provoked  much  speculation  as  to  its  systematic 
position. 

Hitherto  the  species,  Avhicli  as  tar  as  ascei'tained  is  the  sole 
living  representative  of  the  genus  and  family,  was  known  only 
from  the  type  and  two  imperfect  skulls  :  the  latter  described  by 
Dr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  as  ornaments  or  charms  attached  to  a 
dancing  stick,  from  the  Fly  River,  British  New  Guinea.- 

In  the  account  of  the  original  specimen  no  mention  is  made  of 
the  manner  in  which  it  was  procured.  As  the  history  of  such  an 
example  will  be  of  interest,  I  venture  to  publish  the  following 
particulars  from  information  kindly  supplied  by  Mr.  Walter  W. 
Froggatt,  F.L..S.,  Government  Entomologist  for  New  South 
Wales  : — 

"  The  fresh-water  turtle  described  by  Ramsay  was  one  of  two  specimens 
obtained  in  the  Strickland  River  (the  upper  right  hand  branch  of  the  Fly 
River),  in  the  Geographical  Society  of  Australasia's  Expedition  to  New 
Guinea  in  1885.  Captain  Hy.  C.  Everill  was  in  charge,  and  I  was 
Entomologist  and  Assistant  Zoologist,  etc.  There  were  large  sand  banks 
all  along,  but  we  saw  no  signs  of  these  turtles  in  the  lower  parts  of  the 
river.  Six  of  us  took  the  whale  boat  up  the  last  hundred  miles  after  the 
'  Bonito'  stuck  in  the  gravel,  and  as  we  towed  the  boat  along  the  two 
turtles  ran  off  the  sand  banks  into  shallow  water  and  were  caught.  We 
ate  the  contents  of  both  :  a  large  number  of  eggs  were  found  inside  them. 
It  was  evidently  breeding  time  as  some  of  the  sand  banks  were  covered 
with  their  tracks  :  though  we  hunted  round  at  several  camps  we  could 
not  find  any  buried  eggs.  This  was  about  the  middle  of  October,  1885. 
Jas.  H.  Shaw  and  I  caught  thn  type  one  evening,  and  I  skinned  and 
cleaned  it." 


1  Ramsay— Proc.   Linn.  Soc.   N.  S.   Wales.  (2),  i.,   1886,  pp.  158-162, 

pla.  iii.-vi. 

2  Boulenger— Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1898,  p.  851. 


OSTEOLOGY    OL    THE    NEW    GUINEA    TLRTLE  —  WAITE;. 


Ill 


Poitions  of  another  example  of  Carettochelys,  of  unknown  sex. 
just  received  by  the  Trustees,  enable  me  to  supplement  the 
I)uVjlishecl  accounts  of  its  structure  and  also  to  correct  errors  in 
previous  descriptions. 

The  material  consists  of  tlie  head,  with  four  cervical  vertebise 
attached,  in  spirits,  and  the  carapace  and  plastron.  The  turtle 
was  taken  at  the  island  of  Kiwai  (Kewai)  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Fly  River.  It  was  caught  at  night  with  hook  and  line  by  natives, 
and  the  portions  not  eaten  or  broken  were  obtained,  and  kindly 
forwarded  by  the  Rev.  E.  B.  Riley.  Captain  Ai-thur  J.  Wyrill 
of  the  London  Missionary  Society's  S.S.  "  John  Williams,'" 
obligingly  brought  the  salvage  to  Sydney. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  portions  examined  : — 

Head. — The  anterior  portion  of  the  head  is  in  perfect  condition, 
but  the  hinder  part  above,  and  the  hyoids  had  been  removed. 
Th(;  snout  is  perhaps  the  most  remarkable  feature  of  the  head,  it 
is  much  more  prominent  than  would  be  inferred  from  the  published 
figures  of  the  type  which  was  probably  dried  before  an  examination 
had  been  made.  The  snout  is  a  fleshy  organ,  its  front  and  lateral 
aspects  covered  with  tubercles  and  freely  furrowed ;  it  is  much 
bent  downwards  and  is  produced  considerably  beyond  the  margin 
of  the  jaw.  Its  front  edge  is  truncated,  pig-like,  being  very  deep 
and  blunt  :  the   wide  nostrils  are  situated  in  its  upper  portion  ; 

their  relative  position  is 
shown  in  the  accompanying- 
sketch  (fig.  30),  five-sixths 
natural  size.  A  valve-like 
process  is  developed  within 
the  n(jstril  on  the  inner  side. 
In  the  preserved  example 
no  trace  of  sutures  is  visible 
in  the  large  head  shields, 
and  those  described  by 
Ramsay  are,  as  indicated 
by  Dr.  G.  Baur,  simply 
impressions  of  the  bony 
sutui'es  of  the  skull,  tc> 
which  the  skin  has  moulded 
itself  in  drying.  The  rugosities  of  the  surface  which  also  merely 
repeat  the  inequalities  of  the  skull  are  not  so  j)n)nounced  in  the 
preserved  as  in  the  dried  example. 

^  Sknll. — The  skull  is  moderately  arched  and  of  e\en  contour. 
The  orbits  are  subcircular,  large,  lateral,  and  widely   separated  : 


Fis.  30. 


112  RECORDS    OF   THE   AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

each  is  encircled  by  five  bones,  namely  the  maxillary,  pi-efrontal, 
frontal,  postfrontal,  and  jugal.  The  bony  external  nostril  is  very 
large,  wider  than  deep,  and  is  bounded  by  the  single  premaxillary, 
the  maxillaries  and  prefrontals.  The  oi'bital  margin  of  the  post- 
frontal  is  greater  than  that  of  the  prefrontal,  that  of  the  frontal 
being  smallest  of  the  three.  The  suture  between  the  postfrontal 
and  parietal  is  shorter  than  that  between  the  postfrontal  and 
frontal.  The  parietals,  though  laterally  expanded,  do  not  roof  over 
the  temporal  regions,  the  fossae  extending  forward  to  the  post- 
fi'ontrals  :  the  latter  bones  are  separated  from  the  squa- 
mosals by  the  quadrato-jugal.  The  maxillary  is  sutured  with 
the  quadrato-jugal  below  the  jugal.  The  quadrate  forms  a 
complete  frame  to  the  tympanum,  the  deep  quadrato-jugal  and 
squamosal  just  failing  to  meet  abo^e.  The  quadi-ate  is  not 
completely  closed  behind,  and  the  posterior  notch,  though  wdde,  is 
not  deeply  cleft ;  its  lower  surface  bears  two  articular  facets.  The 
supraoccipital  process  is  extensive  and  its  inferior  margin  is 
laterally  expanded  forming  a  spoon-shaped  plate  whose  width 
exceeds  the  greatest  depth  of  the  crest.  Tlie  foramen  magnum  is 
an  even  oval,  deeper  than  broad  and  is  bounded  by  the  supra- 
occipital  and  the  exoccipitals.  The  elements  are  not  apparent  in 
the  occipital  condyle.  The  vomer  is  small  and  if  naturally 
connected  with  the  premaxillary,  the  slender  process  has  been 
bioken  away.  The  prefrontals  are  connected  with  the  vomer  and 
palatines  by  a  broad  thin  process  developed  from  the  prefrontals, 
the  sutures  being  close  to  the  vomer  and  not  to  the  roof  of  the 
snout  :  the  lateral  view  through  both  orbits  is  thus,  not  as  usual, 
but  mainly  through  the  palato-maxillaiy  foramina.  The  palatines 
are  laige,  sepaiated  in  front  by  the  small  V-shaped  vomer,  but 
extensively  in  contact  on  the  mid-line.  The  basisphenoid  is  large, 
widest  behind  where  it  is  in  contact  with  the  basioccipital ;  these 
bones  are  evenly  sutured,  the  first-named  not  forming  a  shelf 
below  the  latter.  The  pterygoids  are  long  and  narrow,  in  contact, 
in  front,  with  the  maxillaries  :  they  are  wholly  sepaiated  by  the 
basisphenoid  and  are  produced  backwards  to  form  the  outer 
boundaries  of  the  basioccipitals.  At  the  side  of  the  basisphenoid 
each  pterygoid  develops  a  lateral  process  which  is  separated  from 
the  quadrate  by  a  deep  groove.  The  connection  between  the 
parietals  and  pterygoids  is  carried  forward,  below  to  the  palatines, 
and  above,  to  the  suture  between  tlie  prefrontals  and  frontals. 
The  lamella?  thus  formed  broaden  laterally  in  front  and  meet  on 
the  mid-line,  and  they  run  so  close  to  the  prefronto-palatine 
connection,  before  described,  that  it  is  not  possible  to  pass  an 
object  as  thin  as  a  penknife  blade,  through  the  orbits,  between 
them. 


OSTEOLOGY    OF    THE    NEW    GUINEA    TURTLE WAITE.  llo 

The  mandible  has  the  elements  distinct  but  no  symphyseal 
suture  is  apparent  in  the  adult ;  the  coronoid  and  postarticular 
processes  are  well  developed.  The  hyoids  were  removed  by  the 
natives  and  not  recovered.  Baur  described  the  supraoccipital 
process  as  "  club-shaped,"  this  scarcely  conveys  an  idea  of  the  true 
form  but  it  will  doubtless  be  understood  that  the  outline  as  seen 
from  above  or  below  only  is  intended  ;  the  whole  process  being 
foi-med  of  two  lamellae  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  a  \ertical 
crest  and  a  basal  lateral  expansion.  The  question  raised  by  this 
writer  as  to  whether  the  pterygoids  are  completely  separated  bj- 
the  basisphenoid  or  not,  is  now  answered  in  the  affirmative.  Baur 
also  remarks  that  in  the  type  the  frontals  are  excluded  from  the 
orbits,  I  am  not  aware  how  this  information  was  obtained,  but  in 
the  specimen  under  examination,  as  above  described  and  as  also 
shown  in  the  photograph  (pi.  xxvi.),  the  frontal  forms  a  portion  of 
the  orbital  boundary,  though  the  smallest  of  any  bone  so  doing. 
Another  point  raised  is  the  condition  of  the  premaxillary,  this  has 
already  been  determined  by  Boulenger  to  be  a  single  bone,  and 
he  also  found  that  "  the  pterygoids  are  not  turned  up  in  front.'' 

Ve7-teb}rn. — The  CERVICAL  vertebrae  are  comparatively  short  and 
do  not  possess  transverse  processes.  Though  but  five  of  the  eight 
presumed  cervical  vertebrie  were  preserved,  it  would  seem  tliat 
the  neck  is  shorter  than  the  combined  dorsal  vertebrae. 

The  first  vertebra  (axis)  is  biconcave  and  has  all  the  elements 
united  into  a  single  bone,  the  postzygapophyses  are  long  and 
widely  spread. 

The  second  vertebra  (atlas)  is  convexo-concave  and  has  the 
spinous  process  well  developed. 

The  third  vertebra  is  also  convexo-concave  and,  as  usual,  has  no 
spinous  process. 

The  fourth  vertebra,  the  character  of  \\hich  has  an  ii)H)ortant 
bearing  on  the  classification  of  the  oi'der,  has  most  unfortunately 
had  the  posterior  j)oi'tion  cut  away,  anteriorly  its  articulation  is 
convex. 

The  three  following  vertebra?  are  absent,  but  the  last  cei'v  ical, 
which  may  be  presumed  to  be  the  eighth,  is  doubly  biconvex  so 
that  the  articulation  between  the  seventh  and  eighth  cervicals 
and  the  latter  and  the  first  dorsal  is  of  the  ginglymoid  t}-pe. 
The  posterior  articular  surface  of  the  eighth  vertebra  extends 
along  the  whole  length  (;f  the  curved  portion  and  the  dipping 
action  is  thus  very  considerable.  The  usual  forwardly  directed 
ventral  keel  is,  in   this  species,  rejilaced  by  a  pair  of  conical  pro- 


114 


RECORDS    OF    THE    ALISTKA],IAN    MUSEUM. 


cesses.  The  general  foi-m  of  the  eighth  vei'tebra  will  be  best 
comprehended  b}'  leference  to  the  figures  depicting  the  lateral 
and  ventral  aspects  (PI.  xxvii.,  figs,  ia,  4c'). 

The  DORSAL  vertebrae  are  ten  in  numbei-.  The  first  is  shorter 
than  the  second  and  has  a  depressed  centium  with  two  concave 
articulai'  surfaces  in  front,  it  bears  a  short  rib  connected  with  the 
second  rib.  The  venti'al  aspect  of  this  vertebra  together  with 
portion  of  the  carapace  to  which  it  is  attached  is  shown  in  PI. 
xxvii.,  fig.  5c-. 

The  second  to  the  seventh  vertebne,  inclusi^■e,  are  long  and 
strongly  compressed  but  do  not  form  a  distinct  ventral  keel. 

The  eighth  is  rounded  below,  and  the  ninth  bears  on  its  anterior 
ventral  surface  a  deep  pit  nearly  as  wide  as  the  centrum  itself. 

The  tenth  vei'tebra  is  short  with  a  posterior  condyle,  the  tenth 
rib  is  connected  directly  with  the  carapace  and  does  not  abut  on 
to  the  preceding  rib. 

The  following  free  vei'tebr;e  are  absent,  but  the  nature  of  the 
parts  remaining  shows  definitely  that  the  pelvis  is  not  anchylosed 
to  the  carapace  and  plastron.  Dr.  Hans  Gadow"'  writes  as  though 
the  pelvis  was  known  :  "the  skeleton,  notably  the  plasti'on,  pelvis, 
and  skull,  conform  with  the  Pleurodirous  type. " 

Carapace. — The  carapace  measures  430  mm.  in  length  and 
330  mm.  in  breadth.  During,  probably,  immature  life,  it 
received  an  injury,  having  apparently  been  crushed  between  the 
right  anterior  and  left  posterior  aspects,  i-esulting  is  distortion  of 
the  former  and  breaking  of  the  lattei',  one  of  the  marginal  plates 
also  being  cracked  :  these  defects  will  be  seen  in  PI.  xxiv.  and 
fis.  32. 


Pig.  31. 

The  posterior"  dorsal   keel  is  extremel}-  marked,  much  more  so 
than   in  the   type  :  the   relative  contours  are   illustrated  in  the 


•^  Gadow— Cambridge  Nat.  Hist.,  viii.,  Reptiles,  1901,  p.  404. 


OSIKOLOGY    OF    THK    NEW    GUINEA    TURTLE WAITE. 


115 


acconipanyinf--  diajirams,  fi^'.  31  representing  the  type  and  fig.  32 
the  specimen  now  described,  wliich  is  smaller  and  possibly  younger 
than  the  former. 


FifT.  32. 


Tlie  neural  plates  are  seven  in  number,  but  as  the  posterioi- one 
is  very  small  it  may  l)o  that  in  earlier  life  an  eighth  even  may  be 
developed  and  afterwards  lost  by  enci-oachment  of  the  costals. 
The  relative  larger  size  and  greater  number  of  neurals  in  the 
younger  specimen  suggests  that  a  median  growth  of  the  costals 
"takes  place  with  age  ;  for  they  are  entirely  sepai-ated  by  the  fifth, 
sixth,  and  seventh  neurals,  and  the  sutures  between  the  anterior 
pairs  of  costals  is  not  more  than  3  mm.,  while  in  the  type  all  the 
costals  meet  in  the  mid  line  and  the  sutures  referred  to  nearly 
equal  the  length  of  the  respective  neurals.  The  anterior  marginals, 
of  which  there  are  ten  pairs,  are  separated  by  the  large  nuchal, 
and  the  posterior  pair  by  the  single  py go-marginal . 

The  absence  of  epidermal  shields  is  well  illustrated  in  the 
accompanying  photographs,  where  the  dark  lines  on  the  inner 
side  of  the  carapace  (PI.  xxiv.)  will  be  .seen  to  be  coincident 
N\-ith  the  sutures  indicated  on  the  dorsal  surface. 

FlaHtron. — The  plastron  was  originally  described  as  formed  of 
nine  shields,  but  Ramsay  remarked: — "There  are  two  small 
portions  cut  away  from  between  the  second  and  third  plates  and 
the  marginals,  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  say  if  these  are  extra 
})lates  or  parts  of  the  marginals."  .  .  .  They  "are  probably 
only  thecurved-in  portions  of  the  adjacent  marginals."  Respect- 
ing the  carapace  and  plastron  Baur  wrote  : — "  Both  have  been 
figured  by  Ramsay,  but  tliere  was  some  doubt  about  the  presence 

or    absence    of   a    mesoplastral    element The    most 

interesting  new  point  to  be  noted  in  the  plastron  is  the  presence 
of  a  small  distinct  mesoplastral  element.  The  structure  of  the 
plastron  is  best  seen  from  tht^  figure." 


116  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

With  tlie  actual  specimen  in  hand  Ramsay  was  unable  to 
decide  this  point,  and  yet  from  the  inspection  of  a  photograph 
only,  Baur  definitely  pronounced  on  the  presence  of  a  mesoplastron. 
His  conclusions  are  quite  wrong,  there  is  no  such  plate  ;  an 
incurvation  of  the  marginal  being  responsible  foi-  the  appearance 
in  the  illustration.  My  photograph,  published  on  PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  2, 
very  clearly  shows  the  exact  condition.  I  may  mention  that  the 
carapace  and  plastron  have  not  been  separated,  and  are  illustrated 
in  natui'al  connection.  The  sutures  also  have  not  been  artificially 
emphasised- 

Dimpnsions  : — 

Carapace — length                ...  ...  430  mm. 

bi-eadth              ...  ...  330 

Plastron— length                 ...  ...  320 

„             breadth              ...  ...  272  „ 

Skull—        length                 ...  ...  123 

„               „         basal  ...  93-6  ,, 

„            width                   ...  ...  75-0  ,, 

,,               ,,          interoi-bital  ...  34*7  ,, 

1st  Vertebra,  length  of  centrum  ...  14-3  ,, 

•>nd  27-2 

3rd         „                     „  ...  29-2  „ 

Hth   ^     „                     „  ...  10-5  „ 
1st  Vertebra,  width  outside 

posterior  zygapophyses. . .  27 "9  ,, 

■ln(\         „                „                  „  ...  23-6  „ 

3rd         „                „                  „  ...  26-1  „ 

-Sth         „                ,,                  „  ...  26-0  „ 

Dorsal  W evtahviS:  in  situ     ...  ...  278-0  ,, 

In  reading  the  pi'oofs  Di.  Ramsay  oveilooked  some  vagaiies  of 
the  piinter.  The  genus  is  rendered  as  Carettochelys,  but  associated 
with  the  species  it  reads  Carettocchdyx,  while  on  the  only  other 
occasion  on  which  the  word  is  used  it  appears  as  Carretochelys. 

The  author  of  the  species  i-eferred  it  to  the  family  Tiionychidae 
and  suggested  that  it  formed  a  link  between  the  river  tortoises 
and  the  sea  turtles.  In  laising  the  genus  to  family  rank 
Boulenger  assumed  that  it  was  a  Pleurodiiun  because,  all  then 
known  Papuasian  and  Australian  Chelonians  belonged  to  that 
division.  Characters  of  the  neural  bones,  and  plates  on  the  fore 
limbs  were  also  considex'ed  to  point  in  that  direction.  Baur 
thoroughly  reviewed  the  situation  and  rejected  the  Pleurodiran 
nature  of  the  genus.  He  considered  that  the  Carettochelydidge, 
to  which  he  assigned  both  Pseudotrionyx  a,iid  Carettochelys  "  came 
from    a   group    of   tortoises    related    to    the    stock    from    which 


OSTEOLOGY    OF   THE    NEW    GDINEA   TURTLE — WAITE,  117 

iStiiuiotypidfe  and  Cinosternid*  developed."  He  also  thought  it 
"  probable  that  the  Carettochelyidje  are  very  close  to  the  ancestors 
of  the  Trionychia,  of  which  they  ai'e  only  survivals."  When 
examing  the  two  imperfect  skulls,  previously  referred  to, 
Boulenger  found  characters  possessed  only  by  Chely,^,  among  the 
Pleurodira  and  by  the  Trionychidse. 

PVom  the  Pleurodira  it  is  definitely  excluded  hy  the  following 
characters  : — 

The  neck  is  bent  in  a  vertical  and  not  in  a  lateral  plane  ;  the 
cervical  vertebriB  do  not  possess  transverse  processes,  and  the 
articulation  between  the  centra  of  some  of  the  posterior  vertebne 
is  ginglymoid.  The  pelvis  is  not  anchylosed  to  the  carapace  and 
plastron. 

Vaillant  placed  Caj-eUochelys  next  to  the  Dermatem3'did{e  in  the 
sub-tribe  Phaneroderinea  of  the  Euchelonina. 

Carettochelys  has  considerable  affinity  with  the  Cryptodira  as 
defined  by  Boulenger ;  especially,  as  pointed  out  by  Baur,  with 
the  families  Dermatemydidse,  Htaurotypida?,  and  Kinosternid^e. 
The  difference  as  regards  deep-seated  chai-acters  may  be  expressed 
as  that  of  the  condition  of  the  pterygoid  bones.  In  CnrHtochdyx 
they  are  widely  separated  by  the  palatines,  basisphenoid  and 
basioccipital.  In  the  cryptodiran  chelonians,  the  pter3'goids  are 
in  contact  on  the  mid-line.  The  cervico-dorsal  articulation  is 
cryptodiran,  being,  as  I  have  shown,  between  the  centra  of  the 
vertebrpe,  and  not  between  the  zygapophyses  alone,  as  in  the 
Trionychoidea.  On  the  other  hand,  the  character  of  the  pterygoids 
and  premaxillary  associates  CarettocJielys  with  the  latter  di\ision. 

It  would  seem  therefore  that,  fundamentally,  the  Cryptodirans 
and  the  Trionychoideans  are  related  through  CareUochdyn  and  its 
fossil  allies,  and  that  the  two  divisions  should  not  be  separated,  in 
a  linear  arrangement,  by  the  Pleurodirans.  The  features  of  this 
reptile  thus  support  the  classification  adopted  in  i-ecent  revisions. 
Want  of  an  acquaintance  with  fossil  forms,  the  absence  of 
specimens  for  comparison  and  the  necessary  literature,  compel  me 
to  abstain  from  a  discussion  of  this  subject.  I  trust,  however, 
that  those  who  are  qualified  to  weigh  the  facts  adduced,  will  find 
the  data  and  illustrations  supplied,  useful  in  the  elucidation  of  an 
interesting  problem. 

The  whole  characters  of  this  Chelonian  are  not  yet,  by  any 
means,  perfectly  known,  and  further  material  will  be  necessarv 
before  the  fourth  and  three  succeeding  vertebra?,  the  pelvis,  and 
caudal  vertebrpe  ca!i  be  described.  We  know  nothing  of  the 
shoulder-girdle  and  limb  bones,  and  the  number  of  plialanges  in 
the  digits  is  still  an  uncertain  quantity. 


118  KECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

A  few  other  points  remain  to  be  dealt  with.  Up  to  1903  all 
the  Chelonians  recorded  from  New  Guinea  were  Pleurodirans.  In 
that  year,  however,  I  announced  the  occurrence  of  PdochehjK 
cantorix,  Gray,  in  New  Guinea,^  and  thus  added  a  member  of  the 
Trionychoidea  to  the  known  fauna. 

Ramsay  remarked  that  the  head  was  non-retractile,  a  statement 
doubted  by  Baur,  and  as  I  have  shown  incorrect. 

In  comparing  Carettochfhjs  witli  I't^eiidotriony:):,  an  affinity 
suggested  by  Boulenger,  Baur  noted  tlie  difference  in  the  number 
of  the  neural  plates,  six  in  the  ft)rmer,  se\en  in  the  latter.  Oui' 
example,  however,  shows  an  agreement  in  this  respect  between 
the  two  genera.  The  characters  of  the  family  as  defined  by  this 
writer  require  emendation,  the  plastron  in  Carettochelys  being 
composed  of  nine  elements  only,  the  supposed  mesoplastra  being 
absent. 

This  turtle  was  originally  described  as  an  inhabitant  of  fresh 
water,  but  the  occurrence  of  an  example  at  the  island  of  Kiwai 
shows  that  it  is  also  an  estuarine  form.  The  main  outlet  of  the 
Fly  River  is  twelve  miles  across,  and  Kiwai  is  a  large  island  in 
tlie  river  about  eight  miles  fi-oni  the  mouth.  It  supports  two 
villages  separated  by  a  salt-water  creek,  but  connected  by  a  native 
bridge.  Mr.  Froggatt  tells  me  that  at  Kiwai  the  water  is 
absolutely  salt,  so  that  the  turtle  may  not  be  confined  to  the  Fly 
River  or  its  tributaries,  but  occur  also  in  other  livers  entering  the 
Papuan  Gulf. 

The  following  references  may  be  added  to  tlie  bibliography  of 
the  subject,  since  its  publication  in  the  paper  fii-st-named  below. 

Baur,  G. — On  the  relations  of  Carcttochi'lys,  Ramsay.  Amei-. 
Nat.,  XXV.,  1891,  pp.  631-639,  pi.  xiv.-xvi.  and  Science,  xvii., 
1891,  p.  190. 

Vaillant,  L.^ — Essai  sur  la  Classification  generate  des  cheloniens. 
Ann.  8ci.  Nat.,  (7),  xvi.,  1894,  pp.  331-345. 

Boulenger,  G.  A. — Remarks  on  two  imperfect  skulls  of 
Carettochely><  insculpta.     Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1898,  p.  851. 

i  Waite— Rec.  Aust.  Mas.,  v.,  1903,  p.  50. 


OCCASIONAL  NOTES. 


III.  WESTERN  AUSTRALIAN  PRAWNS  and  SPONGES. 

In  the  report  of  the  Fishing  Industry  for  Western  Australia, 
referred  to  by  Mr.  Edgar  R.  Waite,  Mr.'  Gale  writes  : — "  I 
am  pleased  to  be  able  to  report  that  prawns  in  fairly  large 
quantities  were  caught  in  this  locality.  The  species  discovei*ed, 
Eujihausia  j^ellucidd,  are  very  large,  some  measuring  as 
much  as  nine  and  three  quarter  inches  from  head  to  tail,  and 
from  a  gastronomic  standpoint  are  very  excellent.  They  appear 
to  exist  in  quantities  over  a  large  area  of  ground,  and  I  am  firmly 
of  opinion  that  a  new  industry  will  eventually  be  established  in 
these  waters." 

A  single  large  prawn  was  included  in  the  collection  forwarded, 
and  this  I  identify  with  Fe/tui'us  xemisulcatus,  De  Haan.  As  this 
attains  considerable  size  it  is  probable  that  tlie  large  prawns 
mentioned  ai"e  of  this  species. 

It  is  extremely  improbable  that  tliey  are  correctly  associated 
with  the  Schizopod  Eujjhaui^ia  ;  E.  pcllucida,  Dana,  being  fully 
adult  at  15  mm.  (  =  ^2- inch). 

The  sponges  obtained  by  the  expedition  are  as  follows,  all 
except  one  being  of  commercial  value  : — 

Euspongia  illawarra,  Whitelegge. 

Four  examples  of  this  valuable  sponge  were  collected.  Three 
(Nos.  3,  4,  6)  from  the  beach  at  Shark  Bay  and  one  specimen 
washed  ashore  alive  at  Esperance. 

Hippospoiigia  eqrdna,  Schmidt,  iim:  Hasfica,  Lendenfeld,  is 
represented  by  three  examples  (Nos.   2,  8,  13). 

No.  2  is  a  beach-worn  specimen.  No.  8  was  washed  ashore  at 
Shark  Bay  ;  the  size  of  this  particular  specimen  is  remarkable,  it 
is  stated  to  have  been  eight  feet  long,  and  three  feet  by  one  foot. 
No.  13  was  obtained  alive  at  Fremantle.  This  variety  is  identical 
with  the  sponge  imported  from  Europe  and  usually  sold  by  the 
chemists  and  druggists  in  Sydney.  The  majority  of  Australian 
specimens  are  much  coarser  in  texture  and  not  (juite  so  tough  as 


120 


fiECOEDS    OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 


the  imported  article.  This  may  be  due  to  many  causes  such  as 
higlier  tempei'ature,  food  supply,  or  strong  currents.  The 
American  and  West  Indian  sponges  although  identical  with  the 
Mediterranean  variety  are  inferior,  the  texture  being  more  open 
and  somewhat  wanting  in  toughness. 

Hippospongia  equina,  var.  7nea7idrimform,is,  Hyatt.    (No.  5). 

This  variety  is  rather  coarse  in  general  appearance,  the  fibres 
are  fine  but  distant  from  each  other  ;  they  are,  however,  exceed- 
ingly tough  and  elastic,  two  qualities  which  render  this  form  of 
great  commercial  value.  The  specimen  was  obtained  at  Shark  Bay. 

Hipposjjonyia,  sji,     (No.  12), 

This  was  obtained  alive  at  Fremantle.  It  is  possibly  a  form 
of  H.  canaliculata,  Lendenfeld,  but  it  differs  greatly  from 
specimens  in  the  Australian  Museum,  the  texture  is  much  finer 
and  the  surface  is  villose.  This  appearance  may  be  due  to  the 
fact  that  the  West  Australian  example  has  been  macerated, 
whilst  the  Museum  specimens  have  been  dried  in  the  fleshy 
condition. 

Tliorecta  meandrina,  Lendenfeld,  is  probably  No.  7  and  is  of  no 
commercial  value.     Shark  Bay,  W.A. 

Thomas  Whitelegge. 


RECORDS 


OF   THE 


AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


EDITED  BY  THE  CURATOR. 


Vol.  VI.,   No.  3. 


PRINTED     BY      ORDER     OF     THE     TRUSTEES. 

R.   ETHERIDGE,   Junr.,  J.P., 
Curatot*. 

SYDNEY,    JUNE    19,    1906. 
Tbe  Swift  Printing  Oo.,  Ltd.,  6  Jamieson  Lane,  Sydoe^ . 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE. 

On  Two  Early  Austmliiui  Ornithologi^^ts.     By  Alfird  J.  Noitli,  C.M.Z.S., 

Oriiithologist  .  .  ...  .,  ...  ..121 

The  Cranial  Buckler  o.f  a  l^ipnoau  Fisli,  from  the  J)evonian  Beds  of  tlie 

Murrum'bidgee  Eirer,  N.S.W.     By  R.  Etheridge,  Jiinr.,  Curator    ...   129 

Mineralogieal  Notes  :  No.  3. — Axinil^e,  Petterdite,  Croeoite,  and  Datolite. 

By  C.  Anderson,  M.A.,  B.Se.,  Mineralogist  ..  ...  ..   138 

A  Synopsis  of  Australian  Aearina.      By  W.  J.  Rainbow,  F.L.S.,  F.E.8., 

Entomologist  ...  ...  ...  . .  ...  ...    145 

l.)escription  of  and  Notes  on  some  Australian  and  Tasnianian  Fishes.     By 

Edgar  R.Waite,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist  ..  ...  ..  ..".194 

Mollusca  from  Three  Hundred  Fathoms,  off  Sydne\ .      Br  C.  H.  Hedley, 

Conchologist,  and  W.  F.  Petterd  ...  "...     '         ...  ...211 

Studies    in    Australian    Sharks,    No.    3.      By    Edgar    R.   Waite,    F.L.S., 

Zoologist   ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  226 

On   a  Variety   of    Goura   coronata.      By   Alfred    J.    North,   C.M.Z.S., 

Ornithologist  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  2:30 

Occasional  Notes — 

IV.— Crustacea  new  to  Australia.     By  Alla'i  R.  MeCidlocli  ...  231 


ON    TWO    EARLY    AUSTRALIAN    ORNITHOLOGISTS. 

By   Alfred   J.    North,  C.M.Z.S.,   Ornithologist. 

(Plate  xxvii.). 

JOHN     WILLIAM     LEWIN. 

John  William  Lewiii  was  the  author  of  the  first  work  pub- 
lished on  Australian  Birds.  He  arrived  in  New  South  Wales  in 
179iS  by  H.M.S.  "  Buffalo,"  and  is  thus  referred  to  by  the  Duke 
of  Portland  in  a  communication  to  Governor  Hunter,  under  date 
6th  February,  1798.  "Mr.  Lewin  is  a  jminter  and  drawer  in 
natural  history,  and  being  desirous  of  pursuing  his  studies  in  a 
country  which  cannot  fail  to  improve  that  brancli  of  knowledge, 
you  will  allow  him  the  usual  Government  rations  during  his  resi- 
dence in  the  settlement."^  In  1801  Lewin  accompanied  Lieu- 
tenant-Colonel Paterson,  the  Lieutenant-Governor  of  the  Colony, 
and  others  in  an  exploring  expedition  up  the  Hunter  and  Paterson 
Rivers,  the  latter  previous  to  the  visit  being  known  as  Cedar  Arm 
Surgeon  Harris,  writing  from  the  Hunter  River  on  25tli  June 
1801,  to  Governor  King  remarks:  "The  Colonel  says  he  has 
found  several  new  plants  here,  and  Mr.  Lewin  also  says  he  has 
met  with  new  birds.  If  so,  they  are  above  my  comprehension, 
as  I  see  nothing  new  about  them,  one  hawk  excepted,  and  that 
only  in  colour  being  red  with  a  white  head."^ 

In  the  same  vessel  which  conveyed  most  of  the  party  during 
these  explorations,  the  "  Lady  Nelson,"  a  brig  of  six  guns.  Lieu- 
tenant Murray,  R.N.,  in  February  of  the  following  year,  discovered 
and  entered  Port  Phillip. 

Probably  Lewin  obtained  the  specimens  from  which  his  descrip- 
tions and  figures  of  the  "  Scarlet-back  Warbler "  were  taken, 
during  his  exploration  of  these  rivers,  for  in  the  1822  edition  of 
his  work  it  is  stated  that  this  species  "  inhabits  forests  near  the 
banks  of  Patterson's  River."  Dr.  R.  B.  Sharpe  refers  this  figure 
to  the  Northern  and  North-western  Australian  species  Malurns 
cruentatus,  Gould,  but  it  is  unquestionably  applical)le  to  the  New 


Bladen— Hist.  Ree.  N.  S.  Wales,  iii.,  1895,  p.  358. 
Bladen — Loc.  cit.,  p.  417. 


122  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

South  Wales'  bird,  as  is  shown  by  Lewin's  remarks.  In  1808 
Lewin's  "  Birds  of  New  Holland  "  was  published,  the  plates  being 
engraved  and  coloured  by  the  author  in  the  Colony.  With  the 
exceptions  of  the  plates  in  Lewin's  "  Insects  of  New  South 
Wales,"  published  by  the  same  author  in  1805,  these  plates  were 
the  earliest  engravings  produced  in  Australia. 

Lewin  referred  to  this  edition  of  his  work  as  "  The  Birds  of 
New  South  Wales,"  and  not  "  The  Birds  of  New  Holland,"  the 
latter  a  title  it  must  have  received  in  London,  where  the 
letterpress  was  printed.  In  The  Sydney  Gazette,  of  Sunday, 
November  20,  1808,  is  the  following  advertisement : — 

"  Mr.  J.  Lewin  begs  leave  to  acquaint  the  Officers,  Civil  and 
Military,  and  their  Ladies  who  honoured  with  their  Names  the 
List  of  Subscriber's  to  his  intended  Work,  entitled  '  The  Birds  of 
New  South  Wales  with  their  Natural  History,'  that  he  has 
received  advices  promising  the  Transmittal,  by  the  next  arrival, 
of  the  Copies  of  the  first  volume  subscribed  for  here. 

This  work,  which  Mr.  Lewin  has  for  many  years  laboured  to 
render  as  perfect  as  he  was  able,  will  comprise  several  Volumes 
painted,  engraved  and  described  from  the  birds  as  soon  as  taken. 
Each  Volume  will  contain  Eighteen  Plates  with  one  or  more 
birds  on  each  Plate  ;  many  of  which  are  new,  beautiful,  and  some 
of  new  genera. 

The  copies,  which  will  be  elegantly  printed  on  an  Imperial 
Quarto,  will  be  delivered  as  soon  as  they  are  received,  with  every 
respectful  Acknowledgement  to  those  who  were  kind  enough  to 
patronise  his  exertions  in  the  Colony. 

No.  44  Chapel  Row." 

Four  years  later,  in  The  Syduey  Gazette,  of  Saturday,  August 
1,  1812,  is  the  following  :— 

"A  Card. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Lewin,  begs  leave  to  inform  his  friends  and  the 
Public  in  general,  that  he  intends  opening  an  Academy  for 
Painting  on  the  Days  of  Monday,  Wednesday  and  Friday,  from 
the  hours  of  10  to  12  in  the  Forenoon." 

In  the  National  Art  Gallery,  Sydney,  there  is  a  water-colour 
by  Lewin,  entitled  "Sydney  in  1808."  On  the  25th  April,  1815, 
Lewin,  as  painter  and  naturalist,  accompanied  Governor  Mac- 
tiuarie  on  his  tour  over  the  Blue  Mountains.'^  In  the  Appendix  to 
Wentworth's  "  Description  of  the  Colony  of  New  South  ^\'ales  "^ 

«  O'Hara— Hist.  ^'.  S.  Wales.  1818,  p.  440. 
J  Wentwovth— p.  437,  I8l9. 


TWO    KARr.Y    AUSTRALIAN    OKXITIIOLOOISTS — NORTH.  123 

is  a  List  of  Civil  Establishnioiits  and  Pu])lic  Institutions  in  the 
Territory  of  New  South  Wales  and  its  J)ependencies.  Among 
the  Comniittee  of  the  Police  Fund  of  the  Police  Establishment  at 
Sydney,  the  name  of  Mr.  Lewin  api:)ears  as  Coroner. 

Lewin  died  in  1819,  and  was  buried  in  the  Devonshire  Street 
Cemetery,  his  remains,  with  others  buried  there,  being  transferred 
a  few  years  ago  to  the  northern  shore  of  Botany  Bay,  to  make 
r(jom  h>r  the  new  metropolitan  railway  station  at  Hedfern.  The 
inscrijjtion  on  Lewin's  tomb  in  this  cemetery,  wjiicli  is  mid-way 
Ijetween  Botany  and  La  Perouse,  is  as  follows  :  — 

"  Here  Rests 

the  Body  of  J.  W.   LEAVIN,   Esq. 

Coroner 

who  departed  this  Life 

the  27th  of  August,    1819 

Aged  49  Years 

After  a  severe  Illness 

which  he  bore 

With   Christian  Fortitude 

Leaving  a  disconsolate 

Widow  and  Son 

to  Lament  his  Loss 

a  Loss 

also  felt  l)y  his  few   Friends 

who  knew  him. 

In   him  the  Community  has  been 

Deprived  of  an  honest  Man 

and  this  country  of  an 

Eminent  Artist 

in  his  Line  of 

Natural  History  Painting 

In   which  he  excelled. 

He  is  gone 

Depending  upon  the  Mercies 

of  liis  God 
through  an  atoning  Saviour 

Who  Writes 

'Our  Virtues  on  Adamant 

Our  Vices  on  a  Wave.' 

A  Friend 

has  given  this  Tril)ute 

To  his   Memory." 


1-24  KECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

About  a  mile  faither  on,  at  La  Perouse,  the  remains  of  Pere  le 
Keceveur  are  buried,  and  a  memorial  erected  to  his  memory.  He 
-was  one  of  the  naturalists  in  the  French  Expedition,  under  the 
command  of  the  illustrious,  but  ill-fated  La  Perouse,  and  died  on 
the   17th  February,  1788. 

Three  years  after  Lewin's  decease  a  re-issue  was  published  in 
London,  in  1822,  entitled  "A  Natural  Histoiy  of  the  Birds  of 
New  8outh  Wales,  collected,  engraved,  and  faithfully  painted 
after  Nature,  by  Jolm  AV'illiam  Lewin,  A.L.S.,  late  of  Parramatta, 
New  8outh  Wales.''  It  contained  twenty-six  plates,  being  eight 
more  than  in  the  original  edition  published  by  Lewin  in  1808. 
Tlie  watermark  on  the  plates  of  the  1822  edition  is  J.  Whatman 
1S22,  and  on  the  paper  of  the  accompanying  letterpress  the  same 
maker's  name,  with  date  1821.  All  the  species  are  described  under 
vernacular  names  only.  There  is  a  copy  of  tliis  edition  in  the 
Australian  ^Museum  Library,  also  one  purporting  to  be  of  the 
same  issue  and  date,  l:)ut  the  watermark  on  the  plates  is  1875  ! 
Attention  has  alreadv  been  drawn  to  tliis  issue  in  circulation  in  a 
liookseller's  descriptive  catalogue.  The  Museum  copy  of  the  1822 
edition  could  never  have  been  "painted  after  nature"  by  Lewin, 
for  the  base  of  the  forehead  and  sides  of  the  head  of  the  Crested 
tShiike  are  painted  yellow,  where  tlie}^  should  be  white. 

A  second  re-issue  bearing  the  same  title  was  published  in 
London  in  1838,  nineteen  years  after  Lewin's  death.  A  copy  of 
this  work  has  been  kindh^  lent  me  for  examination  by  the  Hon. 
Dr.  Jas.  Norton,  M.L.C.  Below  the  title  is  as  follows  :  "  New 
and  improved  edition,  to  which  is  added  a  list  of  the  '  synonymes  ' 
of  each  species,  incorporating  the  labours  of  'T."  Gould,  Esq.,  N. 
A.  Vigors,  Esq.,  J.  Horsfield,  M.D.  and  W.  8wainson,  Esq."  The 
plates  are  far  more  accurately  coloured  than  in  the  genuine  1822 
edition,  and  bear  the  watermark  of  1838.  The  watermark  on 
the  explanation  of  plates  is  1821.  Although  two  pages  of 
synonyms  compiled  by  Eyton  follow  the  title  pages,  all  the  species 
appear  under  Lewin's  vernacular  names.  In  the  "  Catalogue  of 
Birds  in  tlie  British  ]Museum,"''  Dr.  H.  Gadow  gives  a  reference 
'^Cn-thui  fidvifrvHs,  Lewin,  Bds.  N.8.W.,  pi.  22  (1838)."  This 
reference  cannot  be  attributed  to  Lewin,  who  had  been  dead  for 
so  many  years.  Both  in  the  1822  and  1838  editions  this  species 
is  referred  to  in  tlie  Explanation  to  Plate  xxii.  as  the  "  VVhite- 
l)reasted  Honey-sucker,"  and  by  Eyton  in  the  1838  edition  as 
(T'li/cij/hi/o/nfri/roits.  Moreover,  Lewin  is  not  the  authority  for 
the  specific  name  of  Ghjciphiht   fulvifroux,  but  Vigors  and  Hors- 

■'■  (liidow  -  Cat.  Binls  Brit.  Miis.,  ix.,  1H8-!,  ]>.  210. 


TWO    KAHLY    AL'STIJALIAN    ORXITHOLOfUSTS — NORTH.  1  I'-J 

field,  who  (lescrihed  this  species  in  the  '• 'rransaetions  (if  the 
Linneau  .Societv,"'  in  ISi'f?,  under  tlie  name  of  J/'///*//'/'/" 
fiiJrifrons. 

Altliough  1  have  never  lieard  of  one,  there  may  he  eojiies  of 
Iv 'will's  original  work  in  private  libraries  in  Australia,  more 
especially  in  New  .South  Wales,  the  early  settlers  in  Sydney 
subscribing  between  them  for  sixty-seven  copies.  Only  six  copies 
were  subscribed  for  in  London.  The  Melbourne  and  Adelaide 
Public  Libraries,  T  \vA\e  been  informed  by  their  respecti\e 
Librarians,  do  not  possess  a  co})y.  With  a  manuscript  title-i>age 
bearing  the  date  of  publication  as  1S13  !  and  without  an  index, 
there  is  one  in  the  Sydney  Public  Library,  presumably  an 
authentic  copy  of  the  original  edition.  Tt  has,  howevei',  Ijeeii 
reduced  in  size,  both  in  the  letterpress  and  the  size  of  the  jilates, 
tlie  latter  eighteen  in  number,  the  same  as  in  the  first  issue,  being 
cut  oft'  close  to  the  tinted  background,  doing  away  at  the  same 
time  with  the  engraver's  name  and  date.  The  numbers  on  the 
plates  are  marked  in  with  pencil,  and  the  accompanying  letter- 
press is  under  the  vernacular  names  only.  The  plates  are  crudely 
coloured  and  the  watermark  thereon  is  G.  Ansell  1<^09.  The 
male  of  Pachijcfphda  (initnrnlls,  which  is  figured  under  the  name 
of  "Orange-breast  Thrush,"  has  the  throat  erroneously  coloui'ed 
yellow  instead  of  white,  a  glaring  mistake  wliich  could  liardly 
have  been  perpetrated  by  Lewin. 

Mr.  J.  J.  Fletcher,  the  Secretary  of  the  Linneaii  Society  of 
New  South  Wales,  to  who  I  am  indel)ted  for  some  early 
references  to  Lewin,  has  also  kindly  brought  under  my  iK»tice 
three  original  drawings  of  Lewin's  in  the  possession  (»f  the 
Society.  Thev  were  the  property  of  the  late  Sir  William  ]Macleay. 
The  species  figured  are  Oru/ma  rnhrlcata,  Fachycphnln  Difivittris, 
and  Pachywphaht  tjuffuralis.  All  are  under  vernacular  names 
only,  and  the  watermark  on  tlie  paper  on  one  of  the  m.s. 
explanations  of  the  plates  is   "A.   Stace   1798." 


JOHN     GILBERT. 

(Plate   xxvii.). 

The  labours  of  John  Gilbert  are  so  well  known,  find 
so  closely  interwoven  in  connection  with  those  of  .lolni 
G(iuld  in  the  hitter's  great  work  on  ''  The  Birds  of 
Australia,"  that  it  is  unnecessary  to  enter  into  l)ut  few 
details  relative  to  the  accompanving  ]ilate.  fJilbert  had 
been    for   nianv    vears    in    tlie     emplovment    of    the     Zoological 


12t)  KEC0KD8    OF    IHE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Society  of  London,  nnd  had  there  worked  under  Gould.  After 
Gould  determined  to  visit  Australia  to  procure  material  for 
his  new  work,  he  appointed  Gilbert  his  assistant,  who  made 
Aaluable  field  notes  and  large  collections  of  bird  skins,  principally 
in  the  Northern  and  Western  portions  of  the  continent.  Gilbert 
returned  to  Eniiland  in  1841  and  revisited  Australia  in  the 
following  year,  procuring  more  information  and  specimens  in 
•South-western  Australia.  He  continued  the  good  work  in  1844 
and  1840,  while  accompanying  Dr.  Leichardtand  his  party  on  their 
overland  expedition  from  ^Moreton  Bay  towards  Port  Essington, 
and  where,  during  the  journey,  he  treacherously  met  his  death  at 
the  hands  of  the  natives.  The  following  account  of  the  tragic 
occurrence  was  sent  to  Gould  by  Mr.  John  Roper,  one  of  the 
members  of  the  expedition,  after  his  return  to  Sydney,  and  was 
published  in  the  "Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society"  in  1846.'* 
As  tlie  early  volumes  of  the  Society's  Proceedings  are  accessible 
to  only  a  comparati\ely  few  students  of  Austi'alian  ornithology 
it  is  here  fulh'  transcirbed. 

"Sydney,  12th  May,  1846. 

Dear  Sir, — As  I  was  one  of  the  party  that  journeyed  from 
Sydney  to  Port  Essington,  and  not  knowing  whether  you  had  been 
made  acquainted  with  the  full  particulars  of  poor  Gilbert's  death, 
by  Dr.  Leichardt  or  any  of  the  party,  thinking  the  details  of  his 
melancholy  fate  would  be  read  with  interest,  T  shall  offer  no 
ap(jlogy  for  addressing  this  to  you. 

As  Mr.  Gilbert's  log,  which  has  been  sent  home  to  you,  fully 
narrates  all  particulars  up  to  the  eventful  28th  of  -June  [184")],  I 
shall  offer  no  remarks  of  my  own.  At  the  most  northerl}'  point 
we  reached  on  the  east  side  of  the  Gulf  of  Carpentaria,  in  Lat. 
15°  57',  and  about  fifty  miles  fiom  the  coast,  we  encamped  for 
the  night  at  a  small  shallow  lagoon  suirounded  by  low  tea-trees, 
the  countr}'  arouiul  beautifully  open.  Having  partaken  of  our 
usual  meal  of  dried  meat  al)out  3  p.m.,  Gilbert,  taking  his  gun, 
sallied  forth  in  search  of  something  new — he  procured  a  Climac- 
teris  and  a  Finch,  which  he  skinned  before  dinner  ;  our  scanty 
meal  was  soon  despatched  :  poor  Gilbert  was  busily  employed 
plaiting  the  cabbage  tree,  intending  to  make  a  new  hat,  which, 
alas  !  he  never  lived  to  finish.  The  shades  of  evening  closed 
around,  and  after  chatting  for  a  short  time  we  returned  to  our 
separate  tents — Gilbert  and  Murphy  to  theirs,  Mr.  Calvert  and 
mvself  to  oui's,  and  Phillips  to  his  ;  the  Doctor  and  our  two  black- 

'    «..]).•!•     Pro.  Zool.  Soi'..  184().  i)p.  70-80. 


TWO    EARLY    AISTHALIAX    OUMTHOLOfU.sTS    -N'OKTH.  127 

fellows   slept   around   the    tire,   entirely    unconscious  of   the  evil 
ilesigns  of  the  natives  ;  having  always  found  those  we  had  passed 
so  fiiendly  and  well  disposed,  we  felt  in  as  great  security  as  you 
do  in  the  midst  of  London,  lying  on  our  blankets,  conversing  on 
different  topics.     Not  one  could  have  closed  his  eyelids,  when  ] 
was  surprised  by  a  noise  as  if  some  persons  were  throwing  sticks 
at  our  tent  ;  thinking  it  nuist  be  some  trick  played  on  us  by  our 
companit)ns,  I  sat  up  and  looked  out  ;   another  \olley  of  spears  ; 
a  terrific  yell,  that  will  ring  in  my  ears  for  ever,  was  raised,  anfl 
pierced  with  spears,  which    T   found  it  impossible  to  extricate,  I 
sunk  helpless  on  the  ground  ;    the   whole   l)ody   rushed   upon   us 
with  their  waddies,  and  how  it  is  that  our  brains  did  not  bespatter 
the  ground,  is  to  me  miraculous.     These  rascals  had  crept  on  us 
under  cover  of  the  tea-trees,  the  tent  where  Cahert  and  I    were 
being   first   in    their   I'oad,    the   wjiole    body   attacked    us  ;    poor 
Gilbert,  hearing  the  noise,  was  rushing  from  his  tent  with  his  gun, 
wjien  a  spear  w-as  thrown  at   him,  pierced  his   breast,  and  pene- 
trating  to   his   lungs   caused   internal  h(ennnorrhage ;    the    only 
woi'ds  he   spoke   were  these,    "Charlie   take  my  gun,  they  have 
killed  me,"  when  pulling  out  the  spear  with  his  own  hands  he  im- 
mediately dropped  upon  the  ground  lifeless.     Little  Murphy,  who 
was  by  his  side  at  the  time  he  was  sjjeared,  fii-ed  at  the  black- 
felhjw  who  liad  speared  him  ;    Brown  fired  at  the   mob  beating 
Calvert  and  myself,  and  they  immediately  retreated,  howling  and 
lamenting.      ]\lr.  Calvert  w-as  pierced  with  five  spears,  myself  with 
six,  and  our  recovery  is  to  be  attributed  to  the  abstemious  way  in 
which   we   lived.      After  having  tlie  spears  pulled  out,  you  may 
imagine  our  feelings  when  we  heard  Charlie  exclaim,  "Gilbert  is 
dead"  —  we  could  not,  would  not  l)elieve  it.      Alas',  the  morning 
luduglit  no  better  tidings — poor  (iilbert  was  consigned  to  his  last 
and  narrow  home,  the  prayers  of  the  Church   of   JOngland    were 
read  over  him,  and  a  large  fire  made  upon  his  grave  for  the  pur 
pose  of  misleading  the  blacks,  who  we  thought,  would  probably 
return  and  search  the  camp  upon  our  departure.      It  is  impossible 
to  describe  the  gloom  and  sorrow  the  fatal  accident  cast  upon  our 
partv.      Asa  companion  none  was  more  cheerful  or  agreeable  ;  as 
a   man  none  more   indefatigable   or  more  pei-se\ering  ;   but  it  is 
useless  for  me  to  eulctgize  one  so  well  known   to  you — one   whont 
vou  will  have  cause  to  regret,  and  who  will  e\er  be  remembered  by„ 
Sir, 

Youi's   most   trulv, 

.John    UoPKit." 

Although    Cilbeit    was    bui-ied    in    a    lonely    grave    in    North 
(Queensland  he  was  not  forgotten,  "  unhonoured,  unwept,  unsung." 


128  RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MCSKl'M. 

In  the  liistoric  S.  James  Church  of  En^nlaiid,  .Sy(hiey,  built  during 
Governoi'  Macquarie's  time  in  1S20,  a  mural  tablet  was  erected  to 
his  memory  by  the  colonists  of  New  South  AVales.'  Amonj;- 
others,  many  tablets  adorn  its  walls  to  perpetuate  the  memory  of 
different  jiersons  closely  associated  with  the  early  histoi}'  <>f  tht- 
colony.  Next  to  Gilbert's  is  a  tablet  erected  by  the  Executive 
Government  to  the  memory  of  Edmund  Kennedy,  Exi)l(»rer,  who 
was  killed  by  the  natives  on  the  loth  l)eceinber,  lS4:f<,  un<[  of  his 
nine  companions  who  perished  during  the  e.\pk)ratioii  of  York 
Peninsula.  Among  the  latter,  was  Thomas  Wall,  Naturalist, 
brother  to  the  first  Curator  of  the  Australian  INIuseum.  There 
are  also  tablets  to  the  memory  of  A\'illiam  AVentworth,  William 
Sharp  Macleay  and  Alexander  Macleay,  the  latter  a  member  of 
Committee  of  the  Australian  Museum  from  its  first  connnencemeiit 
in  1836,  until  his  decease  on  the  19th  July,  1848. 

The  accompanying  plate  is  reproduced  from  a  photograph  taken 
with  the  kind  permission  of  the  Re\ .  A\'.  I.  Carr-.Smith,  IJector 
of  S.  James  Church. 


'  A  sliglit  error  occm-s  in  the  date,  (iilbort  \v,i>  >iH';irtMl  on  tl)c  L'Ntli.  not  {] 
29t]i  of  June,  1845. 


THK   CUANIAL   BrCKLKll    of  a    DIPNOAN    FLSH, 

PR..BAHLY    (hiXORlIYXCHU.S,    FHOM    THE    DEVONIAN 

P>I':DS    of   the    MUHKUMBTDOEE    lUVEVl, 
NEW   .SOTTH   ANALES. 

I5v    H.   Ei'HEUII)i;e,   Juiir.,   Ciiratoi-. 

(Plate  xxviii.). 

Mr.  C.  A.  .Sii.ssmilcli,  Lecturer  an  Geology,  Technical  College, 
Sydney,  favoured  me  with  the  loan  of  a  cranial  buckler  of  a 
J)ipnoan  fisli,  obtained  b}^  liim  from  the  Devonian  beds  of  the 
]Murrumbidgee  liiver.  A  reproduction  of  this  specimen  has  been 
jthiced  in  the  Museum  collection. 

The  buckler  in  (piestion  so  closely  resembles  one  descril)ed  b\- 
Dr.  11.  H.  Traquair,  some  years  ago,  as  (Tditorhi/ncltUK  >ro()(hi-nrdi,^ 
tiuit  T  am  induced  to  publish  a  descri2)tion  of  the  new  specimen 
under  tlie  same  generic  name,  as  (t.  snsxinUrltl.  Dr.  Traquairs 
.sj)ecimen  consisted  of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  head  only,  but 
unfortunately  nothing  was  known,  at  the  the  time  of  his  descrip- 
tion "regarding  the  geological  formation,  or  the  localit}'.  It 
consisted  of  "the  extremity  of  the  snout  of  a  very  large  tish, 
probal)lv  1  or  5  feet  long."  Dr.  Tra(|uair's  description,  epito- 
mised, is  as  follows,  so  far  as  it  concerns  the  piesent  fossil.  Tiie 
fragment  is  semilunar  in  form,  with  a  superior  arched  ganoid 
surface  forming  \nivt  of  the  upper  aspect  of  the  snout,  the  anterior 
lounded  margin  being  the  front  edge  of  the  ui>i)ei'  lip.  When 
placefl  in  its  natural  position,  with  the  labial  margin  hori/oiital, 
the  superior  surface  sl()V)es  downwards  and  forwards  in  the  middle 
line  at  an  angle  of  45  ,  and  is  arched  at  the  sides.  The  surface 
is  smooth,  glos.sy,  finely  i-eticulate-i)unctate,  and  exiiibits  no  tiace 
<'ither  of  sutures  or  external  nasal  organs.  Near  the  lal)ial 
margin,  the  small  punctures  of  the  superior  ganoid  surface  gise 
j)lace  to  largei-  ones.  On  viewing  this  snout  from  below  it  is  seen 
to  be  flattened  centi'ally  and  latei-ally,  and  with  a  shallow  central 
cmargination  or  indentation,  set  on  its  edge  with  a  row  of  six 
small   blunted   tooth-like   projections.      On   each    side   is   a   deep 

^   'J'raiiiuiir — (icdl.  Afafi.,  x.,  lS7:i,  ]\  552,  ))].  xiv. 


130  RECORDS    OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

rounded  iiotcli,  which  Traquair  considers  to  represent  the  position 
oi  the  anterior  nasal  opening.  The  author  concluded  his  descrip- 
tion in  these  words — "Our  fossil  is  certainly  ui^ithev  J) ipter us  nov 
Ceratodus ;  Cheirodns  is  known  only  by  its  teeth  ;  and  as  to 
Ctenodus,  the  front  of  the  head  has  not  yet  been  discovered,  so 
that  all  evidence  is  wanting  to  connect  it  with  that  genus.  It 
seems,  therefore,  in  these  circumstances,  best  to  frame  a  new 
genus  for  its  reception." 

Dr.  Traquair's  description  of  this  remarkable  fossil  seems  even 
now  to  be  practically  all  that  is  known  of  it,  for  Dr  A.  8.  Wood- 
ward writes-  of  GiuuirhijncJms  as  "a  provisional  genus  at  present 
incapable  of  definition,  comprising  large  PaUeozoic  Dipnoan  fishes- 
in  which  the  extremity  of  the  snout  (as  also  presumably  all  the 
external  lieadbones)  is  enveloped  in  a  thick  layer  of  punctate 
ganoin." 

The  specimen  discovered  Ijy  Mr.  Siissmilch  is  externally  nmch 
more  complete  than  that  figured  l)y  Traquair.  Tt  consists  of  the^ 
snout  and  most  of  the  plates  of  the  cranial  buckler  covered  with 
glossy  ganion  densely  and  minutel}"  pitted,  and  separated  from 
one  another  V)y  fairly-well  marked  sutures.  This  cranial  shell,  '1 
mm.  thick  along  the  posterior  edge,  is  strongly  arched  from  side 
to  side,  but  unarched  between  the  aiiterior  and  posterior  extre- 
mities, so  far  as  preserved.  In  its  present  condition  it  measures 
four  inches  from  end  to  end,  and  three  inches  trans\'ersely  at  its 
greatest  width,  without  following  the  curve.  The  plates  are  moi'e 
or  less  distinguishable  to  within  one  inch  of  the  snout  extremity, 
this  portion  lieing,  as  in  the  corresponding  but  much  larger  area 
of  (j.  /roodian-di,  devoid  of  sutures,  and  the  punctfe  of  the 
polished  surface  interspersed  with  others  ( f  a  larger  diameter. 
The  snout  is  fairly  perfect,  but  the  posterior  end  of  the  specimen 
is  fractured  and  imperfect.  Dr.  Traquair's  description  of  the 
fore-under  surface  can  almost  be  applied  to  tlie  corresponding- 
part  of  ^fr.  8iissmilch"s  fossil.  ^^'e  see  the  arched  and  flattened 
front  of  the  snout  and  margin  of  the  upper  lip,  the  rounded 
superior  eih^e  of  the  former  fading  into  the  surface  of  the  shield. 
On  this  labial  margin  the  ganoin  has  been  worn  off,  but  leaving^ 
traces  of  punctje  larger  than  any  of  those  on  the  upper  surface. 
The  central  portion  of  the  lower  margin  of  the  lip,  wlien  viewed 
from  the  front,  is  convex,  with  on  each  side  a  shallow  rounded 
notch,  the  anterior  nasal  opening  according  to  Traquair.  The 
median  indentation  of  this  lip  edge  in  (r.  iroodnrtrdi  is  not  visible 
in  (r.  stisxniih-hi  until  the  specimen  is  turned  completely  upside- 

■'  AVoodwnrd-  lii-it.  Miis.  Cat.  Foss.  Fislios.  Tt.  ii.,  1891,  \\  245. 


CHAMAL    DUCKLER    OF    A    DIPXOAX    FISH KTHKHIIx;!:.         I'M 

iluwii,  and  is  ('\eii  then,  faint  and  incuiispiciiuus,  and  there  are 
no  tooth-like  projections  ^•isi1)le  so  far  as  the  lower  portion  of  the 
specimen  has  been  de\elopefl.  Tlie  ends  of  the  lateral  projecting 
t>ortions  of  the  lal)iiun  are  slii;htly  eiilarijed  and  hlunt.  but  not 
incurved. 

The  pt)lvi;(inal  cranial  plates  are  not  bilaterally  synnnetrical,  in 
fact  they  are  verv^  irregularly  arranged.  Tn  Dipf'i-ti.,^,  even, 
Traquair  says"  "it  is  ditticult  to  trace  any  exact  correspondence 
between  them  and  the  cranial  roof-bones  of  ordinary  (ianoids  and 
Teleostei."  I  certainly  hoped  to  be  able  to  institute  a  comparison 
between  these  cranial  plates  and  those  of  Dlptirux  as  restored  by 
Dr.  C.  H.  Pander/  but  those  of  <nu'  fossil  do  not  appear  to 
correspond  with  the  arrangement  shown  in  liis  restoration  :  even 
in  the  latter  they  are  not  wholly  bilaterally  symmetrical.  For 
instance,  assuming  Panders  restoration  to  represent  the  complete 
cranial  buckler  of  Dipft'vns,  his  me<lian  occipital  is  one  of  the 
largest  plates  of  the  series,  and  is  po.steriorly  terminal.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  lai'gest  plate  in  the  median  line  of  our  buckler 
is  not  terminal  and  tiie  two  flanking  plates  on  either  side  do  not 
correspond  in  outline  or  size  witli  one  another.  In  Panders 
figure  the  anterior  semicircle  is  ctjmposed  of  thre(  lai'ge  i)lates,  a 
central  and  two  lateral,  but  these  ai-e  not  shown  in  Hugh  Millers 
repi-esentatioii'^  of  the  same.  In  the  in-esent  instance  the  dorsal 
surface  of  the  snout  evinces  no  sign  of  subdivision  that  T  can 
detect,  nor  does  that  of  (r.  icnodinirdi,  Traq. 

As  c<mipared  with  the  snout  of  G.  >oo(>fhc(ir<Vi,  that  of  our 
specimen  is  less  dome-like,  much  Hatter  abo\"e,  and  with  a  greater 
degree  of  spread  between  the  rounded  lateral  projections  in  propor- 
tion to  its  size.  This  less  dome-like  outline  is  a{)i)arent  in  a  side 
view  (PI.  xxviii.,  fig.  2)  if  tlie  fossil  be  placed  in  its  natural  position, 
corresp(jnding  with  Tra(piair's  fig.  M,  PL  xi\-.  .Speaking  in  general 
terms  it  may  be  said  that  the  labial  features  of  ''/.  susfoiiilchi  ai-e 
not  .so  pronounced  as  those  of  (t.  iroodivardi — the  nasal  ojjenings 
are  not  so  deeply  excavated,  nor  is  the  median  emargination 
visible  until  the  buckler  is  seen  from  below. 

Tilt-  history  of  G.  iroodicardl  is  a  curious  one.  It  a})[)ears  that 
when  Mr.  C.  Konig  was  Keeper  of  the  Geological  Department  of 
the  liritish  ^Museum,  the  specimen  came  under  the  notice  of  the 
illustrious  Agassiz,  who  regarded  it  as  the  intermaxillary  l)one  of 
Miuinliclitln/x.       Years   after    Dr.    H.Woodward   called    Dr.   Tra- 


■•  Tnuiuaii-— Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (5),  ii.,  1878,  p.  it. 
'  Pander  -Die  Ctenodipterinen,  1S58,  pi.  i.,  f.  1. 
•"   >riller     lu.otsteps  I8tli  ed.,  1871.  )).  .",8,  f.  20. 


132  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

<|uair"8  attention  to  this  fossil,  at  tlie  same  time  expressing  tlie 
ojiinion  tliat  it  belonged  to  a  new  genus  ;  in  this  view  the  latter 
concurred.  The  "  specimen  f<»rmed  part  of  the  old  collection  of 
the  British  ^Museum,  of  which  there  are  no  records,  hence  its 
history  as  to  from  whom  and  whence  it  came  is  wanting. 
Judging,  however,  from  its  general  aspect,  one  might  readily  be 
tempted  to  infer  that  it  was  of  Paheozoic  age.""  The  matrix  is 
<lescribed  as  a  dull  grey  argillaceous  limestone. 

In  the  present  instance  the  matrix  is  a  blue-black  limestone, 
and  both  this  eolour  and  the  mode  of  weathering  are  characteristic 
of  the  Muri'umbiflgee  Devonian  limestones.  If  mv  conception 
of  this  fish  buckler  is  the  correct  one,  it  confirms  Tracjuair's 
reference  of  G.  n-oodwardi  to  the  Palieozoic.  The  thought  that 
perhaps  the  latter  may  ha\e  originally  come  from  one  or  other 
of  the  New  South  Wales  limestone  localities  is  perhaps  per- 
missible. 

The  specimen  was  found  by  Mr.  Siissmilch  on  Portion  44, 
Parish  of  Taemas,  Co.  Cowley  (Murrumbidgee  Piver),  and  is 
named  in  his  honour. 


'J'r:n]uaiv     (icol.  Mag'.,  x.,  1873,  p.  .554. 


MINERALOGICAL    NOTES:    No.    III.— AXINITE, 
PETTERDITE,    CROCOITE,    and   DATOLITE. 

By  C.   AxDERSox,  M.A.,  B.8c.,  Mineralogist. 

(Plates  xxix. — xxxiii. ). 

AXINITE. 

BowLiNt;  Alley  Point,  near  Nundle,  New  .South  Wales. 

(Plate  xxix.). 

Axinite  was  first  found  at  this  locality  by  Mr.  D.  A.  Porter,' 
to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  notes  as  to  its  mode  of  occurrence. 
The  exact  location  is  about  a  ((uarter  of  a  mile  from  the  foot- 
bridge over  the  Peel  River,  where  the  mineral  is  found  associated 
with  green  epidote  in  sedimentary  rocks  much  altered  by  intrusi\e 
diorite  :  it  occurs  sometimes  in  crystalline  \'eins,  but  the  best 
specimens  are  obtained  in  cavities,  where  the  crystals  have  grown 
freelv,  accompanied  by  small  well-formed  quartz  prisms.  Good 
crystals  are  rare  and  minute  ;  larger,  more  imperfect  ones  can  be 
found  measuring  up  to  15  mm.  The  colour  is  l)rownish  with  a 
\  iolet  tinge  on  a  fresh  fracture. 

Three  of  the  best  crystals,  each  measuring  about  ■?  mm.,  were 
r(^mo\ed  from  tlie  matrix,  and  their  faces  determined  on  a  two- 
circle  goniometer  ;  owing  to  their  mode  of  attachment  the  crystals, 
were  fractured  in  removal  along  a  line  roughl}'  parallel  to  the 
edge  I)  ■>•  (PI.  xxix.,  figs,  o,  4).  After  several  trials  the  habit  was 
made  out,  but  it  was  found  impracticable  owing  to  tiie  small  size 
and  unsatisfactory  nature  of  the  prism  faces  to  centre  the  cry.stals 
in  the  conventional  position  ;  instead,  the  most  prominent  zone — 
either  [010,  111]  or  [130,  021] — was  made  equatorial  and  the 
available  angles  determined,  after  which  the  crystal  was  inverted, 
and,  with  tlie  same  zone  as  before  equatorial,  the  angles  yielded 
by  the  faces  on  the  other  end  measured.  By  plotting  the  co- 
ordinates in  stereographic  projection,  the  forms  were  easily 
identified  by  the  aid  of  PenfieUl's  invaluable  protractors.  From 
the  measurements,  the  normal  angles  were  calculated  for  com- 
parison with  the  theoretical  values  calculated  from  (>oldschmidt"s 
"  Winkeltabellen."-  Tiiis  method,  though  it  docs  not  afford 
direct  comparison  of  measured  with  calculated  angles,  is  sufficient 
to  prove  the  correctness  of  identification. 

In  liabit  the  crystals  are  uniformly  tabular  on   /•  (111),  whicli 

1  Liversidge     Journ.  Rov.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  xviii.,  IH84  (l.SS.j),  p.  45; 

Porter      Thirl.,  xxii.."  18HK  (1H89),  j).  82. 
-  GolcWliiiii.lt      IvrvstallouTMi.liisclic  VViiikcltiilH'lKii.  ls<7,  ...  .".S. 


134 


RECORDS   OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


is  the  only  large  face  ;   it  is  strongly  striated  parallel  to  its  inter- 
section with  M  (110),  and  gives  a  multiple  and  blurred  image. 

I  have  adopted  Dana's  position  and  lettering,  converting  Gold- 
schmidt's  indices  by  the  transformation  equations,  //  =  -  /.', 
]^.'  ^  Oh  +  k,  I'  --=  I,  where  the  dashed  letters  refer  to  Dana's 
indices.  A  table  showing  the  equivalent  letters  and  indices 
according  to  Dana  and  Goldschmidt  respectively  will  be  found 
below,  p.  137,  under  the  description  of  axinite  from  Colebrook 
Tasmania. 

The  following  table  of  angles  is  constructed  from  measurements 
on  the  specimen  shown  in  PI.  xxix.,  fig.  i  (which  gives  the  best 
reflections),  with  the  exception  of  the  angles  M  A  ~,  ?^'  A  Y  and 
>('  A  f]  which  were  got  from  the  crystal  drawn  in  orthogonal 
iind  clinographic  projection  in  PI.  xxix.,  figs.  1  and  2. 


Forms. 

Calculated  from 
Measiu-emeuts. 

Calculated  from 
Winkeltabelleu . 

Dilier- 

ence. 

h    :    m    =    010 

no 

32     41 

32     54 

13 

:   .1/    = 

110 

77     29 

77     30 

1 

:    /r    r= 

iTiO 

137     56 

137     46 

10 

:    ..;   = 

111 

46       2 

45     58 

4 

:     /•   = 

111 

87       7 

86     47 

20 

:     /'    ■-=: 

131 

130     39 

130     29 

10 

m    :     .s-   =    110 

201 

28       6 

28       0 

6 

:     r   = 

111 

65       6 

64     23 

43 

31  :     /•   =    llO 

111 

45     25 

45     12 

13 

:     .:    = 

112 

63     45 

63     34 

11 

:     r    = 

001 

89     48 

89     55 

7 

V   :    il  —    130 

241 

31     43 

31      44 

1 

:     /•   — 

in 

64     14 

64     13 

1 

■    tl    = 

021 

123     40 

123       6 

34 

:    11    ^ 

131 

32     32 

32     27 

5 

:     '■   = 

001 

82     58 

83       6 

,s 

:     o   = 

"132 

121      12 

121        6 

6 

•    ''   = 

l31 

142     47 

143       2 

15 

:      /'  =: 

:  on 

■    108       8 

108     30 

22 

mixkralogical  notes  :    xo.   iii.  135 

jNIooxbi,  New  South  Walks. 

(Plate  xxxi.,  figs.  1,  2). 

Axiuite  was  recorded  from  this  Ljcality  l)y  Mr.  D.  A.  Pt>rter' 
ill  1884  ;  at  that  time  its  occurrence  in  situ  was  not  known,  but 
recently  Mr.  Porter  has  traced  it  to  its  parent  rock  at  a  point 
<about  two  miles  south-east  from  ^toonbi  Railway  Station.  The 
mode  of  occurrence  is  practically  the  same  as  that  of  the  Bowling 
Alley  Point  axinite  ;  from  a  genetic  point  of  view  the  two  are 
probabl}'  identical. 

One  of  the  Museum  specimens  is  full}^  as  large  as  ones  fist,  ami 
entirely  composed  of  somewhat  coarse  crystals  which  are  often 
built  up  of  several  individuals  in  approximately  parallel  ixisition. 
recalling  the  sheaf-like  aggregates  so  common  with  stilbite. 
Smaller  crj'stals  adapted  for  goniometric  determination  were 
obtained  from  crevices,  where,  as  at  Bowling  Alley  Point.  the\- 
<ire  accompanied  by  crystallised  quartz. 

Two  fragmentary  crystals,  each  between  '2  and  3  mm.  l<ing. 
were  measured,  and  drawn  (PI.  xxxi.,  figs.  1,  2)  according  tf)  their 
natural  development.  The  zone  [010,  111]  was  made  e(|uatorial 
as  before,  and  the  normal  angles  obtained  by  calculation  from  the 
measured  co-ordinates.  The  habit  is  similar  to  that  of  the 
Nundle  axinite,  and  /•  (111)  is,  as  in  that,  striated  j)arall('l  to  it^ 
intersection  with  J/  (110). 


COLKliKOOK    ^llNK.    DuXDAS,    TaSMAXIA. 

(Plate  XXX.  .   PI.  xxxi.,  fig.  .i). 

This  occurrence  was  first  put  on  record  by  ^Messrs.  Petterd  and 
Twelvetrees  in  their  paper  "  On  the  Occurrence  of  Linnu'ite  in 
'Jasmania."^  In  that  paper  and  two  supplementary  notes"'  the 
authors  have  discussefl  the  field  relations  and  microscopic 
4-haracters  of  this  interesting  axinite-bearing  rock,  which  is 
jiaralleled  only  by  the  original  limurite  of  the  Pyrenees.'' 


3  Porter— Joui-n.  Roy.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  xviii.,  1884  (1885),  ji.  80. 
*  Petterd  ,inrt  Twelvetree.s— Proe.  Roy.  Soc.  Tas.,  189"  (IS98),  ])i).    l-(i,   pi. 
•"'  Petterd  and  Twelvetrees— Lot-,  rif  ,  1898-9  (190(>).  ]^\\  1,  2  and  .")(i-o9. 
'■  Zirkel     Xeiies  Jahrl).  fiir  ^fin..  LSTO.  j).  .379. 


136  RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTKALIAX  MUSEUM. 

The  locality  is  North-east  Dundas  between  Ringville  and 
Roseheiy,  where  the  limurite  forms  a  lenticular  contact  mass 
bounded  on  the  east  bv  slate  of  probably  Silurian  age,  and  on  thi; 
west  In'  serpentine. 

From  hand  specimens  in  the  Museum  collection  it  appears  that 
tlie  macroscopic  associates  of  axinite  are  calcite  chiefly  in  veins, 
chalcopyrite,  pyrrhotite,  actinolite  in  radiating  aggregates,  and 
datolite  in  crystalline  masses.  To  this  list  Petterd  and  Twelve- 
trees  from  microscopic  examination  add  chlorite,  tourmaline, 
danburite  and  sphene,  while  they  find  that  the  main  mass  of  the 
rock  is  a  p3'roxenit('  which  here  and  there  receives  accessions  of 
axinite  and  other  minerals,  thereby  becoming  "limurite." 

The  axinite  occurs  as  well-defined  crystals,  sometimes  reaching 
a  length  of  15  or  16  mm.,  embedded  in  calcite  or  datolite  and 
disseminated  through  the  p\'roxene.  It  is  not  easy  to  find  a 
detacliable  crystal  suitable  for  the  goniometer,  and  I  am  indebted 
to  Mr.  AN'.  F.  Petterd  for  the  loan  of  three  crystals,  each 
fragmentary  but  better  than  any  in  our  collection  and  adecjuate 
for  measurement.  Tlie  colour  is  clove  brown;  the  specific  gravity, 
determined  on  a  cr3'stal  weighing  1-008.5  gram,  was  found  to  be 
3-270. 

The  habit  recalls  tliat  of  the  Nundle  and  Moonbi  axinite,  the 
specimens  having  tlie  same  tabular  extension  parallel  to  r  (111). 
Here  however  ,:;  (11-)  i'^  h,1so  a  face  of  considerable  size  ;  both  r 
and  t  are  deeply  striated  parallel  to  their  intersection.  The 
pi-ism  faces  are  not  prominent  and  are  slightly  striated  parallel 
to  the  vertical  axis. 

The  crystal  from  which  the  figures  were  made  measures 
approximate) v  8  mm.  in  greatest  diameter  ;  it  is  broken  across  in 
the  direction  of  the  edge  /•  .r.  After  preliminary  "one-circle"' 
measurement  in  two  zones,  several  faces  were  identified  and  the 
habit  made  out ;  the  ci-ystal  was  then  mounted  with  the  prism 
zone  normal  to  the  vertical  circle,  and  the  co-ordinate  angles 
obtained.  AVith  the  exception  of  r  and  z,  which  have  both  faces 
present,  all  the  forms  were  determined  from  single  planes  ;  the 
faces  _/  (Oil),  //  (021)  and  )'  (131)  gave  no  distinct  signal  and 
were  measured  in  the  position  of  brightest  illumination. 
Owing  to  tlie  difiiculty  of  accurately  centring,  and  the  small  size 
and  imperfections  of  some  of  the  faces,  the  measured  and 
calculated  angles  do  not  ahvays  agree  closely. 

In  the  table  below  the  calculated  angles  are  taken  from 
Goldschmidt's  "  Winkeltabellen,"  but  Dana's  position  antl 
lettering  ha^'e   been  adopted  as  before. 


MINERALOGICAL    XOTES  :     NO.    III. ANDERSON. 


137 


^       uti 

"M 

^ 

, 1 

■:0 

-M 

— 

1^ 

CI 

— 

w 

-h 

tr- 

— 

_ 

^ 

o 

05 

TC 

^^ 

.—1 

^ 

^^ 

i^ 

-+ 

CI 

^.^ 

CI 

,~^ 

CI 

lO 

..^ 

■ 

o 

CO 

Si. 

o 

o 

3 

^^ 

^ 

S 

3 

ie 

.           -f 

o 

1- 

o 

O 

lO 

CI 

r— ( 

-+ 

CO 

CO 

X 

CI 

CO 

— 

CI 

»o 

S 

^ 

^          -H 

o 

' 

-* 

o 

cc 

CI 

CO 

CI 

-f 

r-, 

CO 

'^ 

,      X 

-- 

— 

— 

— , 

o 

-M 

^_, 

^ 

o 

CI 

-o 

X 

?£> 

X 

CI 

C£> 

o 

l^ 

CO 

CI 

CI 

CO 

CO 

-tH 

eo 

n. 

"d 

;            t~ 

o 

o 

— 

C: 

o 

1^ 

o 

1^ 

C5 

iC 

o 

CO 

C5 

t^ 

X 

lO 

Ir- 

S 

c. 

c^ 

cr: 

CJl 

CTi 

CI 

-f 

CI 

-+ 

lO 

-f 

lO 

o 

o 

o 

?o 

CO 

M 

■3 

iJ 

^            -* 

o 

o 

?o 

'^ 

cc 

-h 

CI 

CC' 

-f 

CO 

X 

Oi 

X 

o 

05 

CI 

CO 

■©- 

■"^ 

!M 

CI 

CI 

-* 

■"^ 

-t 

~~* 

-^ 

o 

eo 

o 

O' 

c-1 

o 

L!t 

1 — 1 

-t" 

CI 

:o 

-f 

X 

lOi 

r^ 

X 

t^ 

CO 

o 

05 

=    c^ 

o 

o 

^ 

o 

'-.£5 

t~ 

o 

o 

t^ 

r— t 

iC' 

CO 

,-H 

lO 

-^ 

t~ 

1 

"^ 

^ 

■"" 

1 

1 

^^ 

'~' 

1 

I-H 

I 

•"^ 

1 

^ 

1 

c^ 

-M 

C^' 

^_^ 

^ 

■M 

CI 

-# 

CI 

,__, 

X 

o 

lO 

C5 

X 

05 

•^ 

-* 

CI 

r— 

' — ' 

ot 

1 — 1 

\'T^ 

iC 

o 

to 

-f 

T— 1 

o 

^ 

-H 

CO 

a. 

0        t~ 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

«D 

^ 

»o 

X 

o 

o 

^ 

as 

X 

X 

CO 

X 

s 

a> 

05 

Oi 

OS 

05 

CI 

^ 

CI 

X(H 

lO 

"* 

lO 

lO 

lO 

o 

CO 

CO 

cc 

.^.zr 

o 

o 

o 

cc 

jt; 

X 

C7i 

o 

CI 

o 

CO 

^-1 

^-4 

^ 

OT 

o 

o 

GO 

s 

"©- 

" 

CI 

CO 

CI 

CO 

-+ 

CI 

CI 

^ 

Ci 

o 

■M 

:3 

-+ 

TI 

^ 

CT 

CC 

CC 

X 

lO 

iX> 

t^ 

t- 

CO 

o 

GO 

^      X 

3 

^ 

TT 

1^ 

'-Z' 

t^ 

3 

o 

t^ 

1— t 

o 

CO' 

I-H 

iO 

-* 

J:^ 

1 

^— 

— 

1— < 

^-^ 

T— 1 

^^ 

T— < 

1 

(— * 

^^ 

1— 1 

P-H 

P-H 

" — 

I 

'■ 

1 

1 

1 





o 

CI 

CI 

^ 

,  -.4 

^^ 

1  ^ 

.-^ 

^1 

l^iH 

l-M 

^^ 

CI 

|C1 

CO 

CO 

^^ 

'CO 

o 

1^ 

lO 

1 

~ 

^ 

~ 

~ 

^ 

^ 

~' 

~'' 

o 

^^ 

■'    ' 

^~* 

^^ 

CI 

C^l 

I-H 

a 
3 

- 

^ 

-^ 

? 

-^l 

>*> 

i> 

•- 

■"*-^. 

5^ 

>^ 

60 

^- 

H 

^ 

V; 

"l** 

5n 

o 

^ 

r— 

o 

o 

O 

o 

o 

CI 

— H 

CI 

1 — 1 

^H 

CI 

^H 

, — 1 

r-^ 

,— 1 

^H 

>— 1 

.;i 

'^ 

^-^ 

o 

I— ( 

i  ^^ 

iCl 

I^H 

l~^ 

^J 

o 

^^ 

,r-H 

1— « 

If-H 

t  ^^ 

l"^' 

ICl 

r-H 

5 

o 

o 

I— t 

i-H 

1-H 

o 

o 

^^ 

1— * 

.1— H 

11 — • 

1 — 1 

1— 1 

fr— 1 

f'— ' 

CI 

u 

T. 

"^ 

•o 

^ 

T^ 

^ 

"-.i 

u 

■^ 

'~^_ 

s 

-c 

CO 

■—1 

H 

<> 

v: 

"»* 

?JH 

PETTERDITE  not  a  New  Mineral. 

(Plate  xxxi.,  fig.  4  ;  PI.  xxxij.). 

In    1901   Mr.  W,    H.   Twelvetrees,   Government   Geologist    of 
Tasmania,  described  under  the  name  petterdite  (in  honour  of  Mr. 


138  RKCORDS    OP    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

W.  F.  Petterd,  of  Launceston)  a  supposed  new  oxychloride  of 
lead,  which  was  found  in  the  upper  workings  of  the  Britannia 
Mine,  Zeehan,  Tasmania,  as  groups  of  white  hexagonal  plates  in 
a  quartz  gangue  containing  disseminated  pyrites  ;  the  analysis 
was  made  by  Mr.  O.  E.  White  of  Hobart.'  Some  time  back  Mr. 
Petterd  kindly  lent  me  for  examination  his  best  specimen  (PI. 
xxxii.),  also  some  detached  crystals  ;  on  a  chemical  and  crystallo- 
graphic  study  of  this  material  the  following  conclusions  are  based. 

For  a  description  of  the  physical  characters  I  may  refer  to  the 
original  account  which  is  substgititially  coiTect  :  no  macles  how- 
ever were  observed,  and  the  hardness  is  not  1  -5  as  stated,  but 
lies  between  3  and  4,  the  mineral  being  harder  than  calcite  and 
softer  than  fiuorite. 

C rystaUoynxphy .  Three  crystals,  each  about  -1  ram.  in  diameter 
were  measured  on  a  two-circle  goniometer.  The  angles  obtained 
are  only  approximate,  as  the  faces  are  interrupted,  wavy  and 
slightly  cur^'ed,  usually  yielding  only  a  vague  patch  of  light  in 
the  telescope.  The  basal  plane  is  rough  and  gives  no  reHection, 
therefore  the  crystals  were  centred  by  the  prism  faces.  The 
system  is  hexagonal,  the  forms  present  being  c  (0001),  the 
prism  (lOlO),  and  the  first  and  second  order  pyramids  (lOll)  and 
(1121).  Pyramidal  faces  do  not  occur  on  all  the  crystals  and  the 
pyramid  (1011)  is  the  commoner  and  better  developed. 

From  the  measurement  0001  A  1011=38°  42'  the  length  of  the 
vertical  axis  was  found  to  be  "6938.  The  measured  angle 
0001  A  1 121  is  53°  20 ',  calculated  54°  13'. 

Composition.  In  the  endeavour  to  discover,  if  possible,  the 
affinities  of  this  apparently  new  species,  the  original  analysis 
given  below  was  more  closely  scanned. 

PbO     ''4-04  % 

As.,  O, 2-60 

P,b,  [sir]  2-10 

si)..  O, -50 

CI  20-00 


99-24 

'I'o  deduce  a  formula  from  these  figures  it  is  necessary  to  assume 
an  unlikely  combination  such  as. — 

Pb--0^C1  O— Pb-Cl 

I  or  I 

Pb_0-Cl  O— Pb-Cl 

'  Twelvetrees— Kept.  Secy.  Mines  Tas.,  1900-1  (1901),  p.  356,  pi.  ; 
/rf.— Proc.  ^oy.  Soc.  Tas.,  1900-1  (1902),  p.  51,  pi. 


MINERALOGICAL    NOTES:     XO.     III. — ANDERSON.  139 

otherwise  we   must  suppose  that   the  mineral  contains  20  "/„  of 
free  chlorine. 

When  this  dithculty  was  pointed  out  to  Mr.  Petterd,  whose 
enthusiasm  in  mineralogical  research  is  well  known,  he  generously 
^ve  me  permission  to  make  a  new  analysis  of  his  material. 
The  result  has  been  to  show  that,  by  some  mischance,  the 
percentages  for  chlorine  and  arsenic  pentoxide  have  been  trans- 
posed. To  this  accidental  circumstance,  and  the  somewhat 
unusual  crystal  habit,  we  owe  the  name  petterdite,  which  must 
now  lapse  into  the  synonomy  of  mimptite,  where  it  may  perhaps  be 
retained  for  crystals  of  a  habit  similar  to  this  (PI.  xxxi.,  fig.  4). 

Two  partial  analyses  were  made.  In  I,  -5589  gram  was  taken, 
dissolved  in  cold,  dilute  nitric  acid  and  the  chlorine  precipitated 
by  silver  nitrate.  The  silver  chloride  obtained  weighed  -0557 
gram,  giving  246  "/o  chlorine.  From  the  filtrate  silver  was 
removed  by  hydrochloric  acid  in  slight  excess  and  lead  thrown 
down  by  sulphuric  acid  in  alcoholic  solution,  the  precipitate  being 
subsequently  treated  in  the  crucible  with  sulphuric  acid  to 
convert  any  lead  chloride  into  sulphate.  The  lead  sulphate 
weighed  -5861  gram,  equivalent  to  77-16  "/„  oxide.  Alcohol  was 
evaporated  from  the  filtrate  by  gentle  heat  and  arsenic  and 
phosphoric  acids  precipitated  together  by  "magnesia  mixture." 
The  precipitate  was  approximately  weighed  after  gentle  ignition 
(reckoned  as  pure  \)yvo-arsenate  it  was  equivalent  to  about  22  "/,, 
arsenic  pentoxide),  redissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid  and  a  current 
of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  passed  through  the  solution.  A  bulky 
yellow  precipitate  of  sulphide  of  arsenic  came  down  and  was 
filtered  off.  Part  of  this  was  accidentally  lost  in  oxidising  to 
arsenic  acid ;  the  remainder  was  thrown  down  by  "  magnesia 
mixture,"  and  ignited  with  addition  of  some  ammonium  nitrate 
crystals;  it  weighed  -0803  gram,  giving  10-63  "/o  arsenic  pentoxide. 
The  filtrate  from  sulphide  of  arsenic  was  concentrated  and 
phosphoric  acid  estimated  by  precipitation  with  "  magnesia 
mixture  "  ;  magnesium  pyro-phosphate  weighed  -0222  gram,  equal 
to  2-53  "/„  phosphorus  pentoxide.  Hence  we  may  put  arsenic 
pentoxide  as  comprising  18  or  19  "/,,. 

For  analysis  II,  -6391  gram  was  dissolved  in  nitric  acid,  the 
solution  evaporated  on  the  water  bath,  lead  thrown  down  by 
sulphuric  acid  and  filtered  off.  From  the  filtrate,  arsenic  and 
the  remaining  traces  of  lead  were  removed  by  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  treated  with  sodium  sulphide  solution,  the  small 
residue  of  lead  sulphide  filtered  off,  converted  into  sulphate  and 
added  to  the  main  portion,  the  total  weight  being  -6699 
gram,  making  77-12  "/„  oxide  of  lead.      In   the  filtrate  from    lead 


140 


KECOKDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 


sulphide,  arsenic  was  precipitated  by  addition  of  hydrocliloric 
acid,  oxidised  by  strong  nitric  acid  and  estimated  as  magnesium 
pyro-arsenate,  which  weighed  -1550  gram,  yielding  1  7-95  "/„  arsenic 
pentoxide.  Phosphorus  was  estimated  as  before  in  the  filtrate 
from  the  sulphides  of  lead  and  arsenic.  The  result  was 
-0248  gram  magnesium  pyro-phosphate,  equivalent  to  2-47  "/„ 
phosphorus  pentoxide. 

Antimony  if  present  would  be  left  on  the  solution  of  sulphide 
of  arsenic  in  nitric  acid  but  its  presence  was  not  proved. 

Thus  we  arrive  at  the  conclusion  that  petterdite  is  really 
mimetite  containing  an  appreciable  amount  of  phosphoric, 
isomorphously  replacing  arsenic  acid ;  chemically  it  would  be 
classed  with  the  variety  campylite,  and  it  is  noteworthy  that 
Twelvetrees  mentions  campylite  as  sometimes  associated  with 
petterdite,**  while  Petterd  in  another  place  alludes  to  campylite 
as  occurring  in  pale,  almost  white  crystals  at  the  Britannia  Mine." 

The  result  of  analyses  is  tabulated  below ;  III  is  the  mean 
of  analyses  I  and  II,  under  IV  is  given  for  comparison  Rammels- 
berg's  analysis  of  campylite  from  Cumberland,  England,^"  while 
V  is  the  theoretical  composition  for  2  (3  Pbg  P.,  Og.  Pb  CI.)  +  7 
(3  Pb:,  As,  Oh.    Pb  CI,). 


CI   ... 
P.O,... 
As,  0, 
PbO... 

I. 

II. 

III.      lY. 

Y.    1 

2-46 
2.53 

not  det. 

7716 

not  det. 

2-47 
17-95 
77-12 

2-46 

2-50 

17-95 

77-14 

2-41 

3  34 

18-47 

76-97 

2-44 
3-25 

18-40 
76-47 

100-05    101-19 

100-56 

The  angular  measurements  obtained  from  petterdite  may 
now  be  compared  with  the  angles  given  by  Goldschmidt  for 
mimetite. 


•*  Twelvetrees — Loc,  cit. 

9  Petterd— Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tas.,  1902  (19u3),  p.  20. 
10  Rammelsberg — Pogg.  Ann.,  xci.,  185-i,  p.  316. 


MINERALOGICAL    NOTKS  :     NO.    III.  —  ANDKHSON. 


141 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Difference. 

--«  s 

0 

Fonns. 

0 

P 

0 

9 

<^ 

P 

o 

o 

o        / 

o        / 

O          ' 

o        / 

C 

0001 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7)1 

lOfO 

0   15 

90     6 

0     0 

90     0 

0  15 

0     6 

8 

X 

loTi 

0  17 

38  42 

0     0 

40     2 

0  17 

1   20 

7 

*' 

1121 

30  43 

53  20 

30     0 

55  30 

0  43 

2  10 

5 

The  agreement,  especially  for  the  important  0001  A  1011  and 
0001  A  1121,  is  by  no  means  close,  but  a  considerable  latitude 
may  be  claimed  on  account  of  the  poor  quality  of  material  and 
the  small  number  of  observations,  which  were  limited  by  my 
desire  to  mutilate  a  handsome  specimen  (PL  xxxii.)  as  little  as 
pDSsible. 

CROCOITE. 

Magnkt    Mine,   Tasmania. 

(Plate  xxxi.,  fig.  5). 

Of  this  mineral  I  have  examined  five  specimens  with  crystals 
in  situ,  four  lent  by  Mr.  W.  F.  Petterd  and  one  by  Mr.  G.  W. 
Cai^d,  also  a  number  of  loose  crystals  belonging  to  Mr.  Petterd. 

The  matrix  is  a  rather  friable  limonite  in  which  the  crocoite  is 
partly  embedded.  The  largest  specimen  carries  numerous  crystals 
averaging  about  2  mm.  in  length  ;  in  the  other  cases  where  in  situ 
the  crystals  are  quite  minute  and  had  previously  been  referred  to 
carminite  (arsenate  of  lead  and  iron)  by  Petterd,'^  who  however 
informed  me  in  forwarding  the  specimens  that  he  doubted 
whether  this  identification  was  correct.  Qualitative  analysis 
proves  their  cijmposition  to  be  chromate  of  lead,  and,  like  the 
larger  crystals,  they  agree  morphologically  with  crocoite.  Hence 
carminite  must  be  deleted  from  the  list  of  Tasmanian  minerals. 
Of  the  loose  crystals,  which  are  all  imperfect,  some  measure  about 
10  mm.  in  length. 

The  habit  is  remarkably  constant  throughout,  the  crystals  being 
prismatic  by  extension  along  the  zone  axis  b  t  (PI.  xxxi.,  fig.  5). 
This  zone  being  the  only  well-developed  one  was  made  equatorial 
and  a  stereogram  constructed  from  the  co-ordinate  angles  obtained ; 


11  Petterd— Proc,  Koy.  Soe.  Tas.,  1902  (1903),  p.  20. 


142 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTEALIAN    MUSEUM. 


from  this  the  forms  were  identified  by  means  of  Penfield's 
protractors  and  the  identification  was  confirmed  by  calculation  of 
the  normal  angles.  All  the  faces  are  small  with  the  exception  of 
t  (111)  which  gives  an  excellent  image,  and  a  peculiar  rounded 
face  which  could  not  be  determined  but  is  possibly  ,/•  (301) ;  the 
pinacoid  h  (010)  is  very  small  when  present. 

The  table  contains  some  of  the  results  of  measurement  com- 
pared with  the  theoretical  angles  given  by  Goldschmidt. 


Forms. 

Calculated  from 
Measurements. 

Calculated  from 
Winkeltabellen . 

Differ- 
ence. 

0                ' 

o           / 

' 

h 

nt 

=  010 

110 

46     43 

46     51 

8 

t 

= 

111 

59     35 

59     36 

1 

V 

z=. 

Tu 

53     38 

53     49 

11 

k 

= 

loi 

89     44 

90       0 

16 

m 

t 

=  110 

111 

34       3 

33     56 

7 

m' 

r 

=   110 

fll, 

40     51 

40     38 

13 

DATOLITE. 

CoLEBRooK   Mine,  Dundas,   Tasmania. 

(Plate  xxxiii.). 

This  mineral  was  first  obtained  in  sinking  a  shallow  shaft  in 
the  western  poi^tion  of  the  limurite  outcrop.  ^"^  It  is  found 
associated  with  axinite,  calcite  and  other  minerals  as  already 
described  under  axinite,  and  sometimes  occurs  in  large  brilliant 
crystals.     It  is  colourless,  greenish  or  yellowish. 

Crystallograjyhy.  The  crystals  have  mutually  interfered  during 
growth,  but  one  small  projecting  crystal  was  found  and  measured. 
This  crystal  is  shown  in  ideal  and  actual  development  in  PL  xxxiii., 
figs.  1-4 ;  fig.  5  shows  the  distribution  of  forms  and  the  chief 
zones. 

The  habit  of  the  figured  crystal  seems  characteristic  so  far  as 
can  be  judged  by  inspection  of  others  ;  it  is  prismatic  by  exten- 
sion parallel  to  the  a  axis  and  measures  about  6  mm.  in  length. 
It  is  fairly  rich  in  forms,  but  as  is  usual  with  datolite  many  of 
the  faces  are  wavy  and  give  poor  reflections  ;  the  three  faces  i 
(212),  77  (231),  and  x  (102)  are  dull  and  were  measured  in  the 
position  of  maximum  illumination. 

As  in    the    case    of   axinite,    Goldschmidt   and    Dana    choose 


Petterd— Proc.  Eoy.  Soc.  Tas.,  1897  (1898),  p.  63. 


MINERAtO(;iCAL    NOTES:     NO.    III. — ANDERSON. 


U3 


different  positions  and  axes.  The  crystal  was  mounted  on  the 
goniometer  with  Goldschniidt's  prism  zone  equatorial  so  that  the 
measured,  could  be  threctly  compared  with  the  calculated  angles ; 
the  indices  were  transformed  to  Dana's  axes  by  the  equations 
h'  =  1,  k'  =  - k,  I'  =  2h.     The  angles  are  tabulated  below. 


1 
1 

Q. 

CO      -M      —               C>1     '^P               O 

0                                                    ^                                    ^ 

-e- 

-       O     CO     O     f^     -*     >— 1     'M     CO     C-I     iCi     C-l     CO     O 
^                        CO-M^COt-H— 1^               ,— .iO 

O                                                               T-t 

Q. 

ciooo-^Ci»ocrs'-HG<iocoi-i 

(M               CO     ■^               CC     lO     (M       O 

„OOr^      OOlOOCiCi-f^OOQO^ 
"              CiOlOiCO'+CO-^cOOO'O-* 

■«- 

^     O     O     !>.     00     ^     O     G^     "Xi     I^     '-T     to     lO     O 
— 1>— 1              COCO'MO^^              CO 

"OiOS'-OCO              Ci^OCOt^t—     CO     — 

II           1     1     1     1 

i 

Q- 

-JO     CC     CO     uo     00     00     O     00     O     '-O     Oi     CO     »o 
-H                                  ■>!     CO              CO                                  C<I     CO 

„      OOOOOl-^-MtrsO-.-HXDr^CO 

°          aiaiOico^coTfco^--o«c-* 

-e- 

^      OOO'M'JtiOO— 'OCOOiO-^OOO 

r-l                                  OCO-H                     CNCOTfl"*— 1"^ 

„OOr^oooo?or^oO'N>or^co 

"    Oi    c.    CO    CO          as    lo    »o    CO    i^   i^   'o    .— 

II           1      1      1      1 

o 

0 

Oi— ICO^hOTJOI'?!— '■^lOCO-H 
OO— 1     —     1— lO^     —     -——,—     —     CO 
rH      O       O      O      r-i      — 1    |-N    l-l      ^    1— 1     1-    1—    I'M 

=;■-*-     5"    S     •-      -     '^     p:      i.     'i    ^     t= 

3 

i-(000     —     r-lTI     —     -M     —     (MOl'l* 

0     0     ^     G^J     — 1     0     — '     — 1     (M    ,—      "M         1     iXi 
0      r-      CO      1— 1      0      I— 1    1—     I— 1      r- (    ICI    10    IX)    1—1 

tws-S:::~->"=:;ii:^j; 

144 


KECORDb    OF    THE    AUSI  KALIAN    UlUSEUM. 


Composition.  The  metliod  'of  analysis  is  tliat  described  by 
Gooch^^  with  modifications  suggested  by  Penfield  and  Speriy,'* 
boric  anhydride  being  distilled  with  alcohol,  caught  in  strong 
ammonia  solution,  transferred  to  a  basin  and  evaporated  over 
lime  as  described  in  a  former  paper.'^  For  this  determination 
1-1478  gram  was  fused  with  sodium  carbonate,  exhausted  with 
water,  filtered,  the  filtrate  acidified  with  nitric  acid  and  distilled. 
Water  was  determined  directly  in  a  Penfield  tube  on  -6108  gram 
mixed  with  previously  ignited  lime  to  minimise  the  risk  of 
expelling  boric  anhydride.  The  other  constituents  were  esti- 
mated in  another  portion  weighing  about  a  gram.  The  result  of 
analysis  is  appended  (I)  together  with  an  analysis  by  Whitfield^' 
of  datolite  from  Bergen  Hill,  New  Jersey  (II). 


H,  0 

I. 

n. 

6-48  7„ 

6-14  7o 

8iO,        

36-28 

35-74 

Al,  O3  ^ 

-95 

FeO         ... 

-31 

CaO        

35-21 

35-14 

B,  0,        

20-48 

22-60 

99-40 

99-93 

In  conclusion  I  have  to  acknowledge  my  indebtedness  to 
Messrs.  W.  F.  Petterd  and  D.  A.  Porter,  for  "the  loan  of  speci- 
mens and  for  much  valuable  information,  and  to  Professor  T.  W. 
ej.  David,  B.A.,  Trustee,  for  permission  to  use  the  goniometer  in 
the  Geological  Department  of  the  University  of  Sydney. 


13  Gooch— Bull.  U.S.  Geol.  Survey,  No.  42,  1882,  p.  64 

'*  Penfield  and  Sperry— Am.  Journ.  Sci.,  (3),  xxxiv.,  1887,  )5.  222. 

'5  Ander,-on— Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  v.,  1904,  p.  128. 

^"  Wliitfield^Bull.  U.S.  Geol.  Survey,  No.  55,  1889,  p.  59. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA. 
By  W.  J.  Rainbow,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Entomologist. 

(Figs.  33—37). 

Mr.  Nathan  Banks,  the  well-known  American  Arachnologist, 
lias  recently  published  a  valuable,  if  brief,  "Treatise  on  Acarina, 
or  Mites."'  The  work  is  rendered  the  more  acceptable  to  the 
student  of  Acarology,  from  the  fact  that  it  gives  not  only  a  key 
to  the  numerous  families  and  genera,  but  also  a  sketch  of  the  life- 
histories  of  many  species,  some  of  which  are  of  world-wide 
<listribution. 

Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  Acarina  "  have  always 
attracted,"  as  Banks  points  out  in  his  preface,  "considerable 
interest,  both  from  their  minute  size  and  because  of  the  remark- 
able habits  of  many  species,"  comparatively  little  is  known  about 
them  systematically.  Many  species  have  been  described  from 
time  to  time,  by  a  number  of  authors,  but,  to  again  quote  Banks 
"  few  have  really  studied  them."  The  literature  dealing  with 
the  subject  is  very  scattered,  and  much  of  it  unsatisfactory. 

The  most  reliable  workers  have  been  Michael  in  England, 
whose  masterly  monographs  of  "  British  Oribatida?  "•^  and  "  British 
Tyroglyphidie "'  have  appeared  at  different  times ;  and  among 
continental  students,  Neumann,  whose  "  Revision  de  la  Famille 
des  Ixodides  "^  is  a  valuable  production,  and  must  take  its  place 
as  a  standard  work.  Other  European  acarologists  of  repute  are 
Ti'ouessart,  Kramer,  Canestrini,  Nalepa  and  Berlese.  The 
writings  of  these  workers  are  spread  over  many  publications. 
,  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  more  species  have  been  described 
of  late  years — principally  by  Trouessart  and  Canestrini — from 
New  Guinea,  than  from  Australia. 

Nearly  all  parasitic  Acarids  follow  the  distribution  of  their 
hosts,  and  so  frequently  become  widely  diffused,  but  a  few^  non- 
parasitic forms  are  common  in  widely  separated  regions.  Most  of 
the  latter,  as  well  as  some  phytophagous  species,  distribute  them- 
selves naturally.     There   are    a   number   of  non-parasitic   mites 

1  Banks— Proc.  U.  States  Nat.  Mus.,  xxviii.,  1904,  pp.  1-114. 

-  Michael— Britisli  Oribatida?,  Eay  Soc,  lH84and  18SK. 

•"*  Michael— British  Tyroglyphidse*  /of.  cit.,  1901. 

^  Neumann — Mem.  S'oc.  Zool.  F" ranee,  ix,,  190o,  |i]).   1-44;    ihid.,  x.,   1«97, 

pp.  324-420;   i')id.,  xii.,  ls;)S,  ])]i.    107-2:)4;    i'luL,  xiv.,  I!K)1,  ])p,  249- 

372. 


146  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

which  have  developed  a  remarkable  nymphal  form,  termed 
technically  Hypop^is.  This  nymph  has  a  number  of  tiny  sucking 
discs  on  the  ventral  surface  at  the  posterior  extremity,  which 
enables  it  to  adhere  to  some  other  animal,  and  so  be  carried 
from  place  to  place^  until  it  finds  a  suitable  locality.  Extreme 
cold  or  excessive  moisture  has  little  effect  upon  the  species. 
Some  species  are  of  myrmecophagus  habits,  and  these  are  of  very 
restricted  range. 

In  respect  of  geographical  distribution,  many  of  the  species  of 
this  order  are  almost,  if  not  quite,  world-wide.  This  is  only 
natural,  seeing  that  some  of  these  animals  are  parasitic  on  man, 
domestic  animals — both  great  and  small — and  economic  and 
ornamental  plants.  Admitting  this,  it  follows,  therefore,  that 
the  study  of  the  Acarina  is  of  paramount  importance,  and  hence 
worthy  of  careful  and  systematic  study.  Many  terrestrial 
animals  in  their  wild  state — mammals,  birds,  reptiles,  insects,  a;* 
well  as  fresh-water  and  pelagic  forms,  have  Acarid  parasites,  some 
of  which  ai-e  harmful  and  some  beneficial  ;  others  are  parasites 
upon  parasites.  Again,  some  Acarina,  so  far  as  we  aie  at  present 
able  to  judge,  have  no  economic  importance  whatever. 

The  life  of  an  Acarid  may  be  divided  into  four  distinct  stages  : 
the  k^'^'g,  larva,  nymph  and  adult.  The  greater  majority  of 
Acarians  are  oviparous  ;  a  few  are  vivi-,  or  ovo-viviparous,  and 
those  of  one  genus,  Pedimiloides,  Targioni-Tozzetti,  are  recorded 
as  bringing  forth  adult  males  and  females.  One  species  of  this 
genus,  F.  alastoris,  Frogg.,  occurs  near  Sydney. 

Banks  summarises  the  general  plan  of  development  as  follows  : 
"  The  egg  is  usually  deposited  by  the  female.  Often  within  this 
egg,  while  the  embryo  is  developing,  an  inner  membrane  is  formed 
whicli  encloses  the  young  mile  ;  this  stage  is  the  '  deutovum.' 
The  outer  shell  may  be  cracked  so  as  to  show  this  membrane,  or 
it  may  be  wholly  discai'ded.  The  larva  at  birth  has  but  six  legs. 
It  feeds  for  a  while,  then  passes  into  a  resting  stage  which  in 
time  discloses  the  eight-legged  nymph.  The  added  pair  of  legs  is 
the  fourth,  at  least  usually.  During  the  nymphal  period  the 
mite  may  moult  one  or  more  times  and  change  its  appearance, 
but  is  always  destitute  of  true  genital  orifices.  At  the  end  of 
the  nymphal  stage  it  passes  again  into  a  quiescent  condition,  and 
in  due  time  moults  into  the  adult  mite.  During  tfeese  resting 
stages  much  of  the  internal  anatomy  of  the  mite  may  undergo 
histolysis,  each  new  stage  being  rebuilt  from  the  disintegrated 
tissues  of  the  preceding  stage.  The  genital  organs  are,  however, 
not  effected  by  these  histolytic  processes."* 

■>  Banks— Prof.  U.  States  Nat.  Mus.,  xxviii.,  1904,  pp.  7-S. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA — RAINBOW.  H7 

.  Upon  the  question  of  natural  enemies,  Banks  points  out  that 
most  mites  have  few  enemies  beyond  their  predatory  relativ'es^ 
but,  "  there  are,  however,  various  cases  of  protective  resemblance, 
especially  among  the  immature  forms.  No  examples  of  mimicry, 
I  think,  are  known." 

The  Acarina  is  a  very  extensive  order  of  the  class  Arachnida, 
and  many  of  the  species  comprising  it  are  remarkable  for  their 
minuteness  and  diversity  of  form,  as  well  as  their  marvellous  life- 
liistories.  A  great  number  of  the  parasitic  species  have  become, 
as  some  writers  have  shown,  distinctly  modified  in  organisation  ; 
and  owing  to  this,  and  the  fact  that  their  affinities  with  the^ 
typical  Arachnida  are  so  masked  by  degeneration,  it  has  been 
urged  that  it  would  be  more  convenient  and  natural  to  assign 
them  to  an  order  by  themselves.  Against  this,  it  is  contended 
that  most  of  the  free-living  (non-parasitic)  species  have  departed 
least  from  the  typical  Arachnid  form,  and  that  they  display  many 
affinities  to  the  .Solpugids  and  Phalangitis.  The  majority  of 
Aracologists,  therefore,  regard  this  group  as  a  branch  of  the  tru;^ 
Arachnida. 

It  is  difficult  to  draw  up  a  table  of  characters  sufficiently 
comprehensive  to  include  the  whole  group,  but  the  following 
summary  inay  be  of  service  : 

(Jephalothorax  and  J.6r/o»ie?i.  -These  segments  are  united,  the 
fusion  being  so  complete  that  in  many  species  they  are  welded  into 
one  mass  ;  in  some  forms  however,  they  are  distinct.  The  body 
is  often  provided  with  hairs  and  bristles. 

Eyes. — -Often  wanting.  When  present  the}'  are  simple  ;  there 
are  usually  two  pairs,  each  of  which  are  placed  close  to  the  outer 
angle  ;  more  rarely  there  is  only  a  median  pair. 

Mouth. — Adapted  for  sucking  ;  mandibles  partially  united,  and 
form  with  a  plate  (epistonip)  and  the  labium  a  beak,  known  as 
the  rostrum  or  capitulum,  the  latter  often  separated  from  the 
cephalothorax  by  a  membranous  joint ;  mandibles  formed  for 
piercing,  sometimes  provided  with  a  pair  of  "  nippers  "  at  the  tip, 
and  sometimes  simply  pointed. 

/^f_(/.s.— Commonly  eight  in  the  adult  form,  and  six  in  the 
larval.  The  Eriophyidie,  however,  are  uiiique  in  that,  there  are 
never  more  than  four  in  either  adult  or  larva.  In  Pteroptus, 
Dufour  (Gamassidte),  there  are  eight,  both  in  larva  and  adult. 
The  legs  aVe  arranged  in  pairs,  two  of  which  are  seated  well 
forward,  and  two  behind  ;  the  latter  apparently  arise  from  the 
abdomen,  but  as  Banks  remarks,  this  is  probably  not  the  case  ; 
it  is  "  rather  that  the  coalescence   of  the  abdomen   and   cephalo- 


148 


KECOKDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 


thorax  has  effaced  the  true  outlines  of  these  portions."  The 
embryonic  forms  of  Gamasus,  Lati'.,  and  Ixodes,  Latr.,  have  foui- 
pairs  of  legs  before  birth,  but  one  pair  is  aborted  to  be  again 
developed  at  the  nymphal  stage.  This  Banks  regards  as  an  indi- 
cation that  the  six-legged  larva  is  a  secondary  development,  and 
lessens  the  apparent  difference  between  Acarina  and  other 
Arachnids.  In  Uropoda,  Latr.,  the  anterior  legs  are  inserted  in 
the  canierostome — the  opening  of  the  body  into  which  the  mouth 
parts  are  inserted. 

Abdomen. — Usually  large  and  devoid  of  segmentation  ;  in  some, 
however,  segmentation  is  distinct.  The  corpus  tndva  ov  ejngynum 
is  of  various  shapes  and  sometimes  closed  by  flaps  ;  male  aperture 
(epiandrum)  usually  smaller  than  that  of  the  female.  The 
reproductive  system  is  often  highly  developed,  and  frequently 
occupies  a  considerable  part  of  the  body. 

Respiratory  Organs. — For  the  purpose  of  i^espiration  many 
species  are  endowed  with  an  elaborate  tracheal  system,  but  there 
are  a  large  number  of  forms  not  provided  with  such.  Amongst 
those  species  in  which  a  tracheal  system  obtains,  great  vari- 
ations are  displayed.  Commonly  the  tracheae  open  near  the 
mandibles,  but  with  the  Ixodida?  and  Gamasidae  the  apertures 
are  near  the  hind  legs.  In  some  species  the  tracheal  openings 
occur  in  the  coxal  cavities  (acetahtda).  Of  those — and  the 
species  are  many — which  have  no  tracheal  system,  it  has  been 
observed  that  the  skin  is  soft,  and  that  oxygen  is  al)Sorbed 
by  osmosis  through  the  general  surface  of  the  body. 

The  object  of  the  present  paper  is  primarily  to  draw  the 
attention  of  Australian  students  to  our  rich  and  extensive  Acarid 
fauna.  To  this  end  a  list  of  the  known  species — endemic  and 
introduced — together  with  those  families  which  may  reasonably 
be  expected  to  occur,  is  given  below.  Species  apparently  new 
are  described. 

Banks  divided  the  larger  groups  of  the  order  into  eight  super- 
families,"  which  he  defined  as  follows  : — 

1.  Abdomen   annulate,   prolonged   behind  ;    veiy   minute 

forms  ;    often  with  but  four  legs.     .     Demodicoidea. 

Abdomen  not  annulate  nor  prolonged  behind  ;    always 
with  eight  legs 2. 

2.  With  a  distinct  spiracle  upon  a  stigmal   plate  on  each 

side    of   body    (usually   below)    above    the   third   or 

"  Banks   -Prof.   U.  States  Nat.  Mus.,  xxviii.,  1904,  p.  10. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AISTHALIAX    ACARINA — RAINBOW.  149 

fourth  cuxHj  or  a  little  behind ;  palpi  free ;  skin 
often  coriaceous  or  leathery  ;  tarsi  often  with  a 
sucker 3 

No  such  distinct  spiracle  in  a  stigmal  plate  on  tliis 
part  of  bod}- 4. 

3.  Hyperstome  large,  furnished  below  with  many  recurved 

teeth ;  ventor  with  furrows  ;  skin  leathery  ;  large 
forms,  usually  parasitic Ixodoidea 

Hyperstome  small,  without  teeth ;  venter  without 
furrows  ;  body  often  with  coriaceous  shields,  pos- 
terior margin  never  crenulate  ;  no  eyes.    Gamasoidea. 

4.  Body    usually    coriaceous,    with    few    hairs  ;      with    a 

specialised  seta  arising  from  a  poi-e  near  each  posterior 
corner  of  the  cephalothorax ;  no  eyes;  mouth  parts  and 
palpi  very  small ;  ventral  openings  of  abdomen  large  ; 
ne  verparasitic ;  tarsi  never  with  a  sucker.   Orihatoidca. 

Body  softer,  without  such  specialised  seta.     ...     5. 

5.  Living  in  water Hydradinoidea. 

Not  living  in  water     .  6. 

G.  Palpi  small,  three-jointed,  adhering  for  some  distance 
to  the  lip  ;  ventral  suckers  at  genital  opening  or  near 
anal  opening  usually  present;  no  eyes;  tarsi  often  end 
in  suckers  ;  beneath  the  skin  on  the  venter  are  seen 
rod-like  epimera  that  support  the  legs  ;  body  often 
entire  ;  adult  frequently  parasitic.      .      Sarcoptoidpa. 

Palpi  usually  of  four  or  five  joints,  free  :  rarely  with 
ventral  suckers  near  genital  or  anal  openings  ;  eyes 
often  present  ;  tarsi  never  end  in  suckers  ;  body 
usually  divided  into  cephalothorax  and  abdomen ;  rod- 
like epimera  rarely  visible  ;  adults  rarely  parasitic.    7. 

7.  Last  joint  of  palpi  never  forms  a  "  thumb ''  to  the 
preceding  joint  ;  palpi  simple,  or  rarely  formed  to 
hold  prey  ;  body  with  few  hairs      .     .     Eupodoidea. 

Last  joint  of  palpi  forms  a  "  thumb  "  to  the 
preceding,  which  ends  in  a  claw  (a  few  exceptions)  ; 
body  often  with  many  hairs.      .      .      .       Tromhoidea. 


150  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Super-family  EUPODOIDEA. 

Family  EUPODID^. 

No  Acarids  of  this  family  have  up  to  the  pi'esent  been  described 
fi'om  Australia,  but  one  species  at  least  occurs.  The  family  is  a 
small  one,  and  the  individuals  comprising  it  microscopic.  All  are 
predacious,  and  feed  upon  small  insects  or  insect's  eggs  ;  one  or 
two  species  are  supposed  to  be  parasitic.  They  are  soft-bodied, 
delicate,  with  moderately  long  to  long  legs  ;  the  division  of  the 
cephalothorax  and  abdomen  is  more  or  less  clearly  defined  ;  the 
cephalothorax  is  usually  provided  with  two  eyes — one  on  each 
side  ;  the  abdomen  is  provided  with  a  few  simple  hairs  ;  jialpi  are 
short,  simple,  four-jointed,  and  furnished  with  a  few  hairs  : 
mandibles  chelate,  and  (except  in  the  genus  Rhayidia,  Thor.) 
small  ;  legs  six  or  seven  jointed,  terminating  with  two  simple 
claws,  and  often  with  a  median  plumose  puhillus.  These  Acarids 
are  fond  of  cold,  damp  places  ;  most  of  the  species  occur  upon  the 
ground,  where  they  may  be  found  lurking  amidst  fallen  leaves  ; 
some  occur  upon  the  foliage  of  trees. 

Genus  Ereynetes,  Berl. 

Erynetes   LIMACUM,  >S'cA?'. 

Erynetes  limacum,  Schr.,  Ins.  Aust.,  1781,  p.  521. 
Acarus  limactim,  Schr.,  loc.  cit. 

i/^«6.— Australia  (introduced) ;  Cosmopolitan. 

Host. — Common  European  slug,  Limax  maximns,  Linn.  This 
species  has  followed  its  host  in  distribution.  Slugs  may  often  be 
seen  with  numbers  of  this  Acarid  swarming  over  them.  In  1890 
my  colleague,  Mi-.  C.  Hedley,  recorded'  an  Acarid  as  parasitic  on 
L.  maximus  and  F.  fiavus,  Linn.  It  was  doubtless  the  species 
here  listed. 

Super-family  TROMBIDOID.E. 

Family  CHEYLETID^. 

This  is  a  small  family,  and  the  species  constituting  it  are 
mici'oscopic.  None  have,  so  far,  been  recorded  from  Australia, 
but  as  some  are  parasitic  on  animals  that  have  been  introduced 
here,  it  is  quite  likely  that  they  may  yet  be  x'ecorded  when  the 

■>  Hedley— Prov.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  v.,  (2),  1890,  p.  892. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA RAINBOW.  151 

.group  shall  have  been  systematically  worked  out.  Banks  points 
out  that  they  differ  considerably  in  habits  and  structure  aiiKjng- 
themselves.  8ome  are  predacious,  and  some  parasitic ;  a  few 
<jccur  upon  some  animals  to  prey  upon  the  jjarasites  of  the  host. 
The  existence  of  parthenogenesis  has  been  recorded  in  respect  of 
several  of  the  Cheyletidse.  Banks  states  that  "  in  one  genus 
SarGopte7'us,  there  is  no  anus  ;  the  food  of  this  mite  is  of  such  a 
nature  as  to  be  completely  digested."**  The  animals  upon  whicli 
Cheyletidje  occur  are  the  house  and  field  mouse,  several  birds,  and 
bats.  Some  live  in  cavities  or  little  cells  beneath  the  skin  and 
hair  follicles.  The  eggs,  singly  or  in  clusters,  are  attached  to  the 
hairs  of  the  respective  hosts,  and  some  species  secui'e  their  ova  by 
spinning  a  small  web  over  them. 

The  CheyletidjB  are  distinguished  by  their  long  beak  and 
enormous  palpi ;  the  latter  may  be  three  or  five-jointed  ;  in  some 
species  each  palpus  is  furnished  with  a  minute  movable  tubercle 
or  papilla  near  the  tip  on  the  inner  side,  and  this  is  occasionally 
tipped  with  one  or  two  pectinate  bristles  ;  the  beak  is  separated 
from  the  body  by  a  deep  constriction  ;  the  body  is  usually  oval, 
the  skin  soft,  occasionally  with  chitinous  plates,  which  in  some 
species  are  finely  striated ;  a  few  hairs  are  always  present,  some- 
times in  the  form  of  scales  ;  division  between  cephalothorax  and 
abdomen  usually  wanting ;  legs  generally  short,  five-jointed, 
usually  armed  with  two  claws,  between  which  there  is  a  bunch  of 
hairs  or  a  pectinate  bristle.  In  some  species  the  front  legs 
terminate  in  bristles,  which  appear,  according  to  Banks  to  have  a 
tactile  function  ;  in  others  the  front  legs  are  transformed  into 
clasping  organs  ;  sometimes  two  eyes  are  present — one  on  each 
side  of  the  cephalothorax,  but  they  are  not  often  distinct  ; 
mandibles  invariably  long  and  needle-like,  and  fitted  for  2:)iercing 
tissues  ;  in  one  genus  these  organs  are  provided  with  two  points. 

Family  TETRANYCHID^. 

The  Tetranychidie  are  popularly  known  as  "  Red  Spiders " 
and  are  familiar  enough  to  most  horticulturists ;  or  are 
sometimes  termed  "  spinning  mites,"  from  the  fact  tliat  some  of 
the  species  spin  fine  silken  threads.  Some  of  the  species  have 
followed  their  host  plants,  and  hence  have  become  widely 
distributed,  indeed  cosmopolitan.  In  the  present  imperfect 
state  of  our  knowledge  it  is  impossible  to  say  how  many  species 
(tccur  in  Australia,  but  several  have  certainly  been  introduced. 
In  addition  to  these  there  is  little   doubt  but  that  some  native 


'*  Banks— ioc.  tit.,  p.  18. 


152  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSIKALIAN    MUSEUM. 

species  also  exist.  These  Acarids  have  an  oval  or  elliptical  body 
with  a  few  usually  long  hairs  arranged  in  rows ;  the  body  is 
divided  into  two  parts — cephalothorax  and  abdomen,  and  these 
are  separated  from  each  other  by  a  transverse  furrow ;  the 
cephalothorax  has  on  each  side  one  or  two  simple  eyes.  The 
palpi  are  short  and  terminate  with  a  claw,  the  latter  being 
thumb-like  and  bearing  one  or  more  appendages  known  as  "fingers." 
The  mandibles  have  their  basal  joints  united  in  a  plate  ;  the 
apical  joint  is  long  and  flexible,  and  admirably  adapted  for 
piercing  vegetable  tissues,  it  is  known  as  the  stylet.  Legs 
moderately  slender,  furnished  with  scattered  hairs,  and  armed 
with  one  or  two  claws.  In  some  species  of  the  genus  Tetranychu!< 
the  claw  is  divided  into  four  pieces  ;  the  body  is  elliptical,  being 
one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad  ;  the  first  pair  of  legs  is 
longer  than  the  body. 


Geitus  :  Brvobia,   Koch,  =  Petrobia,  Miirray. 

BrYOBIA    PRiETIOSA,    Koch. 

Bryohia  prcetiofia  et  yloriosa,  Koch,  Uebersicht  des  Ai'achniden- 
systems,  1837. 

,,        speciosa,  Koch,  loc.  cit.,  1838,  p.  61. 

,,        nobilis,  Koch,  loc.  cit.,  1838,  p.  61. 

Pefrobia  sjjeciosa,  Murray,  Econ.  Ent.,  London  (no  d.),  p.  118. 

Bryohia  speciosa,  Crawf.,  Rep.  on  the  Fusicladiums,  Arc,  Adelaide, 
1886,  p   49,  pi.  iv.,  f.  20,  a,  b,  c,  d,  p. 

ribis,  Thomas,  Mt.  Thur.  Bot.  Ver.,  vi.,  1894,  p.  10. 
,,        speciona,  Tyron,  Ins.  and  Fungus  Pests,  Brisbane,  1<^89,. 

p.  9?. 
,.        pirt'fiosa,  Oudm.,  Tigds.  Voor  Ent.,  xliii.,  1900,  p.  138 

Host  Flcmfs. — Peach  trees,  almonds,  Arum  maculatum. 
Hab. — South  Australia  (introduced)  :    Europe. 

Bryobia,  sp 

Bryobin,  sp.,  Tryon,  Ins.  and  Fungus  Pests,  Brisbane,  1889,  p  92 

Host  Flants. — Peach  trees  and  grape  vines. 
Hab. — Queensland. 


A    SYXOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA — RAIXBOW.  153 

Ohs. — Tryon  considers  tins  furni  distinct  from  Koch's  species 
as  determined  by  Crawford,  and  although  he  describes  it,  refrains 
from  giving  it  a  specific  name. 

Genus  Tetranychus,  Diif. 

Tetranychus  telarius,  Linn. 

Tetranychus  telarius,  Linn.,  Syst.  Nat.,  x.,  1758,  p.  616. 

Acarns  telaritis,  Linn.,  loc.  cit.,  p.  616. 

Teiranychus  telarius  (Linn.),   Oliff.,  N.  S.  Wales   Agric.  Gaz.,  ii., 
1891,  p.  778. 

Tetranychus   telarius   (Linn.),    French,    Journ.    Agi'ic.  Vict.,   iv., 
1906,  p.  125. 

Host  Plants. — Pear,  plum,  cherry,  roses. 

Ohs. — This  pest  has  been  frequently  referred  to  for  many  ye;irs 
past  in  our  puljlic  press.  Doubtless  several  species  have  been  con- 
fused. 

Hah. — Albuiy,  Cootamundra,  Temora;  Australia  (introduced), 
widely  distributed;  Cosmopolitan. 

Tetranychus  telarius,  var.  cinxabarinus,  Boisd. 

Tetranychus  telarius,  var.  cinnaharinus,  Boisd.,  Ent.  Hort.,  1868. 
p.  88. 

Hah. — Australia  (introduced). 

Ohs. — This  form  is  peculiar  to  plants  in  conservatories.  It  was 
originally  recorded  as  parasitic  on  Dracwna  australis.  Boisduval 
states  that  when  it  hatches  from  the  egg  "it  is  then  green  or 
yellowish-green  ;  later  it  is  variegated  with  black  and  green ; 
after  its  last  change  of  skin,  it  becomes  a  beautiful  aurora  red  in 

colour It  carpets  the  underside  of  the  Dracsena  with 

threads  of  silk  on  which  it  walks  like  a  spider.  It  does  a  great  deal 
of  harm  to  the  leaves  that  it  sucks,  stopping  their  vegetation  and 
causing  them  to  become  diseased.  It  is  not  difficult  to  destroy 
them  ;  to  do  so  it  is  sufficient  to  place  them  in  a  cold  house 
during  two  or  three  days." 

Hah. — Australia  (introduced). 


French — Journ.  Agric.  Vict.,  iv.,  1906,  p.  125. 


154  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSE  CM. 

Tetraxychus  cucumekis,  Boisd 

Tetranychus  cucuiyieris,  Boisd.,  Ent.  Hort.    1868,  p    84 

Obs. — Peculiar  to  cucumber  and  gherkin,  but  other  plants  are 
also  attacked  by  it.  It  is  very  minute.  When  the  Cucurbitaceae 
are  attacked,  the  weak  and  sickly  plants  should  be  remo^^ed. 

Hah. — Australia  (introduced). 

Tetranychus  rosarum,  Boisd 

Tetranychus  rosarum,  Boisd.,  Ent.  Hort.,  1868,  p.  83 

Host  Plants. — The  host  plant  of  this  species  is  the  rose,  on  the 
underside  of  the  leaves  of  which  it  is  sometimes  found.  This  is 
probably  the  species  determined  by  French  as  parasitic  on  roses 
in  Victoria. 

Hah. — Australia  (introduced). 

Obs. — Several  other  genera  are  included  in  this  family  and  are 
probably  represented  in  Australia,  but  in  a  preliminary  study, 
and  from  lack  of  material  systematically  collected,  it  is  impossible 
to  define  them. 

Family  RHYNCHOLOPHIDyE 

These  mites  are  usually  bright  red,  and  one  of  our  species,  at 
any  rate,  is  exceedingly  common  on  bushes  around  Sydney.  Only 
one  species,  Smaridia  extranea,  L.  Koch,  has  hitherto  been  re- 
<;orded  from  Australia,  but  two  additional  species,  each  apparently 
referable  to  the  genus  Rycholophns,  Dug.,  are  described  below. 
One  of  these  is  common  enough  around  Sydney,  but  the  other  is 
from  the  6000  feet  level  of  Mount  Kosciusko,  where  it  was 
collected  by  my  colleague,  Mr.  C.  Hedley,  in  January  last.  The 
other  form,  collected  by  Dr.  E.  P.  Ramsay,  appears  equall}'  as 
abundant  in  winter  as  in  summer.  Both  forms  were  taken  from 
plants. 

In  the  Rhycholophidaj  the  body  is  usually  divided  into  two 
parts,  but  the  division  is  not  veiy  distinct.  Along  the  middle  of 
the  cephalothorax  there  is  a  longitudinal  furrow  known  as  the 
dorsal  groove  or  crista.  It  is  usually  enlai'ged  at  the  anterior  and 
posterior  extremities,  and  sometimes  at  the  middle.  In  the  two 
Australian  genera  known  to  me  there  are  two  simple  eyes  on  each 
-side  of  the  cephalothorax,  but  in  the  genus  Smaris,  Latr.,  twu 
additional  eyes  have  been  recorded,  and  these  are  placed  close 
togetlier  near  the  middle  of  the  anterior  margin. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA RAINBOW. 


155 


Banks  reports  these  animals  as  being  usually  found  on  the 
ground,  sometimes  in  very  hot  situations,  and  that  they  run  over 
the  surface  or  on  low  plants  with  great  rapidity.  Dr.  Ramsay 
tells  me  that  those  collected  by  him  were  always  fairly  acti^'e. 
Some  individuals  occur  in  moss  or  under  fallen  leaves.  Those 
collected  by  Ramsay  congregate  together  in  larger  or  smaller 
groups,  whilst  the  form  collected  by  my  colleague  on  Mount 
Kosciusko  was  solitary.  Nothing  is  known  of  the  habits  of  our 
indigenous  species,  but  they  will  doubtless  be  very  similar  to 
those  of  their  exotic  congeners.  Banks  tells  us  that  the  eggs  are 
deposited  on  the  ground  or  under  stones,  often  in  clusters.  The 
larva  is  a  six-legged  mite  attached  to  insects,  and  when  fully-fed 
drop  to  the  ground,  become  quiescent,  and  after  a  varying  time 
transform  to  the  adult.  One  American  species  has  been  found 
preying  on  a  scale  insect  (Aspidiotus)  ;  others  upon  the  San  Jose 
scale,  and  sometimes  Aphis  lions  (Chrysopa). 

Genus  Smaeidia,  Lafr. 

Smahidia  extranea,  L.  Koch. 

Smaridia  extranea,   L.   Koch,  Verb.   Zool.  Bot.  Ges.  Wien,  xvii., 
1867,  p.  242. 

Hab. — Queensland. 


Genus  Rhycholophus,  Latr 

Rhynciiolophus  wontanus,  sp. 

(Fig.  3.3). 

Scarlet;  somewhat  shield-shaped;  above, 
the  animal  is  densely  clothed  with  rather 
sliort  bristles  and  hairs ;  junction  of 
cephalothorax  and  abdomen  ill-defined. 
Crista. — Full  length  of  thorax,  enlarged  a 
little  in  front  of  posterior  extremity,  where 
there  is  also  a  small  tubercle  present. 
Eyes. — Four,  sessile,  arranged  in  pairs, 
one  on  each  side  of  cephalothorax.  Under- 
side free  from  bristles,  but  densely  hairy. 
Genital  Opening. — Between  hind  coxfe  ; 
distinct.  Legs. — Rather  short,  seven- 
jointed,  fourth  pair  longest ;  all  densely 
clothed  with  long  hairs.  Length  of  body 
3  mm.,  width  1'8  mm. 

Host  P/rt?i^s.— Bushes  (C.  Hedley). 
Hab. — Mount  Kosciusko,  at  6003  feet. 


Rainb. 


156 


RECORDS    OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


Rhynciiolophus  celeripes,  sp.   nov. 

(Fig.  34). 

Scarlet,  elliptical  ;  above,  the  animal  i* 
densely  pilose  ;  junction  of  cephalothorax 
and  abdomen  indistinct.  Crista. — Full 
length  of  cephalothorax,  deep,  broadest  at 
anterior  and  posterior  extremities  ;  at  each 
extremity  there  is  a  small  tubercle,  and  in 
front  of  the  anterior  one  a  tuft  of  long 
bristles  proceeds.  Eyes. — Four,  sessile, 
arranged  in  pairs,  one  on  each  side  of 
cephalothorax.  Underside  similar  in  colour 
and  clothing  to  dorsal  surface.  Genital 
Opening. — Between  hind  coxpe,  distinct. 
Anal  Ojye^iing. — Below  the  latter,  distinct. 
Legs. — Exceedingly  long,  seven-jointed, 
clothed  with  fine  hairs  and  bristles,  but  not 
nearly  so  densely  as  in  i?.  montamis. 
Length  of  body,  3 '8  mm.,  width  1-8  mm. 


,,.     „  ,  Host  Plants. — Bushes  (E.  P.  Ramsav). 

lig.  34.  ^  -  ' 

B.  celeripes:.  Rainb.  ZTa^.— Enfield,  at  all  seasons  of  the  year. 

Family  TROMBIDIID^ 


This  is  a  family  of  considerable  extent,  and  includes  a 
large  number  of  genera.  The  family  is  an  ancient  one. 
Gourret  has  described  two  forms  from  the  Tertiaries  at  Aix, 
France,  namely,  Megameropsis  aqitensis  and  PsendopachynatJms 
maculatus.  Several  species  of  Trombidiidje  have  been  recorded 
from  New  Guinea  and  islands  close  at  hand,  but  only  one  from 
Australia.  It  is  quite  obvious,  though,  that  others  must  occur, 
and  when  systematic  collection  has  been  effected  it  will  pro- 
bably be  found  that  this  branch  of  our  native  fauna  will  be 
fairly  extensive. 

Popularly  these  Acarids  are  known  as  "  Harvest  Mites  "  in  the 
United  States.  The  body  is  divided  into  two  parts,  the  first  of 
which,  the  cephalothorax,  carries  the  first  and  second  pairs  of 
legs  and  the  abdomen  the  third  and  fourth  pairs.     Banks   points 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTKALIAN    ACARINA — RAINBOW.  157 

out^"  that  these  mites  differ  from  Rhyncholophida;  in  that  the  hist 
joint  of  leg  iv.  is  not  or  very  slightly  shorter  than  the  penultimate, 
and  also  that  the  last  joint  of  leg  iv.  is  not  swollen.  In  leg  i.  the 
last  joint  is  usually  swollen,  often  more  so  than  in  species  of  the 
family  last  quoted.  They  are  also  red  in  colour,  though  some 
species  are  darker  than  others  ;  the  body  is  clothed  with  bristles 
or  feathered  hairs  according  to  the  species.  The  palpi  are  five- 
jointed,  prominent,  often  swollen  at  the  middle,  the  penultimate 
joint  ending  in  one  or  two  claws,  the  last  joint  appearing  as  an 
appendage  or  "  thumb  "  to  the  one  preceding.  Legs  seven-jointed 
and  clothed  similarly  to  the  body  ;  tarsi  terminating  with  two 
small  claws.  The  cephalothorax  has  a  crista  running  down  the 
middle,  and  this  is  enlarged  at  the  centre  or  posterior  extremity 
into  a  triangular  space  known  as  the  areola  in  which  are  two  pores 
from  which  arise  bristles.  Two  eyes  are  placed  on  each  side  of 
the  cephalothorax,  and  these  are  frequently  elevated  upon  long 
pedicels. 

In  the  larval  form,  these  Acarids  are  parasitic,  and  are  found 
at  times  on  lieetles,  butterflies,  moths,  flies,  mosquitoes.  Mr.  G. 
A.  Waterhouse,  B.8c.,  has  taken  the  Leptns  (ov  larval  form)  of  a 
Trombidium  from  butterflies  collected  by  him  on  Mt.  Kosciusko. 
Mr.  G.  Goldfinch  has  also  collected  forms  of  Leptus  from  the 
common  house-fly.  The  mature  Trombidiidte  feed  on  insects — 
plant  lice,  caterpillars  and  the  like.  In  the  United  States  one 
species,  Trombidium  locusta7-um,  Riley,  destroys  numbers  of 
grasshopper  eggs,  and  in  France  a  species  has  been  recorded  as 
destroying  the  root  forms  of  Phylloxera,  that  scourge  of  the  vine. 

In  Europe,  Japan  and  America,  the  larval  forms  of  Trombi- 
diidse,  when  numei-ous,  are  sometimes  known  to  attack  man, 
causing  intense  irritation  and  pain,  and  have  even  been  known  to 
promote  serious  complications.  In  the  United  States  they  are 
known,  when  found  upon  man  as  "  Red  Bug."  These  larval 
mites  burrow  beneath  the  skin  and  produce  inflamed  spots.  As 
Banks  jDoints  out,  "  this  is  an  unnatural  position  for  the  mites, 
and  they  soon  die,  but  the  waiting  is  not  pleasant.  In  France 
these  pests  are  known  as  rouget  or  aoittat,  and  are  the  cause  of 
Erythema  autumnale  ;  in  Germany  they  produce  Stachelbeerkrnn- 
theit.  In  England  they  are  called  "  Harvest  Mites  "  or  "  Goose- 
berry Bugs  "  ;  in  Mexico,  Tlalsahtiate  ;  Japan,  Akamushi  ;  and 
the  West  Indies,  Bete-rouge. 


10  Biinks--Lor>.  ci(.,  p.  30. 


158 


RECORDS    OP    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


Genu8  Trombidium,  Fahr. 

Trombidium  sericatum,  sp.  nov. 

(Fig.  35). 

Scarlet,  ovate,  the  animal  densely 
covered  with  silky  pubescence,  body 
arched,  granulated  ;  junction  of  cephalic 
and  thoracic  segments  ill-define  d.  Crista. 
— Full  length  of  cephalothorax,  and 
enlarged  at  the  middle  into  a  triangular 
area.  Eyes. — Four,  sessile,  aranged  in 
two  pairs — one  on  each  side  of  the  crista. 
Abdomen. — Much  the  widest  in  front, 
rounded  off  posteriorly.  Genital  Aperture. 
— Seated  between  the  hind  coxce.,  and 
behind  the  anal  opening.  Legs. — Eight, 
yellowish,  short,  stout,  seven-jointed, 
pilose  and  arranged  in  two  groups  of 
four  each,  two  pairs  being  seated  well  in 
front,  the  other  two  pairs  placed  near 
Length  of  body  4-5  mm.,  breadth  2-3  mm. 

^a6.— Gisborne,  Victoria  (Mr.  Geo.  Lyell).  Mr.  A.  R. 
McCulloch,  of  the  Australian  Museum  collected  specimens  at 
Wyangarie,  New  South  Wales. 


Fig.  35. 
T.  sericatum,  Eainb. 

abdominal  extremity. 


Trombidium  papuanum,  Canest. 

T'romhidiuni  papuanum,  Canest.,  Atti.  1st.  Venet.,  (6),   ii.,  1884, 
p.  718,  pi.  iv.,  fig.  5. 

Host. — "  On  an  Australian  Longicorn." 
Hah. — Australia. 


Leptus  (larv(e). 

Host. — Butterflies  (Mr.  G.   A.  Waterhouse,  B.Sc). 
Hah.—Mt.  Kosciusko,  at  6000  feet. 


Leptus  (larixe). 

//o^V.— House-fly  (Mr.  G.  Goldfincli). 
Ha^\ — Mosman,  Sydney. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARIXA — RAINBOW.  159 

LePTUS   (IdVVOi). 

Host. — Day-flying  Moth — Procris  viridijndverulenta,  Guer. 
(the  writer). 

Hah. — Sydney 

Ohs. — Mr.  Goldfinch  has  also  observed  a  Leptus  on  a  moth, 
Sericea  spectans,  Gn. 

Snper-family    HY  DRACHNOIDEA. 

Famihj  HYDRACHNID^. 

In  this  family  only  one  species,  Hydrachna  oduntoyiiathus, 
Canest.,  has  been  I'ecorded  from  Australia,  and  two  more  are  now 
added — Eylais  maccidlochi  and  Atax  cumberlaudensis.  The 
family  is  extensive  and  widely  distributed,  and  the  species  occur 
not  only  in  fresh  and  brackish  water,  but  also  in  the  sea.  All 
are  free-swimming  as  a  rule  in  the  adult  stage,  but  in  the  larval 
state  they  are  parasitic.  In  the  Hydrachnida?,  the  integument  is 
entire,  there  being  no  division  between  the  cephalic  and  thoracic 
regions,  and  the  body  is  more  or  less  convex,  spherical  or  bi'oadly 
ovate.  In  some  genera,  as  in  Ai'renurus,  Duges,  the  male  has  an 
elongated  abdomen  tipped  with  a  median  projection  called  the 
petiolus.  In  the  genus  Eylais  there  are  four  simple  eyes  situate 
close  together  on  a  plate  near  the  median  line,  whilst  in  Afa.v, 
Fabr.,  there  are  only  two,  and  these  are  widely  separated.  The 
integument  is  soft,  and  the  animals  are  either  scarlet  or  bluish- 
green  ;  according  to  Banks,  some  American  species  are  prettily 
marked  with  yellow  and  black,  and  vary  consideral)ly  in  macula- 
tion.  The  mouth-parts  are  often  hidden  under  the  anterior 
margin  of  the  cephalothorax,  and  the  maxillary  palpi,  consisting 
of  four  or  five  joints,  varies  so  much,  that  it  is  of  great  value  to 
the  systematist  in  classification.  The  legs  are  usually  of  equal 
length,  although  it  is  not  uncommon  .to  find  the  first  pair  some- 
what the  longest ;  normally  they  are  seven-jointed,  and  clothed 
with  long  hairs  which  aid  them  in  swimming  ;  in  this  respect 
the  third  and  fourth  pairs  are  much  more  densely  hairy  than  the 
others. 

Genus  Eylais,  Lafr. 

r=  Eulais,  Piersig  and  Lohmann. 

Eylais  maccullochi,  sp.  nor. 

(Fig.  36). 

Scarlet,  elliptical,  strongly  arched,  integument  smooth  ;  moutli- 
parts  hidden  under  anterior   margin  of  cephalothorax.      Body. — 


100 


RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 


Entire,  there  being  no  division  between 
the  thoracic  and  abdominal  segments. 
Maxillary  Palpi. — Five-jointed,  hairy. 
Eyes. — Four,  simple,  close  together 
upon  an  eye-plate,arranged  in  pairs,  one 
eye  in  front  of  the  other.  Gpuital 
Opening. — Midway  between  the  pos- 
terior coxfe.  Leys. — Arising  close  to- 
gether on  anterior  part  of  venter,  and 
in  a  radiate  arrangement ;  they  are 
not  strong,  but  are  of  moderate  length, 
and  are  provided  with  swimming 
hairs ;  the  fourth  pair  is  somewhat 
the  longest.     Coxal  or  Ejnmeral  Plates. 

— Four,  united  to  the  venter.     Length  of  body  3-5  mm.,  breadth 

2-7  mm.  ;  some  specimens  rather  smaller. 

Hah. — Parramatta,  June,  1905,  in  ponds. 

Ohs. — I  have  named  this  species  in  honour  of  Mr.  A.  R. 
McCulloch,  of  the  Australian  Museum,  who  at  my  request  and 
some  personal  inconvenience  to  himself,  collected  this  and  other 
material  for  me. 


Fig.  36. 
E.  maccuUochi,  Rainb. 


Genus  Hydrachna,  Mull. 

HyDRACHNA    ODONTOfiNATHUS,    Canest. 

Hydrachna  odontocjnathas,  Canest.,  Atti.  1st.  Venet.,  (6),  ii.,  18S5, 
p.  719. 

Host. — A  water  beetle.  * 

Hah. — Australia. 


Fig.  37. 
jd.  cumherlandensi",  Eainb. 


Genus  Atax,  Fah. 

Atax  cumberlandensis,  sp.  nor. 

(Fig.  37). 

Body  bluish-green  ;  legs  green  ; 
elliptical,  strongly  arched,  moutli- 
parts  hidden  under  anterior  mar- 
gin of  cephalothorax.  Maxillary 
Paljyi. — Enlarged  at  base,  fourth 
joint  bearing  three  spurs  below. 
Eyes. — Two,  simple,  widely  aj^art. 
Body. — Entire,  integument  smooth 
with  a  finely  impressed  median 
longitudinal    mark,   wavy  in  out- 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AL'STRAMAN    ACARINA — KAINPOW.  161 

line,  luiHiiny  down  the  alxlomen  ;  this  has  two  hiteral  branches  at 
its  anterior  extremity.  On  the  underside  the  colour  is  a  httle 
ligliter  than  above.  Genital  Opening. — Near  posterior  extremity. 
•Suckiiiy  Discs. — On  each  side,  twelve.  Lec/s. — Not  strong, 
rather  long;  fourth  pair  somewhat  the  longest;  all  provided  with 
swinnning  hairs.  Coxal  or  Epiyneral  Plates. — Three,  united  to 
the  venter.     Length  of  body  1-9  mm.,  breadth  1-2  mm. 

Hab. — Parramatta,  in  ponds,  June,  190.5  (Mr.  A.  R.  IVIcCul- 
loch). 

Ohs. — Species  of  the  Molluscan  genus  Dijjlodon,  8pix,  occur  in 
fresh-water  ponds  around  Parramatta,  and  they  are  frequently 
infested  with  Acarids.  The  lattei*,  however,  are  scarcely 
pai'asitic,  as  they  feed  on  minute  animals  drawn  in  by  the 
mollusc. 

Fa^nihj  HALACARID^ 

Several  species  of  Halacaridae  have  been  recorded  from  Aus- 
tralia and  adjacent  islands,  and  as  all  of  these  are  pelagic,  it  is 
only  natural  to  expect  such  forms  (or  at  any  rate,  some  of  them) 
to  have  a  wide  geographical  range.  Those  occurring  on  the  shores 
of  New  Guinea  and  the  North  Island  of  New  Zealand,  for 
instance,  may  certainly  be  expected  to  occur  here.  These 
Acai'ids  are  minute,  ranging  from  one  to  two  millimetres  in  length. 
They  are  found  upon  Algse,  Corals,  Crustaceans  and  Cliitons, 
often  in  shallow  water,  although  some  have  been  di  edged  at 
considerable  depths.  Halacarids  have  a  tough  skin,  which  may 
be  striated  or  granulated,  and  most  frequently  destitute  of  hairs 
or  bristles.  The  body  is  usually  clearly  divided  into  two  parts, 
and  the  ceplialothorax  has  usually  three  eye-spots — one  on  each 
side  and  one  at  the  middle  in  front.  Legs  are  moderately  long, 
rather  widely  separated  at  the  base,  and  lateral  or  sub-lateral  in 
origin.  Each  tarsus  terminates  with  two  claws.  Some  Hala- 
caridas  occur  in  fresh  water,  and  some  in  brackish. 

Genus  Agaxie,   Lohm 

Agaue  brevipalpus,   Troues. 

A(/aiie  brevipalpus,  Troues.,  Naturaliste,  xi.,  1889,  p.  181  ;  Bull. 
Sci.  France  Belgique,  xx.,  1889,  p.  247  ;  Lohmann  in  Ergeb. 
Plankton  Exped.,  ii.,  1893,  p.  87  ;  Trouessart,  Bull.  Soc. 
Zool.  France,  xxv.,  1900,  p.  47. 

Hosts. — Algag  and  Corals 

7/rt6.— Pacific  Ocean,  Sydney,  New  South  Wales  ;  also  Mediter- 
ranean Sea  ;  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  Azox-es,  Canaries,  Bermudas,  Bi-azil. 


162  RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

Genus  Halacarus,  Gosse 

Halacarus  (Polymkla)  hispidus,  Lohm 

Halacarus  (Polymela)  hispidus,  Lohm.,  Ergeb.  Plankton  Exped., 
ii.,  1893,  p.  71,  pi.  iii.,  f.  7,  9-11. 

Host. — Algfe. 

Hab. — Pacific  Ocean,  Sydney. 

Halacarus  (Polymela)  PAxoPiE,  Lohm 

Halacai-us  (Polymela)  jJChnopcp,  Lohni.,  Ergeb.  Plankton  Exped., 
ii.,  1893,  p.  72,  pi.  iii.,  f.  1,8,  pi.  iv.,  f.  8,  9. 

Host. — Alg;e 

Hah. — Pacific  Ocean,  Sydney ;    Atlantic  Ocean,  Cape  Verd. 

Halacarus  (Polymela)  panop.e,  var.  squamifera,  Lohm. 

Halacarus  (Polymela)  panojxe,  var.  squami/era,  Lohm.,  Ergeb. 
Plankton  Exped.,  ii.,  1893,  p.  73. 

Host. — Algje. 

Hab. — Pacific  Ocean,  Sydney  ;    Atlantic  Ocean,  mouth  of  the 
Amazon  River. 

Halacarus  (Polymela)  chevreuxi,  Troues. 

Halacarus  (Polymela)  chevreuxi,  Troues.,  Naturaliste,  (3),  xi., 
1889,  p.  162  ;  Bull.  Sci.  France  Belgique,  xx.,  1889,  p.  245  ; 
Lohman,  Ergeb.  Plankton  Exped.,  ii.,  1893,  p.  73,  pi.  iv.,  f. 
3-7,  10,  11,  text  fig.  6;  Trouessart,  Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  France, 
xxv.,  1900,  p.  46. 

Hosts. — Algae  and  Corals. 

Hab. — Pacific  Ocean,  Sydney,  Chili ;    Atlantic  Ocean,  Azores, 
Canaries ;  Mediterranean  Sea. 

Halacarus  oblongus,  Lohm. 

Halacarus  obloru/us,  Lohm.,  Ergeb.  Plankton  Exped.,  ii.,  1893,  p. 
83,  pi.  ix.,  f.  1,  3,  pi.  x.,  f.  3,  7,  text  fig.  9. 

Hosts. — Ascidians  and  Alcyonarians. 
Hah. — Pacific  Ocean,  Sydney. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTKALIAN    ACARINA — RAIXBOW.  163 

Halacarus  (Copidognathus)  lamellosus,  Lohin. 

Halacarus  (Copidognathus)  lamellosus^  Lohm.,  Ergeb.  Planlcton 
Exped.,  ii.,  1893,  p.  79,  pi.  vi.,  f.  1-9,  pi.  vii.,  f.  1,  4. 

Hosts. — Algae  and  stationary  animals. 

Hah. — Pacific  Ocean,  Sydney  ;  Atlantic  Ocean,  Bermudas  and 
mouth  of  the  Amazon. 

Halacarus  (Copidognathus)  pulciier,   Lohm. 

Halacarus    (Copido(jiiathus)   pidchfii',    Lohm.,    Ergeb.    Plankton 
Exped.,  ii.,  1893,  p.  77,  pi.  v.,  f.  1-8,  text  fig.  7. 

Host. — Alga?. 

Hah. — Pacific  Ocean,  Sydney  ;  Atlantic  Ocean,  Bermudas  and 
Ascension. 

Super-family  IXODOIDEA. 

The  Ixodoidea  embrace  by  far  the  best  known  of  all  the 
^Vcarids,  and  are  popularly  termed  ticks.  They  form  a 
perfectly  natural  group,  the  members  of  which  may  be  easily 
known  by  their  general  appearance  and  size,  for  none  are  so  smaU 
that  they  may  not  be  seen  by  the  naked  eye.  All  are  parasitic, 
their  hosts  including  sometimes  man,  various  mammals,  birds  and 
reptiles.  Their  integument  is  coriaceous  ;  the  females  are  much 
larger  than  the  males,  and  their  bodies  capable  of  considerable 
distension.  Before  distension  they  are  somewhat  triangular  in 
outline,  rather  flat,  with  prominent,  slender  legs,  and  the  bealv- 
like  rostrum  in  front.  Of  our  Australian  tick  acquaintances  some 
are  indigenous,  and  some  introduced — the  latter  which  includes 
the  Cattle  Tick,  Rhipicephahis  anntdatus,  Say.,  being  by  far  the 
most  serious. 

Family  ARGASID^ 

Genus  Argas,  Latr 

Argas  reflexus,  Fah. 

Argas  reflexus,  Fab.,  Ent.  Syst.,  iv.,  1794,  p.  426. 

Acartis  reflexus,  Fab.,  loc.  cit. 

Argas  reflexus,  Latr.,  Precis  des  Car.  gen.  des  Ins.,  1796,  p.  178, 

an  V. 
Rhynchoprion  columhce,  Mem.   Apterologique    Strasbourg,    180-1, 

p.  69. 


1G4  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

An/as  vp.ffpxns,  Neum.,  Mem.  .Soc.  Zool.  Fi-ance,  ix..  1S96,  pp.  4-6, 

f.  i'-;3. 

Hosts. — Pigeons,  fowls.     Starcovici   reported  that  lie  has  seen 
the  larva?  on  the  horse  in  Roumania. 

ILd). — Europe  (widely  distributed).      Australia  (introduced). 


Argas  persicus,   Fischer  da  Waldheim. 

Argas  pei-sicus,  Fischer  de  Waldheim,  Bull.  Acad.  Sci.  Moscou, 
1823. 

Argas  persecus,  Laboulbene  and  P.  ]Megnin,  Journ.  I'anat.  et  de 
la  physioL,  xviii.,  1882,  p.  317,  pi.  xxi.-xxiii. 

Argas  jjerseciis,  Michsiel,  'N Sit.  Sci.,  May,  1892,  p.  202;  N.S.W. 
Agric.  Gaz.,  vii.,  1896,  p.  593;  and  ibid.,  xii.,  1901,  p.  1349. 

Argas  persicus,  Neum.,  Mem.  Soc.  Zool.  Fi-ance,  ix.,  1896,  pp. 
7-9,  f.  4,  5. 

Hosts. — Human  beings  and  probably  domestic  fowls. 

Hab. — N".  W.  and  X.  E.  Persia,  from  whence  it  appears  to  have 
spread  into  Europe  ;  Adelaide,  S.A.  (introduced). 

Ar<;as  amekicaxus,  Packard. 

Argas  americautis,  Packard,  A^-acknida,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey, 
1872,  p.  740,  fig.  68. 

Argas  americanus,  Frogg.,  N.S.W.  Agric.  Gaz.,  ix.,  1898,  p.  975  ; 
ibid.,  xi.,  1901,  p.  542  ;  ibid.,  xii.,  1901,  pp.  1285  and 
1349,  pi. 

Argas  americanus,  Neum.,  M'^m.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  ix.,  1896, 
pp.  9-12,  f.  6-11. 

An/as  americana.  Brown,  Journ.  Agric.  Vict.,  i.,  1902,  pp. 
86-90  and  209-216. 

Hosts. — Domestic  fowls  and  turkeys. 

Hab. — America  ;  Australia  (widely  distributed  ;  introduced). 

Ar(;as  sp. 

Argas  sp..  Fuller,  N.S.W.  Agric.  Gaz.,  vii.,  1896,  p.  590,  f.  1-4. 

Hosts. — Domestic  fowls. 
Hab. — New  South  Wales. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACAKINA — RAINi?0\V.  165 

Family  IXODID^. 
Tribus  A  :  RHIPICEPHAL^E. 

Genus    H.EMAPHYSALIS,    Koch. 
=  Rhipisfoma,  Koch  ;  Gonixodes,  Duges  ;  Opistodon,  Canestrini. 

H.EMAPHYSALIS    PAPUANA,    Thov. 

llcemaphyscdis  pap^iana.,  Tlior.,   Ann.  del  Mus.   civ.   di  8t.   Nat. 

di  Genova,  xviii.,  1882,  p.  62,  pi.  vi.,  f.  40-45. 
Hcemaphysalis  papuana,  Neum.,  Mem.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  x.,  1897, 

p.  336,  337. 

Host. — Not  known.  Canestrini  found  two  examples,  1  (J  1  9, 
attached  to  a  strip  of  skin  from  some  mammal,  in  cotton  which 
had  been  used  for  packing  some  insects  and  reptiles  from  Aus- 
tralia (Queensland). 

Hah. — New  Guinea  (Ramoi),  and  Queensland. 

HiEMAPHYSALIS    LEACHI,    Aud. 

Hcemajihysalis  leachi,   Aud.,    Description  de  I'Egypte,    2nd    ed., 

xxii.,  1827;  Zoologie,  Exjjlic.  des  planches,  p.  428. 
Rhipistoma  leachi,  C.  L.  Koch,  Archiv  f iir  Naturgeschiche,  (1),  x., 

1844,  p,  239. 
Rhipistoma  ellipticum,  C  L.  Koch,  loc.  cit. 
Rhipicephalus  ellipticus,  C.  L.  Koch,  Uebersicht  des  Arachniden 

systems,  iv.,  1847,  p.  135,  pi.  xxx.,  fig.  111. 
Rhipidosfoma    leachi,    Karsch,    Monatsbericht     K.     Akad.    Wis. 

Berlin,  1878,  p.  337. 
Ha/maphysalis  leachi,  Neum.,  Mem.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  x.,  1897,  p. 

347-350,  f.  13-15  ,  loc.  cit.,  xiv.,  1901,  p.  263. 
Ildmaphysalis  leachi,   Frogg.,   N  S.W.  Agric.   Gaz.,  xi.,  1900,  p. 

542. 

Hosts. — In  Eastern  Ethiopia,  Felis  jKirdus,  Linn,  (leopard) ; 
cattle  and  horses  at  Grafton  and  Wallangra,  N.S.W. 

Hah. — Widely  distributed  over  the  African  continent  ; 
Narrabri  and  Kempsey,  N.  8.  Wales  (introduced). 

H.EMAPHYSALIS    LONGICORNIS,    Xeum. 

Ha^maphysalis  longicor'nis,  Neum.,  Mem.  Soc.  Zool.  France,   xiv., 
1901,  p.  261,  f.  2. 

Hosfs.^C'AtWe. 

Hah. — Nari-abri  and  Kempsey,  N.  S.  Wales. 


166  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Genus  Rhipicephalus,  Koch. 

r=  Acarus  (in  part),  Linn. ;  Ixodes  (in  part),  Latr.  ;  Phauloixodes 
Berl. ;  Boophilus,  Cui't. 

Rhipicephalus  annulatus,  >Sai/. 

Rhipicephalus  annulatus    Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  ii. 

1821,  p.  75. 
Hoimaphysalis  rosea,  Koch,  Archiv.  f.  Naturgesch,  (1),  x.,  1844 

p.  237  ;  Uebersicht  des  Arachnidensystems,  iv  ,  1847,  p.  121 

pi.  xxvi.,  fig.  95  $,  fig.  97  9. 
Ixodes  bonis,  Riley,  In  Rep.  on  Diseases  of  Cattle  by  Gamgee, 

U.S.  Dept.  Agric,  Special  Rep.,  1869. 
Ixodes   bovis,    Fuller,    Agric.    Gaz.    N.S.W.,    vii.,    1896,  p.  765, 

pis.  i.-iv.,  text  figs. 
Lwdes  identatus,  Gamgee,   Rep.    Diseases   of   Cattle,  U.S.  Dept. 

Agric,  Special  Rep.,  1869. 
Ixodes  diujesii,  Megnin,  Les  Parasites  et  les  Maladies  Parasitaircs, 

Paris,  1880. 
Ilcemaphysalis  microjyola,  Canest.,  Atti.  della  Soc.  Veneto  Trentina 

Sci.  nat,  xi ,  fasc.  1,  1887,  p.  104,  pi.  ix.,  f.  3  and  5. 
Boophilus  bovis.  Curt.,  y^sishington  Biolog.  Soc,  1890;    loc.   cit., 

1891  ;  Journ.  Compar   Med.  and  Vet.  Archives,  1892,  p.  1  ; 

Bull.Texas  Agric  Exper.Sta,  No  24,  1892;  N.S.W.  Agric. 

Gaz.  (reprint),  vii.,  1896,  p.  454,  pis.  1-3. 
Boophilus  (Ixodes)  bovis.  Fuller,  N.S.W.  Agric.  Gaz.,  vii.,  1896, 

p.  451,  two  text  figs. 
Rhipicephalus    calcai-atus,     Birula,    Bull.    Acad.    Imp.    Sci.     St. 

Petersbourg,  No.  4,  1895,  p.  361,  pi.  ii.,  f.  10-20. 
Rhipicephalus  an^ndatus,  Rainb.,  Rec.  Aust.  Mus.,  iii.,   1899,  p. 

131. 
Rhipicephalus  anmdatus,  Frogg.,  N.S.W.  Agric   Gaz.,  xi.,  1900, 

p.  542. 
Rhipicephalus  annularis,   Neum.,   Mem.   Soc.    Zool.    France,    x., 

1897,  p.  407,  f.  37-42;  loc.  cit.,  xiv.,  1901,  p.  276. 

Jlosts. — Tlie  hosts  of  this,  now  cosmopolitan,  species  are  as 
follows  : — In  Texas,  Maryland,  Washington,  Chicago,  Baltimore, 
Kentucky,  Kansas,  Arkansas,  New  Mexico  and  Honduras : 
cattle  ;  Cuba  :  cattle  and  dogs  ;  Jamaica  :  cattle  ;  Florida  :  Deer 
(Cariacus  vii-yinianus,  Bodd.)  ;  Guadoloupe,  where  it  is  known 
as  the  "  Creole  Tick  :  cattle  ;  Paraguay  :  under  the  bark  of  trees  ; 
Timor:  "  Sambar  "  deer  (^i?ws«  equinus,  Ciivier)  ;  Caucasus  and 
Transcaucasus  of  Asia,  Singapore  :  cattle  ;  Algiers  and  Morocco  : 
cattle  ;  Bai'bary  and  Touaiick  :  sheep. 

Hab. — Cosmopolitan. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA — RAINBOW.  167 

Rhipicephalus  annulatus,  vnr.  australis,  yeum. 

Rhipicephalus  annulatus,  var.  australis,  Neuni.,  Mem.   Soc.  Zool. 

France,  xiv.,  1901,  p.  280. 
Rhijncephalus  annulatus,  var.  australis,   Frogg.,    N.S.W.    Agric. 

Gaz.,  xi.,  1900,  p.  542. 

Hosts.— C&tilc  (Queensland  Cattle  Tick). 
JIah. — Queensland. 

Tribus  B :  IXOD.^. 

Genus  Ixodes,  Latr. 

=.  Acarus  (in  part),  Linn.  ;    Cynorhoistes   (in  part),  Herm.  ;    C'ro- 
tonus  (in  part),  Dum. 

Ixodes  ornithorhynchi,  Lucas. 

Ixodes  ornithorhynchi,  Lucas,  Ann.  Soc.  Entom.  France,  (2),  iv.. 

1845,  p.  58,  pi.  i.,  f.  3. 
r.ci)des    ornithorhynchi,    Neum.,    Mem.    Soc.    Zool.    France,    xii  . 

1899,  p.  142,  f.  18,  19. 

Host. — Ornithorhyncus  anatinus,  Shaw. 

Ilab. — Tasmania  ;  also  Marianne  Isles,  Micronesia  (Monotreme 
recorded  as  host  does  not  occur  here). 

Ixodes  tasmani,  Neum 

Ixodes   tasmani,  Neum.,  Mem.   Soc.    Zool.  France,  xii.,   1899,  p. 
144,  f.  20. 

Host. — Not  known. 

Hah. — Tasmania ;  Is.  of  St.  Pierre,  Gt.  Australian  Bight. 

Ixodes  holocyclus,  Nemn. 

Ixodes  holocyclus,  Neum.,  Mem.   Soc.  Zool.  France,  xii.,  1899,  p. 

151,  f.  24-26. 
[xodps  holocyclus,  Frogg.,  N.S.W.  Agric.  Gaz.,  xi.,  1900,  p.  541. 

Hosts. — Man,  dog.  Commonly  known  as  "  Bush  "  or  "  Dog  " 
Tick.  Froggatt  quotes  it  as  infesting  low  sln-ubs,  one  in  par- 
ticular— Kunzid  cap'itata,  Reichb. — has  been  called  "  Tick  Bush  '' 
on  this  account.  This  tick  is  also  recorded  by  Neumann  as 
occurring  on   the    Brush-tailed    Pouch   Mouse — Pha^^ofjah'  peni- 


168  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

cillata,  Sliaw  ;  the  red  squirrel  of  India,  and  another  squirrel 
Sciurus  variabilis,  Geoff.  The  locality  for  the  latter  animal  is 
given  as  India,  but  according  to  Trouessart  ("Catalogus  Mam- 
malium  ")  tlae  habitat  should  be  South  and  Central  America. 

Hab. — New   South  Wales,    Queensland,   India   (?),   S.  and  C. 
America  (?). 

Genus  Aponomma,   Xeum. 

^z  Ixodes,  Latr.  (in  part)  ;   Ophiodes,  Murray  (nora.  preeoc). 

AponOxMMa  trimaculatum,  Liicas. 

Apononima    trimaculatum,   Lucas,    Ann.    Soc.   Ent.   France,   (5), 

viii.,  1878,  p.  Ixxvii. 
Ixodes  ti'imaculatus,  Lucas,  loc.  cit. 
Aponoynma  trimaculatum,  Neum.,  Mem.    Soc.   Zool.   France,  xii., 

1899,  p.  187,  f.  41  ;  loc.  cit.,  xiv.,  1901,  p.  291. 
Aponomma  trimaculatum,  Froijg.,  N.S.W.  Agric.  Gaz.,,  xi.,  1900, 

p.   542. 

Hosts. — Cattle  ;  Lace  Lizards  :  Vara7t,tos  leucostiyma  (sic)  and 
V.  salvator,  Laur. 

Hab. — New  Guinea  for  Guinea,  fide  Neumann)  \  Palang, 
Sumatra ;    and  Narrabri,   N.  S.  Wales. 

ApONOMM  \    DECOROSUM,   L.  Koch. 

Ajxinomma  decorosum,   L.    Koch,  Verhand.    b.  Ges.  Wieii.,  xvdi., 

1867,  p.  241. 
Ixodes  decorosus,  L.  Koch,  loc.  cit. 
Ixodes  varani,  L.  Koch,  loc.  cit. 
Aponomma   decorosiim,    Neum.,    Mem.    Soc.    Zool.    France,    xii., 

1899,  p.  194,  f.  46-48. 
Aponomma  decorosrim,  Frogg.,  N.S.W.  Agric.  Gaz.,  xi.,  1900,  p. 

541. 
Aponomma   decorosum,    Neum.,   Mem.    Soc.   Zool.    France,    xiv., 

1901,  p.  292,  f.  9. 

Hosts. — Lizards  :  Varanus  giganteiis,  Gray  ;  Varanus  sp.  :  V. 
varius.  Gray ;  Snakes  :  Python  sp.  ;  the  Echidna  :  Tachyglossus 
aculeatus,  Shaw. 

Hab. — Australia  :  Brisbane,  Sydney,  Goulburn  ;  Fiji. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA RAINBOW  169 

Aponomma  hydrosauri,   Dpiiny. 

Apoiinmma  hydrosauri,  Denny,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  xii.,  1843, 
[).  3 1-4,  pi.  xvii.,  f.  4. 

Ixodes  hydrosau7-i,  Denny,  loc.  cit. 

Amhlijomrnn  hyd7\)sauri,   Koch,  Archiv.  f.  Naturg.,  x.,  (1),  1844, 
p.  231. 

Aponomma  hydrosauri,   Neum.,    Mem.    Soc.    Zool     France,    xii., 
1899,  p. 'l97,  f.  49,  50. 

Aponomnia  hydrosauri,  Fi'ogg.,  N.S.W.  Agric,  Gaz.,  xi.,  1900,  p. 
541. 

Hosts. — Lizards  :     Va^'anus    varius,    Gray  ;     T^.    youldi,    Gray  ; 
Echidna  :   Tachyylossus  aculeatus,  Shaw. 

Hah. — Australia  and  Tasmania. 


Aponomma  concolor,  Xeum. 

Aponomma  concolor,  Neum.,  Mem.  8oc.  Zool.  France,  xii.,  1899,  p. 
198. 

Host. — Echidna  :   Tachyglossus  aculeatus,  Shaw. 

Hah. — Queensland. 

Obs. — Neumann  adds  a  note  to  his  description,  of  which  the 
following  is  a  translation  :  "  Founded  on  an  individual  labelled 
'  Ixodes  coxalis,  Gerv.,  J",  on  a  Hystrix,  Queensland,'  and  which 
only  corresponds  in  its  habits  with  Ix.  coxalis,  Gervais,  which 
latter  is  probably  a  Dermacentor." 


Aponomma  ecinctum,  Neum. 

Aponomma  ecinctnm,  Neum.,  Mem.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  xiv.,  1901, 
p.  293. 

Aponomma   ecinctum,    Frogg.,    N.S.W.   Agric.    Gaz.,  xi.,  1900,  p. 
542. 

Hosts. — Beetles  :  Aulacocyclus  kaupi,  Macl. 

Hab. — Queensland,    New  South   Wales.      It  will    also    occur, 
doubtless,  in  other  States. 


170  KKCORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

Geiius  Amblyomma,   C.  L.  Koch. 

ziL  Ixodes  (in  part),  Latr. 

Amblyomma  triguttatum,   C.  L.   Koch. 

Amhlyoynma  triynttatvm,  C.  L.  Koch,   Archiv.  f.  Naturg.,  (1),  \., 
1844,  p.  255;  Arachnidsystem,  iv.,  1847,  p.  60,  pi.  ix.,  f.  33. 

Amhlyomnia   fruiuttatum,   Neum.,    Mem.    Soc.   Zool.  France,  xii., 
1899,  p.  215. 

Amblyomma  irujiittatum,  Fi'Ogg.,  N.8.W.  Agric.  Gaz.,  xi.,  1900,  p. 
541. 

Amhli/omma   truiiUtatum,  Neum.,  Mem.    8oc.    Zool.    France,  xiv., 
1901,  p.  298. 

Ilosfs. — Horses,   cattle,  dogs  ;    the    "  Paddy-melon,"    Macropus 
fhetidis,  Lesson  ;  and  tlie  Echidna,  Tachyylossuti  acideatiis,  Shaw. 

Hab. — N.  S.  Wales  and  Queensland. 

Amblyomma  limbatum,  JVenn/. 

Amblyoni7na  limbatum,  Neum.,  Mem.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  xii.,  1899, 
p.  231. 

Host. — Not  indicated. 

Hab. — King  Island,  Bass  Straits  ;  Adelaide. 

Obs. — Neumann  thinks  this  may  jarobably  be  a  variety   of   A. 
morelice,  L.  Koch. 

Amblyomma  postocul.\tum,  Neum. 

Amblyomma  posfoculatiwi,   Neum.,   Mem.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  xii., 
1899,  p.  232. 

Host. — Not  indicated. 

J/ab. — King  Island,  Bass  Straits  ;  Adelaide. 

Amblyomma  morkli.e,  L.  Koch 

Amhlyotiiiiia    morelice,    L.    Kocli,    Verliandl.    K.    zool.    hot.    Ges. 
Wien.,  xvii.,  18G7,  p.  241. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTUAMAN   ACARIXA RAINBOW.  171 

Anibli/onuiHi  raorelvi',  Neuiu.,  Mem.  Zool.  France,  xii.,    1899,    p. 
258. 

AiiihJjjdiinna  morplifi-,  Frogg.,  N.S.W.  Agric.  Gaz.,  xi.,  1900,  p.  5-11. 

Iloxts. — Horses,  Kangaroos,  and  Carpet  Snake,  Fijihon  sjnhjti^s, 
Lacep 

I  fab. — N.  8.  Wales  and  Queensland. 


Super-fcmuhj  GAMASOIDEA. 

The  species  included  in  tliis  super-family  are  well-known  to 
collectors,  not  only  from  the  fact  that  many  are  common,  but  also 
because  many  pass  a  portion  of  their  life  attached  to  spiders, 
myriapods,  and  insects.  These  mites  have,  as  a  rule,  a  hard, 
leathery  integument ;  some,  however,  are  soft-bodied ;  they  are 
broad,  flat,  short-legged,  devoid  of  eyes,  but  exceedingly  sensitive 
in  point  of  touch  ;  some  of  these  mites  can  run  rapidly,  and  leap, 
while  others  ai'e  lethargic,  and  seek  protection  when  disturbed  l)y 
feigning  death.  In  some  species  the  mouth-parts  can  be  com- 
pletely withdrawn  into  the  body.  Normally  tlie  mandibles  are 
chelate,  and  the  "fingers"  denticulated.  Examples  occur  in 
whicli  these  organs  are  elongate  and  styliform,  and  hence  adapted 
for  piercing. 

Family  GAMASID.^\ 

Tliis  is  an  extensive  family,  of  world-wide  distribution,  and 
including  many  genera  and  species.  And  here,  again,  in  working 
over  literature,  the  student  is  brought  face  to  face  with  the  fact 
that  more  species  have  been  described  and  recorded  from  New 
Guinea  than  from  Australia.  Doubtless  some  of  the  Papuan 
forms  will,  when  the  subject  is  properly  worked,  be  found  to 
(jccur  upon  our  island  continent.  For  a  description  of  tlie  internal 
anatomy  of  tlie  Gamasidje,  and  a  description  of  their  mode  of 
coition,  which  latter  is  marvellous,  and  doubtless  unique  in 
nature,  see  Michael's  paper  "  On  the  Variations  in  the  Internal 
Anatomy  of  the  Gamasina^."^'  Species  of  Gamasida?  have  been  re- 
corded not  only  from  Arthropods,  but  also  from  tlie  ears  of  cattle 
and  horses  and  from  the  bodies  of  moles,  and  nests  of  the 
latter  ;  son)e  have  been  recorded  as  living  on  mosses  and  various 
plants.     Amongst  insects  infested  with  these  mites  are  beetles. 


11  Michael— Trans.  Linn.  Soc,  v.,  pt.  8,  1892,  p.  281,  et  seq. 


172  RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

bees  and  ants ;  some  Gamasids  feed  upon  the  dead  bodies  of  the 
latter.  A  species  of  Lcdaps  has  been  observed  to  jump  upon  an 
ant  and  ride  about  on  it,  without  in  any  way  disconcerting  the 
Formicid.  Each  species  of  mite  is  said  to  prefer  to  live  with  a 
particular  species  of  ant,  although  several  kinds  have  been  found 
in  one  nest.  When  the  ants  quit  the  nest  the  mites  disappear 
also.  Protonymphs  have  been  collected  from  plants,  and  deuto- 
nymphs  and  tritonymphs  from  meals — flour,  etc. — and  houses. 

Genus  Cel^nopsis,  Kram. 

A  number  of  mites  from  various  parts  of  the  world, 
including  one  from  Australia,  have  been  associated  with  Koch's 
o-enus  Ceke.no,  which  was  founded  in  1835.  This  name,  however, 
cannot  stand  for  the  Arachnida,  as  it  was  preoccupied  for  the 
Mammalia,  Leach  having  in  1822  proposed  Gekeiio  for  a  bat. 
For  the  present,  therefore,  I  suggest  that  as  CeUeno,  Koch,  has  to 
sink  into  the  ranks  of  synonymy,  Kramer's  Celcejiopsis  be  used 
instead. 

CELiENOPSIS    AUSTRALIANA,    Canest. 

Cekenopsis  australicma,  Canest.,  Atti.  1st.  Venet.,  (6),  ii.,  1885,  p. 
715,  pL  vi.,  fig.  2. 

ffost. — Beetles — type  found  upon  a  Cetonid. 
Ilab. — Australia. 

Genus  L.ELAPS,  Koch. 
L.ELAPS  dolic[h]anthus,  Ganest. 

Leelaps  dolic[h]aidhus,  Canest.,  Atti.  1st.  Venet.,  (6),  ii.,  1885,  p. 
709.  pi.  vii.,  f.  2  and  3. 

Jlost. — Beetles — type  found  upon  a  Lamelicorn.  We  have  in 
our  collection,  specimens  probably  referable  to  this  species,  from 
beetles  and  spiders  collected  by  Mr.  S.  J.  H.  Moreau,  at  Antonio, 
near  Bydal,  N.  S.  Wales. 

Jlab. — Australia. 

L.ELAPS  CONIFERUS,  Canest. 

LfpJaps  coniferus,  Canest.,  Atti.  1st.  Venet.,  (6),  ii.,  1885,  p.  711, 
pi.  vii.,  f.  4. 

ffost. — Beetles — type  found  upon  a  Longicorn. 
Hab. — Australia. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA — RAINBOW.  173 

L^ELAPS  STILOSUS,  Cane.st. 

L(daps  stilosus,  Canest.,  Atti.  1st.  Venet.,  (6),  ii.,   1<S85,  p.   711, 
pi.  ix.,  f.  3. 

Host. — Beetles — type  found  upon  a  Longicorn. 
Hub. — Australia. 

Genus  Seius,  Koch. 

Species  of  this  genus  have  been  recorded  as  occurring  upon 
moss,  and  in  caves  ;  and  protonymphs  upon  plants.  Only  one 
species  has,  so  far,  been  described  from  Australia. 

Seius  acanthurus,  Canest. 

Seuis  acanthurus,  Canest.,  Atti.  1st.  Venet.,  (6),  ii.,  1885,  p.  712, 
pi.  ix.,  f.  1  and  2. 

Hah. — Australia. 

Genus  Gamasus,  Latr. 

Gam  ASUS  flavolimbatus,  L.  Koch. 

Gamasns  flavolimbatus,  L.    Koch,  Verhandl.   K.   zool.    hot.    Ges. 
Wien,  1867,  p.  242. 

Hah. — Queensland. 

Genus  Berlesia,  Canest. 

Berlesia  rapax,  Canest. 

Berlesia  rapax,  Canest.,  Atti.   1st.  Venet.,   (6),  ii.,  1885,  p.  714, 
pi.  ix.,  f.  4. 

Hab. — Australia. 


Family  DERMANYSSID^. 

The  mites  included  in  this  family  are  soft-skinned,  and  parasitic 
on  warm-blooded  animals.  Banks  considers  that  whilst  these 
Acarids  differ  much  in  general  appearance  from  the  Gamasida?,  to 
which  they  are  closely  allied  by  structure,  it  would  nevertheless 
be  better  to  abandon  the  group.     The  best  character  for  separa- 


174  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

tion  fi'om  the  Gamasidse  is  their  parasitic  habits.^-  The  family, 
as  at  present  constituted,  is  divided  into  two  sub-families,  the 
Dermanyssinfe  and  Halarachnin?^,  and  they  are  distinguished 
from  one  another  by,  in  the  first  of  these,  the  presence  of  an  anal 
plate,  and  in  the  latter,  the  absence  thereof. 

These  mites  are  pai'asitic  on  bats,  mice,  rats  and  birds,  and 
some  of  them  have  followed  their  hosts  in  their  travels  from 
place  to  place,  and  so  have  become  not  only  widely  distributed, 
but  in  some  instances,  cosmopolitan.  Two  species  of  Dermany)<sns 
have  found  a  home  in  many  lands,  and  they  ai'e  recorded  below 
as  parasitic  on  domestic  bii'ds.  By  the  uninformed  they  are  fre- 
quently confused  with  Bird  Lice.  Other  forms  doubtless  occur, 
but  none  have  been  described  from  Australia. 


Genus  Dermanyssus,  Dugea. 

Dermanyssus  GALLiXiE,  De  Geer. 

Dermanyssua  galli7ice,  De  Geer,  Mem.  Inst.,  vii.,  177S,  p.  11. 

Acarus  yallince,  De  Geer,  loc.  cit. 

Dei'manyssiis  gallinre,   Oudem.,  Tidjs.  Voor  Entom.,  xlv.,  1902, 
p.  13,  pi.  i.,  f.  2,  3. 

Hosts. — Domestic  fowls. 

Hah. — Cosmopolitan  ;  Australia  (inti"oduced). 

Dermanyssus  avium,  Duges. 

Dermanyssus  avium,  Duges,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  (2),  i.,  1834,  p.  18. 

Dermanyssus  avium,  Murray,    Econom.   Entom.   (n.   d.),  p.    169, 
2  f.  in  text. 

Ho.9its. — Pigeons,  canaries,  domestic  fowls. 

Hab. — Cosmopolitan  ;  Australia  (introduced). 

Obs. — This  species  has  been  recorded  as  occurring  on  human 
beings,  but  it  was  accidental,  and  due  to  the  individuals  coming 
into  contact  with  infested  birds.  It  is  also  recorded  that  the 
removal  of  an  infested  henroost  resulted  in  the  cure  of  a  case  of 
supposed  phthiriasis.  The  subject,  a  woman,  was,  but  for  these 
pests,  clean  and  healthy. 

1'^  Banks — Loc.  cif.,  p.  59. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OK    AL'STKAT.IAN    ACAKIXA — RAINBOW.  175 

Family  UKOPODIDJi. 
The  Uropodidie  are  distinct  from  the  two  preceding  famiUes  in 
general  appearance.  The  mites  are  small.  They  are  usually 
found  attached  to  insects,  and  are  remarkable  for  the  length  of 
their  mandibles,  which  are  often  twice  as  long  as  the  body, 
slender,  and  terminating  in  delicate  chelfe.  They  are  not,  strictly 
speaking,  parasitic,  their  presence  upon  insects  being  for  the 
purpose  of  transportation  ;  moreover,  those  found  upon  insects, 
are  attached  by  a  pedicel  of  excrement,  and  owing  to  the  fact 
that  they  are  immature,  have  been  termed  nympha  pfdiinculata. 
Up  to  the  present  two  species  have  been  described  from  Australia. 

Gpiuis  Uropoda,  Lafv. 

UrOPODA    SPINULIPES,    Cdtif'sf. 

Uropnda  spmul'i])f'i<,    Canest.,    Atti.   1st.  Venet.,  (C),   ii.,    li^So,  p. 
7U. 

Hah. — Australia  (on  a  Geotrupid). 

GenvH  Fedrizzia,   Caufxf. 

Fedrizzia  grossipes,  Canest. 

Fedrizzia  yrosi^ijjes,    Canest.,   Atti.  1st.  Venet.,   (G),   ii.,  l^So,  p. 
707,  pi.  viii.,  f.  1  and  2. 

/lab. — Australia  (on  a  Geotrupid). 


Super-familn  ORIBATOIDEA. 

The  Acarids  included  in  this  group  are  popularly  known  as 
"  Beetle  Mites."  They  ai'e  small  and  hard ;  some  have  rather 
short  legs,  and  others  extremely  long  ambulatory  limbs.  Super- 
ficially, these  mites  have  a  very  beetle-like  appearance,  and  this  is 
doubtless  the  origin  of  the  popular  name.  Oribatids  may  be 
easily  distinguislied  from  all  other  Acarids  by  the  presence  of  a 
hair  or  seta  which  is  seated  on  either  side  of  the  cephalothorax, 
and  this  arises  from  a  small  \xnv.  Tliese  are  usually  termed 
jjseudu-stiyniaUe,  and  their  function  is  unknown.  The  super- 
family  under  consideration  is  an  extensive  one  and  widely 
distributed.  The  species  occur  on  dead  wood,  lichens,  in  moss, 
amongst  dead  leaves  and  forest  debris  generally  ;  some  are 
aquatic,  occurring  in  mangrove  swamps  and  on  fresli-water  and 
marine   Algie  ;    a  few   species   are    amphibious.     These   Acarids 


176  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

are  never  parasitic,  but  are  vegetable  feeders.  Usually  they  are 
oviparous,  sometimes  ovo-viviparous,  and  rarely  viviparous.  When 
the  young  emerge  they  have  only  three  pairs  of  legs,  but  in  the 
next  stage  they  have  four  ;  two  other  changes  or  ecdyses  occur, 
however,  before  the  adult  stage  is  attained.  About  twenty 
genera  ai-e  included  in  the  Oribatoidea,  and  thtse  include  many 
species,  but  tlie  group  has  not  been  touched  in  Australia,  notwith- 
standing the  fact  that  quite  a  number  of  species  occur,  and  some 
are  stored  away  in  private  collections  I  have  seen  specimens 
from  the  Jenolan  District.  In  1897  Canestrini  described  several 
from  German  New  Guinea.  Tryon  has  recorded  one  under  the 
name  Leisonia,  sp.,  from  Durundur,  Q.,  but  this  is  the  only 
reference  I  can  find. 

Family  ORIBATID^. 
Genus  LiACARUS,   Michael. 
=   Leisonia,  Nicolet  (nom.  prceoc). 
LiACARUS  SP.,  Tryon. 
Liacarus  sp.,  Tryon,  Insect  and  Fungus  Pests,  1889,  p.  160. 
Leisonia  sp.,  Tryon,  loc.  cit. 
Hah. — Durundur,  Queensland 

Family  TARSONEMID^. 

There  ai*e  not  many  genera  or  species  included  in  this  family, 
but  some  forms  are  of  the  highest  economic  importance.  These 
Acarids  are  exceedingly  minute — in  fact  microscopic.  All  the 
species  are  parasitic — some  on  vegetation,  some  on  cereals,  such 
as  grasses,  rice  and  grain,  and  some  on  insects  ;  one  species  has 
been  found  upon  a  mole.  In  Queensland,  pine-apples  and  sugar- 
cane are  afiected.  The  Tarsonemidfe  are  soft-bodied  mites,  the 
males  conforming  somewhat  to  the  Tyroglyphid  type ;  but  the 
females  differ  not  only  from  them,  but  from  all  other  Acarians  in 
having  a  clavate  organ  of  uncertain  use  between  legs  i.  and  li.^^^ 
The  mouth-parts  are  formed  for  sucking  ;  mandibles  slender  and 
needle-like  ;  palpi  minute,  barely  visible  ;  legs  short  and  composed 
of  five  or  six  joints  ;  anterior  tarsi  always  terminated  with  one 
claw,  the  others  have  usually  two  and  often  a  sucker;  the 
posterior  pairs  of  legs  ai-e  widely  remote  from  anterior  pairs  ;    in 


13  Banks — Loc.  cit.,  p.  74. 


A    SYNOPSIS    UF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA — RAINBOW.  177 

the  males  of  Tarsonetnua  they  are  ahiiost  at  the  tip  of  the 
abdomen ;  in  some  species  the  abdomen  shows  traces  of  segmen- 
tation. One  species  of  Pediculoides  and  two  of  Tarsonenius  have 
been  recorded  from  Australia. 

Genus  Pediculoides,  Targioid-Tozzetti. 

■=■  Heteropus,  Pal. 

Pediculoides  alastoris,  Frogg. 

Fediculoidex  alastoris,  Frogg.,  Proc.   Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  ix., 
(2),  1894,  p.  259. 

Heteropus  alastoris,  Frogg.,  loc.  cit. 

Host. — Alastor  eriurgus,  Sauss.  (a  solitary  wasp). 

Hab. — Granville,  N.  S.  Wales. 

Obs. — Some  exotic  species  of  this  genus  are  parasitic  on 
destructive  insects.  In  the  gravid  female  the  abdomen  swells 
prodigiously.  This  is  due  to  the  development  of  the  eggs.  These 
not  only  hatch  within  the  parent,  but  the  young  obtain  their 
entire  nourishment  there,  and  issue  as  sexually  mature  males  and 
females.  The  new  brood  usually  wander  for  a  time  over  the 
mother's  body  and  then  pair.  Banks  figures  a  normal  and  a 
gravid  female." 

Genus  Tarsonemus,   Cu7u:st. 

Tarsonemus  bancrofti,  Mich,  fin.s.j 

'J'arsiiiiciiiKs     hancrofti,    Mich,     (m.s.).    Bull.   Roy.   Gardens  Kew, 
1890,  p.  85. 

TarsoneniHs  bancrnfti,  Insect  Life,  iii.,  1890,  p.  31. 

Tars(ine)ni(s  bancrofti,  March.,    Bull.    Soc.    Ent.  France,  1902,  pp. 
103,  104. 

'Tdrsoju'iini.^  bancrofti.   Banks,  Proc.  U.  States  Nat.  Mus.,  xxviii., 
1904,  p.  77 

Host  Vlant — Sugar  canes,  Sacchannii  (i/ficinarimi. 

Hab. — Queensland  and  Barbadoes. 

(Ws. — T.  bancrofti,  Michael,  is  associated  with  the  sugar-cane 
disease  known  in  Queensland  as  "Red  Rust."  Tliis  disease  has 
been   long  established   in    Queensland,    Dr.    Bancroft  having  in 

1^  Bunks-  Loc.  Hi.,  ]i\\  T-i,  75.  f.  144,  146. 


178  RECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTKAI.IAN    MUSEUM. 

1876  reported  the  matter  to  Parliament.  In  a  "Bulletin  of  the 
Royal  Gardens,  Kew/'^''  I  read  as  follows  :  "It  appears  not  im- 
probable that  the  disease  is  identical  with  one  which  has  been 
noted  in  the  Malaj^an  Archipelago,  and  in  the  Mauritius,^'"'  in  the 
Society  Islands  according  to  Professoi'  Livei'sidge,  and  in  Bahia." 

Tarsoxemus  ananas,    Tri/oll. 

Tarsononus  ananas,   Tiyon,   Queensl.    Agric.   Journ.,    iii.,   pt.   6, 
1898,  pp.  462-464,  pi.  Ixxi.,  f.  1,  2,  5,  6. 

Tarsdui'imof   anam',    Banks,    Proc.   U.   States   Nat.   Mus.,  xxviii., 
1904,  p.  77. 

Hast  I'hdit. — Pine  apples  f  A>ia)ta.'<a  sy.  y. 
Hah. — 8.  (^)ueeiisland. 

Faimli/  TYROGLYPHID^. 

This  is  anotlier  small  family  of  mites,  yet  notwithstanding,  one 
of  great  economic  importance,  seeing  that  it  embraces  species 
notorious  by  reason  of  their  infesting  foods — cheese,  cereals, 
tubers,  bulbs  ;  some  are  also  found  attached  to  living  mammals 
and  insects  during  what  is  termed  the  hypopial  stage.  For 
species  in  this  stage  three  genera  were  proposed  on  the  supposition 
that  they  were  adult  Acarids.  These  were  Hi/ixiinis,  Duges, 
Hoiiuipiis,  Koch,  and  TricJiti(lacti/li(s,  Duf.  Megnin"  made 
lengthy  observations  on  the  zoological  position  and  economy  of 
Acarids  described  under  these  generic  names,  and  showed  that 
they  were  all  earlier  stages  of  cei'tain  Tyroglyphid?e.  The  two 
latter  names  were  therefore  di'opped,  whilst  the  first  was  retained 
and  is  still  used  as  a  name  to  distinguish  these  Acarids  at  a 
certain  stage  of  their  development — the  "nymphe  cuirassee, 
adventive,  heteromorphe." 

Tyroglyphid  mites  are  very  small,  pale-coloured,  very  soft,  and 
have  usually  prominent  chelate  mandibles  and  moderately  long 
legs,  the  tarsi  terminating  with  one  claw ;  the  body  is  about 
twice  as  long  as  broad.  The  adults  are  certainly  blind,  but  in 
some  hypopial  foi'ms  there  are  organs  which  have  never  been 
satisfactorih^  defined  and  which  may  possibly  be  eyes.  The 
division  between  the  cephalothorax  and   abdomen  is   invariablj- 

1-5  Michael— Bull.  Roy.  Gardens  Kew,  1890,  p.  86. 

1"  Liversidge — Journ.  Roy.  Hort.  Soc,  New  Ser.,ii.,  189u,  pp.  cxxxi.-cxxxii. ; 

loc.  cit.,  iii.,  1891,  pp.  14-17. 
"  Megnin— Comp.  Rend.,  Ixxvii.,  1878,  pp.  129-132,  and  pp.  492-3. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTliALIAN    ACARINA— ItAIMiOW.  179 

distinct,  and  the  upper  part  of  the  body  is  furnished  with  a  few 
hairs,  and  these  are  generally  long.  We  are  indebted  to  the 
labours  of  Michael^''  and  ISalepa^''^  for  our  knowledge  of  the 
anatomy  of  these  animals,  and  to  their  writings  students  are 
directed.  The  mode  of  coition  in  the  Tyroglyphidce  is  exactly 
similar  to  that  of  the  Analgesidte.  Behind  the  (diks  there  is  a 
small  ojaening — the  copulative  aperture.  In  (iluciiilnKins,  the 
h}irm  copalatrix  projects  externally  into  a  small  cone.  Copu- 
lation is  not  performed  through  the  vulva,  but  by  this  special 
opening. -^^  This  opening  leads  to  a  receptaciilinii  sciiiinis,  which 
connects  by  a  small  duct  to  the  ovaries.  The  transformations  of 
these  animals  are  amongst  the  most  marvellous  of  the  animal 
kingdom.  All  Tyroglyphidte  (except  Carpoi/lyphiis,  Robin)  appear 
to  lay  eggs,  sometimes  of  a  large  size.  The  young  on  hatching 
are  six-legged,  and  after  moulting  obtain  two  more.  From  thence 
they  may  pass  on  to  the  adult  state  in  the  normal  way,  but  more 
frequently  they  pass  through  what  has  been  already  referrefl  to 
as  the  lu/jKipial  stai/c.  The  Hi/popiix  is  very  distinct  from  the 
octopod  nymph  from  which  it  has  developed.  The  body  is  liard 
and  chitinous  ;  there  is  no  mouth  orifice,  and  no  distinct  mt)uth 
parts.  The  legs  are  short  and  ill-adapted  for  walking.  On  the 
ventral  surface  at  the  posterior  extremity  there  is  an  area  distinct 
from  tlie  general  surface.  This  area  is  provided  with  sucking- 
discs,  by  means  of  which  the  animal  clings  to  the  body  of  an 
insect  or  other  creature,  and  so  the  Acarid  is  carried  about  until 
it  finds  a  suitable  locality  to  undergo  its  next  great  change  or 
molt,  which  transforms  it  into  an  octojiod  nymph  that  will  feed 
and  ultimately  develop  into  an  adult  mite.  Hence  the  hypopai 
stage  is  a  phase  in  tlie  life  of  a  Tyroglyjjhid  for  the  purpose  of 
migration,  but  the  causes  which  induce  a  nymph  to  transform  to 
the  Hypopiis  are  not  known. 

When  Tyroglyphids  swarm  in  stored  foods — cereals  and  the 
like — or  buildings  it  is  exceedingly  difticult  to  combat  them,  since 
as  they  have  no  traclue  they  are  not  very  susceptible  to  fumiga- 
tion, though  some  will  succumb  to  the  treatment.  The  writer 
once  saw  a  grain  merchant's  store  in  Sydney  in  which  these  little 
wretches  swarmed  in  countless  millions,  to  eradicate  which  much 
time  and  no  little  expense  had  to  be  devoted. 

Two  indigenous  species  of  Tyroglypliidje  have  been  recorded 
from  Australia,  but  in  addition  to  these  others  occur  which  have 
a  more  or  less  cosmopolitan  range. 

i«  Michael— Journ.  Quek.  Club,  1879,  pp.  223-230,  pi.  xiii. 

19  Nalepa— Sitz.   K.  Akad.  Wicn.,  1883,  xc,  pp.  197-228;    Aim.  Mac;.  Nat. 

Hist.,  xiv.,  1883,  pp.  3t)9-371  (al)strac-t). 

20  Banks— Proe.  U.  States  Nat.  Musouni,  xxviii.,  1894,  p.  79,  8U. 


180  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRAr.IAN    MUSEUM. 

Genus   Tyroglyphus,  Latr. 

Tyroglyphus  queenslandicus,  (jancst. 

Ti/ror/li/phiisi  ijiicenslaudiciis,  Canest.,  Atti.  1st.  Venet.,  (6),  ii.,  1885, 
p.' 721. 

fhib. — Queensland  (on  a  Cetonid  beetle). 

Tyroglyphus  entomophagus,  Lahoub. 

Tyrofilyphus  entonuiphagiis,  Laboub.,  An.  Soc.   Ent.  France,  1862. 
Tt/roc/lyjjJiK.s    entomop/KK/Ks,   Murray,   Econom.   Entom.    (n.d.),   p. 
263. 

Hab. — Cosmopolitan  ;  Australia  (introduced).  Attacks  en- 
tomological collections.  According  to  Murray,  "  large  insects, 
with  the  body  full  of  fatty  particles,  those  which  have  not  lived 
long  or  which  have  been  brought  up  in  captivity,  and  which  have 
not  paired,  and  those  which  have  become  iireosi/  (to  use  the 
technical  expression),  are  most  liable  to  attack." 

Tyroglyphus  siro,  Linn. 
Ti/ronlt/ji/iiis  sini,  Linn.,  Syst.  Nat.,  x.  ed.,  1758,  p.  616. 
Acan(s  .s/ro,  Linn.,  loc.  cit. 

Tijroiili/jihiis  fiirn,   Murra}^,   Econom.   Entom.,  (n.d.),  p.  267,  with 
figs. 

Hab. — Cosmopolitan;  Australia  (introduced).  Infests  cheese, 
grain,  dried  meats. 

Geniix.  PuLTEA,    Canest. 

PULTEA    DISCOIDALIS,     Canest. 

Fiiltea  (liacoidalh,  Canest.,  Atti.  1st.  Venet.,  (6),  ii.,  1885,  p.  720, 
pi.  vi.,  f.  1. 

Hab. — Australia  (on  a  phytophagus  beetle). 

Genus  Aleurobius,   Canest. 

Aleurobius  farix.e,  De  Geev. 

Aleurobius  farime,  De  Geer,  Mem.  Inst.,  vii.,  1778,  p.  97. 
Acarns  fariniE,  De  Geer,  loc.  cit. 

Hab. — Cosmopolitan  ;  Australia  (introduced).  Infests  flour, 
grain,  and  stored  foods.     Does  not  appear  to  be  common. 

06s.— Tryon  refers  to  and  figures  a  fungus-eating  Tyroglyphid 
mite   (?  gen.  et  sp.).'^ 

■21  Ti-yon — Qiieensl.  Agric.  Journ.,  1898,  p.  -i56,  pi.  Ixxi.,  f.  3,  4. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACAKIXA — RAINBOW.  ISl 

Creniis  Glyciphagus,  Herin;/. 

Glyciphagus   DOMESTICUS,    Be   Liccr. 

Glyciphagus  doniesticns,  De  Geer,  Mem.  Ins.,  vii.,  1778,  p.  89. 

Acarus  domestic  us,  De  Geer,  lor.  cit. 

Glyciphcuius  doiuesticus,  Oudm.,  Tidjs.  Voor.  Entom.,  xL,  1897,  p. 
251.' 

.'  Ghicipluujus  pnnKiruiii,  Hering,  Die  Kratzmilben,  1835,  p.  619. 

Hab. — Cosmopolitan  ;  Australia  (introduced).  This  species  is 
sometimes  found  in  cork,  dust,  tobacco,  collections  of  herbaria, 
meals  (such  as  Hour),  furniture.  When  it  occurs  in  the  latter  it 
may  be  present  in  thousands.  I  have  seen  furniture  in  a  house 
at  Paddington,  Sydney,  where  these  Acarids  were  literally 
swarming.  They  feed  on  the  animal  fats  of  horse-hair  when  the 
latter  has  not  been  thoroughly  cleaned.  The  species  is  also  known 
to  infest  all  kinds  of  dried  vegetable  and  animal  matter  which  is 
not  too  hard  ;  hay  and  fodder  in  stables,  many  vegetables  and 
dungs,  dried  insects  and  fruits,  sugar,  and  condensed  milk  which 
has  been  left  exposed,  (z.  dumesticus  is  probably  synonymous  with 
Hering's  G.  prunoruui,  but  the  latter  cannot  be  satisfactorily 
determined  from  the  original  description  and  figure  which  is 
lacking  in  certtiin  important  details.  This  Acarid  is  responsible 
for  what  is  known  as  "grocers' itch."  G.  do)iiesticus  has  also  been 
recorded  from  the  European  "  Blue  Tit:"  Parus  aerulens,  Linn. 

(>bs. — Other  species  of  this  genus  probably  occur  here,  as  in 
other  parts  of  the  world,  seeing  that  bulbs  and  tubers  are  infested 
by  them. 

Family  ANALGESID^. 

The  Analgesidye  or  "  Bird  Mites,"  is  an  extensive  family 
including  about  thirty-one  genera  and  seven  sub-genera.  These 
Acarids  are  found  on  birds  all  over  the  world,  and  their  presence 
is  regarded  as  beneficial  to  a  host,  from  the  fact  that  tliey  keep 
the  feathers  and  skin  clean.  Except  the  ticks  few  Acarids  are 
better  known  than  tlie  Analgesidaj.  Birds  being  so  sought  after 
by  museums  as  well  as  private  collectors,  it  is  only  natural  that 
these  little  animals  should  find  their  way  into  collections,  and  so 
receive  attention  at  the  hands  of  systematists.  A  few  species 
liave  been  recorded  from  Australia  and  these  are  enumerated 
below.  The  Analgesiclfe  are  more  or  less  elongated  animals  with 
soft  and  transversely  wrinkled  skin  ;  usually  the  cephalothorax 
and  abdomen  are  well-defined,  but   they  are   not  endowed  with 


182  liECORDS    OF    TMK    AUSTHALIAN    MUSEUM. 

eyen  nor  stigmata  ;  the  legs  are  usually  short  and  stout,  and 
arranged  in  two  distinct  groujDs  ;  the  limbs  have  five  joints,  are 
provided  with  a  few  rather  long  hairs,  systematically  arranged, 
and  eacli  terminates  with  a  rather  large  concave  sucker,  known 
as  the  aiiihidacrum  ;  sometimes  only  one  tarsal  c\elw  is  present, 
and  sometimes  two.  The  mandibles  are  usually  chelate,  and 
finely  toothed  at  the  tip.  The  upper  surface  of  the  body  is  pro- 
vided with  a  series  of  stiff  bristles,  and  these  present  helpful 
specific  characters.  In  dealing  with  the  preceding  family  refer- 
ence was  made  to  the  method  of  coition  of  the  Tyi'oglyphida?  and 
Analgesidfe,  so  that  the  matter  need  not  be  referred  to  again 
liere.  The  development  and  life  history  of  this  famih'  is  not 
well  understood,  but  some  species,  at  any  rate,  are  known  to  pass 
througli  a  hypopial  stage.  The  egg  is  described  as  being  large, 
elongate,  slightly  curved  ;  the  newly  liatched  larva  has  usually 
six  legs,  but  some  forms  occur  in  which  only  four  are  apparent. 
Although  the  nymph  has  the  general  form  of  the  adult  mite,  it 
lacks  tlie  genital  organs. 


(tcuhh  Freyana,  Haller. 

Sub-Genus  Eufreyaxa,   Cawst.  d'  Kraiii. 

Freyana  (E.)  tarandus,   Troaea.  <(■  Xcu))i. 

Frei/cma    I E. )    tarandus,    Troues.    ct    Neum.,    Bull.    Sci.    France 
Belgique,  1888,  xxix.,  p.  333,  pi.  xxii.,  f.  1  and  2. 

Hosts. — Ibis   ntdanocepJiala,   Lath.,    /.   strietipenuis,  J.    Gd.,  /. 
itiolucca,  Cuv.,  and  Tlwristicus  vielannpis,  Gm. 

Rab. — India  ;  Moluccas,  Australia,  and  Patagonia. 

Sub-Genus   Michaelia,    Troues. 
Freyana  (M.)  caput-medus.e,   Troues. 

Freyana   ( M. )   (-aput-medusa,   Troues.,    Bull.   Soc.    Angers,   xvi., 

1886,  p.  100. 
Michaelia   caput-meduseB,    Troues.    it    Neum.,    Bull.    Sci.    France 

Belgique,  xix.,  1888,  p.  374. 

Hosts. — Sula   bassana,   Linn.,   and   other   species  of  the  same 
genus. 

Hab. — Australia,  New  Zealand,  Europe,  N.  America. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AL'STIiALIAN    ACAKINA RAINBOW.  183 

GeuHK  Pterolichus,  liohin. 

Sub-Genus  Eupterolichus,   Canest. 

Pterolichus  (E.)  ornatus,  Mci/n.  <(■  Troues. 

PtiTdlicliiis  ( E. )   ()rnatWi,M.egn.  k   Ti'oue.s.,  Journ.   Microi^raph., 
viii.,  1884,  p.  258,  f.  2. 

Hdsfs. — Papega is,  sjiji. 

Hah. — Australia,  New  Guinea,  India. 

Ptkkolichus  (E.)  piiylloproctus,  car.  minor,  Mri/u.  li-  Tnnu's. 

I'trrolicJiHs   (1\.)  ji/iiilldjiriictus,   var.    minor,   Megn.  and  Troues., 
■Journ.  Micrograph.,  viii.,  1884,  p.  334. 

Hosts. —  Haliastur  indiis  var.  (jirrencra,  Vieill. 
Hub.- — Au.stralia. 

SHb-denus  Protolichus,  Troues. 

Pterolichus  (Pr.)  brachiatus,  car.  crassior,  Troues. 

I'terolir/ius  ( I'r.  J  brachiatus,  var.  crassior,  Troues.,   Journ.  Micro- 
graph., viii.,  1884,  p.  529. 

Hosts. — Triclioijlossus  none/iollantliic,   Gm.,    (rlossojisittacus  coji- 
^■innus,  G.  Shaw,  Loriculus  sclateri.  Wall. 

Hah. — Australia,  New  Guinea,  Celebes. 

Pterolichus  (Pr.)  lunula,  Robin. 

Pterolichus  (Pr.)  lunula,  Robin,  Journ.  Anat.  et  Physiol.,  xiii.,  p. 
411,  ph  xxiii.,  f.  1-3. 

Host. — Melopsittacus  undiilatus,  G.  Shaw. 
Hab. — A  ustralia. 

Pterolichus  (Pr.)  ciiira(;ricus,  Mnjn.  <{'■  Troues. 

I'terolieJius  (  Pr. )  chirat/ricus,  Megn.  ti'  Troues.,  Journ.  Micrograph., 

viii.,  1884,  p.  261. 
Pterolichus  ajfinis  (part),  Megn.  tt  Troues.,  loc.  cit.,  p.  262. 

Hosts. — Pezoporus  fortuosiis,  Latli.,  Platj/cenus  flareolus,  J.  Gd., 
and  P.  elet/ans,  Gm. 

Hab. — Australia,  New  Zeahiiid. 


184  KECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Pterolichus  (Pr.)  velifer,  Meijn.  <(•  Tmm's. 

Fterolichnx  (Pr.)   velifer,  Megn.  &  Troues.,  Journ.   Micrograph., 
viii.,  1884,  p.  262. 

Pterolichus  (Pr.)  ajfitiis  (part),  Megn.  &  Troues.,  loc.  cit.,  p.   262. 

„  velifer,  Troues.,  Bull.   Soc.   Ent.   France,    1898, 

p.  290. 

Hosts.  —  NyDijihicus  cornntus,  Gm.,  Pi/rrJiitlopsis  jx'rsonatajG.  R. 
Gray,  and  Platijcercus  Jiareohis,  J.  Gd. 

Hah. — Fiji,  "Sew  Caledonia,  Australia. 

Pterolichus  (Pr.)  favettei,  Troues. 

Fterolichus  f  Pr. )  favettei,  Troues.,   Bull.    Soc.  Ent.  France,  1898, 
p.  290. 

Hosts. — Nestor  notabilis,  J.  Gd.,  X.  vwridioualis,  Gm.,  Psephotus 
xanthorrhous,  Bp.,  and  Micruglossus  aterrinius,  Gm. 

Hab. — Australia,  New  Guinea,  New  Zealand. 

Pterolichus  (Pr.)  falculiger,  Troues. 

Pterolichus  (Pr.j  falculii/er,   Troues.,  Journ.   Micrograph.,    viii., 
1884,  p.  531.  ■ 

Host. —  Glossopsittacus  concinnus,  G.  Shaw. 

Hab. — Australia. 

Sub-Genus  Pseudalloptes,  Troues. 

Pterolichus  (Ps.)  aquilinus,  rar.  milvulina,  Troues. 

Pterolichus  (Ps.)  aquilinus,  var.  milvulina,  Troues.,  Journ.  Micro- 
graph., viii.,  1884,  p.  573. 

Hosts. — Milvus  nrihms,  Linn.,  and  Haliaster  indus  var.  (firrenera, 
Viell. 

Hah. — Australia  and  New  Guinea. 

Pterolichus  (Ps.)  spathuliger,  Troues. 

Pterolichus  (Ps.)  sfathuli(ier,  Troues.,  Journ.   Micrograph.,  viii., 
1884,  p.  577. 
Host. — Cali/ptorJii/ncIius  wacrorhynchus,  J.  Gd. 
Ilab. — Australia. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARIXA — RAINBOW.  185 

Pterolichus  (Ps.)  cultriventris,  Trouoi. 

Pterolichus  (Ps.)  cidtriventris,  Troues.,  Journ.  Micrograph.,  viii., 
1884,  p.  577. 

W)st. — Glossopsittaais  (■o)tcinnus,  G.  Shaw. 
Mab. — Australia. 

Genus  Analoes,  Xitz>ich. 

Analoes  tetracentrus,  Troues. 

Anahies  tetracentrm,  Troues.,  Bull.  Soc.  Angers,   xxviii.,    1899,  p. 
■30. 

Most. — Psej)Jtotus  /uciiiato)iatus,  J.  Gd. 
Hal). — A  ustralia. 

Genus  Protal(;es,  Troues. 

Protaloes  australis,  Troues. 

Protahjes  australis,  Troues.,  Bull.  8oc.  Angers,  xiv.,  1885,  p.  55. 

Host. — (yli/cip/n'la  fasciata,  J.  Ckl. 
Uab. — A  ustralia. 

Protal(;es  cartas,  Troues. 

Protal;/es  eartus,  Troues.,  Bull.  80c.  Angers,  xiv.,  1885,  p.  56. 

Host. — Platyeercus  elei/ans,  Gni. 
Hub. — Australia. 

Genus  Alloptes,   Canest. 
Alloptes  lobulatus,  Troues. 
Alloptes  lobulatus,  Troues.,  Bull.  Soc.  Angers,  xiv.,  1885,  p.  65. 
Host. — Meliornis  sericeus,  J.  Gd. 
Hah.  — ^  Australia. 

Alloptes  securi(;er,  Troues. 
Alloptes  seciiriger,  Troues.,  Bull.  Soc.  Angers,  xiv.,  1885,  p.  65. 
Host. — Dic(eum  hirundinaceuni,  Shaw  and  Nodd. 
Hab. — ^  Australia. 


186  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTKALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Alloptes  corymbophorus,   Troues.  &  Neuni. 

Alkyptfs   coryinhophorus,    Troues.    &    Neum.,    Bull.     Sci.    France 
Belgique,  xix.,  1888,  p.  367,  pi.  xxv.,  f.  4. 

Host. — Ibis  mitliicca,  Cuv. 
Ilnb. — Australia. 


Alloptes  major,  Troues. 

Alloptps  major,  Troues.,  Bull.  Soc.  Angers,  xiv.,  1885,  p.  78. 

Host. — Mewura  superha,  Davies. 
Hah. — Australia. 

(Tenus  Trouessartia,   Canest. 

=  Fferocolus,  Schcen.,  (nom.  pjrcpoc.) 

Trouessartia  caudacuta,  Troues. 

Trouessartia  caudac^ita,  Troues.,  Bull.  Soc.  Angers,  xxviii.,  1899, 
p.  171. 

Pterocolus  caudacutus,  Troues.,  loc.  cit. 

Host. — Lohivanellits  lobntns,  Lath. 
I/ab.  — Australia. 

Genus  Pterodectes,   Robin. 

Pterodectes   paradisiacus,   Troues, 

Pterodectes  paradisiacus,  Troues.^   Bull.   Soc.    Angers,  xiv.,  1885, 
p.  80. 

Hosts. — Pardisea  minor,  G.  Shaw,  and  Sericulus  melimi^s.  Lath. 
Hah. — Australia  and  New  Guinea. 

Pterodectes  maxicatus,  Troues. 

Pterodectes  mauichfus,  Troues.,   Bull.  Soc.   Angers,   xiv.,  1885,  p. 
81. 

Host. — Glijci/philaf'nsciata,  J.  Gd. 
J/ah. — Australia. 


A    SY,\01'SIS    OF    AUSTKALIAN    ACARINA — RAINBOW.  187 

Family  LISTROPHORID^. 

Only  one  species  of  tliis  small  family  has  been  recorded  from 
the  Australian  region,  and  that  from  Tasmania.  These  parasites 
live  upon  small  mammals,  including  bats.  They  are  small,  the 
body  usually  tapering  a  little  posteriorly,  legs  widely  separated, 
sometimes — accoi'ding  to  those  who  have  studied  the  family — 
each  pair  is  at  an  equal  distance  from  the  adjoining  ones  ;  dorsally 
there  are  a  few  short  hairs  with  longer  ones  at  the  tip  ;  the  surface 
is  usually  transversely  striate,  and  the  rostrum  or  beak  forms  a 
distinct  cone  on  the  front  of  the  head  ;  palpi  simple,  filiform, 
three-jointed  ;  mandibles  veiy  small,  commonly  chelate  ;  genital 
apertures  situate  between  third  and  fourth  coxte  ;  anus  at  tip  of 
body.  Males  invariably  differently  shaped  to  females  and  pro- 
vided with  a  pair  of  copulatory  suckers  near  tip  of  venter.-^ 

The  Listrophoridte  feed  on  the  hairs  of  their  hosts. 

GcnUH    CAAfPYLOCHIRUS,    Ttouph 

Campylociiirus  chelopus,    Troues. 

Campylochirus   chflopns,   Troues.,   Compt.   Rend.  8oe.  Biol.,  xlv., 
1893,  p.  699. 

Host. — Opossum  (Fseu'lochims  cooki,  Desm.). 

Hah. — Tasmania. 

Finnlji  8ARC0PTID.i\ 

This  family  includes  a  numljer  of  species  whicli  are,  unquestion- 
ably, the  most  disgusting  of  the  entire  Acarid  Group.  These 
microscopic  animals  are  notorious  for  their  parasitism  on  the 
Imman  subject  and  domesticated  animals,  causing  intense 
physical  suffering  and  often  great  monetary  loss.  HarcopUa 
scahvd,  Geer,  is  unfortunately  common  in  Australia,  and 
affects  human  beings.  It  is  responsible  for  what  is  probably 
one  of  the  oldest  skin  diseases  known.  The  Greeks  called 
it  if/Mpa  (from  i/'w,  I  rub)  and  the  ancient  Romans  .scabies 
(from  scahi'i-i',  to  scratch).  Tn  England  it  is  itrli,  scald,  ijuck 
(mark(jp,)  ;  (jale  in  France  ;  K7-dfze  and  Krdtzaasschlay  in  Ger- 
many ;  scabia,  roc/na  and  raspa  in  Italy  ;  and  sarna,  ro/la  in 
Spain.  Speaking  more  accurately,  scabies  is  known  to  medical 
science  as  acariasis.  The  history  of  the  disease  is  a  most  in- 
teresting one  which  the  reader  may  peruse  for  himself.*' 

■^'•^  Banks — Loc.  cit.,  p.  94. 

'•^^  Neumann — Para-sites  and  Parasitic   Diseases  ol"   Domesticated  Animals, 
traTislated  by  George  Fleming,   London,  189?,  pp.  112-116. 


188  RECORDS   OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 

The  tSarcoptida?  are  white,  semi-globose ;  the  body  entire ; 
surface  transversely  striated  and  provided  with  a  few  bristles, 
often  short,  stout  and  sharp-pointed  ;  legs  short  and  arranged  in 
two  groujjs,  and  of  these  the  posterior  pairs  ai'e  usually  the 
shorter  ;  the  tarsi  usually  terminate  with  a  sharp  claw  and  a  long 
pedicellate  sucker ;  the  claw  or  sucker  may,  however,  be  absent 
and  in  place  thereof  there  may  be  a  long  bristle  :  the  beak  is  pro- 
minent and  the  palpi  small  and  three-jointed,  and  lie  closely 
pressed  to  the  sides  of  the  beak  beneath. 

The  female  Sarcoptid  burrows  into  the  skin  of  its  host,  de 
positing  its  eggs  as  it  goes.  On  hatching  out,  the  young,  which 
are  six-legged,  start  burrowing  on  their  own  account,  so  that 
the  sufierei-  may  be  affected  in  patches.  The  cunicidi  or  burrows 
are  close  to  the  surface,  so  that  as  the  epidermis  loosens  scaly 
effects  are  produced.  The  irritation  produced  causes  vesicles  or 
pustules  to  occur,  and  these  may  become  ulcerated  by  sci'atching. 
When  the  female  has  completed  the  task  of  depositing  her  eggs, 
she  dies  at  the  end  of  her  burrow.  The  pi'esence  of  Sarcoptids  on 
the  lower  animals  is  the  cause  of  what  is  popularly  known  as  mange. 
The  latter  disease  is  common  enough  on  dogs  and  cats  ;  it  oc- 
casionally occurs  on  horses  and  sheep,  but  no  cases  are  on  lecord 
in  respect  of  cattle  ;  pigs,  too,  I  am  informed  by  Mr.  J.  D, 
Stewart,  Government  Veterinary  Surgeon,  are  in  New  South 
Wales  at  any  rate,  free  from  Sarcoptid  troubles,  and  I  believe  I 
am  correct  in  saying  that  the  same  remark  applies  to  the  other 
States. 

Genus  NoTOKDRES    Raill 

NOTOEDRES   CATI,    Heriiig. 

Notoedres  cati,  Hering,  N.  Acta.  Ac.  Leop.,  xviii..  1838,  p.  605, 
pi.  xliv.,  f.  9,  10. 

Sarcoptes  cati,  Hering,  Joe.  cit. 

Sarcoptes  cati,  Neum.,  Parasites  and  Parasitic  Diseases  of  Domes- 
ticated Animals  (Fleming  trans.),  1892,  p.  125,  f.  72  and  p. 
208. 

Sarcoptes  notoedres,  var.  cati,  Megn.,  Paras.,  1880,  p.  174. 

Xotedrus  cati,  Canest.,  Prosp.  Acarof.,  vi.,  1894,  p.  752. 

JVotedrus  cati,  Berl.,  Acari.  Myriap.  Scorp.  Italia,  fasc.  79,  (2), 
1896. 

Sarcoptes  minor,  Fiirstenb.,  Kratzm.,  1861,  p.  215,  pi.  8. 

Jlosts. — Cats,  rabbits. 

Hah. — Europe,  Australia  (introduced). 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA — RAINBOW.  189 

Genus  Sarcoptes,  Lafr. 
Sarcoptes  canis,  Gerl. 

Sarcoptes  canis,  Gerl.,  Kratz.,  1857,  p.  141,  pi.  ii.  ami  iii.,  f. 
11-14. 

Sarcoptes  canis,  Canest.,  Prosp.  Acarof.,  vi.,  1894,  jd.  741,  pi.  Ixiii., 
f.  1-3. 

Sarcoptes  canis,  Neum.,  Parasites  and  Parasitic  Diseases  of  Do- 
mesticated Animals,  1892,  p.  124  and  p.  202. 

Sarcoptes  canis,  Berl.,  Acari.  Myriap.  Scorp.  Italia,  fasc.  79,  (1), 
1896. 

Sarcoptes  sqiiamiferns  (part),  Fxirstenl).,  Kratzm.,  1861,  p.  214, 
pi.  iv. 

Hosts. — The  dog,  and  sometimes  man. 

Hah. — Cosmopolitan  ;  Australia  (introduced). 

Sarcoptes  equi,  Gerl. 

Sarcoptes  equi,  Gerl.  (non  Sarcoptes   equi,  Hering,  1838),   Kratz., 

1857,  p   72,  pi.  ii.,  f.  8-10. 
Sarcoptes  eqtii,  Canest.,  Prosp.  Acarof.,  vi.,  1894,  p.  745. 
Sarcoptes  scabiei,  var.  equi,  Megn.,  Paras.,  1880,  p.  164,  pi.  ix. 
Sarcoptes  scabiei,  var.  equi,  Neum.,  Parasites  and  Parasitic  Diseases 

of  Domesticated  Animals,  1892,  pp.  122,  123,  f.  65-69. 

Hosts. — The  horse  ;  sometimes  man. 

Hab. — Cosmopolitan  ;  Australia  (introduced). 

Sarcoptes  scabiei,  Geer. 

Sarcoptes  scabiei,  Geer,   Mem.    Hist.  Ins.,  vii.,    1778,  p.  94,  pi.  v., 

f.  12,  13. 
Acarus  scabei,  Geer,  loc.  cit. 
Acarus  siro   (part)  +  Acarns   exulcerans  1   Linn.,  Syst.  Nat.    ed. 

X.,  1758,  pp.  616,  617. 
Sarcoptes   hominis,    Hering,    N.    Acta.  Ac.  Leop.,  1838,  xviii.,  p. 

584. 
Sarcoptes  scabiei,  var.  hominis,  Megn.,  Paras.,  1880,  p.  169. 
Sarcoptes  hominis,  Canest.,  Prosp.  Acarof.,  vi.,  1894,  p.  738,  pi. 

70. 
Sarcoptes   hominis,    Banks,    Proc.    U.    States  Nat.    Mus.,  xxviii  , 

1904,  pp.  96,  97,  f.  181,  182  and  184. 
Sarcoptes    communis   (part),    Delaf.   tt   Bourg.,    Mem.    Pres.    Ac. 

France,  xvi.,  1862,  p.  290. 


190  RECOKUS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

Hoit. — The  human  subject. 

Ohs.—l  am  indebted  to  Prof.  D.  A.  Welsh  and  Dr.  H.  G 
Chapman,  of  the  Sydney  University,  for  much  generous  assis- 
tance in  my  study  of  parasites  affecting  the  human  subject- 
From  the  former,  who  kindly  communicated  with  Dr.  F.  A- 
Beimet,  I  learn  that  scahiea  is  fairly  common  amongst  patients 
presenting  themselves  at  the  Royal  Prince  Alfred  Hospital.  Dr. 
Corbin,  Medical  Superintendent  at  the  Sydney  Hospital,  informs 
me  that  scabies  is  one  of  the  commonest  skin  diseases  ;  and  from 
Dr.  Chapman  who,  on  my  behalf,  communicated  with  Dr.  Noyes 
of  Melbourne,  I  learn  that  much  the  same  condition  of  things 
obtains  in  the  Victorian  capital. 

I/ab. — Cosmopolitan;  Australia  (introduced) 

Sarcoptes  wombati,  Jiaill. 

'iarcoptes  wombati,  Raill.,  Zool.,  2nd  ed.,  1893,  p.  659. 
Sarcoptes  scabiei,  var.  wombati,  Raill.,  loc.  cit. 

Hosts. — The    Tasmanian    Wombat   ( PhascuJomys   ut'siinis,    G. 
Shaw) ;  sometimes  found  upon  man. 

Hab  — Tasmania. 


Genus  Cnemidocoptes,  Filrsth. 
Cnemidocoptes  mutans,  Robin. 

Cnemidocoptes   mntans,  Robin,  Bull.  Soc.  Moscou,  xxxiii.,  1860,  p. 

184. 
SarcojJtes  mutans,  Robin,  Joe.  cit. 
Cnemidocoptes  imitans,  Canest.,  Prosp.  Acarof.,  \i.,  1894,  p.  755, 

pi.  Ixv.,  f.  1-.3,  pi.  Ixvi.,  f.  1-4. 
Cnemidocoptes  mutaus,  Berl.,  Acari.   Myriap.  Scorp.   Italia,    fasc. 

84,  (6),  1897. 
Sarcoptes  anacanthes,  Delaf.  k  Bourgn.,  Mem.  Pres.  Ac.  France, 

xvi.,  1862,  p.  261. 
Knemidokoptes    viviparus,    Fiirstenb.,    Mt.   Ver.    Vorpomm.,    ii., 

1870,  p.  56. 
Sarcoptes  mutans,  Brads.,  N.  S.  Wales  Agric.  Gaz.,  xvii.,  1906,  pp. 

125-131,  pi.  and  text  figs. 

Hosts. — Domestic  fowls.     This  mite,  C.  mutaiis,  is  responsible 
for  the  disease  in  poultry  known  as  "  Scaly  Leg." 

Hab. — Cosmopolitan  ;  Rockdale,  N.S.W.  (introduced). 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    AUSTKALIAN    ACAKINA  —  KAIM'.OW.  101 

Genni)  PsoKOPTES,  CTfiri: 
PsoROPTKS  EQUi,  Iln-iuji. 

Psoroptes  eqiii,  Hering,   N.  Acta.  Ac.  Leup.,  x\iii.,  lf^3iS,  p.  5^5, 

p].  xliii.,  f.  1,  2. 
Sarcoptes  equi,  Heriiig,  loc.  cif. 

Dermatodectes  equi,  Gerl.,  Kratz.,  1857,  p.  90,  pi.  iv. 
Psm-optes  longirostris,  vav.  equi,  Megn.,  Paras.,  1880,  p.  191,  pi. 

xiii. 
Psoroptes  equi,  Caiiest.,  Prcsp.  Acarof.,  \i.,  1894,  p.  761. 
Psoroptes  comniuitis    var.    equi,    Neum.,    Parasites  and  Parasitic 

Diseases  of  Domesticated  Animals,  1892,  pp.  126-129,  f.  73-79. 
Dermatocoptes  eqxd,  Fiirstenb.,  Kratz.,  1861,   p.    220,   pis.    12-15 

Hosts. — Horse,  ass. 

Hob. — Cosmopolitan  ;  Australia  (introduced). 

Genus  Chorioptes,   Gerv. 

?  CnoRioPTES  ovis,  Raill. 

?  Chorioptes  ovis,  Raill.,  Zool,,  2nd  ed.,  1893,  p.  675. 
Chorioptes  symhiotes,  var.  ovis,  Raill.,  loc.  cit. 

Host. — Sheep.  This  species  is,  I  believe,  C.  ovis  of  Railliet. 
The  form  occurring  in  Australia  was  introduced  on  sheep  from 
America.  The  species  included  in  this  genus  are  restricted  in 
their  attacks  to  certain  parts  of  the  animal,  as  the  feet,  the  ears 
or  neck.  In  this  State  the  feet  ai-e  attacked,  and  give  rise  to 
what  is  known  as  "  foot  mange."  Cases  of  this  trouble  are,  how- 
ever, few  and  far  between. 

Hah. — Europe?,  America?,  Australia  (introduced). 

Family  ERIOPHYID^. 

The  family,  although  including  only  a  few  genera  is  rather 
extensive  in  point  of  species.  Only  one  form  has,  so  far,  been 
recorded  from  Australia — Eryophes  pyri,  Scheuten,  and  this 
is  parasitic  on  the  pear.  All  the  species  are  of  strictly 
phytophagus  habits,  and  many  of  them  cause  galls  to 
form  on  the  leaves  of  their  food  plants.  The  early  history 
of  the  study  of  these  animals  is  interesting.  Some  indi- 
viduals in  the  old  school  of  botanists  regarded  Eriophyd  galls 
as  Crytogams,  and  described  them  as  such  under  the  generic 
names   Erinium,   etc.     These    gall    mites    are   an    exti'aordinary 


192  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

group,  and  it  is  scarcely  to  be  marvelled  that  they  should,  before 
they  were  properly  understood,  have  been  regarded  as  occupying 
a  position  in  the  domain  of  botany.  These  mites  differ  from  all 
others  in  that  the  adults  have  only  four  legs,  all  seated  near  the 
anterior  part  of  the  body.  The  animal  is  long  and  tapering, 
divided  into  two  parts — cephalothorax  and  abdomen  ;  the  former 
is  short  and  broad,  the  latter  long  and  multi-articulate. 

Genus  Eriophes,  Sieh.  &  Nal. 

Eriophes  pyri,  Payenst. 

Eriophes  pyri,  Pagenst.,  Verb.  Ver.  Heidelberg,  i.,  1857,  p.  48. 
Phytojjhus  pyri,  Nal.,  Anz.  Ak.  Wien.,  xxvi.,  1889,  p.  162;  Sitzb. 

Ak.  Wien,  xcix.,  1890,  p.  50,  pi.  iv.,  f.  1,  2. 
Phytophus   arianus  +  P.    cofoneast7-i  +  P.   sorhi,    Canest.,  Atti. 

Soc.  Ven.-Trent.,  xii.,  1890,  pp.  16,  20,  21,  pi.,  f.  7-9,  pi.  vi., 

f.  14. 
Phytophus  aronicf,  Canest.,  Difesa  dai  Parassiti,  i.,  1890,  p.  282. 
Phytophus  pyri,  French,  Handb.  Destruc.  Ins.  Vict.,  pt.  1,  1891, 

pp.  119-123,  pi.  xiv. 
Eriophyes  piri,  Nal.,  Das  Tier.,  Lief.  4,  1898,  p.  25. 

Host  Plmd. — Pear  trees. 

Hah. — Cosmopolitan  ;  Australia  (introduced). 

Family   DEMODECID^. 

A  small  family  consisting  of  one  genus  and  a  few  species. 
The  species  are  all  parasitic,  the  host  affected  being  the  human 
subject,  domesticated  animals  and  Mtis  muscidus,  Linn.  The 
mites  lurk  in  the  sebaceous  glands  and  hair  follicles  ;  they  are 
small,  elongate,  with  eight  three-jointed  legs,  thorax  broad, 
abdomen  tapering,  transversely  striated  above  and  below,  and 
rounded  off  at  posterior  extremity.  One  species  only  appears  to 
be  known  as  occurring  here.  Stringent  quarantine  laws  are 
responsible  for  the  immunity  of  our  domestic  animals. 

Gemis  Demodex,  Owen. 

Demodex  folliculorum,  G.  Simon. 

Demodex  folliculorum.,   G.  Simon,  Arach.   Anat.   Physiol.   Med., 

1842,  pp.  218-237,  pi.  xi. 
Acarus  folliculornm,  G.  Simon,  loc.  cit. 
Dermodex  folliciilorum,,  Owen,  Lect.  Invert.  Anat.,  1843,  p.  252. 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF   AUSTRALIAN    ACARINA — RAINROW,  193 

Bermodex  hominis,  Leydig,  Arch.  Naturg.,  xxv.,  1859,  p.  3-15,  pi. 

xiii.,  f.  6. 
Dermodex  follicidorum,   var.    hominis,   Megn,,    Journ.    Anat.    et 

Physiol.,  xiii.,  1877,  p.  112. 
Dermodex  follicrdorum,  var.  hominis,  RailL,  ZooL,  2nd  ed.,  1893, 

p.  634. 
Macroqaster  platypus,  Meischer,  Ber.  Ges.  Basel,  v.,  1843,  p.  191- 

198. 

Host. — The  human  subject. 

Hah. — Cosmopolitan  ;    Australia  (introduced). 

In  concluding  this  Synopsis  I  desire  to  express  my  indebted- 
ness to  Mr.  S.  Johnston,  B.Sc,  of  the  Technological  Museum, 
who  kindly  lent  me  his  collection  of  microscopic  slides  of  Aus- 
tralian Acarid  parasites  for  reference  and  study. 


DESCRIPTIONS    of  axd  NOTES  ox    some  AUSTRALIAN 
AND  TASMANIAN  FISHES. 

By  Edoar  R.  Waite,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist. 

(Plates  xxxiv.-xxxvi.). 

In  October  1905  I  spent  three  weeks  in  Melbourne  and  vicinity, 
and  devoted  some  time  to  collecting  fishes.  In  this  connection  I 
have  to  acknowlege  the  kindness  of  the  Victorian  Railway  Com- 
missioners in  granting  me  concessions  over  all  their  lines 
traversed.  I  also  desire  to  thank  Mr.  C.  W.  Maclean,  Chief 
Inspector  of  Fisheries,  for  much  personal  assistance,  and  permis- 
sion for  the  use  of  nets  in  closed  waters,  poisons,  and  other 
methods  employed  in  my  investigations.  I  paid  almost  daily 
visits  to  the  Melbourne  Fish  Markets  and  also  collected  on  the 
coast,  principally  at  Queensclift",  whei'e  I  received  every  attention 
and  assistance  from  Inspector  Brady.  While  in  Melbourne  I  met 
Mr.  Joseph  Gabriel,  who  is  interested  in  Mollusca,  and  he  has 
since  kindly  sent  to  the  Trustees  some  small  fishes,  taken  by 
means  of  the  dredge. 

In  consequence  of  leaving  Australia  for  New  Zealand  I  have 
been  unable  to  deal  with  all  the  fishes  obtained,  and  liave  indeed 
devoted  attention  to  comparatively  few  species.  A  few  fishes 
from  N.  S.  Wales  and   Tasmania  are  also  included. 

The  new  species  are  : — 

*  ^Diplocrepis  parvijnnnis,  N.  S.  Wales. 

*  Oj)hioclimis  yahr-ieli,  Victoria. 

*  ,,  gracilis,  N.  S.  Wales. 

The  following  known  species,  not  being  included  in  Mr.  A.  H. 
S.  Lucas'  "  Census  "  of  1 890,"^  are  regarded  as  additions  to  the 
Victorian  fauna. 

Stolejjhorus  rohustits,  Ogilby, 

*  CheilohraiicMis  rn-fiis,  Macleay, 

*  Grepidogaster  spatula,  Gunther, 
Diplocrepis  costatus,  Ogilby. 

1  The  species  marked  *  are  figured,  the  drawings  being  made  by  Mr.  A.  R. 

McCulloch. 
^  Lucas — Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Vict.,  (2),  ii.,  1890,  p.  15,  et  seq. 


NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    AND    TASMANIAN    FISHES  —  WAITi;.      195 

Some  species,  not  recognised  in  Victoria  since  first  described, 
were  retaken,  and  their  claims  to  inclusion  in  the  fauna  (upon 
which  doubt  had  been  cast),  fully  established.  The  Melbourne 
Sole  described  as  Rhombosolea  bassensL^,  Castlenau,  is  now  placed 
in  the  genus  Pelto7-hamphu><.  The  name  Sderopteryx  is  used 
generically  for  Ophioe/in/is  dpvisi,  Ogilby. 

Additional  species  redescribed  or  furnishing  material  for  some 
remark  are  : — 

Gobivs   imicosus,    Giinther,    S.    Australia,   Victoria, 
N.  S.  Wales. 

*  Dip/oc'fepis  cardiitalis,  Ramsay,  Tasmania, 

*  Rhombosolea  J{esoidei<,  Giinther,  Victoi'ia, 

*  BJp.nniiis  tasinanianus,  Richardson,  Tasmania,  Vic- 

toria, N.  S.  Wales. 

Stolephorus,  Lacqiede,   1803. 
Stolephorus  robustus,  OyiJbij,  sp. 

Spratrlloides  robt/stHS,  Ogilby,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xxii. 

1897,  p.  64. 

This  small  Herring  has  not  been  previously  recorded  from 
Victoriaii  waters.  I  obtained  several  examples  from  Queenscliff 
and  it  is  pr(jbal)le  that  many  more  would  have  been  secured  if  a 
smaller  meshed  net  had  been  used. 

Tliese  southern  examples  have  all  the  habit  of  .S'.  dp/iedtidus, 
Bennett,  being  of  slender  body,  unlike  typical  examples  of  .S'. 
robiiKtus.  The  specimens  collected  have  had  most  of  their  scales 
rubbed  off  in  transit,  but  as  far  as  can  be  ascertained  these  are 
smaller  and  more  numerous  than  in  *S'.  ddicafuhts,  which  feature 
provides  the  readiest  means  of  determination,  if  indeed  the 
species  be  distinct. 

Cheilobranchus,  Richa7'dso7i,  1845. 

Cheilobranchus  rufus,  Madeay. 

(Plate  xxxvi.,  fig.  1). 

Chilobrdvrhus  rufus,  Macleay,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.   N.  8.  Wales,  vi., 
1881,  p.  266. 

The  length  of  the  head  is  one-eighth  of  the  total,  or  2-3  in  the 
distance  between  the  gill-opening  and  the  vent,  and  that  between 
the  end  of  the  snout  and  the  vent  is    1-5    in   the   remaining  por- 


196  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

tion  ;  the  height  of  the  body  is  8*6  in  the  total.  The  eye  is  3 "4 
in  the  length  of  the  head  and  partially  concealed  by  membrane  ; 
the  nostril  is  placed  close  to  its  anterior  upper  margin ;  the 
mouth  is  small,  almost  horizontal  and  the  maxilla  reaches  nearly 
to  below  the  middle  of  the  eye. 

The  dorsal  fin  commences,  as  nearly  as  can  be  ascertained, 
above  the  vent  and  joins  the  anal  round  the  end  of  the  tail  ;  the 
anal  arises  at  a  third  of  the  distance  between  the  vent  and  the 
end  of  the  caudal. 

Colours. — The  general  colour  is  red  with  six  or  seven  large 
purple  spots  along  the  middle  of  each  side  ;  these  do  not  extend 
posteriorly  beyond  the  origin  of  the  anal  fin^  and  may  not  be 
evenly  disposed  on  both  sides. 

Richardson,'^  in  describing  the  gill-opening  of  C.  dorsalis, 
writes  : — "A  transverse  lip,  which  rises  above  the  adjoining  in- 
tegument, and  has  its  outer  ends  free,  foi^ms  the  posterior  edge  of 
the  orifice,  and  appears  to  be  capable  of  closing  it  very  completely 
when  the  inflected  edge  of  the  membrane  is  pressed  against  it." 
This  "  lip  "  is  also  present  in  C.  rufxs  ;  it  is  not  a  median  pro- 
cess as  might  be  inferred,  but  really  a  pair  of  organs  which  to  my 
eye  are  nothing  but  rudimentary  pectoral  fins.  They  lie  rather 
low  down  on  the  body,  some  distance  apart,  close  behind,  but 
quite  free  from  the  gill-membranes,  and  it  is  very  doubtful  if  they 
have  any  function  in  connection  therewith,  as  supposed  by 
Richardson. 

The  specimen  above  described  was  forwarded  by  Mr.  Gabriel 
from  Port  Phillip,  and  constitutes  a  record  for  Victoria.  It  is 
indistinguishable  from  examples  taken  in  Tasmania  and  New 
South  Wales,  and  as  far  as  may  be  decided,  without  specimens  for 
comparison,  from  Richardson's  species  also.  The  example 
recorded  by  this  author  from  South  Victoria  Land  (Penguin 
Island,  72°  S.  Lat.)  under  the  name  C.  aptenodyhim^  is  placed  by 
Dr.  Giinther  as  synonymous  with  C.  dorsalis  from  N.  \\ . 
Australia.  If  the  species  be  the  same,  the  extremes  of  latitude 
reached,  furnish  a  remarkable  instance  of  geographical  range. 

Local  examples  of  this  little  eel  exhibit  some  colour  variations  : 
some  are  marked  as  above  described,  others  are  intense  carmine 
all  over,  and  a  few  specimens  are  similar  but  mottled  with  lighter 
tints. 


•^  Richardson — Voy.  Ereb.  &  Terr  ,  1845,  p.  50,  pi.  xxx.,  fig.  1- 
■*  Richardson — Loc.  cif  ,  p.  51. 


NOTES    OX    AUSTRALIAN    AND    TASMANIAN    FISHKS — WAITE.      19T 

Rhombosolea,  Giinther,  1862. 

Rhombosolea  flesoides,   Giinther. 

(Plate  XXXV.). 

Rhombosolea  flesoides,  Giinther,   Ann.   Mag.    Nat.  Hist.,  (3),  xi., 

1863,  p.  117. 
Plenronectesl  victoria',  Castelnau,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Vict.,  i.,  1872, 

p.  168. 
Rhombosolea  victoria',  Macleay,  Proc.   Linn.   Soc.   N.   S.   Wales,. 

vi.,  1881,  p.  133. 

Flounder, 

D.  66,  A.  47  ;   P.  12  ;  V.  dex.  6,  sin.  O.  :  C.    12  +  4  ;  Sc.  72. 

Length  of  head  3.5  ;  depth  of  body  2-1,  and  length  of  caudal 
4-2  in  the  total  length.  Eyes  on  the  right  side,  separated  by  a 
smooth  narrow  space,  one-fourth  the  diameter  of  the  eye  ;  the 
lower  eye  is  noticeably  in  advance  of  the  upper  and  the  diameter 
is  4 '8  in  the  length  of  the  head,  or  but  slightly  less  than  that  of 
the  snout ;  the  latter  is  produced  into  a  fleshy  process  directed 
downwards  over  the  mouth.  The  anterior  nostril  may  be  closed 
by  a  trilobed  process.  The  hinder  one  lies  posterior  to  the  front 
edge  of  the  lower  eye  and  is  a  simple  pore.  The  mouth  is  of 
moderate  size  extending  to  nearly  below  the  anterior  margin  of 
the  eye  :  it  is  more  extensive  on  the  blind  side,  and  has  two 
rows  of  teeth  in  each  jaw ;  the  nostrils  have  a  higher  and 
more  anterior  position  than  on  the  right  side.  Gill-raker& 
small,  conical,  and  smooth,  slightly  fenibriated  on  the  inner 
side ;  about  thirteen  in  number  on  the  lower  limb,  scarcel}^ 
developed  on  the  hinder  one.  Gills  three  and  a  half,  a  slit 
behind  the  last,  equal  to  the  diameter  of  the  eye.  The  gill 
openings  are  small,  not  extending  to  the  ujDper  angle  of  the 
pectoral  above,  and  closed  below  the  preopercular  angle  beneath. 

Fins.— The  dorsal  commences  on  the  rostral  process,  about  an 
eye  diameter  from  its  extremity.  Though  partially  free  anteriorly, 
all  the  rays  are  connected  by  membrane.  They  are  highest  about 
the  middle  of  the  fin  where  they  form  a  conspicuous  angle,  the 
thirty-fifth  or  longest  ray  being  1*9  in  the  length  of  the  head. 
The  rays  are  continued  to  within  an  eye-diameter  of  the  caudal 
rays.  The  ventral  commences  beneath  the  middle  of  the  eye  and 
is  quite  continuous  with  tlie  anal,  the  apparent  omission  of  one 
ray  only  indicating  the  distinction.  The  vent  is  situated  on  the 
left  side  contiguous  to  this  space.  The  anal  is  similar  to  the 
dorsal  the  sixteenth  ray  being  the  longest.     The  right  jiectoral  is 


198  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

pointed  above,  its  length  being  1  -5  in  the  length  of  the  head  :  the 
left  fin  is  shorter,  1  '9  in  the  same,  and  is  symmetrical,  the  central 
rays  being  the  longest.  The  caudal  is  truncate  or  very  slightly 
rounded,  and  the  depth  of  the  peduncle  is  2-2  in  the  head. 

Scales. — The  forepart  of  the  head,  the  interorbital  space,  the 
margins  of  the  opercula  and  the  bases  of  the  pectorals  are  naked  ; 
the  body  is  covered  on  both  sides  with  cycloid  scales,  non-imbri- 
cate  on  the  anterior  portion,  but  overlapping  behind,  and  upon 
the  caudal  peduncle.     Fins  scaleless. 

The  lateral  line  runs  almost  straight,  there  being  a  slight  curve 
over  the  anterior  half  of  the  pectox'al,  which  is  less  marked  on  the 
blind  side ;  anteriorh^  on  both  sides,  the  line  is  continued  over 
the  head  to  the  base  of  the  seventh  or  eighth  dorsal  ray. 

Colours. — Uniform  grey  above  and  yellow  beneath 

Length  242  mm. 

This  species  was  commonly  offered  for  sale  in  Melbourne,  and 
at  Queenscliff  examples  were  taken  in  the  seine.  At  the  latter 
place  a  long  series  of  pools  extend  between  the  railway  and  the 
harbour,  the  home  of  shoals  of  Atherines.  While  wading  in  the 
pools  I  commonly  disturbed  some  fishes  which  zigzagged  on  the 
bottom,  and  raised  small  clouds  of  mud.  I  discovered  these  to  be 
young  flounders,  from  one  inch  to  three  inches  in  length  When 
disturbed  they  swam  rapidh'  away  as  described,  for  two  or  three 
yards,  and  then  usually  doubled  back  along  their  tracks,  so  that 
when  the  mud  settled  it  was  not  possible  to  locate  them.  Nearly 
<ill  those  caught  were  obtained  under  my  feet,  whence  they  had 
evidently  gone  for  the  purpose  of  hiding,  for  an  old  boot,  bucket 
or  other  object,  on  being  lifted,  was  found  to  harbour  many  young 
flounders. 

Peltorhamphus,  G anther,  1862. 

,  Peltorhamphus  bassensis,  Castelnau,  sp. 

(Plate  xxxiv.). 

RhoDihosuIea  bassensis,  Castelnau,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Vict.,  i.,  1872, 
p.  167. 

Sole. 

D.  79  ;  A.  54  ;  P.  d-,x.  11,  sin.  9  ;  V.  dex.  7,  sin.  4  ;  C.  12  +  4  ; 

Sc.  79. 

Length  of  head  4'0  ;  depth  of  body  1-74  in  total  length 
exclusive  of  the  caudal  which  equals  the  head  in  length.  Eyes,  on 
the  right  side,  separated  by  a  flat  scaly  space,  less  than  half  their 


NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    AND    TASMANIAN    FISHES — WAITE.     199 

diameter,  which  is  4-8  in  tlie  head.  The  length  of  the  snout 
is  one-fifth  more  than  the  diameter  of  the  eye,  or  one-fourth 
the  lengtli  of  the  head,  it  is  produced  into  a  fleshy  process  which 
covers  the  mouth  ant^M'iorly.  The  lower  eye  is  slightly  in  advance 
of  the  upper  one.  Both  nostrils  are  tubular  and  arise  from  the 
only  naked  part  of  the  head  ;  the  anterior  one  has  a  valve-like 
flap  behind.  The  mouth  is  small  and  toothless  on  the  coloured 
side  and  is  wholly  in  advance  of  the  eyes  and  nostrils  :  it  is  large 
on  the  left  side,  extending  far  beyond  the  sinistral  nostrils,  and 
is  furnished  with  se\  eral  rows  of  movable  teeth  in  both  jaws.  The 
nostrils  occupy  a  slightly  more  dorsal  position  than  those  on  the 
right  side.  Gill-rakers"  11  -F  2,  reduced  to  mere  knobs,  the 
anterior  ones  scarcely  apparent.  Gills  four  and  a  half,  a  small 
slit,  not  more  than  a  third  the  diameter  of  the  eye,  behind  the 
last.  The  gill  openings  extend  to  the  upper  angles  of  the 
pectorals,  but  are  arrested  below  by  membrane  beneath  the 
middle  of  the  eye. 

Scales. — Head,  with  the  exception  of  a  small  space  round  each 
pair  of  nostrils,  body  and  fins,  wholly  clothed  with  small  ctenoid 
scales,  almost  equally  de\eloped  on  both  sides ;  no  accessory 
scales. 

Fi7ts. — The  dorsal  fin  commences  at  the  extremity  of  the  nasal 
process  :  tlie  anterior  rays  are  quite  free  of  membrane  and  the 
tips  of  those  following  are  fi'ee  to  above  the  opercular  margin,  the 
first  seventeen  rays  are  serrate  behind.  The  highest  rays  occur 
about  tlie  middle  of  the  fin  where  they  are  rather  more  than  half 
the  length  of  the  head.  Tlie  rigiit  ventral  commences  at  the 
symphysis  of  the  lower  jaw  and  is  connected  by  membrane  with 
the  anal.  The  left  venti"al  is  small  having  its  rays  close  togetlier 
and  situated  in  advance  of  the  vent.  The  anal  is  similar  to  the 
dcjrsal  and  terminates  evenly  with  it.  The  pectorals  are  of  similar 
length,  half  that  of  the  head,  but  the  right  one  has  more  rays  and 
a  rounded  margin  ;  in  tlie  left  the  central  rays  are  much  the 
longest,  producing  a  lanceolate  shaj^ed  fin.  The  caudal  is  slightly 
rounded,  its  peduncle  deej),  being  1-6  in  the  length  of  tlie  head. 

Colours. — Brownish  grey  above,    white  below. 

Total  length,   234  mm. 

This  is  the  common  sole  of  the  Mellx>urne  markets  where  I 
obtained  the  specimens  examined.     I  also  netted  it  at  QueensclifF. 

Though  described  by  Castelnau  under  the  genus  Rhomhosoha  it 
is  clear  that  it  cannot  be  there  assigned  ;  the  scales  are  stated  to 
be  "  strongly  ciliated  which  makes  the  fish  feel  rough  to  the 
touch."     Cycloid  scales  are  a  character  of  the  genus.     Though 


200  KECOKDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

this  authoi"  writes  of  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins  in  the  singular,  he 
describes  the  \  entrals  in  the  plural,  which  tends  to  confirm  the 
natural  supposition  that  Castelnau's  fish  and  mine  are  identical. 
The  characters  of  this  species  all  point  to  Peltor-hamphus  Giinther, 
of  which  one  species  only  P.  novK-zealandice'  was  previously 
identified.  The  Victorian  fish  differs  from  the  description  of  the 
New  Zealand  one,  among  other  characters,  by  having  the  dorsal 
and  anal  rays  covered  with  scales. 

GoBius,  Limueus,   1758. 
GoBius  Mucosus,   Giinther. 

Gobius  mucosus,  Giinther,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1871,  p.  663,  pi.  Ixiii., 

fig.  A. 
Gohins  depressus,  Ramsay  &  Ogilby,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.Wales, 

(2),  i.,  1886,  p.  4. 

D.  vi.  i.  10  ;  A.  i.  9  ;  V.  i.  5  ,;  P.  17  ;  C.  17. 

Length  of  head  3 '6  ;  height  of  body  5-5,  and  length  of  caudal 
3*0  in  the  total.  Eyes  3 "2  in  the  length  of  the  head,  cutting  the 
profile  and  less  than  a  diameter  apart ;  their  diameter  greater 
than  the  length  of  the  snout.  Cleft  of  mouth  approaching  the 
vertical,  the  lower  jaw  the  longer  ;  the  maxilla  does  not  nearly 
reach  the  orbit.  Head  much  depressed,  the  skin  of  which  is 
thrown  into  sharp  folds  ;  the  plications  on  the  snout  are  irregular, 
those  on  the  cheeks  vertical,  a  pair  of  transverse  folds  on  the 
occiput,  followed  by  two  longitudinal  ones,  and  another  long  pair 
on  each  side  arising  from  the  margins  of  the  upper  and  lower  jaw 
respectively ;  the  inferior  aspect  of  each  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw 
bears  a  series  of  about  a  dozen  short  transverse  bars,  resembling 
the  teeth  of  a  cog-wheel. 

Fins. — The  fourth  dorsal  spine  is  the  longest,  one-half  the 
length  of  the  head ;  the  anal  commences  evenly  with  the  soft 
dorsal  and  terminates  in  advance  of  the  posterior  rays ;  the 
pectorals  attain  to  below  the  origin  of  the  soft  dorsal,  and  the 
ventrals  do  not  reach  the  vent ;  caudal  long  and  pointed. 

Anal  papilla  small,  rounded. 

Colours. — Yellow,  marbled  with  brown  ;  under  surface,  as  far 
as  the  vent,  white.  All  the  fins,  except  the  ventrals,  spotted 
with  black  or  dark  brown  forming  bars,  longitudinally  disposed 
on    the   dorsal  and   anal,  and  transversely  on   the  pectoral  and 

3  Giinther— Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  iv.,  1862,  p.  461. 


NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    AND    TASMANIAN    FISHES WAITE.      201 

caiulal  fins.     The  head  is  devoid  of   scales  and  is  deeper  in  tint 
than  tlie  l)odv,  the  plications  being  darker  still. 

Giinther  attributed  these  folds  to  mucous,  but  they  are  distinctly 
dermal  in  nature.  A  comparison  of  the  type  of  (r.  depressus  witli 
examples  forwarded  from  Port  Phillip  by  Mr.  Gabriel,  shows 
them  to  be  identical,  while  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  they  are 
correctly  referred  to  G.  niucosus,  descibed  by  Giinther  from 
South  Australia. 

Pentaro(;k,   (riiitthrr,   ISOO. 

Pkntakooe  marmorata,  Cuvier  <t  V<dc)tciennes,  s}). 

ApiKfns  marnioratus,  Cuvier  it  Valenciennes,  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss., 
iv.,  1829,  p.  416  ;  Valenciennes,  Reg.  Anim.  111.  Poiss.,  pi. 
xxiv.,  fig.  3. 

Pentarogp  marmoroM,  Giinther,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.,  ii.,  1860, 
p.  132  ;    Castelnau,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Vict.,  i.,  1872,  p.  82. 

CohhJer. 

Castelnau  remarks  that  this  fish  is  scarce  at  Melbourne,  and 
gives  its  local  name  as  "  Barber."  I  found  it  to  be  very  common  at 
Queenscliff,  where  it  is  as  well-known  and  as  equally  dreaded  as 
the  "Fortesque"  (Centropoyo'n  australis)  of  the  .Sydney  fishermen. 
It  was  taken  by  scores  in  every  haul  of  the  seine  and  recognised 
under  the  name  "  Cobbler,"  both  at  Queenscliff  and  in  the 
Melbourne  market. 

The  markings  appear  to  be  very  constant  and  remarkably  well- 
defined  ;  the  similarity  to  those  of  the  Cenfropogon  mentioned, 
being  noticeable.  Valencieinies'  figure  of  a  Timor  specimen  does 
not  well  represent  the  species  as  found  in  Victorian  waters. 

Crepidog ASTER,  Giinther,  1861. 
Crepidogaster  SPATULA,  Giinther. 

(Plate  xxxvi.,  fig.  4). 

Crepidor/aster  spatula,  Giinther,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit..  Mus.,  iii.,  1861, 
p.  508. 

D.  6  ;  A.  6  ;  P.  26  ;  \.  i.  4  ;  C.  12  +    x  Vert.  16  +  16. 

Length  of  head  2-6  ;  width  3-5  ;  height  of  body  5-0  ;  width  4-7 
in  the  total  length.  The  snout  is  broad  at  the  level  of  the  eyes 
but  narrows  anteriorly,  its  length  being  one-third  that  of  the  head. 
The  mouth  is  large  extending  to  nearly  beneath  the  middle  of  the 


202  RECORDS  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

eye  ;  the  upper  jaw,  which  is  the  longer,  has  a  complete  reflexed 
lip ;  ill  the  lower  jaw  the  lips  do  not  meet  at  the  symphysis. 
Teeth  in  both  jaws  very  small,  villiform,  the  anterior  ones  in  the 
upper  jaw  forming  a  patch.  The  nostrils  are  near  to  the  front 
margin  of  the  eye,  the  anterior  one  beaiing  a  small  tentacle. 
The  eye  is  round,  4*2  in  the  length  of  the  head  and  little  more 
than  half  the  inter-orbital  space,  which  is  flat. 

The  head  is  very  bi'oad  and  depressed  and  the  body  is  sub- 
cylindrical  anteriorly,  but  compressed  behind.  No  subcutaneous 
spine  on  the  opercle,  nor  on  the  preopercle. 

The  distance  between  the  end  of  the  snout  and  the  origin  of  the 
dorsal  is  nearly  twice  that  between  the  latter  point  and  the  end  of 
the  caudal.  The  dorsal  fin  is  very  short,  its  base  being  equal  to 
its  distance  from  the  caudal.  The  pectoral  is  broad  and  rounded, 
its  length  2  b  in  that  of  the  head  ;  the  ventral  is  attached  to 
its  sixteenth  ray.  The  adhesive  disc  is  broader  than  long,  its 
length  half  the  width  of  the  head.  The  distance  of  the  vent 
from  the  disc  is  twice  that  from  the  anal.  This  fin  is  precisely 
similar  to  the  dorsal  in  form  and  situation.  The  caudal  is 
rounded,  its  length  being  equal  to  half  that  of  the  liead,  and 
the  height  of  the  peduncle  equal  to  its  own  length. 

Colours. — Colour  throughout  yellow,  the  head  and  body  above 
and  on  the  sides  ornamented  with  crowded  carmine  spots, 
those  on  the  head  round,  those  on  the  body  lengthened  ;  the 
upper  ones  arranged  transversely  to  form  closely  packed  bands. 
Fins  and  lower  surfaces  without  markings. 

Total  length  64  mm. 

Three  specimens  forwarded  by  Mr.  Gabriel,  are  additions  to  the 
recorded  fauna  of  Victoria.  Previously  the  species  was  known 
from  Swa;i  River,  Western  Australia.  It  is  a  well-marked  form, 
readily  distinguishable  by  the  short  and  oppositely  placed  vf^rtieal 
fins,  and  the  backward  position  of  the  vent. 

DiPLOCKEPiS,   (rlinthfr,   1861. 
DiPLOfRKPIS    PARVIPIXXIS,    .sp.    nOV. 

(Plate  xxxvi.,  fig.  3). 

D.  5;    A.  5;    P.   16 +  X  ;    C.  9. 

Length  of  head  3-2  ;  width  4-0  :  and  heiglit  of  body  6-1. 
The  snout  is  much  narrower  than  the  head,  shorter  than  the 
eye  and  4-1  in  the  length  of  the  head.  The  maxilla  extends 
to  just  beyond  the  antei'ior  margin    of  the    orbit.       The    teeth 


NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    AND    TASMANIAN    FISIIKS — WAITE.     203 

are  conical,  disposed  in  a  patch  within  each  jaw,  and  a  single 
series  of  larger  teeth  along  the  sides.  Tlie  nostrils  lie  close  to- 
gether in  front  of  the  eye,  the  anterior  one  bearing  a  tentacle. 
The  eye  is  large,  it  cuts  the  upper  profile  and  is  3-7  in  the  length 
of  the  head.  The  inter-orbital  breadth  is  narr<jw,  etpial  to  the 
length  of  the  eye. 

Head  depressed,  body  cylindrical. 

The  distance  b;'tween  the  origin  of  the  dorsal  and  the  end  of 
the  caudal  is  1  vS  in  that  between  the  former  point  and  the  end  of 
the  snout.  Both  dorsal  and  anal  fins  are  widely  separated  from  tlie 
caudal  :  the  former  is  slightly  in  advance  of  tlie  anal  which  com- 
mences beneath  its  second  ray.  The  pectoral  is  rounded,  the 
middle  rays  being  loiigest,  3-2  in  the  length  of  the  head,  the  lower 
rays  rapidly  decrease  in  length  and  the  ventral  is  attached  to  the 
sixteenth  ra}'.  The  posterior  sucking  disc  is  almost  circular,  a 
little  broader  than  lo)ig,  and  I'eaches  only  to  beneath  the  middle  of 
the  pectoral  :  the  distance  of  the  vent  from  the  disc  is  thrice  that 
between  it  and  the  anal.  The  caudal  is  slightly  rounded,  its  length 
2-4  in  that  of  the  head  ;  the  length  of  the  peduncle  is  more  than 
twice  its  depth. 

Colours. — In  life,  olive  gix^en,  uniform,  or  with  Ijrown  spots  on 
the  body,  arranged  as  bands,  or  with  bands  fully  defined  which 
are  four  in  number  ;  a  brown  or  red  mark  on  the  side  of  the 
snout  through  the  eye  to  the  preopercle. 

Length  2-5  mm. 

This  diminutive  species  was  first  brought  to  my  notice  by  Mr. 
A.  R.  McCulloch,  who  found  it  on  a  seaweed,  identified  by  Mr.  T. 
Whitelegge  as  Phyllo-tpora  comosa,  Agard.  It  proves  to  be  a 
common  fish  on  the  coast  of  New  South  Wales,  and  examples  in  the 
collection  of  the  ^[useum  were  pi'eviously  regarded  as  young 
specimens  of  another  species. 


DiPLOCREPIS    COSTATUS,    OijilblJ. 

Diphicrepl-t  costatus,  Ogilby,  Proc.  Liini.  8oc.  X.  8.  AVales,  x., 
1<S85,  p.  270  ;  AVaite,  Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  v.,  1904,  pi.  xxiv., 
fig.  1. 

]\Ir.    Gabriel's    collection    includes   a    single    example    of   this 
species,  an  addition  to  the  Victorian  fauna. 


204  RECORDS   OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 

DiPLOCREPis  CARDiNALis,  Ramsay,  sj). 

(Plate  xxxvi.,  fig.  1). 

Gohiesox  cardinalis,  Ramsay,  Proc.  Linn.    kSoc.    N.  S.  Wales,  vii., 
1882,  p.  148. 

D.  10;  A.  7;  P.  22;  C.  11. 

Length  of  head  2-7  ;  width  3"0  ;  height  of  body  5-1  ;  width  4-3 
in  the  total  length.  The  snout  is  obtusely  pointed,  short,  its 
length  4-0  in  that  of  the  head.  The  angle  of  the  mouth  is 
beneath  the  anterior  fourth  of  the  eye  and  is  almost  concealed  by 
the  overhanging  px'eopercles.  A  patch  of  conical  teeth  in  each 
jaw,  the  outer  series  the  larger.  The  opercle  is  represented  by  a 
bony  rod  ending  in  a  long  spine,  and  the  preopercle  bears  a  smaller 
spine,  both  being  concealed  beneath  the  skin.  Both  nostrils  are 
furnished  with  tentacles,  of  which  the  anterior  is  the  larger.  The 
eye  is  5-0  in  the  head  and  equal  to  half  the  inter-orbital  breadth. 

The  distance  between  the  origin  of  the  dorsal  and  the  end  of 
the  caudal  is  1  "7  in  that  between  the  foi'mer  point  and  the  end 
of  the  snout.  Both  dorsal  and  anal  fins  lie  close  to  the  caudal 
but  are  not  connected  with  it  :  the  anal  commences  below  the 
middle  of  the  dorsal  and  has  a  slightly  more  posterior  termina- 
tion. The  length  of  the  pectoral  is  2-7  in  that  of  the  head  and 
the  ventral  is  attaclied  to  its  fourteenth  ray.  The  posterior 
sucking  disc  has  a  free  anterior  margin  and  is  much  broader  than 
long,  its  width  being  1  -4  in  the  breadth  of  the  head  ;  it  extends 
to  beneath  the  end  of  the  pectoral.  The  vent  is  nearer  to  the 
disc  tlian  to  the  anal,  the  relative  distance  being  as  3  to  5.  The 
caudal  is  subtruncate,  its  length  a  little  more  than  half  that  of 
the  head. 

Colotirs. — The  life  colours  are  not  known.  In  fluid,  all  ex- 
amples are  uniform  yellow. 

Length  70  mm. 

Three  specimens  from  near  Launceston,  Tasmania,  collected  in 
1879,  by  Mr.  K.  Broadlient,  and  three  from  Ulverstone,  Tasmania, 
forwarded  by  the  Curator  of  the  Victoria  Museum,  Launceston,  in 
1 903.  One  of  the  formerbatch  is  very  possibly  the  type  of  the  species, 
but  the  characters  above  given  are  derived  from  one  of  the  more 
recent  acquisitions.  The  somewhat  shrivelled  condition  of  the 
author's  specimens,  if  such  they  be,  may  account  for  the  differ- 
ences noted.  In  the  flrst  place  the  structure  of  the  posterior 
sucking  disc  is  not  that  of  Gobiesox,  and  the  number  of  dorsal  and 
anal  rays  is  understated.  Otherwise  the  specimens  agree  well 
with    the   description    and    I    have    no    hesitation    whatever  in 


NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    AND    TASMANIAN    FISHES — AVAITE.     "205 

assigning  them  to  this  species  :  the  opercular  spine  is  charact^er- 
istic,  as  is  also  the  presence  of  tentacles  on  both  nostrils.  The 
word  "  compressed  "  in  the  description  of  the  head  is  an  obvious 
error. 

The  four  known  species  of  DipJocrcpis  may  be  recognised  by 
the  following  characters  : — 

DiPLOCREPis  PUNiCKrs,  Eichardson,  sp. 

Lepidoga.ster  puuiceiis,  Ricliardson,  Vov.  Ereb.  &  Terr.,  1846,  p.  71,  pi.  xliii., 
fig.  1-7. 

D.  11  ;  A.  5.  The  anal  fin  commences  behind  the  middle  of  the  dorsal ;  the 
Tent  is  placed  close  to  the  sucking  disc,  at  a  great  distance  from  the  anal. 

Hah. — New  Zealand. 

DiPLOCEKPIS    CARDINALIS,    Rdlliuri/.  sp. 

Gobiesox  cardinalis,  Ramsay,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc,  N.  vS.  Wales,  vii.,  1882  p.  148. 
Diplocrepis  cardinalis,  Waite,  antea,  p.  204,  pi.  xxxvi.,  fig.  1 

D.  10  ;  A.  7.  The  anal  fin  commences  below  the  middle  of  the  dorsal ;  the 
Tent  is  placed  somewhat  nearer  to  the  sucking  disc  than  to  the  anal. 

Loc. — Ulverstone,  Tasmania. 

Diplocrepis  costatus,  Ogilhy. 

Diplocrepis  costatus,  Ogilbj,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  x.,  1885,  p.  270 ; 
Waite,  Rec.  Aiistr.  Mus.,  v.,  1904,  pi.  xxiv.,  fig.  1. 

D.  8 ;  A.  7.  The  anal  fin  commences  slightly  behind  the  origin  of  the  dorsal ; 
both  are  close  to  the  caudal.  The  vent  is  placed  much  nearer  to  the  anal  than 
to  the  sucking  disc. 

Hah. — N.  S.  Wales,  Loi-d  Howe  Island,  Yictoria. 

Diplocrepis  parvipinnis,  Waite. 

Diplocrepis  parvipinnis,  Waite,  antea,  p.  202,  pi.  xxxvi.,  fig  3. 

D.  5 ;  A.  5,  The  anal  commences  beneath  the  second  dorsal  ray,  and  both 
are  far  removed  from  the  caudal ;  the  vent  is  placed  much  nearer  to  the  anal 
than  to  the  sucking  disc. 

Hah  — N.  S.  Wales. 

Blennius,   Liniueus,   1758. 

Blennius  tasmanianus,  Richardson. 

(Plate  xxxvi.,  fig.  5). 

Blennius  tasmanianus,  Richardson,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1839,  p.  99  ; 
Tran.s.  Zool.  Soc,  iii.,  1849,  p.  129. 

D.  xii.  18  ;  A.  20  ;  P.  U  ;  V.  2  ;  C.  7  +  6. 

Length  of  head  3-7  ;  height  of  body  3-8  ;  and  length  of  the 
caudal  4-8  in  the  length  of  the  fish.     Eyes  large,  cutting  the  pi'o- 


206  HKCOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTKALIAN    JIUSEIM. 

file  less  than  lialf  a  diametei-  a[)art,  3-1  in  the  length  of  the  head 
and  a  little  longer  than  the  snout.  Orbital  tentacles  not  longer 
than  tlie  depth  of  the  eye,  simple  and  fringed  behind.  Small 
pores  occur  around  the  eye  and  on  the  preopercular  margin. 
The  maxilla  extends  to  beneath  tlie  centre  of  the  eve.  The  teeth 
are  as  is  usual  in  the  genus  with  posterior  canines. 

Fitis. — The  dorsal  fin  commences  behind  the  vertical  of  the 
preopercle ;  the  first  spine  is  a  little  shorter  than  the  eye,  the  4-7 
spines  are  equal,  and  slightly  longer  than  the  diameter  of  the  eye, 
and  the  last  spine  is  the  shortest,  half  the  length  of  the  first  ray  ; 
the  3-12  I'ays  are  equal,  twice  the  length  of  the  first  spine,  winch 
latter  is  about  the  same  height  as  the  last  ray.  Tlie  base  of  the 
soft  is  one-seventh  longer  than  that  of  the  spinous  portion  ;  the 
anterior  anal  rays  are  orAy  one-half  the  height  of  the  median 
dorsal  ones,  the}'  inci*ease  slightly  in  height  posteriorly.  The 
pectoral  is  jwinted,  the  ninth  and  longest  ray  being  nearlv  equal 
to  the  head  in  length,  extends  to  the  anal  fin.  The  inner  ventral 
ray  is  half  the  length  of  the  head.  The  caudal  is  sub-truncate  and 
the  least  depth  of  its  peduncle  is  one-third  the  length  of  the  head. 
The  lateral  line  is  composed  of  about  twenty-four  tubes  of  which 
seventeen  form  an  arch  over  the  pectoral  ;  the  others,  which  are 
less  defined  and  more  widely  spaced,  are  horizontally  disposed  : 
there  are  no  pores  on  the  posterior  half  of  tlie  bod}'. 

Colour. — The  ground  colour  is  olive,  darker  above  than  below ; 
the  head  is  marked  with  three  obliquely  vertical  bars,  of  which 
the  first  passes  through  the  eye  and  forms  a  V  with  its 
fellow  on  the  throat,  the  second  diverges  from  the  first  below 
the  eye  backwards  to  the  edge  of  the  gill  membrane,  and 
the  thii'd  occurs  behind  the  preopercle ;  the  body  is  marked  with 
nine  transverse  bars  formed  each  of  two  series  of  black  spots, 
which  do  not  attain  the  lower  surface.  Thei'e  is  a  bhuik  spot 
between  the  first  two  dorsal  spines,  and  the  base  of  the  fin  is 
shaded  in  accord  with  the  body  bars  ;  the  anal  bears  a  dark  sub- 
mai-ginal  band.     There  are  no  markings  on  the  other  fins. 

Total  length  47  mm. 

The  single  specimen  examined  was  dredged  by  Mr.  Gabriel  in 
Western  Port.  It  is  the  one  illustrated,  and  is  a  half-grown 
example.  Specimens  of  this  age  differ  from  the  adults  by  the 
shorter  oi'bital  tentacle,  the  much  longer  and  pointed  pectoral  fin, 
the  simple  anal  papilla,  and  the  much  larger  eye,  in  addition  to 
constant  markings  which  do  not  appear  to  be  maintained  to 
adult  age. 

Mr.  A.  M.  Lea,  Government  Entomologist,  Tasmania,  has 
forwarded  to  the  Trustees  a  nice  series  of  this  species.     I  am  not 


NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    AND    TASMANIAN    FISHES — WAITK.      207 

aware  of  the  coloui-s  of  the  adult  during  Ufe  :  presened  examples 
undergo  peculiar  changes  similar  to  members  of  the  Kyphosid{e  : 
these  are  usually  manifested  as  large  irregular  l)lutches  of  black 
or  brown  on  a  pale  yellow  ground.  The  markings  are  adven- 
titious, not  alike  in  two  fishes,  and  both  sides  of  the  same  speci- 
men are  usually  quite  dissimilar. 

Ophioclinus,  Castplnau,   1873. 

OpHIOCLINUS    GRACILIS,    Sp.    nov. 

(Plate  xxxvi.,  fig.  6). 

D.  xliii.  +  1  ;  A.  iii.  29  :    P.  13  ;  V.  2  ;   C.  11  +  4  ;  Yert. 
19  +  32  =  51. 

Length  of  head  4-9  ;  height  of  body  at  the  anal  fin  7-4  ;  length 
of  caudal  9-0  in  the  total.  The  diameter  of  the  eye  is  one-fifth 
the  length  of  the  head,  equal  to  the  interorbital  space,  and  three- 
fourths  the  length  of  the  snout.  The  anterior  nostril  is  in  a 
short  tube,  a  little  nearer  to  the  end  of  the  snout  than  to  the  eye  : 
the  posterior  nostril  is  one  of  numerous  large  pores,  disposed  on 
the  snout,  around  the  eye,  on  the  occiput,  preopercle,  and  lower 
jaw. 

Twih. — A  patch  of  conical  teeth  within  each  jaw,  and  a 
narrow  band  on  eadi  side  ;  teeth  on  the  vomer,  none  on  the 
palatines. 

Fins. — The  dorsal  commences  in  advance  of  the  operculum,  the 
first  spine  is  two-thirds  the  diameter  of  the  eye  and  the  fin 
increases  in  height  backwards,  the  single  ray  being  twice  the 
length  of  the  first  spine  and  joined  to  the  caudal.  The  anal  fin 
commences  below  the  seventeenth  dorsal  spine  and  is  formed  of 
three  short  spines,  followed  by  longer  rays  which  are  slightly 
longer  than  the  corresponding  dorsal  spines.  The  pectoral  is 
rounded,  about  one-half  the  length  of  the  head  and  somewhat 
shorter  than  the  inner  ventral  ray.  The  caudal  is  truncate,  the 
depth  of  its  peduncle  more  than  one-third  the  height  of  the  body. 

Scales. — Head  naked,  body  covered  with  small  non-imbricate 
scales  (not  shown  in  the  illustration).  The  lateral  line  commences 
beneatli  the  first  dorsal  spine  ;  it  is  strongly  arched  and  is  not 
continued  beyond  the  end  of  the  pectoral  :  a  median  depression  to 
the  caudal  may  be  traced  in  some  examples,  but  this  is  appar- 
ently not  a  true  "  lateral  line." 

Colours. — The  general  colour  is  brown  above  and  3^ellowish 
beneath,  but  great  variations  occur.     The  illustration  represents 


208  KECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

a  specimen  in  which  the  markings  are  very  well  defined  and  such 
consist  of  a  longitudinal  black  band  which  passes  from  the  snout, 
through  the  eye  to  the  tail  :  it  deepens  posteriorly  and  embraces 
the  body  and  caudal  peduncle  and  is  also  continued  in  blotches 
on  to  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins.  The  top  of  the  head  and  the 
back  including  the  fin  is  white.  In  other  examples  the  band  is 
brown,  sometimes  very  faint,  and  the  vertical  fins  may  be  of  the 
same  tint ;  when  the  head-band  is  pale  in  colour  it  may  have  a 
black  lower  margin  ;  the  extension  of  the  band  posteriorly  may 
be  indicated  by  some  spots  on  the  side  of  the  tail.  The  pectorals 
are  generally  and  the  ventrals  always  white,  and  if  the  vertical 
fins  are  coloured  they  have  a  light  margin. 

Of  many  specimens  examined,  the  largest  measured  57  mm.  in 
length.  This  species  has  been  taken  at  various  times  in  rock 
pools  at  Long  Bay,  near  Sydney,  by  Mr.  A.  R.  McCulloch. 

OpHIOCLINUS    flABRIELI,    sp.    nov. 

(Plate  xxxvi.,  fig.   7). 

D.  li.  +  1  ;  A.  36  ;  P.  12  ;  V.  2  ;  C.  1 1+  4  ;  Vert.  21  +  39  =  60. 

Length  of  head  5-3  ;  height  of  body,  at  the  origin  of  the  anal, 
7*5  ;  length  of  caudal  8-0  in  the  total.  Eye  prominent,  large, 
close  to  the  upper  profile,  4-2  in  the  length  of  the  head,  and  twice 
the  interorbital  space.  Length  of  snout  little  more  than  half  the 
diameter  of  the  eye  and  bearing  two  short  tentacles,  immediately 
above  the  upper  lip.  The  maxilla  i-eaches  to  beneath  the  third 
fourth  of  the  eye. 

Teeth. — An  extensive  patch  of  small  granular  teeth  within  the 
margin  of  each  jaw,  followed  by  a  narrow  band  on  each  side  ; 
teeth  on  the  vomer  but  none  on  the  palatines.  A  broad  frenum 
in  the  upper  jaw. 

Fins. — -The  dorsal  commences  above  the  opercle,  but  its  origin 
is  not  well  defined,  and  is  composed  wholly  of  spines  with  the  excep- 
tion of  one  ray,  the  last,w]uch  is  joined  to  the  caudal  :  the  fin  rises 
rapidly  to  the  fourth  spint;  and  thence  is  of  fairly  uniform  height, 
the  spines  lengthening  somewhat  posteriorly  ;  the  median  height 
of  the  fin  is  about  one-third  that  of  the  body  at  the  commence- 
ment of  the  anal. 

The  anal  fin  arises  beneath  the  nineteenth  or  twentieth  dorsal 
spine  and  is  formed  wliolly  of  soft  rays  ;  it  is  similar  to,  but 
slightly  higher  than  the  dorsal  and  is  joined  to  the  caudal.  The 
pectoral  is  short  and  rounded,  its  middle  rays  2-4  in  the  length  of 
the  head.      The   ventrals   are   jugular   in    position,  close  together 


XOTES    OX    AUSTRALIAN    AND    TASMANIAN    FISHES— WAITE.     209 

and  formed,  each  of  two  stout  rays,  the  inner  being  the  longer,  a 
little  more  than  lialf  the  length  of  the  head.  The  caudal  is 
rounded,  and  the  depth  of  its  peduncle  2-5  times  in  the  height  of 
the  body. 

Scales. — The  scales  are  scarcely  apparent,  they  are  deeply  im- 
bedded, small  and  widely  separated  anteriorly,  larger  and  closer 
together  posteriorly.  The  head  is  naked  but  bears  a  number  of 
large  pores,  especially  developed  on  the  snout,  around  the  eyes, 
and  within  the  margin  of  the  preopercle.  The  lateral  line  is  de- 
veloped anteriorly  only,  and  is  placed  above  the  pectoral  but  does 
not  extend  as  far  as  the  margin  of  the  fin. 

Colours. — The  general  colour  is  brown,  lighter  beneath.  A 
dark  band  passes  through  the  eye  to  the  preopercle  which  latter 
has  no  defined  edge,  being  included  in  the  common  covering  of 
the  head.  The  lower  and  posterior  portions  of  the  body  bear 
some  light  marbled  markings,  which  extend  on  to  the  anal  and 
caudal  fins  ;  the  other  fins  are  without  markings. 

Three  examples  were  dredged  by  Mr.  Gabriel,  the  largest  of 
which  measures  102  mm.  in  length.  They  are  fully  adult,  the 
two  females  carrying  young.  These  can  be  distinctly  seen  through 
the  abdominal  integument  and  in  one  individual  numbered  thirty- 
six,  each  being  12  mm.  long. 

The  genus  Ophiodinus  was  defined  by  Castelnau'' in  1873,  with 
0.  antarcticufi  as  the  type  species.  In  1894  Ogilby*  described  a 
fish  from  Queensland  under  the  name  0.  devisi  and  remarked  that 
"  the  neglect  of  Castelnau  to  even  mention  the  pectorals  is  negative 
evidence  as  to  their  existence  in  his  genus."  In  his  generic 
definition  Castelnau  distinctly  refers  to  the  pectorals  as  follows  : — 
"  Ventral  fins  inserted  in  front  of  the  pectorals,"  and  again  in  his 
specific  description  : — "pectorals  much  shorter  than  the  ventrals, 
of  ten  rays."  I  have  examined  the  type  of  0.  devid  and  find 
that  pectorals  are  not  present,  and  it  follows  therefore  that  it  cannot 
enter  Ophiodinus  and  may  tentatively  be  regarded  as  the  type  of 
Sderopteryx^  a  name  proposed  by  De  Vis,  but  which  apparently 
never  reached  beyond  the  manuscript  stage.  Ogilby's  definition 
of  Ophiodinus  will  therefore  apply  to  Hdcropteryx,  and  not  to 
Castelnau's  genus. 

0.  yahrieli  differs  from  0.  antarcticus  by  having  two  instead  of 
three  ventral  rays,  and  by  the  smaller  number  of  spines  and  rays 
in  the  dorsal  and  anal  fin  respectively. 


7  Castelnau — Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Vict.,  ii ,  1873,  p.  69. 

*>  Ogilby— Proc  Linn.  Soc.  N  S.  Wales,  (2),  ix.,  1894,  p.  373. 


210  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

PsEUDOMONACAXTHUS,  Bleeker,  1866. 

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS    CxRANULATUS,    ShatV,    sp. 

Balistps  f/ramilafa,  »Shaw,  in  Wliite's  Voy.  N.S.Wales,  1790,  p.  295, 
pi.  "(p.  254),  fig.  2. 

This  is  another  species  wliose  existence  in  Victorian  waters  is 
regarded  by  Mr.  A.  H.  S.  Lucas  as  doubtful,  no  one  having, 
apparently,  identified  it  since  Klunzinger  first  recorded  it  from 
Port  Phillip.  I  obtained  specimens  in  the  Melbourne  Fish 
Market. 

Spileroides,  Dnmeril,   1806. 

Sph^roides  richei,  FreminriUe,  sp. 

Tetraodon   richei,  Freminville,   Nouv.    Bull.    Philom.,  ii.,   p.  250, 
pi.  iv.,  fig.  2. 

This  species  is  included  in  the  Victorian  fauna,  apparently  only 
on  the  authority  of  Klunzinger.''  I  found  it  to  be  not  uncommon 
at  Queenscliff"  where  it  was  taken  by  nreans  of  the  seine  net. 

Castelnau  "  observed  two  sorts  [of  Tefrodon]  on  the  shores  of 
Hobson's  ^  Bay,"  namely  : — T.  hamiltmii,  Richardson,  and  T. 
hispidiis,  Linnfeus.  It  is  quite  evident  however,  from  his  desci'ip- 
tion,  that  the  species  recorded  under  the  lattei*  name  is  really 
referable  to  >S.  richei,  and  that  in  all  probability  T.  hispidus  does 
not  occur  in  Hobson's  Bay.  tS.  hamilkmi  was  found  to  be 
extremely  common,  and  apj^ears  to  attain  larger  dimensions  than 
in  Port  Jackson. 


Klunzinger— Sitz.  Ak.  Wiss.  Wien.,  Ixxx.,  1879,  p   425. 


MOLLUSC  A    FROM    THREE    HUNDRED    FATH0M8, 
OFF    SYDNEY. 

By  C.   Hedley,  Couchologi.st,  and  W.   F.   Petterd. 

(Plates  xxxvii.  and  xxxiii.). 

Various  excursions  have  reaped  a  supei'ficial  knowledge  of  the 
MoUusca  of  our  Continental  Shelf.  In  a  recent  issue  of  these 
Records  a  collection  was  described  which  Mr.  G.  H.  Halligan 
obtained  in  one  hundred  and  ten  fathoms  ofF  Cape  Byron.  A 
haul  made  by  the  same  gentleman  and  one  of  us  in  one  hundred 
fathoms  off  Wollongong,  supplemented  the  collections  trawled  by 
the  "  Thetis "  Expedition  in  from  twenty  to  eighty  fathoms 
between  Jervis  Bay  and  the  Manning  River. 

It  was  evident  that  at  a  greater  distance  from  the  coast,  in 
deeper  and  colder  water,  another  fauna  would  appear.  To  search 
this  zone  the  writers  organised  a  dredging  trip.  We  were  greatly 
aided  by  the  kindness  of  Mr.  H.  E.  Farmer,  who,  on  behalf  of 
Messrs.  Bullivant,  generously  placed  at  our  disposal  a  reel  and 
five  hundred  fathoms  of  wire  rope.  A  serviceable  steamer  of 
seventy-four  tons,  the  "  Woy  Woy,"  fitted  with  steam  winding- 
gear,  was  engaged  for  the  trip.  We  enjoyed  the  company  and 
assistance  of  Dr.  R.  Pulleine,  Messrs.  E.  R.  Waite,  G.  A.  Water- 
house,  F.  E.  Grant  and  A.  R.  McCulloch.  The  weather  on  the 
chosen  date  was  excellent.  Taking  our  departure  at  8  a.m.  on 
March  27,  1905,  from  mid-channel  between  Port  Jackson  Heads, 
we  set  a  due  east  (true,  not  magnetic)  course,  and  ran  by  the 
patent  log,  twenty-seven  and  a  half  miles.  On  sounding  no 
bottom  was  got  at  two  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms.  Estimating 
the  depth  at  three  hundred  fathoms,  we  put  the  bucket  dredge 
over  and  paid  out  most  of  our  wire  rope.  A  full  load  of  sandy 
mud,  coloured  green  by  glauconite,  rewarded  us.  The  tempera- 
ture of  the  mud  when  it  arrived  on  board  was  60°  F. 

Before  again  sinking  the  bucket  we  fastened  a  dredge  to  its 
taper  end  by  forty  fathoms  of  rope.  This  length  allowed  the 
dredge  to  follow  on  the  ocean  floor  a  track  different  to  that  of  the 
bucket.  If  tied  closer  it  would  in  pursuing  tiie  same  path  have 
only  collected  material  already  crushed  by  the  passage  of  the 
bucket.  Both  bucket  anfl  dredge  returned  with  a  satisfactory 
load,  but  a  final  descent  of  the   dredge  alone  proved  a  failure. 


212  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Wliile  dredging  we  had  drifted  inshore  and  estimated  that  the 
second  haul  was  in  a  depth  of  two  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms,  at 
a  distance  of  twenty-three  miles  due  east  of  South  Head.  We 
returned  to  port  after  an  absence  of  twelve  hours. 

The  study  of  the  Crustacea  was  undertaken  by  Mr.  F.  E. 
Grant,  and  liis  paper^  has  already  appeared. 

The  Corals  have  been  examined  by  Mr.  J.  Dennant,  who  will 
shortly  publish  an  account  of  them. 

An  Elasipod  Holothurian  was  determined  by  Mr.  T.  White- 
legge  as  Pannychia  moseleyi,  Theel.  There  was  also  a  fine  Sea- 
pen  of  the  genus  Kophohelemnon,.  Representatives  of  other 
groups  have  been  handed  to  various  specialists  and  it  is  hoped 
that  further  I'eports  on  them  may  appear.  The  types  of  all  new 
species  described  in  this  article  are  presented  to  the  Trustees  of 
the  Australian  Museum. 

The  decided  change  of  fauna  between  the  one  hundred  fathom 
level  and  the  zone  touched  by  our  dredge,  appears  to  us  to 
indicate  that  the  animals  obtained  grew  below  the  wai-m  southerly 
current. 

About  twenty-five  miles  south-south-west  of  the  position  of  our 
dredging  lies  the  "Challenger"  Station  164  B.,  where,  in  four  hun- 
dred and  ten  fathoms,  a  large  series  of  mollusca  are  reputed  to 
have  been  obtained.  A  large  proportion  of  these  were  well- 
known  Atlantic  species.  This  incongruous  mixture  has  been  con- 
sidered by  Crosse-^  and  other  writers  as  clear  evidence  of  error. 
One  of  us  has  discussed*  the  matter  at  length  and  recommended 
the  rejection  of  the  whole  tainted  haul. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  result  of  our  excursion  is  the  re- 
discovery of  about  half  of  the  new  "  164  B"  shells,  but  none  of 
the  European  species  occurred  with  them.  It  is  evident  that  the 
"Challenger"  collectors  had  mixed  gatherings  from  different  oceans, 
and  while  those  here  recognised  are  rehabilitated,  the  balance 
had  best  be  carried  to  a  suspense  account  awaiting  further 
investigation. 

It  is  no  longer  possible  to  clieck  the  "  Challenger  "  results  by 
dredging  at  164  B,  because  the  submarine  telegraph  cable  to  New 
Zealand  crosses  the  place. 

More  than  a  hundred  species  of  shells  are  contained  in  the 
collection,  some  are  fragmentary,  or  for  other  reasons  cannot  be 
determined.     The  following  is  a  list  of  those  identified. 

1  Gi-ant— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.Wales,  xxx.,  1905,  pp.  312-324. 

'^  Crosse — .lourn.  de  Conch.,  xliii.,  1895,  p.  257. 

3  Hedlev— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xxvi.,  1901,  p.  22. 


MOLLUSCA    FKOM    THKEE    HUXDRED    FATHOMS HEDLEY.       213 

Amiisium  thetidls,  Hedley. 
Adaciuirca  sqticwiea,  HecUev. 
Asf.fh'  glyi>tns,  Watson. 

Bathytoma  agnata,  Hedley  and  Petteixl. 
Biftium  fuscocapitulvm,  Hedley  and  Pctterd. 
Bulla  incomnioda,  Smith. 
Bullina  scabra,  Gmelin. 

Cadulus  spretus,  Tate  and  May. 

CanceUaria  ftcohitia,   Hedley  and  Petterd. 

Capulns  devot)(i<,  Hedley. 

Carditellfi,  anyasi,  8niith. 

Cardhim  pidcheJhim^  Gray. 

Carinaria  ausfralis,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 

Cassidea  2)i/rttm,  Lamk. 

Cavolinia  yibbosa,  Hang. 

„         injlexa^  Lesueur. 

,,         longirostris,  Lesueur. 

,,         quadridentata,  Lesueur. 

,,  tridentata,  Forskal. 

,,  frispinosa,  Lesueur. 

Cerithiopsis  cacnminatus,  Hedley  and  Petterd 
Chlamys  asperrimns,  Lamai'ck. 
Clio  pyramidata,  Linne. 
„     snbida,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 
„     virgnla,  Rang. 
Cocculiiia  fasmanica,  Pilsbry. 
Columbariuvi  pagodoides,  Watson. 
Coralliophila  lischkei,   Dunker. 
Cuna  delta,  Tate  and  May. 
Cuspidaria  angasi,   Smith. 
Cuvierina  columnella,  Rang. 
Cyclostrema  johnstoni,   Beddome. 
Cylichna  oi'dinai'ia,  Smith. 
,,         p>rotuviida,  Hedley. 
,,         thetidis,  Hedley. 
Cyniatium  kam]>yla,  Watson. 
Cyrilla  dalli,  Hedley. 

Daphnella  vestalis,  Hedley. 
Dentalium  erectaim,  Sowerby. 
Drillia  coxi,  Angas. 

,,         crossei,  Smith. 

,,        tricarinata,  Ten.  Woods. 

,,        tvoodsi,  Beddome. 
Ectorisma  granulata,  Tate. 


214  RECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM, 

Emavijinula  auperba,  Hedley  and  Pctterd. 
Euthi'ia  tahida,  Hedley. 
Hemithyris  coluniHS,   Hedley. 
Leda  incypinnta,   Smith. 

,,       miliacea,  Hedley. 

,,       7'amsaiji,   Smith. 
Limea  murrayi,  Smith. 
Limopsls  tenisoni.  Ten.  Woods. 

,,  erpctus,  Hedley  and  Pettei'd. 

.]/!iti(jfli<(  cmiua,  Hedley. 

,,  watsotii,  Smith. 

Maryinella  ayapeta,  AV'atson. 

,,  allporti,  Ten.  Woods. 

,,  h)-azieri,  Smith. 

,,  ciutericula,  Tate  and  May. 

„  hevigata,  Bi'azier. 

,,  ochracea,   Angas. 

„  stilla,  Hedley. 

,,  stramjp.i,  Angas. 

Mathilda  decoixita,  Hedley. 
Mo)iiU(i  arata,  Hedley. 

,,  oleacea,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 

,,         phili2)pensis,  Watson. 
Mureoi  licinus,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 

Xassa  jacksojcensis,  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 

Pleu7'otoina  casea7-ia,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 
Polinices  snhcostatus,  Ten.  Woods. 
Pm-oleda  e^isictda,  Angas. 
Poromya  tcndosa,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 

Rissoa  filocincta,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 
Rochefortia  acuminata,   Smith. 

,,  lactea,  Hedley. 

Seal  a  ntorchii,  Angas. 

Terehra  laureJanap^  Ten.  Woods. 
Tihpria  nitidula,  A.  Adams. 
TfopluDh  carduelis,  Watson. 
,,  laminatnn,   Petterd. 

,,  simplex,  Hedley. 

7'iirl/iinilla  coitfitricta.   Smith. 
'/'/n-fitrlla  (jodpffroyaua,   Donald. 

,,  incisa,  Reeve. 

,,         p/iilippeusis,  Watson. 

.,  siniiafa,   Reeve. 


MOLLUSCA    FROM    THREE    HUNDRED    FATHOMS HEDLEY.       215 

Venericardia  cavatica,   Hedley. 
Vertico7-dia  rhomhoidea,  Hedley. 
Valuta   undidata,  Lamarck. 
Vnlpecida  minmda,   Smith. 

„  tasmatiica,  Ten.  Woods. 

Xenoplwra  tatei,   Harris. 
Tlie  new  and  notewurtliy  sjiecies  include  the  following  : — 

COCCLLINA    TASMAXICA,    FdsbriJ,   Sp. 

Afwia-a  parva,    Angas,    var.    tasmanica,    Pilsbry,    The    Nautilus, 
viii.,  1895,  p.  128  ;  Xacella  tasmanica,  Tate  and  May,  Proc. 
Linn.  .Soc.  jST.  S.  Wales,  xxvi.,  1901,  p.  411,  pi.  xxvii.,  f.  89- 
90  ;  Coccidina  nie7-idio?ialis,  Hedley,  Mem.  Austr.  ]\Ius.,  iv 
1902,  p.  .S31,  f.  64. 

The  presence  of  an  inrolled  often  caducous  apex  directed  the 
assignment  of  this  species  to  Coccidina,  and  as  that  genus  liad  not 
been  reported  from  Australasia,  the  shell  was  by  one  of  us  described 
as  new.  Mr.  W.  L.  May  pointed  out  the  similarity  between  JS^. 
tasmanica  and  C.  meridionalis.  After  interchange  of  specimens 
we  agree  that  they  are  identical.  Mr.  H.  Suter,  who  holds  a  co- 
type  and  joined  in  the  discussion,  arrives  at  the  same  conclusion. 
The  species  has  recently  occurred  in  deep  water  off  the  New  Zea- 
land coast. 

MONILEA    OLEATA,    sp.  nov. 

(Plate  xxxvii.,  fig.  1). 

Shell  rather  large,  thin,  regularly  turbinate,  base  tlattened, 
periphery  subangled,  spire  elevated.  Whorls  seven,  gi'adually 
increasing,  regularly  rounded  except  a  narrow  flat  step  below  the 
suture.  Colour  beneatli  white,  above  pale  cinnamon  with  darker 
radial  streaks  on  the  last  whorl.  Entire  surface  glossy,  as  if  well 
oiled.  Sculpture  :  closely  scored  by  sharp  spiral  cuts,  which  are 
deepest  about  the  periphery,  fainter  midway  up  the  whorl  and 
vanish  from  the  base  and  from  the  first  four  whorls.  On  the 
penultimate  whorl  between  the  insertion  of  the  lip  and  the  suture, 
there  are  sixteen  of  these  impressed  spirals.  The  flat  interspaces  are 
obliquely  ci'ossed  by  faint  irregular  growth  lines.  Aperture  veiy 
oblique  ovate,  upper  insertion  carried  far  forward,  connected  with 
the  lower  by  a  thin  dull  film  of  callus.  Lip  quite  sharp,  within  a 
white  edge  is  followed  by  a  brown  border  anfl  that  again  bv  a 
nacreous  layer.     This  seijuence  again  appears  along  tiie  interior 


216  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTKALIAN    MUSEUM 

suture.  Umbilicus  a  broad  open  funnel,  penetrating  to  the 
initial  whorl,  margined  by  a  beaded  funicle  which  ends  in  an 
expansion  on  the  columella  base.  The  interior  of  the  umbilicus 
is  spirally  scored  like  the  periphery,  and  is  undercut  at  the 
junction  of  each  whorl.  Height  12  mm.;  major  diameter  16 
mm.  ;  minor  diameter  13  mm. 

A  single  perfect  specimen  from  two  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms, 
twenty-three  miles  east  of  Sydney. 

Emarginula  superba,  sj^-  ''^ov. 
(Plate  xxxvii.,  figs.  7  and  8). 

Shell  large,  elevated,  oval,  rather  thin,  apex  much  incurved  and 
overhanging  at  five-sixths  of  the  length.  The  sides  are  arched  so 
that  the  shell  only  touches  a  plane  surface  by  its  extremities. 
Colour,  exterior  gray,  interior  white.  Fissure  deeply  slit. 
Sculpture  :  about  sixty  sharp  elevated  radiate  riblets  whic-h  frill 
the  interior  margin  and  are  parted  by  narrow  deep  interstices  in 
which  arise  fine  secondary  riblets.  A  concentric  series  of 
numerous  dense  imbricating  scales  traverse  both  I'ibs  and  fuxTows. 
Slit  fasciole  elevated,  two  thin  erect  walls  include  fine  close 
curved  transverse  scales.  The  interior  of  the  fasciole  is  marked 
by  a  heavy  streak  of  callus.  Length  24  mm.  ;  breadth  18  mm.  ; 
height  9  mm. 

A  single  specimen  from  two  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms. 

This  is  the  largest  Australian  species,  and  only  two  or  three 
species  in  the  world  exceed  it  in  size. 

Cyclostrema  .tohnstoni,  Beddome. 

Cydostrema  johnstoni,  Beddome,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasm.,  1882 
(1883),  p.  168;  Id.,  Tate,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Austr.,  xxiii., 
1899,  p.  215,  pi.  vii.,  f.  "i  a,  h. 

Two  specimens  of  this  Tasmanian  species  from  three  hundred 
fathoms,  are  the  means  of  adding  it  to  the  fauna  of  this  State. 

TiBERiA  nitidula,  A.  Adams,  sp. 
(Plate  xxxviii.,  fig.  13). 

Syrnola  nitidula,   A.  Adams,   Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1860,  (3), 

vi.,  p.  335. 
Pyraviidella  nitidida,  Sowerby,  Conch.   Icon.,  xv.,  1865,  Pyiami- 

della,  pi.  v.,  f.  35. 


MOLLUSCA    FROM    THREE    HUNDRED    FATHOMS HEDLEY.       217 

Odosfoiiiia  (OMiscxs)  nifidnia,  Watson,   Chall.  Rep.,  ZooL,  xv., 

1886,  p.  487. 

"This  species,"  remarks  Dr.  AV.  H.  Dall,^  "is  very  widely  dis- 
tributed, both  in  area  and  depth."  Its  range  extends  from  Japan 
to  the  Mediterranean  and  West  Indies,  but  it  has  not  been 
recorded  before  fi-om  the  .Southern  Hemisphere.  In  our  collection 
it  is  represented  b}-  a  single  specimen  7  mm.  long,  taken  in  two 
hundred  and  fifty  fathoms. 


RiSSOA    FILOCINCTA,   sp.  nOV. 

(Plate  xxxvii.,  fig.  2). 

Shell  small,  opaque  and  rather  solid,  broadly  ovate,  narrowly 
perforate.  Whorls  five,  of  which  one  and  a  half  compose  the 
protoconch,  ventricose,  the  earlier  whorls  angled  above,  the  last 
rounded,  rapidly  increasing,  not  descending  at  the  aperture, 
sharply  constricted  at  the  sutures.  Sculpture  :  protoconch 
smooth,  in  adult  shell  the  radials  first  predominate,  gradually 
grow  denser  and  finer  and  ai'e  at  last  exceeded  by  the  spirals. 
The  body  whorl  carries  twelve  sharp,  erect,  wide  spaced  spirals, 
of  which  the  upper  are  latticed  by  forty-two  radial  riblets  pro- 
ceeding from  the  suture  and  fading  at  the  periphery.  Twenty 
stronger  radial  ribs,  whose  interstices  are  traversed  by  five  spirals, 
cross  the  penultimate  whorl.  The  remaining  whorl  and  a  half 
has  twenty-one  coarse,  wide  set  radials,  with  a  spiral  thread  above 
and  below.  Aperture  perpendicular  ovate,  fortified  by  a  thick 
-outstanding  varix.     Length  3  mm.;  breadth  1-7  mm. 

Several  specimens  from  both  hauls. 


BiTTIUM    FUSCOCAPITULUM,    S^).  UOV, 

(Plate  xxxviii.,  figs.  10  and  11). 

Shell  rather  large,  thin,  broad  at  the  base,  with  straight  sides, 
tapering  to  a  sharp  point,  angled  and  contracted  at  the  base. 
Colour  pale  purple,  granules  white,  protoconch  chocolate  brown. 
The  individual  drawn  has  fifteen  whorls  in  a  length  of  eleven  mm., 
but  a  larger  decapitated  example  is  thirteen  and   a  half  mm.  for 


<  Dall— Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  xviii.,  1889,  p.  334. 


218  KECOKDS    UF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM 

eleven  remaining  whorls.  Sculpture  :  the  adult  sliell  commences 
with  simple  ribs  springing  fi'om  the  surface  above  and  below  and 
projecting  at  the  periphery.  The  gradual  appearance  of  spiral 
sculpture  depresses  the  ribs  in  the  middle  and  elevates  them  above 
and  below  in  angular  tubei'cles.  Finally  the  ribs  break  up  into 
bead  rows,  the  last  whorl  having  a  smooth  central  belt  through 
which  runs  a  spiral  thread,  on  either  side  lie  first  a  large  and  then 
a  small  bead  row,  containing  about  nineteen  grains  to  a  whorl ; 
no  varix  is  present.  The  suture  is  impressed  and  sinuous.  Pro- 
tococh  sharply  differentiated  by  substance,  colour  and  sculpture, 
of  four  whorls  with  a  double  keel  and  delicate  radial  riblets, 
tei'minating  in  a  deep  bay  above  a  long  and  nai-row  lobe.  The 
concave  base  meets  the  periphery  at  a  sharp  angle  and  is  orna- 
mented by  a  few  shallow,  wide  spaced  concentric  grooves. 
Aperture  oblique,  subquadrate  ;  lip  sharp,  simple,  the  short  canal 
is  merely  a  deep  sinus.     Length  1 1  mm.  ;  breadth  3  mm. 

A  few  dead  shells. 

After  Bittium  granarimn,  the  novelty  is  one  of  the  largest 
Australian  members  of  the  genus.  The  presence  of  a  sinusigera 
protoconch  is  of  interest,  but  we  have  not  sufficient  data  to  now 
discuss  its  teleolo";ical  significance. 


Cerithiopsis  cacumixatus,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  xxxvii.,  fig.  4). 

Our  broken  specimens,  though  exhibiting  features  sufficient  to 
separate  them  from  known  species,  do  not  supply  the  material  for 
a  complete  description.  Shell  very  long,  slender  and  gradually 
tapering  to  an  inflated  two-whorled  protoconch,  each  whorl  o^er- 
hanging  its  successor  pagoda-wise.  Colour  grey.  Whorls  at 
least  nineteen.  Sculpture  :  each  whorl  carries  about  thirteen 
longitudinal  folds  which  taper  upwards  and  do  not  continue  from 
whorl  to  whorl.  Three  spiral  belts  and  intervening  shallow 
furrows  of  corresponding  width  develop  beads  on  the  radials. 
The  lowest  chain  of  beads  is  the  most  prominent,  and  those  above 
diminish  in  succession.  Beneath  the  largest  bead  row  is  a  narrow 
revolving  double  thread.  The  beads  are  more  polished  than  the 
interstices.  Towards  the  summit  the  spiral  sculpture  fades  away, 
a  sutural  furrov/  persisting  longest.  T.ie  first  two  adult  whorls 
have  only  radial  ribbing.  Length  of  imperfect  specimen  1 0  mm.  ; 
lireadth  2  mm. 


MOLLUSCA    FROM    THREE    HUNDRED    FATHOMS HEDLEY.       219 

The  slender  tapering  spire  and  triple  i"ow  of  unequal  beads 
marks  tlie  species  as  clearly  different  from  Australian  co-generic 
forms. 

Two  specimens  from  two  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms. 


Cymatium  kampyla,  Waf><ou,  sp. 

J/'assaria  kampi/la,  AVatson,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc,  Zool.,  xvi.,  1883,  p. 
594;  JV.  camjjyln,^ dtfion,  Chall.  Re}).,  Zool.,  xv.,  1886,  p. 
405,  pi.  xiv.,  f.  12  ;  Lampusia  nodocostata,  Tate  and  May, 
Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Austr.,  xxiv.,  1900,  p.  90;  Id.,  Proc. 
Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xxvi.,  1901,  p.  355,  pi.  xxiii.,  f.  2; 
Lotorium  nodocofitafnm,  Kesteven,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S. 
Wales,  xxvii.,  1902,  pp.  463,  479,  f.  1  and  4. 

A  full  series  taken  in  each  haul  by  the  "  Woy  Woy,"  and 
reference  to  a  "  Challenge  "  co-type,  enables  us  to  connect  the 
immature  shell  described  by  Tate  and  May  with  the  adult  foi-m 
discovered  by  the  "  Challenger."  All  codes  of  nomenclature 
agree  that  an  author  is  not  permitted  to  alter  a  name  once  pub- 
lished, the  first  form  of  the  specific  name  is  therefore  here 
adopted.  The  change  from  "  kampyla  "  to  "  campyla  "  proposed 
by  Dr.  Watson  would  be  particular!}'  inconvenient  for  an  index. 


CORALLIOPHILA    LISCHKEAXA,    Dunkev,   Sp. 

Rdijiuia  lischkeana,  Dunker,  Index  Moll.  Alar.  Jap.,  1882,  p.  43, 
pi.  i..  f.  1,2,  pi.  xiii.,  f.  26,  27  :  Purpura  serfata,  Hedley, 
Austr.  Mus.  Mem.,  iv.,  1903,  p.  382,  f.  95,  96;  Id.,  Prit- 
chai'd  and  GatlifF,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Vict.,  (n.s. ),  wiii., 
1906,  p.  44. 

Several  specimens,  one  alive,  of  this  Japanese  species  were 
captui'ed  at  two  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms.  This  series  connects 
the  adult  with  the  young  shell  described  as  Furjiura  sertatu. 


MUREX    LICINUS,   sp.  nov. 

(Plate  xxxvii.,  fig.  6). 

Shell  rather  small,  short,  broad,  angled  at  the  shoulder,  obliijuely 
biconical.     Canal  short,  open.      Apex  acute,  bent  away  from  the 


220  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    JlUSEUJl. 

shell's  axis.  Colour  pale  brown,  inner  lip  light  purple.  Whorls 
six  and  a  half,  rapidly  inci-easing.  Sculpture  :  numerous  varices, 
eight  to  the  last  whorl,  beset  the  shell.  They  are  low,  but  erect, 
feebly  denticulate,  descend  obliquely  from  the  shoulder  to  the 
base,  above  the  shoulder  converge  very  obliquely  to  the  suture 
across  an  excavate  unribbed  space.  On  the  upper  whorls  they 
fade  rapidly,  becoming  extinct  on  the  penultimate.  The  inter- 
variceal  spaces  are  traversed  by  stout  spiral  ribs  divided  by  broad 
deei^  grooves,  about  a  dozen  appearing  behind  the  aperture,  no 
scales  occur  on  ribs  or  in  grooves.  Outer  lip  expanded,  smooth, 
within,  denticulate  without,  edged  with  concentric  frills.  Inner 
lip  straight  below,  arched  medially,  its  margin  expanded,  free. 
Length  17  mm.  ;  breadth  13  mm. 

A  single  living  specimen  from  two  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms, 
which  may  not  be  adult. 

Plburotoma  oasearia,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  xxxvii.,  fig.  5). 

.Shell  thin,  slender,  fusiform,  spire  keeled  and  turreted,  base 
contracted.  Whorls  seven,  including  a  whorl  and  a  half  of  pro- 
toconch,  parted  by  linear  rather  oblique  impressed  sutures. 
Colour  varying  from  pearl  grey  to  pale  orange,  usually  cheese 
colour.  Sculpture  :  the  protoconch  is  glassy  with  rounded  whorls, 
the  adult  smooth  and  somewhat  glossy  though  duller  tlian  the 
protoconcli.  The  periphery  is  sharply  produced  into  a  projecting 
keel,  the  fasciole  set  with  pointed  radiating  tubercles,  of  which 
the  penultimate  whorl  bears  eighteen,  these  tubercles  continue 
upwards,  diminisliing  proportionately  to  the  protoconch,  but 
downwards  they  degenerate  on  the  last  whorl  to  imbricating 
scales.  The  unarmed  keel  slightly  rises  at  its  termination, 
bringing  the  shelf  above  it  nearer  to  the  liorizontal.  The  fasciole 
ends  in  a  deep  and  narrow  slit.  Canal  open,  produced,  bent  a 
little  to  the  right.  Under  the  lens,  delicate  growth  lines  appear 
vrhich  diverge  acutely  above  and  below  the  keel,  crossing  the  base 
they  are  fiexecl.  Aperture  narrowly  pyriform,  a  callus  spread  on 
tlie  inner  lip.     Length  13  mm.  ;  breadth  5  mm. 

Several  specimens  were  obtained. 

Bathytoma  agnata,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  xxxvii.,  fig.  3). 
Shell  fusiform,  biconical,   solid,  each  spire   whorl  prominently 


MOLLUSCA    FROM    THREE    HUNDRED    FATHOMS  —  HEDLEY.       221 

angled  at  its  centre  by  a  tuberculate  keel.  In  the  series  before 
us  the  proportion  of  length  to  breadth  varies  considerably. 
Whorls  eight,  including  a  protoeonch  of  a  whorl  and  a  half. 
Colour  pale  cream  with  an  evanescent  purple  tinge  in  the  aperture. 
Sculpture  :  the  suture  is  slightly  puckered  by  small  radiating 
folds  which  run  out  before  reaching  half  way  to  the  keel.  Along 
the  keel  are  prominent  wide  spaced  tubercles,  numbering  on  the 
penultimate  about  seventeen,  each  truncated  in  front  and  sloping 
at  the  back  to  the  base  of  its  j^i'edecessor.  Behind  the  aperture 
these  sometimes  degenerate  into  crowded  imbricate  scales. 
Below  the  keel  the  radial  sculpture  is  resumed  at  indistinct  for- 
wardly  curved  riblets.  Fine  raised  spiral  threads  extend  fi'om 
the  tip  of  the  canal  to  the  protoeonch.  In  the  hollow  supra- 
carinal  shelf  they  are  small  and  close  together  ;  below  the  keel, 
amounting  on  tlie  last  whorl  to  about  forty,  they  are  wider 
spaced,  often  alternating  in  size  and  tend  to  be  knotted  by  the 
radials.  Protoeonch  smooth  and  very  gh^ssy,  dome  shaped,  a 
whorl  and  a  half,  ending  with  a  sinus.  Aperture  narrow,  perpen- 
dicular. Outer  lip  very  deeply  insinuate  at  the  keel,  then 
sweeping  forward  in  a  full  curve.  Columella  broad,  heavily 
calloused,  excavate  above,  swollen  and  twistefl  below.  Length 
1 7  mm. ;  breadth  1 1  mm. 

Several  specimens  from  two  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms. 

The  lines  of  specific  distinction  appear  to  be  drawn  narrowly  in 
this  genus  and  to  depend  chiefly  upon  sculjiture.  The  novelty 
appears  intimately  related  to  Plenrotoma  (GenofAa)  engoiiia, 
Watson,'^  differing  by  the  sharper  keel,  more  elevated  tubercles 
and  generally  coarser  sculpture. 

It  was  evidant  from  literature  that  in  size,  shape  and  substance 
our  species  made  a  near  approach  to  certain  Tertiary  forms  named 
by  Prof.  R  Tate.  We  therefore  sought  the  opinion  of  Mr.  J.  Den- 
nant  on  their  inter-relationship,  who  very  kindly  replied,  14th 
March,  1906,  as  follows  :— 

"  The  Bathytoma  submitted  is  allied  to  B.  pritchardi^  Tate," 
from  the  Gippsland  Miocene,  and  to  B.fontinnUi<,  Tate,'  a  common 
shell  in  the  Oligocene  beds  at  Spring  Creek.      From  the  first  it  is 


^  Watson — Jouni.  Linn.  Soc,  xv.,  1881,  p.   40.5;     Id. — Cliall.   Rep.,  Zuol., 
XV.,  1886,  p.  300,  pi.  XX.,  f.  7. 

«  Tate— Journ.  Roy.  Soc.  N.  S.Wales,  xxvii.,  1893  (1894),  p.  175,  pi.  x.,  f.  4. 

"^  Tate — hoc.  cif.,  \\.  175,  \A.  x.,  f.  4. 


222  KECOUDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

distinguished  Ijy  its  sharper  keels,  plain  sutures,  and  far  finer 
ornament ;  and  from  the  second  by  its  less  ornate  keels,  as  well 
as  by  the  convexity  of  the  posterior  sutural  areas.  Of  the  two 
remaining  species  in  Victorian  Tertiary  strata,  B.  decomjMsita, 
Tate,  has  a  much  shorter  spire,  while  B.  angustifi'ons,  Tate,  is 
characterized  by  rounded  keels  and  overlapping  sutures.  The 
recent  species  is  thus  easily  separable  from  any  of  its  fossil 
cono"eners." 


Tekebra  lauretan^,   Ten.  Woods. 

(Plate  xxxvii.,  fig.  9). 

Tcrdrm  lauretmuc.  Ten.  Woods,  Proc.  Linn.  8oc.  N.  S.  Wales,  ii., 
IS 78,  p.  262.  ' 

This  unfigured  species  has  hitherto  been  known  only  from  a 
single  specimen,  the  type  now  in  the  Australian  Musem,  which 
has  ten  whorls  in  a  length  of  twenty  millimetres.  A  fine  specimen 
with  sixteen  whorls  in  a  length  of  forty-one  millimetres  was  taken 
in  three  hundred  fathoms,  and  provided  the  material  for  the 
illustration  now  presented. 

Caxcellakia  scobixa,  xJj.  1tOV. 

(Plate  xxxviii.,   fig.  12). 

Shell  small,  solid,  bicunical,  tabulate,  imperforate,  rough 
sculptured.  Colour  grey  ("?  bleached).  Whorls  five,  including 
the  protoconch,  each  with  a  broad  concave  shelf  on  the  summit, 
perpendicular  at  the  sides  and  contracted  at  the  base.  Proto- 
conch papillate,  smooth,  a  whorl  and  a  half  wound  obliquely  to 
the  axis  of  the  main  shell.  Sculpture  :  sharp  crested  wave  ribs 
traverse  the  whorls  obliquely,  between  and  parallel  to  these  are 
fine  growth  lines  ;  on  the  last  whorl  the  ribs  amount  to  fifteen. 
The  radials  are  crossed  by  sjDiral  raised  cords,  which  develop  a 
tubercle  at  the  passage  of  each  radial,  between  e^ich  cord  one  or 
more  raised  threads.  Aperture  oblique,  subtriangular.  Columella 
witii  three  plaits,  the  upper  very  oblique.  Inner  lip  overlaid  with 
a  niicroscopically  granular  callus  ;  outer  grooved  internally. 
Length  8  mm.  ;    breadth  5  mm. 

The  new  species  can  best  be  compai'ed  with  a  Port  Curtis  form 
provisionally  identified  as  C.  australis,  Sowerby,  than  which  the 


MOLLUSCA    FHOM    TUKKI':    IIU.VDRED    FATHOMS — HKDLEV.       223 

novelty  is  less  harslily  sculptured,  has  a  different  protoconch,  and 
is   smaller   in   projaortion    to   the   number  of  whorls. 

One  dead  specimen  from  three  hundred  fathoms,  another  from 
two  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms. 


Carinaria  australis,   Quoy  &  Gaimard. 

Cariuaria  au><traHs,  Quuy  and  Gaimard,  Voy.  Astrolabe,  Zool., 
ii.,  18.33,  p.  394^,  pi.  xxix.,  f.  9,  13;  Id.,  Smith,  Challenger 
Rep.,  Zool.,  xxiii.,  1888,  pt.  Ixxii.,  p.  35  ;  Id.,  Vayssiere, 
Result.  Camp.  Scient.  Prince  Monaco,  fas.,  xxvi.,  190-1,  p. 
22,  pi.  i.,  f.  11,  16  ;  Id.,  Verco,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Austr., 
xxix.,  1905,  p.  171. 

Our  single  specimen  adds  a  genus  and  a  species  to  the  fauna  of 
this  State.  After  a  lapse  of  more  than  seventy  year's,  during 
which  no  examples  were  reported,  it  was  retaken  within  a  few 
weeks  here  and  off  the  South  Australian  coast. 


Amusium  thetidis,  Redley. 

(Plate  xxxviii.,  figs.  18  and  19). 

AniusiiDu  thetidis,   Hedley,  Austr.   Mus.  Mem.,  iv.,  1902,  p.  304, 
f.  49. 

No  complete  specimen  of  this  species  has  been  taken.  Both  the 
"Woy  Woy"  hauls  produced  a  series  of  separate  right  valves,  and 
on  a  right  valve  the  species  was  founded.  In  their  company 
appeared  a  series  of  separate  Amusium  left  valves  of  corresponding 
size  and  shape,  but  of  discrepant  sculpture,  one  of  which  is  here 
figured.  In  related  forms  the  exterior  of  the  right  and  left  ^■alves 
are  differently  ornamented,  so  pending  the  proof  of  attached 
valves,  we  accept  these;  left  valves  as  the  missing  halves  of  A. 
thetidis. 

LiMKA    MURRAYI,    Smith,  sp. 

Lima  murrayi,  Smitli,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1891,   [>.    444,   pi.    xx.w., 
f.  26. 

Limpa  acdinis,  Hedley,  Rec.  Austr.,  Mus.,  vi.,  1905,  p.  46,  f.  10. 


224  l.'ECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

The  figure  of  L.  tmirrayl  indicates  radial  ribs  divergent  along 
the  median  line,  a  featui-e  not  mentioned  in  the  description. 
Partly  in  reliance  on  this,  and  partly  prejudiced  against  the 
Australian  habitat  by  the  European  species  reputed  to  have  oc- 
curred with  it,  Limea  accUnis  was  distinguished  as  new.  Having 
now  recognised  several  of  the  "Challenger"  164  B  niollusca  and 
confirmed  their  Australian  habitat,  we  would  withdraw  L. 
ardinis  as  a  piobable  synonym  of  L.  inutTnyl,  and  follow  the 
description  of  the  latter  wJierc  it  conflicts  witli  the  illustration. 


Ll.MOPSIS    EKECTUS,    Sp.    nov. 

(Plate  xxxviii.,  figs.  14  and  1-^). 

Shell  small,  solid,  nearl}'  equilateral,  less  oblique  than  usual, 
comparatively  higli  and  short.  Colour  wlut_>.  Sculpture  :  about 
twenty  concentric  reverse-imbricating  folds,  the  inner  weaker  and 
more  wide  spaced,  crossed  by  faint  radiating  riblets.  Hmall  pits 
and  interlocking  tubercles  are  set  round  the  inner  bevelled  margin 
but  ascend  only  half  way  from  the  ventral  edge.  The  teeth  are 
disposed  in  two  series,  parted  by  a  blank  space,  anteriorly  about 
seven,  nearly  perpendicular,  posteriorly  about  six,  passing  from 
oblique  to  horizontal.  Area  extremely  deep,  with  a  narrow 
median  chondrophore.     Height  4  nun.  ;  length  3-7  mm. 

The  unusual  depth  of  the  area,  and  diverse  inclination  of  the 
anterior  and  posterior  teeth,  difi'erentiate  this  from  other  Aus- 
tralian species. 

Two  separate  and  worn  valves  from  two  hundred  and  fifty 
fathoms. 


POROMYA    UNDOSA,    S}).   noV. 

(Plate  xxxviii.,  figs.  16  and  17). 

81iell  small,  oblong,  moderately  inflated,  anterior  end  rounded 
ventral  margin  produced,  posterior  end  rather  square,  dorsal 
margin  rather  straight.  A  low  oblique  wave  ridge,  preceded  by 
a  shallow  hollow,  runs  from  the  umbo  to  the  posterior  \entral 
angle,  where  it  projects.  Umbo  prominent,  inflated,  the  space  in 
front  of  it  deeply  excavate.  Abrasions  exhibit  a  smooth  nacreous 
white  shell  beneath  the  tliin  pale  yellow  epidermis.  The  latter 
carries  dense  minute  warts,  increasing  in  size  towards  the  margin. 


MOLLUSCA    FROM    THREP:    HUNDRED    FATHOMS — -HEDLEY.       225 

and  disposed  in  radiate  and  concentric  lines.  Interior  brilliantly 
pearly,  the  muscle  scars  indistinguishable  in  our  specimen.  The 
inner  ventral  margin  faintly  minutely  crenulated.  Length  5-5  ; 
height  4-8  mm. 

This  appears  to  most  resemble  P.  cymata,  Dall,''  from  the  west 
tropical  Atlantic,  than  which  it  seems  to  be  shorter,  with  a  more 
feeble  and  oblique  fold. 

Two  odd  valves  from  two  hundred  and  fifty  fathoms,  and 
fragments  of  larger  specimens  from  three  hundred  fathoms. 


Dall-  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xii.,  1889,  p.  289,  pi.  viii.,  f.  4. 


STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    SHARKS,    No.    3. 

By  Edgar  R,  Waite,  F.L.S.,  Zoologist. 

(Plates  xxxix.-xli.). 

Carch ARIAS  BRACHYURUS,  Gilnther. 

(Plate  xxxix.). 

Carcharias    hrachynrvs,    Giintlier,    Cat.    Fish.    Brit.    Mus.,    viii., 
1870,  p.   369. 

Carcharias  tnacrurus,  Ramsay  and  Ogilby,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S. 
Wales,  (2),  ii.,  1887,  p.  163. 

Dr.  Giinther's  description  was  based  upon  a  stuffed  example, 
and  under  the  circumstances,  such  plastic  characters  as  the  shape 
of  the  mouth  and  the  snout  can  scarcely  be  regarded  as  affording 
reliable  specific  characters.  Messrs.  Ramsay  and  Ogilby,  however, 
draw  attention  to  these  features  as  providing  recognisable  points 
whereby  to  distinguish  a  species  described  as  new. 

The  omission  of  C.  macrurus  from  my  "  Synopsis  of  the  Fishes 
of  N.S.  Wales  "^  would  indicate  that  I  regarded  this  name  as  a 
synonym,  an  opinion  strengthened  by  the  examination  of  a  speci- 
men recently  received  in  the  flesh.  This  was  forwarded  from 
Lake  Macquarie  by  Mr.  James  R.  Rumsey,  and  is  a  female,  840 
mm.  in  length.  It  is  illustrated  on  the  accompanying  plate, 
which  provides  an  accurate  representation.  Messrs.  Ramsay  and 
Ogilby  describe  the  eyes  as  being  rather  nearer  to  the  end  of  the 
snout  than  to  the  anterior  gill  opening  ;  the  former  measurement 
was  evidently  taken  round  the  curve  of  the  snout,  and  yields  a 
much  longer  line  than  can  be  shovvn  in  a  profile  drawing.  The 
phrase  "  the  space  between  the  dorsal  fins  being  rather  more  than 
one-third  of  the  distance  between  the  end  of  the  second  and  the 
base  of  the  caudal"  is  incorrect,  and  should  read  "the  space 
between  the  dorsal  fins  is  three  times  that  between  the  second 
dorsal  and  the  base  of  the  caudal."  The  position  of  the  anal  'is 
not  mentioned   in   the  desci'iption  of   C.   macrurus :    I  find  its 

1  Waite—Mem.  N.  S.  Wales  Nat.  Club.,  No.  2,  1904,  p.  7. 


STUDIKS    IN    AUSTRALIAN    SHARKS  —  WAITE.  227 

origin  to  be  beneath  the  middle  of  the  second  dorsal  while   Dr. 
Oiinther  describes  it  as  being  ojDposite  to  that  fin. 

This  shark  is  locally  known  as  the  "Whaler,"  and  the  following 
account  is  by  the  late  Mr.  Edward  8.  Hill,-^  written  over  thirty 
years  ago,  when  the  species  seems  to  have  been  commoner  tliaii 
now. 

'•This  shark  attains  only  in  its  adult  state  to  the  length  of 
five  or  six  feet  ;  the  mouth  is  of  a  crescent  shape,  armed  under- 
neath and  around  with  three  or  four  rows  of  sharp  teeth,  and  the 
point  of  the  nose  is  almost  of  a  transparent  substance  ;  it  is  gre- 
garious, and  may  be  caught  on  a  moonliglit  night,  in  the  early 
part  of  the  year,  by  the  score,  provided  you  have  good  tackle. 

A  boat  was  in  search  of  the  mullet  one  fine  night,  just  north  of 
the  .Sydney  Heads,  with  a  long  and  strong  net,  when  the  crew  of 
fishermen  saw  what  to  them  appeared  a  fine  school,  and  shot 
round  it  ;  Ijut,  to  their  astonishment  it  was  whalers,  and  tliey 
succeeded  in  hauling  over  one  hundred  and  fifty  of  these  sharks, 
averaging  about  five  feet  long. 

In  strong  tide  rips  like  that  of  Port  Stephens,  at  the  Spit  in 
Middle  Harbour,  or  on  the  shallows  near  the  Sow  and  Pigs  and 
off  Heeny's  Head  in  Botany,  they  are  troublesome,  and  will  bite 
off  as  many  hooks  as  3'ou  please  ;  they  afford  good  sport  when  you 
ai'e  inclined  that  way  and  have  good  lines  and  hooks. 

At  Middle  Harljour  we  were  ^■ery  successful  wlien  we  went  on 
purpose  to  fish  for  these  sharks  ;  then  we  had  hooks  protected 
with  wire,  and  of  a  good  size.  The  female  when  caught  was  fre- 
quently opened,  to  examine  the  ovaries  and  count  the  young- 
sharks  attached  to  the  outside  of  each  egg  by  the  umbilical  cord. 
Tliese  were  three  or  four  inches  long,  and  the  moment  they  were 
liberated  would  swim  about  and  become  a  prey  to  the  others. 

The  whaler  at  this  season,  and  in  such  position,  will  take  a  Ijait 
of  any  kind  pretty  well,  even  in  day-time,  and  pull  tolerably 
strong,  and  depend  on  the  sharp  teeth  to  cut  the  line  whenever 
they  please.  It  is  curious  and  interesting  to  see  their  manteuvres, 
endeavouring  to  get  free  when  they  are  secured  with  good  tackle. 
First  they  will  run  ;  then  they  will  get  their  shoulder  towards 
the  line,  so  that  they  might  cut  it  across  with  the  corner  of  their 
mouth  ;  this  failing  they  will  then  have  recourse  to  rolling,  to  try 
their  main  strength.  However,  as  you  continue  to  haul  them  in, 
they  will  unroll,  and  try  every  dodge  to  get  loose,  till  a  blow  with 


2  mn—Si/diiej/  Moil,  187-i. 


228 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


a  club  on  the  point  of  the  nose  quietens  them.  It  is  astonishing 
how  easily  they  are  stunned  by  a  blow  on  that  part ;  on  any 
other  place  the  same  would  have  no  eftect." 


Egg-cases  of  the  Cat  Sharks. 

The  two  types  of  egg-cases  illustrated  on  Pis.  xl.  and  xli.  are 
not  uncommon  on  the  coasts  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Port  Jackson^ 
but  so  far  I  have  not  succeeded  in  determining  to  what  species  of 
Shark  they  resjDectively  belong.  The  majority  of  the  cases  which 
I  have  examined  have  been  cast-up  on  the  beaches,  empty.  The 
few  I  have  seen  alive  have  had  the  embryos  insufficiently  de- 
veloped to  make  determination  a  certainty.  They  doubtless 
belong  to  the    Scyliorhinidpe,   of  which   we   have  two  members, 

assigned  to  the  genera  Catulus  and  Paras- 

cyllium  I'espectively. 


Catulus  analis,   Ogilby,  sp. 
(Plate  xl.,  and  Fig.  .38). 

Scyllhmi    anale,    Ogilby,    Proc.    Lima.    Soc. 

N.  S.  Wales,  X.,  1885,  pp  .445,  464. 
Scylliorhinus  analis,  Ogilby,  loc.  cit.,  (2),  iv., 

1889,  p.  180. 
Catulus  analis,  Waite,  Mem.   Austr.  Mus., 

iv.,  1899,  p.  31,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  1. 

This,  the  smaller  of  the  Cat  Sharks,  attains 
a  length  of  570  mm.,  and  to  it  I  tentatively 
assign  the  egg-case  illustrated  on  PI.  xl. 
The  body  of  the  case  is  comparatively  long 
and  narrow,  maximum  examples  measuring 
73  mm.  in  length  and  25  mm.  in  width.  The 
exact  size  and  sliape  of  a  large  specimen  is 
depicted  at  fig.  38,  and  a  contained  embryo 
measuring  32  mm.  in  length,  was  developed 
only  sufficiently  to  enable  it  to  be  identified 
as  a  member  of  the  family.  The  plate  shows 
an  egg-case  in  situ,  attached  by  its  tendrils 
to  a  sea-weed  (Phyllospora  coniosa).  In 
colour,  the  egg-(;ase  of  the  Spotted  Cat  Shark 
is  usually  dark  brown,  though  some  speci- 
mens are  much  lighter  in  tint. 


Fig.  38. 
Catulus  analis,  Ogilbj'. 


STUDIES    IX    AUSTRALIAN    SHARKS — WAITE.  229 

Parascyllium  coll  are,  Ramsay  c5  0(jUh;/. 

(Plate  xli.). 

Parascyllium  collare,  Ramsay  and  Ogilby,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S. 
Wales,  (2),  iii.,  1888,  p.  1310;  'Waite,  Mem.  Austr.  Mus., 
iv.,  pi.  ii.,  fig.  2. 

The  Collared  Cat  Shark  reaches  larger  dimensions  than  the 
fore  named  species,  attaining  the  length  of  825  mm.  The  egg- 
case,  which  I  believe  to  be  of  this  species,  is  of  considerable 
capacity,  measuring  73  mm.  in  length  and  38  mm.  in  breadth,  and 
is  light  horn-colour  in  tint.  The  illustration  shows  its  shape  very 
well,  and  rejaresents  an  example  trawled  on  the  "  Thetis  "  Expedi- 
tion in  1898,  and  obtained  at  a  depth  of  63-75  fathoms  off  Port 
Kembla.  Another  living  egg  was  trawled  off  Botany  Bay  in  79- 
80  fathoms.  The  former  specimen  is  attached  to  a  Gorgonia 
(Plu^nareJla  peniia,  Lamarck),  and  contained  an  embryo  measuring 
43  mm.  in  length. 

I  take  this  opportunity  of  correcting  an  error  in  the  explanation 
of  the  plate,  published  in  the  Memoirs  of  this  Museum  and  quoted 
above.  "  Fig.  2.  Male,  three-fourths  natural  size,"  should  read 
"less  than  one-fourth  natural  size." 


ON    A   VARIETY   of    GOURA    COROSATA. 

By  Alfred  J.  North,  C.M.Z.S.,  Ornithologist. 

While  tlie  Curator  was  engaged  in  re-arranging  the  foreign 
bird  collection,  he  brought  under  my  notice  a  mounted  specimen 
of  (ruHi-a  coronata  which  was  entirely  different  from  another 
typical  example  of  this  species  in  a  different  part  of  the  case. 
The  specimen  under  consideration  is  in  markings  and  size  similar 
to  the  well-known  form  of  Crowned  Pigeon,  but  almost  the  entire 
plumage,  except  the  white  wing-speculum  and  apical  tail-band, 
had  a  distinct  blackish  wash,  only  a  few  small  places  about  the 
head,  breast,  wings  and  tail  revealing  here  and  there  the  bluish 
slaty-grey  plumage,  the  chestnut  tips  of  the  upper  wing-coverts 
and  band  across  the  back,  also  being  much  darker.  The  locality 
of  the  sjiecimen  is  unknown,  and  after  a  careful  compaiison  I 
concluded  it  was  a  melanistic  variety  of  Goura  coronata.  Subse- 
quent research  by  the  Assistant  Taxidermist  revealed  another 
skin  in  the  foreign  collection.  This  specimen  was  received  in 
1897  as  a  donation  from  the  Director  of  the  Botanic  Gardens, 
iSydne}^  the  habitat  recorded  in  the  register  as  Java,  being  undoub- 
tedly erroneous.  With  the  exceptions  pointed  out  in  the  mounted 
example,  the  remainder  of  the  plumage  may  be  described  as  deep 
sooty  bluish-black  including  the  head  and  crest  plumes.  The  only 
indications  of  the  normal  bluish  slaty-grey  plumage  of  Goura 
coronata,  may  be  seen  in  some  places  on  the  quills  and  tail 
feathers.  It  measures — Total  length  24-5  inches,  wing  12-75,  tail 
9-2,  exposed  portion  of  bill  1-3,  tarsus  3-.5,  and  is  distinctly 
smaller  than  typical  examples  of  Goura  coronata.  Whether  the 
dark  plumage  is  due  to  climatic  influence,  confinement,  or  typical 
of  a  distijict  species,  I  am  unable  to  say,  but  I  purpose  to  distin- 
guish the  latter  specimen  under  the  name  of  Goura  coroyuata,  var. 
niyra. 


OCCASIOJNAL  NOTES. 


IY._CRU8TACEA   xkw   to    AUSTRALIA. 

Anyone  studying  the  Australian  marine  fauna  must  be  struck 
with  the  large  number  of  species,  originally  described  from  Japan, 
which  have  been  traced  south  thi'ough  the  East  Indian  Archi- 
pelago and  eventually  recognised  from  Northern  and  Eastern 
Australia. 

Examples  of  two  such  species,  hitherto  unrecorded  from  the 
latter-  region,  have  been  acquired  by  the  Trustees.  The  first  is  a 
beautiful  specimen  of  Lamhrus  validus,  de  Haan,  the  carapace  of 
which  is  40  mm.  in  length,  and  was  presented  by  Mr.  Thomas 
Temperley,  who  collected  it  at  Dalmer  Island,  in  the  estuary  of 
the  Clarence  River,  N.  S.  Wales.  From  Japan,  the  original 
habitat,  the  lange  of  this  species  was  extended  by  Bleeker^  to 
.Sumatra. 

Again,  a  fine  beach-dried  example  of  Scyllm-iis  sieholdi,  de 
Haan,  measuring  410  mm.,  was  obtained  from  Lord  Howe 
Island.  It  has  been  observed,  according  to  Dr.  A.  Ortmama,-  in 
Japan,  the  Aru  Islands  and  Amboina,  so  the  present  record  ex- 
tends its  distribution  southward  by  about  one  thousand  and  five 
hundred  miles. 

Allan  R.  McCulloch. 


1  Eleeker    -Act.  Soc.  Iiido-Xeerl.  Batavia,  ii.,  ]<S57,  p.  17. 
'■^  Ortmann — Zool.  Jahrb.,  vii.,  1S95,  p.  4  5. 


iu^* 


)X^^^\ 


RECORDS 


OF    THE 


AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM, 


EDITED  BY  THE  CURATOR. 


Vol.  VI.,   No.  4. 


PRINTED     BY      ORDER     OF     THE     TRUSTEES. 
R.    ETHERIDGE,   Junr.,   J.P., 

SYDNEY,   JANUARY    23,   1907. 


The  8wi{t  FrintinsT  Oo.,  Ltd..  5  Jamieson  Lane,  Sydnev. 


CONTENTS. 

PA»E, 
Aboriginal  Workshops  on  the  Coast  of  JVew  South  Wales,  and  their 

Contents.     By  R.  Ethericlge,  Junr.,  and  Thomas  Whitelegge       ...       233 

On  the  OJigochseta  from  the  Bhie  Lake,  Mount  Kosciusko.     By  W.  B. 

Benham,  D.Sc.  M.A „         '.  ...       251 

Mineralogical  Notes  :  No.  IV. — Orthoclase  in  New  Soutli  Wales.     By 

C.  Anderson,  M. A.,  B.Sc .'.       265 

The  Results  of  Deep  Sea  Inrestigation  in  the  Tasman  Sea.     I.  The  Ex- 
pedition of  H.M.C.S.  "  Miner." 

1.  Introductory  Note  on  tJie  First  Deej^-Sea  Cruise.  By  W.  A. 

Haswell  and  C.  Hedley      '.  ...        271 

2.  The  Colonial  Radiolaria    ot  the  Tasman  Sea      By  Prof. 

W.  A.  Haswell,  M.A.,  D.Sc .'         ...       273 

3.  Mollusca  from  Eighty   Fathoms   off   Narrabeen.     By  C. 

Hedley,         ...         .' '    ...       283 

4.  Foraminiferal   Sand  Dredged  Twenty-two  Miles   east   of 

Sydney  at  a  Depth  of  Eighty  Fathoms.     By  E.  J.  God- 

dard,  B.A.,  B.Sc ' 305 

Note  upon  Mus  fompsoni,  Ramsay.     By  Allan  R.  McCulloch...  ...       312 

Two  New  Species  of  CoUemboIa.     By  W.  J.  Rainbow  ...  ...  ...       313 

Occasional  Notes — 

V. — The  (xeneric  Name  Crejndogasier.     By  E.  R.  Wait«  ...       315 

VI. — Note  on  an  Unusvial  Set  of   Stoneplover's  Eggs.     By  A.  J. 

North '        ...       315 


ABORIGINAL   WORKSHOPS    ox    the    COAST    of    NEW 
SOUTH  WALES,  and  their  CONTENTS. 

By  R.  ETiiERiDrjE,  Juur.,  Cui-atdr,  iuid  Thomas  WniTELEorjE, 


Records  of  the  Amtralian  J/meum,  vol.  xi,  pt.  3. 

ERRATA. 


P.  204,  for  fig.  1  i-ead  fig.  2  (B.  mrdiualis) 

P.  205, 

"  "  jj 

Explanation  of  Plate  xxxvi. 

Fig.  2  read  Diplocrepis  cardlnalis. 

Fig.  4  read  CrejAdogaster  (Asj)asmo<jasU^r)  .spatula. 

Transpose  figs.  6  and  7. 


of  small  weapons  and  implements  of  various  kinds  on  tJie  South 
Australian  sea-hoard,  but  there  is  no  indication  as  to  whether 
these  stone  implements  were  found  scattered  over  the  surface 
generally  or  derived  from    "  workshops."     The  instruments  are 


1  Etheridge— Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  iv.,  4,  i;»(K),  pp.  148  and  165. 
'^  Howcliin- -Proc-.  Austr.  Assoc.  Adv    Sci.,  v.,  1S93,  p.  522. 


ABORIGINAL    W0RKSH0P8    ox    the   C0A8T    of    NEW 
SOUTH  WALE8,  and  their  CONTENTS. 

By  R.  ETHERiDrjE,  Junr.,  Curator,  and  Thomas  AX'niTELEruiE, 

Senior  Zoologist. 

(Plates  xlii.-xlv.,  and  figs.  394.3). 

T. — Introduction. 

A  preliminary  account  of  this  subject  appeared  in  the  Curator's 
Report  for  1900.'  The  report  reads  as  follows: — "A  very 
remarkable  discovery  was  made  by  Mr.  T.  Whitelegge  in  the 
earh'  part  of  the  year,  along  the  local  sea-board.  A  series  of 
heavy  gales  displaced  the  sand  hummocks  at  Bondi  and  Maioubra 
Bays,  iJee  Why  Lagoon,  etc.,  exposing  what  appeared  to  be  an  old 
land  surface.  On  the  latter  Mr.  Whitelegge  found  revealed, 
what  we  had  never  before  imagined  to  exist,  a  series  of  aboriginal 
'  workshops  '  where  for  generations  the  blacks  of  the  Port  Jack- 
son District  must  have  manufactured  chips,  splinters  and  points 
foi'  insertion  along  the  distal  margins  of  their  spears  and  for 
other  purposes.  The  old  land  surface  at  Bondi,  as  I  saw  it,  in 
company  with  the  discoverer,  was  covered  with  thousands  of  these 
chips,  some  of  them  exquisitely  made,  with  core  pieces,  chippers 
and  rubbers.  The  lithological  character  of  the  material  used  was 
very  varied,  from  pure  white  crystalline  (juartz,  (jpacpie  amorphous 
quartz,  eveiy  variety  of  chert  and  quartzite,  to  rocks  of  a  meta- 
morphic  character.  It  is  quite  clear  that  the  siliceous  material 
was  derived  in  a  great  measure  from  the  surrounding  Hawkesbury 
Sandstone,  but  the  others  were  probably  obtained  from  distant 
sources.  I  regard  this  as  one  of  tlie  most  important  ethnological 
discoveries  made  in  New  South  Wales  for  many  years." 

Mr.  Walter  Howchin-  appears  to  have  discovered  a  large  number 
of  small  weapons  and  implements  of  various  kinds  on  the  South 
Australian  sea-board,  but  there  is  no  indication  as  to  whether 
these  stone  implements  were  found  scattered  over  the  surface 
generally  or  deiived   from   "  workshops."     The  instruments  are 


1  Etheridge--Rec.  Aiistr.  Miis.,  ir.,  4,  ]90U,  pp.  148  and  165. 
''  Howc-liin — Prof.  Aiistr.  A.^soc.  Adv.  Sci.,  v.,  1893,  p.  522. 


234  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTWALIAN    MUSEUM. 

enumerated  as  follows  : — (1)  8tone  points  ;  (2)  Flakes  (knives),  in 
seven  vai-ieties  of  single-edged,  ridged,  flat  and  polygonal,  lanceo- 
late, broad,  serrated  and  trimmed  ;  (3)  Spearlieads  of  a  type 
which  seems  to  be  restricted  to  a  narrow  coastal  belt ;  (4)  Chisels  ; 
(5)  Gouges  ;  (6)  Awls  ;  (7)  Scrajaers,  divided  into  eleven  distinct 
varieties;  (8)  Hammers;  (9)  Anvils;  (10)  Fabricators;  (11) 
Cores. 

Mr.  Brough  8mytli-  ga\e  tlie  following  account  as  to  the 
use  of  stone  implements  : — "The  Western  Australians  use  small 
splinters  of  quartz  for  making  the  long  deep  cuts  which  may  be 
seen  on  almost  every  native — both  men  and  women — across  the 
breast  and  arms,  with  a  similar  fragment  stuck  to  the  end  of  a 
stick  they  dress  and  cut  their  kangaroo  skins  in  preparing  them 
for  use  as  cloaks.  They  also  stick  thin  splinters  of  quartz,  broken 
by  their  teeth,  to  the  side  of  a  slutrt  stick  to  serve  as  a  saw." 


II. — Desckiption  of  Localities. 

During  the  early  part  of  the  year  1899,  in  wandering  over  the 
northern  end  of  the  sandhills  at  Maroubra,  the  attention  of  one  of 
us  (T.W.)  was  attracted  by  sundry  Hint  chips.  Having  found 
many  flints  of  various  kinds  on  the  Lancashire  and  Yorkshire 
moorlands,  these  flakes  were  at  once  recognised  as  haA'ing  been 
made  by  man.  On  i-eaching  the  sunmiit  of  the  sandhill,  a  strange 
feature  presented  itself,  instead  of  the  usual  bare  waste  of  sand, 
the  whole  surface  was  studded  with  butts  of  Banksia  trees  two  or 
three  feet  high,  and  one  or  two  feet  in  diameter.  The  inter- 
vening spaces  were  covered  with  a  scrubby  growth,  c(.)nsisting  of 
the  stems  and  roots  of  various  plants,  many  of  which  wei'e 
standing  Pandanus-like,  having  the  roots  covered  with  lime  from 
a  (juarter  to  half-an-inch  thick.  Whilst  the  interiors  of  the  lime 
tubes  were  lined  with  a  thin  cylinder  of  bark,  in  other  parts  the 
bark  cylinders  were  standing  alone  without  the  calcareous 
envelope.  The  whole  area  appeared  like  a  miniature  skeleton 
f Oldest,  of  black  and  white  stems  and  roots. 

The  ground  between  was  strewn  with  thousands  of  st(jnes  that 
had  been  used  by  the  Aborigines  for  some  purpose  or  other,  and 
had  all  been  taken  to  the  top  of  the  sandhills,  many  of  tlie  stones 
being  fjuite  foreign  to  the  district.  Here  would  be  found  a  patch 
of  black  flint  chips  about  a  yard  in  diameter,  there  another  of 
I'ed  or  yellow  jasper,  just  as  if  the  native  artist  in  stone-working 


Brougli  Smjtli — Aborigines  of  Victoria,  ii.,  1878.  app.,  p.  520. 


AHOUKilXAL    AYORKSHOPS ETHEHIDCiK    AND    WHITKLEGiiE.      235 

had  only  left  tlie  ground  a  few  minutes  before.  In  fact  this  was 
an  abf)riginal  "  workshop  "  from  which  the  workers  may  have 
disappeared  liunfh-eds  of  years  ago. 

After  a  thorough  survey  of  the  ground  all  the  smaller  instru- 
ments available  were  carefully  collected,  the  larger  heavy  instru- 
ments being  gatliered  aiul  duly  interred  to  be  attended  toon  some 
future  occasion.  The  weapons  collected  were  very  valuable, 
inclucHng  tomahawks,  grindstones,  a  nose  ornament,  knives, 
scrapers,  gravers,  drills,  and  spear  points  such  as  were  used  for 
fighting  or  "death"  spears,  and  lastly  a  very  peculiar  lancet-like 
surgical  knife  or  scarificator.  The  latter  is  one  of  the  most 
interesting  of  tlie  finds  inasnuich  as  instruments  of  the  same 
shape  liave  been  found  in  America,  India,  England,  and  Ireland, 
and  in  tlie  latter  country  they  were  met  with  on  the  tops  of  the 
sandhills  just  as  we  saw  them  at  Maroubra  and  Bondi. 

The  "•  workshops  "  at  Bondi  were  far  more  extensive  than  those 
at  Maroubra,  the  whole  length  of  the  back  of  the  beach  was  more 
or  less  covered  with  tons  of  stones,  all  of  which  had  been  taken 
there  and  put  to  some  use.  In  the  centre  of  the  beach  there  was 
a  kind  of  delta  upon  wliicli  the  coarser  materials  were  deposited, 
the  sand  having  been  washed  ciway  on  this  area  ;  thousands  of 
implements,  whicla  had  evidently  been  used,  were  found,  and  chips 
or  flakes  were  few  and  far  between.  For  many  months  the 
original  ground  at  Maroubra,  and  also  the  more  extended  area  at 
Bondi,  yielded  an  al)undance  of  implements  and  at  each  visit  we 
invariably  returned  with  as  much  as  we  could  carry.  Unfor- 
tunately tilt;  new  road  across  Bondi  has  now  covered  most  of  the 
sites  that  afforded  the  best  ground  for  collecting.  Still  there  are  a 
few  patches  left  at  Bondi,  which  after  certain  gales  would  be  well 
worth  visiting  ;  the  same  remarks  apply  equally  well  to  Maroubra 
and  other  places. 

The  workshops  exposed  at  Rocklily,  Dee  Why,  and  other 
places  north  of  Manly,  are  very  small  and  patchy,  the  northern 
end  of  Curl  Curl  Beach  is  generally  good  ground  to  collect  on 
after  a  strong  north-east  wind,  but  otherwise  there  is  scarcely 
anything  but  sand.  During  our  researches  one  of  us  (T.W.) 
visited  Newcastle,  but  with  little  result  ;  the  most  likely  place  on 
this  extensive  beach  would  be  the  end  of  (Stockton  Beach  towards 
Port  Stephens. 

A  few  stone  implements  were  found  at  Botany  Bay  and  at 
Kurnell,  but  there  does  not  appear  to  be  any  extensive  accumu- 
lations at  these  i)laces.      The  northern  end   of  Cronulla  Beach  is 


236 


UECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


extreniel}-  licli  in  stone  weapons,  chips  and  Hakes.  It  is  covered 
wich  many  mounds  of  oyster  and  other  shells,  some  of  which  are 
nearly  a  hundred  feet  or  so  in  height.  The  whole  surface  in 
addition  to  the  shells  is  sprinklerl  with  chips,  flakes  and  weapons, 
and  many  of  the  best  found  were  obtained  on  or  near  the  base  of 
these  oyster  mounds.  Some  distance  to  the  south  of  the  latter 
there  exists  a  series  of  extensive  flats  and  hummocks  more  or  less 
co\ered  with  pumice  stone.  On  this  ground  a  large  number  of 
implements  were  found,  all  of  which  had  evidently  been  used,  but 
there  was  an  absence  of  chips  or  flakes,  such  as  are  usually  present 
on  the  "  workshop  "  grounds. 

A  few  worked  implements  accompanied  by  chips  and  flakes 
have  been  met  with  on  several  wind-swept  sandy  patches  on  the 
Waterloo  8wamps  between  Kensington  and  Bourke  Street, 
Red  fern. 

During  a  short  stay  at  Mr.  Mark  Toy's  Valley  Farm,  Kanimbla 
Valley,  Medio w  Bath,  Blue  Mountains,  one  of  us  (T.W.)  found 
the  soil  on  the  escarpment  slopes,  as  well  as  on  the  flats  and  the 
banks  of  the  creeks,  more  or  less  charged  with  chips,  flakes,  and 
many  worked  implements,  among  which  were  numerous  examples 
made  of  white  quartz,  the  latter  exhibiting  verj-  distinct  chipping, 
in  a  manner  more  perfect  than  in  any  instruments  of  quartz 
previously  found. 

During  our  researches  traces  of  minor  "  workshops "'  which 
yielded  various  weapons,  chips,  flakes,  and  other  objects  of  interest 
w^ere  found  at  Gerringong,  Redhead,  Ulladulla  and  Milton  on  the 
South  Coast.  There  is  also  evidence  of  a  large  "  workshop  ''  on 
the  southern  end  of  Wollongong  Beach,  a  little  distance  from  the 
racecourse  stand.  The  most  extensive  ''  workshop  "  met  with, 
however,  is  situated  at  Bellambi  Beach  (PL  xlv.).  Tliis  area  is 
many  acres  in  extent,  and  is  more  or  less  densely  strewn  with 
stones  of  all  descriptions,  at  least  such  as  are  usually  found  on 
sliell  heaps,  camping  grounds  or  workshops.  Of  the  larger  stones 
observed,  many  consisted  of  irregular  pieces  of  sandstone  (fire 
stones  ?),  fragments  of  siliceous  fossil  ti-ee  stems,  oval  or  rounded 
flattish  boulders,  probably  used  as  grindstones  for  pounding  seeds, 
others  of  the  same  shape  but  smaller,  or  such  as  were  suitable  for 
the  manufacture  of  tomahawks.  The  latter  were  verj^  numerous, 
and  also  other  thicker  stones  frequently  with  central  pits  as  if 
the}^  had  been  used  as  anvils  for  cracking  large  seeds  or  fruit- 
stones    on. 

The  smaller  stones  fit  for  use  were  pi'esent  in  vast  numbers,  and 
eonsistefl  for  the  most  part  of  waterworn  pebbles,  more  or  less  egg- 


ai50kh;i\al  workshops — kthkkiu(;e  and  \vnnKLE(;(;K.    l'o( 

shaped.  They  are  verv  varial)le  in  size  and  also  in  composition  ; 
a  large  number  of  them  had  ah-eady  been  tested  as  to  suitability 
for  cores  or  from  which  instruments  had  l^een  manufactured. 
The  rest  of  the  ground  was  covered  witli  innumerable  chips,  Hakes, 
cores,  together  with  a  fair  sprinkling  of  carefully-worked  weapons, 
as  well  as  others  upon  which  much  labour  had  evidenth'  been  ex- 
pended, and  yet  through  a  Haw  in  the  stone,  or  want  of  care  or 
skill  on  the  part  of  the  opei-ator,  proved  to  be  "  wasters.'" 

There  is  ample  evidence  that  many  of  the  sand  dunes  were  at 
one  time  much  higher  than  they  are  now,  and  also  that  in  some 
parts  thev  had  been  covered  with  vegetation  interspersed  with 
native  camping  groinids,  upon  which  ^-ast  quantities  of  shells  were 
deposited  ;  in  course  of  time  the  vegetation  w^as  covered  by  sand 
drifts,  other  shell  heaps  formed  at  the  summit,  and  the  whole 
again  buried.  The  period  of  time  required  for  these  various 
changes  must  have  been  very  great,  and  it  has  I'equired  a  still 
greater  lapse  of  time  to  produce  the  present  condition.  The 
shells,  probably  owing  to  the  rainfall,  have  in  many  instances 
been  dissolved  and  the  constituent  lime  deposited  around  the 
roots  and  stems  of  the  plants  which  lived  on  the  surface.  Many 
instances  proving  the  correctness  of  the  \'iews  as  above  related  may 
be  seen  on  the  coast  at  Maroubra  and  Bondi,  but  more  especially 
at  Cronulla  and  Bellambi.  In  other  spots  the  beds  of  sliells  are 
still  visible,  but  in  various  stages  of  decay,  either  having  been 
accumulated  more  recently  or  protected  by  thick  layers  of  black 
soil  and  covered  wuth  vegetation.  Tlie  edges  of  some  of  the 
sand  cliffs  at  Cronulla,  ]Maroubra  and  Bellambi  afford  many  sec- 
tions illustrative  of  the  above  remarks.  These  cliffs  are  gradually 
being  denuded  by  the  action  of  the  wind,  and  constant  falls  are 
taking  place,  leaving  the  shells  and  stones  either  at  the  foot  of  a 
cliif  or  around  the  base  of  some  large  mound  on  which  vegetation, 
soil  and  other  shells  and  stones  are  still  in  situ.  The  sand  and 
soil  are  then  rapidly  blown  away,  leaving  the  shells  and  stones 
scattered  about  the  surface  ;  a  gale  from  one  (juarler  will  cover 
the  area,  and  windy  squalls  from  another  will  lay  it  bare. 


TIT. — Deschiptiox  of  thk   Implements  a\u  Weapons. 

The  \arious  stone  implements  obtained  from  the  ''  workshops, 
camping  grounds,  kitchen-middens,  and  alluvial  deposits  will  now 
be    described  in  the   order   of  importance  as   exhibiting  flaking, 
chipping,  or  skill  in  manipulation.      Opinions  as  to  the  uses  of  the 
implements,  with  a  few  exceptions,  must  be  taken  as  speculati^'e. 


238  RECORDS    OF    TflE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSIUM. 

In  soaie  instances  the  use  to  wliieli  any  .^iven  manufactiu-ed  stone 
implement  was  put  is  known  from  the  fact  tliat  observers  both  in 
Austraba,  America,  and  elsewhere  have  seen  the  natives  using  the 
instruments  for  various  purposes  of  daily  life.  Other  stone  im- 
plements whicli  no  doubt  were  largely  used  by  the  Aborigines 
ai-e  difficult  to  define,  and  we  can  only  surmise  as  to  what  use 
they  were  put.  Recent  weapons  and  implements,  such  as  are 
now  made  in  Northern  and  Western  Australia,  afford  a  clue  to 
the  uses  of  these  carefully-prepared  stone  tools  or  weapons,  and 
also  illustrate  how  the  smallest  fragments  of  flint  or  quartz  were 
fully  utilized  in  the  manufacture  of  fighting  or  "  death  "  spear 
barbs,  saws,  surgical  lancets,  gouges,  etc. 


No  I. — Plate  xlil.  Group  2. 

The  most  imi:)ortant  instrument  from  an  Ethnological  point  of 
view  is  what  we  would  prefer  to  call  chipped-back  surgical  knives 
(fig.  39).  Various  authorities  have  figured  and  described  them, 
but  so  far  as  we  can  gather  they  have  never 
been  found  in  such  quantities  as  obtained  on 
the  coast  of  New  South  Wales.  The  most 
remai-kable  feature  in  connection  with  these 
instrvmients  is  their  more  or  less  uniform 
shape,  irrespective  of  size.  The  thick  worked 
back  is  generally  curved,  and  in  section  is 
cuneiform  or  triangular  ;  the  thin  cutting 
edge  is  usually  sub-crescentic,  sometimes 
straight  but  rarely  convex.  Judging  both 
from  the  vuifinished  and  perfect  instruments 
they  were  manufactured  from  pebbles  about 
the  size  of  a  duck's  egg ;  the  stone  would  be 
divided  transv'ersely  in  the  middle  and  tlie 
instruments  struck  off  from  each  half.  As 
to  the  working  or  chipping,  it  is  impossible 
^"ig-  39.  ^Q  gay  whether  this  was  done  before  or  after 

the  formation  of  the  implement,  but  from  the  fact  that 
numerous  similarlj'-shaped  instruments  have  been  found  witli, 
perhaps,  a  broken  poiiit,  which  do  not  exhibit  any  chip- 
ping, we  are  inclined  to  the  opinion  that  the  thick  convex 
part  of  the  instrument  was  worked  after  the  flake  of 
the  recpiisite  shape  had  been  obtained.  .So  far  as  the  cutting 
edge  or  point  is  concei^ned,  there  is  no  evidence  rewaled  in  the 
instruments  of  chipping  or  grijiding,  as  the  original  sliarp  edges 
and  points  have  not  l)een  interfered  with  in  any  way.    As  regards 


AnORIGIXAL    WORKSHOPS ETHKRID(;E    AX1>    WIIITKLFJiflK. 


•239 


size  the  instruments  vary  greatly,  the  largest  obtained  is  ahout 
50  ni.m.  in  length,  10  m.m.  in  breadth,  and  7  or  8  ai.ni.  in  thick- 
ness ;  the  smallef't  measures  10  m.m.  in  length,  ■')  m.m.  in  In-caiitli, 
and  2  to  4  m.m.  at  the  delicately  carved  back. 


The  lithological  character  of  the  stone  used  in 
making  these  implements  is  extremely  variable, 
viz.,  quartzite,  fossil  wood,  white  chert,  black 
flint,  red  and  yellow  jaspei-,  and  other  siliceous 
materials,  most  of  which  were  from  places  remote 
from  the  metropolitan  district ;  shell  was  oc- 
casionally employed  (tig.  40).  To  what  use  these 
knives  were  put,  we  can  only  surmise.  It  seems 
probable  that  the  Australian  Aborigines  ha^■e 
ceased  to  manufacture  this  form  of  lancet  at  the 
present  day — at  least  from  stone.  Neither  Prof. 
W.  B  Spencer  or  Dr.  W.  E.  Rotli  had  any  know- 
ledge of  such  implements  from  any  part  of 
Austiulia 


Fii;.  40. 


The  liteiature  relating  to  these  knives  is  scanty,  and  so  far  only 
one  authority  has  been  found  who  gives  a  definite  statement  as  to 
their  use.  all  the  rest  of  the  opinions,  including  those  herein  ex- 
pressed, being  purely  speculative. 

Under  the  title  of  "  Minute  8tone  Tmplemeiits  from  India."  * 
l)r.  Thomas  Wilson  figui'es  and  describes  knives  wliich  are  iden- 
tical in  every  particular  with  those  found  so  abundantly  on  the 
sand-dunes  along  our  coast.  It  is  also  remarkable  that  the  im 
plements  are  similar  in  lithological  characters  :  they  were  "  found 
in  the  caves  and  rock-shelters  amongst  the  Vindhj'a  Hills,  in 
places  difficult  of  access  and  unknown  to  the  ordinary  traveller." 
The  author  states  that  "  the  similarity  of  form  and  mode  of  manu- 
facture ....  is  evidence  showing  the  same  intention  on 
the  part  of  the  makers,  although  we  are  quite  in  the  dark  as  what 

that  intention  was It  is  not  easy  to  determine  the 

purpose  of  these  small  imjilemeiits,  especially  the  crescent,  trape 
zoid  and  scalene  triangular,  which  have  neither  known  pi'ototype 
or  antitj'pe  ;  some  of  the  smaller  and  straighter  objects  might 
ha\'e  served  as  needles  or  perforators.     .'V  possible  use  akin  to  that 


■*  Wilson — .Inn.    Report    Regents    Siiiithsoniaii    Inst.    (U.    S.     Xat.     Miis. 
Rei)ort)  for  IS92  (1893),  j).  4.").-j,  ]A.  v'n. 


240  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

of  tattooiui;-  might  liave  been  tliat  of  tlie  medicine  man  for  bleed- 
ing or  scarifying. " 

Tlie  same  autlior  in  a  paper  on  "  Arrow-points,  .Spearheads  and 
Knives  of  Preliistoric  Times,"  "'  figures  several  flaked  stones  wjiich 
have  a  strong  resemblance  to  those  he  describes  from  India  ;  we 
refer  to  PL  vii.,  figs.  6  and  9  from  Lake  Bienne,  Switzerland  ; 
PL  XXV.,  fig.  29  from  the  island  of  Crete,  and  PL  xxxix., 
figs.  2  and  3. 

The  best  account  to  come  under  our  notice  of  these  peculiar  in- 
struments is  that  given  by  Mr.  W.  K.  Moorehead  in  his  "  Prehis- 
toric Implements.'""  Under  the  heading  of  "Scarificators. — 
'  Delicate  Splinters  of  Flint,' '"'  he  gives  a  description  of  the 
finding  of  the  instruments  in  burial  places  on  Santa  Rosa  Island 
and  San.  Nicholas  Islands.  About  a  ijuart  of  these  implements 
was  obtained.  "  They  were  finely  made  of  j^ellowish-brown 
jaspeiy  or  flinty  rock.  They  were  all  together  when  found,  hav- 
ing evidently  been  buried  with  their  former  owner.  Not  finding 
;iny  other  specimens  in  our  extensive  explorations,  extending  over 
a  period  of  three  weeks  search  for  relics,  I  was  convinced  that 
they  were  not  objects  of  general  use,  but  were  part  of  the  para- 
phernalia of  a  medicine  man  among  the  natives,  and  that  their 
manufacture  required  the  exercise  of  unusual  skill,  and  would 
only  be  made  by  certain  individuals  of  the  tribe  possessing  the 
necessary  (lualification.  Some  ten  years  after  the  discovery  I  had 
the  opportunity  to  interview  some  of  tlie  few  representatives  of 
the  former  aborigines,  and  from  them  learned  their  uses.  They 
said  they  were  used  by  tlie  medicine  men  in  the  cure  of  disease,  by 
scarifying  the  skin  over  the  affected  part,  and  applying  one  end  of  a 
bone  or  stone  tube  over  .  .  .  the  scarified  parts  and  exhaust- 
ing the  air  from  the  tube  by  sucking  applied  by  the  lips  of  the 
operator,  thus  causing  blood  to  be  drawn  from  the  wounds  made 

by  these  splinters Hugo   Reid  says  of  tlie   Indians 

of  Los  Angeles  county,  that  local  inflammatien  was  treated  by 
scarifying  with  pieces  of  sharp  flint  and  procuring  as  much  blood 
as  possible  from  the  part.  (See  Overland  ^Nlonthlv  for  August, 
1K96).'" 


■■  WIImhi     Anil.    Report    Regents    Sinitlisonian    lust.    (U.    S.     Xtit.    Miis. 
Kei)ort),  for  1897   (1899),  pt.  1,  p.  811. 

•^  Moorelieiul— Prchistoriu  Iin))leinents,  Ciiu-innati,  Ohio,  1900. 

'  Moorehoad    -Loc   ciL,  p.  246,  fig.  .379  (p.  247). 


ABORICIXAL    WORKSHOPS — ETHERIDOE    AND    AVHITELF.fiGE.      241 

Considering  the  similarity  of  these  instruments,  hotli  as  to 
their  uniformity  in  general  shape,  Haking  and  lithological  cha- 
racters, it  may  be  inferred  that  they  were  used  as  surgical  lancets, 
and  in  the  hands  of  a  skilful  medicine  man  might  be  used  for 
purposes  other  than  those  enumerated  above,  such  as  "  crimping  " 
the  skin  of  the  arms,  chest  and  back,  to  form  the  numerous 
cicatrices  so  frequently  seen  on  the  bodies  of  the  Australian 
Aborigines. 

A  large  tiaked-back  knife  is  figured  by  Sir  John  Evans,-  from 
Australia,  which  diifers  little  from  the  smaller  instruments,  the 
only  points  of  difference  being  the  size  and  the  convex  cutting  edge, 
which  is  rarely  the  case  in  those  lierein  described.  The  knife 
may  be  more  useful  in  producing  the  larger  cicatrices,  but  the 
smallest  kind  might  also  be  employed  for  the  lesser  tribal  marks, 
etc. 

Very  similar  olijects  have  been  found  in  Britain,  although  of 
rather  larger  size.  Evans"  figures  four,  two  of  which  at  least,  from 
Newhaven  and  Seaford,  respectively,  are  very  like  indeed.  Rather 
similar  chips  are  also  tigui-ed  by  Brough  Smyth^"  as  used  for  this 
purpose.  We  are  informed  by  Mr.  E.  Bonney''  that  in  the 
Bungyarlee  and  Parkungi  tribes  of  the  Darling  River,  stone  chips 
called  carnee  moolee  were  actually  used  to  produce  the  cicatrices, 
or  raised  scars,  known  to  these  tribesmen  as  nincka ;  other 
similar  references  could  be  given. 

No.  TI. — Plate  xlii..  Group  1. 

The  second  group  contains  many  knives  of  various  shapes  and 
sizes,  some  of  which  are  neatly  flaked  or  chipped,  so  as  to  produce 
a  fine  sharp  edge,  but  the  majority  were  flaked  from  the  core  in 
such  a  perfect  condition  as  to  cutting  edge,  that  secondary 
chipping  was  not  required,  and  were  evidently  satisfactory  to  the 
maker. 

No.  IIT. — Plate  xliv..  Group  5. 

Large  series  of  implements,  probably  scrapers  of  a  peculiar 
pattern  were  obtained,  which  are  invariably  carefully  chipped  on 
one  or  both  surfaces  ;  they  are  more  or  less  lenticular  in  sliape  and 


**  Eviuis — AiU'ic'iit  Stone   Iiiiploiuents,  Weajioiis   and  Ornament  [<  of  Great 

Britain,  1872,  ]).  264,  f.  198. 
»  Evans  -io^.  cit.,  p.  251,  figs.  190-198. 
10  Brough  Sni_vtli--Lof.  cit.,  i.,  p.  381,  figs.  2()8-9. 
1'  Bonnev      Jourii.  Antliroji.  In>t.,  xiii..  1SS4,  ]i.  12(). 


242  RECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

some  poi-tion  of  the  periphery  generally  presents  a  sharp  cutting 
edge.  As  to  tlie  use  of  this  particular  form  of  instrument,  littla 
is  known.  Wilson  in  his  "Arrow-points,  Spear-heads  and  Knives 
of  Prehistoric  Tinies,"'^  gives  a  short  description  of  tliese  small 
flaked  implements,  and  on  PI.  xii.  lie  figures  about  thirty-six 
specimens  which  are  practically  identical  with  the  Australian 
examples  depicted  (PI.  xliv..  Group  5). 

Dr.  Wilson  gives  an  interesting  account  of  the  discovery  of  a 
scraper  "workshop"  on  the  west  coast  of  Brittany,  France. 
Working  in  company  with  M.  Gaillard,  a  visit  was  paid  to  the 
extreme  point  of  the  promontory  of  Quiberon.  Here  "  a  liigh 
rocky  point  level  with  the  surrounding  surface,  but  forty  or  fifty 
feet  above  the  water.  It  was  severed  from  the  mainlanfl  by  a 
crevice  a  few  feet  in  width  passable  only  at  low  tide.  The  entire 
mass  was  of  granite  rock.  It  was  covered  by  a  layer  of  soil  which 
was  nearly  bare  on  the  ocean  side,  but  on  the  inside  edge  it  was 
three-and-a-lialf  feet  thick.  Beginning  at  the  outside  edge  by 
screening,  examining,  and  throwing  the  dirt  behind  us,  bits  of 
broken  and  wrought  flint  and  fragments  of  pottery  were  soon 
found.  We  saved  everything.  Our  work  continued  across  the 
point  until  we  had  thousands  of  objects,  principally  scrapers  in 
all  stages  of  manufacture.  It  was  a  prehistoric  scraper  'workshop. 
The  pecularity  of  these  were  their  diminutive  size  :  many  perfectly 
finished  were  no  larger  than  a  man's  thuml)  nail.  At  the  edge 
farthest  from  .  .  .  the  ocean  we  unearthed  the  skeleton  of  a 
workman,  a  man  of  middle  age,  he  wlio  probably  had  made  these 
prehistoric  implements,  who  had  here  lived  and  had  here  died, 
and  had  been  buried  in  his  workshop  and  habitation."'  In  size 
the  Australian  worked  scrapei's  agree  a\  ith  those  above  described. 

Brough  Smyth"  figures  a  chip  for  skinning,  etc.,  dug  out  of  a 
ruirrnyony  heap,  with  some  relation  to  those  of  the  present 
group,  but  our  coastal  chips  are  much  more  highly  flaked,  and 
usuallv  with  a  central  ridae. 


No.  IV. — Platf,  xmh..  Group  1. 

Another  instrument  (flg.    41)    which    often    displays   chipping, 
flaking  and  notcliing,  was  found  in  great  numl)ers.      The  shape  is 


1-  Wilson — Ann.  Keport  Regents  Smitlisoniaii  Inst.  (I'.S.  Nat.  Mus.  Ee])ort) 

for  1897  (1899),  pt.  i.,  p.  867. 
!■'   Brongli  Sinvtli  -  Loc.  nit.,  i.,  p.  382,  fiji.  217. 


A];oi!i(;ix.\i,  wdKivsudi's     KriiKKiixiK  AN'U  \viiiTi:ij:< ii ;K. 


•J  4:5 


in-etty  uiiifurni,  but  in  size  they  are  \ery  vari- 
able. They  are  generally  oblong  with  the  bases 
truncate  and  the  apices  more  or  less  rounded  by 
chipping,  the  lateral  margins  usually  have  clear 
cut  sharp  edges  just  as  if  they  were  flaked  from 
the  core,  but  in  some  instances  secondary'  chip- 
ping has  been  resorted  to,  to  make  the  requisite 
sjiarp  edge  on  one  or  both  sides.  In  the  majority 
of  specimens  the  sides  are  notched  so  as  to  pro- 
(hice  a  series  of  saw-like  teeth,  fine  on  one  side 
and  coarse  on  the  other.  There  is  little  doul)t 
that  these  implemenrs  were  used  as  gravers,  by 
the  aid  of  which  the  elaborate  line  work  was 
made  on  boomerangs  and  other  weapons.  One 
of  us'*  in  1890  gave  a  full  and  definite  account 
of  this  class  of  implement  which  has  often 
been  figurcnl  fi-om  many  parts  of  the  world.  The  evidence  as  to 
the  purposes  to  whicli  these  instruments  were  i)ut  was  fi'oiii  a 
reliable  eye-witness. 

In  the  description  it  was  stated  that  "the  two  cliips  exhibited 
were  given  to  me  by  Mr.  George  8weet,  of  Brunswick,  Melbourne, 
who  saw  them  used  by  'Jerry,'  of  the  Telebra  Tribe  at  Marathon, 
Central  Queensland,  to  produce  the  indented  lines  ornamenting 
wooden  weapons.  They  are  composed  of  a  black  brecciated  chert, 
with  glossy  lustre,  and  a  subconchoidal  fracture,  but  appear  to 
have  been  fortuitous  fragments  chipped  from  larger  masses,  and 
more  or  less  triangular  in  form.  Mr.  Sweet  informs  me  that  tlie 
chips  ai'e  held  tightly  between  the  fingers  of  the  right  hand,  the 
weapon  to  be  worked  reposing  on  the  left,  and  supported  by  tlie 
left  ai-m.  The  chip  is  then  used  as  a  chisel,  the  carving,  in  the 
practiced  hand  of  the  black,  i:>roceeding  with  great  rapidity."  The 
specimens  figured  on  PI.  xliii..  Group  1,  will  fully  prove  these 
gravers  are  not  "fortuitous  fragments,"  as  at  first  supposed,  but 
implements  that  liave  been  deliberately  manufactui-ed  for  a 
definite  purpose. 

Judging  from  the  instruments  generally,  apart  from  the  tri- 
angular form,  they  appear  to  be  usually  adapted  for  use  by  the 
index  finger  and  tlunnb  ;  the  truncated  base  is  somewhat  oblique 
and  well  calculated  to  afford  a  firm  hold  when  applied  to  the 
fleshy  part  of  the  thuml)  ;  the  rounded   apex  also  forms  a  surface 


1'   Etlicridge     Xoti-s  on  Aiijitr.  Al»oriy;inal  Stone  VVeajioiis  and  lni|>l-;.  (Vroc. 
Linn.  Sor.  X.  S.  WmI.-.  v..  |s<)().  p.  :!(17,  f.  i:!). 


244  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

around  wliicli  the  index  finger   can   be   slightly   bent,   and    thus 
provide  a  firm  grip  of  the  tool  when  in  use. 

No.  V. — Pl.  xlii.,  Group  3. 

Included  in  this  group  are  a  number  of  straight,  slender  points, 
with  clean  cut  edges,  and  devoid  of  any  secondary  working ;  they 
are  generally  more  or  less  triangular  in  section  in  the  distal  two- 
thirds,  while  the  proximal  third  has  been  flaked  off,  so  that  in 
section  they  are  four-sided. 

No.  VI. — Pl.  xlil.  Group  4. 

There  are  a  number  of  instruments  generally  slaaped  like  spear- 
heads or  ai-row-points,  frequently  triangular  in  outline,  mostly 
longer  than  broad,  and  sometimes  elongate.  It  is  difficult  to  con- 
jecture wdiat  they  were  used  for,  but  it  appears  highly  probable 
that  most  of  them  were  intended  to  be  mounted  on  the  end  of  a 
short  handle  of  wood,  the  larger  kind  forming  a  short  spear  and 
the  smaller  being  vised  as  knives,  drills,  skinners,  or  perhajjs  even  for 
shredding  bark  fibre.  They  are  mostly  clean  cut,  and  secondary 
working  is  evident  only  in  the  form  of  small  notches  on  one  or 
both  mai'gins. 

No.  VII.— Pl.  xliv..  Group  2. 

By  far  the  most  abundant  objects  obtained  were  flakes  resem- 
bling those  formerly,  and  still,  used  for  making  one  form  of 
barbed  spear.  Although  mere  flakes,  without  any  trace  of 
secondary  chipping  or  flaking,  these  implements,  when  well  made, 
have  usually  a  very  definite  character,  irrespective  of  their  size 
or  exact  contour,  and  ai^e  very  neat  in  outline. 

The  most  perfect  forms  are  triangular  in  outline,  tlie  basal  part 
is  thick  and  often  elongate  centrally,  at  least  on  one  side  ;  in 
many  examples  there  is  a  longitudinal  ridge,  and  from  the  latter 
the  surface  slopes  away  to  the  lateral  margins.  One  or  both 
edges  are  extremely  thin,  and,  in  many  specimens,  often  jagged 
in  outline ;  the  edge  on  one  side  is  thick  or  blunt,  or  the  stone 
may  be  flaked  a  little  to  produce  a  non-cutting  edge.  Apart 
from  the  well-formed  bai'bs  there  are  many  thin  flakes  which 
were  used  for  the  same  purpose.  The  implements  were  manufac- 
tured in  great  numbers  as  barbs  for  the  fighting  or  "  death  " 
spear,  which  had  a  shaft  eight  or  ten  feet  long,  and  the  terminal 
or  distal  portion  grooved  on  one  or  both  sides,  the  grooves  start- 
ing  at  a  short   distance   from   tlie  point   of  the   spear   for  about 


ABORKUNAL    WORKSIIOPiS — ETHERHKJE    AND    VVHITHLECJGE.      245 

eighteen  inches  backwai-ds.  The  stones  above  described  are 
inserted  in  the  grooves  with  the  base  downwards  and  the  thin 
cutting  edge  directed  forwards,  while  the  blunt  edge,  if  present, 
is  directed  backwards  ;  the  stones  were  selected  according  to  size, 
the  smaller  being  placed  near  the  tip  of  the  spear,  and  the  whole 
cemented  into  the  gi'ooves,  leaving  about  two-thirds  of  the  barbs 
projecting,  It  appears  highly  probable  that  the  blunt-edged 
barbs  are  designed  to  prevent  the  extraction  of  the  spear  with- 
out leaving  some  of  the  chips  in  the  wound. 

As  illustrating  the  use  of  the  "  death  "  spear,  Collins'''  supplies 
the  following  account  of  a  man  who  was  emploj'ed  to  shoot  game 
for  Governor  Phillip.  He  states  that  "  on  the  tenth  of  Decem- 
ber a  convict  employed  by  Governor  Phillip  to  shoot  for  him  was 
dangerously  wounded  by  a  native  named  Pe-mul-wy  whilst  in 
quest  of  game  at  some  considerable  distance  in  the  woods.  When 
brought  in  he  declared,  and  at  a  time  when  he  thought  himself 
dying,  that  he  did  not  give  any  olfence  to  the  man  who  wounded 
him  ;  that  he  had  even  quitted  his  arms  to  induce  him  to  look 
upon  him  as  a  friend,  when  the  savage  threw  his  spear,  at  a  dis- 
tance of  about  ten  yards,  witli  a  skill  that  was  fatally  unerring. 
When  the  spear  was  extracted  (which  was  not  till  suppuration 
took  place)  it  was  found  to  have  entered  his  body  under  the  left 
arm  to  a  depth  of  seven-and-a-half  inches,  and  was  armed  for 
five  or  six  inches  from  the  point  M^th  ragged  pieces  of  shells 
fastened  in  with  gum,  His  recovery  was  pronounced  by  the  sur- 
geon to  be  very  doubtful On  the  twenty-second  the 

man  employed  to  shoot  for  the  Governor  expired  of  the  wound  he 
had  received  from  the  native.  On  opening  the  spear  appeared  to 
have  wounded  the  left  lobe  of  the  lungs,  which  were  found 
adhering  to  the  side.  In  the  cavity  were  discovered  some  of  the 
pieces  of  stone  and  shell  with  which  the  weapon  had  been  armed." 
Other  cases  as  to  the  fatal  effects  of  the  death  spear  are  on  record, 
but  unfortunately  at  the  moment  of  writing  the  exact  references 
cannot  be  given.  It  is  rather  singular  that  the  aboriginal  in- 
habitants of  Sweden  should  have  used  a  barbed  arrow-head  (fig. 
42)  of  the  same  type  as  the  spear  formerly  used  by  the  natives  of 
the  Port  Jackson  District,  and  which  is  still  manufactured  by 
the  blacks  in  West  and  North  Australia.  The  only  difference 
between  the  two  weapons  is  that  the  Swedish  arrow-head  (fig.  42) 
was  made  of  bone   as   far   as   the   apical   portion    was  concerned, 


'"  C'ullnis-    Acfount  of  the  English  Colony   of  N.  8.  Wales,    1SU4,  jiji.  1  Ifs 
and  12:5. 


246 


RKCORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


M 


Fig.  42. 


wliilst  the  Australian  examples  were  of  wood.  The 
flakes  or  barbs  used,  however,  appear  to  liave  been 
the  same,  and  any  jagged  fragment  of  suitable  size 
was  used  to  fix  into  the  grooves  of  this  fatal  form 
of  spear. 

The  following  quotation  from  Wilson's'"  "Arrow- 
points,  Spear-heads  and  Knives  of  Prehistoric 
Times,"  is  of  interest: — "Fig.  191  is  one  of  the 
peculiar  forms  restricted  in  number  and  locality. 
Its  restrictions  in  both  these  regards  are  so  close 
that  the  author  has  not  deemed  it  necssary  to 
assign  it  a  class  or  give  it  a  name.  These  forms 
ax'e  confined  to  Scandinavia  and  are  extremely  rare 
even  in  that  country.  The  specimen  figured  is 
from  Sweden,  was  procured  by  the  author  and 
forms  part  of  the  collection  in  the  U.S.  National 
Museum.  It  is  an  arrow-point  of  bone  (fig.  42), 
sharped  to  a  fine  point,  is  extremely  hard  and  stiff, 
and  could  pierce  equal  to  any  flint  weapon.  Either 
side  is  opened  with  a  deep  and  narrow  groo\e,  into 
which  have  been  inserted  tiny  bits  of  flint  flakes, 
with  sliarp  cutting  edges,  fastened  with  bitumen  or 
gum.  Some  of  these  bits  of  flint  have  been  lost 
out  of  the  original  specimen,  but  enough  remains 
to  show  its  character  and  effectiveness  as  a 
weapon."  It  may  be  that  this  particular  arrow 
had  been  used  and  the  missing  chips  left  in  the 
body  of  some  unfortunate  victim. 

Figures  and  casual  references  to  the  stone-barbed 
or  "  death  "-spear  are  fairly  numerous,  but  little 
information  is  available  as  to  their  manufacture 
or  method  of  use  by  the  natives.  Considering 
the  natives  of  West  and  North  Australia  still  make 
and  use  these  spears,  often  substituting  glass 
splinters,  it  would  be  advisable  for  travellers,  pro- 
spectors and  others  to  make  notes  on  this  weapon 
before  it  is  too  late. 


Collins  figures  one  of  these  barbed  spears,  he  also  gives  engrav- 
ings of  gi'oups  of  natives,  and  some  seven  full  paged  plates  are 


!'■   Wil-on— Aim.  Rep.  Regents  Smithsoii.  Inst.    (U.   S.  Xat.   Mus.   Report) 
for  LS97  (1899),  pt.  i.,  p.  943,  fig.  191. 


ABORIGINAL    WORKSHOPS — ETIIERIDCK    AND    WIIITKLEGGE.      247 


illustrated  and  in  every  case  the  ''  death  "-spear  is  depicted  in  the 
hands  of  the  aborigines.  The  majorit}',  judging  from  the  figures, 
are  barbed  on  one  side  only,  but  many  are  armed  on  both  edges. ^'' 
The  ''  Saturday  Magazine  "  contains  some  account  and  a  figure  of 
one  of  these  barbed  spears.  The  writer  signs  his  "  Sketches  of 
New  South  Wales  " — W.R.G.  [Survej'or  Govett].  His  description 
of  the  spear  under  notice  is  as  follows: — "Their  spears  are 
generally  from  ten  to  twelve  feet  in  length,  frequently  longer  ; 
some  consist  of  one,  others  of  two,  and  the  longest  of  three 
distinct  pieces,  wliich  are  chiefly  made  of  'iron-bark'  wood.  In 
the  longest  the  centre  bits  are  made  of  the  grass  tree,  wiiich 
grows  like  a  tall  straight  reed,  and  seems  very  well  suited  for  the 
purpose  of  a  spear.  Some  spears  are  hooked  and  jagged,  and 
since  the  nati\es  ha\e  become  accjuainted  with  glass,  they  have 
taken  advantage  of  that  material,  by  cementing  the  broken  sjiarp 
splints  of  it,  which  are  made  to  jut  out  from  the  top  of  the  siiear 
like  the  points  of  lancets,  as  a  suljstitute  for  their  connnon  wav 
of  jagging." 

An  excellent  figure  (fig.  -1:3)  of  the  "death  ""-spear 
is  given  by  Brough  Smyth. ^"  He  states  that  "the 
Momi'de,  a  double-barbed  spear,  is  one  with  which 
cruel  wounds  are  inflicted.  If  it  strikes  a  black  fairly, 
it  W'ill  enter  cjuite  up  to  the  lower  barb,  anfl  it  can  be 
extracted  only  by  cutting  open  the  wound  anfl  (h-awing 
it  through.  ...  A  liai'd  and  tough  wood  is  used 
for  making  spears  of  this  kind.  With  a  piece  of 
([uartz  the  native  cuts  a  groove  on  each  side  of  the 
upper  end,  and  he  inserts  therein  small  chips  of  hard 
l)lack  basalt,  or  chips  of  some  other  suitable  stone,  and 
these  chips  are  fastened  in  their  place  by  Fid-iipr-ony, 
a  gum  resembling  pitch."'  Brough  Smyth  also  figures'-" 
individual  chips  of  black  basalt  used  for  this  purpose. 

The  following  includes  a  few  further  references  to 
this  spear.  The  Re\-.  G.  Taplin'^^  states  that  "  they  ( 
make  their  weapons  of  the  hard  wood  which  grows  in 
the  country.  Heavy  spears  generally  come  from  the 
Upper  Murray  natives,  and  are  highly  valued.  They 
are  made  of  the  hai'd  and  elastic  miall  wood,  and  aie 


"  Collins-  Account  of  tlie   English   Colonv  of  N.  S.  Wales,   1804,   ji.  455 

pis.  1-7.,  pai'ticularly  pi.  4  (pp.  367-74) 
1**  Gro\eit~  Saturday  Magazine,  4tli  June,  1836  (Xo.  252),  p.  217,  and  1.5tli 

Oct.,  1836  (No.  275),  p.  156,  fig. 
'•'   I'rough  Suivth — Aborigines  of  Victoria,  i.,  1878,  p.  304,  f.  68. 
'■»  Brough  Smyth- -iof.  cit.,  p.  380,  figs.  202-7. 
-'   Taplin      Native  tribes  of  S.  Australia,  1879,  p.  40. 


'IAH  records  of  the  australiax  museum. 

formidable  weapons.  Some  of  the  spears  made  by  the  Narrinyeri 
are  barbed  with  spicules  of  Hint.  They  are  called  nipralkaipnri 
or  deadly  spears." 

Mr.  W.  E.  8tanbri(lge  gi^"es  a  brief  account  of  the  barbed  spear 
as  follows'--  : — "  The  light  spear  is  about  nine  feet  long  and  is 
either  a  reed  having  at  the  end  a  pointed  piece  of  hard  wood, 
about  two  feet  long,  secured  to  the  reed  by  cement  and  a  binding  of 
sinews,  or  a  thin  sapling  scraped  to  the  required  size  with  a  shell, 
straightened  and  hardened  by  being  passed  through  hot  ashes, 
with  a  piece  of  the  flower  stem  of  the  grass  tree  foi-  the  butt.  In 
summer  the  spears  are  bai-bed  for  about  eight  inches,  at  the 
points,  with  small  pieces  of  flint  fixed  in  cement." 

Sir  T.  L.  Mitchell--'  mentions  the  discovery  in  a  hut  used  as  a 
casual  habitation  near  Mount  Arapiles,  of  a  numbei'  of  "jagged 
spears,  some  of  them  set  with  flints." 

Similar  chips  are  also  jjut  to  quite  fi  diffei'ent  pui-pose,  for  Capt. 
P.  P.  King  described  and  figured-^  a  peculiar  knife  or  saw.  "  The 
knife  or  '  taap  '  is  perhaps  the  rudest  instrument  of  the  sort  ever 
made  ;  the  handle  is  about  twelve  inches  long,  scraped  to  a  point, 
and  has  at  the  distal  end,  three  or  four  splinters  of  sharp-edged 
quartz  stuck  on  in  a  row  with  gum,  thus  forming  a  sort  of  jagged 
instrument.  .  .  .  It  is  thus  used  :  after  they  have  put  within  their 
teeth  a  sufticient  mouthful  of  seal's  flesh,  the  remainder  is  held  in 
their  left  hand,  and,  with  the  '  taaj)  '  in  the  other,  they  saw  through 
and  separate  the  flesh.  Every  natiAC  carries  one  or  more  of  these 
knives  in  his  belt  besides  the  hammer,  which  is  also  an  indispen- 
sable instrument  with  them. "  In  a  footnote  he  further  remarks  that 
the  natives  of  King  George  Sound  "hold  the  knife  underhanded,  and 
cut  upwards."  A  modification  of  this  knife,  or  saw,  occurs  on  the 
north-east  coast  of  the  continent,  by  the  replacement  of  the  stone 
chips  with  small  shark's  teeth.-' 

No.  VIII. — Plate  xliii..  Group  2. 

Numerous  adze-like  instruments  wei'e  obtained,  these  are 
generally   clean   cut,  but  some   exhibit   flaking  and   chipping  to 


*^  Staiibridge—  Trans.  Etlinol.  Sot-.,   (n.s.),  i.,  1861,  p.  292. 

-•^  Mitchell — Three   Exjieditions    into  the   Interior  of    East.  Australia,   ii., 

1 H37,    p.    193  ;    Evre — Jnls.   of   Expeditions  of  Discovery  into  Cent. 

Australia,  i.,  1845",  p.  269.      . 
-''  King-  Surrev  ot  the  Intertropical   and  Western  Coasts  of  Australia,  ii., 

1827,  p.  139-40   fig. 
-■"'   Partington-    Tilbiun,  3rd  series,   pi.    129,   f.    1  ;    Etheridge — Rec.    Austr. 

Mils.,  iv.,  5,  1902,  p.  207,  pi.  xxxvi. 


ARORIf;iN'AI,    WOHKSIHtl'S        K  rHKl!  I  l)i;  K    AND    WIl  IlICLKr  JC  H.      249 

fashion  the  stttue  to  the  rcciuircd  shape  and  provide  a  broad 
cutting  edge.  Tmplenients  of  this  kind  but  on  a  hirger  scale,  were 
usually  mounted  on  the  end  of  a  stout  stick  about  eighteen  inches 
in  length  and  sometimes  bent,  the  stone  being  cementefl  in  with 
gum  ;  this  was  used  as  a  gouge.  The  cutting  edge  in  some  cases 
is  hardlv  visible  anf!  i-arelv  projects  moi-e  than  an  inch  or 
less.      .Some  adzes  ha\('  a  stone  at  each  end  of  the  shaft. 

No.  TX.     Pr.A'i'E  xLiv.,  Group  4. 

Gouges  of  xarious  kinds  were  obtained  in  large  (juantities. 
These  are  quite  peculiar  in  shape  and  closely  resemble  cores. 
Thev  are  frequently  Haked  or  chipped  all  over,  and  the  cutting 
edge  is  usually  semi-circular  and  pro\i(led  with  a  central  notch, 
or  a  slighlv  projecting  tooth.  Thev  are  mostly  thick  and  more  or 
less  subconical  with  the  working  edge  at  the  apex  of  the  cone. 

No.  X.  "Plate  xliv..  Group  1. 

Smooth  scrapers  weiv  found  in  abundance  especially  on  the 
Aarious  shell  heaps.  Thev  are  simply  clean  cut  flakes  from 
pebbles,  with  one  flat  side  and  the  other  convex,  and  consisting  of 
the  original  surface  of  the  pebble.  The  thin  edge  is  mostly 
smooth  Init  in  some  cases  it  is  Hnelv  luttched. 

No.  XL—  Platk  xMi.,  (7R0UP  1,  Fi(is.  10  and  11. 

Two  gritty  sandstone  ras^is  were  obtained  at  Bondi.  These  are 
practically    identical    with    similar    tools    from    Cherokee,    Iowa, 

U.S.A.-'' 

No.  XTI. — Plate  xlh..  Group  1,  Fk;.  6  from  left. 

A  single  nose  style  or  ornament  was  found  at  Maroubra.  The 
oi'nament  is  nearly  three  inches  long  and  about  one  quarter  of  an 
inch  in  diameter,  somewliat  tapering  towards  the  ends,  and  ex- 
hibiting two  or  three  faint  longitudinal  ridges  and  many  slight 
transverse  depressions,  which  probably  indicate  the  original 
chipping.  The  specimen  however  is  much  worn,  probably  through 
use,  and  the  surface  details  are  obscure.  When  discovered  it  was 
thought  to  be  simply  a  piece  of  ordinary  slate  pencil,  but  on 
applying  a  knife  it  was  found  to  consist  of  some  materiid  much 
Harder  than  slate  pencil. 


2C  Wilson — Arm.  Eeport   Ecgviits   Smithsonian    IiiM.  (U.  S.  Nat.  Miis.  Re- 
port) for  1897  (1W)9),  pt.  1,  p.  28."),  pi.  xxvii. 


250  EECOHDS    OF    THE    AUSTliALIAX    MUSEUM. 

No.  XIII. — Plate  xliv.,  Ghoup  o. 

A  ]ai;i;e  st'i'ifs  of  ii're<;ulai'ly  sluiped  objects  was  fi)un(l.  In 
many  cases  they  are  simply  Hakes,  l)iit  some  exhibit  special  Haking 
and  chippiiii;.  Tliese  instruments  were  possibly  intended  to  be 
used  as  knives. 

No    XIV. 

Numerous  tomahawks,  grindstones,  knappers,  anvils,  and  cores 
wei-e  secured,  but  these  were  for  the  most  part  of  the  usual  kind 
anfl  do  not  require  any  description. 

Tlie  specimens  figured  on  each  plate  ha\e  been  reduced  to  alxjut 
one  third  natural  size.  To  facilitate  reference  they  are  classified 
in  groups,  and  inasmuch  as  they  are  all  arranged  in  rows,  any 
particular  specimen  may  be  easily  found  by  counting  from  left  to 
right  in  any  gi\en  group. 


ON  THE  OLIGOCHiETA  from  the  BLUE  LAKP], 
MOUNT  KOSCIUSKO. 

By  W.  B.  Bexham,   D.Sc,  M.A.,  F.Z.S.,  Cuir.   M.R.S.   Tasm., 
Professor  of  Bioloiiv,   Universitv  of  Otayo. 

(Plates   \\\i.,    xhii.). 

I  have  to  tliaiik  the  Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum  foi" 
givmg  me  tlie  opportunity  of  studying  this  small  collection  of 
Fresh-water  Annelids,  from  the  Blue  Lake,  Mt.  Kosciusko,  as 
they  are,  so  far  as  T  am  aware,  tlie  first  aquatic  01igoch?etes  from 
the  Australian  continent  that  have  heen  identified. 

The  tube  received  by  me  in  March,  1906,  contained  a  consider- 
able number  of  small  worms  referable  to  three  species  : — 

Famihj  Tubificid.e. 

1.  Tiibifex  davidis,  np.  nov. 

2.  Bi-aiichiiwa  pleurothpcd,  sp.  no\ . 

Family  Piireodrilid.e. 

•3.   PhreodrUukh'H  nofabilix,  gen.  et  sp.  no^ . 

These  were  collected  by  Mr.  Cliarles  Hedley,  under  the 
direction  of  Prof.  T.  W.  E.  David,  in  the  Blue  Lake,  which  is 
situated  at  a  height  of  GOOO  feet  above  the  sea,  near  the  top  of 
Mt.  Kosciusko.  The  depth  from  which  they  were  obtained  is 
tliirty-five  feet  ;  the  bottom  is  of  soft  mud,  and  tlie  teni[>erature 
was  44"  Fahr. 

The  worms  liad,  apparently,  been  treated  with  osuric  acid, 
which,  unhappily,  is  ill-suited  for  these  animal.s  ;  for  not  only  does 
it  render  the  body  wall  rather  opaque,  so  that  the  internal  organs 
can  only  be  studied  with  difficulty  in  entire  specimens,  even  when 
stained  and  mounted  in  Canada  balsam,  but  it  also  appears  to 
render  the  chpetje  brittle,  for,  in  the  smaller  specimens,  they  are 
bi'oken  ofi"  short  at  the  level  of  the  body  wall.  Hence  the  lalx)ur 
of  identification  is  increased  by  the  use  of  this  i-eagent. 


252  RKCOIIDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN'    MUSEUM. 

The  wonns,  toi),  were  soft  and  so  readilv  torn  iu  liaiidling  that 
it  was  not  possible  to  make  satisfactory  dissections  for  the  isohition 
■of  the  genital  ducts.  Sections  have  been  prei)ared,  which  with 
the  study  of  entire  intlividuals,  both  in  glycerine,  and  after  being 
stained,  have  enabled  me  to  give  the  following  account. 

Of  the  three  species,  Tnhif'e.v  davidis  is  readily  distinguishable 
by  its  larger  size,  especially  by  its  greater  stoutness  ;  the  other 
two  are  moi'e  slender  and  scarcely  distinguishable  from  one  another 
except  by  aid  of  the  microscope,  though  Fhrfodriluide!<  Jiotahi/is 
is  altogether  a  more  delicate  worm  than  Brdin'hinra  lAenrotheai. 

I  have  not  attempted  to  make  .an  exhaustive  study  of  either 
species,  but  have  limited  myself  to  a  description  of  such  features 
■as  are  important  in  characterising  the  species. 

The  types  and  microscopic  preparations  which  wei'e  used  in 
this  study,  are  in  the  Australian  Museum. 

TUBIFEX    DAVIDIS,    .s;^.   nov. 

(PI.  xlvi.,  Hgs.  1-6). 

The  numerous  individuals  of  this  worm  seem  to  indicate  that  it 
is  the  predominant  species,  so  far  as  this  collection  allows  me  to 
judge.  Unfortunately  the  majority  are  broken,  and  others  so 
i-oiled  as  to  make  it  impossible  to  give  reliable  measui'ements. 

Dimensiofis. — I  estimate  that  the  worm  measures  from  25  to 
40  mm.  in  length,  with  a  diameter  of  1  mm. 

The  skin  is  smooth,  there  are  no  papillae,  though  the  j^osterior 
segments  are  highly  glandulai-. 

The  Protttondn/in  is  bluntly  conical,  and  is  etjual  to  nearly  twice 
the  length  of  the  first  segment. 

Choitfe. — The  usual  four  bundles  are  present  on  each  segment ; 
the  dorsal  bundle  consists  of  two  kinds,  "capilliform"  and  "forked 
•crochets,"  but  in  the  anterior  dozen  or  so  segments  some  of  the 
latter  have  an  extremely  delicate  membrane,  or  a  single  inter- 
mediate tooth,  between  the  limbs  of  the  fork  ("ctenates")  (PI. 
xlvi.,  fig.  2). 

The  two  kinds  of  cluetaj  alternate  in  a  bundle,  and  in  tlie 
greater  part  of  the  worm  each  bundle  consists  of  three  or  four 
■capilliforms  and  three  or  four  crochets  ;  but  in  the  ante-clitellian 
segments,  the  number  of  capilliforms  is  increased  to  six  or  even 
seven — in  these  segments  the  additional  capilliforms  are  dorsally 
placed  (PL  xlvi.,  fig.  1). 


KEPOKT    OX    THK    OLKiOCILETA  —  HEXHAM.  'IQO 

The  capillifunns  of  the  anterior  segments  are  nuicli  longer  tlian 
those  at  the  hinder  end,  and  there  is  a  gradual  diminution  back- 
wards. 

One  of  these  cluetie  from  segment  vii.  measures  5  mm.,  while 
one  from  near  the  hinder  end  measures  only  l'S7  nun.  totai 
length. 

The  crochets  of  the  dorsal  bundles  have  the  two  teeth  of  equal 
size  and  form,  diverging  somewhat  from  each  other,  but  the 
"lower"  tooth  is  not  curved  away  for  the  "upper." 

The  number  of  ch;etie  in  the  dorsal  bundles  of  the  anterior 
segments  is  shown  in  the  following  table  : — 


Segment   ... 

ii. 

iii. 

iv. 

V. 

vi. 

\ii. 

viii. 

i.\. 

X. 

Capilliforms 

1 

4 

5 

6 

7 

G 

5 

4 

4 

Crochets   ... 

2 

3 

4 

4 

4 

?, 

4 

3 

4 

Tile  ventral  ch;et;e  are  crochets  throughout  the  body  and 
usually  are  three  or  four  per  bundle.  Tliose  of  the  anterior 
segments  are  larger  in  all  dimensions  than  those  of  the  rest  of  the 
body. 

The  two  teeth  are  nearly  of  etjual  length,  but  the  distal  (oi- 
upper)  tooth  is  the  more  slender,  the  proximal  (or  lower)  tooth 
being  curved  away  from  it  in  the  usual  typical  manner  (PI.  xlvi., 
fig.  3).  In  the  anterior  segments  the  two  teeth  are  much  more 
different  in  form,  the  proximal  being  stouter  and  the  distal  still 
more  slender,  so  that  it  appears  to  be  rather  larger. 

As  is  generally  the  case  in  the  family  Tubificidye,  there  are  no 
chfftje.  either  dorsal  or  ventral,  on  segment  xi.  of  the  mature 
worm,  though  they  are  present  in  the  immature  individuals  ;  in 
one  indiviflual,  in  which  the  genital  organs  were  not  yet  fulh' 
develoi)ed,  there  is  still  one  capilliform  clueta  remaining  in  the 
dorsal  bundle  of  this  segment,  indicating,  of  course,  that  the 
bristles  drop  out  as  the  worm  attains  its  full  sexual  de\  elopment. 

In  segment  x.  of  the  immature  worm,  the  ventral  chieta;  have 
the  normal  shape  and  arrangement;  but  these  also  drop  out  as 
maturity  is  approached,  and  each  bundle  becomes  represented  by 
a  single  "  copulatoiy  clueta  "  of  special  form  and  surrounded  l>y 
a  spherical  gland  (PI.  xlvi.,  fig.  6). 

The  copulatory  clueta  is  a  delicate,  slightly  curxed  icul,  with  a 
simple  blunt  pohit,  not  recurved.  It  measures  0-1U5  mm.  and  is 
much  slenderer  than  a  ventral  clueta,  and  shorter  (PI.  xlvi., 
fig.    4).        The    copulatory    cha^ta,    indeed,    is    .so    delicate,    that 


l!54  HMCORDS    OF    THK    AUSTKALIAX    MUSIiUM. 

;dthough  I  liad  seen  it  aiul  sketclied  it  in  glycerine  mounts,'  I  am 
totally  unable  to  detect  it  in  an  individual  stained  and  mounted 
in  Canada  balsam,  although  the  worm  is  mature.  In  sections 
the  chaita  is  seen  to  be  solid  and  without  a  grocjve,  such  as  exists 
in  some  species. 

Tlie  Clitelhim  covers  the  segments  x.,  xi.,  xii.  The  male  pores 
and  spermatliecal  pores  occupy  the  usual  position  in  segments  xi. 
and  X.  respectively  :  the  spermathecal  pore  is  situated  just 
■posterior  to  tlie  "copulatory  clueta.  " 

lNTf:KXAL    Ax  ATOM  V  : 

Rpprodnctivt'  Sijsti'iu. — Tlie  testes  and  ovaries  occupy  the  usual 
segments,  and  the  sperm  sacs  occur  in  segments  x.  to  xiii.  The 
male-apparatus  is  constructed  as  follows  : — The  Hat  sperm  funnel, 
lying  in  the  tenth  segment,  against  the  anterior  face  of  its 
posterior  septum,  leads  into  a  delicate  sperm  duct,  which  after 
entering  the  eleventh  segment,  is  somewhat  coiled,  or  at  least  un- 
<lulating,  and  passes  upwards  to  enter  the  "atrium"  near  the 
dorsal  sui'face  of  this  segment.  The  atrium  has  the  usual  retort- 
shape  of  Tubificids  generally,  with  its  wider  end  upwards,  into 
which  there  open  the  sperm  duct  and  the  moderate  sized  prostate 
(PI.  xlvi.,  fig.  5).  The  atrial  duct  then  passes  almost  straight 
downwards  to  the  \entral  surface,  piercing  a  small  penis,  which 
projects  into  a  small  penial  sac  or  chamber,  opening  to  the 
exterior  by  the  male  pore.  There  is  no  chitinous  sheath  to  this 
penis,  and  the  entire  apparatus  is  confined  to  the  segmerit  xi. 

The  spermatheca,  on  either  side  of  segment  x.,  consists  of  an 
ovoid  or  cylindrical  "ampulla"'  with  very  muscular  wall,  and  a 
narrow  duct  about  lialf  tlie  length  of  the  ampulla  (PL  xlvi.,  fig.  6). 
The  circular  muscles  of  the  ampulla  are  very  strongly  developed 
to  form  distinct  rings.  As  above  mentioned,  the  spermathecal 
pore  is  just  behind  the  copulatory  clipeta  of  each  side. 

T  find  no  spermatoj^hores,  but  that  is  not  to  say  that  these  are 
not  formed  by  this  species.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  I  could  not 
<letect  any  spermatzoa  in  any  of  the  mature  individuals  studied, 
and  unfortunately,  the  .specimen  sectionised  turned  out  tO  be  in- 
completely developed.  The  sexual  organs  are  present,  but  not 
fully  formed,  and  still  more  unfortunately  I  cannot  find  any  other 
niatui'e  individual  suitable  for  sectionising. 

^  Tlie  quantity  of  sand-grains  in  tlie  intestine,  and  the  soft  condition  of  the 
body,  rendered  the  investigation  of  llie  clia'tjt  rather  difficidt.  As 
compression  caused  the  intestine  to  burst,  and  the  sand-grains  by  their 
ret'riii<ienev  interfered  Avith  the  stiidv  of  these  structures. 


KKPOHT    ON     TllK    t  H.K  .1  ii  If.Kl'A        HKXH  AM.  -00 

Vascular  Sy!<tem. — This  presents  a  large  heait  in  segment  viii., 
and  in  the  preceding  segments,  iv.  to  vii.  paired,  very  undulating 
connnissurals,  which  are  also  repeated  in  the  subse(]uent  segments 
throughout  the  body.  At  the  liinder  end,  these  become  much 
longer,  and  therefore  take  a  more  undulating  course  along  the 
inner  surface  of  the  body  wall — but  they  give  oft'  no  branches  ; 
there  is  no  network. 

I  made  no  particular  study  of  the  ucplir'ulia^  owing  to  the 
broken  condition  of  the  sections,  due  to  the  sand  contained  in  the 
intestine.  I  note,  however,  that  the  nephridia  couunence  behind  the 
clitellum  ;  here  the  pores  are  well  defined,  and  eA'ident  in  the  body 
wall  in  an  individual  that  had  been  bisected  and  flattened  out, 
after  removal  of  the  gut.  These  pores  ai-e  in  line,  as  usual,  with 
the  ventral  chai'tje,  but  no  similar  pores  occur  anteriorly  to  the 
clitellum. 

Remarks. — This  species  belongs  to  that  grou})  of  the  genus 
Tubifex,  which  is  chaiucterised  by  the  presence  of  special  copu- 
latory  ch?eta^  near  the  aperture  of  the  spermatlieca,  as  in  the 
familiar  European  species  7\  (FKnruniori/cfes)  harbatvs,  Grube. 
The  genus  Tubifex,  as  emended  by  Michaelsen  (1900),  includes  a 
number  of  species  which  have  been  described  under  several 
generic  names  such  as  Ilpinit'uhlfe.r,  Spiro.y>rni/fi,  Ifi'f'-roi-Iidfa, 
EmbolocejyhahiSj  as  well  as  Psanimoi-yrfcs. 

Of  the  "  Psamnioryctes  "  group  only  eight  species  have  been 
recorded,  viz.: — T.  vehitinnn,  Grube,  T.  bnrbafus,  Gr.,  T.  hi'itsrheri, 
Bretscher,  T.  camerani,  Visart,  T.  illusfris,  Ditlevsen,  7'.  /'oxsor, 
Ditl.,  T.  sarneensis,  Pierantoni,  and  T.  hamafus,  Moore. 

From  each  of  these  the  present  species  differs  in  certain 
characters,  such  as  the  form  and  number  of  the  chieta^  in  the  dorsal 
bundle,  details  as  to  the  proportions  of  the  teeth  of  the  ventral 
chseta?,  form  of  the  copulatory  clnetie,  absence  of  penial  sheath, 
etc.,  etc. 

The  species  which  it  most  closely  resembles  is  T.  In'usi-ltrri 
(with  which  T.  camerani  is  possibly  identical),  but  from  this  the 
form  of  the  copulatory  clneta  seems  to  mark  it  oft".  In  that  species 
the  free  end  is  sharply  curved  and  pointed,  it  is  twice  the  length 
of  the  ordinary  ventral  chfeta,  and  thicker  than  it  :  it  is  also  said 
to  be  grooved  on  its  exposefl  surface.  It  is  possible  that  in  my 
specimens  of  T.  chn-irHs,  the  copulatory  cha?ta  is  not  fully  formed — 
see  above  as  to  the  difficulty  of  studying  it — and  that  when  fully 
formed  it  would  differ  from  the  condition  described  above,  but  I 
do  not  suppose  that  this  is  the  case,  and  I  believe  that  we  are 
justified  in  regarding  it  as  distinct  from  the  European  forms. 


256  RECORDS    OF    THK    AUSTRALIAN    Mrsi:iM. 

For  tlie  convenience  of  comparison  with  Micliaelsen's  (Uui;iioses 
of  the  first  two  of  the  above  listed  species,  I  o-ive  brieriy  the 
cliaracters  of  the  new  species  : — 

Tiivifrx  ddvidid,  sp.  nov. 

Integument  smootli,  dorsal  cluetie  capilliform  and  crochets, 
usually  three  or  four  of  each  kind  per  bundle.  8ome  of  the 
crochets  anteriorly  present  an  intermediate  tooth,  or  a  delicate 
membrane.  Ventral  cha?tte,  crochets  tln-ee  ov  four  per  bundle ; 
the  teeth  eipial,  but  the  lower  one  stouter.  A  single  copulatory 
cha^ta  on  each  side  of  segment  x.,  slender,  slightly  curved,  l^lunt 
pointed,  and  smaller  than  the  ventrals.  There  is  no  chitinous 
penis  ;  spermatheca  short,  cylindrical,  with  a  duct  of  half  its 
length. 

Branchiura  plkukotiieca,-  sp.  nov. 

(PL  xlvi.,  tigs.  7-1-2) 

This  is  a  nuich  slenderer  worm  than  tlie  preceding,  and  stouter, 
but  owing  to  the  coiled  state  of  the  mature  worms,  the  figures 
given  here  are  only  estimated,  though  approximately  correct. 
The  body  wall  is  highh'  granrkdar. 

Dimensions. — About  12  to  15  nnn.    x    0-5  mm. 

Ch(et(P. — The  dorsal  cluet;e  consist  of  crocliets,  and,  in  the 
anterior  segments,  capilliforms  are  added  to  the  bundle.  Owing 
to  the  brittle  nature  of  the  ciiiette,  the  majority  of  them,  in  all  the 
individuals,  have  the  outer  ends  broken  off,  hence  there  is  some 
difficulty  in  distinguishing  the  existence  of  capilliforms — but  b_v  a 
prolonged  and  careful  stud}-  of  entire  preparations  and  sections, 
and  preparations  treated  with  glycerine  and  potassium-hydrate, 
and  the  use  of  high  powers  of  tlie  microscope,  it  is  possible  to 
recognise  that  in  these  anterior  bundles,  one  or  two  of  the  dorsally 
placed  bristles  are  rather  more  delicate  than  the  rest,  and  their 
bases  are  rather  longer  and  straight. 

I  was  led  to  exa,mine  the  matter  very  carefully  for  otlier 
anatomical  characters — e.;/.  tlie  modified  cliEBtie  near  the  male 
pore — have  been  hitherto  found  only  in  association  with  these 
ch;ft;e. 


■■i  nXfvpov — side,  drjKa — spevmutliefa  :    refers  to  lateral  jiortion  of  tlie  ajier- 
tnre  of  this  organ. 


IJEPOirr    ox    THK   OLir.OCH.ETA BENHAM.  20/ 

.Viiteri(n-lv  tliere  are  three  oi-  fuur  chietie  in  eacli  dorsal 
bundle,  of  which  one  or  two  are  caj)iIliforms.  After  the  clitelluni, 
only  crochets  are  px-esent,  and  usually  two  per  bundle. 

The  ventral  cluette  are  crochets  to  the  number  of  two  or  three 
in  each  bundle.  They  are  slenfler  and  short,  measuring  ()()S  nun.' 
the  upper  (distal)  tooth  is  nearly  twice  the  length  of  the  jjroxiinal, 
and  is  much  slenderer  (PI.  xlvi.,  fig.  7). 

The  arrangement  of  the  chivtie  is  as  follows  : — ■ 

Segment   ...   ii.    iii.    iv.    v.    \  i.    vii.    viii.   ix.    x.   xi.   xii. 
Crochets  ...    222:12:12       2222 
Capilliforms    2       1      2      l)      1       1        1        10     0      0 

On  the  segment  xi.  the  ventral  cluet^e  are  characteristically 
arranged  in  a  bunch — the  bases  divergent,  the  tips  all  close  to- 
gether, projecting  through  a  pore  on  a  small  papilla  (PL 
xlvi.,  tig.  11) — this  bunch  of  four  to  six  chjeta:-,  instead 
of  being  arranged  transversely  to  the  axis  of  the  body, 
is  sagittal,'^  and  hence  consjjicuous  in  an  entire  specimen. 
The  copulatory  ch;et;e,  are  thus  arranged  in  a  reverse  way 
from  the  normal  ventrals,  but  in  form,  the  iiidi\idual 
copulatory  cluetie  are  crochets,  nearly  twice  the  length  of 
the  ventrals,  measuring  0-15  mm.  The  bases  of  these  are 
surrounded  by  a  group  of  muscles,  but  there  is  no  special  gland. 

The  ClUeUum  covers  the  segment  h  x.,  xi.,  xii.  Tlie  male  pore 
is  on  xi.,  just  outside  of  and  anterior  to  the  copulatoiy  ch;etje. 
In  section,  a  furrow  is  seen  to  run  backwards  from  the  pore  to  the 
level  of  the  cluet;e,  possibly  indicating  that  in  copulation  such  a 
furrow  is  formed  for  the  transference  of  the  spermatzoa  from  the 
male  pore  to  the  spermatheca  of  another  worm,  and  corresjwnds 
to  the  "spermatic  groove  "  in  Acanthodriline  Earthworms. 

The  spermathecal  pore  is  situated  near  the  anterior  margin  of 
.segment  x.,  and  occupies  an  unusual  position,  in  that  it  lies  near 
the  lateral  line  of  the  body,  al)Out  midway  between  the  dorsal  and 
ventniJ  cha4al  rows  (PL  xhi.,  tig.  10). 

Internal  Anatomy  :  — 

ReprodKctiv'^  Sijsfpm. — The  testes,  ovaries,  etc.,  occupy  the 
usual  segments.  The  sperm  sac  is  median,  and  extends  through 
segments  xi.  to  xvL,  while  the  four  preceding  segments,  vii.  to  x., 

*  1  t'liul  the  i/opulatun  c-lia'tif  of  Taiipodrilus  simplex,  Benliain,  to  have 
tliis  (lispositiuii,  wliicli  is  a])])aivntly  shown  in  Stoic's  fimiiT  of  B. 
fjifiodrilt's)  coccinea. 


-08  KKCORDS    OF    THK    AUSTHALIAX    MUSKUM. 

are  tilled  with  loose  masses  of  developing  spermatozoa.  The 
sperm  funnel  is  Hat,  leads  into  a  sliort  and  delicate  duct  which 
passes  directly  downwards  after  piercing  the  septum  to  enter  the 
eleventh  segment ;  here  it  passes  below  the  ovary,  and  I  have 
been  unable  to  trace  it  accurately  amongst  the  ova — it  winds 
somewhat  and  appears  again  neai-  the  apex  of  the  atrium.  Its 
course,  indeed,  is  similar  to  that  in  Tauj/odi-ihis  simplex,  but  it 
does  not  coil  round  the  atrium  as  in  that  species. 

The  Atrium  is  a  cylindrical  organ,  rounded  at  its  upper  end. 
It  presents  three  more  or  less  distinctly  marked  regions — the  sac, 
the  neck,  and  tlie  atrial  duct — each  having  a  structure  similar  to 
that  described  by  Beddard  (1)  in  JL  suwpybiji.  That  is,  the  sac 
itself  is  lined  b}'  tall  glandular  cells  similar  to  those  described  and 
figured  by  me  for  Taapodrilus  simjdex  ;  the  short  neck,  which  is 
not  abruptly  marked  off,  is  lined  by  cubical  cells  (I  was  unable  to 
detect  cilia  in  my  sections,  though  no  doubt  they  exist  as  in  other 
species),  but  the  duct,  which  is  sharply  differentiated,  is  lined  by 
columnar  cells,  which  support  a  distinct  cuticle,  continuous  with 
that  of  the  outer  epidermis  (PL  xlvi.,  fig.  8).  The  wall  of  the  atrium 
is  muscular,  and  outside  this  coat  is  a  layer  of  "prostate  cells"  of  a 
form  essentially  similar  to  those  described  and  figured  by  Beddard 
( 1 )''  and  (Stole  (14).  In  fact,  except  for  minor  details,  the  apparatus 
is  characteristically  Branchiuran.  There  is  no  penis  other  than 
the  l)unch  of  copulatory  clneta^  on  their  papilla. 

The  spermatheca,  situated  on  each  side  of  segment  x.,  is 
relatively  small,  pyi-iform  in  shape,  with  a  short  distinct  duct, 
bent  at  right  angles  to  the  ampulla  (PL  xlvi.,  fig.  9),  to  open 
laterally  as  above  described.  Though  the  ampulla  is  tilled  with 
spermatozoa,  they  are  not  moulded  into  a  spermatophore. 

The  Vascular  SyHtem. — Two  pairs  of  enlarged  "hearts"  are 
visible  in  the  entire  specimens,  lying  in  segments  ^•iii.  and  ix., 
while  in  trans\erse  sections,  a  third  is  seen  in  segment  x. 

The  usual  narrow,  undulating  commissurals  are  present  in  the 
remaining  segments.  I  was  unable  to  detect  a  "  supra  intestinal 
vessel,"  except  possibly  in  segments  x.,  xL,  xii. — for  in.  these 
segments,  in  transverse  sections,  two  vessels  lie  above  the  gut,  a 
larger,  the  "dorsal,"  and  a  smaller  one  below  it,  which  may  be 
the  "  supra  intestinal."  Further  back,  and  further  forwards, 
only  a  single  vessel  is  visible  above  the  gut;  and  throughout  only 
a  single  one,  the  "  ventral "  vessel  below.  In  the  greater  part  of 
the  body  the  commissural  vessels  instead  of  going  directly  from 
the  dorsal  to  the  ventral  vessel,  break  up  into  a  more  or  less 
elaborate  plexus  on  the  body  wall  (PL  xlvi.,  fig.    12),  and  in  the 

''  For  i-eforonces  minibered  in  brackets  see  Bibliograjiliv  at  end  of  paper. 


KKPOHT    OX    TIIK    Ul.KIUCH.K'I'A        UKNIIAM.  259 

jKisterior  tliiid  or  so  tliis  network  lias  \ery  small  iiicslies  :  the  net- 
NS'ork  is  continuous  from  segment  to  segment.  Such  a  network  is 
i-aie  in  Tubiticids — it  has  bee)i  described  only  in  Bjviiirhiura,  as 
emended  b}'  Michaelsen  (9),  as  well  as  in  Jihlzodrilus  /imosits, 
Hatai  (<S),  and  to  some  extent  in  Ji.  piloi^Ks,  Goodrich  (7). 

The  form  and  constitution  of  the  network  is  more  like  that 
figured  by  Hatai  than  of  the  other  sj^ecies  referred  to,  viz.  : — 
Each  "latero-dorsal"and  "latero- ventral"  vessel  fy;^.^,  of  which  there 
is  a  pair  iii  every  segment,  after  reaching  the  body  wall  in  these 
post-clitellian  segments,  bi'eaks  up  into  a  number  of  anastomising 
Ijranches,  with  a  tendency  to  a  longitudinal  and  transverse 
arrangement.  It  is  (]uite  unlike  the  simpler  ariangement  of  A'. 
soive7'hyi,  and  is  less  elaborate  than  that  in  Ji.  rocciHfd  (14). 

The  first  nephridium  occurs  behind  the  atriopore  in  segments 
xiii.  and  xiv. 

RnnarkK. — That  this  worm  is  closely  allied  to  Stoic's  "Ilyodrilus 
coccineus "  there  can  be  no  doubt,  and  thei-e  appears  to  me  a 
certain  amount  of  truth  in  Ditlevsen's  criticism  (6)  of  Michaelsen '.s 
union  of  this  worm  with  Brtuichiiira  so/cfrbi/i  in  the  genus 
Bvaiirhinra — but  T  am  not  in  a  position  to  discuss  this  question 
on  the  present  occasion,  and  1  have  therefore  followed  Michaelsen 
in  placing  the  species  in  the  genus  Ih-aiu-hlnrd.  I  would  remark, 
however,  that  if  the  two  species  are  distinct,  a  new  generic  name 
must  be  found  for  "  Ilyodrilus  coccineus,"  since  I/i/<)(/nlii.s  was 
used  by  Eisen  earlier  in  a  different  sense. 

In  a  recent  article  Michaelsen  lias  severely  criticised  my  geiuis 
Taupodrilns,  and  denies  that  it  is  even  specifically  distinct  from 
B.  cocciiiea.  To  this  criticism  I  hope  to  reply  after  reading  his 
memoir  on  the  Elbe  Oligoclnetes,  which,  unfortunately,  I  have 
not  yet  seen.  Possibly,  B.  plcurothpca  may  be  a  \ariety  of  B. 
coccinea,  but  till  I  have  studied  this  memoir  I  shall  allow  the 
above  account  to  stand. 

The  prei-'ent  species  may  be  diagnosed  thus  : — • 
Braiichiura  plenrotheca,  sp.  nov. 

Clueta^,  dorsal  bundles  of  ll-3  crochets,  with  capilliforms  added 
in  anterior  segments  ;  ventrals  crochets,  with  upper  tooth  longer 
than  the  lower.  On  segjnent  xi.,  behind  the  male  i)ore,  a  bunch 
of  copulatory  cluv'tie  in  the  sagittal  plane,  tlie  points  con\  t-rging, 
the  chiette  similar  in  form,  greater  in  size  than  the  other 
ventrals.  Clitellum  |  x.,  xi.,  xii.  ;  spermathecal  jmre  lateral,  near 
anterior  margin  of  x.  Male  efferent  apparatus  as  in  P>.  coccinea, 
but  the  atrium  elongated  o\oid,  and  the  sperm  duct  opening  at 
its  apex.  An  elaborate  integumcntal  blood  plexus  in  the  greater 
part  of  the  body. 


260  Kl-X'OKDS    OF    THE    AUSTKALIAX    MUSEUM. 

Phreodkiloides,  yeii.   iiov. 

Kesembling  Phvpodrilns,  Beddarcl,  but  without  a  spennatheea. 
The  sperm  cluet  opens  into  a  muscuhir,  but  uon-glauduhir  sac, 
containing  spermatozoa,  wliich  opens  to  the  exteiior  in  seg- 
ment xii. 

Phreodkiloides  xoTAniLis,  ><p.  tior. 
(Pkte  xlvii.). 

Only  a  single  individual  of  this  very  interesting  worm  was 
received,  but  fortunately  it  was  sexually  mature.  It  was,  after 
examination  in  gh^cerine,  stained  and  mounted  in  Canada  balsam  ; 
later  it  was  unmounted,  and  the  anterior  end  cut  into  sei-ial 
sections. 

Dimensions. — It  is  altogether  shorter  and  more  slendei- tlian  the 
preceding  ;  it  was  coiled  in  a  flat  spiral  at  each  end,  so  that  the 
length  here  given  is  only  approximate!}'  correct,  viz.,  8  mm.  The 
body  wall  is  very  glandular  ;  the  glands  are  in  two  distinct 
annular  groups  in  each  segment,  that  is,  each  segment  is  bianiiu- 
late,  of  which  the  larger  occupies  the  greater  part  of  a  segment, 
and  a  mucli  narrower  one  lies  near  the  posterior  intersegmental 
furrow. 

Ch(et(i'. — The  ventrals  commence  in  segment  ii.,  and  the  dorsals 
in  iii.  (as  in  Btlireodrilus).  The  ventral  bundle  normallj^  contains 
a  single  chai^ta,  which  is  a  simple-pointed  sigmoid,  Avith  very  feebly 
expressed  nodulus  (PL  xlvii.,  fig.  13).  But  in  a  few  segments  I 
noted  two  such  cluette.      These  ventrals  measure  0-05  mm. 

The  dorsal  ciuetje  are  entirel}'  capilliforms,  and  there  a])pear  to 
be  two  in  each  bundle,  one  longer  and  thicker,  one  shorter  and 
finer.  This  is  certainly  the  case  in  segments  iii.  and  iv.,  but 
unfortunately  the  rest  were  broken,  the  anterior  end  being- 
protected  by  its  curvatui'e  retained  tiiem  when  mounted  in 
glycerine.  After  manipulation,  however,  I  found  that  e\en  tliese 
had  been  broken.  I  failed  to  measure  them,  but  the  longer 
chcvta  was  rather  greater  than  half  the  diameter  of  the  body. 

A  careful  study  of  transverse  sections  shows  that  each  of  the 
subsequent  segments  contain  bases  identical  with  that  of  these 
tvvo  segments,  i.e.,  the  inner  end  is  abruptly  truncated,  there  is  no 
nodulus,  and  the  embedded  portion  is  straight — all  characters  of 
capilliforms.  Clnette  are  absent  in  segment  xii.,  and  there  are  no 
copulatory  ch;et;e. 

The  CliteUnni  commences  at  al)out  the  middle  of  segment  xii. 
and  surrounds  segment  xiii.,  liut  only  a  \^v\  short  portion  of  the 
ventral  surface  is  glandular. 

The  male  pore  is  situated  near  the  anterior  margin  of  segment 
xii ,  ratlier  mediad  of  the  line  of  the  ventral  cha^tse.  There  is  no 
spermathecal  pore. 


hhpokt  on  the  oll(;ocileta — hexham.  261 

Intehxal  Anatomy  : — 

Rpjirodnctlvi'  St/stem. — The  structure  of  the  male  efferent 
Hj)paratus  is  very  peculiar.  A  pair  of  testes  lies  in  segment  xi., 
on  the  anterior  septum  ;  the  sperm  funnel  is  simple,  and  the 
sperm  duct  after  piercing  the  septum  xi./xii.,  passes  hackwards  in 
a  .slightly  undulating  course  on  the  mesial  side  of  a  large  muscular 
sac,  into  the  neck  of  which  it  opens  (PL  xlvii.,  lig.  15). 

The  muscular  sac  in  segment  xii.  was  very  conspicuous  in  the 
t'ntire  specimen,  as  it  is  filled  with  ripe  spermatozoa.  It  is  nearly 
cylindrical,  l)ut  curved,  so  that  it  is  convex  dorsally  ;  its  rounded 
free  extremity  is  directed  forwards  and  rests  close  hehind  the 
septum  xi./xii.,  while  posteriorly,  after  curving  downwards  as  it 
approaches  the  middle  of  the  segment,  hecomes  rather  narrowei-, 
to  form  a  short  "  neck."  This  now  opens  into  a  small,  suh- 
spherical  chamber  through  its  mesial  wall.  This  cliamber,  which 
may  be  termed  the  "  penial  chamber,"'  in  its  turn  cKinmunicates 
with  the  exterior  by  a  comparatively  small  pore  on  the  ventral 
surface  of  segment  xii.  (PI.  xlvii.,  fig.  14). 

The  structure  of  these  parts  is  as  follows: — The  "muscular  sac" 
is  lined  by  a  fiat  epithelium,  in  which  nuclei  can  only  be  distin- 
guislied  here  and  there,  surrounded  by  a  thick  coat  of  circular 
muscle-fibres  (PL  xlvii.,  fig.  16).  There  is  no  glandular 
covering,  and  no  gland  opening  into  this  sac.  The 
sperm  duct  has  the  usual  structure,  and  opens  into  the 
narrow  neck  of  the  preceding  near  tlie  (jpening  of  tlie 
latter  into  the  "penial  chamber"  (PL  xlvii.,  fig.  15).  Tlie 
short  "  common  duct "  thus  formed  does  not  differ  in 
structure  from  the  rest  of  the  sac.  At  the  point  of  entrance  of 
the  sperm  duct,  the  cilia  project  into  the  sac  (PL  xlvii.,  fig.  16). 
The  subspherical  "  penial  chamber"  appears  to  be  a,n  invagination 
of  the  epidermis,  it  is  lined  by  an  epithelium,  which  over  the 
greater  part  of  the  outer  hemisphere  is  similar  to  tiie  epidermis, 
but  the  wiiole  of  the  mesial  surface  of  the  wall,  as  well  as  the 
apex  and  part  of  the  outer  wall,  is  lined  by  a  layer  of  tall  glandu- 
lar cells  (PL  xlvii.,  fig.  17).  The  wall  is,  fui'ther,  provided  with  a 
thin  coat  of  circular  and  longitudinal  muscles,  as  well  as  "  retractor 
nmscles  "  connected  with  the  body  wall.  The  structui-e  of  this 
chamber  suggests  that  it  is  capable  of  protrusion,  and  on  one  side 
of  the  body,  the  common  duct  (or  neck  of  the  muscular  sac)  is  it- 
self pushed  forward  into  tlie  cavity  of  the  "  penial  chamber  "  (PL 
xlvii.,  fig.  17)  in  such  a  way  as  to  suggest  a  "  penis  "  such  as 
exists  in  some  species  of  Phreodril its  (P.  albus,  P.  lacuxtris),  but  of 
much  smaller  dimensions. 

In  segments  xi.  and  xii.  are  masses  of  developing  spermatozoa  ; 
the  former  segment  is  filled   by   them,  the   latter   only   partly   so. 


'2(y2  KECOHDS    OF    THE    AU.STRALIAX    MUSEUM. 

tiiul  ill  segment  xiii.  is  a  median  sperm  sac,  with  a  definite  wall. 
The  ovary  is  in  segment  xii.  in  the  usual  position,  and  loose  ova 
of  various  sizes  also  occur  in  this  segment  ;  in  xiii.  and  xiv.  are 
also  very  large  ova,  one  in  each  segment,  lying  in  an  ovisac.  The 
o\iduct  I  was  unable  to  trace  satisfactorily,  but  at  the  boundary 
of  segments  xii./xiii.  I  detected  a  mass  of  small  nuclei  in  a 
position  suggesting  the  duct,  but  the  compression  to  which  the 
worm  had  been  subjected  had  entirely  obliterated  the  lumen,  if  it 
be  the  duct,  and  though  I  was  able  to  trace  these  cells  into  con- 
tinuity with  the  epidermis,  no  pore  was  visible 

The  alimentary  canal  presents  no  special  features.  The 
pharynx  is  present  in  segment  ii.  ;  the  oesophagus,  thick-walled 
and  of  small  diameter,  extends  into  the  tenth  segment,  beyond 
which  it  opens  abruptly  into  the  thin-walled  intestine,  which  has 
a  diameter  about  twice  tliat  of  the  cesophagus  :  here,  starting  in 
segment  xi.,  the  gut  is  filled  with  sand  grains,  diatom  shells,  etc. 
There  are  salivary  glands  or  septal  glands  on  the  anterior  wall  of 
segments  v.  and  vi. 

Of  the  vat^cnla)'  system  the  following  facts  were  noted.  Tlie 
dorsal  and  ventral  vessels  are  the  only  longitudinal  trunks  ;  these 
are  connected  by  delicate  commissurals  in  segments  iii.  to  vii.,  the 
last  being  slightly  larger  than  the  rest,  but  not  definitely  "heart"- 
like.  There  are  no  integumental  vessels  ;  on  the  outer  wail  of  the 
intestine,  however,  there  is  a  very  regular  network  of  blood- 
vessels formed  of  closely  and  regularly  set  circular  vessels  con- 
nected by  short  longitudinal  ones.  This  recalls  Michaelsen's 
account  of  the  arrangement  in  Phreodrilus  kergueJenen^is  (10). 
The  blood  is  quite  pale  in  colour. 

The  nephridia  are  loose-coiled  tuV)es  of  a  Tubificid  character  ; 
they  seem  to  be  asymmetrically  disposed,  for  the  first  organ  lies 
on  the  left  side  of  segment  vi.  Those  of  the  following  segments 
are  also  confined  to  the  left  side  ;  that  in  segment  x.  is  on  the 
right  side  ;  and  further  back  I  see  only  one  in  a  segment. 

Remarks. — Although  the  worm  agrees  with  Phreodrilus  in 
general  external  anatomy  and  in  several  of  the  internal  characters, 
so  as  to  be  easily  included  in  the  family  Phreodrilida?,  as  defined 
by  Michaelsen  (1902),  yet  it  differs  from  all  the  species  of  the 
genus  Phreodrilus  in  the  structure  of  the  male  efferent  apparatus, 
and  in  the  apparent  absence  of  a  spermatheca.  I  say  "apparent" 
absence,  for  it  may  possibly  be  that  the  muscular  sac,  filled  with 
spermatozoa,  has  received  those  spermatozoa  during  copulation 
with  another  worm.  But  in  no  Oligochjete  hitherto  studied  do  we 
know  of  such  a  spermatheca  connected  in  this  way  with  the  male 
duct.  On  the  other  hand,  we  not  unfrequently  find  the  ripe 
spermatozoa   filling   more   or  less  of  the   atrial  caAity,   through 


RKPOK'l'    OX    TlIK    OLICOCIU.TA       liKNHAM.  26."i 

wliicli  of  course  tliey  must  pass  on  the  way  to  the  exterior.  But 
in  most  of  these  cases  tliei-e  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  nature  of  the 
chamber  ;  it  is  provided  witli  a  glandular  linini;-,  oi-  receives  the 
necks  of  the  gland  cells  of  the  prostate,  and  thougii  we  are  in 
ignorance  as  to  the  exact  function  of  this  secretion,  yet  it  appears 
probable  that  it  takes  some  share  in  the  process  of  copulation. 
In  the  present  worm,  however,  the  sac  which  contains  the  sperm- 
atozoa is  absolutely  non-glandular — there  is  neither  prostate,  nor 
prostate  cells  outside  it,  nor  glandular  cells  lining  it.  The  wall 
is  strongly  muscular,  far  more  muscular  than  is  the  atiium  in 
other  aquatic  Oligocluetes,  and  in  this  respect  resembles  the 
muscularity  of  the  spermatheca  in  many  Tubificids.  At  any  rate, 
we  have  to  note  the  entire  absence  of  a  spermatheca  corresponding 
to  that  of  PhrPodriJus. 

In  all  the  species  of  this  genus  the  spermatheca  is  a  long  sac 
extending  through  two  or  more  segments  and  opening  near  the 
anterior  margin  of  segment  xiii.  This  is  quite  an  exceptional 
position  for  this  organ,  in  the  class,  for  it  is  almost  universally  in 
front  of  the  male  pore,  though  in  certain  of  the  Lumljriculidie  it 
is  behind  the  pore. 

The  idea  occurs  to  one  that  in  PhreodrUoides  tiie  pore  of  the 
spermatheca  has  passed  forwards  into  segment  xii.,  and  has 
become  coincident  with  the  male  pore.  But  there  is  nothing 
analogous  to  such  a  fusion  throughout  the  Oligochfeta,  and  a  more 
reasonable  explanation  is  that  the  atrium  has  become  a  reservoir 
for  the  spermatozoa,  and  that  copulation  does  not  occur,  that  the 
muscular  sac  (or  "  autospermatheca  ")  discharges  its  own  speiin- 
atozoa  on  its  own  ova,  during  the  formation  of  the  cocoon. 

But  there  is  another  feature  in  which  this  new  genus  ditters 
from  Phrrodi-iliis — in  tliat  genus  the  sperm  duct  opens  into  a 
more  or  less  tubular  organ  lined  with  glandular  cells  and  termed 
the  "  atrium,"  which  in  tui-n  opens  through  a  "  penial  sac  "  lined 
by  flatter  cells,  and  surrounded  by  muscles  This  .sac  is  quite 
small  or  evanescent  in  P.  kfiniiipleupusis  (10),  but  is  of  considerable- 
size  in  P.  Incuxfrls  and  othei'S  (see  Benham,  4),  and  further,  in 
most  .species  the  jujre  is  at  the  end  of  a  conical  pi-otrusible  organ 
lying  in  this  sac. 

From  a  mert^  inspection  of  a  figure,  the  male  apjjaratus  of 
P]iri'()d}-il()idpx  appears  to  be  readily  comparable  with  that  of 
P.  krr<iiit'lptixlx,  Michaelsen,  and  P.  /acusfris,  Benham,  were  it  not 
that  what  is  a  highly  glandular  sac  (atrium)  in  these  two  .species, 
is  a  non-glandular,  highly  muscular  sac  in  PhreodriJoides ;  and  it 
appears  that  the  "penial  chamber"  of  the  latter — partly 
glandular  as  it  is — niay  represent  both  tlie  atrium  and  the  penial 
sheath  of  such  a  foi'in  as  P.  Jaciixfrix.     On  the  other  hand,  there 


264  }31-X'0HDS    OF    THK    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

is   some  sli,ii,lit  evidence  that   this  penial   chamber    is    e\'ei'sible, 
when  it  would  correspond  only  to  the  penial  sheath  of  i^.  htcvstris. 

If  this  chamber  is  really  eversible,  we  must  probably  conclude 
that  copulation  does  take  place,  and  if  so,  the  only  sac  capable  of 
receiving  spermatozoa  is  the  muscular  sac,  which  would  thus 
function  as  a  spermatheca.  80  that  whatever  may  be  the  true 
homologies  of  these  parts,  the  distinctness  and  peculaiity  of  the 
new  genus  ai-e  sufficiently  striking. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1.  Beddard,   1892.       A    New    Branchiate    Ohgocha'te,   Quart. 

Join-.  Micro.  Sci.,  xxxiii.,  p.  525. 

2.  Beddard,   1894.       Naiden,     Tubificiden,     und     Terricolen, 

Eryeh.Haoihurii  Mcujalh.  SammeJr.,  p.  9. 
-13.     Benham,   1903.        Some  n.  sp.  of  Aquatic  01igocha?ta  from 
New  Zealand,   Proc.   ZonJ.   Soc,   1903, 
ii.,  p.  209. 

4.  Benham,    1904.        On  some  n.  sp.  of  the  genus  Phreodrilus, 

(Jnart.   .Tourn.  Micro.  Sci.,  xlviii.,  271. 

5.  Bretscher,   1900.     Mitth.      ub.     d.     01igoch:«ten-fauna     d- 

Schweiz,  Rev.  Snissc  ZooL,  viii.,  p.  11- 
•6.     Ditlevsen,  1901.      8tudien  an  Oligochaten,  Zt^if.  Wiss.  ZooL, 
Ixxvii.,  p.  416. 

7.  Goodrich,  1901.       On  the  structure  of  Vermiculus  pilosus. 

Quart.   Journ.    Micro.   Sci.,   xxxvii.,   p. 
253. 

8.  Hatai,    1899.  On    Vermiculus     limosus,     Aunot.     Zool. 

Ja])on.,  iii.,  103. 

9.  Michaelsen,  1900.   Oligochivta  ;    Das    Tierreich,   p.    48,    49, 

524. 

10.  Michaelsen,  1902.   Die     Oligochaten     d.    deutsclier     Tiefsee 

Exped.,  p.  130. 

1 1 .  Moore,   1 905.  Some  Marine  01igocha?ta  of  New  England, 

Froc.     Acad.    Xat.     Sci.    FhiJadcL,    p. 
359. 

12.  Pierantoni,  1902.    Due    n.    g.    di    Oligocheti    marini,    JiuV. 

Soc.  Xatur.  jS'apoIi.,  xvi.,  p.  5. 

13.  Pierantoni,  1905.    Oligocheti    del    Fiume    Sarno,    Archivio. 

Zool.,  ii.,  pp.  228  and  235. 

14.  Stole,    1888.  Ahh.  Bohiu.  (jfKeU.,  ser.  7.  vol.  ii.,  p.  38. 

15.  N'isart,    1901.  Tubifex     camerani,     JioU.      Jfatt.      Zool. 

7'(fri)io.,  xvi.,  no.  387. 


MINERALOGICAL   NOTES:    No.   IV.— ORTHOCLASE  m 
NEW   SOUTH   WALES 

By  C.  Andersox,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  Mineralogist. 

(Plates  xlviii.-lii.). 

Macroscopic  crystals  of  felspar  are  of  common  occurrence  in  the 
granitic  area  of  Northern  New  South  Wales  and  have  been  noted 
by  various  observers,  but  so  far  no  crystallogi-aphic  description 
has  appeared.  It  is  proposed  in  this  paper  to  describe  and  illus- 
trate some  of  the  jnore  interesting  orthoclase  crystals  comprised 
in  the  Australian  Museum  collection,  plagioclase  felspars  being 
reserved  for  a  subsequent  article. 

The  specimens  figured  were  with  one  exception  acquired  by  the 
Trustees  from  Mr.  D.  A.  Porter,  of  Tamworth,  to  whom  also  I  am 
under  obligation  for  particulars  of  their  finding  and  mode  of  oc- 
currence. Mr.  E.  C.  Andrews,  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  New 
South  Wales,  who  possesses  an  extensive  knowledge  of  the 
granites  of  New  England,  has  been  good  enough  to  examine  the 
collection,  and  has  given  me  valuable  information  regarding  the 
field  I'elations  of  the  rocks  in  which  the  felspars  are  found. 

For  identification  purposes  Becke's  method  was  employed ;  by  the 
use  of  a  liquid  with  a  refractive  index  greater  than  those  of  ortho- 
clase and  about  equal  to  the  mean  index  of  albite,  orthoclase  was 
easily  distinguished  from  plagioclase.  This  method  was  supple- 
mented by  observation  of  the  extinction  angles  on  cleavage  Hakes. 
The  crystal  forms  were  determined  by  inspection  corroborated  by 
measurement  with  a  contact  goniometer. 

CocKBURN  Creek. 

(Plate  xlviii.,  fig.  1). 

A  single  specimen  from  •'  Beadle's  Conditional  Purchase,  "^ 
Cockburn  Creek,  near  Tamworth,  is  in  the  Museum  collection. 
It  consists  of  an  aggregate  of  glassy  crystals  of  a  typical 
adularia  habit,  accompanied  by  small  brownish  crystals  of 
axinite.  The  felspar  presents  the  simple  combination  c  (001), 
m  (110),  X  (101),  c  and  x  having  a  tendency  to  oscillate  with  one 
another  and  give  a  somewhat  rounded  termination. 


266 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


For  chemical  analysis  some  fragments  were  broken  off,  and, 
after  examination  with  a  hand  lens  and  removal  of  a  slight  iron 
stain  by  liot  hydrochloric  acid,  ground  to  fine  powder.  For 
general  analysis  ■3241  gram  was  taken,  for  alkalies  4962  gram. 
The  alkalies  were  determined  by  Lawrence  Smith's  well-known 
method,  the  amount  of  alkali  in  the  calcium  carbonate  employed 
being  determined  and  allowed  for.  The  filtrate  from  alumina 
gave  no  precipitate  with  ammonium  oxalate  on  prolonged 
standing,  hence  lime,  if  present  at  all,  must  be  in  very  small 
amount ;  other  components  possibly  present  in  traces,  as  oxide  of 
iron,  magnesia,  and  water,  were  not  specially  searched  for  in  view 
of  the  small  quantity  of  material  available.  Further,  the  per- 
centage of  silica  is  slightly  low  and  of  alumina  rather  high, 
perhaps  owing  to  the  contamination  of  alumina  by  traces  of 
silica  not  removed  in  the  first  operation. 

The  appended  analysis  T.  shows  tliat  the  mineral  is  a  nearly 
pure  potash  felspar ;  II.  is  Tschermak's  analysis  of  adularia 
from  Pfitsch,^  while  III.  is  the  theoretical  percentages  for 
KAl  Si,  0,. 


Si  0. 

I. 

II. 

III. 

63-90  % 

64-5  °/ 

64-7  % 

AI2O, 

20-61 

18-4 

18-4 

CaO 

-3 

Na^.O 

-37 

1-3 

K,  0 

15-39 

14-8 

16-9 

100-27 

99-3 

100-0 

Oban. 

(Plate  xlviii.,  figs.  2,  3,  4  ;  PL  xlix.,  figs.  1,2;  Pis.  l.-lii.). 

In  our  collection  there  is  a  fine  suite  of  felspar  crystals,  some 
of  large  size,  from  this  locality,  a  notable  feature  being  the 
excellent  development  of  Baveno  twins.  This  occurrence  has 
been  noted  by  Porter  when  describing  quartz  from  Oban,'-^  and  he 


1  Tschermak— Ber.    Ak.   Wien,  1.,   (1),   1865,  p.  577   (quoted  Dana— Syst. 

Min.,  6th  edit.,  1892,  p.  319). 

2  Porter— Journ.  Roy.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xviii.,- 1884  (1885),  p.  75. 


MINEHALOGICAL    NOTES  :    NO.    IV. ANDERSON.  267 

has  recently  given  me  additional  information  regarding  the 
locality.  The  best  specimens  in  the  collection  were  obtained  some 
thirty-five  years  ago  by  the  late  Mr.  Thomas  Clarke  of  Oban 
while  blasting  up  a  side  channel  in  the  granite  in  order  to  divert 
the  stream  from  the  bed  of  Oban  Creek  and  facilitate  the  search 
for  gold  and  tin-ore  therein.  Detached  crystals  of  felspar,  accom- 
panied by  tourmaline,  topaz,  cassiterite  and  gold  are  sometimes 
found  in  the  alluv'ial  wash  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Oban. 

The  granite  of  Oban  belongs  to  the  "  later  and  more  acid  type  " 
of    Andrews'* ;    associated   with  it  is  a  series   of  eurites,   often 
pegmatitic,  and  it  is  mainly,  if  not  entirely,  from  the  pegmatite 
phases  that  the  large  crystals  of  orthoclase  here  described  have 
come.     A  common  characteristic  in  hand   specimens  is  a  graphic 
intergrowth  of  quartz  and  felspar  ;    this  is  seen  on  a  large  scale 
in    the    specimen    shown    in    PI.    1.,    fig.    1,    where    the    several 
quartz  crystals  project  from  the  felspar  with  their  vertical  axes 
parallel.     One  interesting  specimen  consists  of  a  group  of  large 
crystals  of  smoky  quartz,  the  core  of  one  being  an   elongated 
crystal   of  felspar   twinned   on  the  Baveno  law  but  without  ter- 
minations.    A    somewhat  similar  association  is  seen  in  PI.   li., 
where  a  well-developed   Baveno   twin  is    partly  embedded  in  a 
smoky  quartz  crystal.      Besides  quartz  (usually  smoky),  which  is 
a  constant  companion  of  the  orthoclase,  we  find  associated  with 
it,   tourmaline,  in    the  usual  striated   columnar   crystals,   and    a 
plagioclase  felspar,  which,  from  refractive  index  and  extinction 
angles,   is  found   to  be  near  albite.     Plate  Hi.,  is  a  photograph 
of   a   slab   consisting    of   large,    buff,   orthoclase  crystals,    much 
decomposed,   seated  on   which  are  fresher,   whitish    crystals   of 
albite    in    intercrossing   pei'icline    twins.     A   fine   example  of  a 
Baveno  doublet  is  shown  in   PI.  xlviii.,  fig.  2 ;  it  has  the  usual 
habit  elongated  parallel  to  the  axis  [c,  6].     The  two  portions  are 
not  quite  symmetrical  to  the  combination  plane,  the  face  c'  (001) 
slightly  overlapping  the  face  b  (010),  with  which  it  is  practically 
coplanar,  but  the  boundaries  of  the  two  segments  are  easily  trace- 
able by  the  aid  of  the  series  of  more  or  less  parallel  markings 
present  on   every  face  and  having  a  direction  on  each  approxi- 
mately parallel  to  the  intersection  of  the  particular  face  with  the 
plane  of  the  pinacoid  (100).     These  lines  of  corrosion  are  some- 
what less  pi'onounced  on  the  prism  m  (110),  which  still  retains  a 
dimly  vitreous  lusti'e.     This  crystal  measures  about  4x2  cm. 

A  more  complicated  twin  is  represented  in  PI.  xlviii.,  fig.  3.     It 
may  be  interpreted  either  as  a  triplet  according   to  the   Baveno 

^  Andrews— Kec.  Geol.  Survey  N.  S.  Wales,  viii.,  2,  1905,  p.  116. 


268  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

law,  or  the  segment  on  the  left  of  the  figure  with  faces  labelled 
b,  c,  0,  X,  may  be  regarded  as  twinned  to  the  segment  in  the 
normal  position  on  the  Manebacli  law ;  it  is  not  possible 
without  very  exact  measurement  to  decide  between  these  alter- 
natives. This  specimen,  like  the  last,  is  much  corroded  in 
approximately  parallel  lines  and  it  shows  here  and  there  small 
scales  of  a  yellowish  micaceous  mineral.  It  measures  about  9  x 
3 "5  cm. 

Another  isolated  Baveno  doublet  (PL  xlix.,  fig.  1)  exhibits  an 
irregular  junction  of  the  two  segments,  that  on  the  left  partially 
enveloping  the  other.  This  crystal,  which  is  drawn  with  the 
edge  \b,  c]  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  paper,  measures  3-5 
X  l'^5  cm. 

An  interesting  crystal  of  which  the  exact  locality  is  not  known 
is  similarly  drawn  in  PL  xlix.,  fig.  2.  It  was  acquired  in  a 
collection  of  Australian  and  New  Caledonian  minerals  from 
Mr.  A.  H.  F.  Stephens,  who  gave  the  locality  as  New  South 
Wales.  It  bears  a  close  resemblance  to  the  Oban  twins,  and, 
like  them,  is  accompanied  by  yellowish  mica  scales  ;  hence  we 
may  fairly  assume  that  it  was  derived  from  the  granite  of  Oban 
or  the  neighbourhood.  Like  the  specimen  described  above  (PL 
xlviii.,  fig.  3),  it  may  be  regarded  either  as  a  Baveno  triplet  or  as 
a  combined  Baveno  and  Manebach  group.  The  junctions  are 
remarkably  regular  and  the  crystal  as  a  whole  is  well  balanced  ; 
it  is,  though  not  the  largest,  perhaps  the  finest  example  of  a 
Baveno  twin  in  the  collection  of  New  South  Wales  orthoclase. 
It  measures  4*5  X  1  cm. 

While  the  Baveno  twins  are  the  finest,  crystals  also  twinned 
according  to  the  other  well  established  laws,  the  Carlsbad  and 
Manebach,  are  forthcoming  from  Oban.  Of  the  former  the 
crystal  represented  in  PL  xlviii.,  fig.  4,  may  be  taken  as  typical. 
It  shows  th_e  forms  c(001),6(010),a(100),m  (110),  ~(130),;i-(r01), 
y  (201),  o  (111);  of  these  the  pinacoid  a  is  of  infrequent  occurence 
on  orthoclase.  The  7n  faces  are  comparatively  bright  (it  seems  as 
if  these  resist  corrosion  with  greater  success  than  do  the  other 
faces).  The  terminal  faces  are  marked  by  irregular  branching 
lines  with  a  general  direction  parallel  to  the  edge  [c,  a]  ;  these 
markings  are  of  very  usual  occurence  on  orthoclase  crystals,  and, 
as  they  are  accentuated  on  worn  crystals,  are  probably  due  to 
corrosion.  The  b  pinacoid  is  finely  striated  parallel  to  the  inter- 
secting edges  of  the  prismatic  zone.  The  faces  c  and  .r  are 
represented  in  the  figure  as  coplanar ;  strictly  speaking  c 
(p   ~    26*   3')    is    somewhat    steeper    than    x    (p    =    24°    13')  ; 


MINERALOGICaL    notes  :    NO.    IV. ANDERSON.  269 

in  PI.  xlix.,  fig.  4,  the  diiference  is  slightly  exaggerated 
to  show  that  the  faces  are  not  quite  in  one  plane.  Well- 
defined  cracks  parallel  to  the  basal  pinacoid  traverse  the 
faces  in  the  prism  zone ;  by  observing  the  direction  of 
these  cleavage  cracks  one  can  easily  distinguish  c  from  x, 
even  when  these  are  to  all  appearance  coplanar  and  physically 
similar,  and  the  dome  y  is  not  present.  This  crystal,  which  mea- 
sures approximately  2  X  1"5  X  1  cm.,  forms  one  of  a  small  group 
of  felspar  and  smoky  quartz  crystals  with  a  crumbly  pegmatitic 
matrix.  Seated  in  parallel  position  on,  and  partially  embedded 
in,  the  figured  crystal  are  small  crystals  of  albite. 

Manebach  twins  are  not  met  with  so  frequently  as  Baveno  and 
Carlsbad  types.  One  good  but  rather  decomposed  example, 
accompanied  by  orthoclase  in  Baveno  and  Carlsbad  twins,  albite 
and  smoky  quartz  was  observed  ;  in  habit  and  development  it  is 
essentially  similar  to  the  crystal  figured  in  PI.  xlviii.,  fig.  5, 
which  comes  however  from  Bolivia.  In  the  Oban  crystal  albite 
is  in  parallel  position  with  the  two  segments  of  the  Manebach 
twin  ;  hence  the  albite  also  must  be  twinned  on  the  Manebach 
law. 

On  the  whole  the  orthoclase  ciystals  of  Oban  suggest  a  com- 
parison with  those  described  from  Four-la-Brouque,  France.* 

Uralla. 
(Plate  xlix.,  fig.  5). 

In  the  Museum  collection  are  a  few  specimens  of  orthoclase 
from  the  Rocky  River,  Uralla,  which  are  in  general  very  similar 
to  the  Oban  mineral.  This  similarity  is  no  doubt  due  to  their 
having  been  derived  from  a  geologically  equivalent  pegmatite. 
All  the  Rocky  River  felspars,  Mr.  Porter  informs  me,  were  ob- 
tained in  the  alluvial  gold  wash,  where  they  are  accompanied  by 
ilmenite,  zircon,  quartz  and  jasper.  It  is  worthy  of  note  that 
no  tourmaline  or  cassiterite  is  found  in  the  Rocky  River  wash, 
in  which  it  differs  from  the  alluvial  drifts  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Oban. 

A  Carlsbad  twin  from  the  Rocky  River  is  interesting  as  an  ex- 
ample of  what  is  sometimes  described  as  a  left-handed  twin,  as 
distinguished  from  the  other  figured  crystals  (PI.  xlviii.,  figs.  4,  6 
and  PI.  xlix.,  fig.  4)  which  are  right-handed.  This  is  a 
comparatively    small    crystal,    measuring   about    1    X    "8    X    '5 

<  Gonnard— Bull.  Soc.  Fr.  Min.  vi.,  1883,  p.  265 ;  Ibid.,  viii.,  1885,  p.  307 ; 
Ihid.,  si.   1888,  p.  177. 


270  KKCOHDS  OK  THE  AUSTRALIAN  MUSEUM. 

cm.  It  is  associated  in  the  hand  specimen  with  crystals 
of  smoky  and  ordinaiy  quartz,  albite  in  Carlsbad  twins, 
and  small  scales  of  black  mica,  the  last  where  the  idiomorphic 
felspar  and  quartz  become  merged  into  a  fine-grained  granite. 
The  basal  plane  is  fairly  bright,  while  x  is  corroded  and  quite 
devoid  of  lustre,  the  distinction  between  the  two  being  obvious  at 
a  glance. 

Another  specimen  from  this  locality  is  in  all  respects  similar  to 
the  (much  larger)  group  from  Oban  figured  in  PI.  lii.  The  simi- 
larity is  so  pronounced  that  one  would  almost  be  inclined  to 
regard  them  as  fragments  from  one  and  the  same  block. 

Bolivia. 

(Plate  xlviii.,  fig.  5  ;  PI.  xli.x,,  figs.  3,  4). 

Just  as  the  prevalence  of  Baveno  twins  marks  the  Oban  ortho- 
clase,  so  tlae  special  feature  of  the  Bolivia  occurrence,  so  far  as- 
represented  in  the  collection,  is  tlie  excellence  of  the  Carlsbad 
twins.  The  crystals  are  in  general  fresher  tlian  those  from  Oban 
and  Uralla,  this  being  perhaps  due  to  their  being  obtained  from 
druses  in  the  "acid"  granite,  not  from  pegmatite  veins  and 
lenses. 

In  PL  xlix.,  fig.  3  is  shown  a  group  consisting  of  three  Carlsbad 
twins  and  a  Manebach  twin,  accompanied  by  three  crystals  of 
slightly  smoky  quai-tz  ;  the  same  Manebach  twin  is  partially 
idealised  in  PI.  xlviii.,  fig.  5.  Another  fine  ciystal  twinned  on 
the  Carlsbad  law  (PL  xlix.,  fig.  4)  is  one  of  a  group  of  four,  and 
measures  about  3  x  -  X  1  cm.  The  prism  faces  are  smooth  and 
bright,  the  terminal  faces  and  the  b  pinacoid  slightly  striated 
parallel  to  their  intersection  with  the  plane  of  the  a  pinacoid. 

Inverell. 
(Plate  xlviii.,  fig.  6). 

From  a  decomposed  felspar-porphyry  about  fourteen  to  twenty 
miles  north-east  from  Inverell  good  examples  of  Carlsbad  twins 
are  obtained,  one  of  which  is  drawn  and  partly  idealised. 
The  crystals  are  quite  different  in  appearance  from  those 
described  above  from  other  localities  in  the  State,  as,  instead  of 
being  white  or  buff  in  colour,  they  are  brick-red.  The  figured 
crystal  measures  about  2  x  -  X   1  cm. 

That  I  am  able  to  present  a  plate  of  shaded  drawings  is 
largely  owing  to  the  instructions  and  hints  of  my  colleague,  Mr. 
A.   R.  McCulloch,  to  whom  my  best  thanks  are  due. 


THE    RESULTS  of  DEEP-SEA   INVESTIGATION   in  thk 
TASMAN   SEA. 

I.— THE  EXPEDITION  of  H.M.C.S.  "MINER. 

1.  Introductory  Notk  on  the  First  Deep-Ska  Cruise. 

By  W.  A.  H.vswell,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Biology  in  the 

University  of  Sydney,  and  C.  Hedley,  F.L.S.,  Conchologist, 

Australian  Museum. 

Having  been  enabled  by  means  of  a  grant  from  the  Royal 
Society  of  London  to  procure  3000  fathoms  of  steel-wire  rope 
(supplied  at  cost  price  by  Messrs.  Bullivant),  and  having  been 
granted,  through  the  courtesy  of  Brigadier-General  Gordon,  C.B., 
the  use  of  H.M.C.S.  "  Miner"  with  a  strong  crew  under  the  com- 
mand of  Lieut. -Colonel  J.  H.  A.  Lee,  we  made  on  5th  to  7th  June  a 
first  essay  in  deep-sea  investigation  in  the  Tasman  Sea.  The  onlv 
soundings  on  the  chart  outside  the  hundred  fathom  limit  are 
those  recorded  by  the  "Challenger"  in  1874;  and,  depending 
upon  these,  we  made  our  first  cast  of  the  dredge  when  we  had 
reached  a  position  distant  about  fifty-five  miles  due  east  of  Port 
Jackson  Heads,  expecting  to  reach  bottom  at  a  depth  of  about 
2000  fathoms.  This  was  unsuccessful,  and,  owing  to  the  coming 
on  of  lieavy  weather,  we  were  obliged  to  run  in  nearer  to  the 
coast.  Early  on  the  morning  of  the  7th  June  the  bucket-dredge 
was  let  go  in  80  fathoms,  twenty-two  miles  east  of  Narrabeen, 
and  returned  with  a  satisfactory  load.  Leaving  this  station  the 
vessel  was  steered  about  six  miles  east  by  south,  and  the  trawl 
was  lowered  in  a  depth  of  200-300  fathoms.  It  brought  up  some 
specimens  of  a  Sea-urchin  Porocidaris  degans,  A.  Ag.,  obtained 
by  the  "  Cliallenger  "  at  Station  164a,  410  fathoms,  and  Station 
214,  500  fathoms,  half-a-dozen  specimens  of  a  large  Spatangid,  as 
yet  undeterminefl,  and  an  undetermined  Pennatulid.  As  the 
the  weather  still  continued  extremely  rough  we  were  obliged  to 
desist  and  return  to  poi't. 

During  the  dredging  operations  use  was  made  of  the  surface 
net,  and  at  the  farthest  east  limit  a  rich  surface  fauna  was  met 
with,  comprising  Radiolaria,   Foraminifera,  a  Vorticellid,   Dino- 


272  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

flagellata,  Chajtognatha,  a  Polyclad,  Polychseta,  Crustacea, 
Heteropoda,  Ptei'opoda  and  Urochorda.  Nearer  the  coast  the 
Radiolaria,  particularly  the  colonial  forms,  were  less  abundant. 

The  mass  of  deposit  brought  up  by  the  bucket-dredge  consisted 
almost  entirely  of  calcareous  organic  structures.  The  great  bulk 
of  this  was  composed  of  calcareous  Polyzoa,  mostly  in  small  frag- 
ments, with  numerous  Foraminifera,  many  shells,  and  a  consider- 
able number  of  small  solitary  corals.  The  representatives  of  the 
last-named  group  which  have  been  examined  by  Mr.  J.  S.  Den- 
iiant,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  comprise  Platyotrochus  compressns,  Ten. 
Woods,  Deltocyathns  rokeformis,  Ten.  Woods,  Dimocyathus 
parasiticus,  Ten.  Woods,  Leptopaiuus  discus,  Moseley  ?,  Koto- 
phyllia  recta,  Dennant,  Holcotrochus  crenulatus,  Dennant,  Flahel- 
lum  australfi,  Moseley,  Trematotrochus  verconis,  Dennant  ?,  and 
two  new  species,  one  of  Trematotrochus  and  the  other  of  Flahel- 
lum.  A  few  small  sponges,  not  yet  determined,  were  attached  to 
the  tangles.  The  Polyzoa  are  being  examined  by  Mr.  C.  M. 
Maplestone. 


THE  RESULTS  of  DEEP-SEA  INVESTIGATION  in  the 
TASMAN  SEA. 

I.— THE  EXPEDITION  of  H.M.C.S.  "MINER." 

2.  The  Colonial  Radiolariaof  the  Tasman  Sea. 
By  Prof.  W.  A.  Haswell,  M.A.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S. 

(Plate  liii.). 

The  colonial  Radiolaria  collected  during  the  two-days  cruise  of 
H.M.C.S.  "Miner"  in  June,  1906,  were  mostly  obtained  at  a 
distance  of  over  fifty  miles  off  the  coast.  Here,  probably  on 
account  of  the  strong  southward-flowing  current,  with  a  surface 
temperatux'e  of  65°  C,  surface  life  was  very  abundant  and  varied. 
Owing  to  the  unfavourable  weather  it  was  impossible  to  do  more 
than  drag  the  tow-net  for  a  time  within  a  few  feet  of  the  surface, 
and  the  specimens  obtained  had  to  be  somewhat  summarily  dis- 
posed of.  The  fixing  solution  employed — a  copper  sulphate  and 
corrosive  sublimate  combination — though  very  efficient  as  regai'ds 
most  of  the  surface  organisms,  was  not  entirely  successful  in  the 
case  of  the  colonial  Radiolaria,  having  had,  apparently,  a  soften- 
ing effect  on  the  jelly  which  led  to  the  disintegration  of  most  of 
the  colonies.  Fragmentaiy  though  the  specimens  are,  the  indi- 
vidual zooids  prove  to  be  remarkably  well  preserved.  To  com- 
plete the  observations  here  recorded,  however,  the  study  of  further 
material  preserved  in  other  ways,  and  of  living  specimens  will  be 
necessary,  and  what  follows  can  only  be  regarded  as  a  preliminary 
account  of  the  colonial  Radiolaria  of  this  region. 

The  points  of  more  general  interest,  to  which  attention  is 
directed,  are  :  (1)  The  observation  in  a  species  of  CoVozotim,  as 
well  as  in  Belonozouni  aflatiticum  and  lihaphidozouni  pandora 
of  bodies  which  appear  to  be  zooids  that  have  undergone  conver- 
sion into  masses  of  microspores ;  (2)  The  observation  in  Collo- 
zoum  arcuatum,  n.  sp.,  of  a  special  phase  in  the  life-history 
of  the  Xanthellcc. 

It  is  somewhat  remarkable  that  so  few  Radiolaria  have  been 
recorded  from  the  Tasman  Sea.  Of  the  colonial  forms  I  find 
record  of  only  three  species  having  been  found  in  that  region, 
viz.,  Sphaerozoiim  octoceras,  Haeckel,  *S'.  australe,  Haeckel,  and 
Collosphaerafragilis,  Haeckel.  The  reason  for  this  is,  doubtless, 
that  so  little  plankton-net  collecting  has  been  done  in  the  open 
sea.     The  Radiolaria,  and  more  particularly  the  colonial  forms,  do 


274  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM 

not  seem  to  abound  near  the  coast,  and,  as  far  as  Port  Jackson 
and  Broken  Bay  are  concerned  (and  I  liave  little  doubt  the  same 
holds  good  of  the  other  inlets),  a  simple  Radiolarian  of  any  kind 
is  a  7'ara  avis  in  the  surface  net,  and  the  colonial  forms,  so  far  as 
my  experience  goes,  never  occur. 

None  of  the  three  species  mentioned  above  occur  in  the  present 
collection.  On  the  other  hand  it  comprises  about  seven  species 
previously  known  from  other  parts  of  the  ocean. 

GentlS  COLLOZOUM. 

The  absence  of  skeletal  parts  in  the  genus  CoUozoum^  renders 
the  identification  of  the  species  in  that  genus  a  matter  of  con- 
siderable difficulty — particularly  when  one  has  to  deal  with  pre- 
served material,  in  which  the  form  of  the  colony  may  not  be 
recognisable.  This  difficulty  is  increased  by  certain  discrepancies 
between  the  determinations  of  Haeckel  on  the  one  hand  and 
of  Brandt  on  the  other.  Thus  with  regard  to  the  characters  of 
the  original  species,  G.  inei-mf,  supposed  by  the  former  to  be  cos- 
mopolitan, and  to  be  subject  to  considerable  variation,  there  is  a 
wide  divergence  in  the  statements  of  the  two  authors.  According 
to  Haeckel's  description  in  the  "  Monographic, "'  in  this  species 
the  zooids  are  usually  spherical,  but  may  be  compressed 
spheroids,  or  lens-shaped,  or,  rarely,  elliptical,  and  tliere  is  a 
thick,  often  double,  capsular  membrane  ;  in  the  "  Report  ""  the 
specific  name  is  restricted  to  forms  with  spheiical  zooids  and  a 
thin,  simple-edged  membrane.  According  to  Brandt^  on  the 
other  hand,  in  the  species  in  question  the  zooids  are  discoid  or 
irregular,  and  a  membrane  is  entirely  absent. 

Of  the  specimens  oi  Collozoum  obtained  during  tlie  "Miner" 
excursion  a  considerable  proportion  belong  to  what  may  be  termed 
the  C.  inerme  group  of  Haeckel's  sub-genus  C oUodinium — forms 
in  which  the  prevailing  shape  of  the  zooid  is  spherical,  and  in 
which  there  is  a  single,  relatively  large,  oil-globule.  All  the  lead- 
ing modifications  and  phases  are  represented — except  that  there 
are  none  in  which  a  capsular  membrane  can  positively  be  said  to 
be  absent. 

Until  further  material  has  been  obtained  I  think  it  better  to 
defei'  any  attempt  to  deal  systematically   with   this  group.      But 

1  Witli  the  exceptions  to  be  referred  to  later. 

-  Haec-kel,  E— Die  Radiolarien.     Eine   Monographie,  1862.,  p.  522. 
«  Haeckel,  E— The  Radiolaria.     Cliall.  Eep.,  Zool..  xviii.,  1887,  p.  25. 
^  Brandt,  K — Die  Koloniebildende  Radiolarien  :   Sphaerozoen,    (Fauna  u. 
Flora  Grolfes  t.  Aeapel,  xiii.,  1888.,  ]i.  6.) 


KADIOLAUIA    Vh'    THK    TASMAN    SKA — HASWKLL.  275 

there  are  tliiee  members  of  it  wliicli  present  certain  features  of 
speoial  interest.  These  T  will  distinguish  as  C.  annafuvi,  n.  sp., 
C.  nlpha  and  C.  he  fa  respectively. 

CoLLOZOUM    ARMATUM,    S/J.    nov. 

(Plate  liii.,  fig.  1). 
The  entire  absence  of  skeletal  parts  is  gi\en  b}-  Haeckel  (Rep. 
p  2-1:)  as  one  of  the  diagnostic  characters  of  the  genus  ColJozuum. 
Brandt"',  however,  states  that  in  C.  hprtwvji  there  may  be  present 
completely  isolated  needle-like  spicules.  Spicules  identical  with 
those  of  various  Sphafrozoum-Si'pecieii  are  present  in  several  of  my 
specimens  of  CcUozoiivi,  but,  frum  their  mode  of  occurrence,  these 
are  undoubtedly  to  be  looked  upon  as  of  the  nature  of  foreign 
bodies.  In  the  form  now  to  be  described,  however,  there  is  a 
true  skeleton  of  an  elementary  character,  although  in  other 
respects  there  is  no  departure  tVom  the  character  of  tlie  genus 
Col/uzoion. 

The  form  of  the  colony  is  unknown,  tlie  species  being  repre- 
sented only  by  two  fragments,  wliich,  however,  show  quite  distinct 
phases.  The  zooids  in  both  are  splierical,  0-1  mm.  in  diameter, 
with  a  distinct  capsular  membrane.  One  of  them  is  in  a  fairly 
early  stage  of  anisosporous  reproduction,  each  capsule  enclosing  a 
large  immber  of  nuclei  arranged  in  the  characteristic  way  in 
rounded  groups.  The  other  is  in  the  isosporous  phase.  In  the 
latter  tlie  oil  globule  is  present  ;  in  the  former  it  is  not  distinguish- 
able. In  neither  ai-e  pseudojjodia  or  pseudopodial  matrix  recog- 
nisaljle.  The  skeletal  elements  are  extremely  slender,  simple 
fibre-like  spicules  in  the  inter-capsular  jelly ;  they  are  about 
0'2mm.  in  length  or  a  little  longer,  with  a  diameter  of  not  more 
than  0-001  mm.  The  small  size  of  the  fragments  precluded  any 
attempts  to  determine  tlie  composition  of  the  spicules. 

CoLLOZoU.M    (alpha). 

(Plate  liii.,  fig.  2). 

There  is  only  one  specimen  of  this  form,  a  complete  colony  of 
spherical  shape,  only  about  2  mm.  in  diameter.  The  zooids  are 
apparently  in  the  vegatative  phase.  Tliev  are  spherical  in  form  ; 
only  in  one  case  is  there  a  constriction  indicating  an  early  stage 
in  vegetative   multiplication.     In   each   capsule  there  are   20-30 


Brandt,  K — Die  Koloneibildende  Radiolarieii  :  Spliaerozoen,  (Faiiiia  ii. 
Flora   Golft'^;  v.  Neajiel,  xiii.,  1SS8,  ]>.  228 j.  ' 


276  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

nuclei,  separated  from  one  another  by  intervals  filled  with 
granular  protoplasm  ;  these  are  not  arranged  in  a  single  layer. 
The  nuclei  appear  as  completely  homogeneous  masses  of  chromatin 
of  somewhat  irregular  shape  ;  in  several  cases  phases  of  direct 
division  are  observable.  Around  the  whole  of  the  nuclei  of  each 
capsule  is  a  thick  ayer  of  granular  protoplasm.  The  outer 
boundary  of  each  zooid  is  quite  sharply  defined,  but,  if  a  capsular 
membrane  is  present,  it  is  not  distinguishable,  and  must  be 
extremely  delicate.  Pseudopodial  matrix  and  pseudopodia  are 
not  to  be  made  out.  There  is  a  single  spherical  oil-globule  in  each 
zooid.  About  12-15  Xauthellce  are  closely  applied  to  each  zooid, 
and  there  are  also  many  in  the  intermediate  spaces.  The  zooids 
are  about  "07  mm.  in  diameter  ;  the  nuclei  about  '01. 

So  far  there  is  nothing  to  distinguish  this  form  from  an  early 
vegetative  phase  of  one  of  the  C.  inerme  group.  But,  scattered 
over  the  surface  of  the  colony,  are  some  fifty  bodies  which  differ 
entirely  from  the  ordinary  zooids.  These  are  rounded  masses  of 
granular  matter  most  of  which  are  of  about  the  size  of  the  zooids, 
while  a  few  are  slightly  larger,  and  some  are  considerably  smaller. 
These  are  all  superficial  in  position,  superficial  to  all  the  zooids 
and  to  all  the  XanthelUe,  most  of  them  projecting  on  the  surface, 
and  some  being  covered  externally  only  by  a  very  thin  layer  of 
the  gelatinous  matrix. 

In  this,  as  well  as  in  the  other  colonial  f  oi'ms  to  be  subsequently 
referred  to  in  which  they  occur,  these  bodies  are  rendered  conspi- 
cuous in  my  preparations  owing  to  their  not  being  affected  by  the 
staining  agent  used  (paracarmine),  and,  in  the  cleared  specimens, 
appearing  very  bright  and  yellowish  in  colour.  When  one  of 
them  was  removed,  and,  after  being  returned  to  alcohol,  acted  on 
with  ha^matoxylin,  a  distinct  staining  effect  was  produced,  certain 
granules  in  the  mass  becoming  more  strongly  effected  than  the 
rest.  Owing,  probably,  to  the  condition  of  the  material,  the  com- 
ponent parts  of  these  granular  masses  could  not  be  definitely 
isolated.  But  I  have  little  doubt  from  their  mode  of  occurrence 
that  we  have  here  to  do  with  masses  of  microspores  of  small  size. 
In  Brandt's  classical  monograph  microspores  and  megaspores  are 
stated  to  be  developed  in  the  same  zooid  in  Collozonni  and  in 
Sphaerozoum,  and  the  allied  genera,  but,  if  the  above  view  should 
be  fully  confirmed,  this,  if  it  is  a  rule,  is  subject  to  some  excep- 
tions. This,  however,  is  a  question  which  can  only  be  definitely 
settled  with  the  aid  of  living  material. 

COLLOZOUM  (beta). 

(Plate  liii.,  fig.  5). 
Another   form  of  this   C.  inerme  group  is  worth  referring  to 


RADIOLAKIA    OF    THK    TASMAN    SEA HASAVELL.  'Ill 

owing  to  a  peculiarity  of  which  at  present  I  have  no  explanation. 
In  this  form,  of  which  there  are  several  specimens,  all,  unfortu- 
nately, fragmentary,  the  zooids  have  the  usual  spherical  form, 
with  a  diameter  of  about  '08  mm.  They  are  in  the  anisoporous 
phase  with  numerous  small  nuclei  (-008  mm.  in  diameter) 
arranged  in  rounded  groups  in  the  typical  manner  ;  and  there  is 
a  large  central  oil-globule.  There  is  a  thin  pseudopodial  matrix 
giving  off  delicate  p.seudopodia  which  form  a  network.  A  few 
Algse  adhere  to  each  zooid  and  many  lie  in  the  interspaces. 

There  is  a  thin  capsular-membrane ;  but  this  is  almost  hidden 
by  a  layer  of  minute  bright  bodies  of  about  "0016  mm.  in  diameter, 
which  adhere  to  its  outer  surface.  Whatever  may  prove  to  be  the 
nature  of  these  bodies,  there  can  be  little  doubt  from  the  con- 
stancy of  their  presence  in  this  form  and  in  this  alone,  that  they 
represent  a  definite  structure  or  structures,  and  are  not  of  the 
nature  of  an  artifact. 

COLLOZOUM    OVALE,    S]}.    nov. 

(Plate  liii.,  fig.  3). 

The  prevailing  form  of  the  zooids  is  elliptical ;  a  few  are- 
constricted  as  if  about  to  divide.  Both  of  the  specimens  are  in 
the  vegetative  phase,  with  few  (4-10)  nuclei  in  each  capsule. 
The  membrane  is  delicate,  the  protoplasm  very  granular.  In 
place  of  an  oil-globule  there  is  an  irregular  space  towards  the 
centi'e  giving  off  branching  lobes  from  which  finer  channels  pass- 
out  in  a  radiating  manner  through  the  protoplasm  to  the  peri- 
phery. There  are  no  pseudopodia  or  pseudopodial  matrix.  A 
very  variable,  though  never  very  large,  number  of  Algje  are 
closely  applied  to  each  membrane ;  others  occur  abundantly  in 
the  interspaces. 

The  length  of  the  longest  capsule  is  0-125  mm.  ;  its  breadth 
0-05.  The  average  length  is  O'l,  and  the  avei-age  breadth  0-05. 
The  diameter  of  the  nuclei  is  a  little  less  than  O'Ol. 

The  nearest  allies  of  this  form  seem  to  be  C.  ovatum,  Haeckel,^ 
and  C.  ellipsoides,  Haeckel.^  The  former  has  a  single  central  oil- 
globule,  and  the  diameter  of  itsz  ooids  is  two  to  three  times  as 
great  as  in  C.  ovale.  The  latter  has  a  number  of  oil-globules,  and 
the  length  of  the  zooids  is  even  greater  than  in  C.  ovatum. 


"  Haeckel,  E.— The  Radolaria,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  iriii.,  1887,  p.  25. 
■?  Haeckel.  Y..—  Loc.  ciL,  p.  20. 


278  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

What  may  be  a  different  phase  of  the  same  species  differs  from 
the  above  in  having  the  capsular  menbrane  much  less  distinct 
in  the  presence  of  numerous  pigment  granules  in  the  intra- 
capsular plasm.  There  is  a  similar  lobed  space  representing  the 
oil-globule,  but  it  does  not  give  off  the  narrow  radiating  channels, 
and  it  may  be  simple  and  rounded.  The  Algte  are  not  in  any 
way  specially  related  to  the  zooids. 


COLLOZOUM    ARCUATUM,    Sp.    nov. 

(Plate  liii.,  figs.  -Jta-ic). 

In  this  species,  in  which  the  form  of  the  entire  colony  is  un- 
known, the  zooids  are  elongate  and  sausage-shaped.  Each 
contains  about  twenty  nuclei  which  are  axially  situated  in  a  mass 
of  vacuolated  protoplasm  with  pigment.  Within  the  capsule  are  a 
number  of  pigmented  bodies  of  irregular  shape  and  varying  size. 
There  are  one  or  two  oil -globules. 

There  are  woXanthellceoi  the  ordinary  character,  their  place  being 
taken  by  a  number  of  problematical  bodies  (figs.  4a,  4b,  and  4c), 
many  of  which  are  in  close  apposition  with  the  capsules  of  the 
zooids,  while  others  lie  in  the  intermediate  spaces.  The  foundation 
of  each  of  these  is  a  spherical  cell  with  a  centi'al  nucleus,  a  few 
large  rounded  granules  in  the  cytoplasm  and  vacuoles.  Arranged 
around  the  surface  of  the  cell,  which  appears  to  have  a  distinct 
cell-wall,  are  a  varying  number  (usually  six  to  twenty)  of  bright- 
looking  bodies  of  somewhat  variable  shape,  usually  concavo-convex, 
often  with  one  or  two  grooves  or  notches. 

The  resemblance  which  undoubtedly  exists  between  the  bodies 
above  described  and  the  "  extra-capsular  bodies  "  described  in 
detail  by  Brandt  is  a  purely  superficial  one.  The  latter  are 
derived  fi-om  the  zooids,  and  appear  to  represent  a  phase  in  a 
specidl  process  of  anisosporous  division.  The  bodies  now  under 
consideration,  on  the  other  hand,  represent  a  phase  in  the  life- 
history  not  of  the  Radiolarian,  but  of  the  Xaiithellae.  These 
bodies  in  fact  correspond  (as  far  as  can  be  determined  in  the  fixed 
specimen)  in  every  respect  with  ordinary  Xanthellae  with  the 
addition  of  the  small  bright  objects  symmetrically  arranged  around 
each. 

In  a  few  cases  (PL  liii.,   fig.    4b)  the  bright  bodies  are  repre- 
.  sented  by  an  almost  unbroken  layer  of  the  bright  substance. 


HADIOLARIA    OF    THE    TASMAN    SEA^ — HASWELL.  279 

Belonozoum  atlanticum,  Haeckel. 

Belonozoum  atlanticum,  Haeckel,  The  Radiolaiia,  Chall. 
Rep.,  Zool.  xviii.,  1887,  p.  40. 

To  this  species  I  refer  several  specimens  which  resemble  one 
another  and  agree  with  Haeckel's  description  and  figure  in  the 
character  of  the  spicules.  The  entire  colonies  are  more  or  less 
elongated  and  cylindrical.  At  least  two  distinct  forms  or  phases 
are  represented.  In  one  the  zooids  are  comparatively  large  (from 
0-1  to  0"2  mm.),  and  each  contains  from  one  to  three  nuclei  :  there 
are  many  Xanthelka  in  the  layer  (pseudopodial  matrix)  innnedi- 
ately  surrounding  the  capsule.  In  the  other  form  the  largest  of 
the  zooids  is  about  O'l  mm.  There  are  about  half-a-dozen  small 
nuclei  in  each,  and  there  are  very  few  Algte. 

All  the  specimens  contained  the  sharply-defined  granular 
masses  described  as  occurring  in  CoUozoutn  alpha.  These  vary  a 
good  deal  in  size,  but  are,  for  the  most  part',  considerably  smaller 
than  the  zooids.  In  a  complete  colony  there  are  about  a  dozen  of 
them,  all  placed  superficially. 

The  "  Challenger "  locality  for  B.  atlanticum  is  the  tropical 
Atlantic. 

Belonozoum  hilli,  sp.  nov. 

This  species  forms  spherical  colonies.  The  spicules  are  all 
simple  and  unbranched,  but  are  of  two  kinds.  Those  of  one  kind 
are  extremely  slender,  elongated  and  curved,  usually  as  long  as, 
or  somewhat  longer  than,  the  diameter  of  the  capsules  (0-15  aim.), 
and  quite  devoid  of  spines.  The  other  set,  which  are  much  fewer, 
are  shorter,  usually  straight,  and  beset  with  spines  throughout 
their  length — the  spines  being  longest  towards  the  ends.  Be- 
tween these  two  kinds  are  a  number  of  intermediate  forms — long, 
slender,  usually  curved,  and  spinose  only,  or  chiefiy,  at  the  ends. 

The  capsules  are  large,  about  0-15 — 0-24  mm.  The  outer  por- 
tion of  the  inti'a-capsular  protoplasm  is  granular  and  pigmented. 
In  the  interior  are  several — 3-6 — oil-globules  of  considerable  size, 
and  a  number  of  nuclei,  most  of  which  are  grouped  towards  the 
centre.  Embedded  in  the  pseudopodial  matrix,  which  has  a  reti- 
culate structure,  are  a  numlier  of  Algpe. 

Brandt  states  that  young  specimens  of  Sphn-i'ozoimi  may  have 
needle-like  spicules  only.  But,  as  he  states  that  all  the  young 
stages  of  the  species  of  that  genus  which  he  had  closely  studied 
were  more  or  less  elongated — cylindrical  oi'  sausage-shaped,  I 
think  it  is  most  probable  that  the  species  above  described  is  to  be 
looked  upon  as  a  Belvnozoum. 


280  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM 

Rhaphidozoum     pandora,     Haeckel. 
Bhaphidozoum  'pandora,  Haeckel,  The  Radiolaria,   Chall.    Rep., 
Zool.,  xviii.,  1889,  p.  49,  pi.  iv.,  fig.  6. 

Several  specimens  were  obtained  of  a  Rhap)hidozoum  which 
agrees  closely  with  Haeckel's  definition  and  figures  oi  R.  pandora, 
the  only  difference  being  that  the  acicular  spicules  are  somewhat 
stouter.  The  intra-capsular  plasm  is  coarsely  granular,  and 
usually  contains  a  small  number  (1-6)  of  large  nuclei,  though  in 
a  few  cases  there  are  a  larger  number.  In  zooids  with  a  single 
nucleus  there  is  a  rounded  oil-globule  :  in  those  with  several 
nuclei  this  has  become  irregular,  sometimess  branched.  The  few 
Xanthellae  that  are  present  are  all  closely  applied  to  the  capsular 
membrane.  Masses  of  granules  (microspores  ?)  of  the  same  char- 
acter as  those  observed  in  Collozoum  alpha,  all  smaller  than  the 
zooids,  occur  superficiall)^  here  and  there,  some  actually  projecting 
or   the  surface. 

One  specimen  differs  from  the  others  in  having  the  spicules 
more  strongly  spinose,  the  connecting  shafts  of  the  geminate 
spicules  sometimes  being  beset  with  spines,  and  the  spines  of  a  few 
of  the  spicules  having  short  branches. 

The  "  Challenger "  locality  is  South  Atlantic  near  Ascension 
Island. 

Rhaphidozoum  brandtii,  sp.  nov. 

The  spicules  consist  of  ( 1 )  exceedingly  fine,  smooth,  needle-like 
spicules  (2)  4-5  rayed  spicules.  The  former  are  mostly  aggregated 
in  such  a  way  as  to  form  a  layer  investing  each  capsule.  Of  the 
latter  there  are  two  distinct  varieties,  smaller,  which  are  smooth, 
and  larger,  which  are  spinose  towards  the  ends  of  the  branches. 
The  capsules  are  large  (about  0*15  mm).  The  needle-like  spicules 
are  from  "IS  to  "3  mm.  The  largest  of  the  rayed  spicules  are  of 
comparatively  gigantic  dimensions,  each  ray  being  nearly  0"2  mm, 
in  length. 

From  R.  acuferum,  Haeckel,  this  species  differs  in  having  the 
needle-like  spicules  smooth  and  straight.  From  R.  arachnoidcs, 
to  which  it  is  also  allied,  it  differs  in  having  the  radiate  spicules 
spinose  and  the  needle-like  spicules  straight,  not  curved. 

SPHiEROZOUM    QUADRIGEMINUM,    Haeckel. 

SphcBrozo^un  quadrigeminum,   Haeckel,   The   Radiolaria,    Chall. 
Rep.,  Zool.,  xviii.,  1887,  p.  44. 


KADIOLAKiA    OF    THK    TASMAN    SEA— HASWKLL.  281 

The  specimen  referred  to  this  species  agrees  in  all  particulars 
with  Haeckel's  description  except  in  the  dimensions  of  the  largest 
spicules,  which  is  given  as  0"15  mm.,  nearly  twice  as  large  as  any 
in  my  specimen.  The  zooids  have  a  diameter  averaging  0-07  ram. 
The  intra-capsular  plasm  is  coarsely  granular  :  it  contains  four  to 
eight  nuclei.  Five  or  six  Xaiithellae  are  closely  applied  to  each 
capsular  membrane,  and  there  are  none  in  the  intermediate 
spaces. 

The  "Challenger"  locality  for  *S'.  qwidrigf^iniiivAn  is  the  North 
Atlantic  and  the  Azores. 

A  single  fragment  was  obtained  of  a  Spho^rozoum  which  closely 
resembles  the  above  in  the  form  and  dimensions  of  tlie  spicules  ; 
but  whicli  has  the  zooids  thrice  as  large. 

Sph^rozoum  alveolatum,  HaeckeJ. 

jSph(erozoum  alveolafiun,   Haeckel,  The  Radiolaria,  ChalL   ^j<pp-, 
Zool.)  xviii.,  1887,  p.  4:3,  pi.  iv.,  figs.  2,  3. 

It  is  with  some  doubt  that  I  refer  to  this  species  several  speci- 
mens of  a  Sphfhrozonm.  The  alveoli,  to  tlie  presence  of  which 
the  species  owes  ibs  name,  are  certainly  absent ;  but  there  is  a 
close  correspondence  in  the  form  of  the  spicules,  tliough  their  size 
is  less  in  my  specimens  than  the  measurements  given  by  Haeckel. 
The  zooids  in  two  of  the  specimens  have  a  diameter  of  about  0"06 
mm.  ;  they  contain  granular  plasm  witii  a  central  oil-globule  and 
about  half-a-dozen  nuclei.  In  certain  respects  these  two  speci- 
mens, though  in  the  same  phase,  differ  from  one  another.  In  the 
one  the  spicules  are  very  numerous,  and  are  definitely  arranged 
around  the  zooids  ;  in  the  other  they  are  comparatively  few,  and 
are  irregularly  distributed.  The  former  specimen  has  no 
Xanthdhp  in  the  interspaces  between  the  zooids  ;  while  in  the 
latter  they  are  numerous. 

A  third  specimen,  which  has  very  numerous  densely  aggregated 
spicules,  has  the  zooids  twice  as  large  (0"1  to  0*12  mm.)  and  filled 
with  a  multitude  of  small  nuclei. 

<S'.  alveolatum  was  obtained  by  the  "Cliallenger"  off  Juan 
Fernandez. 

SPHiEROZOUM    GEMINATUM,    Haeckel. 

Hphwrozoum  geminahim,  Haeckel,  The  Radiolaria,  Chall.   Rep., 
Zool.,  xviii.,  1887,  p.  45,  pi.  iv.,  fig.  4. 

One  specimen.  Originally  obtained  by  Haeckel  in  tlie  Indian 
Ocean. 


282  KI'X'OHDS    OF    THE    AUSTllALIAN    MUSEUM. 

COLLOSPH.ERA    IIKDLEYI,    sj).    UOV. 

(Plate  liiL,  %  6). 

The  tests  are  nearly  completely  spherical,  with  a  number  of 
short  tubes  irregularly  scattered  among  small  apertures  which  are 
less  than  half  the  diameter  of  the  intermediate  spaces.  The  tubes 
are  never  dilated  externally,  but  always  gradually  decrease  in 
diameter  distally.  There  are  about  ten  of  them  in  each  hemi- 
sphere, and  about  fifteen  or  sixteen  of  the  small  apertures  in  each 
half  meridian.  The  intra-capsular  protoplasm  occupies  only  a 
small  part  of  the  space  enclosed  by  the  shell  (about  half  the  dia- 
meter). There  are  numerous  Algaj  within  the  shell.  The  diameter 
of  the  shell  is -09  mm.  The  length  of  the  tubes  is  -012;  and 
their  width  at  the  base  about  the  same.  The  small  apertures  are 
•005  mm.  or  less. 

This  species  is  distinguished  from  <S'.  socia/is,  Haeckel,  by  the 
greater  number  of  the  tubes  and  the  smallness  of  the  (jther  aper- 
tures. S.fragilis,  Haeckel,  which  was  obtained  at  the  "Chal- 
lenger" Station  165,  differs  widely  in  having  tubes  all  over  the 
surface. 

C0LLOSPH.ERA  GLOBULARls,  Haeckel, 
Collosphcera  glohularis,   Haeckel,   The    Radiolaria,   Chall.    Rep., 
Zool,,  xviii.,  1887,  p.  94. 
One  specimen  of  this  widely-distributed  species. 

COLLOSPH.ERA    HUXLEYI,    ./.   MuUeV. 

Colloi<phwra  huxleyi  (J.  Miiller),  Haeckel,  Die  Radiolarien,  Eine 
Monographie,  1862,  p.  534,  pi.  xxxiv.,  figs.  1-11  ;  The  Radio- 
laria, Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xviii,,  1887,  p.  96. 
(Several  specimens. 

COLLOSPH^RA  UNIFORIS,  sp.  UOV. 

(Plate  liii.,  fig.  7). 

The  tests  in  this  species  are  nearly  regular,  thin-walled  spheres, 
perforated  by  rounded  apertures,  about  ten  in  the  half  meridian, 
the  intervals,  for  the  most  pai*t  broader  than  the  apertures. 
There  is  usually  only  one  lai-ger  well-defined  circular  apertui'e 
with  a  raised  margin  ;  sometimes  there  ai-e  two  of  these  larger 
apertures.  They  obviously  correspond  to  the  tubes  of  Siphono- 
sphtera,  but  are  much  less  prominent.  The  tests  are  0-06  mm.  in 
diameter  ;  the  small  apertures  about  0*05  mm.,  intervals  about 
0"01  mm.  ;   the  larger  apertures  0-01. 

In  the  presence  of  the  single  larger  aperture  this  species 
resembles  C.  pyriformis,  Haeckel,  but  differs  widely  from  it  in 
the  shape  and  size  of  the  test  and  the  dimensions  of  the  aper- 
tures. 


THE   RESULTS  of  DEEP-SEA  INVESTIGATION  in    the 
TASMAN    SEA. 

3. MOLLUSCA  FROM    ElGHTY  FaTHOMS  OFF  NaRRABEEN. 

By  C.  Hedley,  Conchologist. 
(Plates  liv.-lvi.) 

The  fourth  collection  from  the  continental  shelf  of  this  coast 
I  have  been  privileged  to  examine  was  discussed  in  the  last 
issue  of  this  serial.  The  fifth  forms  the  subject  of  the  present 
article.  It  was  obtained  under  the  circumstances  above  related, 
on  7th  June,  1906,  in  a  single  haul  of  the  bucket  dredge  in 
eighty  fathoms,  twenty-two  miles  east  of  Narrabeen,  New  South 
Wales. 

Probably  the  alluvial  of  the  Hawkesbury  River  is  here  spread 
by  the  prevailing  current,  for  at  this  point  the  continental  shelf 
extends  in  an  unusually  broad  terrace.  A  depth  of  two  hundred 
and  fifty  fathoms  is  attained  at  the  same  distance  east  of  Botany 
Heads,  while  six  hundred  fathoms  are  reached  south  of  UUaduIla 
at  no  greater  distance  off  tlie  land. 

According  to  the  "  Challenger  "  observations,  long  continued 
west  winds  push  the  great  warm  current  beyond  this  station,  but 
usually  its  stream  sweeps  over  the  position.  A  ricli  fauiui  in- 
habits this  spot.  In  all  I  have  separated  two  hundred  and  forty 
species  of  shells,  a  total  far  greater  than  was  realised  by  the  best 
liaul  of  the  voyage  of  the  "  Challenger."  This  result  is  partly  due  to 
the  productive  nature  of  the  ground,  and  partly  to  the  efficiency 
of  the  bucket  dredge  as  a  collecting  tool. 

Assuming  that  we  have  here  the  entire  molluscan  fauna  of 
three  square  feet  of  the  sea  floor,  it  is  interesting  to  speculate 
what  proportion  of  a  fauna  extending  over  thousands  of  square 
miles  of  continental  shelf,  subsists  on  three  square  feet.  If  we 
counted  the  plants  of  three  square  feet  on  a  river  bank,  what  pro- 
portion would  they  represent  of  the  total  flora  of  the  valley  ?  I 
am  inclined  to  suppose  that  the  cases  are  not  parallel,  that  a 
scjuare  foot  of  the  sea  floor  contains  a  lai'ger  proportion  of  the 
fauna  of  a  square  mile  than  happens  on  land.  This  is  supported 
by  the  continuity  of  fossil  zones  elaborated  by  modern  palaeon- 
tologists, and  is  deducible  from  the  uniformity  of  conditions   in 


284  RECORDS    OF    THK    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

deep  water.  I  am  struck  l)y  the  repetition  in  the  "  Miner's  "  haul 
of  most  species  taken  oft'  Wollongong,  fifty  miles  south  ;  and  off" 
Cape  Byron,  three  hundi'ed  and  sixty  miles  north.  But  if  the 
series  before  me  represents  a  tentii  or  even  a  quarter  of  all  the 
mollusca  of  the  continental  shelf,  then  we  are  grasping  a  fauna  as 
rich  or  richer  than  any  known. 

Of  this  collection  many  ajiparently  new  are  too  imperfect  for 
description.  Otheis  are  suitable  for  publication  but  time  has  not 
allowed  the  preparation  of  drawings  and  descriptions.  As  species 
observed  in  previous  dredgings  are  here  first  introduced,  so  I  shall 
hope  for  a  future  opportunity  to  publisli  those  now  put;  aside. 

Five  years  ago  a  collection  made  anywhere  from  our  continental 
shelf  would  have  presented  quite  thirty  per  cent,  of  new  species. 
This  might  fairly  be  ranked  as  a  new  fauna.  As  collections  are 
described,  the  proi^ortion  of  novelties  in  any  particular  haul  will 
decrease.  When  reduced  to  three  or  four  per  cent,  we  might 
claim  to  have  a  fair  knowledge  of  that  fauna.  A  high  proportion, 
about  sixteen  per  cent.,  appears  in  the  present  collection,  conse- 
quently much  work  is  to  be  performed  before  we  gain  a  tolerable 
acquaintance  with  the  mollusca  from  20-100  fathoms  off"  Sydney. 

In  the  first  of  these  reports^  I  drew  attention  to  the  appearance 
in  a  recent  state,  of  several  species  previously  known  as  Tertiary 
fossils.  I  now  add  to  these  Trivia  avellanoides,  McCoy.  Dr. 
J.  C.  Verco,  who  is  publishing  details,  informs  me  that  the  differ- 
ence between  my  Astele  hilix  (now  i-emoved  to  Basilissa)  and 
Tate's  Seguenzia  radlalis  are  hardly  more  than  varietal.  When 
a  oood  knowledge  of  both  recent  and  fossil  Australian  shells  is- 
combined  in  one  brain,  the  list  of  survivors  will  probably  be  en- 
larged. The  types  of  the  new  species  are  to  be  preserved  in  the- 
Australian  Museum. 

Dr.  J.  C.  Verco  is  now  describing  shells  from  the  continental 
shelf  of  South  Australia  and  finds  there  a  number  of  the  species 
here  recorded.  I  have  benefited  by  comparison  and  interchange 
of  specimens  and  it  is  hoped  that  duplication  of  work  has  been 
avoided. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  G.  M.  Goldfinch,  a  volunteer  assis- 
tant, who  undertook  the  sorting  and  separation  of  the  collection. 
Without  his  help  I  should  have  been  unable  to  present  this  re- 
port at  so  early  a  date. 


Hedley— Mem.  Austr.  Mus.,  iv.,  5,  1902,  \\  287. 


MOLLUSCA    FKOM    EIGHTY    FATHOMS HEDLEY.  285 

T!he  following  are  the  shells  identified. 

Acteon  austfina,  Watson, 

„       ronrd,  Hedley. 
Adacnarca  >tijiiamea,  Hedley. 
Admete  stvicta,  Hedley. 
Ai)iphitha/(imus  pyramidatus.  Hedley. 
Amiisiiim  thetidis,  Hedley. 
Area  vfi.ticidnta,  Gmelin. 
Architectonica  afkinsoui,  Smith. 

„  reevei,  Hanley. 

Aspella  undata,  Hedley. 
Afinufit  fnaca,  Eydoux  and  Souleyet. 

,,         iiidiiiata,  E.  cV:  S. 

,,        rosea,  E.  &  S. 
Afi/s  pransa,  Hedley. 

Basilissa  radialis,  Tate. 
Bathyar-ca  perversidens,  Hedley. 
Bafliytoma  aynafa,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 
Bulla  incomnioda,  Smith. 

Cadulus  sprelna,  Tate  and  May. 
CanceUaria  scobina,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 
Capnlns  devotns,  Hedley. 
Carditella  (Otxjasi,  Smith. 
Cardiam  p'idchellnm,   Gray. 
Cavolina  infl''.xa,  Leseur. 

,,  loiKjirostris  v.  ang^data,  Souleyet. 

,,  ,,  V.  strancjidata,  Hedley. 

,,  (/iiadrideuiafa,   Leseur. 

,,  trideatata,  Forskal. 

,,  triapiaosa,  Leseur. 

Chione  despecfa,  Hedley. 
Chlamys  hedb'yi,  Dautzenberg. 
Cirsonella  weldii,  Ten.  Woods. 
Cithna  angidata,  Hedley. 
Clio  acicida,  Rang. 
„     pyrainldata,  Linne. 
„     snhida,  Quoy  and  Gaini. 
„     vinjula,  Rang. 
Cocadina  coi'rcita,  Hedley. 
Columbarium  payodoides,  Watson. 
Columbdla  angasi,  Brazier. 
„  plexn,  Hedley. 

CoraUiophihi  lis'hkeana,  Danker. 


286  RECORDS    OF    TflK    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Coriarins  i<e)}iiradiatiis,  Tate. 

,,  vitreus,  Hedley. 

CrassateUites  discus,  Hedley. 

„  securiforme,  Hedley. 

Crossed  carinata,  Hedley. 
,,        concinna,  Angas, 
,,        naticoides,  Hedley. 
Cryptopora  hrazieri,  Crane. 
(Jiiua  delta,,  Tate  and   May. 
,,       citncentrica,  Hedley. 
,,      pfdiiciila,  Hedley. 
C ns])khir'ni  brazier'),  Angas. 

,,  latesulcatn,  Ten.  Woods. 

( ' iivicriHa  col tirrmella,   Rang. 
( 'yr](it<fr>'nia  iti-^crijitum,  Tate. 

,,  johnsfoui,  Beddome. 

Cylichna,  arachis,  Qiioy  and  Gaimard. 

,,  jrrutHinida,   Hedley. 

('l/nia(iii7u  kaiiipyhini,  Watson. 
( 'yriUa  dalJi,  Hedley. 

Dacrydiinn  fabale,  Hedley. 
Daphiiella  crebriplicata,   Reeve. 
,,  vestalis,  Hedley. 

,,  sculptior.  Ten.  Woods. 

,,  tasnianica,  Ten.  Woods. 

Dentali'nm  erectum,  Sowerby. 

,,  hibricatum,  Sowerby. 

Dimya  corvnyata,  Hedley. 
DriUia  dilecta,  Hedley. 
,,        hasireUi,  Hedley. 
,,         mnltilu'ata,  Smith. 
,,         iieiiia,  Hedley. 
,,        peiifayonalis,  Verco. 
,,         fricariiiata,  Ten.  Woods. 

Emariilimla.  superba,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 
Epi(/)'as  iscJmus,  Tate. 
Enchelits  scabriuscuhis,  Angas. 
Enlima  fricatn,,  Hedley. 
Enthria  fabida,  Hedley. 

Fasciwis  fypiciis,  Hedley. 

(jafrai'lnm   auyasi.  Smith. 

Ilemifhyris  coJiinms,  Hedley. 
Hydatiita  t.asmaiiica,  Beddome. 


MOLLUSCA    FHOM    KKiHTY    FATHOMS— HKDLEY.  287 

Leda  mUiacea,  Hedley. 
Lima  hassi,  Ten.  Woods. 

,,      bullata,  Born. 
Limacina  injiata,  D'Orbigiiy. 
Limea  murrayl,  Smith. 
Limopsii<  brazieri,   Angas. 

,,  tenisoHi,  Ten.  Woods. 

Lippiates  torcularis,  Ten.  Woods. 
Liotia  cimipactti,  Petterd. 

,,        viinimn,  Ten.  Woods. 

,,       fai^manico,  Ten.  Woods  vai'.  f'caJari",  Hedley. 
Lyo'Ufiiella  quadrata,   Hedley, 

Mmxjclla  fiiiiina,  Hedley. 

,,  (/ranidosissima,  Ten.  Woods. 

,,  liifarid,   Hedley. 

,,  xpird,,   Hedley. 

Maryinf1I((  (dlporti,  Ten.  Woods. 

„  /ir(i-:l'-)i,   Hniitli. 

,,  I((rl(i<it<i,  ViViv/Mtv. 

„  mu/fiplicaffi,  Tate  and  May. 

„  ochi'acea,  Angas. 

„  simKoni,  Tate  and  May. 

,,  sfctnttiaufi,  Ten.  Woods. 

,,  stUIa,  Hedley. 

,,  sfj-mu/pi,  Angas. 

,,  irhani,  Pritcliard  and  Gatliff. 

Jfafhilda,  decorata,   Hedley. 
Mitra  t<ciihi,r}fi>vmix,  Ten.  Woods. 
,,        itfratir/pi,   Angas. 
,,        fasmfDiicn,  Ten.  Woods. 
J/i()-oni(irph((   a/hit,  Petterd. 
}[odiol(i,  (liisfridix,  Gra}\ 

,,         Hnp((,  Hedley. 
Jfodioldi'ia  xphnididrt,   Dunkci-. 
JfcfuUea  arata,  Hedley. 

„  philippensis,  Watson. 

Murex  acanf/top/f'rns,  Laniaix-ic. 
Afyadora  alhidn,  Ten.  Woods. 

JVasi^a  jacksoniana,  Quoy  and  Gainiai'C 
A'licuin  obliqna,  Laniairk. 

Odostomia  simplex,  Angas. 
Omalaxis  mpvidionalis,  Hedley. 
Oxjjyjjrns  kermi^drpnii,  Lesson. 


288  REC015US    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Fhiluhrya   inornata,  Hedley. 

,,  pectinata,  Hedley. 

„  tatei,  Hedley. 

Philine  teres,  Hedley. 

,,  ifcipezina,  Hedley. 

Flewrotomella  J'astosa,   Hedley. 

,,  vejjratica,  Hedley. 

I'o'hiices  beddomei,  Johnston. 

„         snbcostain,  Ten.  Woods. 

,,  nmbilicata,  Quoy  and  Gaim.   var. 

Foroleda  ensicula,  An  gas. 
Foromya  hevis,  Smith. 
FroHucida  decorosa,  Hedley. 

,,  minuta,  Ten.  Woods. 

FnncfioreUa  demissa,  Hedley. 

Rissua  bicolor,  Petterd. 

,,        filociticta,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 
,,        integeUa,  Hedley. 
,,        iiovarienfia,  Fraiienfeld. 
,,        olivacea,  Dunker. 
Rissohia  eleyantiila,  Angas. 
Rochfortia  acwminata,  Smith. 
,,  aiigasi,  Smith. 

„  lactea,  Hedley. 

tSarepta  obolella,  Tate. 
Scala  distincta,  Smith. 

,,      jiikesimta,  Forbes. 

„       levi/oliata,  Murdoch  and  Suter. 

,,       translucida,  Gatliff. 
fSchismope  atkinsoiii,  Ten.  ^^'oods. 
ScissureIJa  avstralis,  Hedley. 
tSirins  badius,  Ten.  Woods. 
Stiva  fervnginea,  Hedley. 

Tellina  tenuilirafa,  Sowerby. 
Terebratulina  radida,  Hedley, 
Fhraciopsis  arenosa,  Hedley. 
Trigoiiia  inargaritaeea,  Lamarck. 
Trivia  avellanoides,  McCoy. 
Trophon  goldsteini,  Ten.  Woods. 

,,         laminatus,  Petterd, 

,,         simplex,  Hedley. 

,,         stimulens,  Hedley. 
Tnrritella  opnlenta,  Hedley, 
,,  smithiana,  Donald, 


MOLLUSCA    FiloM    EKaiTV    FATHOMS — HEULEY.  289 

Tmritt^lla  yojiJiin',  Brazier. 

,,  sahsquamosa,   Dunker. 

TijpJiis  sj/riiKjianus,  Hedley. 
,,       philippetisis,  Watson. 

Vfijiericnrdid  cavaticd^   Hedley. 

,,  dil'icfa,  8mith. 

V('rmi(-i(1aria  nodosa,   Hedley. 

„  waitei,  Hedley. 

Verticordia  vadosa,  Hedley. 

,,  austral iensis,   Smith. 

Vohita   iindnlatn,   Lamarck,   v^ar. 

Xenophora  tali'i,   Harris. 

COCCULINA  coERcrrA,  sp.  iiov. 
(Plate  liv.,  figs.  1,  2). 
Shell  small,  thin,  almost  symmetrical,  slightly  elevated,  very 
narrow.  Colour  white.  Apex  prominent,  smooth,  inrolled,  two- 
whorled,  situated  a  little  behind  the  centre  of  the  shell. 
Anterior  and  posterior  slope  about  equal.  Sculpture,  slight  concen- 
tiic  growth  lines.  Edge  of  aperture  sharp,  smooth  ;  sides  straight ; 
ends  rounded.     Length,  4-6  ;  breadth,  1-3;  height,  l-15mm. 

The  present  collection  contained  a  single  specimen,  another  was 
dredged  by  Mr.  W.  F.  Petterd  and  myself  in  300  fathoms  twenty- 
seven-and-a-half  miles  east  of  Sydney. 

PuxcTURELLA   DEMissA,  Hedley. 
(Plate  liv.,  figs.  3,  4,  5). 
PHucturella    denussa,    Hedley,    T?ec.    Austr.    Mus.,    v.,    2,    1904, 
p.  93,  f.  19. 

This  species  was  originally  described  from  Foveaux  Strait,  New 
Zealand.  Its  range  is  now  extended  to  Australia.  The  example 
dredged  by  the  "Miner"  is  larger  than  the  type,  being  1-5  in 
height,  2-5  in  length,  and  0-9  mm.  in  breadth.  The  surface  is 
clothed  with  a  rather  caducous  ochraceous  epidermis  disposed  in 
oblong  grains.  When  stripped  of  the  epidermis  the  white  surface 
of  the  shell  shows  no  trace  of  these  grains,  and  would  readily  pass 
for  a  different  species.  Towards  the  margin  some  specimens  have 
broad  shallow  radial  undulations.  A  specimen  from  off  Port 
Stephens  is  in  this  Museum  ;  the  "  Thetis "  took  it  in  63-75 
f.'ithoms  off"  Port  Kembla,  and  I  have  dredged  it  in  20  fathoms  in 
Wreck  Bay,  N.  S.  Wales. 


290  KliCORDS    OK    THE    ALSTKALIAN    MUSKl'M. 

8cALA  LEVIFOLIATA,    Mnvdoch  d:  Sutn: 

Scala    /evifo/iata,    Murdoch     and   tSuter,    Trans.   N.   Zeal.    Inst.^ 
xxxviii.,  1906,  p.  296,  pi.  xxv.,  f.  35,  36. 

A  single  shell  from  the  "  Miner's  "  liaul,  compared  witli  a  co- 
type  of  the  New  Zealand  species,  has  tlie  periplieral  carina  less 
pronouncetl,  and  carries  above  it  an  additional  carina,  whicli  gives 
the  AustraUan  shell  a  more  rounded  wliorl.  It  is  however,  identi- 
cal in  other  respects.  Tliis  entry  is  an  addition  to  the  Australian 
fauna. 

tScALA    TRANSLUCIUA,   GatJlff'. 

Scala    translncida,    Gatliff,    Proc.   Roy.   Soc.     Yict.,   (n.s.),    xix.^ 
1906,  p.  2,  pi.  i.,  f.  3,  4. 

An  imperfect  sliell  from  oft"  Narrabeen  agrees  with  Victorian 
examples  kindlv  sent  me  for  the  purpose  of  comparison  bv  Mr.  J. 
H.   Gatlifi". 

EULIMA    FRICATA,    sp.  UOV. 

(Plate  Iv.,  fig.  U). 

Sliell  sub-c3'lindrical,  scarcely  tapering,  blunt  at  either  end. 
Whorls  six,  first  dome-shaped.  Colour :  apical  wliorls  white  opaijue, 
lower  semitransparent,  permitting  the  axis  to  be  clearly  seen 
through  the  wall.  Suture,  above  scarcely  distinguishable,  below 
linear.  Aperture  regularh'  pyriform,  a  slight  callus  on  the  colu- 
mella.    Length,  4'25  ;  breadth,  1-15  mm. 

Two  specimens  occurred.  This  is  closely  allied  to  E.  )ta:vUln,Sy 
Hedley-,  from  which  it  differs  by  Ijeing  nearly  twice  as  large  and 
by  having  a  longer  narrower  aperture. 

CrOSSEA  NATICOIDES,  Sp.   IICV. 

(Plate  liv.,  figs.  6,  7). 

Shell  small,  turbinate,  solid.  Whorls,  four  rounded.  Colour 
cream.  Sculpture  none,  surface  smooth  and  polished.  Umbilicus 
deep  antl  narrow,  its  margin  a  faint  basal  funicle.  Aperture 
entire  circular,  double-edged,  on  its  right  lower  margin  the  low 
arched  butt-end  of  the  basal  funicle,  then  a  broad  thick  callus 
tongue,  probably  marking  the  termination  of  a  second  inner 
fiunicle,  and  reaching  half-way  across  the  umbilicus  ;  lastly  a  simi- 
lar but  smaller  callus  pad  laid  upon  the  preceding  whorl.  Height^ 
2-35  ;  major  diam.,  3-0  ;  minor  diam.,  2-15  mm. 

2  irecUev-^Rec.  Au^tr.  Miis.,  v.,  2,  1904,  p.  96,  f.  24. 


MOI.LUSCA    FROM     KUiHTV    FATHOMS       11  KDI.KV.  291 

A  few  specimens. 

Most  of  the  genus  are  cancellate  ;  the  present  with  C.  carinata, 
Hedley'  and  C.  (jlabella,  Murdocli',  are  smooth.  The  latter  is  re- 
markable for  a  double  basal  funicle.  In  C.  naficoides  a  second 
fuiiicle  appears  to  exist  also,  but  the  inner  is  swallowed  by  the 
umbilicus  and  its  presence  is  only  indicated  by  the  callus  on  the 
aperture.  The  outer  funicle  is  unusually  faint,  the  basal  aspect 
of  a  young  shell  (PI.  liv.,  fig.  7)  exhibits  the  best  developed  funicle 
before  me. 

ClTHNA    AN(;ULATA,     Sp.    itOV. 

(Plate  Iv.,  fig.  16). 

Shell  small  conical,  thin  polished  perforate.  Colour :  some  in- 
dividuals milk  white,  others  hyaline  with  a  yellow  apex.  Whorls 
fi\e,  compactly  coiled,  with  rather  fiat  sides,  parted  by  deeply 
impressed  sutures.  Protoconch  not  particularly  distinguislied. 
Sculpture  :  a  sharp  elevated  cord  accentuates  the  peripheral  keel, 
abo\e  it  and  on  the  spire  occur  a  few  faint  irregular  radial  ribs. 
Apeiture  pyriform,  anteriorly  sul>channelled,  outer  lip  produced 
medially,  thin  at  the  edge,  but  fortified  remotely  by  a  slight  ex- 
ternal rib  varix.  Columella  long  and  nearly  straight,  its  refiec- 
tion  reaching  partly  over  the  umbilicus.  Base  rounded. 
Umbilicus  variable,  best  shown  in  adults,  a  narrow  furrow  cir 
cumscribed  by  a  ridge  which  runs  to  the  anterior  extremity  of  the 
shell.     Length,  2-9  ;  breadth,  1-85  mm. 

The  genus  Cithna,  being  Adamsian,  was  confusedly  framed  as 
Dr.  Watsoir'^  has  indicated.  I  have  not  had  the  advantagt-  of 
examining  authentic  specimens,  but  base  based  my  reference  of 
our  species  to  Cithna  on  a  beautiful  figure  by  Dautzenberg.'' 

The  abo\e  described  is  one  of  the  commonest  shells  on  the  con- 
tinental shelf.  Besides  the  present  station  it  is  represented  in  tlie 
Museum  from  oft*  Port  Stephens  (Prof.  Haswell,  IS.SO)  ;  41-50 
fath.  off"  Cape  Three  Points  (Thetis) ;  54-59  fath.  off'  Wata  Mooli 
(Thetis)  ;  63-75  fath.  oft'  Port  Kembla  (Thetis),  and  100  fath.  off 
Wollongong  (Halligan  and  Hedley).  No  Cithna  have  pre- 
viously been  noticed  in  Australia. 


3  Hedley— Mem.  Austr.  Mu3.,  iv.,  (>,  U»()3.  p.  34.5,  f.  71. 

*  Murclocli — Tranfi.  X.Z.  Inst.,  xxsvii.,  \\)0o.,  j).  225,  pi.  viii.,  F.  10,  17. 

5  Watson -Clmil.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xv.,  1886,  j).  519. 

^  Dautzenberg — Result.  Camp.  Monaco,  Fa«.  i.,  ISS'i,  pi.  ii,  f.  8. 


292  rp:cords  of  the  Australian  muskum. 

TURRITELLA    OPULENTA,    sp.  IIOV. 

(Plate  liv.,  fig.  9). 

Shell  small,  glossy,  tall  and  slender.  Whorls  ten,  two  of  which 
form  the  protoconch.  Colour,  irregular  pale  brown  marbling  on  a 
milk  white  ground.  Sculpture  :  the  upper  whorls  are  strongly 
bicarinate  by  two  projecting  spirals  which  evenly  divide  the 
height  of  the  whorl  into  quarters.  On  the  lower  whorls  these 
keels  are  less  conspicuous.  About  the  eighth  whorl  a  spiral 
thread  is  intercalated  above,  between  and  below  the  keels ;  these 
increase  witli  the  whorls,  but  fail  to  attain  the  size  of  tlie  major 
spirals.  Fine  close-set  radial  riblets  traverse  every  adult  whorl, 
above  they  foi-m  a  coarse  lattice  with  the  carin*  ;  on  the  older 
whorls  they  merely  raise  small  beads  on  the  keels  and  inter- 
mediate threads  ;  on  reaching  the  base  they  cease  abruptly.  Base 
bounded  by  a  strong  smooth  spiral,  within  which  are  concentric- 
ally arranged  four  faintly  raised  spirals.  Along  the  suture  a 
crack  or  fissure  is  interposed  between  the  basal  rib  of  the  upper 
whorl  and  the  beaded  thread  which  forms  the  summit  of  the  suc- 
ceeding whorl.  Protoconch  smooth,  globose.  Aperture  ovate, 
angled  above,  effuse  below,  lip  sharp,  columella  straight,  slightly 
thickened.     Length,  6  ;  breadth,  2  mm. 

This  species  appears  to  be  common  and  generally  distributed 
upon  our  continental  shelf.  Besides  the  present  stfition  it  has 
occured  in  41-50  fathoms  off  Cape  Three  Points  (type) ;  in  250  and 
300  fathoms  off  Sydney  ;  in  50-52  fathoms  off  Botany  Heads  ;  in 
55-56  fathoms  off  Wollongong,  and  in  63-75  fathoms  off  Port 
Kembla. 

The  sculpture  is  subject  to  considerable  variation  ;  in  some 
examples  the  spiral  sculpture  is  less,  and  the  radial  more  promi- 
nent than  in  the  individual  figured. 

Its  nearest  ally  would  seem  to  be  Tarritella  parva,  Angas,'  to 
which  in  size  and  shape  it  neai'ly  approximates,  but  from  which 
its  radial  sculpture  and  sub-channeled  anterior  aperture  effectually 
divides  it. 

Vermicularia  nodosa,  $p.  nov. 

(Plate  liv.,  fig.  8). 

Shell  small,  very  solid.  Colour  gray  (?  faded).  Whorls  three, 
rapidly  increasing,  coiled  adhei-ent  to  a  foreign  body,  except  a 
third  of  the  last  whorl,  which  is  free  and  semi-erect.  Sculpture  : 
thick  out-standing   radial  ribs,  about  twenty  on  the   last  whorl, 

7   Aiigas  -Proc.  Zool.  Soe.,  1877,  p.  174.,  pi.  xxvi.,  f.  17. 


MOLLISCA    FliOM    EUiEJTV    FATHOMS — HEDLKV.  29') 

which  broaden  to  the  periphery,  narrow  to  the  suture,  and  are 
parted  by  deeply  excavate  interstices  of  corresponding  breadth. 
Aperture  circular,  its  lip  constituted  by  the  final  rib.  Majoi* 
diani.,  2-25  ;  minor  diam.,  165  mm. 

Am6ng  described  species  the  Californian  V.  anelhim,  Moi'ch, 
alone  resembles  this.  Judging  from  the  figure''  the  American 
species  has  finer  closer  ribs. 

Trivia  avellanoides,   ]\PCoy,  sp. 
(Plate  Iv.,  figs.  17,  18). 

Cyprcta  avellanoides, 'M'Coy,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (3),  xx.,  1867, 
p.  436.  Id.,  Prod.  Pal.Yict.,  dec.  iii.,  1876,  p.  36,  pis.  xxviii., 
xxix.,  f.  3.  a-c. 

Trivia  avellanoides,  Harris,  Cat.  Tert.  Moll.  Brit.  Mus.,  i.,  1897, 
p.  213. 

Two  specimens,  one  perfect,  the  other  broken,  are  the  first  of 
this  .species  reported  as  recent.  The  perfect  specimen,  of  which  I 
offer  a  figure,  is  4 '5  mm.  in  length,  has  thirty-seven  thread-like 
riblets  which  are  interrupted  by  a  smooth,  not  excavate,  dorsal 
space.  Its  colour  is  white,  the  smooth  dorsal  area  more  opaque 
than  the  rest. 

All  authors  who  have  dealt  with  the  species  comment  on  its 
extreme  variability.  The  recent  example,  though  not  typical, 
certainly  intergrades  with  a  small  delicately  sculptured  form  of 
the  fossil.  Mr.  R.  Etheridge,  who  kindly  checked  my  comparison 
of  the  "  Miner  "  shell  with  a  series  of  \^ictorian  fossils  concurred 
in  this  determination. 

The  species  is  embraced  in  a  group  distinguished  by  a  thin 
shell,  wide  aperture,  and  a  narrow  outer  lip,  for  which  Jousseaume 
has  pi'oposed"  the  name  Triviella.  Its  members  are  distributed  in 
South  Africa,  Southern  Australia  and  New  Zealand. 

Tkophox  stimuleus,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  Iv.,  fig.   19). 

Shell  minute,  thin,  prickly,  ovately-fusiform,  angled  at  the 
shoulder.  Whorls  five,  two  of  which  compose  the  glossy  conical 
protoconch.  Colour  white.  Sculjiture  :  thin  close  laminate 
varices,  about  twelve  to  a  whorl,  ascend  the  spire  oblii^uely,  pro 
duced  on  the  shoulder  in  a  claw  projecting  to  the  suture,  crumpled 


Trvon— Man.  Concli..  viii.,  1886,  pi.  49,  f.  34. 
Jo'ussetnime— Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  Fr.,  ix.,  1884,  p.  9'.^ 


294  KECOJtDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM 

into  folds  by  a  ridge  on  the  shoulder  and  two  lesser  ones  below 
the  periphery,  the  shoulder  folds  rise  in  hulluw  thorns.  On  the 
base  the  varices  cease.  Aperture  round,  the  outer  lip  projecting 
in  a  broad  squamose  varix,  the  inner  expanding  over  the  axis. 
Canal  short,  broad  and  open.     Length,  3-5;  breadth,  2-1  mm. 

As  our  investigations  are  pushed  into  colder  water  it  may  be 
expected  that  so  characteristic  an  Antarctic  group  as  Trophon 
will  appear  in  force.  Among  Austi-alian  species,  the  present 
diminutive  form  is  most  like  T.  himinatiis,  Petterd,^"  than  which 
it  is  shorter,  comparatively  broader,  with  more  prominent  and 
wider  spaced  varices.  In  all  stages  a  plain  distinction  is  furnished 
by  the  protoconch,  which  in  laininatas  is  abruptly  ti'uncate,  in 
Mimuleus  conical. 

As  FELLA    UN  DATA,  S}).  HOV. 

(Plate  Iv.,  fig.  15). 

Shell  small,  solid,  ovate.  Whorls  six,  of  which  two  form  tlie 
protoconch.  Colour  :  cream,  with  a  pale  purple-brown,  narrow 
peripheral  zone,  which  re-appears  within  the  aperture.  Sculpture  : 
each  whorl  has  eight  or  nine  discontinuous  rib-varices,  which  be- 
gin with  a  minute,  forwardly-directed  hook  under  the  sutui'e, 
swell  more  steeply  before  than  behind,  their  interstices,  broad 
wave-troughs,  describe  a  sigmoid  flexure  across  the  whorlsj  fade 
across  the  base  and  terminate  as  scales  upon  the  snout ;  the  gene- 
ral surface  is  smooth.  Protoconch  turbinate,  glassy.  Aperture 
sub-rhomboidal,  pinched  above,  exteriorly  with  a  well  developed 
varix,  lined  with  a  narrow,  projecting  lip.  Columella  bent ;  inner 
lip  well-developed,  rising  over  a  short  axial  groove.  Anterior 
canal  very  short  and  broad.      Length,   6-5  mm.;  breadth,   3  mm. 

A  few  specimens,  mostly  broken. 

The  genus  Aspella  was  introduced  by  Morch^^  for  Ranella 
artceps,  Lamk.,  a  species  which  in  Eastern  Australia  ranges  from 
Torres  Strait  to  Sydney.  Dr.  W.  H.  DalP-  revised  the  genus, 
and  transferred  it  to  the  Muricidae,  near  Trophon.  The  absence 
of  the  bilateral  varices  gives  the  novelty  an  aspect  strange  to  the 
genus,  but  the  difference  is  one  of  degree  rather  than  of  kind.  In 
this  respect  Aspella  senex,  DalP^  appears  to  connect  these  species. 


10  Petter.l  -Journ  of  Conch.,  iv.,  1884,  p.  136. 

11  Morch  -Malak.  Blatt.,  xxiv.,  1877,  p.  24. 

1^  ])all— Bull.  Mas.  Comp.  ZooL,  xviii.,  1889.,  pp.  206-10. 

i«  Dall— Trans.  Wagner  Free  Inst.  Sci.,  iii.,  1903,  pi.  Ix.,  f.  14. 


MOi^LUSCA    FROM    EUJHTY     FATHOMS — HEDLEY.  295 

Marginella  allporti,    Ten.    ]Yo<i(h. 

Maryinella  allporti,   Ten.   Woods,  Proc.  Roy.  8oc.   Tasm.,    1875 
(1876),  p.  28. 

Further  study  of  tlie  form  I  distinguished  as  Maryiuf^Ua  kem- 
bleusis^^  has  convinced  me  that  it  is  not  separable  from  the  Tas- 
manian  species,  wliose  name  must  therefore  supei-sede  it. 

Admete  stricta,  i^p.  nuv. 

(Plate  liv.,  fig.  10). 

Shell  minute,  thin,  ovately  fusiform,  deeply  constricted  at  the 
sutures.  Whorls  five,  ratlier  tumid  medially,  flattened  above 
contracted  at  the  base  ;  first  whorl  dome  sliaped.  Sculpture  : 
above  radials  predominate,  below  spirals  prevail.  The  i-adials  are 
prominent  undulating  ribs,  numbering  nine  on  the  antejxinulti- 
mate  whoi'l ;  they  gradually  diminisli  in  size  as  growth  proceeds, 
and  vanish  on  the  base.  The  spirals  amount  to  thirteen  on  the 
last  whorl,  and  seven  on  the  penultimate, ;  they  consist  of  sharp 
elevated  cords,  o\'er-riding  the  radial  ribs  and  parted  by  flat  inter- 
stices of  twice  their  width  ;  the  interstices  are  finely,  transversely 
grooved.  Aperture  narrowly  reniform,  rounded  above  and  below 
outer  lip  sharp,  colur»ella  ending  in  a  single  broad  fold,  whence  a 
callus  layer  proceeds  svhich  overlies  a  narrow  shallow,  umbilical 
groove.     Length,  4'5  ;  breadth,  1*76  mm. 

A  single  specimen  (the  type)  from  the  present  station,  another 
imperfect  example  from  100  fathoms,  sixteen  miles  east  of  Wol- 
longong. 

The  genus  Admete  is  now  first  announced  from  Australian 
waters.  The  species  is  inilike  any  recent  shell,  but  judging  from 
Prof.  Tate's  figures'^  it  resembles  the  Tertiarj'  CaiiceUaria  micra 
and  C.  tjirriciihda. 

Pleurotomella  fastosa,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  Iv.,  fig.  21). 

Sliell  small,  rather  solid,  slender,  fusiform.  Whorls  eight-and- 
a-half,  of  which  six  form  the  protoconch.  Colour  •:  adult  whorls 
straw  yellow,  protoconch  cinnamon  brown.  Sculpture  :  running 
below  the  suture  the  adult  whorls  have  a  spiral  thread  which 
ascends  into  the  protoconch  for  two  whorls  ;  this  is  followed  by  a 
broad  concave  fasciole,  margined   in  turn   by  a  sharp  projecting 

"  nedlev— Mem.  Austr.  Miis.,  iv.,  6, 1903,  p.  365,  f.  88. 

15  Tate-  "Triuis.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Austr.,  xi.,  1889,  p    158,  pi.  x.,  f.  S,  14. 


296  KliCOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

keel  which  determines  an  angle  in  the  contour  of  the  shell.  Half 
way  between  the  major  keel  and  the  suture  runs  a  smaller  keel. 
On  the  last  whorl  there  are  about  fourteen  spirals,  gradually 
diminishing  anteriorly,  below  the  major  keel.  The  fasciole  is 
ornamented  by  spaced,  delicate,  concave  riblets.  Fine  arcuate 
growth  lines  appear  in  the  interstices  of  the  spiral  keels.  In  the 
protoconch,  the  first  wliorl  and  a  half  are  small,  rounded,  and 
spirally  striate  ;  the  rest  protrude  medially,  and  are  crossed  by  fine 
sharp  radial  riblets,  which  on  the  last  whorl  number  twenty-tv/o. 
Their  interstices  are  latticed  by  spiral  threads. 

One  example  of  which  the  aperture  is  defective.  Length,  5  mm.; 
breadth,  1  -9  mm. 

The  figures  of  Jlaiu/ilia  comatotropis,  Dall,^''  present  consider- 
able analogy  to  our  species,  but  appear  to  be  nai'rower,  with  fewer 
bolder  spirals. 

If  the  characters  be  analysed  foi-  generic  disposal  in  the  per- 
plexing maze  of  the  Pleurotomida?,  the  most  prominent  features 
resolve  in  the  elaborately  sculptured  protoconch,  and  the  broad 
sub-sutural  fasciole,  indicative  of  a  deep  sinus.  These  features 
are  repeated,  though  associated  with  difl^erent  form  and  sculpture, 
by  my  Pleurotoma  veiivatica}'' 

Verrill's  PletirotomeUa,-^  while  not  exactly  conforming  to  the 
requirement  appears  to  come  nearest,  and  is  therefore  here 
employed. 

MaNGELIA  LUTARIA,  Sp.  710V. 

(Plate  liv.,  figs.  11,  12). 

Shell  small,  solid,  cylindrical,  abruptly  truncate  above.  Whorls 
five,  three  forming  the  protoconch,  sloping  on  the  shoulder,  per- 
pendicular at  the  side,  and  concave  at  the  base.  Colour  grey 
(?  bleached).  Sculpture  :  deep  narrow  pits  are  formed  by  the  in- 
tersection of  radial  and  spiral  sculpture  ;  i-adials  strong,  prominent, 
perpendicular,  continuous  ribs,  about  a  dozen  to  a  whorl,  knotted 
at  the  crossing  of  the  spirals,  which  number  four  on  the  upper  and 
twelve  on  the  lower  whorl,  the  spiral  defining  the  basal  angle 
larger  and  more  prominent.  Protoconch  :  first  whorl  wound 
oblique  to  the  axis  of  the  main  sliell,  the  second  overhanging  the 
third,  appearing  as  if  the  apex  was  wrapped  in  a  turban.     Aper- 

^^  Fischer  and  Daiitzenberg — Mem.   Soc.   Zool.  Fr.,  ix.,   1896,  p.   419,   pi. 

xvii.,  f.  15. 
"  Hedley-  Mem.  Austr.  Mus.,  iv.,  6,  1903,  p.  384,  f.  97. 
1^  Verrill-— Am.    Journ.  Sci.    (8),    v.    1872,    p.   15  ;    Cossmann — Essais   de 

Paleconchologie  comparee,  ii.,  1896,  p.  133. 


MOLLUSCA    FROM    KIGIITY    FATHOMS — HEDLEY  297 

ture  long,  narrow,  fortified  by  a  heavy  varix,  in  tlie  anterior  angle 
of  which  is  excavated  a  deep  sinus.  Columella  nearly  straight, 
overlaid  by  a  slight  callus.  Anterior  canal  very  short  and  wide. 
Length,  3*0;  breadth,  1-15  mm. 

One  specimen. 

This  species  appears  nearest  related  to  ^[,  cancellata,  Beddome,''' 
from  which,  judging  by  the  figure,'^"  it  differs  by  having  a  whorl 
less  and  by  the  cancellate  sculpture  continuing  below  the  more 
acute  basal  angle.  In  Drillia  telescopialis,  Verco,  weaker  and 
more  numerous  radials  enclose  nearly  square  jiits,  but  in  ^[. 
lutraria  they  are  much  longer  than  broad. 

Mangilia  spica,  s/a  llOV 

(Plate  Iv.,  fig.  20) 

Shell  small,  slender,  conical,  base  excavate.  Whorls  six-and- 
a-half,  including  a  protoconch  of  two  whorls  and  a  half.  Colour  : 
protoeonch  cinnamon,  adult  whorls  white  ribbing  on  a  buff  back- 
ground. Sculpture :  eight  prominent  undulating  radial  ribs 
descend  the  spire  oblicjuely,  and  terminate  abruptly  at  the  peri- 
phery of  the  last  whorl.  They  are  over-ridden  by  five  strong 
spiral  cords,  the  peripheral  the  largest,  and  marking  an  obscure 
angle  on  each  whorl.  Between  the  cords,  and  broader  than  them, 
are  deep,  radially-striated  interstices.  On  the  base  are  about  six 
widely-spaced  spiral  cords.  Aperture  narrow,  posterior  sinus  in- 
distinct, canal  short,  broad,  open.  Length,  4"1  ;  l)readth, 
l"2o  mm. 

Two  specimens  from  of!  Narrabeen  ;  another  from  100  fatlioms, 
sixteen  miles  east  of  Wollongong. 

Drillia  haswelli,  sp.  nor. 

(Plate  Iv.,  fig.  22). 

Shell  small,  fusiform,  blunt  at  each  end,  rather  thin,  scarcely 
opa(i[ue.  Whorls  five  and  a  half,  the  fir.st  two  constituting  a 
glassy  dome-shaped  protoconch,  the  rest  rather  inflated,  constricted 
at  the  sutures,  excavate  at  the  ba.se.  Colour  chalk  white,  rather 
glossy  when  fresh.  Sculpture  :  fine  spiral  threads,  one  more  pi-o- 
minent  than  the  rest  defines  a  slight  angle  on  the  shoulder.  On 
the  last  whorl  there  are  about  four  above  and  twenty  below  the 
angle.     The  spirals  are  crossed  by  arcuate  growth  lines.     Aper- 


1"  Beddome— Proc.  Roy.  Soi-.  Tas.,  1882  (1883),  p.  167. 

-•^  Tate  and  May  -P roe.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  8.  Wales.,  xxvi.,  1901,  pi.  xxiv.,  f,  2'i 


298  RECORDS    OF    THK    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

tuve  slightly  ascending,  narrow  ab(jve,  rounded  within  a  deep 
notch,  fortified  without  by  a  heavy  varix  ;  a  thin  callus  is  spread 
on  the  inner  lip.  Canal  short  and  broad.  Length,  5-5  ;  breadth, 
1  mm. 

This  species  is  related  to  D.  Iricarindta,  Ten.  Woods,  from 
which  it  is  readily  separable  by  smaller  size,  broader  form,  and 
)nore  delicate  sculpture.  D.  hfisicdJi  is  represented  by  numerous 
specimens  in  the  "  Miner  "  haul,  and  seems  to  be  generally  dis- 
tributed on  our  continental  shelf.  The  "  Thetis "  took  it  in 
41-50  fathoms  off  Cape  Three  Points,  and  I  have  dredged  it  in 
100  fathoms  off  W(jllongong  and  -300  fathoms  <jff"  Sydney. 

Drillia  pentagonalis,  Verco,  vm: 
Dr'dlia  pi'iiUKjonalis,  Verco.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  xiustr.,  xx.,  1896, 
p.  222,  pi.  vii.,  f.  2,  2  a. 
This  is  a  new  record  for  Eastern  Australia.  Observing  that  the 
"  Miner "  shells  differ  from  the  original  description  by  having 
seven  ribs  instead  of  five,  and  by  being  of  larger  size,  I  submitted 
them  to  the  author  of  the  species.  Dr.  \erco  kindly  replied: — 
22  Sept,  1906.  "Your  Drillia  \h  I  think  my  D.  peutiujoiialis. 
Yours  is  somewhat  larger,  and  its  angles  do  not  run  continuously 
from  end  to  end  of  the  shell  as  in  my  type,  but  I  feel  sure  it  is  only 
a  variant." 

Mitromorpha  alba,  Fetterd,  sp. 

Colnmbella    alba,    Petterd,   Journ.   of  Conch,    ii.,    1879,  p.    104. 

Mitromurpha  alba,    Tate  and   May,  Proc.    Linn.   8oc.    N.  S. 

Wales,    xxvi.,    1901,   p.    4.55.      JA.  flind<'rsi,   Pritchard   and 

Gatliff,  Proc.   Roy.  Soc    Vict.,  xii.,   1899,  p.  104,  pi.  vii.,  f. 

6  ;  Id.  op.  cit,  xviii.,  1905,  p.  51. 
A  single    specimen    whicli   agrees   exactly  with    Victorian  ex- 
amples. 

Daphxella  sculptior,  7'>'ii,.  ]r<jo'h,  sp. 

Chdhurdla  scnlptior,  Ten.  Woods,  Proc.  b'oy.  Soc.  Tas.,  1878 
(1879),  p.  38.  Id.,  Tryon,  Man.  Conch.,  vi.,  1884,  pi.  xxxii., 
f.  27.  Id.,  Tate  and  May,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales, 
xxvi.,  1901,  pp.  371,  446.  B^-ilfia  le</}rtndi,Beddon\c,  Proc. 
Roy.  Soc.  Tas.  1882  (1883),  p.  167.  Id.,  Pritchard  and 
Gatliff,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Vict,  xii.,  1900,  p.  178.  Id., 
Hedle}',  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales.,  xxxv.,  1900,  p.  509, 
pi.  XXV.,  f.  1,  2,  3.  Baphnella  bitonjuatd,  Sowerby,  Proc. 
Mai.  Soc,  ii  ,  1896,  p.  27,  pi.  iii,  f.  9. 


MOLLUSCA    FROM    EI-'UriY    FATHOMS — IIKDLEY.  299 

This  species  is  already  known  from  Tasmania,  Soutli  Australia 
and  Victoria.  Two  individuals  in  the  present  haul  extend  the 
known  ran:;e  t<J  this  State. 


Cavolinia   lonctIKOSTrih,  Li'sueur,   var.  stkanuulata,  var  nov. 

(Plate  liv.,  fig.  1.3). 

This  differs  from  the  typical  form  by  sudden  lateral  contraction 
of  the  rostrum,  which  distally  expands  in  a  spout.  In  the  typical 
form  the  rostrum  is  produced  more  gradually  from  the  anterior 
dorsal  margin  than  in  the  variety.  In  var.  straiujidata  the  pos- 
terior lateral  angles  are  less  developed.  Nearest  stands  the  var. 
aiujiiJdtd,  8ouleyet,'^^  which  has  the  rostrum  not  spread  distally, 
and  contracted  from  back  to  front  instead  of  from  side  to  side,  it 
also  agrees  in  the  diminutive  posterior  angles.  Boas  states"  that 
he  has  traced  amjuhifa  through  a  series  of  transitions  into  Joutji- 
rosti'is.  But  this  should  not  reduce  a  well-marked  variety  to  an 
absolute  synonym.  8ouleyet's  form  also  occurs  on  the  coast 
of  M.  S.   Wales. 

I  have  not  met  this  variety  alive,  and  only  know  it  from  dead 
specimens  di-edged  from  the  bottom.  Besides  the  present  station 
it  has  occurred  at  sixteen  miles  east  of  Wollongojig,  and  twenty- 
three  miles  east  of  Sydney.  Exain^ijles  from  the  neighbourhood  of 
th.e  Great  Barrier  Island,  New  Zealand,  are  i-eferred  to'-'*  as  a  vari- 
ation of  ('.  Jomiirostris.  Y-av  stiruKjithifa  seems  a  southern  form. 
Though  typical  ('.  loinjirostris  has  occurred  to  me  plentifully 
along  tlie  Queensland  Coast,  as  at  the  Palm  Islands,  Green 
Islanfl  and  Thursday  Island,  I  have  not  seen  the  variety  fi'om 
the  north  nor  the  typical  form  from  tlie  south  of  Sydney. 

()xy(;yrus  keraudkenii,   Lesueur,  sp. 

Afhriitd,  k''ratidreuii,  Lesueur,  Journ.  de  Phys.,  Ixxxv.,  LSI 7,  p. 
391,  pi.  ii.  Oxi/(/i/n(s  kerandrfniii,  Smith,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool., 
xxiii.,  1888,  p.  16. 

Two  imperfect  specimens  were  taken  on  this  trip.  Previously 
the  "  Thetis'"  had  obtaiaed  fragmsnts  of  it  off  Port  Kemblain  G.i- 
75  fathoms,  and,  in  company  with  Mr.  W.  F.  Petterd,  I  dredged 
another  broken  shell,  twenty-three  miles  east  of  Sydney.  The 
genus  seems  to  be  unknown  hitherto  from  Australian   waters. 


21  Soulevct     Zool.  Boiiite.,  ii  ,  1H.52,  p.  1.j2,  pi.  v.,  f.  1-6. 

'"  Boas— Spolia  Atlantica,  IsHC,  p.  211. 

"^  Hedley  -Trans.  X.  Z.  Inst.,  xxxviii.,  1906,  j).  76. 


300  RKCORDS    OV    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

MoDIOLA  LINEA,  sp.  IIOV. 

(Plate  Ivi.,  figs.  23,  24,   25). 

Shell  small,  thin  sub-cvlindrical,  smooth  and  glossy,  anteriorly 
slightly  produced  and  angled,  posteriori}-  rounded,  dorsal  and 
ventral  margins  parallel.  Umbo  low,  a  little  incurved,  at  a  fifth 
of  the  total  length.  Colour  white,  with  a  few  small,  scattered, 
brown  dashes.  Sculpture  regular,  concentric  growth  stria?,  which 
posteriorly  are  traversed  by  a  few  faint  impressed  rays.  Perio- 
stracum  tliin,  polished.  Hinge  edentulous.  Length,  5*75  ; 
height,  2-5  ;  depth  of  single  valve,  0-9  mm. 

In  our  fauna  the  novelty  is  nearest  related  to  Mudiola  arhores- 
cens,  Chemnitz,-^  which  is  far  larger,  and  even  in  its  young 
stages,  of  quite  difi:erent  contour. 

Crassatellites  discus,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  hi.,  figs.  26,  27). 

Shell  small,  thin,  sub-quadrate,  lenticular,  inequilateral,  the 
posterior  side  being  twice  the  length  of  the  anterior  ;  dorsal  and 
posterior  margins  straight,  ventral  slightly  rounded,  anterior  pro- 
duced. Colour  ;  buff  or  vinous,  with  a  few  broken  radial  streaks. 
Sculpture  :  umbo  and  neighbouring  area  smooth,  followed  by  about 
a  dozen  sharp,  even,  elevated,  concentric  folds,  parted  by  equal 
interspaces.  Over  these  run  a  microscopic  sculpture  of  extremely 
fine  concentric  scratches.  Lunule  and  dorsal  area  elongate  and 
narrow.  Inner  margin  of  valve  smooth  and  bevelled.  Height,  6  ; 
length,  7  ;  depth  of  single  valve,  1-7  mm. 

A  group  of  small,  short  CrassafeU if e.s  horn  East  Australia  much 
resemble  one  another.  Single  specimens  seen  separately  are  diffi- 
cult to  distinguish,  but  a  series  of  each  demonstrates  that  slight 
though  the  differences  be,  they  are  constant.  C.  fvlvidd, 
Angas,-' is  larger;  C.  janus,  Hedley,-"  is  smaller  than  C.  discus; 
besides  colour  differences,  both  are  more  infiated,  stronger  ribbed, 
and  the  anterior  and  posterior  margins  meet  at  a  more  acute 
angle.  The  former  has,  the  latter  has  not,  small  denticules  on  the 
inner  margin.  ( '.  secnri/orme,  Hedley,^'  is  longer  in  proportion 
to  height,  the  nearly  straight  dorsal  margin,  almost  at  right  angles 
with  the  anterior  margin,  distinguish  it  from  ('.  discus. 


••21  Chemnitz— Coia-h.  Cab.,  xi.,  1795,  p.  251,  pi.  19S,  f.  L'016-17. 

«  Angas— Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1871,  p.  20,  pi.  i.,  f.  32. 

2«  Hedle^ — Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  X.  S.  Wales,  xxxi.,  190f^,  pi.  xxxviii,  f.  z9-30. 

27  Hedlev-Mem.  Austr.  Mu3.,  iv.,  5,  1902,  p.  312,  f.  53. 


MOLLUSCA    KHOM    EIf;HTY    FATHOMS  —  IIEDLEY.  301 

This  species  appears  to  be  the  c-Dinmoiiest  '  'rnssafeUifis  cm  our 
continental  shelf.  Besides  the  present  station,  where  it  occured 
plentit'ulh',  Mr.  Halligan  and  I  (h-edged  numerous  specimens  in 
lUO  fathoms,  sixteen  miles  east  of  Wollongtmg.  In  both  these 
localities  it  was  associated  with  <■ '.  securi forme.  But  the  record 
of  ('.  sc'cnri forme  from  111  fathoms  off  Cape  Byr<m,-''  is,  T  regret 
to  say,  based  on  a  single  valve  of  0.  'hscns. 

Myodora    ALBiDA,   Te7i.  Woods. 

Myodora  albida,  Ten.  Woods,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tas.,  1875  (1876), 
p.  160.  J/.  (•orrn(/af((,  Verco,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.  Austr.  xx., 
1896,  p.  229,   pi.  "viii.,  f.  1. 

This  species  has  not  l)een  noted  from  the  coast  of  New  South 
Wales.  A  single  liroken  valve  was  secured  b}'  the  expedition.  A 
perfect  specimen  occurs  in  the  Hargreaves  collection  labelled 
"  outside  Sydney  Heads."  It  was  probably  dredged  when  a 
pai-tv  of  Sydney  Natui-alists  were  entertained  on  board  H.^I.S. 
"  Clmllenger. "•-•'" 

CoRiAREUS,  yen.   nov. 

A  genus  allied  to  Lastm,  with  a  weaker,  less  complex  liinge, 
a  larger,  thinner,  radiately  sculptured  valve  clothed  with  a  thick 
dense  epidermis.  Type,  C.  vitreus,  Hedley ;  second  species, 
Montaenta  semiradiata,  Tate.* 

CORIAREUS  VITREUS,    .S/:>.  nOV. 

(Plate  Ivi.,  figs.  28,  29,  30). 

Valve  ovate-oblong,  slightly  inflated,  equivalve,  closed  all 
round,  inequilateral,  posterior  twice  the  lengtli  of  the  anterior, 
highly  polished,  thin  and  brittle.  Colour,  milk  white.  The 
epiflermis  is  peculiar :  a  thick,  dense,  felted,  entire 
rusty-brown  coat,  which  appears  as  if  some  foreign 
substance  had  caked  on  the  valves,  and  which  flakes  away  when 
dry  in  irregular  masses.  Sculpture  :  a  few  distant,  concentric, 
raised  threads  mark  rest  stages  in  growth  ;  there  are  numerous 
sharply  elevated,  thin,  radial  riblets,  irregularly  disposed 
and  spaced,  but  chiefly  grouped  in  the  centre  of  the  valve; 
towards  the  margin  additional   riblets  are  inteicalated.      Hinge  : 


^  Hedlev     Rec.  Austr.   Miis.,  vi.,  2,  1906,  p.  42. 
2»  Sprv-'  Cruise  of  Cliallenger,  1876,  p.  169. 

30  Tate— Trans.  Rov.  Soc.  S.  Austr.,  1888.,  p.  63,  pi.   xl.,  f.    2 ;     Hedley— 
Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  X.  S.  Wales,  1906,  p.  .'542,  pi  xxxi.,  f.  1-2. 


:^02  KE(;ORDS    OF    THE    AISTHALIAN    MUSKl'M. 

in  the  left  valve  iiuniediately  beneath  the  prodissocunch  there 
descends  obliquely  into  the  valve  a  prominent  thickened  ridge, 
above  which  is  a  deep  narrow  groove,  followed  by  the  margin  of 
the  valve,  which  is  broadly  i-etlected  on  the  umbo  ;  anteriorly  the 
chondrophore  is  followed  by  a  slight  ridge  ;  in  the  right  valve  a 
thickened  posterior  tubercle  and  a  slight  anterior  groove  ;  no 
lateral  teeth  occur  ;  the  muscular  impressions,  as  is  usual  in  so 
thin  a  shell,  are  invisible  ;  inner  margin  of  valve  smooth  and 
bevelled.  Length,  60  ;  height,  5  ;  depth  of  single  valve, 
1  -5   mm. 

Besides  the  present  station  the  species  occurs  in  250  and  300 
fathoms  oft"  Sydney.  The  indi\idual  figured  was  obtained  in  the 
former  station  by  Mr.  W.  F.  Petterd  and>  myself. 

0.  sfinirddiata,  Tate,  was  assocated  with  ('.  rifrotis,  both  off 
Narrabeen  and  Sydney. 

ECTORISMA    fJRANULATA.    Tate. 

Ectorismo  qramdata,  Tate,  Trans.  Hoy.  Soc.  S.  Austr.,  xv.,  1892, 
p.  127,  pL  i,  f.  3,  3rt. 

This  species  was  represented  by  a  \  ah  e  and  some  fragments, 
which  latter  indicate  that  the  shell  attains  a  length  of  20  nmi. 
Examples  were  recently  submitted  to  Dr.  W.  H.  Dall,  who  in- 
forms me — 21  Sept.  '06 — that  it  is  a  Foromya,  and  Tate's  genus 
therefore  unnecessary.  The  specific  name  is  already  occupied  by 
Nyst  in  this  genus,  and  if  otherwise  unnamed  the  species  requires 
another  designation.  The  species,  howe^  er  answers  fairly  to  the 
description  of  Porumya  l(crif<,  Smith,"  obtained  in  155  fathoms 
oft'  Raine  Island,  N.  Queensland.  So  that  until  actual  compari- 
son can  be  made  it  seems  better  to  use  Smitli's  name  iov  our  shell 
than  to  coin  a  new  one. 

LVONSIKLLA    (^UADKATA,  Sp.    HOV. 

(Plate  Ivi.,  figs.  31,  32,  33). 

Shell  small,  thin,  inflated,  oblong,  the  posterior  side  much 
longer  than  tlie  anterior.  Umbo  much  incurved.  Sculpture  : 
irregular  faint  growth  lines  are  crossed  by  a  few  inconspicuous 
radial  furrows,  one  of  which,  running  from  the  umbo  to  the  pos- 
terior ventral  angle,  is  cut  deeper  than  its  fellows  ;  except  round 
the  umbo,  whei  e  they  have  perhaps  been  worn  away,  small  close- 


s' Smith— Chal.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xiii.,  1885,  p.  55,  pi.  xi.,  f.  3. 


MOLLIFCA    FKOM    EIGHTY    FATHOMS — HKDLKV.  30.") 

set,  sharply  pointed  grains  l)e.sti-e\v  the  surface  of  the  shell. 
Hinge  edentulous.  Length,  3-7o  ;  height,  2-5  ;  depth  of  single 
valve,  1*4  mm. 

A  few  separate  valves  represent  a  genus  new  to  the  Australian 
fauna.  Judging  from  illustrations  L.  (ihijssicoJo,  Sars,''-  is  nearest, 
and  differs  by  Ijeing  larger  and  higher  in  pi'oportion  to  its  length. 
Another  single  valve  was  dredged  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Halligan  and 
myself  in  100  fathoms  off  Wollongong. 

VKIiTlCORDIA    VADOSA,    ^J^.  11,0V. 

(Plate  hi.,  figs.  34,  35,  36,  37). 

Shell  small,  rather  solid,  compressed,  equilateral,  sub-circular, 
sub-spiral.  Umbo  projecting.  Lunule  deeply  excavate.  Sculp- 
ture :  about  ten  low,  broad,  undulating  radial  ribs  ;  except  the 
umbo,  which  is  smooth,  the  entire  surface  is  densely  covered 
with  minute  radially-disposed  elevate  grains,  which  increase  in 
size  towards  the  margin  ;  interior  nacreous,  margin  smooth. 
Height,  2-65  :  length,  2N  ;  d(*pth  of  single  valve  0-8  mm. 

The  species  is  represented  by  four  separate  valves  in  this  col- 
lection. Another  odd  valve  was  taken  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Halligan 
and  self  in  100  fathoms  off'  Wollongong. 

This  opportunity  is  taken  of  withdrawing  the  name  Vrrticordia 
rhomhoidca  proposed*'  for  a  recent  shell.  I  unfortunately  failed 
to  observe  that  Prof.  Tate  had  already  chosen  this  name  for  a 
Tertiary  fossil." 

Though  related,  the  fossil  appears  from  the  description  to  differ. 
To  avoid  confusion  1  now  beg  to  sulistitute  Verticordia 
spfo.m  as  the  name  of  the  New  Zealand  shell.  It  has  already 
(ante  p.  2lo)  been  recorded  from  this  coast. 

Yerticohdia  australiensis.  Smith. 

Verticordia  nnMralie)isi.-<,  Smith,  Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xiii.,  1885,  p. 
167,  pL  XXV.,  f  6,  C^h. 

(Plate  hi.,  figs.  38,  39). 

Half-a-dozen  mutilated  valves  correspond  to  the  figure  and  de- 
scription of  the  species  taken  by   H.M.S.   "Challenger"  in    155 


S2  Sars— Moll.  Reg.  Aret.  Xorvegiae,  1K7H,  pi.  20.  f.  5. 

:«  Hpclley-Tmns.  X.  Z.  Tn^^t.,  xxxviii.,  HK)")  (1906),  j).  71,  pi.  ii.,  f.  12,  i:?, 

14." 
.•ii  Tate— Trans.  Rov.  Sot-.  S.  Aiistr.,  ix.,  I.ss6  (1SS7),  p.  149,  ])1.  xiv.,  f.  U. 


304  j:i:coi;ps  of  the  Australian  museum. 

fathcuns  off  Raine  Island  near  Cape  York,  (^)ueen8land.  It  has 
not  been  seen  since  then,  and  tlie  identification  of  the  '■  Miner  " 
shells  will,  if  correct,  widely  extend  the  geographical  range  of  V. 
nnsdrdieiisis.  Whereas  the  type  is  3|  mm.  long,  a  broken  valve 
figured  here  is  12  mm.  in  length.  Ours  has  more  lyrae,  and  I  do 
not  discern  "  a  very  faint  depression  at  the  posterior  end  from  the 
beaks  to  the  ventral  margin."'  The  difference  between  young  and 
old  individuals  may  reconcile  these  discrepancies. 


THE  ]{ESULTS  of -DEEP  8EA  INVESTIGATION   in  the 
TASMAN   SEA. 

I.— THE  EXPEDITION  of  H.M.C.S.  "MINER." 

4.    FoR.VMINIFEKAL     SaXD     DuED(iKD     TwEXTY-TWO     MiLES 

E.vsT  OF  Sydney  at  a  Depth  of  Eighty  Fathoms. 

By  E.  J.  GoDDARD,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  Biological  Laboratory,  Sydney 

Universit}'. 

(Figs.  -t4-4S). 

The  sand  contains  a  good  variety  of  forms.  In  the  appended 
list  the  chief  forms  present  are  mentioned.  This  list  is  nut  a 
complete  one,  inasmuch  as  in  the  abundant  material  at  hand  ad- 
ditional forms  must  be  present.  It  is  intended  to  complete  the 
list  subse(|uently. 

The  material  contains  beautiful  glauconite  casts.  This  mineral 
(a  hydrous  silicate  of  potash  and  iron)  is  very  noticeable  as  in- 
fillings  in  the  species  of  Ltaietia,  certain  members  of  the  Rotalida?, 
and  es[)ecially  in  the  members  of  the  Globigerinidse.  The  restric- 
tion of  the  glauconite  to  tliese  forms  is  very  marked. 

By  far  the  most  abundant  forms  present  in  the  sand  are  mem- 
bers of  the  Globigerinidje,  the  conmionest  species  being  Glohiijerina 
hul/oidfs.  There  is  a  goofl  representation  of  the  genera  and 
species  of  the  family  and  corresponds  closely  with  that  in  sand 
dredged  oft' Wollongong  at  a  depth  of  100  fathoms. 

The  genus  Layeua  is  very  abundant  and  is  represented  by  a 
fair  number  of  species.  Since  such  a  great  number  of  species  of 
LdilPiia  have  been  described  and  the  naming  uf  new  species  is 
objectionable  unless  some  marked  character  of  specific  imj^urtance 
is  detected,  it  has  been  deemed  advisable  not  to  name  a  few  new 
forms  whose  characters  fit  in  as  variations  or  connecting  links 
between  named  species. 

Lagena  sulcata  is  the  most  abundant  form  and  shows  great 
variation.  Many  forms — apiculate  and  winged — with  slight  and 
varied  differences  represent  varieties  of  this  species. 

Quite  a  large  number  of  L.  (jJoho'ia  show  an  entosolenian  tube. 

The  genus  Xodosaria  is  remarkably  scarce  in  the  material. 

Interesting  non-spinous  varieties  of  (JristMaria  calcar  are  pre- 
sent.     Pi>ljjnu>rj)hnia  alv^iAiniformis,  described  by  Jensen    from 


306  KRCORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSKUM. 

Byron  Bay,  at  a  depth  of  111  fatlioins,  is  well  repi-eseiited,  the 
specimens  being  larger  tlian  those  present  in  the  Byron  Bay 
material. 

The  Rotalidse  are  well  represented.  A  numlier  of  species  of 
tlie  Rotaliiue  must  subsequently  be  added  to  tlie  list  of  tliose 
mentioned. 

Tlie  most  abundant  member  of  the  Nummulinidte  is  FolydO' 
mella  macella.  This  species  shows  great  variation.  Many  speci- 
mens have  the  septal  l)ridges  very  irregularly  developed, 
approaching  in  that  respect  FolyxtompUa  verricnlata. 

The  occurrence  of  AllomorpJiind.  triijonvJa  in  tlie  sand  is  very 
interesting  in  connection  with  tlie  distriljution  of  that  form. 

The  Nubecularidrt'  are  represented  chiefly  by  the  genus  Planis- 
■pirina. 

Although  a  good  number  of  species  of  other  members  of  the 
Miliolinin:e  have  been  detected,  the  individual  species  are  remark- 
ably poorly  represented.  Fairly  common  in  the  sand  is  a  marine 
Diatom,  Amphora,  sp.,  allied  to  Amjihora  polyzonata. 

The  following  is  a  general  list  of  the  species  obtained  so  far  as 
at  present  determined  : — 

Family  NUBECULARID^. 

Sub-family  Miliolimn^. 

Bilocnlina  rirKjinix,  Lamarck. 
Miliolina  hicoruis,  Walker  and  Jacob. 

,,  sfiparans,  Brady. 

,,  tri(ioni(la,  Lamarck. 

,,         ak-eoliformiit,  Brady, 
Ffanispiriiia  exiyna,  Brady. 

SpiroJocalina  arenaria,  Brady. 

,,  teniuseptata,  Brady. 

„  limhata,  d'Orbigny. 

,,  impressa,  Terquem. 

„  excavata,  d'Orbigny. 

j»  Jynililixsima,  Brady, 

sp. 

Suh-famiJy  PENP^ROPLiDiNi*;. 

Conwspira  iiivoJvenx,  Reuss. 
Orbifolit^s  complanata,   Lamarck. 


F01{AM1MFK1;A1.    ^AM)     KAST    'F    >\I>NKV       (iUDDAHl).  307 

,Sn',-/:t)ll'ill    HArKltlNlNK. 

Ojifluihiiidiinn    iitro'h^fiiiis,   l>!-a(ly. 

,,  (vaiiftv  i>l>l('ii.<4  in  .sliajK*). 

F,nH a II  ASTKOll HIZI UA\ 

Svli-fcui  11 11   AsTiM  )i;  iiiziN.r.. 
Axirorliizit   (iri'iiai-hi,   Nonnaii. 

Siili-f',n)/)/i/  8ac('amminin.k. 

Sllh-t'diil  ill/     1 !  }l  AK! '  A  M  M  i  N  IN'.K. 

Hyppraitnuiinh  nujuiis,  Biady. 

F,n„ll!i  TEXTULARII!)/E. 
Siih-pntt ////  Tkxtilariin.T':. 

Te.cfu/dr'xi   (ii/<j/iifii>iiiix,  (i'Oi-bigny. 

„  sot/ifftihi,  Defrance. 

„  frorlin.-i,   frOil)ii;iiy. 

Gandni'nui   sitl,n>tii mhiin,    Sr!i\vat;er. 

Siih-t'iiiiiih/    lU'l.I.MlNIN.F.. 

BdliriiKi   fexfnhn-(ii(lf'<,    llouss. 
,,  j)i/<l),i<f(i,   Brady. 

/;/ m  ////  cm  LOST* ) M ELLl  L)/E . 

ChilofifiitH'^lhi   nrnif/.-a,    IvOiiss. 
AII<mi(>rji]iiii(i   /rii/iiini,   Keu.'-s. 

Fami/f/  LAGENTD.'E. 

!,<i(ieiid  Kiilcofd,  Walter  and  Jacob. 

,,  orl)i;/vij<')iri,  8e(iuenza. 

Ku/rafd  var.  (univ/tiris,  var.  iiov.  (fig.  4S) 

,,  p/uinii/i^ni,   Brady. 

sulmfa  (apiculate  and  winged  varieties).' 
f<qnam<>i«i.-vinrriiti(itit,  Parker  and  Jones. 


1  Bnulv—Cliall.  Kep  ,  ZooL,  xlix,  i>l.  Ixii. 


308  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Layewi  striata,  d'Orbigny. 

,,  hexagona  var.  lata,  var.  nov.  (fig.  44). 

,,  ylohosa,  Montague. 


Fig.  44.     X  1.50. 

Suh-fcmiily  NoDOSARiiNiE. 

Nodosarin  scaJaris,  d'Oi'bigny. 
,,  verteh7-alis,  Batsch. 

)j  Ji^iformis,  d'Orbigny, 

Cristellaria  crepidula,  Fichtel  and  Moll  (with  young  in 
last  chamber). 
,,  calcar,  Linn. 

>,  „       (non  spinous  variety),  (fig.  45). 


Fig.  4.5.    X  75. 

„  cantata,  Fichtel  and  Moll. 

„  hasweUi,  sp.  nov.  (figs.  46,  47). 

„  orhictdaris,  d'Orbigny. 

brondiciihirlii  sp. 

Sllh-fani  Uy    PoLYMORPHIXIN^. 

Polymorphitia  (dveoHniformis,  Jensen,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc- 
K  S.  Wales,  xxix.,  4,  1905,  p.  821,  PI- 
xxiii.,  fis.s.  8-12. 


FOKAMIXIFERAL    HANI)    EAST    OF    .SVDNKV — GODDARD.  309 

Uvie/et'ina  pyi/nifiK,  d  Orbigiiy. 

,,         sp.   (forms  intermediate  between  U.  pyymcea 
and  U.  (icnhaUiy- 
fimayii'iixis^  d'Orl )igny 

Famlhj  GLOBIGEPvINID^. 
Globiijerina  biil/otdefi,  dOrbign}'. 

,.•  ,,  var.  fri/uha,  Keii.ss. 

,,  crefncea,  d'Orbi,ii;ny. 

,,  linneana,  d'Orbigii}-. 

,,  ffquihiffralis,  Brady. 

,,  sp.  (small  species  with  a  textularoid  arrange 

ment  of  chambers). 
OrhnluKi,  universa,  d'Orbigny, 

,,  porosa,  Terqueni. 

Hastiyerina  pelayica,  d'Oibigny. 
Gandeina  nitida,  d'Orbigny. 
Pidlenia  ohliq}iih>cuJatn,  Parker  and  Jones. 
,,  qiiinqiiplohatd,  Keuss. 

Family  ROTALIIDyl] 

Suh-ftmiily  SpiRiLiJXiy.^^.. 
SpirilJiua  lirtihafa,  Brad}'. 

,,  „  var.  di'iifiridafa,  Brady. 

Huh-family  Botaliin^. 
Tmiicatulina  j^va^cincta,  Karrer. 
„  sp. 

„  lolxitnhi,  Walker  and  Jacob. 

,,  iritfillfu^torjii,  8chwager. 

„  rcficidafa,  Czjzek. 

,,  t'chinafd,  Brady. 

Plmiorhidlnu  sp. 
Discorhina  airiiicana,  d'Orbigny. 

,,  hiconcava,  Parker  and  Jones'. 

„  vesiculari><,  Lamarck. 

sp. 
,,  herthchifi,  d'Orbigny. 

,,  juirii^if^ni^i^,  d'Orbigny. 

I'ld ritiidiitd   xiichi'linimia,  d'Orbigny. 

,,  inpiuu'dli,  d'Orbigny. 

Aiiohudind  iifosseruyosn,  Giimbel. 
,,  arimineniiis,  d'Orbigny. 

2  Brady—Clmll.  Kep  ,  Zoul.,  xlix  ,  pi.  Ixxiv.,  H>rs.  24-26. 


310  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Rotalia  sp. 

„  calcar,  d'Orbigny. 

Stih-family  Tinopokin.e. 
Poli/frema  miniacetim,  Liniie. 

Famih/  NUMMULINID.^. 

Suh-tamily    POLYSTOMELLINiE 

FolysUriiieVa  macella,  Fielitel  and  JNIoll. 

,,  ,,  (variety  approacliiiig  clos^  to  P. 

crispn  and  P.  suhnudosa). 
„  .nthnudosa,  Mlinster. 

„  criapa,  Linn. 

Siib- family  Nummulitin^. 
Opo-culina  ammotioides,  Gronovius. 

Cwstkllaria  has.welli,  f<2^.  nov. 
(Figs.  46,  47). 
Only  one  specimen  of  tins  species  has  been  seen. 
The  surface  is  quite  smooth,  and  presents  a  glistening  hyaline 
appearance. 


Fig.  4H,  X  100.  Fig.  47,  x  100. 

There  is  a  well  developed  keel  on  eitlier  side.  The  general 
anangement  of  the  chambers  rese.nbles  that  seen  in  Crisfe/laria 
lata. 

The  septal  lines  are  slightly  limbate. 


FOKAMINIFKHAL    SAND    HAsT    OP    SYDNEY — <;ODDAHD. 


311 


Length  3-4  mm.  ;  bi-eadtli  !•()  mm. 

Fig.  46  represents  the  lateral  view,  and  fig.  47  represents  tlie  front 
peiipheral  aspect. 


Fig.  4S,  X  150. 


La(;ena   SULCATA,  var.   annl"lai;is,  rar.  nor. 

(Fig.  4,s). 

This  resemljles  Lor/fiia  sidcata  in  general  charac- 
ters. Tlie  chamber  is  globular  and  is  produced  into 
an  apical  spine.  The  neck  is  smooth  and  devoid  of 
any  ornamentation.  The  ridges  are  fewer  in  number 
than  in  La(/e/tui  milcata.  There  is  a  well-developed 
annular  i-idging  towards  the  abo^■al  end  of  the  test. 
On  this  account  the  variety  might  be  termed 
(miiidin-i,^: 


NOTE   UPON    JIUS   TOMFSOjVI,    RAMSAY. 

By  Allan  H.  McCulloch,  Zoologist. 

Mus  fomj)soni,  Ramsay,  Proc.  Linn.   8oc.    N.  S.  Wales,  ^■i.,  1881, 
p.  763. 

The  Trustees  liave  received  through  the  repeated  good  offices  of 
Mr.  C.  F.  Bolton,  of  Wagga  Wagga,  N.  S.  Wales,  a  fine  series  of 
rats  under  the  name  Mus  fomjmnii,  Ramsay,  together  with  notes 
upon  their  habits  and  colouration.  It  includes  eight  males,  half 
of  which  are  black  and  tlie  others  grey,  and  six  females,  four 
black  and  two  grey.  Also  six  young  about  70  mm.  in  length 
taken  from  a  nest,  all  black  in  colour. 

A  comparison  of  both  skins  and  skulls  of  these  specimens, 
which  agree  very  well  with  Dr.  E.  P.  Ramsay's  description,  with 
those  of  J/,  raftvs,  Linn.,  shows  that  J/,  tompsoni  is  a  synonym  of 
the  latter,  a  conclusion  borne  out  by  the  similar  habits  of  the  two 
species. 

The  Wagga  Wagga  rats  are  found  about  grocers'  stores  and  in 
stables  ;  a  nest  containing  five  young,  whicli  was  dislodged  in  a 
stable,  was  arranged  in  a  scooped-out  hole  under  the  brick 
flooring,  having  walls  of  straw  and  leaves,  followed  by  a  layer  of 
fine  sliredded  bark,  and  an  inner  lining  of  wool,  feathers  and 
down. 

Mr.  K.  H.  Bennett  gave  an  account^  of  the  migrations  of  this 
species  in  the  western  portion  of  New  South  Wales,  from  which 
it  would  appear  that  it  swarmed  into  this  State  from  Western 
Queensland  and  was  at  the  time  spreading  southwards  and  east- 
wards. Examples  are  in  tlie  Australian  Museum  collection  from 
Queensland,  New  South  Wales,  and  Tasmania  ( M.  variahiJiti,  H. 
and  P.). 


1  Eennett— Prcc.  Linn.  Soc.  iS".  S.  Wales,  (2),  ii.,  188f?,  p.  44'J 


TWO    NEW    SPECIES    of    COLLEMBOLA. 
By  W.  J.  Rainbow,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Entomologist. 

(Figs.  49-52). 

There  has  recently  been  added  to  tlie  Entomological  collection 
of  the  Museum,  two  species  of  Aquatic  CoUembola,  representing 
two  distinct  genera — Isofoma,  Bourlet,  and  Achorutes,  Templeton. 
Of  these,  which  are  apparently  undescribed,  the  first  was  collected 
by  Professor  T.  W.  E.  David,  B.A.,  one  of  the  Trustees  of  the 
Museum,  at  the  Yarrangobilly  Caves,  and  the  other  by  my  friend 
Mr.  S.  J.  Johnston,  B.Sc,  fi-om  a  pond  at  Bathurst. 

In  respect  of  the  first  which  I  name,  Ixotoma  troylodytica,  my 
colleague,  Mr.  C.  Hedley,  hands  me  the  following  interesting 
observations  : — 

"  Deep  in  one  of  the  western  Yarrangobilly  Caves  Hows  a  sub- 
terranean brook,  in  a  pool  of  which  and  on  wet  stones  around  it 
the  guide  pointed  out  to  Messrs.  Hamlet,  Andrews  and  self,  the 
jHotoma.  It  occurred  in  large  numbers  but  seemed  confined  to 
one  locality.  Its  movements  were  sluggish,  and  so  far  as  we 
could  see,  the  brilliant  magnesium-wire  light  carried  by  the 
guide,  produced  no  effect  upon  it. 

So  curious  an  animal  of  coui-se  appealed  to  my  collecting  appe- 
tite, but  proceeding  to  gattier  some,  the  caretaker  reminded  me  of 
the  wholesome  regulation  that  no  specimens  are  to  be  removed 
from  the  cave  reserves  excejit  by  permission  of  the  Department. 
A  few  months  later  Prof.  David  visited  the  caves  and  as  the 
Department  would  probably  relax  their  rule  in  his  favour,  I 
handed  to  him  a  tube  of  alcohol  and  commended  the  subterranean 
'  insects '  to  his  favourable  attention.  How  kindly  he  fulfilled 
this  mission  Mr.  Rainbow's  paper  will  tell." 

Family  DEGEERIAD^. 
(tphkh  Isotoma,  Jioinlef. 

ISOTOMA   T1!0(;L0DYTICA,    ifp.    not: 

(Figs.  49,  50). 

Length,  1"2  mm.  Colour,  creamy  white.  Head. — Clothed 
with  a  few  fine  short  hairs.  A'lih'nncf. — Short  ;  less  than  length 
of  head.      Poiff-Anfeniial  Oryau. — Oval.      Ocelli. — Eiglit  on  each 


314 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


Fig.  49.  /.  troglodytica,  Kainb.     Fig.  .50.  /.  troglodytica  (muci'o)  Kainb. 

side  of  head  ;  these  are  seated  upon  dark  patches.  Body. — ■ 
Elongate,  sparingly  clothed  with  short,  fine  hairs.  Spring. — - 
Short,  not  reaching  to  ventral  sucker ;  lyiucro,  toothed  (fig.  50). 
Legs. — Short,  strong,  pilose  ;  tarsi,  without  tenant  hairs,  claws 
long. 

Hab. — Yarrangobilly  Caves,  on  the  surface  of  shallow  cave 
pools. 

Famihj  PODURID^. 
Genus  AcHORUTES,  Templeton. 

ACHORUTES    SPECIOSUS,    sp.    nov. 

(Figs.  51,  52). 

Length  0*8  mm.  Colour,  in  some  examples  bluish-grey  above, 
reddish-grey  ventrally ;  others  wholly  bluish-grey,  but  of  a  some- 
what lighter  tint  underneath.  Head. — Large,  sub-triangular, 
truncate  anteriorly,  clothed   with  fine  short  hairs.     Atitennce. — • 


Fig.  51.  A.  speciosKs,  ■Raiiib.  Fig.  52.  A.  speciosus  (tarsus),  Hainb. 

Sliort,  four-jointed.  'Ocelli. — Eight  on  each  side ;  seated  upon 
black  patches  ;  I'emote  from  base  of  antenna*.  Bady. — Cylindri- 
cal :  segments  sub-equal,  and  clothed  with  very  short,  fine  hairs  ; 
apex  of  abdomen  terminating  obtusely.  Sjyring. — Short,  not 
reaching  to  ventral  sucker.  Legs. — Short,  strong,  clothed  like 
the  body  ;  tarsi  biungulate,  the  lesser  claw  minute  (fig.  52). 
Hab. — Bathurst ;  from  the  surface  of  a  pond. 


OCCASIONAL  NOTES 


v.— THE   GENERIC    NAME    CREFIDOGASTER. 

In  conseciuence  of  i'emo\'al  from  Sydney  I  was  unable  to  see 
proofs  of  my  paper  "  Descriptions  of  and  Notes  on  some  Australian 
and  Tasmanian  Fishes,"  published  in  the  preceding  number  oi  the 
"  Records."'  In  writing,  I  had  overlooked  the  fact  that  the  name 
Crepidogaster  is  not  available  in  Fishes. 

On  page  201,  I  followed  Giinther  in  using  (Jri'jndtxidsfci-  for  a 
genus  in  Gobiesocidpe,  but  this  name,  applied  to  fishes  in  1861, 
was  previously  used  by  Boheman  (1848),-  for  a  genus  of  Coleo- 
pterous insects. 

I  therefore  propose  the  name  ASPASMOfrASy'/'JIi  as  a  substi- 
tute for  Crepid()yaHtfr  in  Fishes. 

ED(i\K    R.  Wa  rnc. 
Canterbury  Museum, 

Christchurch,  N.Z. 

19th  July,   1906. 


VI._NOTE    ON    AN    UNUSUAL   SET   of    STONE 
PLOVER'S   EGGS. 

The  Curator  handed  me  for  examination,  from  Mr.  Norman 
Etheridge's  collection,  a  remarkable  set  of  eggs  of  the  Stone- 
Plover  (CEdicnemus  (jrallarius;  Lath.).  It  comprises  for  this 
species  the  unusual  number  of  four  eggs.  They  were  fresh,  and 
all  found  together  in  a  scantily  grass-lined  depression  in  the  earth 
at  Bargo  by  Mr.  G.  Hambridge,  on  the  20tli  September,  1 906. 
Presumably  it  is  the  result  of  two  females  laying  in  the  same  nest 
for  the  eggs  are  of  two  fairly  distinct  types  varying  in  tlie  inten- 


1  Waite -Kec-.  Austr.  Mus.,  vi.,  3,  1906,  p]j.  194  ami  201. 

■•*  Eoheiiiaii — Ins.  Caifr..  i.,  1H48,  ]>.  6H,Ji)h  Creininin<i(n-  and  Harold. 


316  KECOUDS    OF    THK    AUSTKALIAN    MUSEUM. 

sity  of  their  markings,  als(j  in  size.  One  pair  is  oval  in  form,  with 
the  stoue  gruund-eulour  ahnost  uniformly  freckled,  spotted  and 
blotched  with  dull  olive-brown.  Length  (A)  2-2:2  x  1-6  inches; 
(B)  2-3  X  1-57  inches.  Of  the  other  pair  one  is  inclined  to 
i"ounded-oval,  the  other  oval  slightly  compressed  at  the  smaller 
ynd.  'The  markings  on  the  stone  ground-colour  of  this  pair  are 
distincth'  larger  and  darker,  varying  from  a  dark  olive-brown  to 
a  dark  brown,  witii  which  are  intermingled  a  few  underlying 
irregular  shaped  spots,  and  small  blotches  of  dull  inky-grey  ;  the 
markings  being  evenly  distributed  over  the  surface  of  the  shell, 
except  on  the  larger  end  of  one  specimen,  where  they  coalesce 
and  form  a  well-defined  cap.  Length  (C)  2-33  x  1-64  inches, 
(D)  2-3S  X  1-7  inches. 

Alfhed  J.  North. 


P      ^^•55-\ 


RECORDS 


OF   THE 


AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM, 


EDITED  BY  THE  CURATOR. 


Vol.  VL,  No.  5. 


PRINTED     BY      ORDER     OF     THE     TRUSTEES. 

R.    ETHERIDGE,    Junr.,   J.P., 
Cxifrttoi*. 

SYDNEY,  18th  JULY,    1907. 


The  Swift  Frintiug  Coi.ipany,  Ltd.,  5  Jamieson  Iiaue,  Sj-auey. 


COi^ITkNTfe. 


Lower  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  the  Sources  of  the  Barcoo,  Ward  and 
Nive  Eivers,  Soiitli  Central  (Queensland.  By  E.  Etheridge,  Junr., 
Curator...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...        317 

Notes  on  the  Ai'chitecture  of  Au.stralian  Araneidse.     Part  6,  Entele- 

gynte.     By  W.  J.  Rainbow,  F.L.S.,  F.E  ,S  ,  Entomologist  . . .       330 

Additions  to  the  Avi-Fainia  of  the  Count  \  of  CundDerland.     By  Alfred 

J.  North,  C.M.Z.S.,  Ornithologist      .'..  ...  ...  ...        33f» 

The  Eesidts  of  Deep-Sea  Investigation  in  the  Tasman  Sea.  IT.  The 
Expedition  of  the  "  Woy  Woy." 

1.  Fishes  aiul  Crustaceans  froni    Eight  Hundred   Fathoms. 

By  Allan  E.  McCuUoch,  Zoologist    ...  ...  ...       34b 

2.  !Mollusca  from  Eight  Hundred  Fathoms,  Thirty -fire  Miles 

East  of  Sydney.     By  Charles  II edley.  ...  ...        ;^.5t) 

North  Queensland  Ethnographv.  Bulletin  No.  9.  Burial  Ceremonies 
and  Disposal  of  the  Dead.'  By  Walter  E.  Eoth,-d\Iagistrate  of  the 
Pomeroon  District,  British  Gruiana,  etc.         ...  ...  ...       365 

Mineralogical  Notes  :  No.  v. — Cassiterite,  Ceru.ssite,  Zeolites  and  other 

Australian  Minerals.      By  C.  Anderson,  M  A.,  B  S.,  Mineralogist       404 

Occasional  Notes — 

VII. — Eggs  of  Cacomanlls  iiisperafits,  Groidd.     By  A.  J.  North...        423 


LOY/ER  CRETACEOUS  FOSSILS  from  the  SOURCES  of 

THE  BARCOO,  WARD  and  NIVE  RIVERS,  SOUTH 

CENTRAL  QUEENSLAND. 

Part  L— ANNELIDA,  PELECYPODA  and 
GASTEROPODA. 

By.  R.  Etiieridge,  Junr.,  Curator. 

(Plates  Ivii.-lxii.). 


CORRECTIONS. 


Page  256,  footnote — for  "portion"  read  -'position." 

Plates  xMi.,  xliii.,  xlv.,  at  foot  of  plate — for  "  H.  Barnes,  Junr." 
read  "T.  Whitelegge." 

Plate  liii. — substitute  the  plate  inserted  in  this  part  (o)  for  that 
previously  issued  (in  part  4),  on  which  the  figure  numbers 
were  omitted. 

Page  404,  line  18 — for  "the  faint  line"  read  "a  line." 


ends,  but  in  one  instance  one  of  the  ends  is  more  acute  than    the 
other.     The  surface  is  roughened  with  faint  irregular  transver.se 


1  Ethendgc— Aust.  Mvis.  Rcc,  v.,  2,  1904,  p.  114,  pi.  xiv.,  f.  1-3. 


CONTkNTg. 

Lower  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  the  Sources  of  tlie  Barcoo,  Ward  and 

Mtc  Eivers,  South  Central  Queensland.     By  E.  Etheridge,  Junr.,       ^^^ 
Curator... 

Xoto.  on  the  Architecture  of  Australian  Araneid*.     Part  6,  Entele- 

■^  nut-.     Bv  W.  J.  Eainbow,  F.L.S.,  F.E  S  ,  Entomologist  . . .       330 


LO^.VER  CRETACEOUS  FOSSILS  from  the  SOURCES  of 

THE  BARCOO,  WARD  and  NIVE  RIVERS,  SOUTH 

CENTRAL  QUEENSLAND. 

Part  L— ANNELIDA,  PELECYPODA  and 
GASTEROPODA. 

By.  R.  Etheridge,  Junr.,  Curator. 

(Plates  Ivii.-lxii.). 

L — Introduction. 

The  Trustees  have  ac(pired  from  time  to  time  during  the  last 
few  years,  and  through  the  liberality  of  Mr.  H.  W.  Blomfield,  a 
large  suite  of  Queensland  Cretaceous  Fossils  in  various  states  of 
preservation.  Many  of  these  are  well  known  forms,  others  species 
only  partially  described,  and  a  few  apparently  new. 

The  whole  series  is  representative  of  the  Lower  Cretaceous  or 
"  Rolling  Downs  Formation,"  and  is  from  an  area  drained  by 
head  waters  of  the  Barcoo,  Ward,  and  Nive  Rivers,  source 
affluents  of  theWarrego  River,  itself  a  branch  of  the  great  Darling; 
unfortunately  more  precise  localities  were  not  recorded. 

2. — Description  of  the  Fossils. 

coprolites. 

(Plate  Ix.,  figs.  4  and  5). 

Obi^. — I  have  already  referred^  to  certain  bodies  from  tlie  Point 
Charles  Ci'etaceous  deposit  as  probably  coprolitie.  In  the  present 
collection  are  two  objects  possessing  the  appearance  of  coprolites 
and  very  much  larger  than  those  from  Point  Charles.  One  of 
these  is  three  inches  long,  and  three  quarters  of  an  inch  in  trans- 
verse diameter.  Both  are  fusiform  in  outline,  tapering  at  both 
ends,  but  in  one  instance  one  of  the  ends  is  more  acute  than  the 
other.     The  surface  is  roughened  with  faint  irregular  transverse 

1  Etlievidg. — Aust.  Mu3.  Rec,  v.,  2,  1904,  p.  114,  pi.  xiv.,  f.  1-3. 


318  RECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTKALIAN    MUSEUM. 

constrictions,  but  the  tapering  extremities  are  spiral  as  in  ordinary 
Ichthyosaurian  coprolites.  Both  of  the  specimens  are  convex 
on  one  side  and  faintly  concave  on  the  other. 

A  section  prepared  for  the  microscope  from  the  fractured  end 
of  the  incomplete  specimen  does  not  afford  much  information. 
The  ground  mass  is  limonitic  with  scattered  quartz  grains, 
but  there  are  no  fish  scales  or  other  minor  exuvia;. 

ANNELIDA. 

Geuns  Spirul.ea,  Bronn,  1827. 

(Jahrb.  Min.,  1827,  ii.,  p.  544). '^ 

Ohs. — Zittel  tells^  us  that  Bronn  selected  the  involute  and  free 
species  Serptda  spiriilffa,  Lamk.,  as  the  type  of  his  genus  Sph-alfca. 
In  the  same  year  (1827),  Def ranee  proposed^  the  name  Bofularia 
for  this  and  other  species,  including  both  free  and  attached 
Tubicolar  Annelids.  As  it  is  very  convenient  to  accept  even 
this  artificial  division  of  the  genus  Serjnda,  I  adopt  Bronn's 
term  for  those  fi'ee  involute  species  such  as  >S'.  spiruJcm.  Tubes 
of  this  nature  are  met  with  in  Oolitic,  Cretaceous,  and  Tertiaiy 
strata. 

Spirul.ea  gregaria,  s]}.  not: 

(Plate  Ivii.  ;  PL  Ix.,  figs.  1-3). 

>Sp.  Char. — Shell  involute,  concavo-sub-convex,  from  5-15 
millimetres  in  diameter,  consisting  of  three  or  four  wlaorls, 
terminating  in  a  free  tube  of  variable  length  ;  on  the  concave 
aspect  tlie  whorls  are  telescopic,  and  individually  rounded,  but 
on  the  sub-convex  aspect  each  whorl  is  sloping  and  moreover  less 
faintly  convex.  Periphery  convex,  neither  ridged  nor  angled, 
section  of  tube  round  ;  sculpture  fine  and  concentric,  the  free  tube 
in  some  cases  corrugated. 

Obs. — A  hand  specimen  of  calcai-eous  shale  is  crowded  on  both 
weathered  surfaces  with  these  involute  tubes,  in  fact  they  chiefly 
compose  the  rock,  associated  with  a  few  small  Belemnites.  The 
form  is  closely  allied  to  *S'.  concava,  J.  Sby.,'^  from  the  Upper 
Greensand  of  the  South  of  England.  In  some  respects  it  also 
resembles    S.    bognoriensis,    Mantel,''    a    Tei'tiary     species,     but 


2  Fide  Bronn— Index  Pal.,  Nomen.,  1848,  p.  1139. 

3  Zittel— Handb.,  Pal.,  1  Abth.,  i.,  3,  1880,  p.  .564. 
"  Defrance— Diet.  Sci.  Nat,  xlvi.,  1827,  p.  321. 

«  Sowerby— Min.  Con.,  i.,  1814,  p.  125,  pi.  Ivii.,  f.  1-5. 
'•  Sowerby— Min.  Con.  vi.,  1828,  p.  294,  pi.  dxcvi.,  f.  1-3 


LOWER    CRPrrACKOUS    FOSSILS  —  KTIIERIDGE.  319 

possesses  a  less  number  of  whorls  and   a   more   telescopic  concave 
aspect. 

PELECYPODA. 

Genus   PsEUDAVicuLA,  Efh.  JiL,   1892. 

(Geol.  Pal.  Q'land,  &c.,  1892,  p.  449). 

Obs. — In  my  original  description,  lacking  evidence  to  the  con- 
trary, I  accepted  Moore's  statement"  that  the  type  species 
(Lncina  aytomala,  Moore)  was  equivalve.  I  have  now  material 
to  show  that  the  shell,  I  have  for  years  rightly  or  wrongly  named 
Fseudavicnla  aihomala,  Moore,  sp.,  is  decidedly  inequi  valve.  The  left 
valve  is  the  more  convex,  the  umbo  higher  than  in  the  right,  and 
slightly  overhanging  the  cardinal  margin,  the  umbo  of  the  right 
valve  is  depressed  and  does  not  project  above  the  cardinal  margin. 
Later  acquired  specimens  of  P.  australis,  Moore,  sp.,  lead  to  the 
belief  that  such  is  also  the  ca.se  in  that  species,  as  it  certainly  is 
in  the  one  to  follow. 


PSEUDAVICULA    PAPYRACEA,    sp.    110V. 

Undetermmed  Bivalve,  Eth.  fil.,   Geol.   Pal.    Q'land,    ivc,     1892, 
p.  482,  pi.  xxi.,  f.  14. 

Sp.  Char. — Shell  suborbicular,  delicate  and  fragile,  compi-essed, 
posteriorly  alate,  test  very  thin,  papyraceous.  Left  valve  convex 
in  the  umbonal  region,  with  a  sharply-pointed  rather  elevated 
umbo.  Right  valve  more  depi-essed  than  the  left  and  the  umbo 
inconspicious.  Dorsal  margins  on  both  sides  straight,  those 
anterior  to  the  umbo  obliquely  inclined,  those  on  the  posterior 
straight  ;  anterior  ends  small,  the  margins  rounded  ;  posterior 
alations  small,  tiat,  the  margins  rectangular.  Sculpture  of  micro- 
scopic concentric  lines. 

Ohs. — This  very  delicate  shell,  or  fragments  of  it,  occurs  through- 
out the  Pachydomella  calcareous  mudstone,  of  which  so  much  of  the 
collection  is  made  up,  in  lai'ge  numbers  in  association  with  the 
still  more  common  PachydomeJla  chat  us.  In  not  a  single  instance 
have  I  seen  the  test  complete  in  any  one  specimen,  the  usual  con- 
ditions being  that  of  internal  casts,  or  the  latter  with  fragments 
of  test  adhering,  which  must  have  been  very  thin  and  fragile. 


'  Moore— Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.,  xxvi.,  1870,  p,  251. 


320  RKCORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Tlie  outline  is  that  of  my  conception"  of  Pseudaiv'cida  anomala 
Moore,  sp.,  but  out  of  the  immense  number  of  specimens  and 
fragments  not  one  has  shown  the  characteristic  sculpture  of  that 
species.  Indeed,  the  only  trace  of  ornament  on  the  shell  of 
P.  papi/racea  is  that  of  a  few  concentric,  almost  microscopic  lines  ; 
the  test  is  far  too  thin  to  carry  the  well  marked  decussate  sculp- 
ture of  P.  aiiomala. 

I  believe  it  to  be  one  of  the  undetermined  valves  figured  at  the 
reference  above. 

The  specific  name  is  in  allusion  to  the  delicate  nature  of  the 
test.     Figures  will  be  given  in  a  subsequent  part. 

Genvs  Maccoyklla,  Eth.  fil.,  1892. 
(Geol.  Pal.  Q'land,  kc,  1892,  p.  451). 

MaCCOYELLA  CORBIENSIS,   Moorc,  SJ>. 

(Plate  Ixi ,  figs.  1-6). 

Avicula  corbiensis,  Moore,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc,  1870,  xxvi., 
p.  246,  pi.  xi.,  f.  7. 

MacGoyella  corbie^isis,   Eth.   fil.,   Mem.  Geol.  Survey  N.  S.Wales, 
Pal.  No.  11,  1902,  p.  21,  pi.  i.,  f.  6-10  (fo)-  synonomy). 

Ohs. — In  the  phenomenally  rich  calcereous  shale  containing  the 
preceding  species  and  Pachydomella  chiitus  occur  a  large  number 
of  left  valves  agreeing  in  every  particular  with  the  corresponding 
valve  of  M.  corbiensis,  except  in  that  of  size.  The  maximum 
measurements  of  this  species  are  approximately  two  and  a  quarter 
inches  in  length  by  two  and  a  half  inches  in  breadth,  whereas  in 
the  specimens  under  review  the  average  is  about  one  half  of  the 
above;  other  than  by  this  discrepancy,  I  am  unable  to  differentiate 
between  the  respective  specimens.  In  other  words,  those  collected 
by  Mr.  Blomfield  are  3f.  corbiensis  in  minature,  and  seem  to 
represent  a  dwarf  i-ace  of  the  species.  Here  and  there,  it  is  true, 
are  examples  with  a  greater  breadth  in  proportion  to  length  than 
in  M.  corbiensis  proper,  but  this  cannot  be  allowed  to  weigh  in 
the  face  of  more  important  features.  Again,  the  posterior  alation 
seems  to  be  more  highly  developed  in  some  examples  than  in 
larger  individuals  from  other  localities.  One  -specimen  fortunately, 
although  worn  externally,  has  the  internal  structure  admirably 
preserved,  particularly  that  of  the  articulus  (PI.  Ixi.,  fig.  1). 


8  Etheridge— Mem.  E.  Soc.  S.  Aiistr.,  ii.,  1,  1902,  pi.  ii.,  f.  1. 


LOWEH    CRBTACKOU.S    FOSSILS  —  ETHERIDCJK.  321 

An  interesting  point  (occurs  in  coiuiection  witli  the  relation  of 
these  sliells  to  O.rytomti  rocktfootlfusis,  mihi."  The  shorter  and 
broadei- examples  closely  resemble  this,  but  the  costal  in  the  latter 
are  so  much  less  in  number.  Before  i-elegating  0.  rockivoodensis 
to  the  position  of  a  synonym  of  j\l.  rorbii'iisis  it  will  be  necessary 
to  see  the  interior  of  the  former  ;  sliould  the  two  articuli  agree, 
and  my  assumption  tliat  the  present  fossils  are  a  dwarf  race  of 
the  latter,  it  will  be  useful  to  distinguish  them  by  using  the  name 
of  the  fii'st  in  a  varietal  sense  for  the  present  fossils. 

(reuns  AucELLA,  Keyserliuy,   1<S46. 
(Reise  in  das  Petschora  Land,  1846,  p.  297). 

AUOELLA    HUGHENDENENSIS,   Etheviiliji'. 

(Plate  Iviii.  ;  PI.  Ixi.,  figs.  7-12). 

Avicitla  hm/hendeu&nsis,  Etheridge, Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc,  xxviii., 
lS72,'p.   346,  pi.  XXV.,  f.  3. 

Aua'Ua  huyheudeitensis,   Eth.   fil.,  Mem.  R.  Soc.  S.  Austr.,  ii.,    1, 
1 902,  p.  1 4  (/o7'  synonomy). 

Obs. — Foremost  amongst  the  specimens  of  this  collection  is  a 
very  beautiful  weathered  example  of  this  species,  by  far  the  finest 
group  I  have  seen.  Although  the  shell  is  now  well  known,  other 
and  smaller  specimens  reveal  some  points  of  structure  not  hitherto 
noticed. 

The  group  (PI.  Iviii.)  displays  to  great  perfection  both  valves, 
some  in  apposition.  Amongst  other  notable  points  are  the  size 
attained,  gradual  fading  away  of  the  delicate  costse  on  the  left 
valve  from  the  umbonal  region  downwards,  and  the  oblique  fan- 
like outline  of  the  right  valve. 

From  the  smaller  specimens  already  referred  to  we  learn  that 
the  small  triangular  auricle  of  the  right  valve  was  in  some  cases 
received  (PI.  Ixi.,  fig.  10)  in  an  anterior  inflection  of  the  cardinal  mar- 
gin of  the  right  valve  Another  specimen  displays  the  central  and 
posterior  portions  of  the  cardinal  margin  of  the  left  valve  (PI.  Ixi., 
fig.  11)  as  a  broad  sub-triangular  concave  area,  but  without  a 
chondrophore  ;  the  cardinal  margin  of  the  right  valve  posterior  to 
the  umbo  is  thickened,  but  without  forming  a  defined  area. 
Another  very  interesting  fact  in  the  right  valve   is  the  delicate 


»  Etheridge— Geol.  Pal.  Q'laiul,  etc.,  1S92,  p.  44H,  pi.  xxiv.,  f.  15. 


322  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

crenulation  of  the  lowei-  margin  of  the  auricle,  and  the  concave 
dorsal  margin  of  the  valve  opposite  to  it  (PI.  Ixi.,  fig.  7) ;  this 
crenulation  arises  from  a  rugosity  of  the  concentric  laminse  of  the 
sui'face  at  those  particular  points. 

On  comparing  the  articulus  of  A.  hughendenensis  with  that  of 
MaccoypJla  we  notice  the  absence  of  a  chondrophoral  button  in 
the  rigiit  valve,  nor  so  far  as  I  know,  has  the  blunt  tooth  said  to 
exist  in  the  right  valve  of  Ancflla  been  seen  in  an  Australian 
specimen. 

Genus  Modiola,  Lamarck,   1799. 

(Mem.  Soc.  Hist.  Nat.  Paris,  1799,  p.  89). 

Modiola  dunlopen.sis,  Eth.Jil. 

(Plate  Ix.,  fig.  6). 

Modiola  dnnlopensis,  Eth.  fil.,  Mem.  Geol.  Survey  N.  S.  Wales, 
Pal.  11,  1902,  p.  2.3,  pi.  v.,  f.  4  and  5,  pi.  vi.,  f.  1  and  2,  pi. 
vii.,  f.  1. 

Ohs. — A  single  specimen  is  present,  rather  more  than  the 
posterior  third  of  the  conjoined  valves.  It  is  the  first  occurrence 
of  the  species  in  Queensland  known  to  me. 

Gemis  Trigonia,  Brmiuiere,  1789. 

(Encycl.  Method.,  i.,  1789,  pi.  xiv.). 

Trigonia  cinctuta,  Eth.  fil. 

(Plate  Ix.,  fig.  9). 

Triqonia  cinctuta,  Eth.  fil.,  Mem.  Roy.  Soc.  8.  Australia,  ii.,  pt.  1., 
'  1902,  p.  28,  pi.  iv.,  f.  4-6,  (?)  7. 

Obs. — Tliis  is  represented  by  an  external  impression  of  the 
antero-posterior  two  thiixls  of  the  united  valves.  The  fluctuating 
costi^j  are  well  shown  with  large  nodes  along  the  margins  of  the 
cinctures  ;  the  latter  aie  broad.  This  is  the  first  occasion  on 
which  C  cinctuta  has  been  met  with  outside  the  Lower  Cretaceous 
of  South  Australia. 

Genus  Grammatodon,  Meek  and    Worthen,  1858. 

(Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  18.58,  p.  419). 

Gkammatodon  (?)  daintreei,  sp.  nor. 

(Plate  Ix.,  figs.  7  and  8). 

>Sp.  Char. — ^^Shell  longitudinally  oblung,  e(juivalve.  Valves 
tumid,  particularly  in  the   umbonal   regions   which   are  traversed 


LOWER    CRETACEOUS    FOSSILS — ETHERIDGE.  323 

by  faint,  posteriorly-directed  cinctures,  and  separated  from  the 
remainder  of  the  posterior  ends  by  curved,  rounded,  but  at  the 
same  time  prominent  diagonal  ridges.  Cardinal  margins  wide, 
but  hardly  as  wide  as  the  valves  ;  umbos  tumid,  depressed,  and 
faintly  prosogyrate,  quite  anterior  but  not  terminal ;  ai'ea  long 
and  narrow,  with  straight  ligamental  furrows  ;  hinge  plate  nari'ow, 
with  four  and  perhaps  five  short,  oblique,  inwardly  directed 
anterior  denticles,  and  five  long  upwardly  and  outwardly  directed 
posterior  denticles,  the  whole  of  them  transversely  striate.  Ad- 
ductor scars  faint.  Ventral  margins  gently  rounded.  Anterior 
ends  short,  steep,  the  margins  well  rounded  but  not  oblique ; 
posterior  ends  forming  quite  two-thirds  of  the  valves,  at  first 
tumid,  but  beyond  the  diagonal  ridges  flattened  and  alate,  the 
margins  obliquely  truncate  above,  and  rounded  below.  Sculpture 
of  concentric  lines  at  irregular  distances  apart  and  of  varying 
strength,  crossed  by  fine  radiating  costa?,  alternately  larger  and 
smaller  producing  an  ill-defined  cancellation  ;  the  costte  in  and 
around  the  cincture  are  stronger  than  the  remainder. 

Ohs. — I  employ  the  name  Grammatodoii  as  originally  intended 
by  Messrs.  Meek  and  Worthen,  and  as  distinct  from  their 
Parallel odon}^^  At  the  same  time  I  do  not  feel  entirely  satisfied 
that  the  present  shell  is  a  Grammatodoii  in  consequence  of  the 
oblique  j^osterior  teeth  rather  than  the  latter  parallel  to  the 
cardinal  margins,  and  also  from  the  fact  that  all  the  denticles  are 
transversely  striate.  In  the  possession  of  this  striation  it  re- 
sembles a  Cretaceous  genus  of  Conrad's  Polynana. 

In  some  respects  G.  (? )  daintreei  resembles  a  previously  described 
Barbatia-Vike  Arc  —  Cvcnlla^a  hendersoiii,  mihi,"  from  the  Lower 
Cretaceous  of  the  Tambo  District,  Queensland,  which,  I  regret,  I 
am  unable  to  compare  with  it.  In  the  species  mentioned  the 
umbos  are  so  much  more  central,  and  without  umbonal  cinctures 
that  I  think  the  two  shells  can  hardly  be  identical. 

G.  (?)  daintreei  is  associated  with  Ai(cella  hicykendenensis. 
Named  in  honour  of  the  late  Richard  Daintree,  C.M.G.,  a  former 
Government  Geologist  of  and  Agent-General  for  Queensland. 


1''  Parallelodon,  M.  and  W.  =  Macrodon,   Ljcett  {non  Midler),  Macrodus, 
Beushaiisen,  and  Beushausenia,  Cossman. 

"  Ethei-idge— aeol.  Pal.  Q'laiid,  etc.,  1892,  p.  468,  pi.  xxvi.,  f.  2  and  3. 


324  KECORDS  GF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  .MUSEUM. 

Genus  CoRBULA  (Brtajnih-r)^   Lamarck,  1801. 
.    (Syst.  Anim.  s.  Vert,  1801,  p.  137). 

CORBULA  SUPER-CONCHA,  .S/A   noi\ 

Sp.  (Jhar. — Sliell  inequilaterally  subdeltoid,  tumid,  witli  well- 
marked  posterior  production  ;  slightly  inequivalve.  Valves  very 
tumid  and  projecting  in  the  umbonal  regions,  with  large  and 
highly  pronounced  epiostraca'-  ;  articulus  unknown  ;  cardinal 
margins  strongly  triangular,  but  without  a  defined  escutcheon  ; 
umbos  prosogyrate.  Anterior  ends  of  less  width  than  the  pos- 
terior, tlie  margins  broadly  rounded  ;  anterior  slope  nearly  straight 
walled.  Posterior  ends  moderately  produced,  nasute  but  not 
rostrate  or  ti'uncate  ;  posterior  slope  pronounced,  flattened,  or  even 
a  little  concave,  bounded  by  a  curved  diagonal  ridge.  Ventral 
margins  on  the  anterior  sides  obtusely  rounded,  on  the  posterior 
curved  obliquely  upwards.  .Sculpture  concentric  and  fine,  both 
valves  similar. 

Ohs. — Nothing  approaching  this  well-marked  shell  has  been  so 
far  as  I  can  ascertain,  described  from  our  Cretaceous  rocks.  It 
is  referred  to  Curbida  purely  on  outward  characters. 

One  of  the  most  marked  features  is  the  very  pronounced  um- 
bonal and  inf  ra-umbonal  epiostracum  (as  I  term  it)  in  both  valves, 
imarking  growth  stages.  This  is  a  pronounced  feature  in  many 
(Jorhida,  although  not  in  all,  but  here  these  stages  are  important 
and  appear  to  be  almost  a  specific  character.  The  depth  to  which 
the  first  stage  extends  is  ^■ariable,  but  not  infrequently  occupies 
at  least  half  if  not  more  of  the  length  of  a  valve.  The  sculpture 
is  fine  and  linear,  and  without  concentric  corrugations  as  in  some 
species. 

I  have  failed  to  find  any  near  ally  in  Cretaceous  rocks,  although 
were  C.  traskii,  Gabb'\  less  rostrate,  it  would  not  be  unlike  the 
present  shell  in  outline ;  a  similar  remark  also  applies  to  C. 
huckmani,  Buckman'^,  an  Oolitic  species. 

Figures  will  be  given  in  a  subsequent  part. 


^'■^  I  oDiploy  tliis  term  to  signify  that  most  marked   of  growth  stages  looking 
like  a  shell  upon  a  shell. 

'3  Gabb — Eeport  Geol.  Survey  California,  i,  4,  1864,  p.  149,  pi.  xxii.,  f.  121, 
121a. 

"  Lycett— Siippl.  Mon.  Moll.  Gt.  Oolite,  etc.,  1863,  pi,  xxxvii.,  f.  8. 


LOWER    C'RETACKOUS    FOSSILS — KTII  KKI  l)i  iK.  325 

(rciins   PaciivdoMKLLA,'''  ifii.    nor. 

Obs. — The  single  species  comprised  in  this  genus,  although 
diminutive,  is  a  most  important  one  geologically.  Within  the 
area  from  which  Mr.  Bloomfield's  collection  was  made,  it  evidently 
marks  a  well  defined  horizon,  and  occurs  in  countless  numbers. 
Had  it  not  been  for  this,  I  would  not  have  ventured  to  describe 
it  from  the  very  simple  fact  that  I  am  unable  to  give  any  definite 
generic  characters  except  the  edentulous  condition.  The  slab 
figured  on  PI.  lix.,  will  afford  some  idea  of  the  enormous 
numbers  in  which  this  little  shell  occurs.  Furthermore,  its 
external  cliaracters  are  such  that  it  can  be  easily  recognized  in 
the  field,  and  this  with  its  highly  gregarious  nature  will  always 
afford  aid  to  the  field  geologist. 

Notwithstanding  its  plentitude  and  in  a  comparative  sense  its 
thick  test,  I  have  been  unable  to  observe  either  the  adductor 
scars  or  pallial  line  ;  for  all  I  can  see  to  the  contrary  the  latter  is 
entire.  Under  these  circumstances  the  following  description 
must  serve  both  as  a  generic  and  specific  definition.  The  name 
must  be  regarded  for  the  present,  simply  as  one  of  convenience. 

Paciivdomklla  ciiutus"',  sp.  itur. 

(Plate  ixii.,  figs.  4-S) 

Sp.  Char. — Shell  small,  transversely  ovate,  trigonal,  very  slightly 
inequilateral ;  test  thick.  Valves  convex,  the  convexity  increased 
by  one  or  more  epiostraca,  the  umbonal  one  usually  large  and  pro- 
jecting, when  more  than  one  on  each  valve,  they  overlap  from 
above  downwards.  Cardinal  margins  slightly  angular  ;  neither 
lunule  nor  escutcheon;  articulus  edentulous  ;  umbos  prosogyrate, 
small.  Anterior  ends  slightly  less  than  the  posterior,  the  margins 
of  the  former  rounded,  those  of  the  latter  more  obtuse  ;  posterior 
slope  presents,  but  ill  defined.  Ventral  margins  widely  semi- 
circular.    Sculpture  concentric  and  delicate. 

Obs — I  am  not  able  to  suggest  even  an  alliance  for  this  gre- 
garious mollusc.  The  name  Fachi/domella  is  not  to  be  taken  as 
thereby  indicating  a  relation  to  the  Permo-Carboniferous  genus 
Pachydomns,  it  is  given  simply  in  allusion  to  the  thick  test  and 
small  size,  and  the  specific  name  similarly  refers  to  the  prominent 
overlapping  epiostraca,  that  form  so  marked  a  feature  on  each 


16  7rd;(vs — tliick,  So/iaos— liouse. 
IB  ;(UTOS  — heaped  up. 


326  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

valve.  At  first  sight  the  general  appearance  reminds  one  of  the 
Corhnla  group,  l)ut  any  alliance  therewith  is  at  once  discounted 
by  the  edentulous  nature  of  the  articulus. 

I  have  examined  a  large  number  of  internal  casts,  but  only 
with  negative  results  ;  all  the  internal  features  of  the  test  must 
have  been  very  weak. 

In  view  of  future  research,  I  would  like  to  point  out  that 
Moore  described  a  small  bivalve  as  Mactra  triyotialis",  and  said  a 
thin  slab  from  the  Nive  River  Downs  "appears  to  be  almost 
composed  of  this  little  shell."  Moore's  figure  was  drawn 
from  a  very  poor  specimen,  that  is  certain.  It  is  equally 
clear  the  figure  in  question,  as  it  stands,  does  not  represent  the 
present  species.  At  tlie  same  time  allowing  for  Moore's  very 
brief  descriptions  of  his  Australian  shells,  and  the  often  imperfect 
material  figured,  there  is  the  possibility,  both  being  gregarious, 
that  M.  trigonaJis  and  C.  chufvs  are  one  and  the  same  ;  on  the 
other  hand  the  test  of  the  latter  is  not  thin,  and  supposing  them 
to  ultimately  prove  identical,  they  are  not  a  Mactra. 

Gemis  Cytherea,  Lamark,  1806. 

(Ann.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.  Paris,  1806,  vii.,  p.  1.32). 

Cytherea  (?)  mookei,  Eth.fil. 

(Plate  Ixii.,  figs.  1-3). 

Cyjyrina  (?),  sp.,  Hudleston,  Geol.  Mag.,  i.,  1884,  p.   341,   pi.   xi.^ 
f.  7  a  and  b. 

Cytherea  (Cyprina?)  Moorei,   Eth.  fil.,   Geol.    Pal.    Q'land,   etc., 
1892,  p.  474,  pi.  xxxiv.,  f.  12  and  13. 

Sp.  Char. — Shell  ovate,  width  and  length  nearly  equal,  in- 
equality of  the  sides  well  marked.  Valves  tumid  in  the  umbonal 
regions  frequently  through  the  presence  of  well  marked  epiostraca  ; 
compres.sed  ventrally.  Cardinal  margins  sharply  angular  ;  lunule 
widely  diamond  or  lozenge-shaped ;  escutcheon  undefined. 
Anterior  and  posterior  ends  very  unequal,  the  latter  much  the 
larger,  occupying  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  shell  width,  and 
slightly  obtusely  produced  ;  anterior  and  ventral  margins  are 
well  and  regularly  rounded,  but  the  posterior  is  more  sharply 
I'ounded  than  the  anterior.  Sculpture  concentric,  of  very  regular 
grooves  with  flat  interspaces. 


J  1'  Moore — Quart.  Joiirn.  Geol.  Soc.,  xxvi.,  1870,  p.  262,  pi.  xiv.,  f.  6.] 


LOWER    CRETACEOUS    FOSSILS — ETHERIDGE.  327 

Obs. — The  imperfect  shell  figured  by  Mr.  Hudleston  from  South 
Australia,  and  to  which  I  applied  the  name  of  Cytherea  moorei 
is  the  only  described  bivahe  with  any  relation  to  the  present 
form.  There  are  numerous  specimens  in  the  collection,  smaller 
certainly  than  tliat  represented  by  Hudleston's  figure,  but  not 
otherwise  sufficiently  differentiated  to  warrant  separation. 

I  know  not  what  to  make  of  Astwte  ivollnmbillaeusis,  Moore, ^* 
the  figure  portrays  so  imperfect  a  specimen,  but  the  sculpture  is 
certainly  like  that  of  the  present  fossils. 

GASTEROPODA. 

Genus  Cancellaria,  Lamarck,  1  799. 

(Mem.  Soc.  Hist.  Nat.  Paris,  1799). 

Cancellaria  (1)  terrareginensis,  sp.  tun: 

(Plate  Ix.,  fig.  11). 

S'p.  Char. — Sliell  small,  ventricose-turbinate,  whorls  four,  sharply 
differentiated  from  one  another  in  size,  and  all  more  or  less 
shoulder-like  around  the  sutures.  Body  whorl  ventricose,  greatly 
exceeding  the  penultimate  whorl  in  size,  and  rendered  [quinqu]- 
angular  by  several  [five]  transverse  keels,  crossed  by  prominent 
equidistant  cost^e  extending  from  tlie  suture  across  the  two  first 
keels  only,  or  perhaps  nearly  as  far  as  the  third  ;  antepenultimate 
whorl  with  certainly  three  and  perhaps  four  keels. 

Obs. — The  mouth  is  unknown  to  me  and  the  tentati\'e  reference 
to  CanceUaria  is  based  only  on  form  and  sculpture. 

I  have  already  described'''  the  body  whorl  of  a  univalve 
( Delphhuda  (?)  stnrti)  from  the  Lower  Cretaceous  of  South 
Australia  with  distant  spiral  keels,  but  without  longitudinal 
costje  forming  a  kind  of  coronation  ;  the  actual  relation  of  the  two 
has  yet  to  be  shown. 

Genus  Vanikoropsis,  Meek,  1876. 

(Report  U.S.  Geol.  Survey  Territories  (Hayden's),  ix.,  1876,p.  351). 

Vanikoropsis  (?)  stuarti,  Eth.  Jil 

(Plate  Ixii.,  figs.  9-13). 

Vanikoropsis  (?)  Stuarti,  Eth.  fil.,  Mem.  R.  Soc.  S.  Austr  ,  ii.  1, 
1902,  p.  42,  pi.  vi.,  f.  18-20. 


1"*  Moore — Quart.  Joiirn.  Greol.  Soc,  xxvi.,  1870,  p  230,  pi.  xii.,  f.  12. 

19  Ethericlge— Mem.  R.  Soc.  S.  Aus^tr.,  ii.,  1,  1902,  p.  41,  pi.  vi.,  l".  21  ami  22. 


328  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Sp.  Char. — Shell  more  or  less  naticiform,  sub-globose;  spire 
slightly  elevated  ;  test  thick.  AVhorls  four,  the  posterior  globose 
and  straight  walled  ;  sutures  channeled  ;  body  whorl  much  ex- 
ceeding the  others  in  size,  inflated,  convex  above ;  inner  lip 
reflected  and  slightly  channeled  oi-  grooved.  Sculpture  when 
unworn  of  spiral,  equidistant  slightly  wavy  ridges  separated  by 
wider  valleys,  and  the  whole  crossed  by  a  variable  number  of 
oblique  coste,  which  on  the  posterior  whorls  pass  from  suture  to 
suture,  but  on  the  body  who]-l  are  confined  to  the  posterior  con 
vex  surface  only  ;  the  points  of  intersection  are  minutely  nodose^ 
whilst  the  crossing  of  these  two  systems  of  ridges  converts  the 
valleys  into  a  series  of  small  quadrangular  spaces.  When 
weathered  the  minute  nodes  become  worn  off  leaving  small 
depressions,  and  these,  added  to  the  already  mentioned  quadran- 
gular spaces  give  to  this  superinduced  sculpture,  a  highly  ornate 
appearance. 

Obs. — This  little  naticiform  shell  is  by  no  means  uncommon  in 
the  Pachydomella  calcareous  mud  stone,  although  this  is,  to  me, 
its  first  occurrence  in  the  northern  extension  of  our  Lower  Cre- 
taceous. 

The  costaj  appear  to  be  very  variable  in  number,  indeed  one 
specimen  is  provided  with  so  few  as  to  almost  separate  it  from 
the  remainder.  When  completely  divested  of  the  sculpture  layei-s 
and  the  mouth  imperfect,  it  is  almost  impossible  to  distinguish 
V.  (?)  stnarti  from  Pmudmnaura  variabilis,  Moore,  sp.-° 

Genus  Anisomvon,   Meek  and  Hayden,   1860. 
(Am.  Journ.  Sci.,  (2),  xxix.,  1860,  p.  35). 

AnISOMYON  (?)  DEPRESSUS,  sj).   HOV. 

(Plate  Ix.,  figs.  13  and  U). 

S^)-  Char. — Shell  ovate-elliptical,  patelliform,  depressed,  the  ends 
not  equally  broad  ;  lateral  margins  sub-parallel,  converging 
slightly  towards  the  posterior  (?)  ;  apex  depressed,  obtuse,  nearly 
central ;  both  anterior  and  posterior  slopes  convex,  the  former  (?) 
the  more  abrupt. 

Obs. — I  take  the  present  oppoi'tunity  of  figuring  a  shell  not 
comprised  in  the  Elomfield  collection,  because  although  in  a 
poor  condition  it  entirely  differs  from  both  the  Patelliform  shells 
previously  described.     The  name  Anisomyon  is  applied  to  it  solely 


20  Etlieridfio— Mem.  Gcol.  Survey  N. .S.Wales,  Pal.  No.  11,  1902,  p.  40. 


LOWER    CRKTACEOUS    FOSSILS — ETIIERIDCJE.  329 

from  its  resemblance  to  some  of  the  American  species  so  referred 
by  Meek  and  Hayden,  particularly  A.  snbovdtiiSy  M.  and  H.,-'  as 
I  have  not  seen  the  peculiar  muscle  scar  typical  of  the  genus. 

The  specimen  is  much  exfoliated  hence  the  sculpture  is  unknown, 
but  there  is  no  trace  of  radii  as  in  Siphoiiaria  samwelli,  Eth. 
fil.^^  It  may  be  distinguished  from  the  shell  termed  Acm^na  (?) 
monsivoodensis"^  by  me,  to  which  it  is  much  more  nearl}'  allied  by 
the  outline  and  relative  size  of  its  parts. 

Log. — Three  miles  north-west  of  Kensington  Downs  Homestead, 
Kensington  Downs,  near  Longreach,  Queensland  {^1   ./.  Eiven). 

Genus  Odontostomia,  Flemimj,  1828. 

(Hist.  Brit.  Animals,  1828,  p.  310). 

Odontostomia  (?)  cretacea,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  Ix  ,  figs.  10,  10a). 

Sp.  Char. — Shell  robust-conoid,  spire  short.  Whorls  three 
and  a  heterostrophic  apex  ;  body  whorl  inclined  to  be  globose, 
the  outline  rounded  :  penultimate  and  antipenultimate  whorls 
almost  straight  walled  ;  heterostrophic  apex  globose,  apparently 
of  more  than  one  whorl,  lying  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the 
adult  shell  in  which  it  is  slightly  immersed.  Sculpture  of  delicate 
revolving  lines  crossed  by  equally  fine  straight  transverse  lines  or 
costie  producing  a  fine  cancellation. 

Obs. — This  is  referred  to  Odrnitostomia  with  reservation  as  the 
mouth  has  not  been  seen,  but  the  distinct  heterostrophic  apex 
clearl}^  points  to  this  genus  or  one  of  its  close  allies.  The  group 
of  Mollusca  to  which  this  shell  belongs  appears  to  be  little  known 
in  the  Cretaceous ;  Stoliczka  lias  described  one  species  but  it  is  quite 
distinct  from  0.  (? )  cretacea. 


■^1  Meek  and  Havden — Report  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey   Territories  (Ilayden's), 
ix.,  1876,  IX  291,  pi.  xviii.,  f.  5d  and  6. 

22  Etheridge— aeol.  Pal.  Q'land,  etc.,  1892,  p.  573,  pi  xlii.,  f.  9. 

23  Etheridge — Rec.  Austr.  Mus.,  v.,  4,  1904,  p.  251,  pi.  xxvii..  f.  5-7. 


NOTES  ON  THE  ARCHITECTURE,  NESTING  HABITS,  and 

LIFE  HISTORIES  op  AUSTRALIAN  ARANEID^,  based 

ON   SPECIMENS   IN  THE  AUSTRALIAN   MUSEUM. 

By  W.  J.  Rainbow,  F.L.S.,  F.E.S.,  Entomologist. 

(Figs.   53-54). 

PART  VI.— ENTELEGYNiE  (Continued). 

Family  ARGIOPIDvE  (=EPEIRID^,  Auct.). 

Formerly  this  family  was  considered  as  including  all  and  only 
those  species  whose  snares  are  geometrical  or  orbicular.  Dr. 
McCook  in  his  great  work^  adopted  this  method.  Since,  however, 
some  species,  which  cannot  under  any  consideration  be  regarded 
as  Argiopida^,  fabricate  orbicular  webs-,  and  some  true  Argiopids 
do  not,  any  classification  which  has  for  its  basic  principal  the 
method  or  style  of  architecture,  must  of  necessity  be  artificial 
and  unscientific.  This  doubtful  system  of  classification,  of  course, 
is  not  by  any  means  new  ;  it  was  used  by  the  old  school  of  natui'a- 
lists,  and  so  far  as  McCook  is  concerned,  is  interesting  only  from 
the  fact  that  so  modern  and  capable  a  student  still  apparently 
adheres  to  and  even  justifies  it. 

The  family  is  extensive  and  widely  spread,  and  the  species 
comprising  it  sedentary.  Simon  has  divided  it  into  four  sub- 
families, viz.,  Linyphiinje,  Tetragnathina^,  Nephilinpe,  and  Argio- 
pin?e,  and  these  latter  again  into  numei'ous  groups  or  sections. 

Sxih-family,    LINYPHIINyE. 

The  Linyphiina?  are  regarded  by  some  authors  as  entitled  to 
absolute  family  rank — Linyphiida?,  but  Simon  has  included  them  in 
the  Argiopida"  as  a  sub-family.  In  doing  so,  the  author  quoted, 
points  out  that  though  it  is  possible  to  trace  a  number  of  constant 


1  McCook — American  Spiders  and  their  Spinning  "Work,  i.,  1889,  \>.  17. 

2  Kainbow— Bee.  Aiist.  Mus.,  iv.,  3, 1901,  p.  138. 


AKCHITKCTURE    OF    AUSTRALIAN    ARAXEID.i: — RAIXBOW.        331 

characters  that  separate  Theridion  from  Lhiyphia,  it  is  not  so 
easy  to  separate  the  latter  from  Araueus  ;  the  single  feature  relied 
upon  by  authors  to  distinguish  the  two  latter,  namel}",  the  greater 
or  lesser  width  of  the  clypeus  being  of  little  value  and  not  even 
constant.  On  the  other  hand  there  exists  between  Linyphla  and 
Araueus  all  possible  passages,  in  which  respect  the  sub-family 
Tetragnathinaj  is  particularly  interesting^ 

Linyphiinaj  are  divided  into  three  natural  groups  :  Erigonea?, 
Foi'micineai  and  Linyphiei^',  and  of  these  the  first  and  third  occur 
in  Australia.  The  .second  includes  two  genera,  namely,  Formicina, 
Canest.,  and  Svleni/sa,  Sim.  The  former  is  apparently  restricted 
to  the  Meditteranean  region,  and  the  latter  Japan. 

The  head-quarters  of  Erigonese  are  apparently  Palaearctica.  Tlae 
group  contains  upwards  of  sixty  genera,  and  an  immense  number 
of  species.  Very  few  are  known  from  Oceania,  and  only  one 
species,  Reriene  nnalis,  Sim.,  has  so  far  been  described  from 
Australia  (Victoria  inter.^).  The  geographical  range  of  JYeri&ne, 
Blackw.,  is  "  Europa  et  Reg.  mediterr.  ;  Asia  sept.,  centr.  et 
orient;  Amer.  sept,  et  merid.  ;  N.-Hollandia  et  N.-Zealandia.""^ 

The  Linyphie;e  group  embraces  about  twenty-seven  genera,  some 
of  which  are  of  world-wide  distribution.  Two  only,  however,  are 
known  to  occur  in  Australasia  :  JJathyphantes,  Menge,  and 
Lini/phia,  Latr.  Of  these  the  range  of  the  former  is  "  Eui'opa  ; 
Reg.  mediterr.  ;  Asia  sept.,  centr.,  orient,  et  merid. ;  N.-Hollandia 
et  N.-Zealandia  ;  America  sept,  et  merid.  andina,"*'  and  of  the 
latter,  "  Orbis  I'eg.  om.  frigida?,  temp,  et  rarius  calidse.""  Bathy- 
phantes  is  represented  by  B.  weburdi ;  it  was  described  by 
Urquhart  as  a  species  of  Linypjhi((/,  and  was  based  upon  a  single 
specimen  collected  at  the  Jenolan  Caves,  N.  S.  Wales.  Four  other 
species,  namely,  L.  melanozaiitha,  L.  quindecim-jninctata,  L.  sub- 
lutea,  and  L.  iiitens,  have  been  described  by  the  same  author 
from  Tasmania." 

The  webs  of  our  native  species  have  not  been  noted  ;  neverthe- 
less, wherever  the  Linyphiin;e  have  been  studied,  they  have  been 
found  to  make  eitlier  a  Hat  or  dome-shaped  web,  suj^ported  above, 
below,  and  laterally  by  lunnerous  irregular  threads,  the  spider 
standing,  usually,  underneath  in  some  corner  out  of  sight.     I  once 


•^  Simon — Hist.  Kat.  des  Araignecs,  2nd  ed.,  i.,  1892,  p.  593. 

*  Simon — Loc.  cif.,  p.  667. 

■''  Simon — Loc.  cii.,  p.  667. 

•'  Simon — Loc.  ciL,  p.  70.5. 

■^  Simon — Loc.  cif.,  p.  707. 

*"  Urquhart— Trans.  N.  Z.  Inst.,  xxii.,  1889,  p.  236,  pi.  xvi.  fig.  2. 

•'  Urquhart- Proc.  Eoj.  Soc.  Tas.,  1892  (1893),  pp.  103-108. 


332  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTHALIAN    MUSEUM. 

saw,  at  Guildford,  among  some  course  herbage,  a  small  dome- 
shaped  snare,  such  as  described  above,  but  the  architect  was  not 
at  home.  Probably  it  had  fallen  as  prey  to  some  lizard.  The 
dome  of  the  web  was  very  closely  woven.  These  spiders  are  very 
small ;  they  may  be  found  among  coarse  heibage,  under  ledges  of 
I'ocks,  among  reeds  in  marshes,  and  in  angles  between  branches  of 
trees.  None  of  the  Linyphiina?  construct  oibicular  snares.  An 
immature  Lhiyphia,  sp.  collected  by  me  was  tjiken  with  the  sweep- 
net.     They  do  not  appear  to  be  very  numerous. 


Snh-famihj  TETRAGNATHIN^. 

This  sub-family  is  di\ided  into  seven  groups,  for  which  Simon 
proposed  the  following  names  :  Cyatholipete,  Pachygnathese, 
Tetragnathejw,  Metea?,  Nesticete,  Azilieie,  and  Diphyefe.  The 
third  and  fourth  of  these  are  represented  in  the  Australian  fauna. 

Seven  genera  have  been  assigned  to  Tetragnatheje  and  two  of 
these  occur  in  Australia,  namely  Tetraijncdlia,  Latr.,  and  Eucta, 
Sim. 

The  genus  Tetragnatha  is  very  widely  destributed,  its  geo- 
graphica,!  area  being  defined  as  follows  :  "  Orbis  totius  reg.  calid., 
temp,  et  frigidje."^"  The  majority  of  Australian  species  occur  up 
north,  but  two,  at  any  rate,  are  found  in  Tasmania :  T.  niargari- 
tata,  L.  K.,  Port  Mackay  ;  T.  ferox,  L.  K.,  Bowen,  Port  Mackay, 
and  Rockhampton  ;  T.  rubriventris,  Dol.  {^hipafa,  L.  K),  Port 
Mackay  and  Bowen  ;  T.  cylindrica,  Walck.  (?),  Sydney  ;  T.  conica, 
L.  K.,  Bowen,  Sydney,  and  Tasmania  ;  T.  lutuhercidata,  L.  K., 
Rockhampton,  Bowen,  Port  Mackay,  Peak  Downs,  Brisbane  and 
Sydney  ;  T.  demissa,  L.  K.,  Bowen,  Peak  Downs,  Rockhampton, 
Gayndah  and  Sydney;  T.  (jemmata,  L.  K.,  Port  Mackay ;  7'.  valida, 
Keys.,  Peak  Downs,  Gayndah  and  Sydney  ;  7'.  jrruteiisa,  Walck., 
Rockhampton,  The  Pelew  Islands,  and  Ovalau,  Fiji.  Eucta  is  re- 
presented in  Australia  by  two  species,  one  apparently  peculiar  to 
our  mainland,  and  the  other  a  Malaisian  form.  They  are  E. 
cavdifera,  Keys.,  Sydney  ;  and  E.  ongrdlla,  Thor.,  Rockhampton 
and  Malaisia.  The  range  of  this  genus  is  :  "  Europa ;  Reg. 
mediterr.  ;  Afr.  occid.  (filum,  E.  Sim.),  India  ;  3 ii\)om&,  {caudicnla, 
Karsch)  ;  Malaisia  (angniUa,  javcuia,  Thorell)  ;  Nova-Hollandia 
{vaudifpra,  Keyserl.)  ;  Amer.  sept,  (vennifurmis,  Emert.)"'" 


10  Simon— Hist.  Nat.  des  Araigiit'es,  2nd  cd.,  i.,  1S92,  p.  724. 
"  Simon — Loc.  cit.,  p.  725. 


AIICHITECTIKK    OK    ALST1:ALIa\    ARANKID^  —  KAI^•150^V.       333 

Among  oi-b-weavers,  to  wliicli  this  group  of  spiders  belongs, 
tliere  are  very  distinct  types,  and  tlieir  webs  are  ecpially  so. 
.Some  of  the  latter  are  horizontal  or  slightly  oblique  and  others 
perpendicular.  The  horizontal  and  oblique  orbicular  webs  are 
almost  invariably  tlie  work  of  species  included  in  this  sub  family. 
When  a  web  is  oblique,  it  is  due  to  the  nature  of  its  surroundings. 
Tetragnathid  snares  are  usually  constructed  over  narrow  running 
streams  and  creeks;  hence,  in  the  event  of  one  bank  being  lower 
than  the  other,  the  natural  result  would  be  an  oblique  web. 
Although  tlie  species  appear  to  prefer  the  neighbourhood  of  water, 
including  not  only  creeks  and  water-holes,  but  also  swampy  areas, 
they  may  nevertheless  be  found  at  times  considerable  distances 
away,  so  that  it  is  no  uncommon  experience  for  the  collector  to 
find  a  Tetragnathid  spider  and  its  snare  among  coarse  herbage. 
When  alarmed  these  spiders  will  sometimes  simply  drop  from  the 
web,  and  hang  b}'  a  thread  of  silk  in  mid-air.  Thus  suspended 
the  creature  looks  like  a  bit  of  stick  ;  at  other  times  they  scuttle 
away  fiom  their  webs  with  great  rapidity  and  seek  shelter  among 
neighljouring  plants  and  bushes.  Upon  these  they  rest,  secure 
from  persecution,  owing  to  their  colouration.  Their  long"  cylin- 
(h'ical  bodies,  and  still  longer  attenuated  legs,  add  to  their 
protection.  A  Tetragnathid  when  concealing  itself  upon  a  shrub 
or  coarse  grass  stretches  itself  along  the  stem  upon  which  it  has 
sought  refuge.  Hei-e,  with  its  body  closely  adpressed,  its  first  and. 
second  pairs  of  legs  stretched  well  forward,  and  the  third  and 
fourth  pairs  as  carefully  directed  backwards,  it  rests  in  perfect 
security.  When  reposing  at  the  centre  of  the  web,  the  position 
just  described  is  maintained,  with  the  exception  that  the  legs  are 
not  stretched  quite  so  straight,  noV  are  the}'  j^laced  quite  so  closely 
together.  The  webs  of  Tetragnathinie  consist  of  the  usual 
outer  lines  and  guys  which  go  to  make  the  framework,  and  which 
are,  of  course,  attached  to  plants,  rocks,  posts  and  the  like  upon 
the  banks,  or  between  clumps  of  reeds  growing  in  the  water. 
From  the  outer  lines  the  radii  extend  towards  the  centre  or 
"  hub  " ,  the  latter  is  open,  and  consists  of  a  series  of  notched' 
concentric  lines,  and  these  form  a  group  by  themselves.  Beyond 
the  hub  there  is  a  free  space,  and  then  a  further  series  of  larger 
and  more  widely  separated  concentric  lines.  The  number  of  radii 
and  concentrics  varies  somewhat,  but  the  principle  of  construction 
is  always  the  same.  As  a  rule  there  are  from  eighteen  to  twenty- 
four  radii,  eight  to  fourteen  concentrics,  and  five  or  six  notched 
lines  in  the  hub.  The  cocoon  of  T.  cyhndrlca  is  round,  about  a, 
quarter  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  fine  and  closely  ^\  oven,  whit(!  with 
green  tufts  ;  it  is  invariably  fixed  to  some  object  near  the  web. 
Tn  connection  with  the  species  just  quoted,   it   is  interesting  to- 


334  IJECOUD.S    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

note  that  it  is  able,  when  it  drops  upon  still  water,  to  skim 
across  the  surface.  Certain  spiders,  such  as  those  of  the 
genus  DoJomedes,  Latr.,  have  long  been  known  to  possess  tliis 
habit,  but  one  would  hardly  have  associated  such  with  the 
Argiopidje.  Personally,  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  so  far  as 
Tetragnatha  is  concerned  it  is  only  resorted  to  as  a  last  resource, 
— that  is,  when  the  creature  finds  itself  so  situated,  and  with  its 
retreat  cut  off.  Indeed,  if  a  floating  stick  or  leaf  be  near,  it  will 
instantly  avail  itself  of  it.  Dr.  H.  C.  McCook  has  recorded  an 
American  spider — T.  [p-allator,  Hentz^'^ — that  has  acquired  this 
aquatic  habit,  but  he  also  points  out  that  when  it  is  skimming 
over  the  surface  of  the  water,  it  stands  high  upon  its  legs,  i-aises 
its  abdomen,  and  pays  out  threadlets  of  silk,  much  after  the 
manner  of  aeronautic  spiders,  and  that  these  threadlets  act  as  a 
sail. 

The  Metea^  introduce  the  student  to  a  group  of  comparatively 
small,  yet  extremely  brilliant  spiders.  The  groups  consists  of  ten 
genera  and  many  species.  Of  these  genera  two,  i.e.,  Meta,  C. 
Koch,  and  Ar<jij)-oepeira,  Emei't.,  occur  in  Australia.  The  range 
of  Meta  is  "  Orbis  totius,  reg.  temp,  et  calidje"''^ ;  and  of  Aiyijro- 
'•peira,  "Orbis  totius  reg.  tropica}  rarius  sub-tropica?."'''  The 
genus  Orsinome,  Thor.,  although  not  yet  known  to  occur  in  Aus- 
tralia, may  nevertheless  be  hereafter  recorded,  at  any  rate  from  the 
more  northern  and  tropical  areas  ;  at  present  its  range  is  defined 
as  "  Malaisia  ;  Polynesia  et  ins.  Madagascar. '""'- 

All  our  Australian  species  have  been  assigned  l)y  authors  to  th^^ 
genus  Meta,  but  notwithstanding  this  some  are  undoubtedly 
Aryyroepeira.  One  species  described  by  L.  Koch  (from  an  im- 
mature female)  is  regarded  Ijy  Thorell  as  a  very  young  Xephila 
macuJata,  Fab."'  namely  Meta  urnata.  I  am  inclined  to  regard 
this,  however,  (notwithstanding  the  eminent  position  of  the 
authority  quoted),  an  error.  There  is  in  our  cabinets  a  species  of 
Meta  from  the  Jenolan  Caves  district,  which  agrees  so  closely  witli 
Koch's  description  and  figure,  that  I  have  no  hesitation  in 
assigning  it  to  that  author's  species,  namely,  Meta  ornata. 
Further,  I  liave  examined  many  species  of  Araneidie  from  the 
Jenolan  Caves  district,  and  have  not  yet  met  with  a  Nephila  ; 
indeed,  I  doubt  if  that  genus  occurs  there  ;  the  winter  is 
too  cold. __^_^^ 

1'^  McCook — American  Spiders  and  their  Spinning  Work,  1889,  i.,    pp.    158- 
161,  figs   151,  152. 

1'^  Simon — Hist.  jVat.  des  Araignees,  2nd  ed.,  i.,  1892,  p.  735-6. 

i""  Simon — Loc.  cit.,  p.  736. 

15  Simon — Op.  cit. 

1''  Thorell — Kagni  Malesi  e  Papuana,  i,  p.  iv.,  1889;  also  iii.,  1881,  p.  150. 

"  Koch — Aracli.  Austr.,  i,  p.  13-1,  pi.  xi.,  fig.  6. 


AHCIllTEri'UIJE    OF    AUSTRALIAN    AHANEIU.'f:  —  UAINBOW.        335 

Of  tlip  two  genera  known  to  occur  in  Australia,  the  forms 
included  in  the  genus  Anj/jro^jicird  are  much  the  brightest.  This 
genus  embraces  such  well-known  and  widely  distributed  species 
as  A.  (;eleheftiaii.a,  AValck.,  and  A.  (ivdinih^fn^  Walck.,  both  of 
whicli  are  exceedingly  common. 

The  webs  of  these  spiders  are  perpendicular,  orbicular,  and 
very  regular  ;  the  free  zone  separating  the  hub  from  the  spirals  is 
rather  large.  Attached  to  the  framework  of  the  snare  there  are 
numerous  iiregular  lines,  and  these  form  an  exceedingly  com- 
plicated network.  The  ova-sac  is  floccose,  yellow,  and  filled  with 
concolorous  eggs  ;  it  is  usually  attached  to  a  neighbouiing  branch. 
A.  c'^h'Ix'siana,  and  A.  (/notula/a  are  numerous  enough  in  orchards 
and  gardens  around  Sydney  ;  they  are  also  common  in  scrul)-lands, 
and  in  parts  of  the  bush  that  have  been  cleared. 

S,<l,-f,nmhj  NEPHILINvE. 
(Fig.  53). 

'J'his  sub-family  is  divided  into  four  groups,  namel}',  Phonog- 
nathea',  Nephilete,  Clitietrett',  and  Herenniea',  and  of  these  the 
two  first  occur  in  Australia  The  Phonognathese  group  containing 
three  genera,  is  at  present  only  known  from  Australia,  and  the 
species  are  few,  but  8imon  considers  that  some  Malaisian  forms 
described  under  the  generic  names  of  Epeira,  Auct.,  and  Milonia, 
Thor.,  are  ni  all  probability  referrable  to  tliis  group.  The  genera 
Phonof/nafJia,  occur  in  "  N.-Hollandia  et  Tasmania,"  <S'm(/o^y/>?<a, 
Sim.,  "N.-Hollandia,"  and  Ddiochns,  Simon,  "  Nova-Hollandia  et 
Tasmania."'^ 

I'hdtKxpiaiha  (/nipffri,  L.  K.,:^Eppira  graejf'ei,  L.  K.,  and  Meia 
</r(('iffei,  Keys.;  Siuf/ufypiui  melanin,  L.  l^.,=Epeira  me/ania,  L. K., 
and  Mffa  viplania,  Keys.;  H.  mplanopyyia,  L.  K.,  =  £'.  melanojyijyin, 
L.  K.  ;  and  Bf^/ioehus  zflku'ra,  Keys.,  =  JA^/r?  zeUvira,  Keys.  All 
of  these  spiders  are  of  medium  size,  and  their  Avebs  and  ova-sacs  are 
similar  to  those  of  the  Mete;t'. 

The  Nephilese  include,  according  to  Simon's  classification,  only 
one  genus,  nameh',  JVpj)Iii/a,  Leach.  In  1872  L.  Koch  founded  a 
genus  which  he  named  Sfphi/engi/s,  ^''  and  which  Simon  afterwards 
retired  into  the  cool  shades  of  synonomy.  But  his  argument  that 
Xephilnuiys  runs  into  Xephihi  would,  as  pointed  out  by  Hogg,'^" 
(who  later  restored  it)  "equally  serve  for  connecting  through  this 
species  all  the  genera  fi'om  Nephila  to  certainly  Gea,  and  perhaps 
Epeira  (Araneus,  Simon)." 

Nephili'}ig>/x,  if  it  be  permitted  to  stand,  as  I  think  it  should, 
would  include  of  course  L.  Koch's  X.  srhmclfzii  (Philippine  Islands) 

1"  Simon — Hist.  JVat.  des  Arai<j;nee8.  2nd  ed.,  i.,  1892,  pp.  748  9. 

^''  Simon — Loc.  cif.,  pp.  750  and  755. 

20  Hogg-Proc.  Roy.  See.  Vict.,  xi.,  1899,  pp.  138-9. 


336  KKCORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

and  ^V.  hojmmii  (Borneo)  as  well  as  Hogg's  K.  rahihoiri  from 
the  Upper  Endeavour  River,  Queensland. 

Npphila  is  almost  entirely  a  tropical  genus.  Its  range  is  "  Orbis 
totius  reg.  tropicfe  et  rariussub-tropica?."-'  About  a  dozen  species 
occur  in  Australia,  and  one  of  them  X.  maenlata,  Fab.,  the  type 
of  the  genus,  occurs  throughout  tropical  xlsia,  Malaisia,  and 
Oceania.  It  is  indeed,  the  commonest  species  collected  by  Island 
missionaries.  L.  Koch,  has  described  ten  species  from  this  con- 
tinent ;  W.  S.  Macleay,  one  ;  and  myself,  five.  Some  of  these 
appear  to  be  varieties  of  A",  macnlata.  The  species  are  remarkable 
for  the  great  disparity  in  size  of  the  sexes,  the  male  being  a 
veritable  pigmy  in  comparison  with  the  female.  Tiie  act  of 
approaching  the  female  when  pairing  is  often  fraught  with  grave 
danger  to  tlse  male,  indeed  he  often  falls  to  her  as  prey.  Never- 
theless, it  is  apparent  from  observation  that  "  his  size  protects 
him,"  for  being  so  small  he  may  at  times  approach  without  attrac- 
ting her  attention  seeing  that  he  invaribly  does  so  from  the  rear, 
but  woe  betide  him  if  in  his  anxiety  he  vibrates  the  web  ever  so 
little.  Having  safely  approached,  the  male  makes  a  sudden  spring 
which  lands  him  on  one  of  the  hind  legs  of  the  female,  from  whence 
he  nimbly  scrambles  on  to  her  back,  eventually  working  his  way 
to  the  ventral  position,  where  with  his  legs  thrown  round  and 
clasping  tlie  abdomen  he  inserts  his  palpi  into  the  epigynum.  The 
act  of  coition  accomplished,  the  male  has  still  to  exercise  some 
care  in  quitting  the  web,  for  delay  would  be  disastrous  to  him. 
A  couple  of  seasons  ago  I  made  a  curious  observation,  which  proved 
that  the  female  may  on  occasion,  notwithstanding  her  immense  size, 
succumb  to  the  voracious  appetite  of  the  male.  I  had  discovered 
a  NephUa  ventricosa,  mihi,  in  her  web  ;  she  had  a  male  upon  her 
back  (abdomen),  and  I  noted  that  his  fangs  were  buried  therein, 
and  he  was  apparently — doubtless,  after  the  act  of  coition — enjoy- 
ing a  meal.  McCook  has  recorded  a  similar  act  of  cannibalism 
in  connection  with  Arinwus  strix,  Hentz,"  and  Baron  Walckenaer,-' 
to  quote  McCook,  "saw  a  male  of  Epeira  inclinata  take  advantage 
of  a  female  of  his  species,  which  was  not  able  to  stir  without 
difficulty  being  full  of  eggs,  to  attack,  garrote,  and  eat  her."  This 
species  of  cannibalism  does  not  appear  to  have  been  often  observed, 
but  I  doubt  not  it  is  more  common  than  generally  supposed. 

The  ova-sac  of  N.  edivardsi  and  K.  ventricosa,  mihi,  may  be 
noted  around  Sydney  from  the  middle  of  March  to  the  end  of  April, 
or  the  commencement  of  May.  The  cocoons  are  oval  and  (fig.  53) 
enveloped  in  a  dense  but  loosely  woven  mass  of  bright  yellow  silk,. 

21   Simon — Ilisfc.  Nat.  des  Araignoes,  2nd  ed.,  i.,  1892,  p  755. 

■■^-  McCook— American  Spiders  and  tlie  Spinning  Work,  ii.,  1890  p.  24. 

'^'^  McCook — Loc.  cit.,  Wulekaener,  Apteres,  i.,  p.  143. 


AKCIII  TKCTUItK    <>F    AUSTRALIAN    ARAXRID.B — H.MNHOW.       337 


Fig.  53.     Nest  of  N.  re  iiicosa,  Raiiib. 
uttuched  to  and  suspended  amongst  the  stalks  of  plants   adjacent 
to  the  web      The  webs  of  our  Sydney  Sejihihi',  and  their  strength 
to  retain  small  birds    accidentally    ensnared    have    already    been 
described  by  me.-'' 

Much  of  the  silk  of  these  and  congeneric    spiders    is    emjiloyed 

by  birds  to  line  their  nests.      Tn  addition  to   this   Nfphiln  silk  is 

used  by  savage  man  for  a  a  ariety  of  purposes.     In  some  of  the 

South  Sea  Islands  it    is   sometimes  applied    by    liim    to    decorate 

'^*  Rainbow— Pivc  Linn.  Soc.   N.  S.  WaleP,  xx.,  1895.  pp.  354  359. 


338 


RKCORDS    OF    TflE    AUSTKALIAX    MUSEUM. 


carved  images,  and  in  New  Britain  it  is  used  as  a  material  in  the 
manufacture  of  "Smothering  Caps."  A  specimen  of  the  hitter  has 
beenpresented  to  the  Trustees  of  the  AustraHan  Museum  by  Dr.  J.  C. 
Cox,  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  It  is  conical  in  shape, 
about  2ft.  -i^in.  long  and  8  inches  round  the  base,  somewhat 
flexible,  and  therefore  capable  of  distension.  In  the  manufacture 
of  tht^se  caps  a  shaped  frame  is  ptissed  over  and  under  the  webs 
of  orb-sveaving  spiders  until  a  suffieienc}'  of  the  material  is  felted 
thereon ;  it  is  then  removed  in  one  piece.  It  is  said  that  these  caps 
are  used  for  smothering  adulterous  women.  On  the  atoll  of  Funa- 
futi, the  natives  utili.se  the  webs  of  orb- weaving  spiders  for  making 
nets  to  catch  mosquitoes  and  other  insects.  A  forked  stick  is 
converted  into  a  hoop  by  tying  together  the  extremities  of  the 
arms  of  the  fork.  This  is  then  passed  over  and  over  through 
orbicular  snares  until  the  hoop  is  filled  by  a  membrane  of  glut- 
inous spider  tlu'eads.  With  tliis  implement  any  insect  would  lie 
struck  and  meshed.'-^'' 

Herennie;e  is  a  small  group  consisting  of  only  one  genus  and  a 
\ery  few  species.  The  genus  Ihri'tmia,  Thor.,  ranges  through 
"  Asia  tropica,  Melaisia  et  Papuasia."-''  It  is  not  unreasonable 
therefore  to  assume  that  it  may  hereafter  be  recorded  from  North- 
ern Queensland. 

Family  HYPOCHILIDyE. 

ECTATOSTICA  TROGLODYTES,  Hui<J  <indVftt. 

(Fig.  5-1). 
In  a  former  volume  of  these  Records  I 
figured  and  redescribed  Higgins  and 
Petterd's  species — Eatatostica  tragi udijfi'.-t 
^llierid'wM  iroijlodytp.ip  and  quoted  from 
their  paper*  a  note  re  the  "  nest "  or 
cocoon  of  the  species.  Since  the  publi- 
cation of  my  paper  a  cocoon  has  beeii 
I  added  to  the  collection  in  the  Australian 
Museum  (fig.  54).  It  is  pear  shaped, 
and  was  suspended  by  a  narrow  neck; 
wliite,  densely  and  closely  woven,  and 
filled  with  a  large  number  of  yellow  eggs, 
the  latter  surrounded  by  a  quantity  of 
white  loose  flocculent  silk.  The  female 
hangs  over  her  cocoon,  and  stoutly 
defends  eggs  and  young. 


Fig.  54. 

Xest  of  T^l.  trofflodyfex, 
Higg.  and  Pett. 


•-■■'  Rainbow— Aiut.  Mas.  Mem  ,  iii.,  2,  1897,  p.  96. 

■^''  Simon — Hist.  Xat.  des  Araign.'es,  lul.  2,  i.,  1892,  p.  759. 

"^■^  Rainbow— Rec.  Aust.  Mus  ,  v.,  5,  19U-t,  pp.  32G-9,  pi.  xlvi.,  figa  1-4. 

28  Higgina  and  Petterd— Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tas.,   188.3,  p.  198. 


ADDITIONS   TO   TiTK    AVI-FAUNA  op     thk    COUNTY    of 
CUMBERLAND. 

By  Alfred  J.  North,  C.M.Z.8.,  Oini'tlKilogist. 

Ill  the  "  Proceedings  of  tiie  Linnean  Society  of  New  South 
Wales  "  in  Decemher,  1.S8S,'  I  recorded  "  A  List  of  the  Birds 
found  in  the  County  of  Cumberland,  New  South  Wales."  It  was 
a  bare  list  of  the  species,  without  comment  of  any  kind.  Nearly 
a  decade  later  in  the  "  Handbook  of  Sydney  and  the  County  of 
Cumberland,  for  the  use  of  the  Members  of  the  Australian  Asso- 
ciation for  the  Advancement  of  Science,"  I  gave  a  second  list  of 
"The  Birds  of  the  County  of  Cumberland."  In  this  list  the 
species  appeared  under  their  respective  orders  and  families,  with 
brief  notes  as  to  their  haunts,  and  localities  where  they  could  be 
found  in  the  County.  Of  those  species  now  added  several  were 
included  in  the  first  list,  but  omitted  in  the  second.  Two  of  them 
now  restored  Edoli'iHoma  fe}iiiirostre  and  Mimut  caxtaneo- 
thora.i'  have  since  been  found  breeding,  the  former,  regularly 
visiting  and  remaining  to  breed  in  the  County.  By  far,  however,, 
the  greater  number  of  the  additions  are  due  to  climatic  influences,, 
principally  caused  by  periods  of  excessive  drought  inland,  and  to  a 
less  extent  by  coastal  gales.  Some  of  the  additions  are  founded  on 
donations  made  to  tiie  Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum. 
Among  the  donor.s,  not  only  of  additions  to  the  avi-fauna  of  the 
County,  but  of  many  rare  species,  may  be  especially  mentioned, 
Mr.  Heni-y  Newcoml3e  of  Randwick.  He  has  also  been  a  frecjuent 
contributor  to  the  Museum  collections  for  upwards  of  a  quarter 
of  a  century.  Several  of  the  species  included  in  the  present 
list,  have  been  previously  recorded  at  the  time  when  they 
were  obtained,  either  in  the  "  Proceedings  of  the  Linnean  Societ}' 
of  New  South  Wales,"  or  the  "Records  of  the  Austi'alinn 
Museum." 


1  North-  Prof.  Liini.  Sue.  N.  S.  Wales,  (2),  iii.,  188S,  p.  1773. 

2  Nortli— Haiidl.k.  Xwiw  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  Sydney,  1S98,  p.  68. 


340  UECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSKUM. 

Order  PASSERES. 
Family  PTILONORHYNCHID^. 

ClILAMYDODERA    MACULATA,   (iouhl. 

Spotted  Boiver-hiyd. 

Only  a  single  example  of  this  species  has  come  under  my  notice. 
It  was  received  in  the  flesh  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Australian 
Museum,  and  was  shot  in  an  apple  tree  in  a  garden  at  8mithfield, 
about  twenty  miles  from  Sydney,  on  the  19th  May,  1902,  by  a 
son  of  Mr.  James  Stein,  the  donor,  and  during  a  severe  drought 
inland.  This  specimen,  a  fine  old  adult  male  in  perfect  plumage, 
was  exhibited  at  a  meeting  of  the  Liniiean  Society  of  New  South 
Wales,  on  the  •25th  June,*1902. 

Famllu  C AMPOPH AGI D.i^. 

Edgliisoma  ti:nuirostri-:,  .hu-diiii\ 

Jdrdinrs  C(ifi'rjiiUar-''nti'r. 

1  first  observed  this  species  in  the  County  of  Cumberland  at 
Waterfall  in  1 898,  and  later  at  Roseville,  on  the  20th  October,  1 900. 
It  is  a  regular  migrant,  arriving  in  the  latter  locality  on  or  about 
the  same  date  every  year,  remaining  to  breed,  and  departing 
again  about  the  end  of  January  or  early  in  February.  Only  two 
or  three  pairs  visit  the  district,  one's  attention  being  atti'acted  to 
them  by  their  peculiar  frog-like  note.  A  nest  found  at  Roseville, 
on  the  30th  November,  1901,  was  built  in  a  forked  horizontal 
branch  of  a  I'asuar'ma  siiherosa,  and  contained  an  incubated  egg 
This  species  is  more  numerous  in  parts  of  the  adjoining  County 
of  Northumberland. 

Family  MELIPHAGID^. 

Entomophila  picta,  Gould. 

Painted  lloney-fater. 

This  rare  Honey-eater  is  nomadic  in  habits  and  is  chiefly  au 
inhabitant  of  the  inland  portions  of  the  State.  On  the  14th 
February,  1901,  a  nest  and  two  eggs  were  taken  at  Fivedock,  a 
suburb  of  Sydney,  and  the  parent  bird  procui'ed.  A  week  later, 
collecting  on  behalf  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum, 
Mr.  R.  Grant  shot  an  adult  male  in  the  adjoining  suburb  of 
Abbotsford,  and  brought  back  with  hiin  an  unfinished  nqst  of  this 


ADDIIKiNS     TO    TlIK    A  V I-FAUNA       NORTH.  341 

species.  Tliis  Honey-eater  is  undoubLedly  one  Oi  Liie  most 
beautiful  of  the  large  Family  Melipliagidie,  and  one  witli  the 
most  strikingly  contrasted  plumage. 

PlIlLKMON    ('rrRK0(;L"LARIS,   dtnild. 

Yclltiir-(hr())it''(I  Ffinr-hird. 

This  species  was  a})pareiitly  driven  to  the  coast  by  the  severe 
(^Irought  of  190:2.  Mr.  H.  Newcombe  presented  a  specimen  in  the 
Hesh,  that  he  had  shot  on  the  31st  May,  190l',  at  Kurnell. 
During  the  following  month  Mr.  James-  Stein  trapped  one  at 
Smithheld,  and  in  July  of  the  same  year,  Dr.  James  C.  Cox, 
Crown  Trustee,  sent  me  a  specimen  for  identification,  obtained 
at  Pittwater.  Previously  this  species  had  not  been  recorded  from 
the  County  of  Cumberland. 

Entomvza  cyanotis,  Latlinni. 

Bhu'-J'acf'd  Jloiiey-eufcr. 

In  my  first  "List  of  the  Birds  found  in  the  County  of  Cum- 
berland," publislK^l  in  the  '•  Proceedings  of  the  Linnean  Society 
of  New  South  Wales  "  in  1888,''  I  enumerated  this  species.  "In 
my  second  list  published  in  the  "Handbook  of  Sydney  and  County 
of  Cumberland'''  in  189S,  it  was  omitted,  owing  to  the  want  of 
confirmatoiy  evidence  of  its  occurrence.  I  have  never  seen  a 
.specimen  in  the  fiesh,  but  find  that  I  had  overlooked  a  skin  in 
the  Reference  Collection  of  the  Australian  Museum,  obtained  by 
Mr.  George  Masters  at  Wojje's  Creek,  in  July,  1(SG9. 

Famihj  ART  AMID.*]. 

ArTAMUS    ALlilVKNTRIS,    (rinild. 

Wliiff'-ri'iiffd   WiHxl  Sn-kJ/o/i-. 

Mr.  H.  Newcombe  procurt'd  a  sj)ecimen  at  Randwick  on  the  7th 
July,  1902,  during  the  prolongcnl  drought,  when  other  inland 
species  were  driven  to  the  coast.  TMiis  is  the  only  instance  I  have 
known  of  it  occurring  in  the  County. 


•'<  Nortli— Piw.  Linn.  So,-.  \.  S.  Wales.  (2),  iii.,  1H8S,  p.  1777. 
4  North-  Jlandhk.  AuMv.  Ass,..-.  A.lv.  S,-i.,  Sydney,  1H!)S. 


342  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Fmnihj  PLOCEID^. 

MUNIA    CASTANEOTIIORAX,   Gould. 

Chpstiiuf -breasted  Fhich. 

I  recorded  this  species  in  my  first  "  List  of  the  Birds  of  the 
County  of  Cumberland  "  publislied  in  tlie  "  Proceedings  of  the 
Linnean  Society  of  New  South  Wales.""'  It  was  omitted  in  my 
second  list  as  l)r  E.  P.  Ramsay  believed  the  small  Hock  of  birds 
seen  b}^  him  at  "  Yasmar,"  Dobroyde,  Ashfield,  was  escaf)ed 
cage-birds.  Absolute  proof  of  their  occurence  in  a  wild  state  was 
afforded  by  Mr.  A.  F.  B.  Hull  who  observed  this  species  at  Fresh- 
water, near  Manly,  and  found  nests  with  young  in  April,  1906. 
Previously  in  1901,  I  had  noted  it  in  the  southern  parts  of  the 
adjoining  County  of  Northumberland,  where  I  was  informed  it 
bred. 

Order  PICAKIvE 
Sidj-order  COCCYGES. 
Family  CUCULID^. 

MisOCALIUS    PALLIOLATUS,     Jjatluim. 

Black-eared  Cu ckoo. 

An  extremely  rare  species  chiefly  inhabiting  the  western 
portions  of  the  State.  An  immature  specimen  procured  by  Mr. 
L.  Harrison  at  Manly  on  the  1.3th  January,  1906,  is  the  only  one 
I  have  seen  tliat  was  obtained  in  the  County  of  Cumberland. 

Order    HEMIPODID^. 
Family  TURNICIDAl 

TURNI.X    VELOX,   (roald. 

Sinj't-jlyitKj  'rarui.r  or  ^''  liiitf'-rjl y-(Juail." 

This  species  was  included  in  my  first  list,  but  was  omitted  in 
the  "  Birds  of  the  County  of  Cumberland,"  published  in  the 
Handbook  of  the  "Australian  Association  for  the  Advancement 
of  Science."     Since  then  the  only  instance  of  its  occurrence,  that 


Xorth-  Prop   Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  (2),  iii.,  1888,  p.  1776. 


ADDITIONS    TO    Till';    AVI-FAUXA — NORTH.  343 

has  come  under  my  notice,  is  l)ased  upon  a  specimen,  received  in 
tlie  flesh,  from  tlie"^  donor,  Mr.  A.  M.  N.  Rose  of  Campbelltown, 
on  the  31st  January,   190:i. 

Order  LIMICOL^. 

Family  CHARADRIIDyK. 

Snb-Famihj    HIMANTOPODIN^. 

Cladorhynchus  leucocephalus,  Gould. 

Banded  Stilt. 

Six  specimens  obtained  by  Mr.  H.  Newcombe  in  November  and 
December,  1902,  are  tlie  only  examples  I  have  seen  procured  in 
the  County. 

.SHh-Fami///  TOT  A  NIN^. 

Heteractitis   BREVIPES,    VieilJ. 

Sho)i-tofd  Sandpipci: 

Four  specimens  obtained  by  Mr.  H.  Newcombe  at  Coogee  on  the 
2nd  July,  1900.  A  s  with  many  other  writers  tliis  species  was 
referred  to  in  my  previous  lists  under  the  name  of  the  closely 
allied  form  Totanns  iiirauas,  Gmelin. 

Order  STEGANOPODES. 

Fami/>/  PHAETHONTID^. 

Phaeton  lepturus,   Larrjj.  and  Daiidiu. 

White-tailed   'rroplc-hird. 

This  addition  to  the  avi-fauna  of  New  .South  Wales,  was  duly 
recorded  b}^  me  in  June  bS9(S  "  After  disastrous  easterly  gales 
on  the  coast  of  New  South  Wales,  an  immature  bird  of  this 
species  was  picked  up  by  Mr.  Henry  Burns  on  the  14th  of 
February  1898,  on  the  shores  of  Botany  Bay,  It  was  in  a  dying 
condition,  and  was  presented  the  following  day  in  the  tlesl\. 
Tliere  is  no  record  of  a  specimen  from  any  part  of  Australia  in 
tlic  list  enumerated  by  Mr.  Ogilvie  Grant  in  his  "Catalogue  of 
Birds  in  the    British  Museum." 


Nortli   -  Ktr.  Ausf.    Mu^.,    in.,    ISIIH,    p.    80. 


344  RKCdHDS    OF    TH1-:    AUSTRALIAN    MLSEUM. 

Onhn-  TUBINAKES. 
Family  DIOMEDEIDyE. 

TlIALASSOCKKON    CAUTUS,    (rOllld. 

SJnj  Alhdfj'os. 

I  saw  one  of  tliese  birds  at  the  eiitrauce  of  Lavender  Bay,  on 
tlie  22nd  September,  1905.  It  was  resting  on  the  water,  but  on 
the  approacli  of  a  Milson's  Point  Ferry  Steamer  flew  away, 
finally  settling  down  again  in  Farm  Cove. 

Mr.  R.  S.  Thomas,  of  South  Clifton,  captured  one  alive  on  the 
beach  during  the  previous  month,  and  presented  it  to  the  Trustees 
of  the   Austialian  Museum. 


THE  RESULTS  of  DEEP  SEA  INVESTIGATION    in    the 
TASMAN  SEA. 

II.— THE  EXPEDITION  of  tiu:  "  WOY  WOY." 

1.  FisiiEs  AND  Crustaceans  from  Eihht    Hundricd    Fathoms. 

By  Allan  R.  McCulloch,  Zoologist. 

(Plates  Ixiii.-lxv.). 

In  contimiatiou  of  the  investigations  carried  on  by  means  of  a 
grant  from  the  Royal  Society  of  London  detailed  on  page  271  of 
these  Records,  Professor  W.  A.  Haswell,  M.A.,  made  a  second 
expedition  on  26tii  to  27th  October,  1906  in  the  "  Woy  Woy,"  a 
boat  that  had  already  l)een  engaged  in  this  direction  [ante  p.  211) 
He  kindly  invited  me  to  accompany  him  and  has  furtlier  honoured 
me  by  placing  the  Fishes  and  Crustacea  in  my  hands  for  descrip- 
tion. In  the  first  instance,  the  Crustacea  were  undertaken  by 
my  lamented  friend  Air.  F.  E.  Grant,  but  the  untimely  death  of 
that  gentleman  occurred  before  he  had  dealt  with  them. 

The  specimens  here  discussed  were  obtained  in  a  single  cast  of 
a  small  trawl  which  Professor  Haswell  had  built  on  the  principle 
of  one  designed  and  successfully  used  by  the  Prince  of  Monaco. 
It  was  lowered  in  800  fathoms  at  a  point  thirty-five  miles  due 
east  of  Sydney,on  the  152nd  Meridian. 

Besides  the  subject  of  this  paper,  the  trawl  produced  numerous 
representatives  of  Echinodermata,  consj)icuous  among  wliich  were 
a  hundred  living  specimens  of  Porocidariti  eli'(jaiif<  which  choked 
the  net,  and  with  their  long  spines  scraped  most  of  the  scales  ofi' 
the  fishes  that  lay  near  them.  Upon  their  arrival  un  deck  fishes, 
crustaceans,  and  echinoderms  alike  were  quite  paralysed  and 
rigid,  while  tlie  stomachs  and  intestines  protruded  from  the  fishes' 
mouths  and  the  eyes  from  their  sockets.  Only  when  they  were 
placed  in  formalin  did  they  exhibit  any  traces  of  life  and  then 
merely  by  erecting  the  fins  and  gill  co^■ers  before  they  died. 

At  the  suggestion  of  Professor  Haswell,  I  examined  the  stomachs 
of  the  fishes  for  any  invertebrates  that  might  be  undigested,  but 
in  every  case  they  were  (juite  empty,  the  fishes  having  probably 
vomited  the  contents  at  an  eai'ly  stage  of  their  ascent. 


346  RKCORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

A.— PISCES. 

Eight  species  were  taken  belonging  to  five  families,  and  seven 
genera  of  which  five  have  not  been  recorded  from  the  coast  of 
New  South  Wales  before,  and  four  are  new  to  Austi'alia.  The 
species  are — 

Optouiirus  dendcuJafns,  Rich. 

Macrunriis  nig voniaculatns,  sp.  nov. 

Ccdorhynchiis  fasciatus,  Giinther. 

Cfelorhynchus  innotahilis,  sp.  nov. 

Trachiclithys  iiitermcdius,   Hectoi'. 

Symphttrtis  strictiis,  var  aiixfrdltK^  var.  nov. 

Scorpa'.na  percoide,<t,  llich. 

I/<ipIic/i/Jiyn  hnsireUi.  sp.  nov. 

MACK  OU  111  L)/E. 

Optonurus  dexticulatos,   Richmxhoii. 

Macruarns  denticnlatus,  Richardson,  Zool.  "  Erebus  and  Terror," 
1848,  p.  53,  pi.  xxxii.,  figs.  1-3. 

Richardson's  specimen  appears  to  have  had  the  tail  incomplete, 
and  in  his  figure  it  is  indicated  by  dotted  lines  only.  In  three  of 
the  six  of  our  specimens  it  is  perfect  and  in  these  the  total  length 
is  6-2  times  that  of  the  head.  The  first  dorsal  spine  is  unarmed, 
and  the  second  dorsal  and  anal  fins  have  153,  156,  134,  and  144, 
143,  125  rays  respectively 

One  other  specimen  is  of  interest  inasmuch  as  though  the  tip  of 
the  tail  is  clearly  missing,  the  wound  has  healed  over,  and  the 
dorsal  and  anal  rays  have  grown  together  around  it,  thus  giving 
it  the  appearance  of  a  perfect  member. 

Macrourus  nigromaculatus,  sp.  nov. 

(Plate  Ixiii.,  figs.  1,  la). 

D.  II.  10-11,  143-150:  A.  140-145;  P.  20;  V.  13-15. 

Head  7,  depth  of  body  at  first  dorsal  spine  6  to  6-7  in  the  length 
without  the  caudal  rays. 

Head  compressed,  a  little  longer  than  deep,  cheeks  vertical, 
Snout  much  shorter  than  the  eye  and  but  little  overhanging  the 
mouth,  very  obtusely  pointed  and  with  three  bony  angles  which, 
however,  are  not  prominent.  Infraorbital  ridge  obscure.  Inter- 
orbital    space    with  an  elongate-triangular  depression,  the  apex 


KISIIK.S    AND    CRUSTACEANS— MCCULLOCH.  ."547 

directed  backwards.  Eye  very  large,  its  up})er  inarifin  just  cutting 
the  profile  of  the  head.  Maxillary  extending  to  beneath  the  front 
margin  of  the  pupil.  Teeth  in  villifonn  bands  in  both  jaws,  the 
outer  series  being  slightly  eidarged.  Angle  of  the  preoperele  not 
produced,  its  posterior  margin  directed  upwards  and  backwards. 
Barbel  rather  longer  than  half  the  diameter  of  the  eye. 

Body  compressed,  very  deep,  its  greatest  deptli  being  at  the 
origin  of  the  first  dorsal  and  greater  than  the  length  of  tlie  head. 
The  dorsal  profile  ascends  rapidly  to  the  first  dorsal  spine,  whence 
it  drops  abruptly  so  that  the  fin  is  attached  to  the  posterior  slope 
of  a  prominent  hump.  The  ventral  profile  ascends  rapidly  back- 
ward from  the  origin  of  the  anal  ;  the  tail  is  therefore  abruptly 
narrower  than  the  trunk,  but  tapers  uniformly  to  its  tip.  Scales 
small,  armed  with  seven  or  eight  rows  of  slender  spines  which 
overlap  the  edge  ;  about  sixteen  in  a  transverse  series  between  the 
origin  of  the  first  dorsal  and  the  latei-al  line.  Whole  head  scaly. 
Lateral  line  strongly  arched  over  the  pectoi'al  fin. 

Second  dorsal  spine  serrate  along  its  entire  length,  its  tip  fine 
and  riexible,  and  rather  longer  than  the  depth  of  the  bod}^;  posterior 
rays  very  small.  Origin  of  tlie  second  dorsal  separated  from  the 
first  by  a  space  longer  than  the  base  of  tlie  first.  Anal  originating 
below  the  second  dorsal  spine.  Pectorals  slender,  1  -3  in  the  head, 
situated  far  in  advance  of  the  dorsal  and  a  little  behind  the 
ventrals.  Outer  ventral  ray  produced,  reaching  beyond  the 
origin  of  the  anal.  Vent  placed  midway  between  the  origin  of 
the  ventrals  and  the  anal. 

Colour  greyish,  abdomen  and  posterior  part  of  the  head  black. 
A  large  round  black  spot  on  the  first  dorsal  fin.      Ventrals  black. 

The  differences  between  the  young  specimen  and  the  adult  lie  in 
its  having  a  larger  eye,  about  two  in  the  head,  fewer  teeth  on  the 
second  dorsal  spine  and  longer  anal  rays. 

This  sjiecies  is  nearest  allied  to  M.  (/ih/ifi;  Gilb.  and  Cium.,  but 
is  distinguished  by  its  larger  eye  and  shorter  snout.  From  J/. 
ncteues,  Gilb.  and  Cram,  and  M.  hlrundo  Coll.,  which  it  also  re- 
sembles, it  differs  in  the  fin  formuhe  and  the  scales.  It  would 
enter  the  genus  Xezuuiia,  Jordan'  which  is  sepai'ated  from 
Macrourus  by  having  an  increased  number  of  ventral  rays,  "  13 
to  15  instead  of  7  to  10,  as  in  all  other  Jfdrruurldo','  but  as  Jf. 
(jibhi'ihixs,  1 2-1 3,  and  M.setniqi(i)icnnciatus,  Ale,  Jf.jmmiliceps,  Ale, 
and  M.  pofi/lepif<,  Ale,  have  11-12,  Xeziunia  is  not  here  adopted. 
The.se  species  show  the  one  to  pass  into  the  other  by  complete  and 
gradual  transition. 

1  Jordan— U.  S.  Fish.  Comiii.  Eull.,  xxii.,  1<)01-.  p.  620. 


-S48  i;ecoi:ds  c,f  tiii<:  Ars'iiiALixVN'  museum. 

Type  227  mm.  long  from  800  fathoms,  thirty-five  miles  east  of 
Sydney.  Four  other  specimens  ranging  from  114  mm.  to  205  mm. 
taV  en  with  the  type. 

CCELOHHYNCHUS    FASCIATUS,    Glblther. 

Macrurns  ( C wl orhy hcJiu^ )  fasciat at>,  Gunther,  Challenger  Report, 
Zool.,  xxii.,  1887,  p.  129,  pi.  xxviii.,  fig.  a. 

D.  xii.  101  ;  A.  100;  P.  17  ;  V.  7.  l.lat.   120. 

A  single  specimen,  220  mm.  long,  which  thougli  not  in  entire 
agreement  with  Giinther's  description  and  figure,  is  so  similar 
that  despite  the  wide  range  between  South  America  and  the 
present  locality,  I  liesitate  to  regard  it  as  distinct.  It  difl:ers 
from  the  Challenger  figure  in  having  the  tail  about  two-thirds 
the  length  of  the  head  longer,  and  produced  into  a  fine  point. 
The  whole  body  is  rather  more  slender  and  the  anal  rays  ai'e 
longer.  The  fins  are  dusky,  and  the  outer  anterior  Jialf  of  the 
anal  is  black.   Inallothercharactersitisinagreement  withthefigure, 

It  may  be  that  the  type  specimen  had  the  tail  imperfect  as  in 
one  of  our  specimens  of  Optonii7-ns  denticu/atus  (see  p.  346)  in 
which  case  these  differences  would  be  of  little  importance. 

CCELORHYNCHUS    INNOTABILIS,    sp.    7iOV. 

(Plate  Ixiii.,  figs.  2,  2a). 
D.  II.  8;  P.  18;  V.  7. 

Greatest  depth  of  the  body  1 1  -5  in  the  total  length.  Head 
including  the  spine  on  the  snout  5-5  in  the  same.  Snout  2-4  in 
tlie  head,  longer  than  the  eye  which  is  almost  3  in  the  head. 

Snout  broad,  its  terminal  half  tapering  abruptly  and  tipped 
with  a  sharp  triangular  spine.  Orbit  elliptical,  a  little  longer 
than  the  post-orbital  portion  of  the  head,  and  touching  the  dorsal 
profile.  Interorbital  space  1  "8  in  the  longitudinal  diameter  of  the 
eye.  Widtli  of  the  moutli  at  the  angle  of  the  gape  nearly  twice 
in  the  width  of  the  head  in  the  same  line  ;  maxillary  reaching  to 
below  the  posterior  margin  of  the  eye.  Barbel  very  small,  one- 
fifth  the  length  of  the  eye.  Ridges  on  the  head  very  pronounced. 
A  median  one  from  the  rostral  spine  to  between  the  first-third  of 
the  eyes  The  supraorbital  ridge  extends  round  the  posterior 
edge  of  the  eye  before  turning  oft"  in  a  horizontal  line  to  the  upper 
end  of  the  gill-opening.  Tlie  inner  pair  of  ridges  branch  off  from 
the  supraorbitals  slightly  in  advance  of  the  middle  of  the  eye,  and 
convei'ge  gently,  becoming  parallel  till  about  the  middle  of  their 
length,  where  they  again  separate  a  little.  The  spaces  between 
the  ridges,  other  than  on  the  top  of  tlie  head  and  the  nape,  are 
quite  bare  and  formed  of  soft,  membranous,  and  translucent  skin 


FISUKS    AND    C'RUSTACRAXS — McCULLOCH.  349 

Bod\'  and  tail  very  long  and  slender,  coverea  witli  small  scales 
of  which  there  are  o  between  the  middle  of  the  first  dorsal  fin  and 
the  lateral  line,  and  14  in  the  same  row  below.  The  scales  on  the 
sides  have  5  sub-parallel  rows  of  sj  ines  which  overlap  the  edges. 

Space  between  the  two  dorsals  much  shorter  than  the  base  of 
the  fii'st.  Second  dorsal  sjjine  smooth,  not  produced,  and  equal  to 
about  one-half  the  head  in  length  ;  it  is  placed  a  little  be- 
hind the  vertical  from  the  insertion  of  the  ventrals,  which  are 
again  posterior  to  the  pectorals.  Origin  of  the  second  dorsal  be- 
hind that  of  the  anal,  its  anterior  rays  about  half  the  length  of 
the  eye  ;  those  of  the  anal  slightly  longer.  Longest  pectoral  rays 
barely  reaching  to  below  the  origin  of  the  second  dorsal.  Outer 
vential  ray  produced,  overlapping  the  anterior  anal  rays  and  equal 
to  those  of  the  dorsal  in  length.  Space  between  the  ventrals  and 
the  vent  shorter  than  the  eye. 

Colours,  light  grey  with  minute  black  specks.  Iris,  lips,  belly 
and  ventral  fins  black. 

This  species  is  characterised  by  its  long  and  slender  form. 
Without  larger  material  it  is  impossible  to  be  quite  certain  of  its 
determination,  but  with  the  characters  as  presented  by  the  young 
examples  it  appears  to  differ  from  all  of  the  many  described  species. 
C.  fenuicanda,  Garni,  is  a  closely  allied  species. 

Type  138  mm.  long  from  800  fathoms,  thirty -five  miles  east  of 
Sydney.      One  other  specimen  1 10  mm.  long  taken  with  the  type. 

BERYCIDyE. 

Trachiciitiivs  intekmedius,  I/fcfor. 

TnirhirhtJijjK  hif.i'rmfdins  (Hector),   Giinther,  Challenger  Repoi't, 
Zool.,  xxii.,  1887,  p.  24,  {)1.  v.,  fig.  d. 

One  specimen,  120  mm.  long,  constitutes  a  now  Australian 
record. 

PLEURONECTIDiK. 

SvMPUUiu's  STHIOTUS,   Gilbert,   var.   au.stkalis,   var.   nov. 

(Fig.   55), 

Sy)n})hurns  strlclii.-^,  Gilbert,  Bull.  U.  S.  Fish.    Connn.,    xxiii.,  pt. 
ii.,  1903  (1905),  p.  691,  fig.  272. 

D.  116  ;  A.  103  ;  V.  4  ;  C.  14  ;  scales  lat.  130  ;  sc.  tr.  5]. 

Length  of  the  liead  (\n  the  median  line  of  the  body)  6-1,  Jieight 
of  body  4  in  the  length  without  caudal.  Eyes  very  small,  the 
upper  slightly  in  advance  of  the  lower,  and  half  the  length  of  the 


350 


RECORDS    OF    THB    AUSTRALIAN    AlUSEUM. 


snout  wliicli  is  one  foui'th  that  of  the  head.  Interorljital  space 
scaly,  tlie  anterior  part  with  a  l)road  flap  covering  the  posterior 
nostril.  Anterior  nostril  tubular,  situated  midway  between  the 
end  of  the  snout  and  the  lower  eye  Head  and  body,  with  the 
exception  of  the  snout,  covered  on  both  sides  with  small  ctenoid 
scales  which  on  the  coloured  side,  extend  over  the  bases  of  the 
fin  rays.  No  lateral  line.  The  dorsal  fin 
commences  over  the  front  edge  of  the  eyes,  its 
middle  rays  equal  in  length  to  those  of  the 
anal,  3-6  in  the  height  of  the  body  and  shorter 
than  the  caudal,  which  is  pointed.  Anal 
separated  from  the  ventral  by  a  space  nearly 
equal  to  the  snout. 

Colour      light      brown      witliout     darker 
markings.  Peritoneum      black,     showing 

through    the    abdominal    walls.       Blind-side 
Fig.  55.  colourless. 

A  single  specimen  120  mm.  long  agrees  fairly  well  with  Gilbert's 
<lescription,  but  differs  in  having  a  somewhat  deeper  body  and 
shorter  head.  Tlie  eyes  also  are  smaller  than  as  shown  in  his 
figure  and  the  snout  longer.  In  all  other  characters  however  it 
appears  too  closely  related  to  S.  sftucfiis  to  admit  of  specific  dis- 
tinction. 


SCORP^NID^. 

ScORPiENA  (Helicolenus)  PERCOiDES,  Jilchardsoii. 

Sebastes  percoides,  Richardson,   Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ix.,  1842, 
p.  384;  Voy.  "  Ereb.  and  Terr.,"  ii.,  1845,  p.  23,  pi.  xv. 

One  specimen,  a  female  with  unripe  ova,  3G3  nmi.  long. 
Colours  in  life,  pink  suff'used  with  yellow,  with  indistinct  darker 
cross-bars.  Pectorals,  dorsal  and  caudal  pink,  the  spinous  fin 
deeper  coloured  than  the  others.  Ventrals  and  anal  white.  Iris 
golden,  surrounded  with  pink. 

(Note. — All  the  scales  were  rubbed  off  the  sides  by  the  spinels 
•of  echini  taken  in  the  same  haul.  Otiierwise  the  cross-liars  may 
iiave  been  more  niaiked). 

Richardson  assigned  this  species  to  the  genus  Srbasfps,  but  was 
corrected  by  Giinther-  who  transferred  it   to   Scorpa'na.     Waite" 


'^  Gunther  -Cliallenger  Rcpt.,  Zool,  xxii.,  1887,  p  17. 
a  Waite  "Mem.  Aust.  Miis.,  iv.,  1899,  ]j.  100. 


KisiiK.s  AND  chustackaxs  — Mcculloch.  ."{ol 

placed  it  undei-  Srba>>(apiiit('.s  which  was  considered  by  Jordan  and 
Evermann^  to  be  a  synonym  of  Scorjxena,  and  later  by  Jordan'^  as 
a  close  ally  of  the  same. 

I  cannot  refer  to  Street's  diagnosis  of  Sehastapistes,  wliicli 
apparently  includes  only  "  numerous  dwarf  species  less  than  three 
ijiches  long  "  (Jordan  loc.  cit.)  but  as  our  fish  presents  all  the 
characters  of  UfJicolriMis,  a  genus  doubtfully  distinct  from 
Scorpa'vd,  I  place  it  under  the  above  heading. 

There  appears  to  be  some  considerable  variation  in  the  relative 
l(!ngths  of  the  dorsal  spines  of  this  species.  The  present  specimen  is  in 
perfect  agreement  with  Ricliar(ls(jn's  original  description  and  figure, 
but  a  numlx'r  of  others  of  smaller  size,  including  those  taken  by 
the  "Thetis"  Expedition,  are  rather  better  represented  by  McCoy's 
figure,"  wherein  the  longest  spines  are  higher  than  the  anterior 
rays. 

HOPLICHTHYID^. 

HOPLICHTHYS    IIASWELLI,    Sp.  'Uor. 

(Plate  Ixiv.). 

D.  V.  14  ;  A.  16  ;  P.  U-f-4  ;  V.  I.  5  ;  lateral  plates  11. 

Depth  of  body  <S|,  length  of  head  to  opercular  Hap  2-6  in  the 
length  of  the  body  without  the  caudal  fin.  Length  of  snout  ■2-74, 
diameter  of  eye  5"4(S  and  width  of  head  1"15  in  its  length. 

8nout  broadly  rounded,  with  a  median  notch  at  its  extremity. 
The  lateral  profile  of  the  head  is  formed  by  a  minutely  dtintigerous 
ridge  which  bears  four  large  spines  ;  the  first,  which  has  a  smaller 
spine  at  its  base,  placed  before  the  anterior  margin  of  the  eye, 
another  similar  one  before  the  posterior  margin,  a  third 
directed  inwards  at  the  end  of  the  preopercular  margin,  and 
the  fourth  and  largest  formingthepreopercularspine.  Abony  plate, 
wider  than  the  interorbital  space,  extends  backwards  from  the 
nostrils,  between  which  and  the  lateral  margins  is  a  soft  fleshy  area. 
Back  of  head  covered  with  rough  bony  plates  and  smooth  naked 
areas.  The  sculpture  on  the  plates  consists  of  minutely  denti- 
culated, radiating  ridges,  the  centres  of  which  are  larger  or 
smaller  spines.  The  opercles  bear  three  strong  ridges  which  ai-e 
armed  with  small  spines  along  their  length,  and  terminated  by 
larger  spines.  A  pair  of  large  humeral  plates,  each  bearing  a 
strong  spine. 


*  Jordan  and  Evermann — Fishes  of  N.  and  Middle  America,  ii.,  1898,  p.  1835). 

■''  Jordan— Guide  Study  of  Fishes,  ii,  1905,  p.  434. 

''  McCoy — Prodr.  Zool.  Vict.,  i.,  1879,  pi.  33    not  very  good). 


352  liKcuuDs  OF  Tin:  austkalian  museum. 

Tlie  lower  jaw  is  longer  than  the  upper.  A  broad  band  of 
villiform  teeth  in  l)oth  jaws,  the  innermost  ones  being  the  largest. 
A  A'ery  long  band  on  each  palatine,  and  a  large  patch  on  the 
v(jiner  whicli  sends  backwards  two  other  parallel  rows.  All  the 
iiuier  teeth  are  larger  tlian  those  of  the  jaws.  The  maxillary 
reaches  almost  to  the  fx-ont  margin  of  the  orbit.  Gill  membranes 
united  to  the  isthmus,  without  a  fi'ee  fold,  and  separated  by  a 
space  equal  to  half  the  interorbital  width. 

Above  the  lateral  series  of  j^lates  and  posterior  to  the  first 
dorsal  fin,  are  some  widely  scattered,  thin,  cycloid  scales,  almost 
entirely  imbedded  in  the  skin.  On  the  caudal  peduncle  they  are 
more  numerous,  overlapping  and  smaller.  The  large  lateral  plates 
are  roughened  by  a  number  of  minutely  denticulated  ridges  radi- 
ating from  the  large  blade-like  spines,  which  latter  increase  in 
size  backwards.  The  pores  of  the  lateral  line  are  placed  below 
the  middle  of  these  spines,  and  there  are  no  smaller  secondaiy  spines. 
The  hinder  edges  of  the  plates  are  smooth  and  deeply  cleft  in  the 
middle. 

The  spines  of  the  first  dorsal  are  slender,  tlie  second  lieing  the 
longest,  1'38  in  the  snout  (this  fin  is  malformed  in  the  lai'ger 
specimen,  the  measurement  being  therefore  taken  from  the  smaller 
one).  The  second  doi'sal  ray  is  the  highest  and  more  than  once 
and  a  half  longer  than  the  highest  (7th)  anal  ray.  The  anal 
commences  beneath  the  2nd  or  3rd  dorsal  ray  and  terminates  far 
behind  that  fin.  Caudal  almost  truncate,  the  upper  rays  a  little 
longer  than  the  lower.  The  four  lower  pectoral  rays  are  free 
except  for  a  low  membrane  at  their  extreme  base.  They  are 
thickened,  and  longer  than  the  rays  above  them.  The  following 
one  or  two  rays  may  be  also  simple  but  are  joined  by  membrane 
to  their  tips.  The  venti-als  are  inserted  well  in  advance  of  the 
pectorals,  the  rays  increasing  in  h^igth  backwards.  Both  specimens 
have  a  small  anal  papilla. 

Colours  in  life  pinkish  yellow  above,  white  beneath.  Doi'sals, 
caudal  and  pectorals  pinkish,  the  latter  finely  edged  with  white. 
The  vertical  fins  and  tail  with  darker  markings. 

I  have  pleasure  in  associating  with  this  fish  the  name  of 
Professor  VV.  A.  Haswell,  the  leader  of  the  expedition. 

This  species  is  closely  allied  to  //.  lilatoimrys,  Jord.  and  Everm., 
but  appears  to  be  distinguished  by  its  different  fin  formula,  the 
character  of  the  lateral  plates,  the  lower  pectoral  rays  being 
divided  to  their  base,  and  by  the  shape  of  the  snout. 

Type  430  mm.  long,  from  SOO  fathoms,  thirty-five  miles  east  of 
Port  Jackson.  One  other  specimen,  340  mm.  long,  taken  with  the 
type. 


FlSlIi;S    AN'D    CRU.STACKANS — McCU  LLOCH.  353 

B.— CRUSTACEA. 

The  trawl  obtained  three  species,  two  of  which,  Lati-fiUupsis 
petteixU,  Grant,  and  Paiiddlns  DKU-fius,  A.  M.-Edw.  are  dealt 
with  here.      The  third  is  i-eservcd  for  furthei-  consideration. 

LATREILLID^. 

L.\TREILLOPSIS    PETTEHDI,    (rnnif. 

(Plate  Ixv.). 

L(itrei//(i/)sts  pi'tterdi,  Grant,  Proc.  l^inn.  Soc.  N.  8.  Wales,    xxx., 
1905,  p.  317,  pi.  X.,  fig.  2. 

A  giant  specimen  with  a  carapace  measuring  79  mm.  long 
enables  me  to  add  further  details  to  the  oiiginal  description  of 
this  species.  It  is  a  male,  and  though  presenting  chara'jters 
markedly  different  from  Grant's  description  and  figure,  a  com- 
parison with  the  type  in  the  Museum  collection,  which  is  only 
6"55  mm  long,  convinces  me  that  it  is  tlie  adult  of  this  sjiecies. 
The  following  is  a  description  of  the  specimen. 

Carapace  subquadrilateral,  but  tlie  width  across  the  hepatic 
regions  narrower  than  the  hinder  margin  ;  the  length  to  the  ba.se 
of  the  I'ostral  spine  very  little  more  than  the  greatest  breadth, 
which  is  behind  the  middle  of  the  lengtli.  Sides  vertical,  the 
greatest  depth,  which  is  at  the  base  of  tlie  chelipeds,  just  half  the 
length. 

Rostral  spine  slightly  deflexed,  about  half  as  long  as  the 
supraocular  spines,  its  base  broad  and  depressed.  Supraoculars 
uptilted  and  armed  with  two  spines,  the  one  nearest  the  base 
directed  outwards  and  upwards,  and  the  other  outwards  only. 

Whole  carapace,  with  the  exception  of  the  frontal  and  hepatic 
rt!gions,  covered  with  small  granules  which  are  more  numerous 
along  the  lateral  and  posterior  margins.  Regions  moderately 
well  defined.  The  middle  and  medio-lateral  parts  with  deep 
grooves.  Linea  anomurica  distinct.  Epigastric  region  with  two 
large  sub-spiniform  granules,  and  smaller  approximated  ones 
between  them.  Proto-,  meso-,  and  metagastric  regions  each  with 
a  large  tubercle,  that  of  the  first-named  being  spiniform  and  tlie 
a!iterior  of  a  series  of  six  arranged  parallel  with  the  sides  of  the 
carapace.  Cardiac  and  epibranchial  regions  prominent,  with 
larger  (worn)  tubercles.  Hepatic  region  inflated,  with  three  large 
mammiliform  spines  above  and  three  smaller  ones  below.  A 
similar  spine  at  the  anterior  hepatic  angle  and  another  above  the 
base  of  th(>  antenna^. 


354  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Eye-stalks  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  supraocular  spines, 
which  do  not  conceal  them  from  dorsal  view  ;  eyes  very  large, 
though  comparatively  smaller  than  those  of  the  young  specimen. 

CoxcB  and  ischia  of  all  the  pereiopoda  with  spiniform  granules 
below.  Meri  with  spines  on  both  mai'gins  which  are  largest 
behind,  and  each  armed  distally  with  a  strong  spine  above ;  their 
hinder  and  lower  surfaces  bespread  with  spiniform  granules. 

Chelipeds  about  21  the  length  of  the  carapace  and  slightly 
more  than  half  that  of  the  third  pair  of  ambulatory  legs.  The 
carpus  is  granular.  Hand  very  large  and  swollen,  only  a  little 
deeper  than  thick  and  covered  on  both  inner  and  outer  faces  with 
very  small  rounded  granules,  the  largest  of  which  tend  to  form 
rows.  Fingers  curved  inwards,  with  widely  spaced  tufts  of  short 
bristly  hairs,  the  mobile  finger  with  a  large  blunt  tooth  near  the 
base. 

Ambulatory  legs  of  the  first  to  third  pairs  with  the  carpus 
almost  smooth.  The  propodus  is  roughened  with  minute 
forwardly-directed  spines  wliich  are  most  numerous  below. 
Dactylus  with  five  rows  of  spinules  of  which  two  are  above,  one 
on  each  side  and  one  below. 

Last  pair  of  legs  much  shorter  than  the  preceeding,  a  little 
longer  than  the  chelipeds.  Propodus  short  and  broad  with  four 
slender  spines  placed  close  together  on  its  hinder  margin,  into 
which  the  very  small  dactylus  closes. 

The  ischium  and  merus  of  the  maxilipeds  are  very  k»ng  and 
narrow  and  coarsely  granular.  Their  iinier  margins  thickly 
clothed  with  long  bristles.  The  following  joints  smooth  and 
cylindrical.     Exopodite  slender,  its  basal  portion  granular. 

All  seven  segments  of  the  abdomen  are  distinct  and  faintly 
granular,  and  completely  covering  the  space  between  the  bases  of 
the  maxilipeds  and  legs.  The  middle  line  of  segments  1-6  is 
raised  and  on  1-4  bears  a  small  spine.  Segments  3,  4,  and  6  have 
also  small  spines  on  either  side  of  the  raised  portion. 

Colour  in  general  pink,  the  carapace  becoming  whitish  on  the 
sides.  Eyes  orange  above.  Hands  dark  yellow,  separated  from  the 
black  fingers  by  a  white  interspace.  Distal  end  of  the  joints  of 
the  ambulatory  legs  and  the  dactyli  rose-colour,  the  latter  with 
rows  of  yellow  spines. 

The  most  striking  differences  between  the  young  and  adult 
specimens  are,  in  terms  of  the  latter,  the  broader  and  much  less 
quadrilateral  form  of  the  carapace,  and  the  less  prominent  hepatic 
regions  ;  the  granulations  and  spines  of  both  carapace  and  legs 
though  much  stronger  and  more  numerous,  are   not   so  long  in 


FISHES    AND    CHUSTACKANS  —  MiClLLOCMl.  355 

pitjpurtion.     The  two  terminal  joints  of  tiie  last  [laif  of  legs  are 
also  less  modified  than  in  the  young  specimen. 

PANDALID^. 

Paxdaias  (plesionika)  mahtius,  a.  M.-Erlir. 

Fandalus  (Flesiunika)  martius  (A.  M.-Edw.),  Alcock,  Cat.  Crust. 
"Investigator"  1901,  p.  &5.  Rathbun,  Bull.  U.S.  Fish  Comm., 
1903  (190(i),  pt.  iii.,  p.  914. 

A  large  sei-ies,  agreeing  well  with  Alcock's  detailed  description. 
This  species  was  dredged  by  the  Challenger  at  Station  164a  oif 
Sydney,  in  l,:iOO  fathoms,  while  it  has  also  been  recorded  from 
various  localities  eastward  to  the  Kermadec  and  Hawaiian  Islands 
and  west  through  the  IncHan  Ocean  to  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 


CCELORHYNCHUS    FASCIATUS,    Gunther. 

As  the  foregoing  was  passing  through  the  press  I  received  the 
following  letter  from  Dr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  regarding  the  type 
specimen. 

"You  are  perfectly  right  in  suspecting  the  specimen  of 
C (jelorhynchus  fasciatus  figured  by  Giinther  in  the  "  Challenger 
Report "  to  have  a  mutilated  tail.  Its  companion  has  the  tail 
intact,  and  is  therefore  longer  and  ends  in  a  fine  point,  as  normal 
in  the  Macrourus.  I  have  besides  seen  several  further  specimens 
obtained  oif  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  by  Dr.  Gilchrist." 


354  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

Eye-stalks  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  supraocular  spines, 
which  do  not  conceal  them  from  dorsal  view  ;  eyes  very  large, 
though  comparatively  smaller  than  those  of  the  young  specimen. 

Coxiw  and  ischia  of  all  the  pereiopoda  with  spiniform  granules 
below.  Meri  with  spines  on  both  mai-gins  which  are  largest 
behind,  and  each  armed  distally  with  a  strong  spine  above ;  their 
hinder  and  lower  surfaces  bespread  with  spiniform  granules. 

Chelipeds  about  2|  the  length  of  the  carapace  and  slightly 
more  than  half  that  of  the  third  pair  of  ambulatory  legs.  Th(! 
carpus  is  granular.  Hand  very  large  and  swollen,  only  a  little 
deeper  than  thick  and  covered  on  both  inner  and  outer  faces  with 
very  small  r(.)unded  granules,  the  largest  of  which  tend  to  form 
rows.  Fingers  curved  inwards,  with  widely  spaced  tufts  of  short 
bristly  hairs,  the  mobile  finger  with  a  large  blunt  tooth   near   the 

hnap 


The  most  striking  differences  between  the  young  and  adult 
specimens  are,  in  terms  of  the  latter,  the  broader  and  much  less 
(juadrilateral  form  of  the  carapace,  and  the  less  prominent  hepatic 
regions  ;  the  granulations  and  spines  of  both  carapace  and  legs 
though  much  stronger  and  more  numerous,  are   not   so  long  in 


FISHES    AM)    CllUSTACKAXS  —  mVVLLOCU.  355 

piupoitiun.     The  two  terminal  joints  of  the  hist  pair  of  legs  are 
also  less  modified  than  in  the  young  specimen. 

PANDALID^. 

PaXDALUS    (fLIvSIONIKa)    MAKTIUS,    A.  M.-Edir. 

Fandaliis  (Flesionika)  niartius  (A.  M.-Edw.),  Alcock,  Cat.  Crust. 
"Investigator"  1901,  p.  55.  Rathbun,  Bull.  U.S.  Fish  Comm., 
1903  (1906),  pt.  iii.,  p.  9U. 

A  large  series,  agreeing  well  with  Alcock's  fletailed  description. 
This  species  was  dredged  by  the  Challenger  fit  Station  164a  off 
Sydney,  in  1,200  fathoms,  while  it  has  also  been  recorded  from 
various  localities  eastward  to  the  Kermadec  and  Hawaiian  Islands 
and  west  through  the  Indian  Ocean  to  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 


THE  RE8ULT.S  of  DEEP  SEA.  INVESTIGATION    in    the 
TASMAN   SEA. 

IL— THE  EXPEDITION  of  the  "  WOY  WOY." 

2. MOLLUSCA    FROM    ElOHT    HuXDRED    FaTHOMS,    ThIRTY-FIVE 

Miles  East  of  Sydney. 

By  Charles  Heuley. 

(Plates  Ixvi.-lxvii.). 

In  continuation  of  the  biological  examination  (jf  the  ocean 
floor  off  Sydney  conducted  by  Professor  W.  A.  Haswell  with  the 
aid  of  a  grant  from  the  Royal  Society  of  London  (as  detailed  ante 
p.  271)  an  excursion  was  made  in  the  "  Woy  Woy,"  on  October 
26-27,  1906.  We  proceeded  thirty-five  miles  from  the  coast,  and 
lowered  the  bucket  dredge  in  an  estimated  depth  of  800  fathoms. 
It  returned  nearly  full  of  green  ooze.  ^  When  the  whole  load  was 
washed  through  a  sieve  of  thirty-four  to  the  inch,  liardly  more  than 
a  cupful  was  retained  of  shells,  foraminifera,  or  such  solid  bodies. 
The  only  thing  alive  was  a  Tubicolous  Annelid.  From  shallower 
depths  of  about  a  hundred  fathoms,  ten  times  as  much  matter 
would  be  left  in  the  sieves.  So  large  a  proportion  of  silt  to  shells 
seems  to  indicate  that  deposition  is  here  proceeding  rapidly.  I 
should  also  have  inferred  tliat  the  deposit  of  such  finely  divided 
matter  implied  a  perfect  calm,  but  my  friend  Mr.  G.  H.  Halligan 
who  has  given  these  problems  special  attention,  does  not  consider 
such  a  deduction  necessary. 

On  the  other  hand  the  fiagella  of  the  antennae  in  an  undeter- 
mined prawn  from  this  horizon  extended  for  more  than  three  and 
a  half  times  the  length  of  its  body.  Mr.  A.  R.  McCulloch 
suggests  that  this  enormous  dcvelopement  would  be  manageable 
only  in  absolutely  still  water. 

Both  species  and  individuals  were  less  abundant  than  in  the 
samples  of  sea  bottom  previously  examined.  About  sixty  different 
kinds  of  shells  were  separated,  about  a  third  of  which  are  new. 
From  these  the  following  are  selected  for  description. 

1  For  an  account  of  our  glauconite  deposits,  see  Collet  and  Lee — Proc.  Roy. 
Soc.  Edinb.,  xxvi.,  1906,  p.  273, 


MObLUSCA    FROM    EKMIT    IIUNURED    FATHOMS — IIKDLEY.        357 
LlOTIA    CAPITATA,    sj>.     uov. 

(Plate  Ixvii.,  figs.  13,  U). 

Shell  iniuute,  subdiscoidal,  spire  slightly  elev'ate,  umbilicus  wide. 
Colour  cream.  Whorls  three.  Protoconch  of  a  whorl  and  a  half, 
tilted  and  inflated.  Last  whorl  scarcely  in  contact  with  its  pre- 
decessor, at  last  deeply  descending.  Sculpture,  sliarp  projecting 
ring  ribs,  widely  spaced  on  the  last  half  whorl,  but  crowded  on 
the  penultimate,  the  interspaces  and  protoconch  smooth. 
Aperture  oval,  oblicpie,  entire,  downwardly  directed,  fortified  by 
a  prominent  ring  varix.  Height  0-6,  major  diam.  1'3,  minor  diam, 
0-9  mm. 

A  single  specimen. 

The  present  is  closely  related  to  liiffoiifia  pemambucfusis," 
with  which  the  apex  especially  associates  it,  but  from  which  it 
differs  by  being  about  half  the  size  and  not  involute.  Though 
these  are  not  typical  Llofla,  that  genus  seems  to  harmonise  better 
with  their  appearance  than  does  Bifronfia. 

TuRnrn-XLA  curialis,  sp.   nm\ 

(Plate  Ixvii.,  fig.  19). 

Shell  veiy  small,  turrited.  Colour  pale  cieam.  Whorls  eleven 
including  a  protoconch  of  two  rounded  whorls.  Sculpture,  the 
third,  fourth,  and  fifth  whorls  have  a  single  smooth  spiral  rib 
running  between  the  centre  of  the  whorl  and  the  lower  suture. 
From  the  sixth  whorl  onwai'ds,  this  spiral  develops  conspicuous 
grains,  about  fifteen  to  a  whorl,  but  finally  these  become  olxsolete 
behind  the  aperture.  F'roiu  the  .seventh  to  the  last  whorl  two 
narrow,  wide  spacefl  smooth  spiral  lyrae  re\'olve  above  the  bead 
row.  Five  low  spirals  ornament  the  base.  Aperture  defective  in 
all  examples  seen,  but  the  direction  of  growth  lines  indicate  a  deep 
median  sinus.     Length,  7,  breadth   2 •95  mm. 

Several  specimens  from  SOO  fathoms. 

Tn  size  and  shape  this  n^sembles  T.cnniiiJata,  Donald,''  but  differs 
in  the  spiral  sculpture. 


,2  Watson— Chall.  Rei).,  Zool.,  xv.,  1886,  p.  137,  pi.  viii.,  f.  13. 
•''  Donald— Proc.  Malaeol.  Sec,  iv.,  1900.  p.  52,  pi.  v.  f.  2. 


•358  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSKL'M. 

RiSSOA    PROFUNDIOR,    .^p.  UOV. 

(Plate  Ixvii.,  fig.  15). 

Shell  small,  ovate,  tunited  rimate.  Colour  cream.  Whorls 
five.  Sculpture,  two  apical  whorls  smooth,  remainder  with 
elevate,  distant,  arcuate,  radial  ribs,  thirteen  to  a  whorl,  which 
gradually  vanish  on  the  base.  Along  the  summit  of  each  whorl 
runs  a  broad  spiral  band  linking  together  the  tops  of  the  ribs.  A 
few  (six  or  seven)  raised  spiral  threads  traverse  the  base  and 
periphery.  Aperture  broadly  ovate,  inner  lip  reflected.  Length 
2-95,  breadth  1-85  mm. 

A  few  specimens. 

The  pi'esent  seems  shorter  and  broader  than  E.  acnticosfafa, 
Dall.,  ■*  to  which  it  has  a  strong  general  resemblance. 

PVRENE    BABYLONICA,    Sp.  ncn\ 

(Plate  Ixvii.,  fig.  16), 

Shell  small,  solid,  glossy,  conical,  apex  pointed,  base  contracted. 
Whorls  five  and  a  half,  the  lower  narrowly  but  sharply  tabulate.' 
Colour  cream.  Sculpture,  the  protoconch  consisting  of  a  whorl 
and  a  half  is  smooth  and  very  glossy,  the  next  whorl  is  duller 
with  incipient  ribbing.  On  the  last  three  whorls  there  are  strong 
widely  spaced  perpendicular  ribs,  which  on  the  penultimate 
number  fourteen.  Below  the  periphery  they  gradually  vanish, 
above  they  tei'minate  in  a  blunt  point,  the  summits  are  linked 
together  by  an  indefinite  spiral  cord.  The  anterior  extremity  is 
scored  by  six  fine  spii-al  grooves.  Aperture  oval,  feebly  denticul- 
ate within  the  outer  lip,  on  the  columellar  wall  a  thick  callus 
layer.     Length,  5-5,  breadth  2-5  mm. 

Three  imperfect  specimens. 

Pyrene  strix,  Watson,*  appears  to  resemble  this  but  is  larger, 
without  the  denticules  in  the  aperture  and  has  a  different  apex. 

It  is  curious  that  four  widely  differently  species  of  the  collection 
before  me,  viz.,  F.  bahylonica,  Rissoa  prof  unci  ior,  Mitra  mlrandd., 
Smith  and  Dril/ia  rhalleiu/eri,  Smitli,  affect  the  same  style  of 
ornament. 


<  Dall— Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  xviii.,  1889,  pi.  xix.,  f.  10. 
«  Watson- Chall.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xv.,  1886,  p.  237,  pi.  xiii.,  f.  2. 


MOLLUSCA    FKOM     KKUIT    IILNDKIOD    FATHOMS  —  IlKDMCV.        •{59 

Arculauia  dipsacoides,  sp.  nov. 
(Plate  Ixvii.,  fig.   21). 

Shell  ovate,  rather  thin,  remarkably  tabulate.  \Viiorl>i  eight 
of  which  half  are  comprised  in  the  protoconch.  Colour,  cream, 
except  the  protoconch  which  is  pale  purple.  Sculpture,  protoconch 
conical,  smooth,  with  a  peripheral  keel  which  is  just  exposed  above 
the  suture  of  the  succeeding  whorls.  In  the  adult  whorls  spiral 
threads  reticulate  radial  riblets,  producing  sharp  tuberculate 
granules  at  the  point  of  intersection,  on  the  last  whorl  there 
are  eleven  spirals  and  twenty-two  radials,  both  cease  on  the  base 
and  vanish  on  the  subsutural  shelf,  the  radials  mount  the  spire 
obliquely,  between  the  riblets  are  fine  radial  threads.  Behind  the 
canal  a  broad  furrow  encircles  the  base.  The  aperture  is  without 
the  thickening  usual  in  the  genus,  which  gives  an  unfinished 
aspect  to  the  shell,  outer  lip  sharp  and  denticulate  by  the  external 
sculpture.  Three  rest  stages  on  the  last  whorl  are  indicated  by 
thin  lamelhe  followed  by  grooves.  A  thick  callus  layer  is  spread 
over  the  inner  lip.  Canal  very  short,  recurved,  the  truncate  base 
of  the  columella  bent  outwards.     Length,  12,  breadth  8  mm. 

This  species  appears  to  be  abundant  and  wide  spread  in  deep 
water.  Besides  the  present  station  in  800  fathoms,  it  was  taken 
in  plenty  by  Mr.  W.  F.  Petterd  and  myself  in  250  and  300 
fathoms.  It  was  misquoted  in  our  report  (ante  p.  214)  as  Nassa 
jaeksoiiemis,  Q.  &  G..  Dr.  J.  C.  Verco  has  shown  me  examples 
of  A.  dipsacoides  wliich  lie  drerlged  in  deep  water  oft'  the  coast  of 
S.  Australia. 

Of  published  species  the  nearest  ally  is  iVdssa  rpluomtlla, 
Watson,''  from  deep  water  oft'  New  Zealand.  The  novelty  is  of 
smaller  size,  with  smaller  and  more  numerous  granules. 

The  familiar  Kassa  of  Lamarck^  is  not  here  employed  because 
Dr.  W.  H.  Dair  has  pointed  out  that  Nansa  was  earlier  used  by 
Bolten''  with  a  difterent  meaning,  namely  for  the  group  of 
Buccinnm  i^prhim.,  Bruguiere,  generallj'  known  by  Adams'  name 
of  lopan. 


«  Watson— Clmh.  Rep.,  Zool.,  xv.,  188()   p.  187,  \A.  xi.,  f.  J). 

7  Lamarck— Mem.  Soc.  Hist.  Nat.  Paris,  1799,  p.  71. 

"  Dall  -Joiirn.  of  Conch.,  xi.,  1906,  p.  295. 

'J  Bolten  -Mus.  Bolten.,  (2),  1798,  p.  132. 


360  RKCORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

EPITONIUM    BELLICOSUM,    i^}>.    tlOV. 

(Plate  Ixvii.,  fig.  18). 

tSliell  slender,  tunited,  imperforate.  Whorls  eight,  first  three 
smooth  and  tightly  rolled,  remainder  so  untwisted  that  the 
volutions  are  only  connected  by  the  tips  of  the  lamella?.  Colour, 
milk  white.  Sculpture,  thin,  outstanding,  rather  curled  lamelli^, 
which  on  the  final  whorl  amount  to  seventeen,  on  the  shoulder 
angled  and  produced  in  a  sharp  point,  thence  crossing  the  whorl 
obliquely,  end  applied  to  that  of  one  of  tlie  preceeding  whorl  and 
thus  mounting  the  spire  obliquely  and  continuously.  Between 
the  lamella:'  the  shell  is  quite  smooth  and  glossy.  Aperture  sub- 
circular,  lip  reflected,  the  outer  one  developing  the  usual  shoulder 
angle,  the  inner  spread  over  curled  ends  of  the  basal  lamella?. 
Length,  7-5,  breadth,  3-35  mm. 

A  few  specimens  from  800  fathoms  and  others  from  250  fathoms 
twenty-three  miles  east  of  Sydney. 

The  novelty  is  related  to  E.  jnkesiannm,  Forbes,'"  but  is 
distinguished  by  the  expanded  spiny  lamella?  and  consequent 
angle  at  the  shoulder. 

The  name  Scalaria  for  this  genus  has  been  generally  abandoned. 
In  substitution,  Scala  has  been  advanced,"  but  the  anonymity  of 
the  Catalogue  in  which  it  appeared  is  fatal  to  its  acceptance. 
Granting  this  it  is  necessary  to  fall  back  on  Bolten's  Ejntonmm,^'^ 
recognised  by  De  Boury"  and  others  as  applicable  to  the  genus. 


Cancellakia  scobina,  Jledley  and  Fcttcrd. 

Cancellnria  xi-ohina,  Hedley  and  Petterd,  ante,  p.  222. 

This  species  did  not  occur  in  the  800  fathom  liaul,  but  is  now 
iiitroduced  to  remark  on  synonomy.  Since  last  writing  on  deep 
sea  shells,  I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  comparing  an  example  of 
C   scobina,   from   80  fathoms,   off  Narrabeen,    with  the  type    of 


1"  Forbes— Toy.  "  Eattlesnake,"  ii.,  1852,  p.  383,  pi.  iii.,  f.  7. 

11  Melvill-.Toiirn.  of  Conch.,  s.,  1904.  p.  340. 

1-2  Bolten— Mus.  Bolt.,  (2),  1798,  p.  91. 

!•'  DeBourv— Mdii.  ties  8ciili(l:i\  1SS«),  ji.  x. 


MOLLUSCA    FROM    EIGHT    HUXDRED    FATHOMS — HEDLEV.        361 

CartcfJIaria  micrn,  Tate/'  in  the  Tate  Collection,  University 
Museum,  Adelaide.  The  fossil  has  more  and  finer  spirals,  but 
weaker  radials.  Tn  size,  shape,  and  otlier  respects  they  are 
identical.  My  conclusion  is  that  the  recent  C.  scobiiKi  may  be 
reiifarded  as  a  sliifht  variation  of  the  fossil  C.  viicra. 


Philine  oscitans,  S/J.   ?iOtv 

(Plate  Ixvii.,  fig.  17). 

Shell  small,  opaque,  moderately  solid,  oblong-ovate.  8pii-e  not 
concealed,  plane,  of  two  and  a  half  i-apidly  increasing  whorls, 
separated  by  a  deep  sutural  furrow.  Sculptured  by  spiral  rows  of 
small  close  punctures,  radially  undulate  with  rather  coarse  incre- 
mental lines.  Colour,  pale  yellow.  Aperture  very  large,  rounded 
anteriorly.  Columella  witli  a  heavy  callus.  Outer  lip  free  at  the 
vertex,  ending  in  an  acute  angle.       Length,  2,  breadth,    I'G  mm. 

A  single  specimen  from  800  fathoms.  On  reconsidering  the 
species  noticed  (ante  p.  288)  as  P.  trappzia  from  80  fathoms  ofl:' 
Narrabeen,  I  find  that  these  specimens  belong  to  the  present  foi'm. 
Philine  trapezia,  Hedley,''  is  related  but  is  narrower,  thin,  and 
possessess  a  distinct  and  characteristic  angle. 


Led  A    PALA,    sj>.    jior. 

(Plate  Ixvi.,  fig.    1). 

Shell  small,  smooth,  inequilateral,  moderately  inflated,  tlie 
rostrum  not  differentiated  from  the  remainder  of  the  valve,  with 
a  slight  pearly  sheen.  Culour,  olive-buff.  Umbo  prominent, 
antei'ior  and  ventral  margins  rounded,  posterior  dorsal  margin 
concave.  Hinge  with  10  posterior  and  8  anterior  teeth.  Specimen 
drawn  is — height,  2-85,  length,  4-25  ;  depth  of  single  valve  1"15 
mm.      Another  fractured  valve  is  4"1  mm.  high. 

Numerous  separate  valves  from  800  fathoms. 

The  novelty  approaches  J^eda  oblomja,  Pelseneer,""'  from  the 
Antarctic,  but  is  less  pointed  posteriorly. 


"  Tate  -Trans.  Eoy.  Soc.  S.  Ausfr.,  xi.,  1889.,  p.  158,  pi.  x.,  f.  8. 

"  Hedley— Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  xxvi.,  1901,  p.  704. 

i«  Pelseneer -Result  V.  y.  "Belgica,"  Moll.,  1903,  p.  23,  pi.  vi.,  f.  79-80  (as  L. 
antartica,  p.   09). 


362  HECOKDS    OF    TllK    AUSTRALIAN    MUSKL'M. 

Leda    FORTIS,    hJ).  tlOV. 

(Plate  Ixvi.,  fig.  2,  3). 

Shell  small,  solid,  smooth,  nearly  equilateral,  subtriaiigular, 
rather  inflated.  Colour  cream.  Sculpture  delicate  growth  lines. 
Rostrum  short  and  bnmd,  with  an  angular  ridge.  Dorsal  mar- 
gins meeting  at  an  acute  angle.  Anterior  and  \entral  margins 
rounded.  Hinge  with  t^velve  teeth  on  each  side.  Height,  3-7  ; 
length  4  2  ;  depth  of  single  valve,  1  45  mm. 

Several  .separate  valves. 

This  species  appears  to  belong  to  the  sub-genus  Jiqyltfria.^'' 

NUCULA    DILECTA,    Smith. 

Niiciila  dilecfd,,  Smith,  Pi'oc.  Zool.  Soc,    1891,  p.  442,   pi.    xxxv., 
f.  23. 

Of  common  occurence  in  the  vicinity  of  the  type  locality  is  a 
Nncnla  which  coincides  with  the  account  of  Nucida  dilecta  and 
which  is  accordingly  identified  as  such.  But  this  involves  adding 
..y.  ddecUi  to  the  synonomy  of  Nucjda  ohliqua,  Lamarck,  the 
nomenclature  of  which  was  discussed  in  dealing  with  the 
"Thetis"  mollusca.1*^ 

CUSPIDARIA    ALVKATA,    SJ).    UOV. 

(Plate  Ixvi.,  fig.   6). 

Shell  much  infiated,  nearly  equilateral,  umbo  prominent,  dorsal 
margin  rather  straight,  anterior  perpendicularly  truncate,  ventral 
I'ounded,  posterior  scarcely  sinuate,  rostrum  hardly  apparent. 
Colour  cream.  Sculpture,  medially  there  are  faint  radiating 
impressed  lines  which  vani.sh  on  th(;  anterior  quarter,  but  pos- 
teriorly gradually  pa.ss  into  deep  and  wide  furrows.  These  fur- 
rows notch  the  maigin  and  are  parted  by  sharp  elevated  ribs  of 
v/hich  about  ten  are  stronger  than  the  rest,  the  broadest  furrows 
contain  each  a  small  intei'stitial  riblet.  Except  the  smooth  umbo 
the  whole  surface  is  over-run  by  fine  close  concentric  threads 
which  bead  the  crests  of  the  ribs.  Length,  9  5  ;  height,  8  ;  depth 
of  single  valve  3  mm. 

A  single  valve  and  a  few  fragments  were  procured. 

"  Sacco— iloll   Terr.  Tert.  Piedmont ,  pt.  xxYi.,1898,  p.  5(5. 
"*  Hedley— Mem.  Austr.  Mus.,  iv.,  5,  1902,  p.  292. 


MOLLUSCA    FROM    KKJIIT    HUNDRED    FATHOMS  —  HKDLEY.        363 

The  posterior  radial  ribbing  recalls  C  alcocki,  Sinith^''  from  the 
Bay  of  Bengal,  from  which  the  abbreviated  rostrum  rearlily  dis- 
tinguished the  Australian  species. 


ThYASIRA    ALHKJKXA,    sp.   IMV. 

(Plate  Ixvi.,  fig.   4,  .5). 

Shell  minute,  rather  higher  than  long,  translucent  with  faint 
growth  lines.  Anterior  margin  slightly  sinuate,  ventral  rather 
.straight,  postei'ior  rounded.  Fold  almost  obselete.  Umbo  pro- 
minent, median,  incurved.  Muscle  scars  opaque,  solid,  projecting 
above  the  interior  surface  and  visible  from  the  outside.  Height, 
2  ;  length,  1-9  ;  depth  of  single  valve,  0-75  mm. 

A  few  separate  valves. 

This  species  is  very  distinct  from  any  yet  recorded  from 
Australia.  It  appears  to  belong  to  the  sub-genus  Axiun/.us,'-^ 
characterised  by  the  absence  of  the  fold,  but  is  narrower  with 
more  prominent  umbo  than  any  referred  to  that  group.  The 
white  cheeks  of  the  opaque  adductor  scars  contrasted  with  the 
translucent  shell  are  a  convenient  recognition  mark  for  the 
species. 

Lucina  induta,  sp.  nor. 

(Plate  Ixvi.,  fig.  11,  12). 

Shell  minute,  very  thin,  brittle,  glossy,  white,  concealed  beneath 
a  thick  hard  brown  mass  which  cakes,  cracks  and  splits  oft'  when 
dry.  In  shaj^e  subcordate,  rounded  anteriorly,  subangled  pos- 
teriorly, beaks  prominent  incurved.  Lunule  absent.  Sculpture, 
irregular  concentric  undulations  and  striations.  No  muscle  scars 
visible.  Hinge,  tlie  valve  margin  is  produced  under  the  umbo  to 
simulate  a  cardinal  tooth,  the  ligament  occupies  a  naiTow  groove. 
Length,  3 ;  height,  265  mm. 

Several  complete  specimens,  from  800  fathoms. 

As  usual  with  thin  sliells  the  muscle  scars  are  invisible,  indeed 
so  few  salient  characters  are  presented  that  the  systematic  position 
of  the  species  is  uncertain.        Possibly  it  may  enter  Vaticinaria.-^ 


'■'  Siiiitli-Aiiii.  Mug.  Nut.  Hist.,  (8),  xiv.,  1«9-1,  j).  170,  \^\.  v.,  f.  8. 
■M  V'^crrill  and  Busli— Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  :\Ius  ,  xx.,  1898,  p.  790. 
'■"   J)all— rroc.  f.  S.  Nat.  Mur.,  xxiii.,  1901,  p.  830. 


364  UECORDS    OF    Tllh:    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

TURQUETIA    INTEGRA,    sp.    nov. 

(Plate  Ixvi.,  fig.  7,  8,  9,  10). 

Shell  small,  moderately  solid,  rather  inflated,  nearly  ei[uilateral, 
oblong,  higher  behind  than  before,  dorsal  margin  straight,  anterior 
and  posterior  rounded,  ventral  slightly  sinuated.  Colour  cream. 
Umbo  inflated,  prominent.  A  slight  shallow  median  sulcus  exter 
nally.  Sculpture  :  fine  irregular  incremental  lines.  Hinge,  a 
narrow  external  ligament,  no  laterals,  a  tubercular  subumbonal 
cardinal  and  socket  in  each  valve  Pallial  line  entire.  Height, 
3-5,  length,  6  ;  deptli  of  single  valve  I'O  mm. 

A  few  separate  valves  were  taken  in  800  fathoms.  My  figure 
and  description  is  based  on  a  better  example  dredged  in  250 
fathoms,  twenty-three  miles  east  of  Sydney  by  Mr.  Petterd  and 
myself. 

The  generic  allocation  of  this  species  has  been  a  matter  of 
difliculty  to  me,  and  I  have  taken  refuge,  though  not  with  feelings 
of  security,  in  Turquetia.  This  at  least  corresponds  to  the  extent 
of  having  a  simple  pallial  line,  no  laterals  and  one  cardinal  in  each 
valve.  Our  species  is  larger  and  has  not  the  short  truncate  pos- 
terior side  of  the  type.  Turquetia  was  proposed  by  Velain'^^  for  a 
small  bivalve  from  St.  Paul  Island  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  Its 
hinge  was  more  fully  explained  by  Bernard'-'. 


2!»  Velain— Archiv.  Zool.  Expcv.,  vi.,  1877,  p.  134,  pi.  v.,  f.  15-17. 
23  Bernard— Bull.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.,  iv.,  1898,  p.  84,  f.  6. 


NORTH    QUEENSLAND    ETHNOGJJAPHY.' 

Bulletin  No.  9. 

BriuAL  CereiMonies,  and  Disposal  of  the  Dead. 

By   AValteu    E.    Roth,    Magistrate  of  tlie  Ponieroon  District,. 

British  Guiana;    late  Chief  Protector  of  Aborigines,  Queensland  ; 

C<K"responding   Member  of  the  Anthropological  Society,  Berlin^ 

the  Anthropological  Institute,  London,  etc. 

(Plates  lxviii.-lxxi\ .,  figs.  oG-GO). 

Contents. 

Sect.    1.  Introduction. 

2.  Pennefather  River  Ceremonies. 

3.  Lower  Gulf  of  Carpentaria  Coast. 

4.  Princess  Charlotte  Bay. 

5.  Cape  Bedford. 

().  Bloomfield  River. 

7.  Tally  River. 

8.  Russell   River. 

9.  Boulia  District. 

10.  Cloncurry  District. 

11.  Upper  Georgina  River  District. 

12.  Rockhampton  District. 

13.  Brisbane  District. 

1 .  The  interpretation  of  many  of  the  gruesome  details  embodied 
in  the  following  pages  will  be  rendered  intelligible  by  bearing  in 
mind  that,  speaking  generally,  the  main  purport  of  the  ceremonies 
connected  with  the  disposal  of  the  dead  is  to  avenge  the  deceased, 


'  Bulletins  1-8  inchisive  wore  presented  to  both  Houses  of  Piirlianient  in 
Brisbane  (see  Queensland  Parliamentary  Papers,  1901-1900),  and  subse- 
quently printed  and  piiblislied  by  the  Government  Printer  (George 
Arthur  Vauglian).  The  eollections,  on  which  much  of  tlic  matter  con- 
tained in  these  "  Bulletins "  depends,  liaving  now  ])assod  into  tJie 
possession  of  tlie  Trustees  of  the  Austrahan  Museum,  ])r.  Eofli's  notes, 
will  from  time  to  time  apj)ear  in  tlie  "  Records." — Editor. 


366  HECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

and  by  so  doing,  to  insure  the  well-being  of  the  survivors.  Death, 
disease  and  accident  are  not  natural  phenomena  in  that  they  are 
believed  to  be  due  directly  or  indirectly  to  human  agency,-  to 
some  enemy  in  the  Hesh  or  spirit^  dooming  the  individual  to  a 
particular  form  of  death  pjj.  by  lightning,  flood,  spear  :  it  is  this 
spirit  of  the  dead  in  one  form  or  another  that  brings  all 
their  troubles  and  dangers  to  the  living,  and  hence  the  anxiety  of 
the  latter  to  satisfy  its  claims  to  the  last  farthing.  Furthermore, 
the  influence  for  good  or  for  evil  of  such  spirits  is  to  be  judged 
from  the  bodies  whence  they  have  been  originally  derived,'  witli 
the  result  that  the  spirits  of  women,  children,  infirm  and  invalid 
old  men,  whom,  during  life,  the  survivors  had  no  reason  to  fear, 
need  not  be  bothered  about  in  the  way  of  ceremonial  to  the  same 
extent  as  is  considered  necessary  with  the  more  virile  of  the  men.' 
Deceased  warriors  have  to  be  well  propitiated  to  prevent  them 
returning  to  do  evil  to  the  living.  On  these  lines,  the  differences 
in  the  funeral  obsequies  depending  upon  the  prowess,  sex,  age,  etc. 
of  the  departed  can  be  accounted  for,  minor  distinctions  in  the 
methods  of  Iiolding  the  inquest  and  discovering  the  ouljjrit 
varying  with  the  modifications  in  local  superstitions. 

Again,  this  ignorance  of  the  true  meaning  of  death  leads  to 
difficulties  in  recognising  the  period  of  its  occui-rence,"  the  exact 
time  of  tlie  spirit's  release  from  its  fleshy  prison ;  these  difficulties 
are  all  the  more  excusable  when  it  is  remembered  that  the  spirit, 
vital  principle,"  etc.,  may  be  associated  either  with  the  shadow, 
breath,  heart,  after-birth,  ears  or  nose,  and  hence  can  be  seen,  heard, 
smelt,  etc.  As  a  consequence,  it  comes  about  that  the  deceased 
may  s^Deak  and  be  spoken  to,  that  he  may  be  supplied  with 
victuals  at  the  grave-side,  that  he  may  be  fixed  in  the  best  position 
suitable  to  allow  of  him  watching  the  ceremonial  dances  etc. 
carried  out  in  his  especial  honour,  and  that  he  may  be  decorated 
to  such  an  extent  as  will  satisfy  his  vanity  to  the  full.  It  thus 
also  follows  that  only  when  the  spirit  has  been  propitiated  and 
avenged  (by  the  sacrifice  of  another's,  etc.)  that  what  remains  of 


2  Bull,  5— Sects.  113,  11-4. 

3  Bull.  5— Sects.  115,  116. 

4  BiUl.  5— Sect.  65  et  seq.,  74,  etc. 

■^  Bull.  5 — Tlie  names  of  females    wliicli    are    iiecessarilj    tabu  after    dcalli, 
Sect.  72. 

<>  The  Pitta  Pitta  natives  of  Boulia  use  tlic  same  word    i-clii   to   express  the 
verbs  to  die,  to  lie  down. 

'  Bull.  5— Sects.  65  to  70. 


NoKTii   (.)Ui;i:nslani)   i;tji\u(;kaphy — koth.  367 

tlie  corpse  is  tiiially  disposed  of  for  .^ood  and  all,  that  the  deceased's 
property  is  divided,  the  widow  taken  to  wife,  and  the  signs  of 
mourning  discarded. 

The  significance  of  the  eating  of  the  Ixxly  wlioll^^,  or  in  pait,  is 
certainly  very  difficult  to  understand.  The  practice  is  found 
indulged  in  by  perhaps  oidy  the  few  immediate  relatives  to  practi- 
cally the  entire  camp,  while  the  Hesh  eaten  may  be  limited  to  that 
of  virile  men  only,  or  again,  male  and  female,  old  and  young,  may 
all  be  partaken  of.  Tlie  natives  will  admit  that  their  feelings  in 
the  matter  are  prompted  by  sentiments  akin  to  love  and  affection, 
by  hungei',  by  ideas  of  sanitation,"  by  a  sense  of  punishment  and 
spite,''  and  by  fear.'"  Without  any  leading  question,  and  I  have 
made  the  enquiry  over  and  over  again  for  years  past,  I  have  never 
yet  succeeded  in  learning  from  an  aboriginal,  living  under  native 
conditions,  that  the;  individual  who  eats  human  flesh  benefits  in 
any  way  by  accjuiring  the  moral  or  physical  (jualities  of  the  persoii 
made  a  meal  off :  no  male,  with  any  respect  for  liimself,  would 
wish  to  obtain  the  attributes  of  a  woman  or  child. 

In  all  cases,  the  widow  becomes  ultimately  the  property  of  one 
or  other  of  her  late  husband's  group-  or  blood-brothers."  On  the 
Bloomfield  River  wlien  a  single  man  dies,  the  woman  to  whom  he 
may  have  been  betrothed,  but  not  yet  cohabitated  with,  may  be 
betrothed  again,  or  married  straight  away.  The  widow,  though 
she  may  be  found  now  and  again  even  after  her  re-marriage 
wearing  her  late  husband's  necklet,  forehead  band,  etc.,  has 
nowhere  any  legal  right  to  his  property,  chiefly  consisting  of 
fighting-weapons,  which  usually  passes  to  one  of  his  brothers. 

The  deceased's  hut  is  usually  burnt,  or  taken  to  pieces. 

White  and  red,  one  or  other,  or  both,  are  the  colours  ado])ted 
by  the  mourners  :  the  former  would  seem  to  savour  rather  of 
grief  pure  and  simple,  the  latter  being  more  significatory  of  the 
avenging  sentiment.  Elsewhere'-  will  be  seen  a  description  of 
the  various  decorations  peculiar  to  such  circumstances,  some  of 
them  donned  only  according  to  the  age,  sex,  rank,  etc.  of  the 
deceased  individual,   whilst   others   (such  as   the    cross-shoulder 

"  i.e.  to  prevent  exposure  of  the  botly  with  euueoiuitant  "  stinking." 

'•>  Bull.  3— Seet.  38. 

10  Safe  in  tlie  knowledge  tliat  luiving  eaten  the  eorpse,  the    impossibility   of 
.  itself  or  its  spirit  returning  to  do  theui  liarui  is  assured. 

1'   See  Marriage. — Widows. 

i'-*   See  Deeoration.  — Clotliing. 


368 


UKCOK'DS    OF    TIIH    ATSTliALIAN    MUSEUM. 


ornanieuts)  which  in  certain  cHstricts  may  be  absolutely  distinctive 
of  the  period  of  mourning  may  in  other  areas  have  no  such  signi- 
ticatory  importance  whatever. 

2.  On  the  Pennefather  River,  wliich  is  fairly  t3'pical  of  the 
procedures  usually  followed  in  tlie  upper  portions  of  Cape  York 
Peninsula,  differences  in  the  burial  ceremonies  vary  much  with 
the  age  and  sex  of  the  individual  concerned.  Old  men  and 
women,  as  well  as  young  women,  are  buried  within  a  day  or  two 
after  decease  in  the  neighbour"hood  of  the  camping-ground,  and 
the  camp  shifted.  Children  are  usually  put  out  of  sight  directly 
after  death,  though  sometimes  they  may  be  carried  about,  wrapped 
up  in  bark,  until  they  get  dried,  before  being  stowed  away  rather 
than  buried,  among  the  roots  of  a  tree,  in  a  cave,  etc,  The  father 
of  the  child  does  not  visibly  appear  to  be  much  concerned  over 
its  death,  though  the  mother  takes  it  to  heart,  and  will  put  on 
mourning  in  the  form  of  shell  necklaces  and  chest  ornaments- 
which  a})pear  to  be  used  only  in  the  case  of  deaths  of  infants  and 
children :  the  necklaces  are  placed  either  around  the  neck  or  from 
one  shoulder  across  to  be  opposite  armpit,  and  are  made  of  Solen, 
Oliva  and  Columbella  shells,  while  the  special  chest  ornaments  are 
manufactured  from  the  pearl  shell,  or  Mallens.  When  young  men 
die  the  body  is  at  once  put  into  a  sheet  of  bark,  bound  rounrl  and 
round,  and  slung  to  a  pole  supported  by  two  forks,^'  but  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Margaret  Bay,  the  body  may  be  slung  up  without 
any  Ijark  covering  except  a  dilly-bag  or  two  o^ser  the  head  (PI. 
Ix viii., fig.  1 ).  Until  such  time  as  the  corpse  becomes  dried,  the  num- 
ber of  months  depending  upon  the  season,  etc.,  there  is  a  singing 
and  stamping  performance  taking  place  over  it  morning  and 
evening.  The  mourners  both  male  and  female  cover  themselves 
completely  with  charcoal,  and  with  beeswax  stick  on  their  fore- 
lock anything  of  a  red  colour,  usually  either  a  feather  of  the 
Blue  Mountain  Paroquet,  or  (the  women^  a  flower  of  Erythriua 
vespertilio  :  the  women  in  addition  tie  a  particular  kind  of  fibre- 
string  (Bull.  2 — Sect.  15)  round  the  belly  and  ai'ms,  this  string 
being  often  coloured  red,  and  on  the  Peninsula  Coast-line,  cer- 
tainly in  the  neiglibourbood  of  Pennefather  River  and  Margaret 
Bay,  may  wear  a  special  kind  of  cap  manufactured  on  the  same 
pattern  as  the  local  dilly-bag  ;  it  is  known  as  a  Nggara 
(NGG)."     While  the  men  sit  or  stand  around   the  slung  corpse, 

1^  Tliese  two  forked  uprights  often  give  tlie  only  clue  to  the  charred  remains 
scattered  around. 

"  Capital  letters  expressed  in  this  manner  were  used  by  Dr.  Roth  through- 
out the  former  Bulletins  to  indicate  nanu^s  of  the  various  tribes  referred 
to.  Thus  NG-G  means  the  Nggerikudi  Tribe  of  the  Pennefather  and 
Batavia  Rivei-s.     See  Bull.  3,  p.  3  — Editor. 


North  (iUEKXsLANr)   i:tiixoora)'IIV —roth.  360 

the  women,  advancing  from  a  distance  in  pairs,  keep  singing  and 
stamping  as  tliey  approach  :  tlie  stamping  consists  of  a  simultan- 
eous jerking  movement  of  both  feet,  the  dust  being  thrown  up 
with  eacli  jerk.  Tliere  is  a  belief  that  by  thus  stamping  there  is 
a  chance  of  bringing  the  life,  vital  principle,  etc.,  (the  Ngai  or 
Cho-i'^)  back  into  the  dead  body  :  it  is  cur-ious  to  note  that  the 
women  make  the  same  steps  when  an  indivithial  lias  a  fainting 
fit"'.  If  the  young  man  met  his  deatli  in  the  water  a  corresjiond- 
ing  dance  takes  place  in  that  element,  the  throwing  up  of  the  dii.st 
witii  the  feet  being  now  replaced  by  the  splashing  of  the  water 
with  the  hands.  During  the  intervals  between  the  morning  and 
•evening  ceremonies,  the  women  sit  underneath  the  pole  on 
which  the  corpse  is  tied.  The  body  is  finally  burnt,  with  the 
exception  of  the  head,  the  fibula  bones  (NGG,  pau-uto  or  pau-to), 
the  soles  of  the  feet  (^N(xG,  Ko-e-ana),  and  the  Heshy  portions  of 
the  fronts  of  the  thighs.  Where  the  corpse  is  l)urnt,  the  nearest 
tree  is  marked  with  a  sloping  vertical  cut,  and  the  camp  shifted  : 
it  is  believed  that  when  once  the  body  is  crematetl,  there  is  no 
moi-e  chance  of  the  Cho-i  coming  back  in  the  fiesh,  but  that  it 
hovers  somewhere  about  the  bush.  The  decapitated  liead  is 
carried  about  in  a  piece  of  bark,  or  a  dilly-bag,  etc.,  by  the  mother. 
I'he  iibula-bones  are  wrapped  in  matcli-hox  bean  or  tea-tree  bark, 
tied  round  and  round  with  fibre-twine  (raddled  or  not)  and 
further  decorated  with  Emu,  Blue  Mountain  Paro([uet,  Cockatoo, 
or  Native-Companion  feathers  (PI.  Ixi.x)  :  sucli  a  pau-to  is  slung 
either  from  around  the  forehead  so  as  to  liang  over  the  nape  of 
the  neck,  or  el.se  over  the  fore-arm.  The  individual  who  thus 
carries  these  personal  mementoes  is  a  son  of  the  deceased's  sister  : 
the  onus  of  preserving  these  relics  may  thus  fall  upon  two,  three, 
or  more  men  sometimes.  Furthermore,  the  portions  of  deceased's 
flesh  (thighs,  and  feet)  wlien  originally  cut  from  the  corpse 
are  baked  in  the  ashes,  and  cut  up  into  little  bits  to  be  eaten  one 
or  two  at  a  time  morning  and  evening  by  the  same  individual  or 
individuals  who  are  responsible  for  tlie  pau-to.  The  eating  pro- 
cess takes  from  two  to  three  months,  sometimes  longer,  to  complete, 
and  throughout  all  tliis  period  the  jjerson  remains  dumb,  and  is 
known  as  te-itima  :  he  is  supposed  to  actually  lose  the  powei-  of 
speech,  and  though  going  al)Out  his  l)usiTU?ss  as  usual,  ex[)res.ses 
liimself  only  liy  signs,  claps  his  hands  if  lie  wants  to  attract  otiier 
people's  attention,  maintains  the  signs  of  mourning,   and    lets  his 


1-'   Bull  5      Sect   (is. 

!'■  Bull  5^^^l•(•t.  70,  last  iwriigvapli 


•^70  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    AIUSKUM. 

hair  grow.'''  But  dui'ing  all  this  loss  of  speech,  the  te-itima^ 
when  done  with  the  eating  of  the  human  ilesh,  has  gradually 
discovered  the  niurdei'er  who  doomed  the  deceased,  and  b}'  the 
time  that  he  is  convinced  of  the  identity,  he  finds  himself  in  the 
centre  of  a  gronp  of  old  men  bending  towards  him  with  their 
faces  to  the  ground  :  speech  returning,  he  commences  with  a 
guttural,  then  a  babble,  and  so  gradually  expresses  himself  more 
and  more  distinctly  when  he  gives  his  hearers  tlie  name  of  the 
guilty  party.  He  subsequently  makes  an  ombo,  or  death-charm, 
ill  the  form  of  three  or  four  bone-needles'"  splintered  from  the 
fibula  which  he  has  been  carrying  with  him.  AV'ith  this  ombo 
the  deceased  is  subsequently  avenged  on  the  murderer,  either  at 
the  hands  of  the  victim's  sister's  son  as  alreafly  mentioned,  or 
should  a  convenient  opportunity  present  itself,  by  the  victim's 
mother's-father's-brother's  sun.  Should  the  ombo  fail  to  take 
immediate  effect  the  accused  may  liave  to  stand  the  ordeal  of 
having  spears  thrown  at  him,^"  and  this  may  lead  to  general 
fighting  and  trouble. 

3.  Down  the  Lower  Gulf  Coast,  <'.//.,  on  the  Lower  Mitchell, 
Nassau,  and  8taaten  Rivers,  very  little  reliable  information  is 
forthcoming  concerning  procedures,  relative  to  the  disposal  of  the 
flead.  In  large  measure  this  is  due  to  the  natives  being  still  in 
their  pristine  condition,  and  frightened  of  strangers,  European 
settlements  few  and  far  between,  and  no  interpreters  available. 
As  far  as  my  investigations  led  me,  however,  I  was  satisfied  that 
with  one  or  two  variations,  the  fuiieral  obsequies  are  run  generally 
speaking,on  the  same  lines  as  at  the  Pennefatlier  River.  One  such 
variation  is  tliat  during  tlie  period  of  discovering  the  individual 
guilty  of  killing  the  deceased,  tlie  nearer  relatives  in  place  of  losing 
their  powers  of  speech,  have  to  avoid  eating  red-meats,  <'.y, 
opossum,  bandicoot,  kangaroo,  cattle,  such  foods  as  iguana,  itc  , 
being  permissible.  A  singular  i-estriction  from  red  meats  by  the 
nearer  relatives  has  also  been  met  with  amongst  the  Maytown 
and  Middle  Palmer  River  Natives  (Koko-minni  Blacks).  Further- 
more, instead  of  carrying  about  the  deceased's  fibula,  etc.,  or  pau- 
to,  the  avenging  I'elatives  wear  in  similar  position  an  ornament 
covered  with  Ahrus  seeds,  which  is  said  to  contain  portions  of 
deceased's  flesh  (PI.  Ixx.)  this  same  decoration  may  on  occasion 
thus  become  the  sign   of   a  challenge    to  fight.     This   ornament 

"  I  have  seen  siu'li  diniib  men  even  at  tlie  Mapoon  Mission  (Batavia  Eiver) 
so  late  as  1898,  and  sinee  tlien  on  tlic  Embley  and  Arehev  Rivers,  and  at 
the  Moreton  Electric  Teh'gra])li  Oflice. 

1*^  Bull.  5- Sect   136. 

1"  Bull.  8— Sect.  13. 


NORTH    (^UHICNSLAXI)    ETIIX0(;RAP1IY — UoTII.  371 

(KMI,  lin-ji-ihi),  on  the  Middle  Palmer  Kivei'  is  about  six  inches 
long,  gradually  enlarging  towards  its  extremity,  foi-med  on  a  basis 
of  black  cement  substance  encircled  on  its  upper  half  with  kan- 
garoo twine,  and  studded  over  its  lower  with  Ahrns  precatorms 
or  sometimes  Adenanthera  ahrosperma  berries.  When  the  berries 
are  not  obtainable,  the  kangaroo  twine  may  l)e  alone  employed  ; 
it  is  of  course  only  used  by  males. 

4.  At  Princess  Charlotte  Bay,  although  every  effort  is  made 
to  prevent  a  fatal  termination  to  sickness  or  accident  within 
the  precincts  of  a  camp,  by  remo^•ing  the  moribund  patient  to 
a  distance,  there  appears  to  be  no  compunction  about  biinging 
the  corpse  back  immediately  after  death,  and  temporarily  burying 
it  well  within  the  camping  ground.  The  restrictions  of  the  tabu 
are  applied  to  the  actual  spot  where  death  takes  place.  The  mourn- 
ers, men  and  women,  alternately  sleep  at  and  cry  over  the  grave, 
wear  mourning  belts  (men)  or  chain  strings  (women)  and  cover 
themselves  with  mud.  The  belts,  similar  to  those  at  Cape  Bedford, 
are  wound  round  the  waists,  and  are  made  of  a  central  core  of 
opossum-,  or  human-hair  string,  around  which  another  twine  is 
tightlj' coiled.-"  The  chain-strings'-^'  are  worn  either  over  one  shoulder 
across  to,  and  under  the  opposite  arm-pit,  or  else  round  the  neck, 
one  individual  thus  wearing  three  different  sets  at  the  same  time. 
After  some  three  or  four  days,  when  the  friends  and  relatives  who 
liave  been  sent  for  are  gathered  round,  the  body  is  exhumed,  and 
packed  up  in  a  piece  of  bark  the  ends  of  which  overlap  like  a 
tongue,  while  the  sides  are  sewn  across  in  single  boot-lace  style.  In 
thisfashion  the  corpse  is  carried  about  frcmi  campto  campfor  a  long 
period,  many  months  maybe,  indeed  until  such  time  as  the  deceased 
tells  his  brotlier,  uncle,  etc.,  who  it  was  that  doomed  or  put  him 
to  death.  But  should  lie  not  choose  to  tell,  his  relatives  will  find 
out  for  themselves  by  means  of  hair-twine  made  from  hair  removed 
from  the  corpse.  As  this  is  being  manufactured  and  rolled 
and  stretched  along  the  thigh,''^''*  the  names  of  suspected  persons 
are  called  aloud  ;  the  name  at  which  it  breaks  is  that  of  the  person 
who  committed  the  i\Qi^<\.  If  the  individual  thus  detected  lives 
in  some  other  district,  the  hair-twine  is  mentled,  forwarded  to  one 
of  the  deceased's  relatives  in  that  neighbourhood  who  takes  his. 
i-e\'enge  and  sends  it  back  when  completed,  in  fact  the  return  of 
the  twine  shows  that  the  alleged  assailant  has  paid  the  forfeit 
with  his  life.     On  occasion,  especialh'  in  the  case  of  women  and 


ao  Bull.  1  —Section  ]  5. 
••21  Bull.  1.— Section  VI. 
-'  Bull.  1.^  Section  2. 


^i7'2  UICCORDS    OF    TIIK    AU.STliALIAN    MUSEUM. 

children,  the  mourner  will  watcli  nii;lit  after  iiiyht  at  the  lijrave 
to  try  and  find  out  the  guilty  party.  At  any  rate,  wlien  once 
what  is  considered  to  be  sufficient  proof  is  fortliconiing  as  to  the 
identity  of  the  murderer,  lie  is  followed  about  for  many  a  long 
day,  so  that  he  should  forget  all  about  it  and  not  liave  his  suspic- 
ions aroused  until  a  suitable  opportunity  occurs  foi-  either  spearing 
or  choking  him,  especially  when  no  one  else  is  present.  But 
should  the  alleged  culprit  get  some  private  information  that  lie  is 
"  wanted  "  on  the  charge,  so  to  speak,  he  may  prove  too  cunning 
and  wide-awake  to  be  caught.  Under  such  circumstances  he  will 
be  waited  for  some  evening  while  in  camp,  perhaps  engaged  on  a 
corrobboree,  etc.,  when  he  will  be  struck  with  a  spear  from  some- 
where under  cover  of  the  darkness,  or  tlie  shelter  of  the  trees. 
On  examining  the  spear  wliich  has  struck  him,  his  mates  will  see 
that  it  is  mud-painted,  and  by  this  sign  will  recognise  why  he  has 
been  put  out  of  the  way.  If  by  any  chance  the  alleged  murderer 
should  eventually  escape  vengeance,  the  life  of  his  mother,  brother, 
or  sister  will  be  forfeited,  and  only  when  such  penalty  has  been 
l)aid  does  the  victim's  corpse  cease  its  peregrinations  to  be  j)erm- 
anently  buried  deep  down  in  the  ground. 

5.  The  following  account  of  the  disposal  of  the  dead  at  Cape 
Bedford  was  written  for  me(1902)inherownlanguage'-'  by  Muluir* 
one  of  the  black  women  at  the  local  Hope  Valley  Mission,  and 
thanks  to  the  superintendents,  the  Revs.  Schwarz  and  Poland,  I 
am  enabled  to  supply  its  free  translation.'-^ 

Gurabudo     bama-ngai      duyu      meielil.       Bama      liieiii,     bama 
Again  men  deatli  tell.       Man  (when)  died,  man 

warka-ngamu       ungga-dir-budongo      gura       gauwal       budongo 
altogether  a  crying-with-very        and        scream  \ cry 

bar-ngal.        Ngamu,  kanal,  dirnggur,  benior, 

cry.  Mother,     elder-sister,    3'ounger-sister,    fathers'  sister, 

gammi,  babbi,  ungga  warka  iiatcheltchil.      (Jura 

mother's  mother,  father's  mother,  cry     many  cry.  And 

niangal    danangan-ngun    kambul  wudye-go    kundandal  ;    yirmbi, 
hand  their-with  belly       violently  strike  ;  lips, 

numbul,   kambogo  galmba.    Gura     bobo-we  walli  dakan 

cheeks,       head  too.  And   ground-on  here-and-there  down 


'^  Koko-yiiiiidir,  the  graiumiir  and  strufturcof  which  is  di'iai!cil  in  J»n]l.  -. 

'•**  Name  signifying  a  Quandong. 

'■^''  Tlie  description  given  is  very  complete,  except  that  dealing  witli  Mie  inquest 
wliich  she,  on  account  of  her  sex,  Avas  not  allowed  to  see.  This  portion, 
however,  of  tlie  burial  service  is  given  in  more  detail  in  connection  with 
the  Eloomfield  River  Natives  who  are  only  about  fm-ty  miles  distant. 


NORTH    QUEENSLAND    ETHNOGRAPHY ROTH.  373 

(liulai-a    gura  dalinhakabaya  bobo-we  gura     bol)u 

go         and     tlirow  (themselves)  down   ground-on        and       soil 

danibanbar  niangal-nda,  gura  tamal-nda  galmba  bobo  dabellnl. 
tln-ow        hands-witb,     and      feet-witb       too     ground     kick. 

Gura  bama  mala  svudyego  kaimbahnbal.  Dirainggur  ngii 
And     man     guilt}'  vebemently  (tliey)  scold.  Old  men 

galmba    ungga    batcheltchil    warka.     Gura    dana    galmba    gari 

also  cry  ciy  very.        But     they         too  not 

yimidir  ungga-\ve-go,  gari  bama  kaimbahnbal,  galmba  gari 
similar     crying-witli,      iiot      man  scold,  also  not 

bobo-we  dalmbakabaya     gura  mangal-nda    dodi   danajigango 

ground-on  throw  (themselves)  and    hands-with  body     their-own 
galmba  gari   kundandal.     Galmba  gari         bama  unggawe-go 

too       not  strike.  Also       (tliey)  not      men      crying-foi- 

kaimbahnbal.     Garkcj        bera       dana  bama  mala,   mako-badaigi  > 

scold.        By-and-bj'e  certaiiily  they  man  guilty,  always 

ganil-nda  kaimbahnbal.  Ungga  katabatega  pitaigo  dana 
song-with  scold.  Cry     having  broken    a  little       they 

gamai-ga  dudara.       Gura  dodi  danangan-go  durng-gahig-gal ; 

white-clay  for  go  ((juick).   And  body        their  smear  ; 

(Hrainggur  galmba  gamai-nda  durng-gahig  gal   mundal-go.    (ilura 

old  men  too    white  clay  with     smear  some  only.       And 

ngamu,  peba  bm-la  duyu-wego  ungga  Ijatchil-budo,  burlangau 
mother,  father  both  the  dead-for  ciy  cry-indeed,  them  both 
gamai   bamal   mandendi,      garko  burla  durlng-galng  gaya 

clav      men  fetch,     by-and-bye  those  two     smear  each  other 

gamai-budongo     yitar     kambogo-we       gura       dodi-we      galmba. 

clay-much  ])ut  head-on  and       body-on  too. 

Bama  yaba  bieni  garka-ngun  diral  nangu-nga 

Man  elder-brotlier  died,  younger-brother  l>y  wife  him-of 

<lamalmal  :  iiuhi  ngando  bama  yenfhi-me-gal  bur-ngal-ngaya, 
speai's :         li<'        women      men     others-before  will  pull 

yerka-ngu.  Kalka  nangun-ga  3'ei'ka  yendu-mun  karbalbal, 

boy's  on  account  of.   Speai-     his  own      l)oy    another-by       hold, 
ngando  gari  dama-tinu.      Ngalan     iigurku     pulega    dana    ninia 
woman   not  shall  throw.  Sun     evening     falling     tliey    gra\e 

garbarenggo  bakalkal,  galbaigo  y(jku  daba  bandendil  wahnba 
middle  in  right      dig  h)ng       wood  sticks       cut        platform 

nga(hi-galbaigo  3'itarnu-ngo,  dikan  galmba  bur-ngal-ngal 

(knee-extended,  ?'.r".)  in  a  line  put-to,    grass       also  pull, 

wahnba- wego      ngada-galbaigo       nandiur       ngaranu-ngo       bodu 
platform-for  in  a  line  resting-place     spread-by,        bark 

galmba  mandendi  wanggar-mun  baitchai'-nu.  Daku  namo-dir 
also  fetch  abuve-fnjm  to  cover.     Things  there-with 


374  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

badatega,     clana    duyu     mandendi.      Nganiu    iiangu    iiulu    kana 

finished,      they  corpse       fetch.  Mother       his        she     first 

uima-we  garnbarnbar  ungga-dir-go.   Gura       kanal,         diruggur, 

grave-in         jumps  cry- with.   And  elder-sister, younger-sister, 

yumur,  babbi,  gammi,  bemor, 

son  (daughter),  father's  mother,  father's  father,  fathersyounger, sister 
dana  duyu  wogur-gur  budo  ungga-dirgo.    Duyu       yitarnu-ngo 
they  corpse  follow    indeed  crying-with.  Corpse  to putin-inorderto 
garko     ngamu    nangu     dawil      wakur     kadanu.       Gura    nula 
by-and-bye  mother  his     tlie}'  call  outside  to  come.        And     she 
wakur      kadaiga,       dana      nima-we      yitar     bodu-n     baitcha, 
outside  having  come,  they  (him)  grave-in  put,  bark-with    cover, 
gura    bobo-n    kobarbil.     Bama  dana  duyu  kobarbil,  gura  dana 
and    soil-with     bury.  Men    they  corpse     bury,       and  those 

ngando-ngai    duyu    danaigo    woguren,    dana     nawaigo    nima-we 
women       corpse    before     followed,     the}'^    just-there    grave-at 
ungga     batcheltchil-budo.        Duyu     kana     kobarbi-ga,      garko 
a-weeping         cry  indeed.  Corpse     once         buried,  then 

ngando-ngai  )nundal  kadara  nima-we  ungga  batchinu-ngo.   Gura 
women         some     come     grave-to     a  cry         to  cr3\  And 

dana    nanggor       nawaigo      nima-we-go      dagalgaya      mundal 
tliey       camp       just-there    grave-at-just  build  some  (coming) 

naka-nun,       mundal     goarlnggar,     mundal     diliar-nun     mundal 
east-from,  some  west-in,  some     southfi'om,       some 

gunggar-nun.      Dana     wabalego    nanggor    dagalgaya    gulboigo  : 
north-from.       They  wide-spread    camp  build  together  :. 

duyu  garbar-enggo(w)unana.     Dana  wudur  nobungo  barbega, 
corpse  middle-in  rests.  The}"    night       one     having-slept,. 

ngando        nulu        ungga-dirgo        kadara,       gura      dirainggur-be 
the  woman  she       a  crying-with        comes,        and  old-men-to 

kambogo    walli    (w)umalma    nangu     kundanu-ngo,    dana    nangu 

head     roundabout    gives  it       to  strike-for  to,    they     her 

galmba  kundandal.     Gura     milbiren.      Ngando  garnbi-bud-ongo 
too  strike.     Also  wommera-with.  Woman  blood-much-very 

dodi      na,ngu-go     ngalba     gariibi.        Gura       dana      ngando-ngai 
bodv     her-own         all         blood  And       they       the  women 

ngalan-be    gumbin     burlnggar    wogur-gur  duyungu.      Namodir 
dav-during  string  mourning-string  plait     the  dead-for.  Tliis 

badatega,     garko    gumbin-ngai    gamai-ngu-nda    durng-galng-gal, 

finished,       then  strings  cla3'-with  smear, 

garko    manu-we       goma       yirngahigal    gura    gamur    godera-uie 

then     neck-on     together     wind-round     and  ann-pit    two-under 
yitar,    burnga     galmba  wambirdamal    kambogo-we  yitarnu-ngo. 

put,    dilly-l)ag       also  tear  up  head-on  to  put-for. 


NOHTH    QUEKN-SLAXD    ETilXOfiHAPHV ROTH.  375 

Xamo-dir    murga       ngaiido-ngai      wogur-gur,     (lirainggar     gari. 

These  only  women  plait,  old-men       not, 

dirainggur-be  murga  ngando-ngai   wogur,  gura  dana     hirljalbal. 

old  men-for      only         women         jilait,     and  they  \vear(them) 
Gura     peba-iTgan     burnga-ngai    dumbehnbil     gura     diar     \'itar 
And       father-by        dilly-bags  breaking(tearing)  and  hole  put-in 
kambogo    burnggatinu    gura    dana    namodir-be  burnggaya    gura 
head  to  enter        and     they         this-in         enter  and 

manu-we  yitar.     Gura  burnga  dodi  nangume      buntjil-buntjil-go 
neck-on     put.       And  dilly-bag  body    his-on     incomplete  (broken) 
burngalngal     gura       yendu       pita       kambogo- we  yit;ir.      Murga 
pulls  and     another  small  one     head-on     places.      Only 

dirainggur    yendu-mun     gumbi-ngo     gamai-go    mandendi,     gari 

old  men         others-by     string-only     clay-only         taken,        not 
warka-nganui    j'imidir    ngando-ngai.     Gura  ngando  dana  nangu 

altogether         like  women.       And    woman     they     her 

kundaiga,       dajia  nangu  gari  gura      kuli-dir.  Dirlen    dana 

having  struck,  tliey    her       no    more  angry-witli.  Tlierefore  they 
ngando-ngai     yimidir     nganni     kundal  '.  Ngai  !  burla 

the  women     like  this       why  strike  ?  What  a  question  I  both 

danaigo     ngamburgo       g'ilgi  mate-ga  kaimbalmbate-ga, 

before  aliv(^  jealousy  became-because  (}uai-reled-because 

kundandate-ga  nangu  muri-budo.  Dana     ngando-ngai 

struck-because       her  (they)  forbade-indeed.      They  women 

namodir-ga-budo    kundandal,     dirainggur     galmba     wabu-bakal 

that-for-indeed         strike,  old  men  too  spear  in  the  leg 

yimi-yimidir-gala  diral     bienega.        Garko    bama  godera  dadara 

just  tlie  same      wife  having  died.   By-an<l-bye  men  two         go 
melbi-dir       duyu-ngu     dauun-ngai  dawinu-ngo.  Gura      burla 
message-with  corpse-for  friends  call-to.         And  tliese  two 

bobo       yuba     bama-dir-go  wamega,  burla     dudan-be-go 

place    close  to    men-wnth  having  approached,  they     the  wav-on 
gamai-ngu-nda    dodi    l)urlangan-go    durnggalnggal.  Garko 

clay-with  bodv      their-own  smear.  By-and-ln'e 

bama-gal  gamai-tchir-go       miraya,        burlangan  nadega 

inen-before  clay-with  appear,  them       having  seen 

gauwal-tchii'-go  bama  yendu-me  merelil.   Garko  liurla  yerlnggaigo 

scream-with  men  other-to  tell.  Then  tliey  separate 
dagaya  garko  burlangan  bama  nobun-il  wamil  melbi-dir. 
sit  down  then  them      man      one     approaches  message-with. 

Gura    burla      mell)i      nangun-gal      meril-budo      duyu     galmba 
And      they     message    him-before       tell-indeed  the  dead     also 
meril.  Gura     nulu       melbi  duyu-ngu  meril-budo. 

tell.  And       he        message  corpse-onaccountof  tells  indeed 


376  KICrOltlJS    OF    THK    AUHTKALIAN    MISKUM. 

Ngando-iigai     iiielbi     duyu-ngu      iiadega      daiui    gauwaltcliir-go 

Women        message  corpse-of  having  heard  they    screani-with 
ungga       l^atclieltcliil     guivi,      dalmbakabalbaya       bobo-we,     gura 
weeping         cry  and       throw  themselves   ground-on,     and 

bama  kaimbalmbah   Diiainggur    gahnba    ungga     batchil     gura 
man         blame.  Old  men         also     wailing       cry   and  (but) 

gari  gauwal-tchirgo  galmba  gari  bama  kaimbalmbal  ungga-we-go, 
not       scream-with        also       not     man  blame  ci'ying, 

garko  bei'a     dana     ganil-nda     kainibahnbal  makobadaigo. 

by-and-bye  certainly  they    song- with  blame  always. 

Gura     dana     wudur     godera       barbega       gura     dana     kadara 
And      they      nights        two     having  slept     then     they       come 

duyu-ngu,       dirainggur    ngando-ngai  galmba.         Warka-ngamu 
tlie  dead-t'or,       old  men  women  too.  All  collectively 

gari,        mundal-go  bera.  Gura       dana        bobo  yuba 

not,  some         certainly.     And         they      place         close  to 

wamega  duyu-dir-go     dauungun     daiiangan     damalmal 

ha\ing approached  corpse-with        friends  tlieir  .spear 

duyu-ngu.  Gui-a     ngandongai     ungga-dirgo    kadara. 

dead  man-on  account  of.      And        women        crying-with      come. 

Gura  dana  duyu  yuba       wamega       dana  ninia-we  ungga-dir-go 

And  they  corpse  close  having  come  they  grave-at      cry-with 

dagalgaya     gura         ungg'^     batcheltchil,  dir-ainggur      galmba. 
sit  down        and       wailing           ciy  old  men  too. 

I)auungun     dirlen     danangan  ngan-ni  damalmaH  yimidir  gura 

Friends  tlierefore         them         why         speai-  ?     Similarly  also 

nulu    danangan-gal    netchin      dadarai-ga     gura     bienega     nulu 

he       them-l)efore     always     went-because  and  having  died  he 
dauun     danangan     kana-ngan-go      gari       wamega       dananguu 
friends       their     from  the  very  first    not     having  met    them  (he) 
dube-ga-budo.  Namongu-budo     dana  yimidar  damalmal. 

left-because-indeed.       Therefoi-e-indeed    they  like-this      spear. 
Gura    dana    duyu    nima-we    budur    kundo-kundo    bantchentchi 
And     they    corpse  grave-in  nights         many  attend  on 

duyu  kana  kada  manatinu.      Duyu    kana  kada  balkai-ga,   l)ama 
corpse  first    foul    to  become.     Corpse  once  foul  made,       man 

Jiobung(j       nulu        warbi-dirgo       cladai'a       gurlnggo       liandinu 

one  lie       tomahawk-with     goes        bark-trough       to  cut 

duyu-ngu.       (Uira  nulu        bandega       gurlnggo-dirgo        kadara, 
corpse-for.       And     he       having  cut  bark  trough-with  (he)  comes, 
nulu    gurabudo    yoku-we    bauwal    ngara    wai-nganu-ngo    dallel 

he  again  fire-in  cooks       bark     to  take  off-for     hght 

gural.      Gura  ngolu  kadaltchal  gura  pegur-nda 

makes.     And  criid<:led  extremity  ties  up     and      wooden  ])('g  with 


NUinil    (^ri;KNSLANI>    K'lHNOfJIiAI'll  V    -Kd'III.  'M7 

Imkal      ,ti;ura      l)(4)ir     diu"  n.<;sulu-j;all)ai,<,n)  bakalk.-il 

pierces    and      edo;e     hole.s   knee-extended  (i.e.  in  a  line)     di^s 
gumbin  birbaiiu-ngo.        Gura  gurhiggo  ganuii-nda 

string         to  wind  on-for.      And       bark  trougli    white-clay  with 
durnggalnggal         wol)a-n        gahiiba     (hn-nggal     gurnerngurneru 
smear  red  clav-with     also  smear  piebald 

gural  walu-budongo  (w)unanM-iigo  ;         nganui-ngun 

(he)  makes    appearance-very  l)ecome-tu  ;  the  mother-by 

gumbin  galbai-galbai  wogurgur  duyu  kadanii-ngo.  Daku 
string  very  long  plaits       corpse     to  tie  up-for.      Things 

namodir  badatega  dana  gurabudo  barbil. 
these       finivshed     they     again         sleep. 

Dabadal)aiga       dana        diiyungu        biirntchirngaraya,        duyu 

By  sunrise  they       corpse-for  will  gather  corpse 

warnganu-ngo.  Manu  dirainggur  bera  ngandongai  dana 
to  take  out-for.  Only  men  of  course  women  they 
nimawe  ngudo-kadalmul  dana  netchin  3'erlnggar-go  ninggal 
gra\e-in  not-come  they     always       separately  sit 

nanggor  daitchen-be  gura     ngamu     yubaigo     ungga 

cam})     freed  from  the  '  tabu '       and     mother     close  by       cry 
batchetchil  ngambai-go.  Gura  dana   duyu  warngalngal 

wails  closed (i. I?. nottakingnotice).   And  they  corpse  takeout 
gurlnggowe  yitar-nungo.  Gura       dodi       duyu-we      dana 

trough  put  into-to.  And       body       corpse-of      they 

warka-ngamu-ngun        gari     karbal,     murga  dowe 

all  coUectively-by         not  hold,       only     wife's  brother-in-law 

nangu-mun     dodi      nangu      karbal,     gura     gurlnggowe     yitar, 
him-by       body      of  him      holds,       and        trough-in       puts, 
kambogo  galmba,  mundal    banggar   niraa-we-go  dubil,  gurlnggo 
head        also,        some         flesh         grave-in     leaves,     trough 
gayin    kadai-ga.     Gura  dirainggur    dana  warka-ngamu  nima-we 
full  comes-because.  And    old  men     they      altogether      grave-to 
kadai,        dana  dumul  nadinu-ngo  nangu  kanaigo  ngambur-go 
having  come,  they  splinter    see-to         him         first     (when)  alive 
kundaiga,     damaiga,  bandega.    Namo-ngango-gala  dana  dumul 
having  struck,  speai-ed,       cut.       Therefrom-verily     they  splinter 
banggar      nangu-me      nadinu.       Gura     dana       dumul      nangu 
flesh  his-in         will  see.       And      they     splinter         his 

nadega,  garko  wornda  bobo-n     kobarbil. 

having  seen,     then     the  empty  (i.e.  pretended)  soil-in       bury. 

Nayvni    badatega    garko    nulu    gurabudo    gurlnggo  gumbin-il 

This       finished       then       he         again         trough  string-with 

wudyego     kadaltchal.       Nayun     badatega,     garko  duyudirgo 

firmly  ties.  This      completed,     then  corpse- with 


378  UECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTKALIAN    MUSEUM. 

gurlnirgo    luuinbal   gural  gura  yandal.      Yandaiga     namongango 

trough  on-the-head  makes  and  stands  up.   Having  risen     thence 
nulu  dindal-budo-ngo  dudara  wauw-u-ngun  nangu  dirbaiga-budu 

he         t]uick-very         runs         spirit-by       him  abducted-because 
duyu-dir-go.     Gura  nangu  dauaigo  kundai  gurhiggo      nawaigo 
corpse- with.     And     him         once      killed       trough      just  there 

pulelil.     Gura  nula  gimil  namalma  nangu     kunclaiga  :     gimil 
falls  down.  And     he    stick       sees  him      killed- with :     stick 

kana  nadega  nulu  ngundu  kadara  duyudii-go.  Gura  bama 
once  having  seen  he  back  comes  corpse-with.  And  men 
warka-ngamu    dana    nangu     nima-wego  bantchentchi  gura  iiulu 

altogetlier     they       him         grave-at  await  and     he 

danangan-gal  kadaiga  nulu        gimil        meril        nangu 

them-to  having  come  he         stick        shews         him 

kundaiga  :  namongan-budo     dana  bama  mala    gural  gura 

having  killed-with:  therefrom-indeed  they  man  guilty  declare  and 

kaimbalmbal.       Garko       dana    warkangamu    nima-ngoal  kadara 

blame.       By  and  by    they      altogether      grave-from     come 
duyu-dirgo    nanggor  daitchen-be  gura    duyu    melu-we 

corpe-with  camp  freed  from  'tabu '-in  and  corpse  shade-in 
yitar.        Garko       ngandongai     kadara  duyu-ngu  ungga 

put.  By-aud-bye  women  come  corpse-ou  accountof  a  wailing 
batchinu-ngo     gura     dana       ungga  katabatega  dana 

to  ciy  for         and       they       wailing      having  broken  off      they 
kadagai  birbalbal    bobo      yendume       dakatinu       gura 

moveable-possessions  gather  place  other-on  to  sit  down  and 
dana  dadara.  Dirainggur  nobungo  nawaigo  nandaya  nulu 
they         go.  Old  man  one         there     will  remain      he 

pirra-wego       ninggalnggal     watchi     mala     nadinu-ngo.      Gura 
foliage-behind  sits  spirit    guilty       to  see-for.        And 

dana  dadaiga  wutchi-ngai  wau-wu  ngangoigo  kadara  nima  gu, 
they  having  goue  spirits  breath  (juickly  come  grave-to 
unggadirgo,  gau-wal-tchirgo,  gamai-tchirgo,  kalka-dirgo, 
Mailing-with,       screaming-with,  clay-with,  spear-with, 

niilbir-tchirgo,  yokudir-go,  diral-tchirgo,  pitagur-tchirgo. 
wommera-with,        wood-with,  wives-with,  children-with. 

Gura  nulu   wauwu    mala    namalma  nangu  damauu  gura  nangu 
And     he      spirit    guilty    looks  for     him     to  spear    and     iiim 
nadega     nulu  nangu     damanu.      Gura  nulu  nangu     damaiga 
having  see :i     he     him    will-spear.     And    he    him  havingspeared 
dana      gauwal-tchirgo      gura      numbur-tchirgo       dudara       guru 
they     screaming-with       and  noise-with         run  away      and 

bobo-we    burnggalngga  ya  warimana  ya-budo,  gura  danangan-ga 
ground-iuto         enter         will  disappear-indeed,  and   them-fi-om 


NORTH    QUEENSLAND    KTHNOGRAPIIY — HOTll.  .379 

bobo       wudye-go     nangarrgaralaya       guia  nulu      ni;ila-n     yoku 
«arth  veliPiiiently  will  shake  and       lie     guilty-at    wood 

mulbango  karbalbal.      Clura  dana  wauwu-ngai  warimanati- 

Hrmly  holds.  And  they        spirits     haviug  disappeared- 

budo,      bobo    kaiia    nangaren    nulu    yoku    dubil    gura    kadara 
iodeed,  earth  first  sliook  he     wood  lets  go  and     comes 

gura     dirait)ggur-be     nielbi     meril      wutchi-ngai      warka-rigamu 
and         old  men-to         news      tells  spirits  altogether 

wamega     gura  yeudu       damaiga  nangareu-budo. 

having  seen  and  one  having  speared  (earth)  having  shaken-indeed. 

Meielil         gura  dana  wauwu  nima-ngu  kadarai :     nayun 
(He)  tells  (them)  also  they    spirits    gsave-to      came  those  (only) 
gari  yendu  ;  wauwu     peba     ngamu  gura    dauuu-gai    daaaogao- 
not  others  :     spirits    father,  mother  and       friends  theni- 

gala       nulu      uadetchi :     gura      nulu      wauwu      yendu     damai 
indeed     he  saw  :  and         he  spirit     another  speared 

nayun      dauun     bama    yendu-me.      Gura    dana    kanaigo  bania 
this  one     friend     men       others-of.       And      they     before     men 
duyu     bantchentchi  gnra  bobo   dubil.   Ngando-ngai  bobo  nayun 
corpse     waited  at       aufl  place  leave.        Women        place     this 
gari-budondo  waminda,  dudan     iiamodir-be    galmba  gari 

not  at  all  should  come  to,      road       the  same-on       also      not 

kada-nda,  purai  galmba  gari  puda-nda  bobo  tabul-ngau. 
should  travel,  water    also       not  should  drink,  place    'tabu'-with. 

Murga      namo-dir      tabul       dirainggur     pudaral ;     ngandongai 
Only     there-with       tabu         old  men         drink  :  women 

pudanda  danangan  kundanda,  dana  namo-ngubudo  yinil, 
would  di-ink  them  would  kill,  they  therefore-indeed  fright, 
dana  netchin  dudan  yendu-me  dadara  :  nmrga  dirainggur 
they     always        road       other-on  go :  only         old  men 

dudan-go    dadara.     Gura    duyu    mokul       matega      kana,  dana 
road-on  go.  And  corpse       old     has  become    first,     they 

moari  guru  walar  duyu-wego  wokelkil  gura  kadagai 

hair     and     beard    corpse-on  account  of      cut  off     and  property 
nangu-nga    bauwalal,     gari     warka-ngamu,     mundal-go       bera. 
his-of  burn,  not       all  together,       some-only  of  course. 

Ngando-ngai  galmba  moari  wokil.      Moari  kana     wokega  garko 
Women  also       hair       cut.  Hair    once    have  cut    then 

<lana      ungga      batcheltchil       warka-ngamu      duyu-ngu.       Gura 
they     weeping  cry  all  together     the  dead-for.      And 

kabir-kabir     belumayar-ngai     dana     yinil     manaya,     danangan 

girls  widows  they    fright     become,         them 

manega-mu,  dana  moari  wokega.  Dana  moai-i  wokega  dana 
would  take,   they  hair     having  cut.    They     hair  having  cut  thev 


380  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

galmba    bama    niaiiaiia    guia    belumayar  garka-ngun 

also      men         take        and         widow         younger  brother-by 
niana. 
taken. 

The  following  is  the  free  rendering  of  the  foregoing  : — 

"Again,  I  will  tell  you  about  men's  burials.  When  a  man  dies, 
all  the  others  set  up  a  great  crying  and  wailing.  Especially  do 
the  deceased's  mother,  elder  and  younger  sister,  father's  sister, 
mother's  mother  and  father's  mother  lament  very  much.  Further- 
more, with  their  hands  they  violently  beat  their  belly,  lips, 
cheeks  and  head.  And  they  get  down  on  the  ground  here  and 
there  and  throw  themselves  about,  at  the  same  time  casting  up 
soil  with  their  hands  and  kicking  the  ground.  And  vehemently 
the}^  blame  the  person  or  persons  whom  they  consider  are  guilty 
of  having  killed  him.  The  old  men  also  cry  very  much  but  not 
as  continuously  as  the  women  and  they  do  not  scold  anyone  as 
yet  :  neither  do  they  throw  themselves  on  the  ground  nor  beat 
their  body  with  their  hands,  nor  do  they  blame  anyone  while 
crying  :  afterwards,  of  course,  in  a  special  kind  of  wail,-"  they  ciy 
and  blame  the  man  who  is  believed  to  be  the  cause  of  deceased's 
death — this  they  do  for  a  long  time  When  they  have  ceased 
crjdng  they  haste  to  get  white  clay  to  smear  over  their  body. 
Only  the  dead  man's  father  and  mother  continue  crying,  and  for 
them  the  others  fetch  clay,  and  they  also  smear  it  over  their  head 
and  bod3^  When  one's  elder  brother  dies  the  younger  one 
prepares  to  spear  the  wife  of  the  deceased  and  pulls  her  about 
before  the  others — because  of  the  man's  death  :  but  one  of  them 
gets  hold  of  the  spear  and  prevents  him  wounding  the  woman.-' 
At  sundown  they  dig  a  grave''"  right  in  the  centre  of  the  camp, 
and  cut  long  wooden  sticks,  to  make  a  platfoi-m  with,  by  putting 
them  all  in  one  line"-^"  and  spreading  grass  over  them.  They  also 
get  some  bark  to  cover  this  from  above.  After  all  that  is  done, 
they  fetch  the  corpse.  The  deceased's  mother  jumps  crying  into 
the  grave,  whilst  the  elder  and  younger  sister,  daughter,  father's 
mother  and  father,  and  father's  younger  sister  follow  the  corpse,  they 


-^  Ganil  -a  sort  of  plaintive  burial  song. 

'■^'  The  idea  of  this  is  to  sliew  that  during  life,  in  their  domestic  quarrels,  tlie 

wife  may  have  oecasionally  got  the  better  of  the  deal,  and  accordingly 

the  surviving   brother  by   attempting  to   spear  lier,  shews  that  lie  is 

getting  even  with  her. 
-**  Face  to  the  west,  but  reason  for  this  observance  is  xinknown,  and  a  fire  kei;t 

alight  in  the  close  vicinity. 
'^■>  Lit — like  the  knee  extended. 


NOHTll    (^IKKNSLAM)    KTHN(>(;i;.\I'l[V  — liOTH.  oiS  1 

also  ciyiniL'-.  In  order  to  get  the  corpse  into  the  graxe,  they  have 
to  ask  the  mother  to  step  out.  And  wlien  slie  has  done  so,  they 
put  in  the  corpse,  cover  it  with  bark,  and  then  the  whole  with 
soil..  Then  the  grave  diggers  as  well  as  the  women  who  had 
followed  the  corpse  to  the  grave,  commence  to  cry  there  again. 
Once  the  corpse  is  buried,  some  of  tlie  other  women  approach  the 
graxe  for  lamentation.  And  coming  from  all  directions— east, 
west,  south  and  nortli,  they  build  a  camp  of  considerable  size 
around  the  grave,  the  corpse  resting  in  the  centre.  Next  day, 
the  dead  man's  wife  coiiies  along  crying,  offering  her  head  to  all 
tlie  Dien  ai'ound  to  be  struck  ;  and  they  strike  her  too  with  a 
wommera  until  she  is  covered  with  blood.  During  the  da}',  the 
women  plait  mourning  strings''"  for  the  dead.  This  done,  they 
smear  a  lot  of  strings  witli  cUy  and  wind  tliem  around  their  necks 
and  the  two  arm-pits  :  they  tear  up  dilly-bags  and  pull  them  over 
their  heads.  These  of  course  are  plaited,  only  by  the  women,  not 
by  the  men,  but  they  give  the  bags  to  them  to  put  on.  The 
deceased's  father  also  tears  some  up  and  makes  an  opening  into 
theni  big  enough  to  let  his  head  go  through  and  wears  them  round 
his  neck  :  furthermore,  he  draws  some  all  over  his  body,  and  a 
small  one  over  his  liead  (PI.  Ixviii.,  lig.  3).  The  other  men  only  just 
use  the  strings  [beltsj''^  or  the  white  clay,  not  everything  like  the 
women.'-  When  the  striking  ceremony  with  the  wife  is  over, 
they  are  no  longer  angry  with  her.  But  why  do  they  hit  the 
woman  at  all  ?  What  a  question  !  Because  when  her  husliand 
was  alive,  they  both  had  been  jealous  of  each  other,  anil  had 
([ua)-relled  and  fought  :  this  they  could  not  approve  of,  and  they 
tlierefore  strike  the  woman  just  in  tlie  same  way  as  tiie  okl  men 
spear  the  husband  in  the  leg  after  his  wife's  death.-' •  By  and  liye, 
two  of  the  men  go  off  as  messengers  to  invite  the  friends  for  the 
funeral,  but  before  they  get  to  the  camp  they  smear  their  bodies 
with  white  clay  and  so  put  in  an  appearance  :  as  soon  as  the 
people  visited  see  them  coming,  they  slioutitout  to  all  the  others. 
Then  the  messengers  separate,  and  sit  apart  at  a  distance 
from  the  camp,  whence  an  individual  will  ap[)roacli  to  hear  what 
tliev  have  to  say  :  they  tell  him  all  the  news,  also  of  the  occur- 
rence of  the  death  :  and  the  person  who  has  approached  passes  on 


=«  Described  in  Bull.  1— Sect.  12. 

•^1  In  the  case  of  the  males,  wlio  wear  tlieui  around  the  waist,  the  mourning- 
belt  is  of  a  different  pattern,  and  is  described  in  Bull.  1— Sect.  15. 

"-  If  bee's  wax  is  available  both  male  and  fensale  mourners  will  fix  up  their 
liair  with  it  into  thronis. 

^^  i.e.  to  cry  quits— see  previous  footnote. 


382  HliCORUS    OF    THE    AUST15AL1AN    MUSEUM. 

the  iiew.s  (see  Bull.  8 — Sect.  8).  When  the  women  he;u-  this 
message,  tliey  cry  out  and  scream,  throw  themselves  on  the 
ground,  and  blame  the  individual  whom  they  deem  to  ha\e 
caused  the  death  :  the  men  also  do  a  crv,  hut  not  so  loutl  as  the 
women,  nor  do  they  blame  anyone  while  crying  :  but  later  on 
they  always  do  so  in  a  special  kind  of  wail  (  =  ganil).  After  two 
days  they  leave  for  the  burial  service,  men  and  women,  not  all 
of  them,  but  some.  And  when  they  get  close  to  the  place  wliere 
the  corpse  is  lying,  the  visitors,  i.e.  the  deceased's  friends,  throw 
spears  at  them  on  the  dead  man's  account.  The  women  ai-e 
crying  all  the  way  to  the  grave,  at  the  side  of  which  they  sit  down 
still  crying,  tlie  men  doing  the  same.  But  why  tlo  these  visiting 
friends  of  the  deceased  throw  spears  at  them  !  Because  the  dead 
man  had  always  travelled  with  them,  but  had  died  among  his  own 
people  without  having  been  to  see  them  (the  visitors)  for  a  long- 
time previously,  just  as  if  he  had  left  them  altogether.  Tliis  is 
the  reason  for  the  spear-throwing."'  They  then  keej)  the  cor[)se 
in  the  grave  for  many  days  until  it  gets  putrid.  Then  one  man 
goes  away  with  a  tomahawk  to  cut  out  the  bark-trough  to  wrap 
the  corpse  in.  This  bark  wliich  he  brings  back  with  liim,  he  puts 
in  the  fire  to  get  the  sap  out  so  as  to  peel  it  better.  Then  he  ties 
up  the  crinkled-extremities'''  of  the  trough,  pierces  them  with  a 
wooden  pin,  and  in  the  same  straight  line  pierces  holes  along  tlie 
edges  of  the  trough  for  the  string  to  go  through,  from  side  to  side 
when  finally  sewn  up  (Bull.  7,  fig.  22(3).  Then  he  smears 
it  with  white-  and  red-clay  to  make  it  look  pie-bald  and  give  it  a 
nice  ai^pearance,  while  the  mother  of  the  deceased  plaits  a  very  long- 
string  to  tie  up  the  corpse  with.  When  all  that  is  finished,  they 
l)ass  another  night  over  it.  By  sunrise  the}'  will  assemble  again 
on  account  of  the  corpse,  to  take  it  out  of  the  grave,  which  of 
course  is  only  done  by  the  men.  No  women  will  then  be  at  the 
grave.  Separate  from  one  another  the}'  now  continue  to  sit  in 
their  camp,  from  which  the  '  tabu  '  has  l)een  removed,  while  tlie 
mother  cries  by  herself  not  far  away  without  taking  notice  of 
anything.  .Viid  in  the  meantime  tliey  take  the  corpse  out  of  the 
grave  and  put  it  in  the  bark  trough.  But  no  one  touches  the 
body  except  the  wife  s  l^rotlier-in-law,  /.i'.,  deceased's  brother  who 


■^*  In  other  words,  altliougli  tlie  dec-cased  used  to  wander  about,  and  Uc 
friendly -^vitli  the  visitors,  he  had  not  lieeii  to  st'e  them  for  a  loii^  time 
])ast,  and  accordingly  his  deatli  coidd  not  he  (hie  to  tlieir  agency:  on 
the  other  hand,  by  throwing  the  spears  at  his  own  peopht,  tlie  ^  isitors 
shew  whom  thcj  consider  resjioiisible  for  it. 

•A"i  Ngolu- front  of  tlie  ankle  which  is  always  more  or  less  wrinkled  or 
creased. 


NOKTii   (,>ii:k.n>land   i:tii.\o<:1!ai'iiv — Kuril.  ;>S3 

opens  it,  etc.  :  lie  also  wraiis  it  up  witliiii  the  trough,  including 
the  head.  Some  of  the  flesh  is  left  in  the  grave  because  of  the 
trough  being  full.  Now  all  the  men  come  1o  the  grave  to  find  the 
'splinter  "  which  is  believed  to  remain  in  tht^  dead  man's  Hesh,  and 
with  which  he  was  struck,  speared,  or  cut  by  the  one  who  doomed 
him'"  while  he  was  alive  ;  and  when  they  find  it,  as  they  pretend 
to  do,  they  bury  it  in  the  soil  with  the  remains.  After  this,  the 
brother  ties  up  the  corpse  in  the  trough  (juite  firmly,  ])uts  it  on 
his  head,''^  and  stands  up.  Then  he  runs  away  from  there  as  fast 
as  he  can,  being  dragged  along  by  the  corpse "s  spirit,  and  on  the 
very  spot  where  the  man  was  originally  doomed'^"  the  trough  falls 
off.  And  he  sees  the  stick  with  which  the  deceased  had  been 
doomed,  and  directly  he  sees  it  he  brings  it  back  with  the  corpse. 
All  the  others  are  waiting  for  him  at  the  grave,  and  having  joined 
£hem  he  shews  them  the  stick.  Thus  they  recognise  the  guilty 
man,  i.e.,  the  owner  of  this  stick,  and  are  angry  with  him.  B}'- 
and-bve  the}'  all  leave  the  grave,  and  taking  the  ti'ough  to  the 
camp  from  which  the  '  tabu  '  is  now  removed,  put  it  in  the  shade. 
Then  the  w(jmen  conic  forth  again  to  cry  over  it,  and  when  this 
is  done  they  take  up  their  moveable-possessions  and  shift  their 
camp  somewhere  else.  One  old-man  onh'  remains  there,  hi  ling 
himself  behind  bushes  in  order  to  see  the  spirit^''  of  the  guilty  one. 
And  as  soon  as  the  others  are  gone  tlie  spirits  quickly  appear  at 
the  grave  wailing  and  screaming,  painted  with  white  clay,  carry- 
ing spears,  wommeras,  and  pieces  of  wood,  and  also  ha^  ing  tlieir 
wives  and  children  with  them.  But  the  watcher  looks  for  the 
guilty  one  to  spear  him  and  does  so  when  he  sees  him.  Having 
speared  him,  the  others  run  away  screaming  and  rattling,  disap- 
pearing into  the  ground.  And  through  them  the  earth  quakes 
violently  but  the  one  who  spears  the  guilty  individual  holds 
firmly  to  the  bushes  When  the  spirits  are  quite  gone,  and  the 
earth  has  finished  shaking,  the  old-man  lets  go  his  hold  of  the 
bushes,  comes  back  and  tells  the  others  about  his  having  closely 
seen  all  the  spirits,  about  his  spearing  one  of  them,  and  about  the 
earth  shaking.  The  spirits  that  came  to  the  grave  were  those  of 
deceased's  father  and  mother  and  friends,  no  others,  and  those 
only  had  he  seen  ;    but   the  one    he    speared   was  another   man's 


*■  Tliis  idoii  t)f  clooiiiiii^'.  the  presence  of  tlie  si)liiitei",  etc.,  is  explained  1  ully 

in  Bull.  5 -Sect.  111. 
^'  Lil. — makes  it  (>ii-tli(>-lic;i(l. 
a-*  1,(7.— i-truck. 
^•'  For  a  description  of  these  'wntclii,'  etc.,  see  Bidl.  o — Sect.  IKi. 


3S-1  liKCOKDS    OF    TUK    ACSTUALIAX    ML'SKUM. 

friend.'"  And  those  wlio  bad  previously  attended  to  the  corpse 
now  leave  the  locality  where  the  flesh  is  buried  in  the  ground. 
The  women  dare  by  no  means  go  to  the  spot  again  or  walk  on  the 
same  road  or  e\'en  drink  water  from  this  place  which  is  now 
'  tabu  '  except  to  the  old  men.  If  tlie  women  did  so  they  would 
be  killed  hy  the  deceased's  spirits :  that  is  what  they  are 
friglitened  of,  and  so  they  always  take  another  road  while  the 
men  follow  the  usualtrack.  After  some  time  when  the  corpse 
becomes  old,  the  men  cut  off  their  liair  and  beard  out  of  regard 
to  the  deceased,  and  burn  some  of  his  property,  not  all,  but  only 
some.  The  women  also  cut  their  hair"  :  this  done,  they  all 
lament  again  over  the  dead.  But  what  the  girls  and  widows  now 
have  to  fear  is  that  some  one  might  take  them,  tiow  that  their 
hair  has  been  cut.  For  when  their  liair  is  cut  men  can  take  tliem 
to  wife,  and  tlie  widow  is  claimed  l)y  the  deceased's  younger 
brother." 

The  trougli  is  carried  about  at  least  until  the  hair  is  cut,  and 
finally  buried  somewhere  in  deceased's  own  countr}',  hidden  in  a 
cave,  or  put  under  the  ground  :  it  is  the  mother  or  mother's 
sister  who  carries  it  about.  The  carrying  about  of  the  remains 
here  is  locally  believed  to  be  a  sign  of  love  and  affection  :  were 
the  survivors  not  to  ensure  its  being  properly  carried  out,  it 
would  look  as  if  the  deceased  had  had  no  friends  among  the 
tribe. 

Old  men  and  old  women,  so  long  as  they  are  inhrm,  are  buried 
straight  away  without  any  ceremon}'. 

6  The  Bloomfield  River  natives^-  make  a  distinction  in  the 
final  obsequies  between  those  males  who  have  passed  their  days 
in  comparative  peace  and  quiet  and  those  who  have  rendered 
themselves  unusually  prominent. 

In-  the  case  of  any  male  who  happens  to  have  no  powerful 
relatives,  or  who  has  never  made  himself  conspicous  by  any  deeds 
of  A'alour  or  [U'owess,  and  in  the  case  of  any  female  whatsoever — 


1"  He  tluis  coiilirnis  tlie  guilt  of  the  alreadv  suspected  person  who  has  been 
blamed,  and  who  will  sooner  or  later  be  made  to  pay  the  penalty,  usually 
a  life  for  a  life. 

^1  Tlie  hair  so  eut  from  the  mourners  is  rolled  tightly  round  a  stick,  and 
placed  upon  the  trough  enclosing  the  deceased.  No  marriages  amongst 
the  relatives  of  the  deceased  arc  allowed  to  take  place  imtil  the  hair- 
cut ting  takes  place. 

^■'  1  am  indebted  to  Mr.  R.  Hislop,  late  of  Wyalla,  Bloomlield  River,  for 
much  ot  this  information. 


NOIiTII     i^rKKNSI.ANI)     iril  1  N<  H  Mi  A  PI  I  V -- IMTI 1 .  3>85 

directly  such  an  one  is  dead,  the  body  is  \vra})ped  up  in  a  sheet  of 
tea-tree  bark,  with  the  arms  laid  at  the  sides  or  crossed  over  the 
breast.  It  is  thus  kept  for  a  few  days  until  the  relatixes,  for 
whom  the  messengei's  have  been  sent,  can  come  up  and  view  the 
body  which  is  uncovered  from  its  wrajjpings  as  occasion  re(]uires. 
Each  night  the  body  is  mourned,  the  mourners  covering  them- 
selves with  jjipe-clay  or  white  mud — a  ring  of  it  around  the 
women's  faces  in  addition — and  as  often  as  not  besmearing  their 
bodies  with  the  oily  exudation  from  the  corpse  :  whenever  the 
latter  custom  is  practised,  they  must  not  wash  themselves  until 
the  stench  has  entirely  disappeared,  which  it  sometimes  takes 
upwards  of  a  couple  of  months  to  do.*'  In  between  the  wailing 
and  the  crying,  they  will  moan  somewhat  as  follows  "  Oh, 
Brother  (etc.,  as  the  case  may  be),  how  we  used  to  go  hunting  the 
kangaroo,"  "how  we  used  to"  do  this  or  that,  recalling  some 
familiar  episode  or  adventure  in  connection  with  the  deceased, 
"  and  now  you  liave  left  me  behind!  "  The  bod}'  is  at  length 
buried  during  any  time  of  tlie  day,  the  place  of  burial  being 
immaterial  so  long  as  it  is  away  from  the  camping  ground  and 
remote  froin  any  particularly  plentiful  patch  of  food,  Ix'cause  any 
such  place  of  burial,  and  anytliing  growing  on  it  is  '  Uihu  '  to  the 
women,  not  however  to  the  men.  Tlie  hole  which  is  dug  is  about 
tlnee  by  one-and-a-half  feet  at  the  surface,  w])ere  it  forms  an  oval, 
and  about  three  feet  in  depth  where  it  is  larger  l)y  lieing  made 
circular.  While  still  wrapped  in  its  bark-sheet,  the  corpse  is 
doubled  up  both  at  the  thighs  and  at  the  knees,  coAerings  and  all, 
so  that  the  knees  are  in  close  apposition  to  the  face,  and  the 
whole  tilted  in  towards  one  or  tlie  other  side  :  if  the  deeeased 
has  died  away  from  his  home  he  is  placed  in  a  position  facing  it, 
otherwise  lie  is  made  to  look  towards  the  east.  The  grave  is 
then  tilled  up  with  earth,  and  sometimes  a  vertical  l)laze  or  cut 
of  indeterminate  shape  is  incised  in  the  neighbouring  trees. 

When  an  aboi-iginal  who  has  had  plenty  of  friends  or  who  has 
made  a  name  for  liimself,  at  last  closes  his  eyes  in  death,  there  is 
a  greater  amount  of  mourning,  and  steps  ai-e  taken  to  dis(-over 
the  nnu'derei'  wlio  dcjomed  him,  then  to  inniish  him.  Having 
been  wrapped  in  bark,  the  corpse  is  laid  in  a  trench  not  more 
than  a  foot  deep,  and  covered  with  earth,  wliile  at  the  same  time 
an  ordiiuiry  black's  hut  is  built  ovei-  the  site  :  in  this  hut,  the 
chief  moui'ners  have  to  temporarily  reside  and  hence  its  size  will 
depend  upon  the  number  of  peoi)le  it  has  to  accomodate.  Wlien 
all    his  friends,   relatives,   and  other   \isitors   have   at    last    been 

■■•^  Note  tluit  on  tlic  I'eiiii('t;illicr  I\i\<T  tlic  vital  |iriiiri|)l('  iiiiix   iic  (■(iiincctcd 
widi  llie  f-ciisc  c.f  Miicll  (  Mull.  .')     .Soft.  (i.S). 


386  RKCORDS    OF    TFIK    ATSTHA  LIAX    MlSKl'M. 

gatheivcl  togetlier,  and  tliis  may  take  sev^eral  days,  the  grass- 
covering'  of  tlie  Iiut  is  i-eiuoved,  but  the  frame-work  allowed  to 
stand.  Certain  of  the  old  men  and  the  dead  man's  nearest 
relatives — and  tliere  are  here  reckoned  to  l)e  his  group-motlier's 
or  blood  mother's  brothers — next  dig  him  up,  la}'  him  on  the  fiat, 
and  carefully  examine  for  any  bruises  or  marks  of  external 
violence,  and  consult  as  to  tbose  that  ma}'  be  accounted  for,  and 
those  that  may  be  laid  at  the  door  of  some  enemy.  They  next 
start  removing  the  whole  of  the  outer  skin,  commencing  opera- 
tions by  pressing  with  the  ball  of  the  tlnnnb  and  so  peeling  off 
the  cuticle  with  its  colouring  matter  and  leaving  beliind  a  com- 
paratively pale  surface.  Another  examination  is  now  made  for 
any  marks  of  violence,  and  of  course  certain  bruises  are  invariably 
discovered.  Then  follow  two  vertical  cuts,  one  on  either  .side  close 
to  the  spine,  cutting  through  the  proximal  ends  of  the  ribs  and  so 
removing  the  whole  of  the  head  and  back-bone  in  one  piece  :  a 
view  is  thus  obtained  from  behind  into  the  tlioracic  and  abdominal 
cavities  with  the  object  of  obtaining  any  additional  confirmatory 
clues  as  to  the  cause  of  death,  which  are  always  forthcoming  in 
the  shape  of  a  wooden  splinter,  spear-tip,  etc.  Finally,  tlie  whole 
of  the  left  u])per  extremity,  including  the  shoulder-blade,  and  left 
lower  extremity,  minus  the  pelvis,  are  remo\'ed,  and  together  with 
tlie  head  and  back-bone  sewn  up  in  a  bark  trough  of  the  pleat- 
type"  :  this  trough  is  taken  charge  of  by  the  mother  or  mothers 
during  the  day,  but  by  a  blood-  or  group-brother  at  night,  when 
it  is  often  utilised  as  a  pillow.  On  top  of  this  pillow  are  placed 
portions  of  the  deceased's  hair  which  will  subsequently  be  worked 
up  with  fibre-twine  to  make  mourning  strings.  The  whole  of  the 
remainder  of  the  corpse  is  then  either  re  interred  in  the  same  hole 
which  it  had  previously  occupied,  but  now  made  deeper,  or  else 
occasionally  cremated. 

After  various  deliberations,  the  old  men,  relatives  and  friends 
of  the  deceased,  come  to  an  unanimous  conclusion  as  to  the  owner- 
ship of  the  wooden  splinter,  spear-tip,  etc.,  that  is  alleged  to  have 
been  removed  from  the  inside  of  tlie  corpse  ;  the  ownership  is 
practically  always  tacked  on  to  some  individual,  resident  or 
stranger,  who  happens  to  have  no  powerful  friends  or  who  may 
have  the  reputation  of  making  himself  generally  objectionable  all 
round.  Of  course  tlie  accused  indignantly  denies  the  charge,  and 
argues  to  shew  that  he  had  always  been  on  amicable  terms  with 
the  deceased,  tlif.t  they  had  often  gone  out  hunting  together,  that 


^*  Bull.  7--Sect.  5S,  and  figs.  223  and  22(;. 


N'Oinil     (.irKKXSI.AND    ETilXCHiRAPHV liOTH.  387 

they  liad  nevei-  had  any  qiuin-el,  and  finislies  ])\  trying  to  shift 
the  blame  on  to  somebody  else  ;  his  efforts  in  this  direction  may 
prove  successful  or  not.  At  any  rate,  some  one  is  fixed  upon, 
guilty  or  not,  who  I'ecognising  it  to  be  a  ease  of  "  needs  must  when 
the  de\il  drives  "  offers  expiati<^n^"'  by  challenging  his  accusers  to 
spear  him.  Two  of  his  mother's  brothers,  or,  if  these  are  not 
handy,  two  of  his  own  brothers,  standing  on  either  side  are 
allowed  to  lend  assistance,  tlieir  weapons  of  defence  however  being 
oidy  three  woninieias,  one  apiece.  The  first  whom  the  accused 
cliallenges  is  usually  tiie  deceased's  mother's-brother,  then  come 
the  brothers,  fiienfls,  etc.,  though  in  the  excitement  of  the  moment 
some  two  or  three  will  rush  up  to  a  distance  of  some  tenor  twelve 
yards  or  so,  and  simultaneously  let  Hy  their  spears  at  him.  The 
alleged  culj^rit,  notwitlistanding  the  immense  mental  and  physical 
strain,  may  thus,  with  the  help  of  his  two  friends,  succeed  in 
escaping  ajiy  serious  effects  from  the  thirty  or  forty  spears  which 
have  been  thrown  during  the  good  hour  and  more  that  he  has  ex- 
posed himself.  .Should  he  come  through  the  ordeal  successfully, 
aiuJ  a  lot  depends  upon  his  previous  conduct  and  the  influence  of 
powerful  friends,  his  accusers  will  ultimately  run  up  and  cling 
i-ouiid  his  neck,  indulge  in  a  certain  amount  of  weeping,  all  make 
friends  again,  and  finally  fix  the  guilt  a  second  time,  generally 
upon  tlie  weakest  tribe  and  its  most  friendless  member.  Tn  this 
district,  some  oue  nnif'f  he  killed  for  the  death  of  every  "impor- 
tant "  male  aboriginal.  The  l)ark-trougli  containing  the  remnants 
of  the  corpse  is  now  carried  about  from  camp  to  cam})  by  one  of 
the  brothers  ;  it  is  supported  on  his  head  witli  a  pad,  and  may  go 
oil  its  peregrinations  for  fiom  two  to  three  months,  a  renewed 
wailing  taking  place  at  each  fresh  camping-ground.  Ever}'  now 
and  again,  just  about  dusk,  the  brother  with  one  or  two  friends 
infdces  a  circuit  of  a  mile  or  so  with  the  remains  round  the  camp, 
and  so  soon  as  they  can  assure  themselves  that  they  hear  the 
bi.'iies  rattle**'  as  the  package  is  jogged  along,  they  know  that  they 
are  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  alleged  murderer.  In  this  Bloom 
field  River  District,  the  Bannabilla  natives  at  the  mouth  of  the 
i-i\er  are  deemed  to  l)e  the  weakest  and  most  friendless,  and  one 
of  this  tril)e  is  generally,  as  a  last  resource,  fixed  upon  as  the  cul- 
jirit  :  the  latter  is  enticed  away  on  some  hunting  expedition,  for  a 
coriobboree,  etc.  and  then  mercilessly  speared  from  l)ehind.  The 
bai-k-trough  with  its  contents  is  not  necessarily  buried  immediately 


Bull.  H     ^^i-ct.  13. 

Noeflless  to  i^av,  tlicsc  arc   iiiadc  tn   rattlr   wlicii   the  siiitalilr    u])|iort unity 
ofi'er.-. 


.S88 


HKfOUDS    OK    TriK    AUSTUALI.W     MISKLM. 


after  vengejince  lias  been  taken,  but  is  often  carried  al»i)ut  until 
such  time  as  one  of  the  deceased  heros  motluns,  brothers,  or  sons 
happen  to  die.  The  immediate  relatives  do  not  cut  their  hair 
until  all  the  ceremonies  are  completed. 

7.  Amonj^st  the  Lower  Tully  I'iver''  natives,  friends  and  rel- 
atives attenfl  upon  the  sick  person  until  the  last  moment,  and 
immediately  after  death  tie  him  or  her  uj)  with  lawyer-cane,  a 
procedure  in  which  all  assist ;  the  tying-up  position  is  with  the 
flats  of  the  hands  in  close  apposition,  either  pressed  closed  to  one 
side  of  the   head,  or  else  passed  fofwai-d   b"t\veen   t!:e  two  sliins 


Fig.  56.  I'ig.  57. 

(figs.  56,  57).  The  body  is  either  buried  or  l)urned,  there  being  no- 
thing to  choose  bet  ween  these  methods,  and  if  cremation  is  fixed  ui)on, 
the  burning  may  be  either  immediate  or  subsetpient  ;  occasionally 
it  may  be  desiccated.  The  tied-up  l)ody  may  be  kept  for  two  or 
three  days  l)efore  actual  burying,  etc.,  especially  if  the  deceased 
had  been  a  favourite,  and  portions  of  it  may  now  be  eaten,  amongst 
other  reasons,  in  order  to  give  cause  for  fight  and  f|uarrel  at  the 
Prun-ground.*''  While  thus  awaiting  burial,  etc.,  it  is  not  removed 
from  the  luit  in  which  it  has  been  placed,  but  is  visited  all  night, 
relay  upon  relay  of  men  and  women  indiscriminately,  taking  it 
turn  about  to  do  the  howling  and  wailing.'''  In  close  proximity 
to  the  hut,  the  mourners  may  be  seen  si|uatting  in  groups,  two 
three,  or  four  individuals  together,  with  arms  around  each  other's 
neck  or  shoulders,  heads  all  turned  down  and  towards  each  other, 
bodies  swaying  from  side  to  side,  and  all   liemoaning  and  crying. 


''"  ifr.  I^.  r.rook,  Juiir.  vein  kindlx  autod  as  iiitorprotcr  for  inc  liciv. 
^  Bull.  4— Sect.  15. 

*'•'  Tlie  blacks  liere  are  in  no  sense  friglitencd  at  the  pr-^^eace  of  a    eorp.-e  ;   it 
is  tlie  spirit,  etc.,  afrei-  tlie  burial  or  ereiiiation  that  ihev  liave  a  th'ea'l  of. 


NORTH    (;ri;K\SL.\Nl>    ICTIIXOCiKAPIIV  —  KOTII.  3S9 

At  iutiTvals  tliey  go  to  \ie\v  tlic  corpse,  and  "kiss"'  it  witli  a 
blowing  sound  on  tlio  foreliead  or  cheek.  The  body  is  usually 
carried  from  the  hut  to  its  ultimate  destination  ou  a  man's  head, 
iind  tlie  hut  subsequently  burnt  or  otherwise  destroyed  ;  it  may 
however  be  slung  lengthwise  on  a  pole  and  so  borne  between  two 
men.  The  place  of  burial  or  cremation  is  never  out  in  the  open 
plain,  always  in  some  shady  spot  on  the  edge  of  the  ri\'er-bank  or 
dense  serul).  Tiiere  would  ajjpear  to  be  no  special  burial  ornaments, 
though  as  signs  of  love  and  affection  in  order  to  keep  the  deceased 
in  reintMiib ranee ■^''— not  necessarily  l)y  implication  as  signs  nf 
mourning  —there  are  a  few  facts  to  be  noted.  Thus,  after  any 
cremation,  the  female  relatives,  generally  the  neices  on  either  side, 
look  out  for  the  teeth  and  wear  them  after  the  manner  of  a  fore- 
head fringe,  each  tooth  attached  by  a  blob  of  wax  to  tufts  of  the 
frontal  hair.  If  a  child  dies  at  or  soon  after  birth,  the  navel- 
string  is  cut  oft' and  worn  as  a  necklace  by  the  mother.'' 

With  ground-burial,  the  body,  having  been  tied  up  in  position 
as  ab-eady  described,  is  ready  for  the  grave.  Tliis  may  be  shallow 
and  lonuitudinal,  or  vertical  and  deej)  :  in  the  former  ca,se,  the 
corpse  is  always  laid  on  its  side,  with  the  head  in  any  direction, 
whereas  in  the  latter  it  is  put  down  feet  first,  /  *'.  in  a  sitting 
posture,  the  whole  being  then  filled  in  witli  earth  and  built  up  a 
bit,  with  bushes  and  grass  placed  on  top.  The  bones,  whether  of 
males  or  females,  may  subseciuently  be  removed  from  these  graves, 
painted  with  red  ochre  and  so  carried  about  in  the  dilly-bag  by 
the  frienfls  and  relatives  who  every  now  and  again  may  b?  seen 
crying  and  wailing  over  them.  Thus  in  one  of  the  local  camps  I 
ob.ser\ed  three  or  four  i)eopIe  sijuatting  in  a  circle  and  wailing 
over  the  bonas  lying  in  their  midst,  talking  as  it  were  tn  th  ^  skull 
strung  on  a  twine  which  was  handed  in  turn  from  ojie  to  thf  other  : 
they  expressed  themselves  somewhat  as  follows— "  How  we  miss 
you  I",  "  We  used  often  to  limit  together,"  "  We  remember  when 
Koi '^  went  away,' etc. 

Cremation  is  acco!ii[)aiiic(l  with  ciMciuoiiial  only  when  the  social 
status  of  the  decease-d  warrants  it.  With  any  ordinaiy  mortal 
the  body  in  the  tied  position  is  cari'ied  on  the  bearer's  head  and 
thrown  ou  to  a  specia'ly  pi-epared  pvre,  from  out  of  the  ashes  of 


■■^"   This  is  tlie  neal•e^it  trauf^latioii  that  could  be  made  of  tlic  seiitiiiiciit    wliic-li 

tlie  natives  tliem!?elves  (lescrihcd  to  nie. 
•■'1    111  tlie  Atlierton  Scrub,  T  Ikim'  seen  a  iiiotlier  tbiis  wearing  the  heart  ot  her 

dead  infant. 
-^   BiilL  5  -Seet.  (55. 


390 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


wliicli  the  female  relatives  may  subseijueiitly  pick  some  of  the 
calcined  bones,  teeth,  etc.,  as  already  mentioned,  though  this 
practice  is  not  an  essential  The  cremation  may  take  place  during 
any  part  of  the  day.  The  deceased's  bark  blanket  and  personal 
knick-knacks  being  burnt  at  the  same  time,  though  as  a  rule,  the 
latter,  especially  his  necklet,  will  go  to  the  widow  ;  his  fighting 
weapons  become  the  property  of  his  younger  brothers.  In  the 
case  of  certain  "  virile,"  specially  distinguished  and  respected  men, 
some  very  complicated  customs  are  associated  with  their  cremation, 
as  follows.  To  start  with,  a  corpse  under  such  circumstances  is 
not  tied  up,  but  kept  for  some  days  until  well 
swollen  up,  when  it  is  carried  down  to  the  water 
where  all  its  outer  skin  and  haii'  is  washed  and 
rubbed  oiT,  and  its  hands  tied  together.  Tlie  site 
for  its  ultimate  cremation  having  been  selected,  one 
of  the  old  men,  chosen  for  the  occasion,  carries  the 
corpse  over  his  shoulders,  like  a  "pick-a-back" 
baby,  its  legs  dangling  over  his  chest,  its  arms 
fixed  by  its  tied  hands  over  his  forehead,  and  its 
head  swaying  from  side  to  side  (fig.  58),  it  is  thus 
born  in  front  of  the  procession,  men  and  women 
advancing  in  indian  file,  but  all  silent.  On  arrival 
at  the  spot  chosen  (fig.  59),  the  body  is  placed  on  the 
ground  and  made  to  assume  the  squatting  position 
(fig.  59c),  proj^ped  up  against  the  butt  of  a 
tree,  and  there  it  remains  watching  all  the  subsequent  pro- 
ceedings   until    late    in    the    afternoon.'''       In     the    meantime, 


Fis.  58. 


\/    -^c 


luir.  59. 


■"'•^  The  natives  infoiiucd  me  tliat  tlie  1 1  d  j  uas  ji;ijo;elv  so  iiluitd  ru  ihat  it 
eoiild  see  eTervtliiiiir. 


Xoinil     (M   iniNSLAXl)    KTIINO(;l!APIIV WoTII.  391 

those  wild  had  fullowi'd  it  to  its  pivseiit  resting  phice  com- 
mence collecting  iii-ewood,  tlie  men  gathei-ing  big  pieces  of 
timber,  and  the  women  little  ones  :  the  larger  sticks  are  placed 
on  the  spot  where  ultimately  recpiired  for  the  cremation  (tig.  59y) 
while  the  smaller  ones  are  gathered  together  in  a  heap  about 
twenty  yards  distant  (tig.  b9\).  The  women  now  ta'ie  themselves 
to  the  left  hand  side  of  the  corpse  and  squat  side  by  side  all  in 
one  straight  row  (fig.  59w);  their  business  is  to  cry,  U)  strike  their 
forks"'*  and  assist  in  the  singing.  The  men  collect  together  close 
to  the  lieap  of  bigger  faggots,  between  it  and  the  dead  body 
(fig.  59a),  and  advance  in  indian  file  behind  the  same  old  gentleman 
who  carried  tlie  corpse  to  its  present  resting  place,  and  who  now 
marches  at  the  head  of  the  procession  ;  it  is  he  who  leads  the  song 
in  which  the  others  join,  but  he  alone  keeps  the  time  with  the 
sounding-sticks  '',  stamping  his  foot  at  each  beat  as  lie  slowly  comes 
forward,  the  others  following  and  keeping  exact  step  with  him. 
The  song  which  is  sung  over  and  over  again  all  the  way,  and  while 
the  sticks  are  sounded  is — "Yakai  !  ngaja  winjiri  winje  ngenuna 
chaimban,  kuna  pundili  warre-marigo."""'  The  route  taken  is  to- 
wards and  around  the  pile  of  smaller  sticks,  and  as  each 
individual  passes  it  he  picks  up  a  twig  with  his  left  foot, 
and  hopping  on  his  right,  to  the  beating  of  the  time 
gets  back  to  whence  he'  started,  the  circuit  enclosing  the  two 
heaps  of  faggots  being  completed  :  etich  now  takes  the  twig  from 
his  left  foot  with  his  hand,  and  places  it  on  top  of  the  pile  of  big- 
timber.  Collecting  again  at  the  same  spot,  another  start  is  made, 
the  same  performance  gone  through,  and  circuit  after  circuit  com- 
pleted until  tlie  whole  heap  of  smaller  sticks  is  removed  by  foot. 
T  was  informed  that  if  the  men  wei'e  to  touch  with  their  hands 
any  of  the  small  bits  of  wood,  before  arriving  at  where  the  big 
faggots  are  heai)ed,  they  would  get  sores  on  their  hands,  and 
what  is  more  important,  the  timber  would  not  burn  properly 
when  lighted.  The  second  heap  having  been  thus  cleared  away, 
the  old  corpse  V)earer  accompanied  by  the  men  walks  close  up  to 
the  dead  body,  upon  which  they  next  all  turn  their  backs  and 
retire  to  a  spot  about  thirty  feet  distant.  They  all  now  re- 
approach  the  body  simultaneously  in  rows  of  twos  or  threes,  one 
solitaiy  gin,  not  necessarily  a  relative,  bringing  up  the  rear,  and 
all  of  them  singing  and   repeating  the   song  already  mentioned. 


■■'  Bull.  4— Sect.  2'.){e}. 
■"•"•   Bull.  4— Sect.  29  (/). 

■■"■   AiY.- "  Aliis!    I  wonder  wlicrc  he    {i.<'.  Koi,  Hull..")      Sect,  (i.j)  uiet  you! 
We  will  take  \our  iiuts  out  and  see." 


392  KECOiUJS    OF    THE    AUSTHALIAN    MUSEUM 

Tlie  men  do  not  come  forward  in  ordinary  walking  gait,  but  each 
has  liis  hands  on  liis  hips,  thighs  separated,  with  an  inward 
movement  of  the  knees  at  each  advancing  jerk  of  the  body  all 
done  to  the  time  kept  by  the  old  gentleman's  sounding-sticks,  and 
the  old  woman's  clapping  of  the  Hats  of  the  hands  held  well  in 
front  of  her.  This  procession  may  thus  advance  and  retii'e  in 
broken  order,  some  two  or  three  times.  The  same  old  man  as 
before  now  carries  the  corpse  in  the  manner  already  described,  and, 
in  conipanv  with  three  or  four  of  the  men  and  the  gin,  makes  the 
circuit  of  the  timber-heap  a  few  times  (fig.  59z),  and  then  drops 
his  Inirden  at  the  same  tree-butt  that  he  started  from.  Finally, 
the  corpse  is  removed  to  a  spot  on  the  furtlier  side  of  the  edge  of 
the  scrub  (fig.  59m),  three  men  only  accompanying  its  bearer, 
the  other  males  having  joined  the  row  of  women  with  whom  they 
are  now  squatting,  the  females  alone  beating  time  to  the  singing 
of  the  same  old  song.  Having  reached  its  new  destination,  the 
corpse  is  laid  on  its  back,  and  awaits  the  setting  of  the  sun.  As 
soon  as  this  is  lialf  way  over  the  horizon,  another  old  individual, 
us'ually  a  Kobi,  or  "medicine-man,"  sits  astride  the  dead  body, 
towards  its  head,  aiid  makes  the  following  incisions  :  one,  right 
across  the  top  of  the  belly,  and  one  down  eacli  extremity  of  that 
incision,  so  as  to  allow  of  the  Hap  of  skin  being  turned  downwards. 
He  remo\es  the  stomach  only,  vvraps  it  up  in  the  deceased's  bark- 
blanket,  aud  holding  it  in  front  of  him  crouches  along  as  he 
makes  his  next  mo^e  to  the  near  sifle  of  the  edge  of  the  scrub 
liglit  in  front,  and  in  close  view  of  the  group  of  assembled  men 
and  women  squatting  in  their  original  places  (fig.  59k).  I  use 
the  term  "  crouches  "  purposely,  b(>,cause,  as  the  old  man  passes 
along,  lie  looks  suspiciously  on  either  side  and  over  his  shoulders, 
as  if  he  were  being  watched  by,  or  was  watching  for,  sometliing 
of  whieli  lie  was  terribly  afi-aid.  The  interpretation  of  such 
action  on  his  part  is  that  Koi"  might  come  and  do  to  him  what 
lie  lias  done  to  the  deceased,  i.p.,  taken  th(>  ^ital  principle,  breath, 
etc.  away:  he  accortlingly  keeps  watcliiiig  to  see  that  his  three 
<•  >m23anions  are  closely  following,  because  this  spirit  can  only  harm 
liim  when  alone  by  himself.  All  four  move  along  in  quick  time, 
stamping  in  step  to  the  sounding-sticks  whicli  his  three  com- 
panions carry,  and  as  soon  as  the  spot  fixed  upon  is  readied,  the 
bundle  is  placed  on  tlie  ground  and  the  old  man  left  alone  witli  it. 
No  one  actually  sees  what  lie  next  does,  but  it  is  firmly  believed 
that  he  cuts  open  the  paunch  and  finds  the  "  rope,"  "  something," 


J5ull.  .')      Sect.  <)5.  llf). 


WORTH    (/IKKXSLANI)    ETlIXOnRAlMI Y  —  ItOTII.  393 

etc.''*"  that  tlie  deceased  lias  been  doomed  with,  and  uiiieli  he 
buries  separately  to  prevent  its  returning  and  giving  the  tribe 
trouble.  He  is  thus  able  to  understand  tlie  cause  of  death  and 
to  discover  the  guilty  party.  After  the  burial  of  this  "some- 
thing," etc.  he  rejoins  the  others  and  all  now  proceed  to  the  corp.se 
oVer  which  they  have  a  good  cry,  it  being  finally  carried  by  the 
same  oUi  man  who  did  the  post-mortem  on  to  the  funeral  pyre, 
already  lighted,  and  there  left  to  be  consumed.  And  while  the 
fire  burns,  the  widow  will  advance  along  the  edge  of  the  scrub 
in  the  din-ction  of  where  the  sun  has  just  set,  waving  bushes 
which  she  holds  in  front  of  her,  aiid  sweeping  them  outwards  : 
with  lier  feet  she  takes  a  side-step  or  two  alternately  to  left  and 
right,  the  gentle  swaying  of  her  limbs  and  body  constituting  a 
most  graceful  and  pleasing  movement.  With  the  sweeping  of  the 
bushes,  she  is  supposed  to  drive  away  the  Koi  of  her  late  husband. 
At  the  next  Prun'''',  the  guilty  party  is  charged  with  tlie  oiFence, 
and  has  to  answer  for  it  in  the  usual  manner.  Dessication  is  a 
form  of  disposal  of  the  dead  practised  only  in  the  case  of  very 
distinguished  males,  indeed  for  such  as  would  be  considered 
worthy  of  cremation  with  ceremonial  ;  after  being  disembowelled 
and  dried  by  fire  on  a  grid  or  platfoiin,  the  corpse  is  tied  up  and 
carried  about  for  months. 

s.  On  the  Russell  River,  this  desiccation  process  appears  to  be 
highly  developed,  the  "mummy"  being  ornamented  (Pis.  Ixxi.,. 
Ixxii.). 

9.  In  the  Boulia  District''"  when  an  individual,  male  or  female,^ 
dies,  some  bushes  are  heaped  over  a  net  spread  out  upon  tlie 
ground,  and  on  these  the  extended  body  is  laid,  the  arms  lying 
at  the  sides  or  down  the  front.  Generally  with  a  spear,  the  net- 
is  fixed  lengthways  above,  so  as  to  enclose  the  corpse  in  a  sort  of' 
net  sheet.  Two  or  three  men,  side  by  side,  carry  the  body  resting 
erosswtiys  on  their  heads,  the  whole  of  the  camp  accompanying 
them  to  the  burial  place.  A  grave  having  been  dug,  the  body  is 
laid  in  horizontally,  face  up,  with  the  head  pointing  to  the  north, 
which  is  considered  the  orthodox  position:  the  depth  of  the  grave 


■■■•*  Bull.  5~Seet.  114. 

i'J  Bull.  4— Sect.  15. 

'■■''  The  account  of  tlie  disposal  of  the  dead  in  tlie  Boulia,  Cloneurrv,  and 
Upper  Creorgina  Districts  is  extracted  and  revised  from  my  "Ethnological 
Studies,"  etc.,  published  in  1S97 ;  coinparatirely  very  few  natives  aio  now 
to  be  met  yvith  in  these  areas,  those  that  survive  being  more  or  less  con- 
taminated with  civilisation. 


,394  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

appears  to  \aiy  with  tlie  nature  of  tlie  soil,  but  about  four  feet  is 
the  average,  though  this  is  often  exceeded.  The  corpse  is  next 
covered  with  logs  placed  longitudinally,  tlien  with  a  layer  placed 
transversely,  to  be  followed  with  a  filling  in  of  earth  and  soil  : 
on  top  of  all  this  are  placed  heavy  logs  and  bushes,  perliaps  some 
heavy  stones,  all  closely  interlaced,  and  reaching  to  a  height  of  from 
three^to  four  feet  above  the  adjacent  surface  which  is  cleared  to  a 
fhstance  of  a  few  feet  all  the  way  round.'''  The  boomerangs, 
spears,  etc.  lielonging  to  the  deceased  are  eithei-  buried  w  ith  him, 
destroyed  by  fire,  or  more  rareh^  distributed  amongst  his  brothers 
while  his  name  ceases  to  be  mentioned.  Burial  follows  almost 
inniiediately  upon  death  taking  j^lace  tliough  if  the  closing  scene 
occurs  at  night  it  is  not  carried  out  until  early  dawn.  The 
coipse  is  in  no  ways  decorated  or  painted.  At  the  grave, 
aiul  wliile  it  is  being  dug,  in  tlie  midst  of  the  weeping 
and  the  wailing,  the  woman  will  cut  themselves  with  stone 
or  glass  down  the  outer  and  anterior  aspects  of  the  thighs, 
in  numerous  more  or  less  parallel  superficial  incisions  : 
previous  to  the  cutting,  and  possibly  with  the  idea  of 
making  the  wound  all  the  more  painful,  the  (xlenormiston 
women  ha\e  been  known  to  wash  their  thighs  with  their  urine. 
These  signs  of  mourning  with  the  females  have  their  counterpart 
among  certain  of  tlie  male  relatives  at  Carlo,  Glenormiston, 
Herbert  I)ov\ns,  and  Roxburg  Downs,  but  apparently  not  at 
Boulia,  who  make  a  single  large  and  much  deeper  crucial  incision 
on  the  corresponding  portion  of  the  thigh.  The  actual  burial 
being  completed,  all  return  with  many  a  sob  and  tear  to  the 
camp  where  they  plaster  their  heads  with  blobs  of  "  parta"  (PPT), 
or  g3-psum,  causing  the  whole  head  of  hair  at  a  distance  to  appear 
■one  mass  of  white  (PI.  Ixxiii.,  fig.  1)  ;  owing  to  such  fixing-up  with 
this  material,  a  mourner  is  si)oken  of  as  "  parta-maro,"  ie.  plaster- 
possessor.  In  any  camp  uncontaininated  and  away  from  the 
settlements,  this  plastering  is  atlopted  by  all,  whether  the  deceased 
])e  man,  women  or  child,  though  it  is  worn  longer  by  the  nearer 
relatives,  if.  the  widow  or  widower,  blood-brothers  and  -sisters. 
It  is  these  nearer  relatives,  and  they  only,  who  in  addition,  colour- 
grease  themselves  down  as  far  as  the  waist,  both  back  and  front, 
\vith  led  and  yellow  ochre  in  pattei'ns  varying  with  the  .sexes,  and 
wear  an  opossum-string  armlet ;  in  the  case  of  a  young  child 
deceased,  no  painting  would  be  adopted  by  anyone.  Exclusive 
of  the  nearer  relatives,  in  addition  to  the  gypsum,  or  more  usually 


'"  Tn  the  Pitta  Pilta  laiii^uage  of  Eoulia,  a  gravi'   is  called  imir-ra    IvaiiiV)( 
(i^stick  stone). 


\(JKI'II     (.»U!:i:XSLAN'I)     KTllNOfJKAIMIY KOTII.  395 

when  its  supply  luiis  sliurt,  greased  ashes  or  imid  by  itsv^lf  may 
be  smeared  o\'er  the  winkle  l)ody  as  external  emblems  of  grief. 
Crying  and  weeping  is  repeated  nightly  for  a  week  or  two, 
especially  by  the  nearer  rehitives  who  may  repair  to  the  grave  for 
tlie  purpose,  the  sisters  continuing  when  tlie  brotliers  cease  ;  they 
generally  go  in  parties  l)eing  af i-aid  to  go  singly  on  account  of  the 
deceased's  ghost,  sjnrit,  etc.  Food,  pituri,  tobacco,  etc.,  may  be 
left  regularly  at  the  graveside,  and  tlie  corpse  openly  informed  to 
that  effect.  If  the  individual  who  doomed,  pointed  the  bone,  etc.,**'^ 
at  the  deceased  has  been  recognised  before  the  death  took  place, 
his  identity  would  be  confirmed,  or  otherwise  discovered  here  by 
the  tracks  from  the  spirit,  etc.,  at  the  grave.  When  an  individual 
ha.s  been  killed  by  the  whole  tribe  collectively,  <.'^,  in  punishment 
for  some  serious  crime,  he  is  usually  made  to  dig  his  own  grave, 
which  is  subseijuently  closed  in  similar  manner  except  that  the 
boomerang.s,  etc.,  with  which  he  has  been  done  to  death  are  substi- 
tuted for  the  long  logs  innnediately  covering  thecorpse  ;  wlien,  as  in 
cases  of  murder,  the  assassin  lias  been  caught  red-handed,  the  slayer 
and  slain  are  buried  together  in  the  same  grave  previously  dug 
by  the  survivor.  In  time  of  open  hostilities,  those  who  are  killed 
are  left  on  the  field  l)y  their  enemies,  with  broken  spear  or  boomer- 
ang close  beside  to  show  the  passing  wayfarei-  how  tlie  iiidi\  iduals 
in  (juestion  met  their   death. 

1 0.  In  the  Cloncun-y  District  among  the  INIaitakudi,  the  corpse  is 
usually  buried  in  a  crouching  position  with  head  down,  enclosed 
in  a  net  perhaps,  then  covered  with  some  tea-tree  bark,  and  the 
earth  thrown  on  top  :  no  logs  or  sticks  are  piled  up  above,  but 
the  ground  is  smoothed  to  the  level  of  the  surrounding  surface 
and  a  more  or  less  circular  area  cleaned  up.  When  night  falls,  a 
fire  is  lighted  at  a  few  yards  distant  from  the  grave,  and  some 
meat,  etc.,  hung  up  on  a  neighbouring  tree  :  this  may  be  repeated 
for  three  or  four  nights  following,  and  occasionally  now  and  again 
during  the  next  few  months,  until  it  is  believed  that  the  deceased 
"  has  got  too  old,  has  gone  away  somewhere  else."  In  the  olden 
days  the  women  usefl  to  wcjar  the  gvpsum  as  a  sign  of  mourning, 
but  nowdays  both  sexes  only  besmear  themselves  witli  mud,  or 
else  paint  themselves  red  as  far  down  as  the  waist ;  incisions  used 
also  to  be  made  along  the  fronts  of  the  thighs,  several  small 
superficial  ones  on  the  women,  and  two  or  three  deep  ones  oq  the 
meu.  Whire  uo  visible  or  otherwise  intelligible  cause  of  death 
presents  itself,  one  of  the  niedicine-mea  will  tind  out  whether  tliis 


''•^  Eull.  5— Sect.  14-i. 


396  i;i:c'()i;i)s  of  'I'iik  aistkaliax  mlseim. 

is  due  to  Malkaii,''  or  his  counterpart,  who  iu  this  country,  is 
believed  to  kill  blacks,  or  to  some  human  enemy  with  the 
niangai''^ ;  in  the  latter  case  he  would  make  believe  that  he  had 
picked  up  the  particular  incriminating  ^ew-craw  in  t'^e  neighbour- 
hood c£  the  grave,  and  accuse  some  individual  of  having  committed 
the  crime.  In  other  cases,  the  near  relatives  of  the  deceased  may 
learn  something  for  themselves  by  stickiii":  upiigbt  a  small  forked 
stick  on  the  grave  itself,  and  placing  on  it  a  manda-kuya''' ;  this 
is  done  at  nigbt,  and  if  on  the  following  morning  this  amulet  has 
fallen  down,  it  is  })roof  positive  that  the  late  lamented  has  met 
his  death  at  tl  e  hands  of  an  enemy  "  from  a  long  way   country." 

11.  In  the  Upper  Georgina  ])istrict,  along  the  river  from 
Cavandotta  upwards,  tree-burial  is  practised.  A  sort  of  platform 
of  logs  is  built  in  the  tree  about  ten  or  twelve  feet  from  the  ground, 
and  upon  this,  wrapped  in  its  net,  etc.,  the  corpse  is  laid  :  various 
sticks  and  bushes  are  placed  on  top,  and  in  and  among  them  the 
deceased's  possessions  may  be  enclosed.  The  body  is  usually  laid 
-with  the  head  in  the  direction  of  the  north  or  north-east.  Among 
the  Yaro-inga,  between  Urandangie  and  Headingley,  I  was  in- 
fornijed  by  members  of  the  tribe  that,  in  the  special  cases  of  im- 
portant personages,  when  all  tlie  Hesh  is  rotted  off,  the  bones  may 
be  removed  and  buried  in  the  ground,  with  nothing  on  the  surface 
to  indicate  their  presence  beneath.  In  the  neighbourhood  of 
Camooweal,  I  have  seen  tlie  body  of  a  flog  buried  up  in  a  tree  in 
exactly  the  same  manner  as  a  human  corpse.  Gypsum  in  this 
district  is  also  used  as  a  sign  of  uk turning  :  the  same  material 
prevails  also  in  the  Leichhardt-8elw3'n  District,  thougli  the  Kal- 
kaduns  use  red  and  yellow  paint  in  addition. 

12.  To  return  to  tiie  eastern  coast-line,  when  any  ordinary 
adult  male  died  at  Toi'illa  or  Pine  Mountain''",  his  big  toes  as  well 
as  his  legs  were  bound  together.  His  wife  and  blood-relatives 
stayed  in  camp  where  they  moaned  and  wept,  cutting  their  hccids 
with  tomahawks  and  beating  themselves  with  sticks  and  shields, 
while  other  blacks  would  remove  the  corpse  to  a  spot  about  half  a 
mile  away,  dig  a  shallow  grave,  and  scatter  the  excavated  soil  to 
n  distance  of  a  few  feet  all  the  way  round.  The  body  was  next 
laid  in  tlie  grave  and  covered  over  with  logs,  sticks,  etc.,  but  no 
soil,  that  which  was  excavated  being  carefully  smoothed    over. 

••'  Bull  6— Sect.  118. 
•  <•  Bull.  5— Sect.  144. 
'■•  Bull.  5— Sect.  1.54. 
'  '■  Information  given  h\  Mr.  W.  H.  Flowers,  late  of  Torilla. 


XOHTH    yUlCKNSLANL*    KTIIXOGKAPHV — KUTII.  .')97 

^ext  nioriiing,  this  smooth  loose  soil  round    the  jj;ra\e   wou'd    be 
carefully  examined  for  any  tracks,  for  it  was  firmly  belie\ed  that 
the  individual  who  had  murdered  or  otherwise  doomed  the  deceased 
would  be  certain  to  visit  the  victim's  place  of  burial,    and   so   be 
identified.     Three  or  four  days  later  portions  of  the    flesh  would 
1)6  cut  away  and  put  into  small  dilly-bays,    which    were   together 
tied  up  in  a  bundle  and  carried  about  by  the  widow    or  mother 
for  months,  fi'om  six  to  twelve,  until  such  time  as  the  bones  were 
disinterred,  when  they  were  all  j^assed  through  a  more  or  less 
triangular  aperture  cut  in  a  lioUow   ti'ee.       If   tlie  deceased   had 
been  a  great  warrior,  his  body,  previous  to  the  gi'ound-burial, 
would  be  placed  on  a  stage  about  six  feet  high  for  some  few  days' 
during  which  period  the  young  men  would  go    miderneath    to 
collect  the  drippings  which  would  then  be  cai-efully    rubbed   into 
their  skins  :  occasionally  the  kidney  fat  would  be  removed    and 
used  in  similar  fashion.     With  women,  no  trouble  appears  to  liave 
been  taken  :   they  were  just  wrajiped  in  bark,   put  in  a   shallow 
grave  lined  below  with  long  saplings,  covered  with  earth,  saplini;S 
again,  and  left  there.      When  little  children    died,    their    laodies 
were  kept  whole  in  camp  until  tree-buried.      Mourning  was  in  all 
cases  mnintained  until  the  final  tree-burial,  and  in  the  case  of  a 
married  man's  death,  the  widow  had  to  remain  in  camp  througli- 
out  all  this  period,  only  after  which  was  she  allowed  to  re-marr}'. 
W^ith  very  slight  variations,  the  description  of  the  disposal  of  the 
dead  at  Torilla  and  Pine  Mountain  holds  good  for  the  whole  coast- 
line from  the  neighbourhood  of   Mackay  to    Broadsound,    llock- 
hampton,  including  the  Keppel  Islands,  down  to  certainly  Miriam 
Vale,    though    naturally    such    practices    with    closer     European 
settlement,  etc.,  are  rapidly   dying  out   if    not   already  extinct. 
Throughout  the  tract  of  country  under  consideration,  I  had  several 
opportunities  during  1897  of  examining  the  empty  graves  as  well 
as  the  bones,  almost  invariably  male  adult,  hidden   in  the   neigh- 
bouring trees.     The    apertures  in  these   hollow  butts— more  or 
less  mitre-form,  though  with  age  and  growth   of  the  bark  they 
become    rather   oval    (PI.  Ixxiv.) — are  from    twelve    to    twenty- 
two    inches    long    by     five     to     seven     inches     wide,     cut     at 
a   height   of   from    four   to    six     feet     from     the    ground,    and 
closed   from    within   either    with    grass,   sticks,    or   bark  :    they 
are    said    to     have     been    painted    around    in    red    and    white, 
zig-zag  fashion.     At  that  time  also  I  heard  frequent  mention  of 
the  scaffoldings  that  had  been  noticed  at  Yeppoon,   Mt.  Hedlow, 
and  elsewhere,  but  which  even  then  were  things  of  the   past.     At 
Miriam  Yale''"  the  platform  was  formed  of  a  few  sheets  of  bark 

''■'  The  description  of  the  burial  ceremony  here  was  g,iven  me  by  the  late  Mr. 
E.  C.  Roe. 


398  i!i-;(;oHDS  of  the  Australian  museum. 

resting  on  cross-pieces  supported  on  the  forked  extremities  of 
posts  some  ten  or  twelve  feet  high  fixed  firmly  into  the  ground. 
Tlie  corpse  previously  stabbed  in  the  loins,  from  which  the  putrid 
matter  subsequently  trickled  out,  was  laid  upon  this  platform  face 
upwards  :  it  swelled  a  good  deal  for  the  next  few  danyn  but  soon 
became  sun-dried,  and  was  then  left  totally  exposed  for  from 
three  to  five  months  according  to  the  state  of  the  season.  With- 
out any  intermediate  ground-burial,  it  would  now  be  taken  down 
and  squeezed  head  foremost  through  the  aperture  cut  for  it  in  the 
hollow  tree  chosen.  Previous  to  the  exposure  on  the  plat- 
form, the  hands  and  feet  of  the  deceased  would  occasionally  be 
eaten,  and  especially  would  this  be  the  case  with  one  killed  in 
tribal  warfare.  Females  used  to  be  ground-buried  straight  away 
after  death,  and  left  there,  though  now  and  again  a  woman's 
corpse,  wrapped  up  in  bark,  would  be  seen  carried  around  for 
months  from  camp  to  camp,  though  with  what  object  is  now 
unknown. 

At  Rockhampton  and  at  Broadsound,  when  an  infant 
died,  the  mother  would  tie  up  one  or  both  of  the  dried  tiny  hands 
in  a  dilly-bag  and  carry  it  about  with  her  long  after  the  burial 
had  taken  place.  On  the  Keppel  Islands'"^  in  addition  to  tree- 
butt  burial,  rock-shelter  graves  were  employed,  the  front  lower 
edges  of  such  shelters  being  ledged  in  with  small  pieces  of  rock. 
In  one  of  such  caves,  on  North  Keppel,  well-hidden  from  cursory 
observation  by  growing  brush-wood,  in  a  space  about  four  and  a 
half  feet  wide,  and  three  feet  from  front  to  back,  I  found  the  closely 
packed  remains  of  at  least  eight  adults  and  two  infants  :  the  latter 
weie  enveloped  in  bark  contained  each  within  a  dilly-bag,  while 
the  bones  of  the  adults,  except  the  crania  and  maxilhv,  which 
had  been  left  exposed  and  separate,  were  wrapped  up  in  a  fishing- 
net.  Scattered  here  and  there  among  the  debris  and  sand  were 
dolls'^l  On  this  same  North  Island  I  also  came  across  a  dilly- 
bag,  containing  the  remains  of  a  piccaninny  wrapped  up  in  bark, 
hung  up  with  twine  from  a  tree  branch.  Some  of  the  inhabitants 
of  the  smaller  islands  about  Broadsound  are  said^"  to  have  taken 
their  dead  out  to  sea  in  a  canoe  and  thrown  them  over-boai'd. 

13.  Amongst  the  Brisbane  District  blacks,  variations  in  burial 
-customs'^  depended  upon  whether  the    deceased   were    adults    or 

'''^  Now  (1906)  deToid  of  natives. 

o  Bull.  4-Sect.  11  (h). 

™  On  the  authority  of  Mr.  W.  H.  Flowers,  late  of  Torilla. 

■?'  Tlie  above  jiarticulars  were  taken  down  between  1900  and  1902  in  the 
coin-se  of  conversations  with  Mr.  Tom  Petrie.  There  is  now  no  survi- 
vor of  the  Brisbane  blacks. 


XuliTil    (iUKKNSLAND    KTHNOfUtAPHV — ROTH.  399 

children,  male  or  female,  defoi'iued  or  not,  etc.      Wherever  a  l)lack 
di(»d  or  was  eaten,  the  trees  in  close  proximity  wer(>  nicked  around. 

In  the  case  of  adults,  immediately  after  death,  some  old  "  medi- 
cine man  "  not  necessarily  a  relative  would  cut  off  the  whole 
genitalia  if  a  male,  the  clitoris  only  if  a  female,  wrap  them  up  in 
grass  and  place  them  high  up  in  the  fork  of  a  tree  :  this  was 
significatory  of  tiie  sexual  instinct  being  finished  with,  and  to 
prevent  the  spirit  (nguru)  of  the  dead  entering  into  sexual  re- 
lations with  the  living.  The  next  process  depended  upon  whether 
the  corpse  was  to  be  eaten  or  not  :  it  was  eaten  if  deceased  was  a 
well-known  warrior,  a  medicine-man,  a  man  or  woman  killed  in 
fight,  or  a  woman  dying  suddenly  in  good  condition. 

If  determined  on  eating  the  body,  it  was  immediately  carried,  legs 
foremost,  on  the  shoulders  of  two  or  three  old  men  to  a  distance  of 
half  or  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  camp,  which  was  thereupon 
shifted,  the  men,  women  and  children  following.  When  a  bigfire  had 
been  made,  the  body  was  laid  face  downwards  on  a  large  sheet  of 
tea-tree  bark  lying  alongside.  The  others  squatted  in  groups  in 
a  circle  all  round  the  deceased,  a  few  yards  distant,  each  with  its 
own  fire.  One  "medicine-man"  now  took  the  sap-wood  of  an  old 
tree,  a  piece  about  a  foot  long  and  three  or  four  inches  wide,  got  it 
well  lighted,  removed  the  bui-ning  cinders,  and  while  still  glowing, 
applied  it  all  over  the  corpse,  except  the  head,  thus  singeing  off 
every  vestige  of  hair  (except  of  course  that  of  the  scalp  hair  and 
beard)  and  causing  the  flesh  to  turn  a  kind  of  light  brown  colour  ; 
he  then  rubbed  the  whole  body  over  with  his  hand,  thus  removing 
all  the  burnt  shreds  of  outer  skin  and  hair  particles.  Standing  about 
one  hundred  yards  away  were  three  other  "doctors"  each  holding 
a  stone  knife  in  his  mouth  .•  one  of  them  would  advance  singing, 
the  knife  now  held  in  his  hand,  pass  through  the  circle  of  scat- 
tei-ed  groups,  and  reach  the  corpse.  If  the  corpse  was  that  of  a 
male,  it  la}^  on  its  stomach.  The  newcomer  after  making  a  median 
incision  right  through  the  skin  from  top  of  the  head,  along  the 
neck,  right  down  the  middle  of  the  back  as  far  as  the  anus,  would 
tlien  retire  to  join  the  groups  around;  the  second  "medicine-man" 
would  advance  in  similar  fashion  and  incise,  from  the  median  cut 
just  made,  across  the  shoulders  down  the  middle  of  the  backs  of 
the  arm,  fore-arm,  and  hand  as  far  as  the  knuckles,  and  similarly 
retire  ;  he  would  be  succeeded  by  the  third  doctor  who  cut  from 
the  exti"emity  of  the  median  incision,  down  along  tbe  middle  of 
the  buttock,  and  back  of  each  thigh,  leg,  and  heel.  If  the  corj^se 
vras  that  of  a  female,  it  lay  on  its  back,  the  three  incisions  being 
correspondingly  made  on  the  front :  median,  from  the  top  of  the 
head  right  through  the  middle   of  the  nose   and   face,  down    the 


400  IfI<:CORDS   OF  THE   austualian   muskum. 

neck,  clicst,  and  belly  as  far  as  the  fork  :  the  second,  from  the 
neck  down  to  the  fronts  of  the  upper  extremities  as  far  as  the  tips 
of  the  pahiis  :  the  third,  from  the  foik  down  the  fronts  of  the 
thighs  and  legs  as  far  as  the  insteps.  Two  of  the  doctors  next 
commenced  to  get  off  the  skin  along  tliese  incisions,  removing  it 
in  one  piece  with  attached  toes,  fingers,  ears,  etc.,  and  then  to 
stick  it  up  on  spears  to  dry  before  the  ftre.  The  body  after  its 
entrails,  heart  and  lungs  had  been  removed,  was  next  cut  up  by 
the  doctors  and  carefully  disjointed,  its  different  portions  being 
indiscriminately  shared  by  themselves  and  the  people  around 
among  whom  they  were  thrown. 

The  old  and  young  alike  of  bf)th  sexes  partook  of  it 
after  roasting,  the  pelvis,  skull,  jaw  and  b(jnes  of  botli 
limbs  being  previously  removed  from  the  portions  so  rlis- 
tributed,  and  put  aside  :  it  was  only  the  back-l)one  to- 
gether with  the  ribs  and  attached  meat  that  were  thrown 
into  the  fire  and  so  destroyed.  The  sentiment  which  prompted 
this  eating  of  the  deceased  was  a  double  one  :  the  survi\ors  knew 
where  the  dead  actually  were  and  so  could  not  be  frightened  by 
their  spirits,  while  the  disposal  of  the  corpse  in  this  manner  pre- 
vented its  going  bad  and  stinking.  The  liver  was  eaten,  but  the 
entrails,  heart  and  lungs  buried,  the  spot  being  marked  by  three 
sticks  about  a  foot  high,  each  wound  round  with  grass-rope,  and 
stuck  closely*  apposed  into  the  ground.  When  the  bones,  which 
had  been  put  aside,  had  been  cleaned  of  all  their  flesh  and  brought 
by  the  deceased's  mother,  widow  or  sister  (in  order  of  preference) 
back  to  camp,  one  of  these  women  would  take  the  whole  pel  vis, '- 
put  it  on  a  log,  and  start  striking  it  with  a  sharp  tomahawk- 
stone,  taking  care  that  when  a  crack  should  at  last  be  heard,  the 
name  of  some  individual  in  particular^'  should  be  mentioned.  She 
would  then  recommence  the  hammering,  so  ari-anging  matters 
that  when  the  crack  again  took  place,  the  same  name  would  be 
repeated.  And  the  old  men  would  say  "  Ku-re  !  Ku-re  !  ",'''  and 
thus  accept  the  proof  that  the  person  mentioned  was  actually  the 
one  implicated  :  so  much  so,  that  when  met  with,  the  latter  would 
be  put  to  death,  usually  by  sneaking  upon  liim  at  night-time. 
After  the  deceased's  skin  had  been  thoroughly  dried,  it  was 
covered  with  charcoal  and  grease,  folded  up  and  carried,  together 
with  the  bones  in  a  dilly-bag  by  the  mother,  widow  or  sister,  who 
would  cry  o\'er  it  for  some  ten  minutes  or  so  regularly  at  night  and 


'■^  A  thigh-bone  was  struck  to  similur  ])urpose. 

''•^  This  was   usually  some   member  of  anotlier  tribe  on  whom  they  liad  a 

special  "  down." 
"*  An  expression  of  astonisliment,  wonder 


NOirni    liUEIiNSLAXU    ET11N0(;UAPIIY — ROTII.  4:01 

at  early  day  break.  Portion.s  of  it,  e.g.,  chest  and  Imck  where  the 
.scars  were,  were  given  to  the  women  friends  of  another  tribe,  wlio 
when  tliey  got  back  to  their  camps,  would  start  another  crying 
match  over  them  on  their  own  account.  This  giving  of  the  skins 
to  women  of  another  tribe  denoted  that  tliese  womeji's  husbands 
and  their  friends  were  not  considered  the  guilty  parties  :  it  was  a 
sort  of  confidential  tip  that  they  were  not  suspected  and  might  in 
perfect  safety  come  to  visit  the  tribesmen  of  the  person  deceased. '' 
After  the  remaining  skin,  with  the  bones,  had  been  carried  about 
by  the  women  already  particularised,  for  some  two  or  three 
months,  or  until  such  time  as  another  corpse  had  to  be  similarly 
treated,  the  dilly-bag  was  finally  slung  up  on  top  of  a  forked  stick 
stuck  upright  within  a  hollow  tree.'^''  Several  of  such  bags  might 
be  placed  in  the  same  tree  which  was  considered  "  dimanggali," 
i.e.  tabu. 

"J^-ee-burial  without  eating  was  the  method  of  disposal  in  the 
case  of  any  ordinary  male  mortals,  and  all  women  e.xcept  those 
killed  in  fight  or  who  had  died  suddenly  in  good  condition. 
After  removal  of  the  genitalia  as  before  mentioned,  the  body  was 
wrapped  round  in  a  sheet  of  bark,  tied  tightly  I'ound  beyond  the 
head,  and  bound  carefully  round  and  round  with  wattle-bark,  only 
the  tips  of  the  toes  being  left  exposed.  It 
was  carried  feet-foremost  on  the  shoulders  of 
two  men  to  some  gully  or  out-of-the-way  place 
in  which  they  never  hunted  (if  on  the  coast, 
to  one  of  the  mangrove  islands)  where  a  tree 
with  suitable  fork,  i.e.  six  or  seven  feet  off  the 
ground,  was  chosen.  Two  forked  sticks  were 
next  cut  and  fixed  upright  about  seven  feet 
from  the  tree,  and  a  platform  erected  (fig.  60),  but  in  such 
a  way  that  when  the  body  was  resting  on  it,  with  head 
next  the  tree,  the  feet  were  always  towards  the  N\est. 
Under  this  platform  a  circular  space  of  about  four  feet  diameter 
was  cleared,  and  here  a  small  fii-e  was  made,  with  the 
deceased's  spear  and  waddy  (if  a  male)  or  digging-stick  (if 
a  female)  stuck  in  the  ground  :  the  deceased's  spirit  was  thus 
enabled  to  go  about  and  hunt  at  niuht,  and  also  cook  his  or  her 


Tills  explaiued  liow  Mr.  Tom  Petrie  was  receivud  so  well  by  tribes  bejond 
llio  Turi'bal  boundaries,  when  they  knew  that  lie  liad  been  given  por- 
tions of  tlie  skin  of  Yabba's  son,  a  well  known  and  respeelecl  Brisbane 
character. 

In  neiglibouring  tribes,  a  shelter-cave  now  and  again  ve])laced  tlie  lioilow 
tre(!. 


402  RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

food.  ISText  day,  two  of  the  old  women — mother,  widow,  or 
sister — would  go  out  to  the  resting  place,  recognise  the  imprint  of 
a  human  foot''  close  to  the  fire,  arrange  between  themselves  to  fix 
the  guilt  on  a  darkie  of  another  tribe  whose  foot-print  they  would 
declare  it  to  be,  and,  returning  to  camp,  spread  the  information 
thus  obtained.  During  the  crying  at  night  and  at  dayl^reak  the 
alleged  culprit  would  be  cursed  and  sworn  at  by  the  relatives  and 
friends  with  sucli  epithets  as  "  big  head,"  "  big  belly,"  "  crooked 
leg,"  etc.,  and  threatened  with  what  would  be  done  to  him  when 
caught.  Two  or  three  months  later,  when  the  body  had  rotted,  it 
was  taken  down  by  two  of  the  old  women,  opened  out,  the  skull, 
jaw,  pelvis  and  limb-bones  cleaned  up  and  rubbed  with  charcoal, 
while  the  remainder  of  the  corpse,  including  the  bones  of  the 
toes,  fingers,  ribs,  and  back-bone,  was  burnt.  Having  brought 
the  bones  in  a  dilly-bag  back  to  camp,  a  fire  was  made  at  about 
one  hundred  yards  distant,  and  hither  the  whole  company  present, 
including  the  two  women,  proceeded.  The  mother,  widow,  or 
sister  of  the  deceased  then  started  hammering  away  at  the  pelvis, 
etc.,  as  before,  making  it  crack  when  mentioning  the  name  of  the 
person  whose  foot-print  liad  been  originally  detected,  and  thus 
confirming  the  evidence  of  accused's  guilt,  the  latter  being  accor- 
dingly put  to  death  at  first  apportunity. 

Deformed  people,  after  their  demise,  were  just  pushed  and 
jambed  naked  intu  a  hollow  log,  no  more  trouble  being  taken 
over  them. 

The  bodies  of  3-oung  boys  and  girls  were  never  skinned  or  muti- 
lated, but  usually  put  up  on  the  tree-platforms  unless  tliey  died 
suddenly  and  in  good  condition  when  they  might  be  eaten  by  men 
and  women,  the  enti'ails,  etc.,  being  cut  away  and  buried  under 
three  sticks  as  already  described.  The  corpse  of  a  very  young 
child  was  roasted  whole,  and  eaten  by  old  women  only.  New 
born  babies  might  be  killed  and  eaten,  only  by  the  old  women, 
immediately  after  birth,  especially  if  this  process  had  given  the 
mother  much  pain  or  trouble  :  it  was  usually  the  midwife  who 
screwed  the  infant's  neck  round,  breaking  it  by  liolding  the  jaw 
and  back  of  the  head  between  the  two  hands  and  so  twisting  it 
round.  Similarly,  if  the  mother  died  in  child-birth,  the  child 
was  deemed  guilty  of  having  killed  the  mother,  and  Avas  invari- 
ably immediately  killed  and  eaten  by  the  old  women. 


''''  Purposely    made   by  some  old  scoimdrel  of  a  "  medicine-man  "  tlie  niglit 
liei'ore. 


XOiail    QUEENSLAND    ETHNOGRAPHY ROTH.  403 

The  mourning  was  either  relative  to  mutilations  or  tu  decora- 
tions. Men,  old  and  young,  jabbed  their  heads  with  points  of 
tlie  spears  or  with  tomahawks  until  the  blood  flowed  :  the  older 
men  were  always  keener  on  this.  Similarly,  the  old  women 
banged  and  cut  their  heads  with  the  digging-sticks  :  the  young- 
ones  would  cut  the  whole  front  of  tlie  thighs  in  parallel  lines  of 
small  incisions  with  pieces  of  broken  flint  or  sharp  shell. 

Red  was  the  essential  colour  of  mourning.  In  the  case  of  the 
old  men,  the  entire  back,  front,  limbs  and  face  were  co^•ered  with 
this,  relieved  here  and  there  with  a  sj^lash  of  pipe-clay,  but  none 
on  the  face.  The  old  women  were  similarly  painted,  but  with 
more  splashes  of  white  which  was  also  specially  dabbed  on  the 
face.  Feathers  (swan's,  etc.)  tied  up  into  bunches  and  covered 
with  raddle,  were  fixed  with  beeswax  into  the  hair  of  old  women 
only.  The  immediate  relatives  and  near  friends  would  keep 
these  decorations  on  for  perhaps  two  or  three  months,  whereas 
the  others  would  drop  them  after  a  few  days.  The  3'oung  men 
and  young  women  would  ne^•er  wear  the  red  paint  or  feathei's  as 
signs  of  mourning.  No  eulogy  of  the  deceased  took  place,  neither 
was  his  name  mentioned. 


MTNERALOGICAL    NOTES:    No.   V.— CASSITERTTE 

CERUSSITE,  ZEOLITES  and  other  AUSTRALIAN 

MINERALS. 

By  C.  Andekson,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  .Miiieialooist. 

(Plates  Ixxv.-Ixxx.). 

CASSITERITE. 

Emmaville,  New  South  Waleh. 

(Plate  Ixxv.,  %.  1). 

The  crystal  of  cassiterite  from  this  locality  here  figured  is  of 
interest  as  having  an  acute  pyramidal  habit  through  predominance 
of  the  di-tetragoiial  pyramid  z  (321) ;  it  resembles  the  needle  or 
spai-able  tin  of  the  Cornish  miner,  a  tj^pe  which  seems  ver'v  rare 
in  Australian  cassiterite.  The  prism  faces  are  strong)  v  striated 
owing  to  oscillatory  combination  between  m  (110)  and  r  (-30),  r 
however  being  subordinate.  The  crystal  measui-es  1*25  x  "75  cm. 
The  part  bounded  by  the  prism  faces  is  mainly  black  with  patches 
of  semi-transparent  "ruby  tin,"  the  apex  of  the  crystal  down  to 
the  faint  line  traversing  the  faces  of  z,  a  little  below  and  parallel 
to  its  intersections  with  s,  is  black  with  metallic  lustre,  wliile  the 
central  part  is  reddish  and  ojjaque.  From  this  curious  distribu- 
tion of  colour  the  probable  hist(jry  of  the  crystal  may  be  deduced. 
Thus  it  may  be  inferred  that  it  was  at  first  prismatic  in  habit, 
most  likely  terminated  by  .s-  (111),  and  of  a  black  colour.  With  a 
change  in  composition  (indicated  by  the  cliange  in  colour)  the 
prism  ceased  growing  and  the  pyramid  z  predominated  :  finally 
came  another  change  in  composition  at  a  time  when  tlie  ci'vstal 
had  assumed  nearly  its  present  habit. 


MINKKALOOIOAL    NOTES  :    NO.  V. — ANDERSON. 


405 


Elsmore,  New  South  Wales. 

(Plate  Ixxv..  figs.  2,  3). 

Fine  crystals  of  tinstone  are  found  at  Elsmore,  where  they 
occur  disseminated  through  greisen  ;  weathering  sets  free  the 
cr3\stals  which  become  concentrated  into  alluvial  deposits  of 
economic  importance.  A  large  proportion  of  the  crystals  are 
reddish,  forming  the  so  called  ruby  tin.  The  usual  habit  is  stout 
prismatic,  and  the  crystals  seem  to  be  invariably  twinned  on  « 
(101),  the  usual  law;  doublets  are  comparatively  rare  and  some 
of  the  crystals  are  very  complex.  Fivelings  in  wliich  a  large  in- 
dividual supports  on  each  e  face  a  smaller  crystal  in  twin  position 
are  abundant,  and  specimens  showing  the  nine  individuals  com- 
posing a  complete  twin  crystal  of  this  type  are  b}'^  no  means  un- 
common. 

In  PI.  Ixxv.,  fig.  2,  is  represented  according  to  its  actual 
development  a  doublet  of  -75  x  "5  cm.  in  which  the  two 
portions  are  about  equal  in  size  and  development  and  the  line 
of  junction  is  barely  visible.  Unfortunately  this  beautiful  crystal 
is  fractured  on  one  side  where  it  was  attached  to  the  matrix.  It 
is  essentially  similar  to  the  crystal  figured  by  Becke,^  which  how^- 
ever  has  no  z  planes.  The  forms  determined  and  the  mean  co- 
ordinate angles  are  tabulated  below  : 


Measwed. 

Calculated 

Error. 

Forms. 

<t> 

' 

0 

/-• 

9 

9 

O            1 

O            1 

O             ' 

O             ( 

> 

a 

100 

0     3 

89  57 

0     0 

90     0 

3 

3 

in 

110 

44  57 

90     0 

45     0 

90     0 

3 

0 

r 

230 

33  43 

90     0 

33  41 

90     0 

2 

0 

h 

120 

26  38 

90     0 

26  34 

90     0 

4 

0 

s 

111 

44  51 

43  35 

45     0 

43  33 

9 

2 

z 

231 

33  31 

67  36 

33  41 

67  35 

10 

1 

a 

100 

0  15 

22  12 

0     0 

22  12 

15 

0 

' 

Bec-ke  -Mill.  Mittli.,  Heft  3,  1877,  pi.  i.,  f.  5. 


406 


RECOKDS    OF    THE    AUSTKALIAX    MUSEUM 


A  more  complicated  twin  is  drawn  (PI.  Ixxv.,  fig.  3) 
in  ortliograpliic  projection  ;  here  we  have  a  relatively  large 
crystal  with  four  smaller  individuals  twinned  to  the  former 
on  (101).  As  the  four  smaller  crystals  are  essentially 
similar  the  group  has  been  idealised  in  the  drawing.  The  lower 
surface  consists  of  the  s  faces  of  the  main  crystal  and  one  very 
small  individual  in  twin  position.  The  colour  is  black  and  the 
faces  are  as  a  rule  smooth  and  brilliant,  yielding  excellent  reflec- 
tions. The  dimensions  are  approximately  -75  cm.  (parallel  to 
vertical  axis)  X  1  "00  cm. 

The  measured  and  calculated  angles  are  given  below  : 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Fo 

•ms. 

0' 

P 

<t> 

P 

<P 

P 

o        / 

O             ' 

o        / 

O            1 

■ 

a 

100 

0     4 

89  56 

0     0 

90     0 

4 

4 

m 

110 

45     7 

89  58 

45     0 

90     0 

7 

2 

r 

230 

33  33 

89  57 

33  41 

90     0 

8 

3 

h 

120 

26  33 

89  56 

26  34 

90     0 

1 

4 

s 

111 

45  16 

43  18 

45     0 

43  33 

16 

15 

z 

231 

33  37 

67  38 

33  41 

67  35 

4 

3 

a 

100 

0     5 

22  11 

0     0 

22  12 

5 

1 

Hogue's  Creek,  near  Duxdee,  New  Soutpi  Wales. 

(Plate  Ixxv.,  fig.  6). 

Hogue's  Creek  furnishes  good  tinstone  crystals  with  the  usual 
stout  prismatic  habit,  sometimes  simple,  sometimes  twinned  ;  a 
fine  example  of  a  simple  crystal  yielding  the  forms  a,  m,  r,  h,  s,  z, 
is  here  figured.  The  faces  of  r  are  narrow,  the  pyramid  s  is  large 
and  striated  parallel  to  its  intersections  with  e.  Dimensions 
approximately  1x1  cm. 


The  Glen,  New  England,  Neav  South  Wales. 
(Plate  Ixxv.,  fig.  5). 
A  rather  large  crystal,  about   3  X  2-5  cm.,  from  this  locality 


MIN'KKALOGICAL    NOTKS  :    NO.  V. AN'DERSOX. 


407 


presents  a  form  different  from  those  described  above  ;  it  is  a 
fourling  on  the  common  \a,\v,  two  segments  being  about  equal  in 
size,  the  other  two  much  smaller. 


Stantiiorpe,  Queensland. 

(Plate  Ixxv.,  fig.  4). 

The  figure  is  drawn  from  one  of  several  small  crystals  partly 
embedded  in  a  decomposed  rock  of  indeterminate  nature  carrying 
crystals  of  quartz.  It  measures  only  2  mm.  approximately  in 
length,  but  its  faces  ai-e  bright  and  the  signals  good.  It  is 
twinned  on  e. 

The  followins;  forms  and  measurements  were  obtained  : 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Fo 

•ms. 

4> 

P 

^ 

P 

^ 

P 

o         / 

o         / 

O             ' 

O            1 

' 

a 

100 

0     0 

90     2 

0     0 

90     0 

0 

2 

m 

no 

45     0 

90     0 

45     0 

90     0 

0 

0 

r 

230 

33  37 

89  59 

33  41 

90     0 

4 

1 

h 

120 

26  35 

90     1 

26  34 

90     0 

1 

1 

s 

111   ■ 

44  55 

43  27 

45     0 

43  33 

5 

6 

z 

231 

33  44 

67  38 

33  41 

67  35 

3 

3 

a 

100 

0  13 

22  17 

0     0 

22  12 

13 

5 

(Plate 


CERUSSITE. 
Broken  Hill,  New  South  Wales. 
Ixxvi.,  figs.  1,  2,  3  :  Plate  Ixxvii.,  figs.  1,  2,  3). 


The  mines  of  Broken  Hill  have  yielded  some  magnificent  ex- 
amples of  crystallised  cerussite  ;  the  form  and  appearance  is  so 
characteristic  that  Broken  Hill  cerussite  can  generally  be  recog- 
nised at  a  glance.  It  occurs  as  long  prismatic  crystals,  often 
coated  with  rounded,  tapering  crystals  of  smithsonite  (carbonate 
of  zinc),  or  again  covered  with  brilliant  anglesite.      Frequently  it 


408 


KKCOHDS    OF    THE    AUSTKALIAN    MUSEUM. 


is  found  in  reticulated  masses,  forming  very  attractive  specimens. 
Very  typical  are  arrow-head  twins  on  r  (130),  sometimes  opaque 
white  and  of  considerable  size,  at  other  times  ti-ansparent,  when 
they  are  as  a  rule  smaller.  Twinning  on  m  (110),  the  more  usual 
law,  I  have  not  observed,  but  Miigge'-  and  Spencer'^  mention  its 
occurrence. 

Simple  crystals  are  not  common  ;  one  such  is  represented  in  PI. 
Ixxvi.,  figs.  1,2.  It  is  tabular  on  b  which  is  striated  parallel  to 
])rism  and  brachydome  edges ;  r  oscillates  slightly  with  h. 

It  yielded  the  following  forms  and  angles  : 


Measiu-ed. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Forms. 

1 

4y 

P 

0 

P 

•^ 

P 

o         / 

o          / 

o          / 

o         / 

b 

010 

0     1 

89  55 

0     0 

90     0 

1 

5 

r 

130 

28  37 

89  57 

28  39 

90     0 

2 

3 

X 

012 

0     2 

20     4 

0     0 

19  52 

2 

12 

k 

Oil 

0     1 

35  51 

35  52 

1 

1 

I 

021 

0     2 

55  21 

55  20 

2 

1 

V 

031 

0     2 

65     6 

65  15 

■1 

9 

z 

041 

0     2 

70  59 

70  55 

2 

4 

H 

051 

0     1 

74  55 

74  32 

1 

23 

y 

102 

89  56 

30  40 

90     0 

30  39 

4 

1 

,s 

121 

39  26 

61   42 

39  20 

6r  51 

6 

9 

p 

111 

58  37 

54  14 

58  37 

54  14 

0 

0 

0 

112 

58  21 

34  48 

') 

34  46 

16 

2 

When  twinned  on  r  and  long  prismatic  in  habit  the  crystals 
resemble  PI.  Ixxvi.,  fig.  3  ;  if  the  prisms  are  short  vertically  with 
predominant  r,  and  the  faces  of  the  domes  k  and  k  meet  in  an 
edge,  above,  below,  and  at  the  sides,  the  resemblance  to  an  arrow- 
head is  ver}^  striking.  A  typical  twin  of  this  form  is  shown  in 
PL  Ixxvii.,  figs.  1,2;  here  the  notch  is  formed  by  r  in  oscillatory 
combination  with  m,  and  the  edges  are  replaced  by  r  oscillating 
with  6. 

The  forms  and  angles  obtained  are  as  in  the  table  belo\\',  in 
which  we  have  the  mean  result  of  measurements  on  three 
crystals : 


-  Miigge— Neues  Jalirb.  Miu.,  ii.,  1897,  p.  78. 
«  Spi'iicer  — Min.  Mag  ,  xiii  ,  1901,  p.  39,  f  n. 


MIXKKALOOICAL    NOTES:    XO.  V, 


-AXDERSON. 


409 


Forms. 


mi 
ri 

K 

h 

Pi 
h., 


r., 

Xn 

s., 

u 


001 
OlO 
110 
130 
012 
Oil 
021 
102 
111 
010 

110 

130 
012 
Oil 
032 
021 
102 

111 

112.^ 

( 


Mpiisi 

ired. 

<^ 

P 

o     / 

O     ' 

0  2 

89  58 

58  36 

89  59 

28  35 

89  59 

0  1 

19  53 

0  1 

35  55 

0  2 

55  23 

89  26 

30  46 

58  37 

54  15 

57  16 

90  0 

1  20 
64  9 

89  59 

85  39 

90  0 

57  15 

19  53 

57  11 

35  57 

57  12 

47  33 

57  13 

55  9 

32  34 

30  38 

1  24 
64  5 

54  14 

1  29 
64  42 

34  46 

Calciilatetl. 


Error. 


0  0 
58  37 
28  39 

0     0 


90  0 
58  37 
57  18 
f  1  19 
164  5 
85  57 
57    18 


32  42 
i  1  19 
\64  5 
f  1  19 
\64    5 


90     0 


19  52 
35  52 
55  20 
30  39 
54  14 
90     0 


19  52 
35  52 
47  19 
55  20 
30  39 

54  14 
34  46 


2 
1 
4 
1 

1 

o 

34 
0 
2 

n 

\4 

18 
3 

7 
6 
5 
8 

(5 

no 

137 


0 
1 
5 
14 
11 
1 


Two  groups  of  four  crystals,  twinned  in  pairs  on  r  were 
measured.  Denoting  the  four  segments  by  I,  II,  III,  IV,  we 
have  I  and  II  twinned  on  r,  likewise  III  and  IV  twinned  on  r, 
but  although  the  orientation  of  III  and  IV  relative  to  I  and  II 
is  almost  the  same  in  the  two  groups  I  have  not  succeeded  in 
proving  it  due  to  twinning  on  any  known  face.  Appended  are 
the  angles  obtained  between  the  b  pinacoids  of  the  four  segments : 


(!)• 


(2). 


57° 

13' 

61 

26 

4 

4 

57 

18 

61 

54 

4 

38 

(Calculated  for  r  twin  57°  18'). 


^1  A  h., 

hi   A  h., 

bi   A  ^,1 

bi  A  b., 

bx   A  b., 

bi   A  b, 
An  attempt  was  made  to  determine  whether  the  reticulated 


410  RECORDS    OF    T]IK    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

form  so  common  with  Broken  Hill  cerussite  is  due  to  repeated 
twinning'  on  r  or  twinning  on  r  combined  with  twinning  on  tn  or 
on  some  other  law.  Suitable  specimens  for  this  purpose  are  not 
easy  to  get,  but,  from  a  group  consisting  of  part  of  the  plate 
forming  one  side  of  the  rhomb-shaped  net  and  two  small  attached 
crystals  with  elongation  apparent!}'  parallel  to  the  two  remaining 
directions,  the  following  measurements  were  obtained,  all  the 
reliable  data  being  utilised  in  order  to  get  results  as  accur- 
ate as  possible  : 

&i   A   h.,  57°     r        (Calculated  for  r  twin  57°  18). 

bi  A  h       ,  58    35 

From  these  figures  it  is  appai-ent  that  I  and  II  are  twinned  on 
r  while  III  is  independent,  or  exemplifies  a  third  twinning  law. 
Miigge,  who  was  the  first  to  describe  the  cerussite  of  Broken  Hill 
sayb^: — "  Neben  Zwillingen  kommen  audi  Drillinge  vor,  ind^ssen 
wurden  polysynthetic  Bildungen  nach  (130)  audi  ia  Diinn- 
schliffen  nicht  beobachtet,  wohl  aber  Verbindungen  von  Zwillingen 
nach  (130)  mit  gitterformigen  Drillingen  nach  (110),  welche 
letztere  auch  durch  tafeligen  Habitus  nach  (010)  sich  von 
Zwillingen  nach  (130)  unterscheiden."  If  Miigge  means  by  this 
that  the  mesh-like  form  is  the  result  of  twinning  on  (110)  com- 
bined with  twinning  on  (130)  I  can  only  say  that  so  far  as  my 
observations  go  I  am  not  able  to  substantiate  his  conclusions. 
Unfortunately  he  does  not  give  the  measurements  on  which  his 
inferences  are  based,  and  it  would  be  absurd  for  me  to  question 
their  correctness,  but  a  tabular  extension  on  b  is  not  a  criterion 
of  distinction  between  twinning  on  (130)  and  twinning  on  (110) 
as  the  habit  is  a  common  one  with  cerussite. 

Zeehan,  Tasmania. 
(Plate  Ixxvii.,  fig.  4). 

One  specimen  in  the  Museum  collection  shows  several  small 
but  well  developed  crystals,  simple  and  twinned,  on  a  matrix 
of  galena  with  patches  of  friable  limonite.  A  doublet  on  m 
was  measured  and  yielded  the  forms  c  (001),  b  (010),  vi  (110), 
r  (130),  X  (012;,  k  (Oil),  ?  (021),  v  (031),  ,:;  (041),  2)  (HI).  The 
faces  in  the  zone  [010,  001]  are  striated  and  slightly  inter- 
oscillating.  A  group  (PI.  Ixxvii.,  fig.  4),  is  made  up  of  four  indi- 
viduals of  which  I  and  II,  also  III  and  IV  are  twinned  to  each 
-other  on  m,  while  I  is  twinned  to  III  and  II  to  IV  on  a  possible 
face  (760)  for  which  the  calculated  value  of  <^  is  62*^  24'.  This 
form  has  not  been  recoi'ded  for  cerussite,  and  it  is  just  possible 
that  we  have  here  merely  a  case  of  accidental  grouping,   but  the 

^  Miigge — Loc.  cit.,  p.  79. 


mineFvAI-o<;k'AL  notks  :  \o.  v. — anukkson. 


411 


measuied  aiigles  given  in  the  table  agree   rather   well    with    tlie 
assumption  tliat  a  new  twinning  law  is  in  operation. 


Me  isiu'e  1. 

Calculat'^d. 

Error. 

Foi 

ms. 

1 

^> 

9 

0 

P 

0 

P 

0        1 

0 

0    / 

0   / 

/ 

/ 

c 

001 









— 



h, 

010 

0  1 

90  1 

0  0 

90  0 

1 

1 

«i 

100 

90  2 

90  0 

90  0 

)) 

•2 

0 

till 

110 

58  41 

89  59 

58  37 

J  J 

4 

1 

n 

130 

28  41 

89  56 

28  39 

2 

4 

Xi 

012 

0  12 

19  38 

0  0 

19"52 

12 

14 

ii 

021 

0  12 

55  22 

5) 

55  20 

12 

2 

2/1 

102 

89  34 

30  41 

90  0 

30  39 

26 

0 

Ih 

111 

58  40 

54  15 

58  37 

54  14 

3 

1 

ho 

010 

62  57 

89  52 

62  46 

90  0 

11 

8 

Uo 

100 

27  3 

89  59 

27  14 

„ 

11 

1 

fn-i 

110 

4  23 

89  52 

4  9 

5  J 

14 

8 

Vn 

130  J 

88  26 
34  20 

89  59 

(-88  35 
1 34  7 

55 

111 
113 

1 

X.2 

012 

63  1 

19  6 

62  46 

19  52 

15 

46 

H 

021 

63  1 

55  24 

)) 

55  20 

15 

4 

V-i 

031 

63  1 

65  11 

?) 

65  15 

15 

4 

^2 

041 

63  1 

70  56 

?) 

70  55 

15 

1 

2/2 

102 

27  9 

30  40 

27  14 

30  39 

5 

1 

Pu 

111 

4  32 

54  12 

4  9 

54  14 

23 

2 

b. 

010 

55  11 

89  56 

55  12 

90  0 

1 

4 

m^ 

110 

3  29 

89  59 

3  25 

5) 

4 

1 

n 

130 

26  29 

89  58 

26  33 

5) 

4 

2 

.X'S 

012 

55  10 

19  53 

55  12 

19  52 

2 

1 

^3 

Oil 

55  10 

35  54 

5) 

35  52 

2 

2 

«3 

021 

55  7 

55  19 

)) 

55  20 

5 

1 

i    -Oi 

031 

55  7 

65  15 

)) 

65  15 

5 

0 

^3 

041 

55  4 

70  44 

)) 

70  55 

8 

11 

y-i 

102 

34  49 

30  41 

34  48 

30  39 

1 

2 

1 

U.J 

66  22 
6   28 

54  13 

|66  11 
\,3  25 

54  14 

I'll 
I  3 

1 

h. 

010 

7  17 

89  31 

7  34 

90  0 

17 

29 

110  1 

66  3 
51  5 

90  0 

1-66  11 
\51  3 

)' 

0 

Xi 

012  ^ 

7  26 

20  5 

7  34 

19  52 

8 

13 

412 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


Washi\(;ton  Extended  Mine,  White  River,    Tasmania. 

(Plate  Ixxvi.,  fig.  4). 

This  is  represented  in  our  collection  by  one  specimen  in  which 
small  crystals  of  cerussite  occur  in  cavities  in  galena  coated  with 
yellow  limonite  ;  in  habit  it  is  tabular  on  h,  which  is  slightly 
striated  parallel  to  prism  and  brachy-dome  intersections.  The 
angles  are  tabulated  below  : 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Forms. 

0 

P 

<i> 

P 

0 

P 

o 

o          / 

o          / 

o          / 

1 

h 

010 

.    0     0 

89  59 

0     0 

90     0 

0 

1 

r 

130 

28  40 

90     2 

28  39 

)» 

1 

2 

X 

012 

0     0 

19  50 

0     0 

19  52 

0 

o 

k 

Oil 

0     2 

35  57 

35  52 

2 

5 

% 

021 

0     0 

55  25 

55  20 

0 

5 

V 

031 

64  59 

65  15 

0 

16 

^ 

041 

0     1 

70  37 

70  r.5 

1 

18 

n 

051 

0     0 

74     8 

74  32 

0 

24 

y 

102 

90     2 

30  41 

90     0 

30  39 

2 

2 

p 

111 

58  37 

54   12 

58  37 

54  14 

0 

2 

Comet  Mine,  Dundas,  Tasmania. 

(Plate  Ixxvi.,  fig.  5). 

The  crystals,  which  occur  on  a  matrix  of  galena  and  powdery 
limonite,  are  thin  tabular  on  h  and  twinned  on  m  ;  the  figured 
crystal  is  a  trilling  resembling  the  cerussite  of  the  Magnet  Mine^ 
The  two  crystals  twinned  to  that  in  the  conventional  position  are 
small  in  comparison  and  scarcely  penetrate  the  larger.  The 
measured  angles  agree  fairly  well  with  the  calculated  values. 


Anderson — Eec.  Austr.  Mns.,  vi.,  2,  1905,  p.  93,  pi.  xx.,  f.  1-3. 


MllltefeALOGICAL   NOTES  :    NO.  V. — ANDERSON. 


413 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Forms. 

^ 

P 

^ 

P 

0   / 

1 

p 

0    / 

0   / 

0        1 

h, 

010 

0  3 

89  58 

0  0 

90  0 

3 

2 

«i 

100 

89  57 

89  56 

90  0 

)) 

3 

4 

mi 

110 

58  40 

89  59 

58  37 

)) 

3 

1 

'>\ 

130 

28  40 

89  58 

28  39 

)) 

1 

2 

x, 

012 

0  6 

19  53 

0  0 

19  52 

6 

1 

k, 

Oil 

)) 

35  55 

)) 

35  52 

6 

3 

ii 

021 

0  0 

55  20 

)) 

55  20 

0 

0 

^1 

031 

0  3 

65  12 

)) 

65  15 

3 

3 

Pi 

111 

58  36 

54  14 

58  37 

54  14 

1 

0 

K 

010 

62  47 

89  59 

62  46 

90  0 

1 

1 

aa 

100 

27  13 

90  0 

27  14 

>) 

1 

0 

Wta 

110 

4  7 

■  89  58 

4  9 

)) 

2 

2 

^2 

130 

/88  35 
\34  8 

89  59 

f88  35 
134  7 

)) 

{? 

1 

t'2 

031 

62  46 

65  39 

62  46 

65  15 

0 

24 

63 

010 

62  35 

89  58 

)) 

90  0 

11 

2 

"a 

100 

27  20 

89  58 

27  14 

)) 

6 

2 

TO3 

110 

3  59 

89  57 

4  9 

)j 

10 

3 

^•3 

130 

(88  48 
134  3 

89  58 

(88  35 
134  7 

>) 

n 

2 

^3 

021 

62  36 

55  16 

62  46 

55  20 

10 

4 

;J3 

111 

3  57 

54  15 

4  9 

54  14 

12 

I 

BARITE. 

Commonwealth  mine,  Wellington,  New  South  Wales. 

(Plate  Ixxviii.,  fig.  1). 

Crystallised  barite  is  by  no  means  common  in  New  South  Wales; 
in  fact  the  crystals  now  dealt  with  and  those  from  St.  Peter's 
near  Sydney"  are  the  only  examples  known  to  me. 

At  the  Commonwealth  Mine  it  occurs  as  clusters  of  trans- 
parent, colourless  or  slightly  yellowish  (iron  stained)  crystals, 
with  prismatic  development  along  the  b  axis.  The  faces  are  not 
quite  smooth  and  the  angles  obtained  are  not  very  good. 


"  Anderson — Ree.  Austr.  Mus.,  vi.,  2,  1905,  p.  89,  pi.  xix.,  f.  2. 


414 


RECORDS    OP    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Forms. 

<^ 

P 

<!> 

P 

<(> 

P 

C 

001 

•                / 

o             / 

\' 

1 

' 

1 

^7 

320 

61   22 

89  58 

61   28 

90     0 

6 

2 

m 

110 

50  52 

90     4 

50  49 

)' 

3 

4 

0 

oil 

0     7 

52  54 

0     0 

52  43 

7 

11 

d 

102 

90     0 

39     1 

90     0 

38  51 

0 

10 

u 

101 

89  46 

58  34 

58   10 

14 

24 

J 

113 

51   11 

34  27 

50  49 

34  43 

22 

16 

z 

111 

50  51 

64  26 

64  18 

2 

8 

y 

122 

31   18 

57  07 

31   31 

57     1 

13 

6 

MONAZITE. 

The  Gulf,  near  Emmaville,  New  South  Wales. 

(Plate  Ixxviii.,  fig.   2). 

The  crystal  is  reddish  brown,  somewhat  worn  and  not 
measurable  on  the  reflecting  goniometer,  but  the  angles  ob- 
tained with  the  contact  goniometer  are  sufficiently  good  for 
determinative  purposes.  The  crystal  measures  1  -5  X  1  '5  x  "5  cm. 
and  is  twinned  on  (100).  It  is  projected  on  the  plane  (010)  and 
drawn  in  ideal  symmetry. 

Specific  gravity  :  5'152. 

SCHEELITE. 

Hillgrove,  New  South  Wales. 

(Plate  Ixxviii.,  fig.  3). 

At  Hillgrove  scheelite  has  been  found  in  considerable  quantity 
but  it  seldom  occurs  in  crystals.  One  specimen  consisting  of  a 
number  of  fragmentary  crystals  gi'ouped  in  parallel  position  is  in 
our  collection  and  is  here  figured.  It  is  greyish  and  translucent ; 
the  faces  are  rough  and  striated,  and  the  angles  obtained  with 
the  reflecting  goniometer  are  not  very  satisfactory.  Specific 
gravity  :  6'00. 


A  io 
A  e 


Measured.  Calculated  (Dana). 

=  131   A   131  =  23^  20'  23°  16' 

=  131   A  111  =  28     18  28    21 

=  131   A  101  =  67     12  68    ISi 


MINERALOGICAL   NOTES  :    NO.  V. — ANDERSON. 


415 


Mount  Ramsay,  Tasmania. 
(Plate  Ixxviii.,  fig.  4). 
This  is  the  mineral  analysed  by  Traube^.  It  occurs  in  horn- 
blendic  rock  in  well  formed  crystals  up  to  one  inch  in  length  and 
in  crystalline  bunches.  The  measured  crystal  is  about  1  cm.  in 
the  direction  of  the  vertical  axis  and  is  greyish  and  semi-trans- 
lucent. The  faces  are  fairly  brilliant  and  gave  good  signals  ;  only 
the  pyramid  e  (101)  is  present. 

Measured.  Calculated  (Dana), 

e  A  e'     =  101   A  Oil  =  72°  45' 


e  A  evn     =  101   A  Oil  =  107  15 


72°  401' 
107   191 


VESUVIANITE. 

Barraba,    New   South  Wales. 
(Plate  Ixxviii.,  figs.  5,  G). 

Vesuvianite  is  found  as  yellowish-green  transparent  crystals  in 
and  near  a  cutting  on  the  road  from  Barraba  to  Bundarra,  slightly 
eastward  of  the  Ironbarks  Creek  crossing.  It  has  been  described 
by  Mr.  D.  A.  Porter*,  who  states  that  it  is  found  lining  cavities 
in  massive  garnet  forming  a  vein  in  serpentine.  The  crystals  are 
accompanied  by  silica  in  the  form  of  hyalite,  and  a  greenish 
mineral  in  thin  tabular,  hexagonal  crystals  which  has  not  yet  been 
determined  but  may  belong  to  tlie  chlorite  group.  The  base  is 
usually  present  but  is  invariably  rough  and  non-reflecting. 

One  of  the  best  and  largest  crystals,  3  5  X  1  mm.,  was  measured 
and  yave  the  following;  forms  and  angles  : 


Measured. 

Calculated. 

Error. 

Forms. 

<}> 

P 

<t> 

P_ 

o            ' 

/ 

P 

°         1 

"       1 

C 

001 













a 

100 

0     5 

90     0 

0     0 

90     0 

0 

0 

m 

110 

45     1 

89  45 

45     0 

1 

15 

o 

on 

0  37 

28  15 

0     0 

28  15 

37 

0 

P 

111 

45  10 

37  12 

45     0 

37  14 

10 

2 

t 

331 

44  56 

66  46 

)) 

66|19 

4 

27 

s 

131 

18  27 

59  41 

18  26 

59  32 

1 

9 

i 

132 

18  16 

40     7 

)> 

40  22 

10 

15 

"<  Traube— Neues  Jalirb.  Min.,  Beil-Bd.  vii.,  1890,    p.  232,   quoted   Dana's 

System  of  Mineralogy,  6th  Edition,  1892,  p.  987. 
«  Porter— Joiu-n.  Koy.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  xxii.,  1888,  p.  85,  pi.  i,  f.  12. 


416  RECORDS   OF   THR   AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

ZEOLITES. 

Wherever  we  find  decomposed  felspathic  rocks  we  may  look  for 
zeolites  in  their  amygdaloidal  cavities.  Generally  several  zeolitic 
species  occur  together,  sometimes  forming  intergrowths,  and,  as 
in  crystalline  habit,  qualitative  and  even  quantitative  composition 
certain  zeolites  have  a  strong  family  resemblance  it  is  not  always 
easy  to  discriminate  between  them.  In  this  paper  I  have  confined 
myself  to  describing  those  of  whose  identity  tliere  is  no  reasonable 
doubt. 

CHABAZITE. 

Ben  Lomond,   New   South   Wales. 
(Plate  Ixxix.,  figs.  1,  2). 

The  basalt  of  Ben  Lomond  is  much  decomposed  and  so  full  of 
cavities  that  in  hand  specimens  it  sometimes  presents  the  vesicular 
appearance  of  pumice.  The  smaller  cavities  are  often  completely 
filled  with  an  incoherent,  yellowish-green  substance  which  has  a 
clayey  odour  when  wetted  ;  the  powder  has  not  been  analysed 
but  is  probably  bole  or  some  equally  indefinite  mineral  of  the 
kaolin  group.  Larger  cavities  are  filled  with  zeolites  sometimes 
beautifully  crystallised  ;  chabazite  predominates  and  is  accom- 
panied by  analcite  and  delicate  acicular  crystals  which  are  mainly 
mesolite  but  may  possibly  be  natrolite  in  some  cases.  Yellowish 
calcite  in  scalenohedra  or  in  spherical  aggregates  accompanies  the 
zeolites.  The  specimens  in  the  Museum  collection  were  obtained 
by  purchase  from  Mr.  D.  A.  Porter  who  has  also  supplied  us  with 
particulars  of  the  occurrence.®  The  specimens  were  obtained  from 
excavations  and  cuttings  on  the  Northern  Railway  line,  the  finest 
being  found  in  the  "  Big  Cutting  "  situated  about  a  mile  in  a 
northerly  direction  from  Ben  Lomond  railway  station. 

The  chabazite  is  sometimes  crystallised  in  simple  rhombohedra 
much  striated  parallel  to  the  edges  rjr  and  rjr"  or  forms  unequal 
interpenetrating  twins  with  the  vertical  axis  as  axis  of  twinning, 
but  it  usually  presents  the  characteristic  form  of  phacolite  with 
the  forms  r  (lOllj,  s  (0221)  and  e  (0112)  twinned  on  the  same 
law.  The  crystals,  which  attain  a  diameter  of  3  cm.,  are  but 
little  inferior  to  the  well-known  phacolite  of  Richmond,  Victoria ; 
they  are  less  regularly  developed  however,  and  are  strongly 
striated  parallel  with  the  intersections  rje.  A  common  feature 
is  a  crateriform  depression  at  the  apex  shown  in  plan  in  PI.  Ixxix., 
fig.  2.  In  such  crystals  each  individual  of  the  twin  really  consists 
of  three  portions  in  parallel  position. 

9  Porter— Journ.  Roy.  Soc.  N.S.  "Wales,  xxii.,  1888,  p.  87. 


MINERALOGICAL   XOTKS  :    NO.  V. — ANDERSON. 


417 


Four  analyses  (III  and  IV  being  duplicates)   were  made   with 
the  following  result  : 


VII. 

CO       ^  -M   ^ 

Cl        ^   C-l    r-r       1         '        ' 

o 
6 
o 

—1      (M   30  CO  CO  C£>  Cq 

O                r-<        lO'*<X)'*COlO 

o 

;> 

o 
o 

CO    1— I  t^   «D    <M             CO    r— 1 

o         ■^-iTf<COi— ilO      iCii — 1 

CO 

en 

> 

.— 1    -*    --H 

> 

-^      CO  CO  Ol          O  CO 
^           ^      lO  lO  O      1    ^  CO 

a 

1-4 

CO  ^  ,_,  CO  --H          lO  x 

Ol 

1— 1 
1—1 

I— 1     Ti<    .— 1 

C5 

l—i 
t— 1 

^            CO      00  >— 1  t^      1    CO  Oi 

X 

-          ^    CD  o  o    1  6  o 

Ol       ^  <M  .— ( 

o 
o 

t^     O  ^  o       t-  CO 

^            CD      t^  CO  O      1    ^  O 

OS 
C-1 

1—1 

~            1— I     t~  Oi  oi     1  O  1— ' 

en 
en 

1  + 
oo 

l°Sdo"opo^q 

OO 

w'w 

418  RECORDS   OF    THE   AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

I. — Ben  Lomond  ;  taken  for  water  •4915  gram  ,  general  -9914  gram 

II.—         „  ;  „  -4920      „     ,       „       -5878     „ 

III.—       „  ;  „  -8631       „     ,       „      -8631     „ 

IV.—        „  ;  _  „     1-2842     „ 

V. —  ,,  ;     mean  of  analysis  I.  II.  III.  IV. 

VI.— Table  Mt.,  Colorado.'" 

VII.— Calculated  for  CaO.  Al.O^.  4SiO,.  6H,0. 

After  46  hours  over  strong  sulphuric  acid  the  loss  of  water 
amounted  to  2-0  %• 

Inverell,   New  South  Wales. 

Crystals  of  chabazite  similar  to  PI.  Ixxix.,  fig.  1,  are  found  em- 
bedded in  a  decomposed  basaltic  rock  forming  a  cliff  near  the 
bridge  at  Inverell." 

Bell  Mount,  Middlesex,  Tasmania. 

(Plate  Ixxix.,  fig.  3). 

Some  fine  crystals,  '75  to  1"5  cm.  in  diameter,  have  been  found 
loose  and  coating  a  vugh  in  tertiary  basalt  at  this  locality.'^  Like 
the  Ben  Lomond  and  Inverell  minerals  these  ai"e  penetration 
twins  on  the  vertical  axis,  but  they  differ  from  the  former  in  the 
presence  of  a  (1120)  and  t  (1123).  The  crystals  arc  strongly 
striated  in  the  directions  indicated  in  the  figure.  Two  crystals 
were  obtained  by  exchange  with  Mr.  W.  F.  Petterd  of  Tasmania. 

ANALCITE. 

Ben  Lomond,  New  South   Wales. 

The  analcite  is  beautifully  crystallised,  transparent  and  glassy. 
The  crystals  are  small  averageing  about  two  mm.  in  diameter  and 
seem  to  consist  uniformly  of  the  trapezohedron  (211^,  A  typical 
crystal  was  measured  and  gave  the  result  : 

211   A  2ll  =  48^41';   calculated  48"  lU' 
211   A  121  =33    17    :  „         33    33^ 


w  Hillebrand— Bull.  U.  S.  aeol.  Surv.,  20,  1885,  p.  24. 

'1  Wilkinson — ^Jotes  on  the  Geology  of  N.S.  Wales,  p.   62,  Government 

Printer,  Sydney,   1882  ;  Porter — Journ.  Eoy.   Soc.  N.S.  Wales,    xxii., 

1888,  p.  88,  pi.  i.,  f.  7. 
12  Petterd— Papers  and  Proc.  Eoy.  Soc.  Tas.,  1902-3,  p.  24. 


MINERALOGICAL    NOTES  :    NO.  V. ANDERSON. 


419 


For   analysis   material  was  selected  from    several   specimens 
carrying  analcite  in  druses  and  cavities. 


I. 

II. 

III. 

7o 

7o 

/o 

H,0 

8.71(ign) 

8-37 

8-2 

SiO., 

54-39 

55-81 

54-5 

AlA 

21.76 

22-43 

23-2 

CaO 

1.33 



, 

K.O 

tr. 





Na..O 

13-77 

13-47 

14-1 

99-96 

100-08 

100.0 

I. — Ben    Lomond,  N.  S.  Wales  ;  taken  for  water  -1492  gram, 
general  -3039  gram. 

II.— Table  Mt.,  Colorado." 

III.— Calculated  for  NaoO.  Al.O,.  4SiO,.  2HoO. 


MESOLITE. 

Ben   Lomond,    New   South   Wales, 

The  slender  ci  ystals  are  too  minute  for  optical  determination  ; 
extinction  is  sensibly  straight.  The  mineral  fuses  to  an  opaque 
white  bead  giving  the  sodium  flame.  For  analysis  a  vugh  lined 
with  a  downy  covering  of  interlacing  acicular  crystals  was  de- 
nuded, yielding,  -5509  gram,  of  apparently  pure  material.  Water 
was  determined  by  ignition. 


H,0 

8i(), 

Al.,0,     ■•• 
Cab        ... 
K,0        ... 

Na.,0      ... 

I- 

IL 

III. 

IV. 

% 
11-86 
43-88 
27-14 

7-03 

tr. 
10.48 

"A: 

12-16 
46-17 

26  88 
8-77 

.    6.19 

7o 

11-75 
43-83 
29-04 

7-84 

7-80 

12-4 

46-4 

26-3 

9-6 

5-3 

100-39 

100-17 

100-26 

100-0 

.'■^  Hillebrand— Z-00.  cit.,  p.  29. 


420 


RECORDS   OP   THE   AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


I. — Ben  Lomond,  N.S.  Wales. 
II.— Table  Mt.,  Colorado.'" 
Ill, — Eisenach,  Thuringia.'* 


IV. — Calculated  for 


C  Na.,  O.  A1,,0 
I  2 (CaO 


3Si02.  2H2O. 
ALO3.  3SiO,.  3HaO). 


NATROLITE. 

Inverell,    New   South    Wales. 

The  mineral  occurs  as  transparent  colourless  aggregates, 
radiated  in  structure.  Extinction  is  straight  and  compensation 
takes  place  with  quartz  wedge  perpendicular  to  direction  of 
elono;ation. 


H,0  @  100°  C- 
H,0@  100°  C  + 
SiO^   

AlA 

CaO   

KoO   

Na,0 

I. 

11. 

IV. 

7o 

0-38 

8-90 

46-38 

27-36 

0-83 

0-13 

15-63 

1  9 '84 

47-31 

26-77 

0-41 

0-35 

15-44 

9-5 

47-4 

26-8 

16-3 

99-61 

100-12 

100-0 

I. — Inverell,  N.S.  Wales ;  taken  for  water  -6459  grams,  general 
•8978  grams. 

II. — Cape  Blomidon,  Nova  Scotia.^* 

III.— Calculated  for  Na,0.  ALO,.  3SiO,.  2H,0. 


THOMSONITE. 

Inverell,    New   South   Wales. 

This  is  white,  radiated,  decrepitates  before  the  blowpipe^  intu- 
mesces  slightly  and  yields  an  opaque  white  bead.  Analysis  was 
made  in  duplicate  : 


1^  Hillebrancl- — Loc.  cit.,  p.  35. 

J''  Liicdecke— Neues  Jahrb.  Min.,  1881  ,  ii.,  p.  34. 

"^  Brush — Anier.  Journ.  Sci ,  xxxi.,  1861,  p.  365. 


MINERALOGICAL    NOTES  :    \0.  V. ANDERSOX. 


421 


I. 

TI. 

III. 

IV. 

"/ 

"A. 

/o 

/o 

B.,0  Qi:  100°  C- 
H,0  (a:  100°  C  + 

-68 
12-05 

■  not  det. 

<    12-91 

1 

f   13-75 

Sib..      

40-60 

40-76 

40-88 

37-00 

ALO, 

29-67 

29-79 

29-68 

31-39 

Cab       

11-74 

11-58 

11-88 

11-50 

Na.,0 

5-62 

5-87 

4-72 

6-36 

100  36 

100-07 

100-00 

I. — Inverell  ;  taken  for  water   4240  gram,  general  -4820  gram. 
II. — Inverell  ;  taken  -5395  gram. 
III.— Table  Mt.,  Colorado.^'' 


IV. 


^  ,     ,  .    .  f     f  Na.O.  ALA  2SiO...  2iH.,0. 
(calculated  torj^  (CaO.  AlA-  2810,."  2iH.,0). 


SCOLECITE 
VV'ekkis   Cheek,    New   South    Wale.s. 

This  mineral  is  associated  with  heulandite  and  stilbite  in  a 
decomp(jsed  andesitic  rock  containing  plienocrysls  of  plagioclase 
almost  completely  zeolitised  ;  the  scolecite  occurs  as  white  nodular 
radiated  masses.  Before  tlie  blowpipe  intumesces  slightly  and 
fuses  to  a  blebby  enamel.  Mr.  D.  A.  Porter  who  presented  the 
specimens  to  the  Trustees  informs  me  that  it  is  rather  rare  at  the 
locality. 

The  mineral  gelatinises  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  yielded  the 
fV)llowing  percentages  : 


I. 

TI. 

III. 

"/„ 

7o 

H.,0 

13-94 

14-48(diff., 

13-8 

SiO, 

45-19 

46-03 

45-9 

ALA 

25-56 

25-28 

26-0 

FeA 

— 

0-27 

CaO 

15-39 

12-77 

14-3 

lv.,0     . 
Na..() 

1        0-74 

0-13 
1-04 

■ 

100-82 

100-00 

100-0 

''  llillebraiKl — Lor.  fit.  p.  25. 


422 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


minute    transparent 
cavities  in    the    de- 


I. — Werris   Ck.,   N.S.  Wales ;    taken    fur    water    -4540    gram 
general  -7504  gram. 

II.— Table  Mt.,  Colorado.  1^^ 

III.— Calculated  for  CaO.  AL.Og.  SSiO,..  3H,0. 

HEULANDITE. 

Werris   Creek,    New   South    Wales. 
(Plate  Ixxviii.,  fig.  7). 

At  Werris  Creek  heulandite  occurs  as 
colourless  crystals  lining  small  amygdaloidal 
composed  rock.  It  has  the  usual  pearly  lustre  on  the  clinopina- 
coidal  cleavages,  which  are  found  to  be  perpendicular  to  an  acute 
positive  bisectrix,  thus  distinguishing  the  mineral  from  stilbite 
which  otherwise  it  resembles  closely.  The  crystals  liaxe  the 
characteristic  coffin  shape,  the  forms  present  being  b  (010),  m 
(110),  X  (021),  f,  (201),  u  (111),  .s  (2"01).  The  available  material 
is  Uh)  scanty  to  permit  an  analysis. 

STILBITE. 

Jamberoo,    New   South    Wales. 
This  locality  was  discovered  by  Mr.  B.  G.  Engelhardt  by  whom 
the  mineral,  which  occurs  in  trachyte,  has  already  been  described.^^ 
An  anal3^sis  was  made  on  a  specimen  in  the  Australian  Museum 
presented  by  the  original  discoverei-,  with  the  appended  result : 


H.O 

SiO.,... 
Al,,6, 

FeA 

Cab 

K.>0... 

Na.,0 

I. 

II. 

III. 

7o 
17-53 
57-61 

i      15-56 

8-22 

(        1-19 

7o 

17-30 
58-79 
14-61 
0-47 
9-53 
0-23 
0-32 

17-2 
57-4 
16-3 

7-7 

1-4 

100-11 

101-25 

1000 

I. — Jamberoo  ;  taken  for  water  -2755  gram,  general  -5593  gram. 

II.— Bordo,  Faroes.'^" 

III.— Calculated  for  (Na.,,Ca)  O.  AI2O3.  6SiO.,.  6H.,0. 

"  Hillebrand~ioc.  cit.,  p.  37. 

1"  Engelhardt— Proc.  Linn.  Soe.  X.S.Wales,  (2),  vi.,  1891,  p.  5,  pi.  i.  :  -Inquet 

and  Card^Rec.  Geol.  Sui-v.  N.S.Wales,  viii.,  1,  1905,  p.  17. 
-0  Heddle— Min.  Mag.,  i.,  1877,  p.  21. 


OCCASIONAL    NOTES. 


Vn.— EGGS  OF  CACOMANTIS   INSPERATUS,  GOULD 

The  eggs  of  the  Brush  Cuckoo  of  Gould's  folio  edition  of  the 


■'OO 


"  Birds  of  Australia  "  were  unusually  common  last  season  on  the 
highlands  of  the  Milson's  Point  Railway  Line.  Mr.  A.  A.  John- 
ston took  no  less  than  seven  eggs  in  as  many  nests  of  Rhipidura 
alhiscapa.  One  nest  four  feet  from  the  ground  that  he  had  to  lift 
the  bird  off,  revealed  two  eggs  of  the  Brush  Cuckoo,  and  one  egg 
of  RhipidxLva  alhiscapa.  This  was  on  the  24:th  November,  1906. 
The  nest  of  this  pair  of  birds  he  took  again  on  the  9th  January, 
1907,  when  it  contained  two  eggs  of  the  White-shafted  Fantail 
and  one  egg  of  the  Brush  Cuckoo.  On  the  5th  January,  1907,  he 
took  a  nest  of  Malnrus  lamberti  with  two  eggs,  also  an  egg  of  the 
Brush  Cuckoo,  which  is  the  first  time  I  have  known  the  egg  of 
this  Cuckoo  to  be  found  in  the  nest  of  this  species.  Four  fresh 
eggs  were  taken  from  a  nest  of  the  same  pair  of  birds  on  the  16th 
January,  and  two  eggs  of  Lambert's  Superb  Warbler  from  the  third 
nest  of  this  pair  of  birds,  on  the  29th  January,  1907,  also  an  egg 
of  the  Brush  Cuckoo.  On  the  18th  November,  1906,  Mr.  Johnston 
took  a  nest  of  Myiagra  vnbeoula,  containing  two  eggs  of  that 
species,  also  an  egg  of  the  Brush  Cuckoo. 

As  I  have  pointed  out  in  "  The  Ibis,"'  the  Cacomantis 
insperatus  of  Gould,  agrees  with  Latham's  description  and  figure 
of  Ciiculus  Jiabe/li/ormis,  but  not  the  species,  the  latter  name  has 
been  applied  by  writers  in  general. 

Alfred  J.  North. 


1  North— Tlie  Ibis,  1906,  p.  .53. 


\a^a.£"\ 


RECORDS 


OF   THE 


AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM, 


EDITED  BY  THE  CURATOR. 


Vol.  VL,  No.  6. 


PRINTED     BY      ORDER     OF     THE     TRUSTEES. 
R.    ETHERIDGE,   Junr.,   J. P., 

FRIDAY,  20th  MARCH,   1908. 


The  Swift  Printing  Company,  Ltd.,  5  Janiieson  Lane,  Sydney. 


i2srr)E:x:. 


PAGE 

Aboriffinal  Workshops  N.S. 

Walsp,  see  Workshoiis 
AcANTHiSTius  .verrrt/w*       ...        61 
aeanthoptenis,  Mtrex  ..     287 

acanthnmt-i,  Seius    ...  ...      173 

kCK'RXSS  domestictts  ...  ...     181 

exculcerans  ...     189 

farina-  180 

folHculonon  ...  ...     192 

(jallitup  ...  ...      174 

limacttm  ...  ...      150 

refle.vus  ...      163 

scabiei  ...  ...     189 

.tiro     180,189 

felarius  ...  ...      153 

«er/i«t>,  LiMEA         ...  46,223 

AcHORUTES,  speciosiis         ...     314 
acicula,  Clio  ...  ...     285 

AcM.SA  parva,  var.  fa.'unanica  215 
AcRlLL  A  mill  id  It /a    ...  ...        52 

ACTEON  fl-H^^/'i^rt       ...  ...      285 

rosea  ...  ...  ...     285 

acuminata,  Eochefortia  214,  288 
Adacnarca  ...         ...  ...       46 

.<iqnamea  ...  45.  213,  285 

Adeorbis  angulaia  ...        50 

Admete -y/m-^a        ...         285,295 
Mov.\^Q,\i^  strigatus...  ...       59 

(P.qiiilateralis,  Globigerina       309 
affniis,  Beryx  ...  ...       60 

affinxx,  Protolichus  ...     184 

affinis,    Pterolichus  183,  184 

agapeta,  Marginella         ...     214 
A G A u e  h re v ipa Ipus  ...     161 

rt/Z/Z/w/umw.?,  Textularia  ...     307 
agnata,  Bathytoma  213,  220,  285 
nlastoris,  Heteropus  ...      177 

alastoris,  Pediculoides      ...     177 
alazon,  Liotia  ...  ...        49 

alba,  CoLUMBKLLA  ...  ...     298 

alha,  MiTROMORPHA  287,  298 

albida,  Myodora      ...         287,  301 
«//n_9'e«a,THYASiRA  ...  ...     363 

alhivtntris,  Artamus  ...     341 

alho-striatum,  'J'heridion  ...        27 

ALEUROBIUS_/rtrU((C  ...       180 

Aleuterius  hroionii           ...  80 

Allomorphixa  frigona      ...  307 

Iriqonula        ...          ...  306 

sp.'      307 


PAGE 

A  LLOPTES  cori/mbop/idnix 

..     186 

lobulatiis 

..     185 

major 

..     186 

securiger 

..     185 

r?///5o;7i  MARGrNELT.A214,287,295 

aireata,  Cuspidaria             ...  363 

alreolatum,  SPHiEROZOUM  ...  281 

alvfofiformi.i,  MiLiOLiNA    ...  306 
a/ real  ill  iformis,       Pol  ymo  u- 

phi'na     305,308 

Amaukobius  so<"i'«/i'«           ...  9 

Amblyomma  hgdro-saiiri     ...  169 

limhafuin        ...          ...  170 

moreli(B           ...          ...  170 

postouclatttm...          ...  170 

trigidtatiim    ...          ...  170 

«>w6m/««*,  ECHIDNOPHAGA     ..  101 

aiiiericanii-i,  Argas  ...          ...  164 

i-HHwowcxV/p-y,  Opercdlina   ...  310 

Amphisilk  crisfafa              ...  60 

A  MPHiTHALMUS  pgraniidaUts  285 

Amphora,  sp.           ...         ...  306 

Amusium  thetidis,  41,  213,223,285 

aaucanthe.'i,  Sarcoptes       ...  190 
Analcite,  Ben  Lomond,  N  S. 

Wales 418 

anale,  Scyllium      ...  228 

ANALGESlDiE                  ...             ...  181 

Analges  tetracentriis          ...  185 

analis,  Oatulus,  eo^tr-ca^e...  228 

analifi,  Neriene        ...          ...  331 

analis,  Scylliorhinus        ...  228 

Ananiis  tai:<!oiiemi(-^            ....  178 

aiias-e,  Tarsonemus            ...  178 

Ancoc^lus  ...          ...          ...  28 

livcn.i              ...          ...  28 

angasi,  Carditella  213,  285 

angasi,  Columbella           ...  285 

angasi,  Cuspidaria 213 

angasi,  Gafrarium...          ...  286 

angasi,  Marginella            ...  42 

angasi,  Eochfobtia             ...  288 
Anglesite,  Lewis  Ptaidf,  N.S. 

Wales        ...          ...  92 

Maestrie's  Mine,  Dun- 
das,  Tasmania      ...  90 

Mine  Meretrice,  New 

Caledonia 91,97 

r/H_5ru/<7('ff,  Adeorbis              ..  50 
angulaia    (var.),  Cavolinia 

angulida               ...           ...  285 


426 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


PAGE 

angul  at  a,  GiTUS  A.     ...         285,291 

anguilla,  Eucta        ...          ...  332 

Anisomton  rfpju)'e«.?j(-v  ...  328 
annularis      (var.),     Lagena 

sulcata  ...  307,  311 

annulata,  LiOTiA     ...          ...  42 

annnlatii.t,  Rhipicephalus  166 
annulatus,    (yar.)    australis, 

Ehipicephalus         ...  167 

rt«0)/»a/«,  PSEUDAVICULA       ...  319 

Anomalina  arimineiixi.i      ...  309 

grosserugosu  ...          ...  309 

antarctica,SciM'SX...         ...  63 

antipodiana,  Aegtrodes    ...  25 

Avisivs  niarmoratus            ...  20] 

A PONOMMA  CO«CO?OJ'                ...  169 

decorosum      ...          ...  168 

ecinctum         ..           ...  169 

hydroaauri     ...          ...  169 

trimaculatum             ...  168 

aptenodi/ttim,     Cheilgbran- 

CHus     ...         196 

aquilinu.i,     var.      milvulina, 

PSEUDALLOPTEB             ...  184 

afjuihnus,      var.      milrnUna, 

Pterolichus             ...  184 

Abacana  aurita       ...          ...  b2 

le)itieulari.9    ..           ...  82 

rtrrtcAi.9,  CiLiCHNA  ...          ...  286 

rt/-i7^a,  Monilea       ...  214,287 

araucana,  Discorbina         ...  309 
Akca.  reticnla/a        ...            41,285 

Abchitectonica  atkiii-ioni.  285 

reevei      ...         ...         ...  285 

arenatum,  CoIjIjOZOVm.        ...  278 

ArtCViiAUiX  dipsacoide.i       ...  359 

arenaria,  Asteorhiza          ...  307 

areiiaria,  Spieoloculina   ...  306 

art)iosa,  Thraciopsis            42,  288 

A'RQA.s  americanus    ...          ...  164 

persicus          ...          ..  164 

reflexus           163 

sp 164 

ARGASID^            163 


ARGIOPID^          

330 

Argtrodes  

25 

antipodiana  ... 

25 

incisifrons 

25 

margaritarius 

25 

Aegtroepeira  celehesiana  . 

335 

granulata 

335 

Akiamnes 

24 

coluhrinus 

14 

nna»«5,  Phttophus 

192 

PAGE 

ariminensis,  Anomalina    ..  309 

armata,  Sci^na        ...          ...  71 

armatmn,  COLLOZOUM          ...  275 

«n»(7i;H.9,  Cabanx      ...          ...  71 

arma/«.s,  PAT.ffiCUS   ...  IQyll 

aronice,  Phytophus             ...  192 

Akfx^ivs,  alhirentris           ...  341 

aruanns,  Megalateactus  ...  98 

ASPASMOGASTEB          ...             ...  315 

AsPELLA  nndata       ...         285,  294 

asperrimus,  Chlamts           ...  213 

as-^arius,  Ch^todgn            ...  66 

Astaete  ti'Ollumhillaensi.'i  ...  327 

A  STELE  hilix...          ...          ...  48 

glyptus           213 

AsTEOEHizA  arenaria         ...  307 

Atax  ciimherlandensis         ...  160 

atkinsoni,  Architectonica  285 
alkinsoni,  Schismope           42,  288 

Atlanta  jfjwea         ...         ...  285 

inclinata        ...          ...  285 

keraudrenii   ...         ...  299 

rosea  ...         ...         ...  285 

atlanticum,  Belonozoum    ...  279 

Atys pransa ...         ...         ...  285 

Aucella  Jiughendenensis    ...  321 

AvhOTVS  piirpurissatus       ...  59 

aurita,  Aeacana      ...          ...  82 

auritus,  Ostracion              ...  82 

aitstrale,  Flabellum          ...  272 
anstraliana,  Cel^enopsis    ...  "  172 

australiensis,  Verticordia  303 
australis,  Carinaria           213,  223 

a««^ra/w,  Episinus  ...          ...  25 

australis,  Gltphidodon     ...  69 

aitstralis,  ModioIjX  ...         ...  287 

australis,  Poetheus             ...  7 

australis,  Protalqes  ...  185 
australis  (var.),  Khipiceph- 

ALUS  annulatus              ...  167 

australis,  Scissueella  ...  288 
australis,  ( var.),  Stmphurus 

strictu 349 

austrina,  AcTEON     ...          ...  285 

avellanoidfs,  Ctpr^a  ...  293 
arellanoides,  '1  rivia            288,  293 

Ayicvlk  (-07 hiensis  ...          ...  320 

Jiughendenensis           ...  321 

avium,  Dermantssus          ...  174 

Axinite.Bowling  Alley  Point, 

N.  S.  Wales          ...  133 

Colebrook  Mine,  Dun- 
das,  Tasmania      ...  135 

Moonbi,  N.S.  Wales  135 


INDEX. 


427 


B 

PAGE 

bahiflonira,  Ptrene             ...  359 

badiiis,  SiRiu.s           ...            42,  288 

baiUonii,  C.?<:siomoeus        ...  71 

haillonii,  'rRACHl.>lOTUS       ...  71 

BkijiHTES  chinensis  ...          ...  79 

gramdatua     ...           HO,  210 

hippocrepis    ...          ...  80 

penicilHgerus             ...  80 

baucrofti,  TARbONEMUs       ...  177 
Barite,  Commonwealth  Mine, 

N.S.Wales           ...  413 

St.  Petere,  Sydney  ...  90 

Basilissa  radiaJis  ...          ...  285 

bassen.ns,  Peltorhamphus  198 

bassensis,  Rhombosolka    ...  198 

bassi,  Lima    ...          ...          ...  287 

Bathy ABCA  perver-sideiis     41,  285 

Bathtphantes  ire6«rfl't      ...  331 
Bathttoma  agiiafa... 213,  220,  285 

savcimtla        ...          ...  53 

beddomei.  Polinices            ...  288 

bcl/ico-sHiii,  Epitonium         ..  36b 

Belonozoum  atlanticmn     ...  279 

hilli 279 

Beelesia  rapax       ...         ...  173 

bertheloti,  Discorbina         ...  309 

Hertx  affinis            ...          ...  60 

bicolor,  RissoA          ...          ...  288 

itco;'«i>,  Janulus    ...          ...  25 

iicorHi'.y,  MiLiOLiNA  ...          ...  306 

biiix.  A  STELE               ...            ...  48 

BiLOCULiNA  ringeim             ...  306 

An««c«/(7i*«.v  ScoLGPSis        ...  63 
hioceUatus.  Gltphisodon  ..  68,  69 

bitorquafn,  Daphnella      ...  298 

biiorquatiis,  Hoplocephalus  38 

JiiTTWM  fnficocajnl Ilium    213,  217 

Hlknniu.s  ^rt.y)HaHia)n/-y       ...  205 

Jioijiwi^k  pjigmcea   ...          ...  307 

te.rtnlaroides...          ...  307 

BooPHiLus  ioi'M      ...          ...  166 

BoKNiA  r«(fta^a        ...          ...  48 

bostockii,  Labkichthyr      ...  70 

bovi-i,  BooPHiLUS     ...         ...  166 

bovix,  Ixodes            166 

hrachiatu.'i,       var.      crassior, 

Protolichus   ...         ...  183 

Jirachialus       vht.      cra.'ssior, 

Pteholichiis    ...          ...  183 

Awc//v«r(f.9,  Carchartas    ...  226 

Bramichthys          72 

wood  ward  i     ...          ...  72 

BuAtiCHivR  ■  pleiiro/hfcci   ...  256 

brandiii,  Rhaphidozocm  ...  280 

brazieri,  Cryptopora         ...  286 


page 
brazieri,  Cuspidaria  ...     286 

brazieri,  Limopsis   ...  ...      287 

6r«rieri,  Marginella         214,287 
brevipalpu-f,  Agaue  ...      161 

brevipes,  Heteractitus     ...     343 
breviro-siris,  Melithrei'TXIs, 

Insular  form  of  ...       20 

broadhur-'iti,  Cynoolo-sshs  ...       73 
brownii,  Aleuterius  ...        80 

hrownii.  P&eudomonacanthus  80 
brownriggii,  Glyphidodon  69 

brownriggii.  Glyphisodon  68 

Bryobia  _9'/ono*rj  ...     152 

nobilis  ...  ...     152 

prcBtiosa         ...  ...      152 

ribis    ...         ...         ...     152 

speciosa  ...  ...      152 

sp 152 

BucciNUM  inci.sinn  ...  ...       99 

Bulla  incommoda  ...  213,  285 

bitllata,  Lima  ...  42,  287 

BULLINA  .?Ci:?6rrt         ...  ...       213 

bid /aide.?,  Globigerina      305   309 
biiJIoides,  var.  triloba,  Glo- 
bigerina       309 

Burial.  Cannibalistic         399,  402 

Cave       398 

Ceremonies,  Bloomfield 

River  384 

Boulia  393 

Brisbane        398 

Cape  Bedford  ...     372 

Cape  York     368 

Centi-al    East   Coast 

Queensland  ...     396 

Cloncurry      ...  ...     395 

Georgina  River  ...  396 
North  Queen.=  land  ...  365 
Princess  Charlotte  Bay  371 

Tully  River 388 

Cremation         ...         ...     398 

Decorations  368,  371,  394,  403 
Desiccation       ...         ...     393 

Earth     389,398 

Gypsum  Cap    ...         394,395 
Inheritance    of    widow 

and  property  367, 390, 394 

Inquest 366 

Memento  by  notched  tiees399 
Mourning  382,  384,  385, 

394,  396 

Offerings  395 

Propitiation  ol  spirit  ...     366 

Sea         398 

Sexual  mutilation  of  dead  399 
Song       391 


428 


RECORDS   OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


PAGE 

Biiiial    Ceremonies,    iSurili 

QuHensland,  continxipd 

Sorcery,     Detection    of 

Mnrderb.y370.  371, 

;}83,  38fi,"392,  395, 

396.  397,400,  402 
Tree        ...  396.397,401 

Venfjeance,   Extra'tion 

of     ...  372,381,387 

Women    and     children 

397,  398,  402 
biirsDiiis,  Eleginus...  ...       39 

hurninu-t  Pseudai'hritis    ...       39 


CACOMANTJsi«.5'^j6'rrt/'«.y.  egsTs     423 
r«rMwn'»ff^«.s,  Cerithiopsis213,218 
CKDViaVH  sprettis      ...  213,  28.t 

ccecus,  iJiPULUs         ...  ...       78 

C^HlOMORiiS  haillonii         ...        71 
calcara/ii.s,  limpiCEPHALirs       166 
calcar,  L'ristellapia         305,  308 
calcarifer,  Holocentrus  ...       62 
calcarifer,  Lates      ...  ...        62 

calcar.  Eotalia        ...  ...      310 

Caltptr^a.  calyptrceformis         41 
caliiptnrformis,  CALTPTPiKA        41 
Campages      ...  ...  ...       43 

furcifera         ...  ...        43 

Camptlochikus  chelopus  ...  187 
canariensii.  Uvigerina  ...  309 
Cancellaeia  micra  ...     361 

scohina     213,  222,  285,  360 
Cancellarta  terrareginensiH     327 
Candeina  niiida      ...  ...     309 

cams,  Sarcoptes     ...  ...     189 

capitala,  LioiiA       ...  ...     357 

Capulus  devotus  ,  41,  213,  285 
caput- medusae,  Fretana  ...  182 
caput-medusae,  Michaelia  182 
Caranx  armatus      ...  ...        71 

speciosus         ...  ...       71 

Carcharias  hrachi/ttrus     ...     226 

macruru.s        ...  ...     226 

carditialis,  Diplocrepls  204,  205 
cardinalis,  Gobiesox  ...      205 

Ckkdita.  cavatica    ...  ...       41 

dilecta  ...  ...        41 

Carditella  angasi  ..  213,  285 
CxRDiVM  pidchellnm  213,285 

tardui'lis,  J'eophon...  ...     214 


PAGE 

Carettochelys        116 

insculpta    ...  ...      110 

Carinaria  australis  213,  223 

carinaia,  (Jrossea    ...  42,  286 

Camninite,  Magnet  Mine,  Tas- 
mania     ...  ...  ...      141 

cart  UK,  Frotalges  ...  ...     185 

casearia,  Pleurotoma       214,  220 
Cassidea  ^yrKm       ...  ...     213 

Cassiteiite,    E'pniore,    N.S. 

Wales 405 

Emmaville,  N.S.  Wales  404 
Hogue's  Creek,  N  S. 

Wales     406 

Stant'hotpe,  Queensland  407 

The  Glen,  N.S.  Wales    406 

ca.itaneothorax,  MuNiA        ...      342 

cati,  NoTEDEUS        ...  ...     188 

caft,  Notcedres       ...  ...     188 

ea^t",  Sarcoptes        ...         ...     188 

cati  var.  Sarcoptes  nototdrex  188 

Catulus  analis,  egg-ca.se  ...     228 

lahiosus  ...  ...       57 

caudacuia,  I'rouessarti.\    ..     186 
caudacutns.  Pterocolus    ...      186 
caudifera,  Eucta     ...  ...      332 

cautits,  Thalassogeron     ...      344 
cavatica,  Cardita    ...  ...       41 

cavatica,  Venericardia    215,289 
Cavolinia  gibbosa  ...  ...     213 

inflexn  ...  213,285 

longirostris    ...  ...     213 

longiro-Hris,    var.    an- 

gulata     285 

longirostris,  var.  stran- 

ffulata     ...         285,299 

quadridentata  ...     213 

tridentata      ...  213,285 

trispinosa       ...  213,285 

Cel^no         ...  ...  ...     172 

Cel^nopsis  atistraliana     ...     172 
celehesxana,  Argyroepeira       335 
celeripes,  Ehyncholophus         155 
Centriscus  scutatus  ...       59 

Centrogenyh  vaigeiisis      ...        61 
Ceratophyllus  Ai//i  ...     103 

rothschildi      ...  ...     103 

Cerithiopsis  cacuminatus  213, 218 
haUigani         ...  ..       51 

Ceiussite,  Broken  Hill,  N.S. 

Wales     407 

Comet  Mine,  Tasmania  412 
Magnet  Mine, Tasmania  93 
Washiniiton  Extend- 
ed Mine,  Tasmania  412 
Zeehan,  Tasmania   ...     410 


IXDEX. 


429 


I'AliE 

Chabazite,  Bell  Mount,  Tas- 

niJiiiia     ...  ...     il8 

Ben     LotJiyti(i,     N.S. 

Wnles     11(3 

Inverell,  N.S.  Waie.-^  418 
CH.a:TODERMis  macciil loc/ii  81 

peniciUigerus  ...       80 

(yHJiTODON  assariiis...  ...       66 

truncatus        ...  ...       67 

CH^TODONTID^  ...       64 

CuEiLOBRANCHUS  aptenodytum  196 

dorsalis  ...  ...      196 

rufns  ...  ...  ...      195 

Chelidonichthys  kumti  ...  75 
Chelmonops  truncatus  ...  67 
chelopus.  Campylochirus  ...  187 
checreuxi,  Halacarus  ...  162 
f/iet))-ei*.ri  PoLYMELA  ...      162 

CHEYLETID^      150 

Chilobranchus  r«/««        ...     195 
Chilouactylus  nigrican.^ ...       63 
Chilostomella  ovoidea     ...     307 
chinensis,  Balistes...  ...       79 

chinen.sia,  MoN acanthus  ...  79 
Chione  de.ipecta       ...  41,  285 

fhiragricus  Protolichus  ...  183 
chiragricH.9,  Pterolichus.  ..  183 
Chironkmus  maculusu-i  ...  63 
Chlamydodera  maculata  ...  310 
Chlamys  a.yjemmu.?  ...     213 

hedleyi  ...  ...     285 

Choeioptes  ovis      ...         ...     191 

siimhiofe.i,  Vfir.  ovis  ...  191 
6'/i«<i'w.?,  Pachydomella  ...  325 
chry.sof(B>iia.  LuTiANUs  ...  62 
chnisotania.  Mesoprion  ...  62 
CiCHLOi'sJi/a)i)Piito.ius         ...       62 

liiieatus  ...  ...        63 

ri«fY«(!a,  Trigonia 322 

cinnabarimis   var.  Tetrany- 

«;hus  telarius     ...  ...      153 

CiRSONELLA  weldii ...  41,  285 

CiTHNA  aiiffuldta  ...  285,291 
citreoguluris,  Philemon  ...  341 
Cladorhynchus  leucocephalus  343 
Clathurella  sculptiov  ...  298 
Ci,\i,\Dovv&  gloria-maris  ...  60 
Clio  acicula  ...         ...         ...     285 

pyramidata    ...  213,285 

.iuhula  ...  213,285 

rirffula  ...  213,285 

Clupanodon  neopilchardus  58 
Clupea  neopilchardus  ...  58 
Cnkmidocoptes  mutaii.^  ...  190 
CoccuLiNA  coercita  ...  285,  289 
me-ridionalis  ...  .,,     215 


page 

tasmanica       ...         213,21.5 

C(ELorhynchus/«.«"i«^!(.s-  318  355 

innutahilis      ...  ...      318 

coercita,  Cocculixa  ..  285  289 

col'are,  Parascyllium,  egg- 
case         ...  ..  ...      229 

Collodinium  ...  ...     274 

CoLLOSPH^RA  ^/6iV(/r?;-(.v     ...       282 
hedlet/i  ...  282 

hu.rleyi  ...  ...      l:82 

uniforis  ..  ...     282 

COLLOZOUM    ...  ...  ...      274 

arcuatum        ...  ...     278 

armatum         ...  ...     275 

ovale 277 

sj«.  (alpha)     ...  ...     275 

sp.  (beta)       276 

OoLPOGNATHUS  deiitex        ...       61 
coluhrinns-,   Ariamnes  ...        24 

columhre,  Rhynchoprion    ...      163 
Columbarium  pngodoidcs  213,285 
COLUMBELLA  «//va    ...  ...      298 

angasi  ...  ...      285 

ple.ia  ...  ...  ...      285 

columnella,  Cuvieeina        213,  286 
colitrnus,  Hemith\ris  41  214  28rt 
commensalis,  Melanella  ...        42 
commiuiis,  vnr.  eqiti.  P.sorop- 

TES  ...  ...  ...      191 

communis,  Saucoptes  ...      189 

compacta.  LlOTiA      ...  ...        42 

complanata,  Orbitolites  ...      30(5 
compressus,  Flatyoteochus      272 
concentrica,  Cvi^A     ...  42,286 

concinna,  Cross ea    ...  ...      286 

concinna,  Tetragnatha     ...     332 
coiicolor,  Aponomma  ...     169 

coniferus,  L^ELAPS    ...  ...      172 

Conopora  tenuis      ...  ...        41 

constriclu,  Turbonilla       ...     214 

Copidognathus  lamellosus        163 

pulcher  ...  ...      163 

Coprolites,  Lower  Cretaceous  317 
Coralliophila  lischkeina'l  19, 285 
corhien.ns,  AviCULA...  ...      320 

corhiensis,  Maccoyella      ...     320 
CoRUV\jPi.  super-concha        ...     324 
Coriareus    ...  ...  ...     301 

semiradiatus ...  ...      286 

ritreus  ...  286,301 

CORNUSPIRA  i/J('o/('f)i.9  ...       306 

coronata,  var.  nigra,  GoURA      230 
corragata,  DiMYA      ...  42,286 

corrugata,  Myodora  ...     301 

corymbophorus,  Alloptes  ...      186 
CossYPHUS  ('i(/;n'H(r*...  ...        70 


430 


RECORDS    OP    THE    AUSTRALIAX    MUSEUM. 


PAGE 

...    ao8 

203,  205 
...  192 
...  213 
286, 300 


costata,  Cristellaria 

COStatui,   DiPLOCREPIS 

cotoiieaffri,  Phytophus 
coxi,  Drillia 
Orassateli.ites  discus 

securiforme    ...  42,286,301 
cra'sior,   vmi..  Photolichus 

brachiatus 
cra-fsior    var.,  Pterolichus 

brachiattis 
craiericii/a,  Marginella 
crehriplicata,  I»aphnella 
Crenidens  tephrceops 
creiiulatus,  HoLCOTROCHUS 
Crepidogaster 

spatula 
crepidula,  Cristellaria 
crt'tacea,  Globigerina 
cretacea.  Odontostomia 

cnspa,  POLT-TOMELI-A 

cristata,  Amphisile 
Cristellaria  calcar 

costata 

crepich/la 

hasweUi 

orhieularis 
Crocoite,  Magnet  Mine,  Tas- 
mania 
Ckossea  carinata 

concinna 

naticoides 
crossei,  Drillia 
Crtptopora  hrazieri 
Ctenopsyllus  mvscuii 
cucumeris,  Tetraxtcuus 
cultriventria,  Pseudallopt 
cultriventri-t,  Ptekolichus 
cumberlandensis,  Atax 
CuNA  coHcenirica 

delta    ... 

particula 
curialis,  Turritella 
Cusi'iDARiA  alfeata... 

angasi... 

brazieri 

latesidcata 

truncata 
CrviERiXA  columnelhi 
cyanomela.s,  Olisthops 
ci/aiibtis,  Em'OMYza 
Cyclosteema  inscriptii 


183 


183 
214 
286 
H3 
272 
315 
201 
308 
309 
329 
310 
60 

305,  308 
308 
308 

308,  310 
308 


141 

42,  286 

..     286 

286,  290 

213 

286 

109 

154 

185 

185 

...     160 

42, 286 

213,  286 

42, 286 

357 

362 

213 

286 

286 

47 

213, 286 

..       71 

..     341 

42,  286 


E.S 


johnstoni 

micron 
Cylichna  arachis 

jnlinaria 
j>i  otumida 


.213,216,286 

42 

...     286 

...     213 

i-2,  213,  286 


page 

Cri^wnv A  tenuis      54 

thetidis  ...  213 

cylindrica,  Tetragkatha  332,333 
Cymatium  kampifla  213,219,286 
Cyxoglosscs  broadhiirsti  ...       73 


Cypr.ea  arellanoide-i 
Cypeina  moorei 

sp 

Cyrilla  dal/i 
Cytherea  moorei 


...  293 
...  326 
...  326 
213,286 
...  326 


DAcnYViVMfabale 286 

dainireei,  GrUAMMATODoy   ...     322 
fZa/Zt,  Cyrilla  ...         213,286 

Damperia  lineata    ...  ...        63 

Daphnella  bitorquata        . . .     298 
crehriplicata  ...  ...     286 

sculptior         ...         286,298 
tasmanica       ...  ...     286 

vestalis  ...  213,  286 

dasyuri,  Stephanocircus   ...     107 
Datolite,     Colebrook     Mine, 

Diindas,  Tasmania         ...     142 
davidis,  Tubifei      ...  ...      252 

decorata,  Mathilda      42,  214, 287 
decorosa,  Pronuctla  ...     288 

decorosum,  Aponomma        ...     168 
decoroxiis,  Ixodes    ...         ...     168 

Deliochus  zelivira...  ...     335 

Delphinvla  *!'«Wi  ...         ...     327 

delta,  CrNA 213,286 

DELTOCYATiirs  rotcBformis  . . .     272 
demissa,  PrxcTURELLA        288,  289 
demissa,  Tetragnatha        . . .     332 
Dentalii'M  erectiim      42,  213,  286 
lubricatu7n      ...  ...     286 

dentex,  Colpognathus        ...       61 
dentex,  Plectropoma  ...       61 

denticulata  var.,  Spirillixa 

limbata  ...  ...  ...     309 

dcnticulattts,  Macrourus   ...      346 
denticulatii.S!,  OvTO'SVB,v&     ...     346 
depressus,  AxisoMYON  ...      328 

depre.isiis,  GrOBivs     ...  ...     200 

DERMAXYSSID.^  ...     173 

Dermaxyssus  avium  ...     174 

ffallinre  ...  ...      174 

Dermatodectes  ey(M  ...     191 

DERMODECID^  ...     192 

DERMODEX/o//ic«/orH;«      ...     192 

folliculorum,  var.  hom- 

inis  ...  ...  ...      193 

hommis  ...         ...     193 


INDEX. 


431 


r  At;  !■: 
DERMODICOIDEA  ...     148 

despecta,  Chioxe       ...  41,  285 

rfcwm,  Ophioclixus  ..     209 

'/e(U>/,  SCLEKOPTERYX  ...       209 

deootus,  CA.vVhVii      ...   41,213,285 

DlAPKOCORUS  ...  ...  26 

mullipuHctatu-s  ...       26 

dUerta,  Cakdita       ...  ...        41 

f/tVecfe,  Drillia       ...  42,286 

dilecta,  Emargixula  ...       42 

dilecla,  NrcTLA        362 

dilecta,  Venericabdia  ...     289 

DisiYA,  corruqala     ...  42,286 

DiPLOCREPis  card  ill  (1119  204,  205 

cu.sfatiis           ...  203,  205 

pdriupiiinis    ...  202,205 

pit  nice  ii.t         ...  ...      205 

diptacoide-i,  ARcrLARi.^.  ...      359 

DiPFLUS         77 

emeus  ...          ...  ...       78 

rfj.9(-0n('«/w,  PlTLTEA  ...  ...        180 

TtiscoUMi-SA.  araiicniKi  ...     309 

hcrtheloti         309 

hicoHcara  ...  ...      309 

p-iri.siensi-t       ...  ...     309 

rrniciilHris        ...  ...     309 

sp 309 

discus,  Crassatellites       286,  300 

disciLs,  LF.PTOPMyvs 272 

distinctii.  ScALA  ...  ...     288 

doUchi)ithns,  L^slAps  ...      172 

doiiie.'i'icii.'),  AcARrs    ...  ...     181 

d<iiiu:.iti"i(n,  Glyctphagus  181 

dorsiU.<),  Cueilobranchcs  ...     196 

Drillia  foa-i 213 

crossei ...  ...  ...     213 

dilecta 42,286 

ha-sicelli  ...         286,  297 

legrnndi  298 

multiliratu       ...  ...     286 

nenia 42,286 

pi'iitiic/niKilin     . . .         286,  298 
fiiciirinafa       ...  213,286 

iroodsi...  ...  ...     213 

drinffii,  JvhlS  ...  ...       71 

dugcni,  Ixodes         ...         ...     166 

Diigong  bones  on  tlie  coast  of 

iV'ew  South  Wales 
diiiilopm^i.i,  Modiola 
DrNocYATiirs  parnsiticHs 


17 
322 
272 


Edoliisoma  foHuirostre 
edelensis,  Labkichthys 


340 


PAGE 
ECTORISMA  c/runiilnti  213,  302 

EcTATOSTicA  tr.oglodi/tcs      ...  338 

cclnctnm,  Aponomma              ..  169 

echiiiata,  Tbuxcatuli.va       ...  309 

Echidnopaiiaqa 'WiA«/«//.v  ...  101 

alivardsi,  Nephila    ...          ...  336 

elas'ica  (var.)  Hippospongia 

equina      ...          ...          ...  119 

?'%««*■,  Eur YTOPSis 26 

elcij  )ix,  Porocidaris           271,  345 

e/vt/illl'!,  PsEUDORISSOINA       ...  51 

flegii/ititln,  Rissoiyx 288 

Eleqisvs  hiirsinns 39 

rllipticHlll,  RUIPISTOMA           ...  165 

cUipticics,  Rwivic^^viiA.i.vs    ...  165 

rlongntm,  Myxus       60 

P'lops  iaidiLs...          ...          ...  58 

Emarginula  dileita...         ...  42 

-       siiperba  214,216,286 

'-/«'«'/,  Man GELiA     ...  53,214,287 

ensicitlas,  PoROLEDA...          214,  288 

ENTELEaYN^E     330 

cufoniophagiis,  Tyboglypiius  180 

EXTOMOPHILA  jt^V^f 340 

E^SToyiYzx  cijniwtis   ...          ...  341 

¥^vm\iK  graeffei          335 

iiiclania            ...  335 

iiielatiopi/giri     ...           ..  335 

EPEIlilD.E.! 330 

Ephippus  iiiif/tifa-ci'diK        ..  66 

J>piGRrs  .scliiiii.x        ...  286 

EpiyEPHEhVsfaxciiifiis            .  61 

EpisrNv.s        ...          ...           ..  25 

anstridis           ...           ...  2,5 

Epitoxium  ie/i'ico.y'/w  360 

eqiii,  Dermatodectes             .  191 

("!?«»,  PSOROPTES            ...              ...  191 

fl2«t,  Sarcoptes        ...          1S9,  191 
eqici    (var.),   Psoroptes    com- 
iniinis 

eqili   (var.),    PsOROPTES    /(/llf/i 

rosti  is 
cqifi  (var.),  Sarcoptes  .tfidici 
equina  (var.),  cla.4icn,  Hippos 

pongia  ... 
eqiii/i'i,  (var.)  meandrin'foriiii.i 

Hippospongia  ... 
erect II  1)1,  DextALIUM  .. 
erect iix,  Li.^ropsis 
Eriophes  ;;//>•(■ 
Eriophyes  ;j(rt 
ERIOPHYID.E 

EuYNETES  .^i'/ZWCrtWi     ... 
EUCHELVS  sc.nhriiiu-ulii  >• 


191 


191 
189 


119 


EucTA  angiuUa 
cuudifera 


...  120 
42,  213,  286 
214,  224 
.  192 
192 
.  191 
.  150 
...  286 
. . .  332 
...  332 


432 


RECORDS    O*^    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


PAGE 

EUFRETANA  tcinui fills  ...       182 

Kv-LiSiK  fricata          ...  286,290 

EuLiMELLA  tiirrita   ...  ...       42 

V.VFKAViiiA  pellncida  ...     119 

KUPODID^  150 

EUPODOIDEA       ...  149,150 

EuPTEROLiciirs  o)V(rt<«4-  ...     183 

phyUoproctns,  var.  minor  183 

EuRTOPis      ...         ...  ...       25 

elegans...          ...  ...       26 

mnbiUcata        ...  ...        26 

ErsPONGiA  iUawarrn  ...     119 

EuTHRiA  fahida         ...  214,  286 
exCfiratd,  SPIROLOCFLINA       ...      306 

e.riffiia,  Planlspirina  ...     306 

e.rif/ua,  PsErDORissoiNA  ...       42 

e.rtrnnea.  Smaridia  ...  ...      155 

exi'lcerfms,  Acarfs    ...  ...     189 

Eyi.AIS  nincrvUochi    ...  ...     159 


fi'hfile,  Dacrtdium   ...          ...  286 

/W/cM%«-,  Protolichus       ...  184 

fah'iiUger.  Pterolichfs       ...  184 

farince,  Aleurobius...          ...  180 

/«,'?«■«<<?,  Perca          ...          ...  61 

fii.fcififii-,  CcELORHTNCirrs  348,355 

fil-ciatHS,  EPINEPlIELt'S          ...  61 

fuHciatiis,  Macrurus            ...  348 

./h.srirtCw.s  Pt-LEX         103 

FasCINUS  ti/picns       ...          ...  286 

fasto.'ia,  Pleurotowella     288,  295 

/«rtf«i,  Protolichfs             ..  184 

fio-i'tti,  Pterolichus            ...  184 

'PvAm\7//.ik  grossipes  ...          ...  175 

fero.v,  Tetr\GNAT11A             ...  332 

ferruginea,  Stiya       ...          ...  288 

JiliiiiieiitosHS,  CiCHLOPS          ...  62 

Jihni)eiifon(«,  HeterosC'ARUS  71 

Jiliforiiiis,  NoDOSARiA  . . .  308 
Jilocincta,  PissoA  ...  214,  217,  288 
Fish-fry  killed  by  Utrictlaria     3 

Fish-fry,  retarded  growlli  C'f  4 

Fi..\BELLrM  australc ...          ...  272 

sp 272 

fnrnUiiibntu.s,  Gamasus         ...  173 

/fe9o?V('f«,  Ehombosolea        ...  197 

Jlin(ler.si,  Mitromorpha      ...  298 

fiJ'ictilotmii,  AcAnvs...         ...  192 

f(i/'ic/ilurii)ti,  Ubemodex  ...  192 
foUiculorHm,  var.  h(inibii.<t,T>KR- 

MODEX      ...              193 

fort  is,  Leda 362 


page 

fragilis.'iima,  Spieolocfltna        306 

FreyanA  caput-nicdnsfp         . . .      182 

tarandiis  ...         ...     182 

fricata,  Efeima         .  .         286, 290 
Frondicflaria,  sp  ...         ...     308 

/V(;w<r-,  Pat.kcfs        ...       75,76,77 
/«n7/r><r,  Campages  . . .  ...       43 

fuscn,  Atlanta         ...         ...     285 

.fiisca,  Psammosph^:ra         ...     307 
fi(.irocnpitllh()ii,  BiTTIFM         ...      217 


//■(i^if/;,  Ophioclinfs          ...  208 

Gafrarifm  aiig'(si    ...          ...  286 

gn/ii,  P.SEFDOMOXACANTHFS  79 

gaUime,  Acarfs        174 

gidluia',  Dermany.«<sfs         . . .  174 

ClAMASIDyE            171 

GAMASOIDEA       ...         149,171 

a  AM  Asvs  J!  firoliii/liafii.f          ...  173 

GaNORHYNCHFS  .«/,•.«■;;/ (7f 7/ ;■ ...  129 

Gafdryina  .iiilirofiii/dafti      ...  307 

geminritiini,  SpH Ji-.ROZOFM     ...  281 

gemmnla,  U'etragnatha         .  332 

geoniiumts,  ScOEPis  ...          ...  64 

gibhosa,  Cayolinia    ...          ...  213 

giq<(s,  Mfrex            ...          ...  99 

Gilbert,  John             125 

Glauberite,         pesudouiorplij 

after.  White  Cliffs          . .  34 
Glauconite  casts  of  Foriiiiiiiii- 

fera          305 

Globigerina  (e-qi(il<it(r<ili.<t  ...  309 
biiUoidcs           ...          305,309 

bulloxdes,  var.  triloba  ...  3()9 

cretacea            ...          ...  309 

linneana           ...          ...  30!) 

sp 3()9 

/7^/-o*rt,  Lagena        ...         305,308 

ghibulari.s,  Collo.spii.i:ra     ...  i;82 

gloria-ii/ftri.i,  Cleidopfs       ...  60 

gloria-mari.i,  MoyocEyTUiii  ...  60 

(^foriosrt,  Bry'Obia      ...          ...  152 

Gly'Ciphagfs  doniciticii.^     ...  181 

irunoruiii         ...          ...  181 

Glyphidodon  «««^»v///.f       ...  69 

brotrnriggii      ...           ...  69 

Glyphisodon  biocclhitii.'!         68,  69 

bruwnriggii      ...          ...  68 

glgptti,^,  ASTELE          ...          ...  213 

GoBiESOX  carilinnli.i...          ...  205 

QoBivs  depre-isiis       ...          ...  200 

Mttcosus  ...          ...          ...  200 

godeffroyana,  Tfrritella    ...  214 


INDEX. 


433 


PAGE 

golthteiiii,  ThoI'HON  ...  ...      288 

GouKA  covdiiata.  var.  «'//?«  230 

gracilis,  Miceomehts  ...        23 

graciliK,  Ophioclinus  ...     207 

graeffei,  Epeira         335 

grnejf'ci,  Meta  ...  ...     335 

graeffei,  Phonogxatha  ...  335 
grallarius.  QiDicxEMrs,  eggs  of  315 
G-RAMMAtodon  (laintreei  ...  322 
yraiiu/afa.  Argyroepeira  ...  335 
(/raiiulata,  EcTORiSMA  213,  302 

granulatus,  Balistes  80,  210 

g'a»ulatvs,  PsECDOMONACAN- 

THrs       80,210 

granulosiiisima,MkyGY.i.ik  ...     287 
ijregaria.  SPiRrL^A...  ...     318 

grof-serugosa,  Anomalina  ...  309 
gro-i.tipex,  Fedrizzia  ...      175 

guentheri   PsEVDOLABRrs   ...       70 

GrTMNODACTVLrS  lotlisiafh'lisis      13 

olirii.  ...  ...  ...        14 

GtMNOTHOR.AX  pnnctaio- 

faxcidtux  ...  ...        58 


H 


H.^■:MAPHVSAL1S   IfUchi 

165 

longicornis 

16 

micropo/a 

166 

papuaii'i 

165 

rosea    ... 

166 

IIALACARID^      ... 

161 

Halacarus  cherrexd-i 

162 

kispidiis 

162 

lamellosHS 

163 

ohlongus 

162 

panopee 

162 

panopce,  var.  squamifera 

162 

pulcher 

163 

haUigani,  Cerithiopsis 

51 

hamiltoni.  Sph^ROIDES 

210 

Harpe  v«/joi«a 

70 

hasseltii,  Latrodectus 

28 

hasta,  LuTJANFS 

63 

hasta,  POMADASIS     ... 

63 

Hastigerina  pelagica 

309 

haswelli,  Crlstellaria 

308, 

310 

haswelli,  Drillia     ... 

286, 

297 

haswelli,  Hopliciithts 

351 

Iipdlegi,  Chlamys     ... 

285 

I.eillpyi,  COLLOSPH-ERA 

281 

PAGE 

Helicoleni's  ;>'>rcou/ev       ...  350 
Hemithyris  vol  urn  us  44,  214,  286 

Heteractitis  hrevipes        ...  343 

Heteropus  alastoris            ...  177 

HETEROSCARrS^/ff)«e«^O.V".S  7 1 

Heiilandite,     Werris     Creek, 

N.S.  Wales        422 

he.rcigonii,  var.  lata,  Lagexa  308 

hilli,  Beloxozoum  ...          ...  279 

hilli.  CERATOPHYLI.rS             ...  103 

hippucrepis,  Balistes          ...  80 

ki/ipocrepis,         PsEUDOMONA- 

canthus             80 

HiPPOSPONGiA    equina,    var. 

elas/ica       ...          ...  119 

eqtiiiia.Mxr  meandrini- 

furmis         ...           ..  120 

sp 120 

hisj/idus,  Halacarus           ...  162 

hispidus,  TetrAODON            ...  210 

hispid i(s,  Poly-mela             ...  162 

HiSTioPTERUS  recurvirostris  62 

HoLCOTROCHUS  creiiulafus  ...  272 

HoLOCENTRUM  riihrum        ...  60 

HoLOCEXTRUS  calcarifer     ...  62 

holocgclus,  Ixodes    ..         ...  167 

Ao)Mi«w,  Dermodex             ...  193 
hominis  var.,  Dermodex  fol- 

liculorutn            ...          ...  193 

Ao/Mi«iv,  Sarcoptes  ...          ...  189 

hominis  var  ,  Sarcoptes  scahiei  189 

HOPLICHTHY'S  haswelli         ...  351 

HoPLOCEPHALrs  hitorquutus  38 

hnngaroides   ...          ...  38 

sfephensii,       climbing 

habits  of     ...          ...  38 

horrida,  ScORP.ENA  ...           ...  74 

horridum,  Stxancidium     ...  74 

hughendenensis,  Aucella    ...  321 

hiighendenensis,  AviCULA    ...  321 

humeral  is,  Terapon             ...  62 

humeialis,  Tkeravos           ...  62 

huxleyi,  Collosph^ra        ...  282 

Hydatina  tasmanica           ...  28i) 

Hyracuna  odontoqnathns  ...  160 

HYDRACHNID^ 159 

HYDRACHNOIDEA        149,  159 

hgdrosatiri,  Amblyomma    ...  169 

hgdrosauri  Avo'soyaix        ...  169 

hgdrosaiiri,  Ixodes   ..         ...  169 

HYLlDiE,  retarded   growth  of 

tadpole  of            ...          ...  4 

Hyperajimixa  rar/ans         ...  307 

HYPOCHILID^' 338 

Hypsipops    ...         ...         ...  69 

microlepis      ...          ...  67 


434 


Hi-XOIJDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


PAGE 
ICHTHYODECXES  ma rdthoneiisi.'i        8 

identdf U.I,  IxoDEH     ...  ...  1(36 

illawarra,  ErspONaiA  ...  119 

impi-es.^a,  SpiROLOCULiNA  ...  306 

tHcatiH.s,  ToTAXus     ...  ...  343 

t»PWa,  TCTRKITELLA  ...  ...       214 

incisifroit.<i,  AuGTRODES  ...        25 

inci.iu.1,  ErccixuM    ...  ...        99 

i.Hc^i««/'7,  Atlanta  ...  ...     285 

iiicommoda,  BpLL.-i.   ...  213,  285 

illCO)lslail.S,  OPTHALMIDIl'iC  307 

in,duta,'LvcmK         ...          ...  363 

inflata,  LiMACiXA     ...            ..  287 

i«/^e.C(7,  Cavolixia     .  213,285 

InnotahiJvs,  Cceloiuiyxchus  3-48 

inopinata,  Led.\        ...          ...  214 

mornnta,  Philobrya           ...  288 

i.ti.scriptum,  Oyclosteema    42,  286 

iH.?c?</y;i?a,  Carettochelys  ...  110 

i.'».s/>errir^«5,CAC03iANTis,eggs  of  423 

integella,  RissoA       ...          ...  288 

integra,Tvuqv^TiA  ...          ...  364 

intermeditt.?,  Trachichthys  849 

involven.i,  CORXUSPIEA         ...  306 

iscAw?(*,  Epigri's      ...          ...  286 

Isotoma  troqlodiilica           ...  313 

IXOD.E      '..    '      I'i7 

Ixodes /.loci.v...         ...         ...  166 

decovonuit        ...          ...  1  ^"8 

dugesii            ...          ...  166 

halocijclus      ...          ...  167 

liydrosauri     ...          ...  169 

ideniatus        ...          ...  166 

ornitliorhynchi           ...  167 

tasmani           ...          ...  167 

trimaculafu.s  ...          ...  168 

rarani             ...          ...  168 

rXODIJXE 165 

rXODOIDEA  ...         149,163 


J 


jacksoiiensis,  Nassa     214,  287,  359 

Janulus        ...         ...  ...       25 

bicornis           ...  ...       25 

johnsioni,  Cyclosteema  213,  216 

juJce.nana,  Scala       ...  ...     288 

JrLis  drill gii            ...  ...       71 

lineolatiis       ...  ...        70 


K 

Jcampqla,  Cymatium  213,  219,  286 


page 
kampgla,  t^AasxniA  ...  ...     219 

kemblen.si'i,  Marginella  ...  295 
keraudrenii,  Atlanta  ...     299 

keraudrenii,  Oxygyrus  287,  299 
Knemidokoptes  viviparv.^  190 
^Mw?^  Chelidonichthys  ...  75 
kiimii,  Trigla  ...         ...       75 


lahiosH.^    Catulus     ...  ...        57 

Labrichthys  hontockil       ...       70 
edeleiixis         ...  ...       69 

punciulata      ...  ...        69 

Labrus  feiricu.9         ...  ...        70 

lactea.  Rochefortia  214,  288 

L^LAPs  conifeyus     ...  ...     173 

dolichanihus  . . .  ...     172 

xtilosuf!  ...  ..       172 

Iceingata,  Marginella  42,214,287 

Lagena  glohoia        . . .  305,  308 

he.vagonri,  var.  lata  ...      308 

o  I'll  ig  nil  a  iia     ...  ...      307 

pltimigera       ...  ..      307 

.'iquamu.sa-inarginata         307 

■Hriata  308 

sulcata  ...  305,  307 

.9nlcat</,     vai'.       annu- 
laris ...         307,  311 
Lambrvs  validnn      ...  ...     231 

lamellosits,  Copidognathus       163 
lamello.sHs,  Halacarus        ...     163 
lamiiiatK.9,  Trophon  214,  288 

Lampusia  )iodocoxtata         ...     219 
lata  var.,  Lagena  he.vagona       308 
Lates  calcarifer       ...  ...       62 

late.iulfata,  Cuspidaria  ...  286 
Latreillop.sis  ^yf/'/e/v/t       ...     353 

Latrodectus  28 

hasseltii  ...  ...        28 

.^celio  ...  ...  ...        28 

laureiancB,  Terebra  214,  222 

leachi,  H.t:5IAphysalis  ...  165 
leachi,  Rhipidostoma  ...  1H5 
leachi,  Rhipistoma...  ...     165 

li^.JjK  fortis 362 

inopinata        ...  ...      214 

miliacea         ...  42,  214,  287 

jmla 361 

ra»isai/i  ...  ...      214 

Ifigraiidi,  Dkillia     ...  ...     298 

Leiostraca  ladder e  ...       42 

Leisoma,  !-p .  ..  ...  ...      176 

lenticiilaris,  Aracan.\  ...       82 

lenticidaris,  Ostracion       ...       82 


435 


PAGE 

liEVl'DOGASTJiR  pnniceiif,-       ...     205 
IjEvtofa^'SVs  di-^cus...         ...     'lT2 

lepturus,  Ph,t:tox     ...  ...     343 

Leptus  larvK  ...         158,159 

lencocephaliis,Cj.Ai>0'RuyyciiVS  343 


Letjcotixa  micra 

42 

levifoliala,  ScALA     ... 

288 

290 

Lewin,  John  William 

121 

LlACARr.^,  sp. 

17fi 

UcinH.'i,  MruEX 

214, 

219 

ligata,  OsciT.i.A 

42 

Lima  h(issi    

287 

h„ll„l„ 

-12, 

287 

miifi'ffi'i 

223 

LiMACTNA  iiijlala 

287 

limncinii,  AcARUS 

150 

limartim,  EltYNETES... 

150 

limhaia,  Spikillixa 

309 

Hmhata,      Tar.     deiiticidala. 

Spikillixa 

309 

Hmhafa,  Spikolocui-ixa 

306 

limhaiHm,  Amblyomma 

170 

LiMEA  ace/ ill  is- 

46 

223 

iH'irrn//i              214, 

223. 

287 

LiMOPsiS  Ijrrizinri     ... 

287 

erect  us 

214 

224 

ieiiisoni                42, 

214 

287 

linea,  Modiola 

287 

300 

lineata,  Dampekia   ... 

63 

lineaivs,  Ciculops   . . . 

63 

linfolatii.i,JvJAS 

70 

lineolaiua,  Oputhalmolkpis 

70 

linneaiia,  Globigerixa 

309 

LiNTPiiiA  melunozanthct 

331 

nitens... 

331 

quiiidecim-punctata ... 

33  L 

suhlutea 

33i 

LINYPHim.E 

330 

LlOTHYRIS  uva 

43 

LiOTiA  alazon 

49 

annulata 

42 

capHatn 

357 

voinpacta 

42 

287 

iiniiuna  ...  42,  287 

la.imaivica       ...  ...       42 

fa-imaiiica,  var.  .scahrru  287 
LiPPiSTES  iorcularis  ...     287 

liichkedlirr,      CORALLIOPHXLA 

219.  285 
lischkeaiia,  Rapana...  213,  219 

LISTROPIIORID.E  ...     187 

litora/i-i,  Piroi.crs 22 

liren.s\  ANCOC.T.LUS  ...  ...       28 

lobatala,  Teu.ncatuli>A     ...      3(i9 
lobulatiis,  AI.I.OPTES  ...      J  So 

Iodder(F,  Leiostraca  ...       42 


PAGE 

longicornis,  Hj!MAPHYSALIS  165 
loiiffiro-stris,  Cavolinia  ...  213 
longirostris.    var.     angulata, 

Cavolinia 285 

longiro.stris,  Tar.  eg'^a'jPsOROP- 

tes 191 

longirostris,  var.  strangidaia, 

Cavolikia  285,  29» 

LoTORirM  nodocosiatuin      ...     219 
louisinden.six  Gyjixodactylus    13 
luhricatum,  DENTALirii       ...     286 
LuciNA  induia  ...  ...     363 

lunula,  Protolichvs  ...     183 

lunula,  Pterolichvs  ...     183 

lupata,  Teteagnatha  ..       332 

Maria,  Mangelia  ...  287,  296 

Lutiant'S  clii gaotcRiiia.  ...        62 

Lt'TJANUS  haul  a  ...  ...         63 

hduherculata,  Tetragnatha  332 
Lyoxsiella  quad  rata  287,  302 


M 


ilAceOYEJ.LA  cur/iien\i.s        ...      320 
miicciillochi,  Ch^todermis  8! 

maccullochi,  Eylais  ...      159 

mace/ /a,  PoXYSTOJiELiA      306,  310 
WxCROQAST^n  pla/l/pu.s       ...      193- 
Macropodus  viridiauratus  1 

'Macuovb.vs  denticulattis     ...      846 
nigToniactilatus  ...      346 

macniru.i,  Charcharias     ...      226 
MACRURrs/«.vc'('r/^/.y  ...      3-18 

Mactra  trigonal  is   ...  ...      326 

macu/aia,  Chlamyduuera...      340 
maculata,  Kephila  ...  ...      336 

maculatuSjlLATMCVii  ...75,77 

macu/o-ms,  Chironemus      ...       63 
wjac«/os?«.s,  Threptehius     ...       63 
magniro.strix,  JMhLiTHREPTUS        20 
Wf//ti/-,  Alloptes       ...  ...      186 

Maxgelia  eniimi       ...  53,  214,  287 
graiiu/iiHissiina  ...      287 

iutarui  ...  287,296 

spic% 287,297 

wat.soni  ...  ...     214 

manicatits,  Pterodectes  186 

marathiivensi.i,  Ichthyouectes     8 
ma>-garitucea,  T^iOOi^iA      ...     288 
margaritariux,  Argyrodes  25 

marguritata,  TetrA'-xatha        332 
MaRGIKELLA  agujielu  ...      214 

a/lfjorti  ...214,287,295 

anga.si  ...  ..         42 

bi-'azien  ...         214,287 


436 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM 


PAGK 

Marginella  crateHcula    ...     214 

kemhhnsis      ...  ...     295 

lairiqatn  ...  42,  214,287 

midtiplicata  ...  ...     287 

must  el  linn      ...  ...       42 

ochracen  ...  42,  214,  287 

■sim^oni  ...  ...     287 

xtanislato!       ...  ...     287 

Hilla  ...42,214,287 

strangei  ...  214,  287 

tchan'i  ...  42,  287 

marmorata,  Pentaroge       ...     201 
marmorai".i,  ArisTUS  ...     201 

mars,  Stephanocircus        ...     108 
martins,  Pandalus  ...     355 

Wrtr/iw.y,  Plesionika  355 

Mathilda  de<-oratn  . .  42,  214,  287 
ma.rilla, 'Vh'ECI'DEA  ...  ...       45 

meandriiia,  Thoijecta  ...      120 

meaiidrini/'ormis,    rar.    HiP- 

FOSVOyCilA  equina  ...      120 

Megalatractus  aritauus   ...       98 
meqaloiinis,  MOXACANI  HTS...         79 
M.MGKH'LIX  irilhmOPsi  ...         43 

MelANELLA  cuinmcnsalis      ...        42 
melania,  Iu'Eika        ...  ...     335 

melania,  Meta  ...  335 

melania,  .SiNGOTiPKA  ...     335 

mehinoptiqia,  Epeira  ...      335 

melanopqi/ia,  SiXGOTYPNA  ...     335 
mela)iozanlha,  hi'XXVB.ix     ...     33  l 
Melithreptus     brnvirosfri-f. 

iiisiilnr  form  of      ...       20 
magnirostris  ...  ...       20 

menardii,  Pulvixulina  ...  309 
meridionalis,  CoccuLiXA  ...  215 
meridionnlis,  Omalaxis  ...  287 
Mesolite,   Ben  Lomond,  N.  S. 

Wales         419 

Mesoprion  chriisotcenia      ...       62 

Meta  ffraeffe  I.  335 

melania  ...  ...     335 

ornnfa  ...  ...     334 

zeliriva  ...  ...     335 

MiCH^LiA  capui-medus(B    ...     182 
michelinia)ia,  PuLViNULlNA        309 
micra,  Caxcellaria  ...     361 

micra,  Levcotina    ...  ...       42 

microlepis,  Hypsipops  ...  67 
microlepis,  Parma  ...  ...68,  69 

Micromerts  ...         ...       23 

gracilis  ...  ...       23 

micron,  Ctclostrema  ...       42 

micropola,  HjJMAPitYSALlS  166 
nnlia>e(t,  Leda  ..  •J2,  214,  287 


MiLIOLiNA  alveoliformis 
bicornis 


PAGE 

306 
306 
separans         ...  ...     306 

trigonula        ...  ...     306 

milviilina,  var.  Psefdallop- 

TES  aquilin'us         ...      184 
milviilina,  var.  Pterolichus 

aquilinus    ...  ...      184 

Mimetite,  Zeehan,  Tasmania  139 
miner va,  StephANOCIRCCS  ...  108 
miniaceum,  POLYTREMA  ...  310 
minor   var.,  Eupterolichus 

phifUoproctus         ...     183 
minor     var.,      Pterolichus 

phylloproctus         ...      183 

minor,  Sarcoptes     188 

minuta,  Pronucula 288 

minutula,  AcRlLLA   ...  ...        52 

minutala,  ScALA        ...  ...42,  52 

minutula,  ScALARiA...  ...       52 

miranda,  VuLPECULA  ...     215 

'M.i^OCA\,lVS,  paUio'atns       ...     342 

MiTRA  scalariformis  ...     287 

strangei  ..  42,287 

tasmanica       ...  ...     287 

MiTROMORPHA  «//;«.. .  287,298 

flindersi          298 

MoDioLA  australis  ...          ...  287 

dnnlopensis    ...          ...  322 

linea 287,300 

^iomo^.A'B.iA  splendida        ...  287 

MoxACANTHrs  chinensis     ...  79 

meqalourus             ...  79 
Monazifce,    The    Gulf,    N.  S. 

Wales         414 

M.O'SiiMA  arata         ...         214,287 

oleacea            ...         ...  214 

oleata              ...          ...  215 

philippensis  214,287 

MONOCENTRIS  gloria-maris  60 

'M.O'ST ACVT A  semiradiata     ...  301 

montanus,  Rhyxcholophus  155 

moorei,  Cyprina       ...          ...  326 

moorei,  Cytherea    ...          ...  326 

morchii,  Scala          ...          ...  214 

morelicB,  Amblyomma          ...  170 

mucosus,  GoBius       200 

muelleri,  Paralichthys     ...  73 

muelleri,  Pseudochromis  ...  62 

muelleri,  PsEUDORiiojiBUS ...  73 

multifasciatus,'EiViiivws   ...  6i 

multifasciatus,  Scatophagus  66 

midtilirata,  Drillia            ...  286 

multiplicata,  Marginella...  287 

multipuHctatus,  Diaprocorus  26 

MUNIA  castaneothorax          ...  342 


INDEX. 


437 


I'AGE 

MriJEX  acauthopterus  ...  287 

ff'igas  ...         ...  ...  99 

licinti.s             ...  ...  219 

vtiirrai/i,  Lima          ...  ...  223 

mnrrfii/i,  Luiea        ...214,  223,  287 

mu.icuii,  Ctenopsillus  ...  109 

Mvs,  rattus 312 

iompsoni         ...  ...  312 

variabilis        ...  ...  312 

mii.stellina,  Marginella  ...  42 

mtttan.i,  Cnemidocoptes  ...  190 

mutana,  Sarcoptes  ...  ...  190 

Mtodora  alhida      ...  287,  301 

corriigata       ...  ...  301 

mi/ups-,  Salmo            ...  ...  58 

Dll/op.l,  TRACHINOCEPHALrS  58 

]\rTXt>:  plo)igatus      ...  ...       60 


N 


NACELLA  /r?.9W?<7«!'C(7  ...  ...       215 

Nassa  3.59 

jacksoiiensis  ...214,  287,  359 
"N ASSAniA.  kfitnpi/ la    ..  ...     219 

naticoichs,  Crossea...  286,  290 

Natrolite,  Inverell,  N.S.  Wales    420 

11 

64 

65 

..       75 

..       75 

42,  286 

..     330 

..     3.36 

..     337 

. .      336 

.       335 

..76,77 

58 

58 

74 

331 

347 

230 

63 

346 

...     331 

...     309 

...     217 

...     217 

...     216 

...     216 

214,  216 

...     152 

...      219 


nai-us,  CEcOBir 
Neattptjs      

obliqnu.9 
nehulosu.t,  Parapercis 
nebulo.'ni.f,  Percis 
nenia,J)'B.lJAAA. 
Nepiiila  edwanhi  ... 

maculata 

ventricosa 
Nephilengts  rainboivi 
NEPHILIN.E 

NEOPATJiCrS... 

neopilchardus,  Clcpanodon 
7ieopilchardu.i,  Clupea 
Neosebastes  jB««c?a... 
Neriene  analis 

Nezumia        ...         

nigra  var  ,  Gotra  coronaia 
yiigricans,  Chilodactylus  ... 
11  iaroniaculatu-f,  MACROTTErs 
nifpn-i,  LlNYPHiA 
nifida,  Candeina     ... 
tiiiidida,  OBELiSCrs... 
nifidtda,  Odostomia 
7iifidula,  Pyramidella 
nitidula,  Syrnola    ... 

7lltidula,  TiBERIA      ... 

nobtlis,  Bryobia 
nodocostafa,  Lajipusia 


page. 

liodoco-slalinii,  LoTOKl'lM     ...      219 

NoBOSAKiAjiliformis  ...     308 

scalaris  ...  ...     308 

vertebral  is     308 

sp 308 

nodosa,  Vermicularia      L89,  292 
notabilis,  PHREoDRiLOiDErs        260 
NOTEDRUS  ^rt/i  ..  ...       188- 

Notoedres  cati       ...         ...     188^ 

notoedres,  var.  cdi.  Saecopte.s  188 
Notophyi.lia  rec-i'rt'...  ...      272 

novariensis,  RissOA...  ...      288 

NvcvhA  dilecla         ...  ...      362 

ohlirj!,a  ...  287,362- 


Obeliscus  nitidula...          ...  217 

obliqua^  NvcvhA      ...  287,362 

obliquiloctilata,  Pullenia  ...  309^ 

obliqmis,  Neatypus...          ...  65 

oblongus.  Halacarus          ...  162 

oholella,  Sarepta     ...          .  .  288' 

obtusata,  Sphyr.ena            ...  60 
ochracen,  Marginella  42,  214,287 

OvAX  pulliis ...          ...          ...  71 

richardsonii  ...          ...  71 

odontognatlius,  Hydrachna  160' 

Odontostomta  cretacea     ...  329 

Odostomia  nitidula            ...  217 

simpler           ...          ...  287 

(EcoBius  navus         ...          ...  11 

CEDiCNEMUS_9w//«ri,«*,  egfgsof  315 

oleacea,  MoNiLEA     ...          ...  214 

oleata,  Monilea       ...          ...  215 

Olisthops  cganomelas        ...  71 

olivacea  RissoA       ...           42,  288 

olivii,  Gymnodacttltis      ...  14 

Omalaxis  meridionalis       ...  287 
Opal  pseudomorphs    White 

Cliffs           81 

opercularis,  Polyacanthus, 

breeding  habits  of  1 

Operculina  ammonoides    ...  SIC' 

Ophioclinus            ...         ...  209 

devist 209^ 

gabrieli           ...          ...  20& 

gracilis            ...          ...  207 

Ophthalmolepis  lineolatus  70 

Opthalmidium  inconstans...  307 

Optonurus  denticidatus     ...  346 

opulenta,  TuRRiTELLA        288,  292 

orbicularis,  Cristellabia  ...  308 

orhigngana,  Lagena             ...  307 

Orbitolites  complanata    ...  306- 


438 


RECORDS    OF    THE    AUSTUALIAN    MUSEUM 


Orbvliha  jjorosa     ... 

universa 
Ofdinaria,  ("tlichna 
OElBATlDiE 


PAGE 

309 
309 
213 
176 


ORIBATOIDEA     ...         149,175 

or, lata,  Meta            334 

ornatus,  Eupterolichus   ...  183 

oriiatus,  Pterolichus        ...  183 

ornithorhynchi,  Ixodes       ...  167 
Orthoclase,     Bolivia,    N,  S. 

Wales         270 

Cockbura  Creek,  N.  S. 

Wales        265 

Inverell,  N.  S.  Wales  270 

Oban,  N.  S.  Wales  ...  266 

Uralla,  N.  S.  Wales  269 

Oacii^ijk.  ligata          ...          ...  42 

oscitans,  Philine     ...          ...  361 

OsTEACiON  aiiHtus  ...          ...  82 

lenticularis    ...          ...  82 

■ovale,  CoLLOZOTJM     277 

ovis,  Chorioptes     ...         ...  191 

ot'i.9   var.   Chorioptes  .siim- 

hiotes          ...          ...  191 

ovoidea,  Chilostomella    ...  307 
OxTGTRUS,  keraudrenii      287,  299 

OxTTOMA  rocJcwooden.sis     ...  321 


Pachydomella        ...         ...  825 

vhutus...          ...          ...  325 

pagodoides.  Columbaeium  213, 285 

pala,  Leda     ...          ...          ...  361 

palliolatm,  Misoc alius      ...  342 

Pandalus  martins  ...          ...  355 

panda,  Neosebastes           ...  74 

panda,  Scorp^na    ...          ...  74 

pandora,  Rhaphidozoum    ...  280 

panopce,  Halacarus            ...  162 

panopityVoijiM'EijA.  ...          ...  162 

panopce,      var      squamifera, 

Halacarus           ...  162 

papiiana,  HiEMAPHYSALis  ...  165 

papiianum,  Trombidium    ...  158 

papyracea,  Pseudavicula...  319 

paradisiacus,  Pterodectes  186 

Paralichthys  mueUeri       ...  73 

Parapercis  nehutosus  ...  75 
Parascyllium  collare,  Pgg- 

case            229 

parasiticus,  Dunoctathus...  272 

parisiensis,  DiscoRBiNA      ...  309 

Paema           ...         ...         ...  69 


PAGE 

Parma  microlepis    ...         ...68,69 

squamipinnis  ..  ...68,69 

particula,CvN&.        ...  42,286 

parca,  var.  tasmanica.  ACMiEA    215 
parvipinni-t  Diplocrepis  202,205 
PatJ'JCUs        ...  ...  ...        77 

armatus  ...  ...76,77 

fronto...  ...       75,76,77 

maciilatus       ...  ...75,77 

suhoceUatns    ...  ...76,77 

vincentii  ...  77 

waterhousii    ...  76 

pectinata,  Philobrya  288 

Pediculoides  ala.'storis      ...      177 
Pedicularia  .v/(//'rt.s/erw      ,.       42 
pelagica,  Hastigkrina        ...      309 
j(je//((c(V/a,  EuPHAUSiA  119 

Peltorhamphus  hasaeii^is...     198 
'Ps.i^Mva  semisn'cafa-i  ...      119 

peniciliigerus.  Balistes      ...        80 
penicilligerus,  Ch^todermis       80 
Pentackropsis  recurr iro.it ris      62 
pentagonalis.  Drillia         286,  298 
Pentaroge  warmo/'rt/ff       ...     201 
FEKCAfasciata         ...  61 

percoides,  Helicolends  350 

percoides.  Scoep.ENA  ...      350 

percoides,  Sebastes...  ...     350 

Percis  nebulosKS      ...  ...        75 

persicus,  AnGAS         ...  ...      164 

peroer.sidens,  Bathyarca     41,  285 
Petrobia  .<rpectos«   ...  ..      152 

ji^e^^ez-c^i,  Latreillopsis     ...     353 
Petterdit-^,  Britannia  Mine, 

Zeehan,  Tasoiania      137 
Photon  Jepturus     ...         ...     343 

Philemon  citreogidaris      ...     341 
Philine  oscitans     ...  ...     361 

to-e.9 288 

trapezia  ...  ...     361 

trapezina       ...  ..      288 

philippen.sis,  Monilea        214,  287 
phiHppensis,'[!vB.B.iTE.hi,.\.  ...      214 

phiIippe)isis,'i'YPHis  ...     289 

Philobrya  inornata  ...     288 

pectinata        ...         ...     288 

tatei 288 

Pholcus        22 

litoralis  ...  ...       22 

Phonognatha  ^rrt^ei        ...     335 
Pheeodriloides      ...         ...     260 

notuhilis  ...  ...     260 

Phylaechus  26 

splendens        ...  ...       26 

phylloproctus,      var.     minor, 

Eupteeolichu.s  ...     183 


439 


PAGK 

phifUopioctus,     vi.  r.      minor, 

I  TEBOLICHUS  ...        183 

Phytophus  «rtV/n««            ...  192 

aronia             ...          ...  192 

cotoneantri      ...          ...  192 

pyri 192 

■■iorhi 192 

pkta,  Entomophila.            ...  340 

piri^  Eriophyes      ...          ...  192 

Planispirjna,  sp.    ...         ...  306 

exigiia             ...          ...  30(5 

Planorbulina  >-p.  ...          ...  309 

Platyotrochi's  roi)iprt^ssu.>!  272 

platypus,  Mackogaster      ...  193 

Plectropoma  f/e;;/ex           ...  61 

■lerraium          ...           ...  61 

Plesionika  martins             ...  355 

PleuronecTes  victorire      ...  197 

ph-urotheca,  Branchiuea    ...  250 
Pleukotoma  caseiirin          214,220 

PLEUROTOMELLA/rt.y/0M     28H,  295 

vepratica         ...  ...     288 

/(/e.ra,  CoLUMBELLA...  ...     285 

p/umifferti,  Lagena  ...  ...      307 

POLINICES  lieddomei  ...     288 

stihcostatu.'i     ...  21  i,  288 

umbilicata      ...  ...      288 

PoLYACANTHUs    opercularis, 

luteding  Imbits  of  1 

PoLYMEiA  chevreu.ri  ...     162 

hispirliis  ...  ...     162 

pinwjxT  ...  ...     162 

panopce  VAr.,s-qu'imi^'era  162 
Polymorph iNA  alveolinifor- 

mis 305,308 

po^yommatii,  Pterygotrigla       74 

polt^ommatii,'['RjaLA  ...        74 

POLYiiTOMEl,l,\  crispd  ...      310 

macella  ...         306,310 

snhimdusa       ...  ...      310 

POLYTEEMA  »«ir/iV/ceKW2        ...      310 

POMADASIS  A,f«<if         ...  ...  63 

PoBOCiDARis  elegans  271,  345 

PoROLEDA  en.sicuhts...  214,  288 

POROMYA  /rerj.s-         ...  288,302 

undusa             ...  21  l.  22!. 

porosa,  Orculin.\    ...  ...     30(3 

/(oro-^w",  Upeneus    ...  ...       64 

PORTHEUS  rtM*/r«/l>...  ...  7 

postoLvhitum.  Amblyomma  170 

pracincta.  'I'runcatulina...  309 

praiiosa,  Pryubia    ...  ...  152 

pransa,  Atys  ..  ...  285 

profiuidior,  RissoA  ...  ...  358 

Peonucula  decorusa  ...  288 

mitiuta  288 


PAGK 

Proialges  tiustralis            ...  IfSo 

cartus ...          ...          ...  185 

joro^e»*rt,  Tetragnatha      ...  332 

Protolichus 'j^";a>            ...  184 

brachiatus  var.  crassior  183 

chinu/ricu.i     ...          ...  183 

falcxdiger        ...          ...  184 

favettei           ...          ...  184 

lunula 183 

velifer             184 

'protumid.i,  Cylichna   42,  213,  286 

priuwrtim,  Glyciphagus    ...  181 

Psammosph^ra/;/*m         ...  307 

PSEUDALLOPTES         cqililinuS, 

VHP.  milvulina         ...  184 

cultrirentris  ...           ...  185 

spothiiliger     ...          ...  184 

FSEtTDAPHRITIS  bllrsintlS      ...  39 

nrinllii            ...          ...  38 

PSEUDAVICULA             ...              ...  319 

anomala           ...          ...  319 

papi/rccea       ...           ...  319 

PsEUDOCHROMis  muelleri    ...  62 

Vr^vvolabrvs ffveni/ieri    ...  70 

punctnlatus    ...          ...  69 

tetricus           ...          ...  70 

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS  brOimH     80 

gala    ...          ...          ...  79 

granulatas       ...  80,  210 

hipjiocrepi.i     ...          ...  80 

PsEUDORHOMBus  muelleri  ...  73 

PsEUDORissoiNA  elegans     ...  51 

erigaa              ...          ...  42 

PsiLOCHORUS  spharoides    ...  23 

PSOROPTES  equi         ...           ...  191 

communis,  var.  equi...  I'.'l 

loiigtrostris,  var.  equi  191 

Pterocolus  caiidacutiis     ...  186 

manicatus       ...          ...  186 

PtERODECTES /'ff»-rtfi?i,v/''f«.v  ...  186 

Pterolichus  (ijfii>is  183, 184 

aqniHiias,  var,  iiiilvulina  184 

brachiatus,  var.  crassior  183 

chiragricus      ...          ...  183 

citltriveiitris    ...          ...  185 

falcnligcr        ...          ...  184 

facvttei              184 

lunula 183 

ornattts            ...          ...  183 

phylloproctiis  var.  minor  l§i8 

spathuUf/er      ...          ...  184 

velifer              ...          ...  184 

1'terygotb.IGLA  poli/omniata  74 

Ptilotis  rersicolor   ...          ...  29 

Versicolor,  eg^s  of     ...  30 

versicolor,  nest  of       ...  29 


440 


RECOKDS    OF    THK    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 


PAGE 

213,  285 
...     163 


pulchellnm,  Caedium 
pulcher,  Copidogn/Vthvs 
pulcher,  HALACAsrs 
VvijY.^fasciatus 
PULLENIA  obliquilocnlata    .. 

qitinqiielobaia 
pullus,  Odax 
PuLTEA  discoidalis  ... 

PULYINULINA  »/!enaJT/u 

■micheliniana ... 
pi(nctatofa.spiaftis,      Gtmno 

THOEAX...  

punctulata,  Labeichthys  .. 
punctulatus,  Pseudolabeus 
PUNCTUEELLA  demissa 
ptiniceus,  Diploceepis 
punicens,  Lepidogastee 
PuRPlfEA  sertata 
pnrpurif:satu.s,  AuLOPrs 
pygmcBa,  BoLiviNA  ... 
pygmcea,  UviGEEiNA 
pyramidata,  Clio     ... 
pyramidatu.^,  Amphithalmtjs    285 
Pyeamidella  nitidida        . . .     216 


163 
103 
309 
309 
71 
180 
309 
309 

68 
69 
69 
288,  289 
..  205 
..  205 
42,  219 
..  59 
..  307 
..  309 
213, 285 


Pyrene  babylonica 
pyri,  Eeiophes 
pyri,  Phytophus 
pyrtim,  Cassidea 


358 
192 
192 
213 


quadrata,  Lyonsiella  288,  302 
quadridentata,  Cavolinia  213,  285 
quadriqemimim,  Sph^eozoum  280 
qt(een.9landieus,  Tyeoglyphus  180 
quindpcim-punctata,  LiNYPHiA  331 
quinquelobnla,  PuLLENIA     ...      309 


radially,  Basilissa  ... 
radiata,  Bornia 
radiila,  TEEEBRATrtlNA 
rainbowi,  Nephiligenys 
ramsayi.  Led  A 
Rapana  iischkeaua  ... 
rapax,  Berlesia 
rattus,  Mus    .. 
recta,  NoTOP>rYLLiA 


..  285 
.  48 
43,  288 
..  336 
..  214 
213,219 
173 
312 
272 


recur irirostris,  HlSTlOPTEBUS 
rectirvirostris,  Pentaceeopsis 
reflexiis,  A.'ROrkS, 

reticulata,  Aeca       ...  41, 

reticulata,  Tbuxcatulina  ... 
RiiAPHiDOZOrM  brandtii    ... 

pandora 

RHIPICEPHAL^ 

Rhipicephalus  anmdatus... 

aniiulatus,Ya,v.  australis 

calcaratus 

ellipticus 
Rhipidostoma  leachi 
Rhipistoma  ellipiicum 

leachi  .. 
rhomboidea,  Verticordia  ... 
rhomboidea,  Veeticordia  ... 
RlIOMBOSOLEA  J«**e«.m 

Jlesoides 

victori(B 
RHYNCHOLOPHID^     ... 
Rhyncholophus  celeripes ... 

monianus 
Rhynchopeion  columbx    ... 
ribis,  Bryobia 
richardsonii,  Odax  ... 

richei,  Sph.eroides 

rt'cAei,  Tetraodon   ... 
ringens,  BiLOCTLlNA 
RissoA  bicolor 

filocincta  214,  217, 

integella 

novarieiisis     ... 

olivacea  ...  42, 

profuiidior 
'RiSSOl^Xelegantula... 
rockwooden.tis,  OxYTOMA    ... 
robust  us,  Spratelloides     ... 
robust  us,  Stolephorus 
RoCHEFORTiA  acuminata    214, 

angasi 

lactea...  ...  214, 

rosarum,  Tetranychus 
rosea,  Acteon 
rosea,  Atlanta 
rosea,  H.?5Maphysalis 
rotctformis,  Deltocyathfs 
ROTALIA  calcar 

SP 

rothschildi,  Ceratophyllus 
rubra,  Sci-^NA 
ruhriventris,  Teteagnatha 
rubrum,  Holocextrum 
rujtpes,  Theridion  ... 
rufus,  Cheilobranchtjs 
rnfu9,  Chilobranchtts 


age 
62 
62 
163 
285 
309 
280 
280 
165 
166 
167 
166 
165 
165 
165 
165 
215 
303 
198 
197 
197 
154 
155 
155 
163 
152 
71 
210 
210 
306 
288 
288 
288 
288 
288 
358 
288 
321 
195 
195 
288 
288 
288 
154 
285 
285 
165 
272 
310 
310 
103 
60 
332 
60 
27 
195 
195 


INDEX 

PAGE 

isugeneua,  Synodi'S    ... 

58        1 

sagittula,  Textulabia 

...     307       1 

Salmo  miio2}-i 

58 

lumhil 

58 

■sarcinula,  Eathytoma 

53 

Sarcoptes  auacantliex 

. . .      19U 

canis  ... 

...      189 

cati       . . 

..       188 

communis 

...      189 

equi 

189,191 

hominix 

...     189 

minor...          ...          ...  188 

mntaiin            ...          ...  190 

notoedres,  \;ir.  cati  ...  188 

scabiei             ...          ...  189 

scahiei,  Yav.  f'/iii       ...  189 

scabiei,  var.  hominis . . .  189 

■scabiei,  var.  wombati  190 

squamiferuK    ...          ...  189 

wombati          ...          ...  190 

SARCOPTID.E       187 

SARCOPTOIDE.'V 149 

Sarevta  obolef/a       ...          ...  288 

SatjRIDA  tumhil        ...             .  58 

nanrus,  Elop.*:             ...          ...  58 

■scabiei,  AcARUS         ...          ...  189 

■scabiei,  Sarcoptes  ...          ...  189 

■scabiei,  vav.  equi,  Sarcoptes  189 
■scabiei,  var.  homini.s,  .Sarcop- 
tes            189 

scabiei,   var.    wombati,   Sar- 
coptes   ...          190 

scabra,  BvLLlNA       213 

■scrabriKScnl u^s,'EvCHKi,VS   ...  28K 

SCALA                 360 

ilisliuclx         288 

julcesiauK        ...          ...  288 

'leirifulirita      ...         288,290 

iniiiuhihi         42,52 

uiorclni             214 

fran-stucida    ...  288,290 

tuvri^spha'ii    ...          ...  52 

SCAI-AKIA        ...             ..           ...  360 

miiuUiilii         ...          ...  52 

scalarifonnis,  Mitra           ...  287 
■scalari.s     var.,     Liotia     fa^s- 

nuinica    ..            ...  287 

■sca/aris,  NoDOSARI*              ...  308 

Scatopiiagt'S  multifasciafiis  66 

.y^-f/.'/'fl/^.v,  SPHJ5R0IDES         ..  82 

■see/era fn^s,  Tetraoijon         ...  82 

■srp/tci,  Latkodectcs              .  28 
Sclieolite,      Hillgrove,     N.  S. 

Wales ...  414 

Sc)ieelite,      Arouiit      Ramsav, 

Tasmaiii.'i             ,.          ...  415 


441 


page 
SfHisMOPE  atkiiisoni  42,  288 

Scr.iJNA  antarctica   ...  ...        63 

annata  ...  ...       71 

rubra  ...  ...  ...        60 

SCISSrRELLA  rt^.s/rff/w-  ...       288 

SClYw/rt,  TURRITELLA...  ...         42 

SCLEROPTERYX  ...  ...       209 

devisi 209 

■scobina,  Cancellaria 

213,  222,  285,  36a 
Scolecile,  Werris  Creek,   N.  S. 

Wales     421 

ScoLOPsis  bimaculatus        ...  63 

Scomber  ,v/;ec»o.s«.v   ...         ...  71 

ScORPJf.XA  horrida   ...          ...  74 

l)niida...           ...           ...  74 

percoides         ...           ...  350 

paigensi^s         ...           ...  61 

ScoHVia  ffeorffirniu-s                ...  64 

■scuiptior,  Clathurella       .  298^ 
■sciilptior,  Daphnella         286,  298^ 

scutatus,  Cextriscus            ...  59 

ScYLLARUs  .vieAo/ai 231 

ScYLLiORHixrs  analis         ...  228 

SCYLLIUM  anale        ...          ...  228 

Sebastes  jupyco(f/e.y  ,.,          ...  350 
securiforme,  Lrassateli.ites 

42,  286,  301 

.vec«>-i^e;-,  Alloptes...           ...  185 

^^iva  acanthurvs      ...          ...  173- 

■semiradiata,  MoNTACUTA    ...  301 

■semiradiatus,  CoBiARlUS     ...  286- 

■semis ulcat us.  PEXJiUS           ...  IIQ' 

separans,  MiLlOLlNA             ...  306- 

serratum,  Plectropoma      ...  61 

serratus,  AcAXTHiSTius       ...  61 

serricatum,  Trombidium     ...  158 

sertaia.  Purpura     ...           42,  219 

setosa,  Verticordia            ..  303 

sextubeiculata.  Ulesanis    ...  27 

•v/e6o/(/(,  SCVLEARUS...  ...       231 

SilIQUARIA  «'e/r//i'     .  ...         42 

■siiiiple.r,  OuosTu.MiA  ...     287 

simplex,  Tkophon    ...  214,  288 

■sifiisoni,  Marginella  ...     287 
■simsoHi,  Stephaxocircus  ...     108- 

SiXGOTY'PXA  me/a  Ilia  ...      335 

melanopi/gi'i  ...  ...     335' 

sinuatii,  TuujtixKLLA  ...      214 

SlRiUS  /;«f//((.v             ...  42,288 

siro,  AcAKUS 180,  189 

.yt^-o,  Tyroglypuus  ...  ...     180- 

Smaridia  extraiiea  ...  ...      155 

smitliiana,  TuRRlTELl-A  ...      288 

sucialis,  Amaurobius  ..          9 

.yrv/y/ziV,  TURRITELLA  ..         289 


41:2 


HECORIXS    OF    TlIK    AUSTRALIAN    MUSKUM 


PAGE 

sorhi,  Phytophts 192 

.spathuiiqer,  PsEUDALr.oPTES       184- 
spathuliqer,  PTEROLrCHtTS  ...      184 
spnlnla,  Crepidogaster     ...      201 
^pecwi'i,  Bryobia     ..  ...      152 

^peciosa,  Petrobia  ...  ..      152 

speciosux,  Achorutes  ...      314- 

.vyoepto^M.v.  Car.anx    ...  ...       71 

.speeiosux,  Scomber  ...         ...       71 

Spn.TiROiDE.s  hamiltoni        ...     210 

richei 210 

.seeleriitu-t  ...        82 

Sph^erozoum  fiJreolatum      ..     281 

(jemiantnm      ...  ...      281 

qiKidriqeminiim  280 

.^phiBiuiden,  PsiLOCHORor.s...       23 
Sphyk.ena  obtuxata  ...       60 

^joica,  Mangelia      ...         287,297 
spinulipes,  Uropoda  ...      175 

Spibillina  limhala...  ...     309 

limhafa,vai\  denticidata  309 

Spieoloculixa  arenaria    ...     306 

excavata         ...  ...     306 

fragilissima  ...  ...     306 

impressa         ...  ...      306 

limbata  ...  ...     306 

tenuiseptata  ...  ...     306 

sp 306 

Spibui^a      ...         318 

gregaria  ...  ...      318 

^plendens,  Phylarchus       ...       26 
splendida,  Modiolaria       ...     287 
Spbatelloides  rohu.stiis     ...     195 
.ipreius,  Cadultjs     ...         213,  285 
squamea,  Adacnabca    45,  213,  285 
.squamifera     var.,      Halaca- 

nvs  panopce       ...  ...      162 

squajtiifoa    var.,    Polymela 

panopfB  ...  ...  ...      162 

.squamiferus,  Sabcoptes     ...      189 
squamipinnis ,  Pabma  ...68,  69 

squamosa-marginata,  LaGENA    307 
Stanislaus,  Mabginella     ...     287 
Stephanociecus  dasguri    ...     107 
mars    ...  ...  ...      108 

minerva  ...         ...     108 

sim-ooni  ...  ...      108 

thoma.ii  ...  ...      108 

stephensii,    HoPLOCEPHALUS, 

Climbing  habits  of        ...        38 
Stilbite,  Jamberoo,  N.S.Wales    422 
stiUa,  Mabginella      42,  214,  287 
stilosus,  L.s:laps       ...  ...     173 

5<t»iM/«<*,  Teophon...         288,293 
Stiv A  ferrugi Ilea      ...  ...     288 

Stolephobus  rohustus        ...     195 


page 

stningei,  Marginella  214,  287 

straiigei,  M.ITRK        ...  42,287 

■itrnnq  lata  var,   C'AVoLrMA 

loiunro-Hns  . .  285, 299 

striata,  lukdi^fi A  .      308 

strirta,  A  DMETE        . . .  285,  295 

.<ttrictus,  var.  aiistralis,   Sv.M- 

PHURUS  ...  ...  ..      349 

strigatiis,  ^EoLiscr.'^  ..        59 

sluarli,  Vanikorop?;is  327 

stm-li,  Delphinula  ...      327 

stghi.sferis,  Pedici'LARIA  ..  4'4 
snbcostatus,  PoLiNiCES  214,  288 
siib/'itea,'Li'SYFai.K...  331 

SllbinidoSft,  POLTSTOMELLA    ..       310 

suhocellatus,  PaTjECTS  .76,77 

subrotnnd'ita,  GrAUDRYiNA  ...  307 
subsqitamosa,  Turrttella  ...     289 

.vHA«/ff,  Clio 213,285 

sulcata,  IjKQE^ A.        ...  305,307 

sulcata,  var.    annularis,    La- 

GENA       307,311 

superba,  Emargi>TLA  214,216,286 
super-concha,  Corbula        ...      324 

snssmilchi,  GrANORHYNCHLT.S  129 

sgnihiotes,  var.  ovis,  Choriop- 

TES           ...          ...            ..  191 

Symphurus  strictus,x-AV  ans- 

tralis       349 

Synancidium  AorrK//<w      ...  74 

Synodfs  sageneus    ...          ...  58 

sfiringianuSfTYvniii             ...  289 

HYRyOLA.  nitidula     ...          ...  216 


tabida,  lEvTURiA       ...  214,286 

tarandus,  EuFREYANA          ...  182 

taraiidus,  Frey'ANA  ..  182 

TARSOXEMID.E 176 

Taesonemus  ana" us             ...  178 

anascB...           ...           ...  178 

baneroffi        ...          ...  177 

fasmanianns,  Blexnits         ..  205 
tasmanica,       var.,        AcM.EA 

paroa      ...          ...          ...  210 

tasmanica,  CoccuLiNA         213,  215 

tasmanica,  Daphxella        ...  286 

tasmanica,  Hydatina          ...  286 

tasmanica,  JjIOTIA     ..          ...  42 

tasmanica,  Mitra     ...          ...  287 

tasmanica, 'NaceJjLA             ...  215 
tasmanica,  var.  scalaris,  LlO- 

TIA 


443 


PAGE 

t'txmtinica,  VuLPECUlA         ...  215 

tatmaiii,  Ixodes         ..          ...  167 

ia^ei,  Philobrya      ...          ...  288 

^'zCe/,  Xexophoka    ...         215,289 

ielaritis,  Acarus       ...  153 
telariu-i,    var.     cinnahariiius', 

Tetranychus   ...  158 

telarius,  Tetranychus        ...  153 

Tellina  tennilirata             ...  289 

tenisoni,  LiMOPSis    ...  42,  214,  287 

tennilirata,  Tellika            ...  288 

tenuiroxtre,  Edoliisom.\       ..  340 

teniiix,  CoNOPORA      ...           ...  41 

tenuis,  Cyliohna      ...          ...  54 

tenuiseptata,  SpiroloCVLINA  306 

tephi-fBopx,  Crenidexs         ...  63 

Tephr.eops  fephvfeops        ...  63 

tephrceops,  Tephr.eops       ...  63 

■tepidariorum,  Theridion    ...  27 

Terapon  humeralis...          ...  62 

Tekebra   lauretana...  214,222 

Terehratulixa  radula        43,  288 

lere.^-,  Philine           ...  288 

ierrareginennis,  Cancellaria  827 

tetracentni.'i.  A'SA'LGES          ...  185 

'VETUAGyxTiiA  concinna      ...  332 
cylindrica      ...          332,333 

demisaa           ...          ...  332 

ferox  ...          ...          ...  332 

gemmata         ...          ...  332 

'lupaia             332 

Jiituhercnlata              ...  332 

margarttata  ...          ...  332 

protenna         ...          ...  332 

ruhriventrix                ...  332 

vaUda             332 

TETRAaNATHIN.E          ..  332 

TETRANYCHID.E            ...  151 

TETRANYCHrs  cucumeH.i     ...  154 

rosarum           ...          ...  154 

telarius           ...           ...  153 

telariun,  var.  cinnaha- 

riiiu.i           ...          ...  153 

Tetraodon  hi.spidus           ...  210 

richei...          ...          ...  210 

.sceleratus       ...          ...  82 

Iftricu.s,'L\^u\JS       ...  70 

li'tricli.'!,  PSEUDOLABRI'S        ...         70 

T^XT-Ci^.^JiiK  agglutinans  ...  307 

sagittula         ...  307 

trochv.f            307 

fertularoidex,  BoLiviNA  ...  307 

Thalassogeron  caritus  ...  344 

Thecidea  waxtV/ft    ...  ...  45 

Theridion  troglodiitex  ...  338 

Therapon  Jnniicrali.t  62 


page 
Tkkridiox    ..  ...         ...       27 

a/hi-.<ifriaiiim...  ...        27 

rujipes  ...  ...       27 

tepid  ariort(m...  ...        27 

/hrfidis,  Amusu-m  41, 213, 223,  285 

//r /(V/i.?,  Ctlichxa 213 

th'.tna.n,  Stephanocircus    .       108 
^riiomsonite,     IriTerell,    N.  S. 

Wales 420 

Tnon^CTK  mean drina  120 

Thraciopsis  areno.ia  42,  288 

THPEPTEBirs  »nffc"?'/o.s«.s-      .         63 
Thyasira  alhigetia  ...  363 

TiBERiA  «jYiV/«/«        ..  214,216 

tompsoni.  Mrs  ..  312 

Topaz,  Eiinnaville,  N.  S  Wales       83 
Topaz,  Oban,  N.S.  Wales     ...        85 
Topaz,  Bell   Moimt,  Middle- 
sex, Tasmania    ...  ...        88 

Topaz,  Flinder's  Island,  Tas- 
mania      . .  . .  ...        87 

Topaz,  Mt.  Cameron,  Tasmania    85 
torciilari.t,  LlPPlSTK.^ 
ToTANUS  iricaiiu.s- 
Trachichthys  intermediui 

TRACHINOCEPHALrS  milOpst 

Trachixotus  haillonii 
trapezia,  Philixe      .. 
trapezina.  Philixe  ... 
tran-vlncida,  ScALA   ... 
Teematotrochus  sp. 

rerconis 
trieariiiata,  Drillia 
tridentata,  Cavolixia 
Trigla  Icunni 

poJgommafa  ... 
triqona,  Allomokphixa 
triqoHalis,  Mactra  ... 
TrIGONIA  riiirlnfa    ... 
margnritacea 

frigomda,  Allomorchixa 

trinonnla,  MiLiOLiXA 
trigidtatum,  Amblyomma 

trilohar,  var.,    Globigerixa 
hulloide.i 

trimaculatuin,  ApoxoMMA 

triiiiariilafn.'i,  IXODES 

fri-ipi^o.ta,  Cavolixia 

Trivia  avellanoide-t 

trorhus,  Textt'laria 

troilodgtica,  IsoTOMA 

troglodute.i,  Ectatostica 

tronlodiilp",  Theridiox 

TROMBIDTID.E      . 

Trombidiuji  papuatutm 
.<terricatu7n 


287 

343 

.V 

349 

58 

71 

361 

288 

288 

290 

272 

272 

213 

286 

213 

285 

75 

74 

307 

326 

322 

288 

306 

306 

170 

XA 

309 

168 

168 

213 

,285 

288 

,  293 

307 

313 

338 

338 

156 

158 

158 

444                          RECORDS 

OF 

THK    AUSTRALIAN    MUSEUM. 

fAGE 

L'AGE 

TROMBOIDEA       ... 

149 

150 

iniiver.ta,  OaBrLi^A 

309 

Trophon  cardueli.s    . . 

214 

Upeneus  poro.sK.^ 

64 

goldsteini 

288 

Uropoda  .<ipinuiipe.<< 

175 

laminatm 

214 

288 

UROPODID.E 

175 

simplex 

214 

288 

nrri/lii,  Pseudaphritis 

38 

■stimuleus 

288 

293 

Utricularia  killing  fish-fry 

3 

Tbouessartia  caudacuta 

186 

nrn,  LlOTHYRIS 

43 

triiHcata,  Cuspidaria 

47 

UviGERiNA  canariemi-i 

309 

Truncatulina  ecJdnata 

309 

pi/gm<ea 

309 

lohatala 

309 

sp 

309 

prcBcincta 

309 

reticulata 

309 

sp.        ... 

309 

wueJlenstorfii 

309 

truucatus,  Ch,?5TODON 

67 

V 

truncatus,  Chelmoxops 

67 

TuBiFEX  davidis 

252 

rado-sa,  Vekticordta 

289 

303 

tumhil,  Salmo 

58 

raqan.i,  Hyperammina 

307 

iiimhil,  Saurida 

58 

raiyen.si.s,  Centrogenys 

61 

TrRBONiLLA  conxtricta 

214 

vaigeii.<fi.s,  Scorp.s:na 

61 

varicifer 

42 

vniida,  TeteagnATHA 

332 

TURNIX  velox 

342 

rafidtt.t,  Lambrus      .. 

231 

Tfrquetia  Integra 

364 

Vanikoropsis  i'tuarti 

327 

tiirrisphari,  SciLA    ... 

52 

rarani,  IXODES 

168 

turrita,  Et'LiMELi.A. 

42 

rariabilis,  Mus 

312 

TURRITELLA  curialvi 

357 

varicifer,  Tfrbonilla 

42 

ffodejfrofiana . . . 

214 

velifer,  Protolichus 

184 

inci-sa   .. 

214 

velifer,  Pterolichus 

184 

opulenta 

288 

292 

velox,  TuRNiX 

342 

philippensis  ... 

214 

Venericardia  cavatica 

215 

289 

■scituln 

42 

dilecia 

289 

■linuata 

214 

venlricosa,  Nephila 

336 

smithiana 

288 

repratica,  Pleitrotomella 

288 

.luphim 

289 

rerconix,  Trematotrochus 

272 

■suh.squamo-m  ... 

289 

Termetus  iraitei 

42 

Ty I'Kis  .si/ringiann.^.. . 

289 

Vermicularia  nodosa 

289 

292 

philijipen.'ii.'S  ... 

289 

waifei 

289 

ttiiiicn-s,  Fascinus      .. 

286 

versicolor,  Ptilotis  .. 

29 

TYROGLYPHID.E 

178 

rersicolor,  PxiLOTrs,  eggs 

of 

30 

Ti'ROGLYPiirs  enfomopha 

qii.s 

180 

versicolor,  Ptilotis,  nest  of 

29 

qiiePilxhllldicK.v 

180 

certehralis,  NoDO.SARiA 

308 

.s-iro 

180 

VertiCORDIA  aH.\tr.-iliens 

:.v 

303 

u 


Ulesanis        ..         ...  27 

sexlu'ifrculata  ...       27 

K.nlnlicnta,  iu  r.VOPj.[s  ...        26 

niii'inticafa,  PoLixiCEs  ...      288 

niid'ita,  Aspella  285,  294 

/(/;(/(yV«,   POROMYA      ...  214,224 

lunlnlata,  YOJAJTK    ...  215,289 

««i/b)-i.v,  Collosph.kra  ..     282 


rhoniholdpd     ...  215,303 

■s-eto-m  303 

vado.m  . .  289, 303 

vexictilaris,  DlscORBlXA  ...  309 
restalis,  Daphxella  213,  286 

Tesuvianite,    Barraba,    X.  S. 

Wales     415 

('/ Yci)-i>,  Pleuhoxectes  ...  197 
Victoria',  Rhombosolea  ...  197 
vinceiitti,  I'at.t-xts    .  ...        77 

rirffii  I  a,  Clio  ...  213,285 

riridiauratiix.  MACRO PODUS  1 

ritreiis,  CouiARKYS  ...  286,301 

vivipartfs,  Kxemidokoptes        190- 


YoLVTA.  itiif/ulati 
VrLPECULA  miratida 

tasmanica 
vulpiiia,liAh¥E 
vu/pinns,  CossYPHUS 


w 


PAGE 

215,289 
...  215 
...     215 

...       70 
70 


waiiei,  Vermetis     ... 

42 

iyrti^eii,  Vermicilaria 

.      289 

watei-honsii,  PAT.ECrs 

7r, 

(6'r7/.9o«i',  Mangelia  ... 

214 

(ceWii,  Cirsonella     .            41,285 

«'eWu'.  SiLigrARiA     . 

42 

wehurdi,  Bathypuantes 

331 

whani,  IIargineela              4 

2   287 

willemoesi,  Megerlia 

43 

wollitinhillae/isix,  Astarte 

327 

womhali,  Sakcoptes 

190 

woinhati,     var.,      Sarcoptes 

scahiei     ... 

190 

x^oudsi,  Drillia 

213 

woodirardi,  Broiichtiiys 

72 

Workshops,   Aboriginal,  N  S 

Wales 

233 

Belambi  Beacli 

236 

Boiidi  .. 

235 

Cronulla  Beach 

235 

445 


PAGE 

Maroubra  234 

Adzes 249 

Anvils  23(3 

Grouges                         ...  249 

CxraTers           ..            ...  243 

Grindstones     .            ...  23(j 

Knives,  chipped-baek  238 

Nose-sty]e        ..           ..  249 

Easps   .' 249 

Scrapers         ..  241,249 

Shell  deposits             ...  237 

Spear-baib  Hakes       ...  244 

wiiellensstorfii,  Trt-XCAI  VLIXA  3<)9 


X 


XenopHORA  fatei 


2 1  5,  289 


zelicira,  Deliochus             ...  335 

zelivira,  Meta           ...          ...  335 

Zeolites           ...          ..           ...  41G 

Zircon,  Glen  Innes,  N  S.\\'alcs  95 

Zircon,  Inrerell,  N  S.  Wales  96 

Zircon,    Boat    Harbour,   Tas-  96 

mania      ...          ...          ...  96 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  I. 


ICHTHYODECTES    MARATHONENSIS,   Efll.  fit. 

Skxill  seen  slightly  obliquely  from  below. 

m.  Eight  maxilla. 
de.        „      and  left  dentaries. 
ar.         „  ,,  articulars. 

efh.  Sff.  ?  Ethmoid  or  frontal  (?) 

~ — -  Hvomandibular  or  preoperculum. 

pr. 

hi/.  Hyoid  bones. 

op.  Operculum. 

r.  Ribs. 

r.  Vertebrae. 

f.  Displaced  fin  rays. 


Plate  I. 


REG.  AUSTR.  MU>:.,  VOL.  VI 


.Je. 


F.  H.  LEGGATT.  del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  11. 

ICHTHTODESTES    MARATHONENSIS,    Eth.  fil. 

Skull  seen  from  below. 

[For  lettering  see  Explanation  of  Plate  i.] 


REC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL  YI 


Plate  II. 


_-'Ofe'. 


F    t(    LEOGATT    del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  III. 


Portion  of  web  of  Amaurobius  socialis,  Rainb. 


EEC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  TH 


H     tlAHNt5.  Junr..  photo.. 
Austr.   Mu.s. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  IV. 


Halicore  dugong,  Gmelin,  sp. 

Fig.  1.     Portion  of  a  rib  showing  cuts  and  chipping  of  the  surface. 

,     2.     Largest    rib-portion    with  traces  of  numerous    cuts  contiguous 
to  the  concave  edge 

„     3.     Third  rib-portion  similar  to  fig.  1. 

(The  figures  are  seven-tenths  the  natural  size). 


REC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  IV. 


Plate  IV. 


H.   BARNES.  Junr..  ohoto., 
Asistr    Mus 


EXPLANATION"  OP  PLATE  V 


Pior.  1.     Portion  of  a  skin  of  MeUthreptiis  brepirosfr}s-,Y\gorfi  and  Horsfield, 
Short-billeil  Honey-eater. 

,,     2.     Portion  of  a  skin  of  Melithreptus  mrri/iiu-oxfrix,  Nortli. 
Larjje-billed  Honey-eater, 

„     3.     Nest  and  eggs  of  Ptilotis  versicolor,  Gonld. 
Varied  Honey-eater. 
(Pigs.  1  and  2.     Natural  size.       Fig.  3.     About  two-tliirds  natural  size). 


REO.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  V. 


H.  BARNES.  Junr.,  photo. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE  VI. 


Opal  Pseudomorphs,  White  Cliffs,  N.  S.  Wales. 

Fiij.  1.     To  the  left  of  the  central  depression  a  crystal  shows  distinct 
cleavage  traces  on  the  edge. 

,,     2.     Several  crystals  show  pronounced  cleavage  traces. 


REC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.iVJ. 


Platl  Y1. 


H.  Barnes.  Junr,,  Photo. 
Auslr.  Mus, 


EXPLA.NATION  OF  PLATE  VII. 


(iLADBERITE    CRYSTALS     AND     OpAL    PsEUDOMORPHS,   WhITE     ClIFFS, 

N.  S.  Wales. 


Forms:— r  (001),  -t  (111).  »  (111). 
Fig.  1.     Projection  on  (001)  of  a  glauberite  crystal  showing  the  forms  s 
(111)  andw  (111). 
,,     2.     The  same,  with  oscillation  of  (131)  on  v  and  of  c  on  ». 

„  '.^,  Freehand  drawing  of  a  pseudomorphic  opal  crystal  in  similar 
position  and  showing  the  trace  of  the  basal  cleavage  on  » 
and  striations  supposed  to  be  due  to  oscillatory  combination 
of  s  with  (131). 

i.     Projection  of  a  glauberite  crystal  on  a  plane   perpendicular  to 

the  zone  axis  s.s'. 
5.     The  same  with  traces  of  basal  cleavage  and  (131)  oscillating  with  v 

3.     Freehand  drawing  of  pseudomorphic  opal  crystal  in  similar  posi- 
tion showing  cleavage  traces. 

7.     Projection  of  glauberite  crystal  on  (010). 

S.     The  same  with  oscillation  of  (131)  on  »  and  of  c  on  ?i. 

3.     Freehand   drawing   of   pseudomorphic    opal  crystal  in    similar 
position  showing  striations  on  -t  and  cleavage  traces  on  n. 

Note. — »'  in  the  right  hand  half  of  fig.  4  should  read  »",  and  in  the  left 
hand  half  n". 


EEC.  A.USTR.  MUS  ,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  Vl  I 


C.  Anderson,  del.. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE  VIII. 


Fig.  1.     Synodits  sageneus,  Waite. 
,,    2.     Cynofflos.wsbroadhnr-iti,  Wa,\te. 
(Both  two- thirds  natural  size.) 


REC.  AU8TR.  :S[US.,  VOL.  VI. 


Pj.ate  VIII. 


A.  \i.  McClJLlOrH,  del 
Auslr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  IX. 


Terapon  humeralis,  Ogilby. 
(Natural  size.) 


REC.  AUSTll.  Mrs.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  IX. 


A.  H.  Mcculloch,  del., 

Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  X. 


Neatiipus  obliquus,  Waite. 
(Natural  size.) 


REC.  AUSTR.  .MUS.,  \'()L.  VI. 


Platk  X. 


A.  R.  Mcculloch,  dci., 

Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XI. 


Fig.  1.     Chmtodon  asuarins,  Waite. 
.,     2.     Dipulits  ctecnf!,  Waite. 
(Both  natural  size.) 


EEC.  AUSTK,  :\[U8.,  NUL.  \  I. 


Plate  XI. 


A-  R.  Mcculloch,  deL. 

Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XII. 


Hypsifpops  microlepis,  Giintlier. 

Fig.  1.     Young,  bwice  natural  size. 
„     2.         „        enlarged  one-seventh. 
„     3.    Adult)  five-eighths  natural  size. 


:fx'.  atstk.  Mi/s.,  VOL.  vi. 


Plate  XII. 


U.  M((  ULl  OCII.dol. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XIII. 


Pseudolahrtts  punctulatus,  Giinther. 
(Seven-tenths  natural  size,) 


REC.  AUSTPv.  Mils..  VOL    V\. 


Plate  XT II. 


A.  R  Mcculloch  dei. 

Austr.  Mtis 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XIV. 


Bramichthys  woodwardi,  Waite. 
(Slightly  reduced.) 


REC.  AUSTR.  :\riI.S.,  VOL.  YT. 


Plate  XIV 


A   R.  McCLLLOCH.del. 
Austr.  Miis. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XV. 


PatrBcus  maculatus,  Giinther, 
(Natural  size.) 


EEC.  AU8TR.  MUS.,  VOL.  VT 


Plate  XV 


A  R  Mcculloch.  deL 

Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XVI. 


Pseudomonacanthus  galii,  Waite. 
(Five-eighths  natural  size.) 


REC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XVI. 


A  R.  Mcculloch,  del., 

Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLlTE  XVH. 


0 hat  ode  !•  mis  niaccuilochi,  Waitf . 
(Fiva-sixths  natural  size.) 


REC.  AU8TR.  :MUS.,  VOL  VT. 


Plate  XYIl. 


-A.  R.  MtCULLOCH.del. 
Austr.  Mu.s. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XVIII. 


Topaz. 


Fitr.  1.         Emmaville,  New  South  Wales. 
Fig.  2.         Oban,  New  South  Wales. 
Figs.  3,  4.  Moiinfc  Cameron,  Tasmania. 
Figr.  .5.         Flinders  Island,  Tasmania. 
Fig.  6.         Bell  Mount,  Tasmania. 

Forms:—?  (001),  h  (010),  m  (110),  M  (230;,  /  (120),  tt  (250),^  (130), 
d  (201),  h  (203),  X  (043),/ (021),  y  (041),  o  (221),  «  {Ul),'i  (223). 
X  (243). 


REC.  AU8TU.  MUS.,  VOL.  VT. 


Plate  XVlII. 


nf 


C.  ANDERSON,  del 
Austr    Mus 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XIX. 


Topaz. 

Fig.  1.         Emmaville,  New  South  Wales.     Stereogram  showing  all  the 
recognized  forms  and  the  i^rinoipal  zones. 

Earite. 
Fiy.  2.         St,  Peter's,  near  Sydney,  New  South  Wales. 

Forms  and  indices  as  in  Aiiglesite  below. 

Anglesite. 
Fig.  3.        Maestrie's  Mine,  Dundas,  Tasmania. 
Fig.  4.        Mine  Meretrice,  New  Caledonia. 
Figs.  5,  6.  Lewis  Ponds,  New  South  Wales. 

Forms:— (•  (001),  h  (010),  a  (100),  w/  (110),  d  (102), o  (01J),c  (111), 
,f  (122). 


KEC.  AU8TR.  :\IUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XIX. 


h 

■? 

f^ 

:*!"' 
^ 

.M' 

-ni^ 

\ 

f^ 

—X/p' 

\ 

> 

f 
1   / 

\ 

\^' 

r 

-A 

r 

r 

^ 

\\ 

u 

v^ 

f  n 

\           J 

Jj 

\  y 

l"^  ' 

'^--fWrL 

\ 

x^ 

-^ 

/  / 

\^ 

4aV 

h    '• 

/"  p 

±^ 

y 

'  / 

W 

/ 

>. 

^ 

L 

>m 

C.  ANDEUSON.  del. 
Austr.  Miis. 


EXPLANA'l'ION  OF  PLATE  XX. 


Cerussite. 

Fit(s.  1,  2,  3.  Magnet  Mine,  Tasmania.  The  crystals  are  trillings  on 
VI.  (110).  Fig.  3  is  a  stereGiJ:ram  shewing  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  faces  and  the  chief  zones. 

Forms:— r  (001).  a  (100),  h  (010),  m  (110),  r  (130),  i  (021),  k  (Oil). 
.r(012),y;  (111  . 

ZiRroN 

Fig.  4    Glen  limes,  Xew  South  Wales. 

Fig.  5    Invereli,  New  South  Wales. 

Fig.  5.  Boat  Harbour,  Tasmania. 

Forms  —a  (100),  m  (110).  y>  (111),  r  (221),  «  (331),  x  (131). 


gREC.   AUSTPv.  .ML7S.,  VOL.  YI. 


Plate  XX 


C    ANDERSON.  Jel., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXL 


Megalatractus  aruanuh,  L. 
Torres  Strait,  about  a  quarter  tlie  uatural  size. 


REC.   AUSTPx.    Mrs.,  VOL.  VI. 


Pla'ie  XXI. 


r.  WHITBLEGGE.  Photo 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXII 


Megalatbactus  aruanus. 

Wellealy  Islands,  Gulf  of  Carpentaria,  fashioned   by    natives    to    carry 
water,  about  a  quarter  the  natural  size. 


REC.  AUSTH.   .Mils..  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XXII. 


T.  WHITELEGGE,  Photo- 
Austr.   Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXI [L 


ECHIDNOPHAGA    AMBXJLANS,    Oliff. 

Fig     1      Showing  posterior  abdominal  segments  rounded. 
„     2.  ,,  „  „  ,,  excavated. 


REC.   ArsTK.   Mrs.,  VOL.  Vf. 


Plati;  XX  [II. 


T.  WHITELFGGE.  Photo. 

.Au>tr.  Wus. 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLA.TE  XXIV 


Carettochelts  insculpta,  Ramsaji. 

Fig.  1.     Carapace. 
„     2.     Plastron. 


REC.  AUSTIN.  Mrs.,  VOL.  VT 


'^LATK    XXIY 


EDGAR   W.  WAITE.  Photo. 
Austr.  Mus. 


X-5*»* 


EXPLAISlATlOiN'  OF  PLATE   XXV. 


CaRKTTOCHELYS    INSCULPTA,  lidiliSa 

Fig.  1.     Head — Upppr  vifw. 
„     2.         ,,        Lower      ,, 
„     3.         ,,        Lateral    „ 


REC.  AU.STK.  ^LUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Platk  XXV 


EDGAR  R.  WAITE.  Photo. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXVI. 


Carettochelys  insculpta,  Ramsay. 

Fig.  1.      Skull — Upper  view 
,,     2.         „         Lower     „ 
,,     3.         ,,         Lateral  „ 


EEC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  \'T 


Platk  XXVI. 


EDGAR   W.  WAITE,  Photo.. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE  XXVIL 


Carettochelts  insculpta,  Ramsay. 

Fi^.  1.  First  Cervical  Vertebra. 

,,     2.  Second     „  „ 

„     3.  Third 

„    4.  Eighth    „ 

„     5.  First  Dorsal  Vertebra  and  portion  of  Carapace. 

a.  Lateral ;  h.  Dorsal ;  c.  Ventral ;  d.  Anterior ;  and  e.  Posterior  aspects. 


KEC.  AUSTIJ.  :MU8.,  VOL.  VI. 


Flatk.  XXVTT 


EDGAR   U.  \\  \H  r,  del 

Ausu.  A\us. 


H 


EXPLANATION   OF   PLATE   XXVII. 


Miiriil  Tablet  in  S.  James  Clmrcli,  Svdner,  erected   in  memory  of  John 
Gilbert,  Ornithologist. 


EEC.  AUSTR    MUS.,  VOL.  VL 


Plate  XXVIL 


H.  BARNES,  Junr.,  photo., 
Ajstr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION   OF   PLATE   XXVIII. 


Ganorhtnchus  sussmilchi,  Eth.  jil. 

Fig.  1.  Buckler  seen  from  above. 
„      2.         „  „         „      the  side. 

,,      3.  Snout  seen  from  in  front. 
„      4.  ,,  ,,  ,,      below. 

„      5.  Portion  of  granulated  plate  on  the  same  matrix. 


REC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  YI. 


Platk  XXVIII. 


H     BARNES.  Junr.,  photo., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION   OF   PLATE   XXIX. 


AXINITK. 


Bowling  Alley  Point,  Xiuidle,  New  Soiitli  Wales. 

Fig.   1.     Clinograpliic  drawing  of  ideal  ervstal    (the   unlettered  face   i*   /•). 

„     2.     Plan  of  tig.  1. 
Figs.  3,  4.     Clinographie  drawings  of  natural  crystals. 
Fig.  5.     Stereogram. 

Forms:— r  (001),  h  (010);    m  (HO),  31  (110),  ir  (130);   /(OH),  ii  (021), 
.V  (201)  ;  ,r  (]11),  r  (HI),  z  (112),  h  (131),  o  (132),  1'  (131),  d  (241). 


UEC.  AUSTR.  MUS.   VOL.  VI 


Plate  XXIX. 


C  ANDERSON,  del.; 
Austr,  Mus. 


EXPLANATION   OF   PLATK   XXX. 


AXINITE. 


Colebi'ook  Mine,  Dundas,  Tasmaiua. 

Fig.   1.     Clinograpliic  drawing  of  ideal  crystal. 
„     2.     Plan  of  fig.  1. 

Forms  :—a  (100),  X  (021),  §  (132),  q  (151).     [Other  forms  as  in  Explanation 
to  PI.  xxix.]. 


KEC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XXX. 


C  ANDERSON,  del., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION   OF   PLATP]    XW'I. 


AXIXITE. 

Figs.  1,2.      Moonbi,  New  South  Wales. 

Fig.  3.     Colebrook  Mine,  Dundas,  Tasmania. 

[For  lettering  see  Explanation  to  Plates  sxix.  and  xxx.]. 

Petterdite  {=  Mimetite). 

Fig.  4.     Britannia  Mine,  Zeelian,  Tasmania. 

Forms  :— c  (0001),  m  (1010),  x  (1011),  s  (1121). 

Crocoite. 
F'ig.  5.     Magnet  Mine,  Tasmania. 
Forms  -.  —  h  (010),  m  (110),  /  (111),  v  (ill),  k  ("lOl). 


REC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XXXL 


C.ANDERSON,  del  , 

Austr.  A'us. 


EXPLANATION   OF    PLATE   XXXIL 

Petterdite  (=  Mimetite). 

JJritannia  Mine,  Zeolian,  Tas-mania,  enlarged  aliout  one-liait. 

(Bv  peni.ission  of  Mr.  W.  F.  Petten!). 


REC.  AUSTK.  MU8.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XXXII. 


/^>^%r^ 


H.  BARNES.  Junr.,  ph jto  , 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION   OF   PLATE   XXXIII. 


Datolite. 


Colebrook  Mine,  Dundas,  Tasmania. 

Fig.  1.  Clinograpliic  drawing  of  ideal  crystal. 

2.  Plan  of  fig.  1. 

3.  Clinographic  drawing  of  natural  crystal. 

4.  Plan  of  fig.  3. 

5.  Stereogram. 

Forms  :—c  (001).  n  (100) ;   w  (110)  ;   w,  (Oil),  ;"  (013),  .r  (102)  ;  n   (111),  k 
(ll.-,),/x  ("lU),  A  (~113),  £  (112),  t  (212),  TT  ("231). 


EEC.  AU.STR.  MU8.,  VOL.  VT. 


Pi  ATE  XXX TTI, 


C    ANDERSON,  del., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    XXXIV. 


I'ellorhamphus  ba.ixe)i.sis-,  Castolnau. 
(Five-sixths  natural  :-ize). 


EEC.   AUSTR.  MU8.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XXXIV. 


A.  R.  Mcculloch,  ce'.., 

Ai.;,:r.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    XXXV. 


Hhomhosolea  flesoides,  Giinther. 
(Four-fifths  natural  size). 


REC.  AU-STR.  MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XXXV 


A.  R.  McCULLOCH,  del. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    XXXVI. 


Fig.  1.  Cheilohranchns  rufus,  Mafleay. 

2.  Crepidogaster  spatida,  Giiiitlier. 

8.  Diplocrepis parcipimils,  AVaite. 
4.  ,,  cardinalin,  Ramsay. 

.5.  Blennius  tasmaniaiiux,  Rifliardson. 

6.  OphiooHnus  gnhrieli,  Waite. 

7.  ,,  (/rcicili-i,  Waite. 

(All  tlie  figures  enlai'ged). 


KEC.  AU.STK.  :\[U.S.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XXXVI. 


fi. 


A.  R.  Mcculloch,  del. 

Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    XXXVII. 


Eig.   1.  Monilea  ole.dcea,  HeLlley  and  Petterd. 

2.  Ilissoa  filocincfa,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 

3.  Baihytoma  aganta,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 
4-.  Ceritliiopsis  cacaminatus,  Hedlev  and  Petterd. 

5.  Fleurotoma  casearia,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 

6.  Murex  licinus,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 

7.  8.     Emarginala  siiperho,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 
i).  Terehra  lauretana;.  Ten.  Woods. 


REC.  AUSTE.  MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XXXV  TT. 


C.  HEDLEY,  del., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATIOX    OF    PLATE    XXXVIII. 


Fig.   10.     BitiiiimfuscocapitKhim,  HecUey  and  Petterd. 


11. 


iipex. 


12.  Cancellaria  scohina,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 

13.  Tiberia  nitidula,  A.  Adams. 

14.  Limopsis  erectus.  Hedley  and  Petterd. 

15.  ,,  „  „  „         liinge. 

16.  Poromya  undosa,  Hedley  and  Petterd. 

17.  „  „  „  „  sculpture. 
IS.  Amusium  thetidis,  Hedley — interior  of  left  valve. 
19-              „             „               .,          exterior  of  left  valve. 


REC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  YI. 


Plate  XXXYJII. 


C.  HEDLEY.  del. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    XXXIX. 


Carcharias  hrachijurus,  Griintlier. 
(Two-ninths  natural  size). 


REC    AUSTR.  MUS,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XXXTX, 


A.  R,  Mc-CUI. LOCH,  del., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    XL. 


CatuJus  analis,  Ogilhy — egg-ease. 
( Xatiiral  >ize). 


RKC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  VT. 


Platk  XL, 


4        • 


f..r 


-•i^^ 


H.  BARNES.  Junr.,  pluto,, 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    XLI. 


VarascijUium  collare,  Raiusav  &  Ogilby — egg-case. 
(Natural  size). 


REC.  AUSTR.  MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XLI. 


H.  BARNES.  Jun;..photc., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION   OF    PLATK   XLTI. 


Groxip  1 — Figs,  1-5  and  7-9.     Variously  shaped  knives. 
1 — Fig.  6,     Nose  ornament. 
1 — Figs.  10-11.     Gritty  sandstone  rasps. 
2 — Six  rows  of  ehipped-back  surgical  knives. 
3 — Two  rows  of  minute,  straight,  slender  points. 
4^ — Eight  rows  of  spear-heads  or  knives. 


REC.    AUSTK     MU.s.    \()!,.    \|. 


Platk  XLTl. 


Grinip 


Group 


Itf 


♦ 


(Jrouji 


Croup 


«   t  ♦    (   4    •   fit! 

i  it  i    (  I  ^l  < 

A  (  4.  A  <    «   «    {   i  < 

<     *   *  i    4    t    t    ''4   4 

6  #  t  ft  r  ( /  ,^> 


Ctnlimttr 


H.  BARNES,  Jurir.,  rlioto. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION   OF   PLATE    XLllL 


Grou]3  1 — Nine  rows  of  gravers. 

„       2 — Five  rows  of  adze-like  pieces-  possibly  gouges. 


REC.    AU8T11.    MU.S.,   VOL.    VI. 


PL.vnc  XLTTT. 


Group 
1.   " 


( ;  I'd  up 


A  4  ^  6  a  r  f 

l«»f  f  [rr  I 

t  i^  i  i  f  f  (  I   (   I 

(  t  M  f  f  i  (  *  R   r 
t  •  i   I  r  <>  i  •  c  I 

»•  *►  f^  ^  0^ttt;'# 


H.  BARNES.  Junr.,  photo. 
Austr,  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF   PLATE  XLIV. 


Group  1 — Two  rows  of  smooth  scrapers. 
„       2 — Seven  rows  of  death-spear  points. 
,,       3 — Four  rows  of  irreguiai-lj -shaped  knives. 
,,       4 — Two  rows  of  cores. 
,,       5 — Four  rows  of  worked  scrapers. 


HEC.    AUSTR.    Mrs..   VOT..    VT. 


-  Plate  XLIV. 


Gi 


Group 


^4.  ♦    «.    •  - 


i  ^ 


Group 
3. 


Groii] 


Group 


W  ^  W  #^  <^ '  J^  Hk  ^^ 


H.  BARNES,  Junr.,  photo. 
Austr.  MuS. 


EXPLANATION   OF  PLATE  XLV. 


No.   1 — View  of  the  principal  saiidliill  at  Bellaiubi  looking  towards  the  nortli 
east. 

.,     2-  Sunnnit  of  the  same  looking  north. 

,.     3 —       „        „     „        ,,  „        south. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,    VOL.   VI. 


Plate  XLV. 


?-3^ 


-*    :^ 


r' 


'r 


^^ 


^ 

^^^: 


■•>•  ."^ 


T.  WHITELEGGE,  photo. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    XLVI. 


Tuhifex  davidis,  Benliam. 

Fig.    1.     A  dorsal  bundle  of  chsetae  from  segment  tI. 

„  2.  The  outer  moiety  of  a  dorsal  cliseta  from  one  of  the  anterior 
segments,  showing  intermediate  teeth.     (Camera  x  480). 

„      3.     A  Tentral  chaeta  from  the  posterior  region.     (Camera  x  480). 

,,      4.     A  copulatory  chaeta  from  the  tenth  segment.     (Camera  x  480). 

,,  5.  The  male  apparatus  of  the  right  side,  from  a  bisected  specimen. 
At.  atrium;  _/.  sperm-funnel ;  o.  the  male  pore;  p.  penis  ;  pr. 
prostate  ;  sp.  sperm  duct. 

,,  6.  Tlie  spermatheca  of  the  right  side  and  tlie  copulatory  ehseta  (cop.) 
in  situ. 

Branchiura  pleurotheca,  Benliam. 

„      7.     A  Tentral  chaeta.     (Camera  X  480). 

,,  8.  The  male  apparatus  (without  the  sperm  duct),  seen  in  longitudinal 
section,  somewhat  diagrammatically  drawn.  At.  atrium,  lined 
by  tall  glandular  cells ;  d.  duct,  lined  by  cuticulated  epithelium 
continuous  with  the  epidermis ;  m.  muscular  coat ;  «.  neck,  lined 
by  cubical  cells  ;  o.  tlie  male  pore  ;  pr.  prostate  cells  ;  sp.  sperm 
duct  entering  the  atrium. 

„      9.     Tlie  spermatheca  of  the  left  side. 

,,  10.  A  transA"erse  section  of  the  body  (camera  outline  x  80),  showing  on 
the  right  side  the  spermathecal  pore,  and  on  the  left  the  chaetse, 
which  occur  in  the  neighbouring  section.  D.  dorsal  chaetse  ;  d. 
muscidar  duct  of  the  spermatheca;  int.  intestine,  above  it  is  the 
dorsal  blood  trunk,  below  it  the  ventral ;  nc.  nerve  cord ;  spth. 
spermatheca,  the  contained  spermatozoa  are  omitted  ;  t.  testis; 
the  eoelom  is  filled  with  developing  spermatozoa. 

,,  11.  The  bunch  of  copulatory  chaetse  from  segment  xi.  with  their 
muscles. 

;,  12,  Integumental  network  of  bloodvessels  and  its  connection  with  the 
dorsal  and  ventral  trunks  through  the  parietal  vessels  (jJv) ;  Dv. 
dorsal  blood  trunk ;    Vr.  ventral  blood  trunk. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MU8,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XLVI. 


W    B    BENHAM,  del. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    XLVII. 


Fhreodriloides  nofabilu,  Benliani. 

„    13,     A  ventral  chata. 

„  14.  View  of  part  of  the  male  apjjaratus  of  the  left  side  as  seen  in  a 
stained  sjjecimen  mounted  entire ;  the  sperm  duet  and  funnel 
are  omitted.  A.  the  great  muscular  sac;  S.  the  spherical, 
glandular  sac,  into  which  the  sac  A.  opens  on  its  mesial  face; 
m.  muscles  ;  o.  the  male  pore. 

„  15.  Diagranniiatic  reconstruction  of  the  male  apparatus,  as  seen  in  longi- 
tudinal section.  A.  the  muscular  sac  ;  B.  the  glandular  sac ;  ce. 
nucleus  of  coelomic  epithelium  ;  cm.  circidar  muscles  in  wall  of 
A. ;  ep  nucleus  of  epithelium  lining  A.  ;f.  sperm  funnel ;  c/l.  ep. 
glandular  ej^itlielium  of  B. ;  m.  muscles  around  B. ;  o.  male 
pore  ;  s.  septum  xi./xii. ;  *p.  sperm  duct. 

„  16.  Obliquely  transverse  sections  through  the  muscular  sac  (A)  at  the 
level  of  the  entrance  of  the  sperm  duct.  (Camera  outline  x 
480,  slide  ii.,  row  2,  sect.  2,  right  side).  r.  ep.  nucleus  of 
coelomic  epithelium  ;  cm  circidar  muscle  fibres ;  ep.  nucleus 
of  epitheliimi  lining  the  muscular  sac  A  ;  ep.  two  cells  bounding 
the  entrance  of  the  sperm  duct  into  the  muscular  sac ;  sp. 
spermatozoa  filling  the  musciUar  sac  ;  ipd,  the  sperm  duct  in 
section. 

„  17.  Obliquely  longitudinal  section  through  the  glandular  sac  (5),  near 
the  entrance  into  it  of  the  muscular  sac  (A).  (Camera  outline 
X  480,  slide  ii.,  row  2,  section  15,  right  side).  On  this 
side  of  the  body  the  lower  end  of  the  muscular  sac,  filled  with 
spermatozoa,  pushes  the  lining  epithelium  of  the  glandular  sac 
outwards,  and  the  eonnnunication  between  the  two  is  found  a 
few  sections  furtlier  on,  at  the  level  .r.  of  the  figure ;  ep. 
epidermis  and  epithelium  of  non-glandidar  portion  of  the 
glandidar  sac ;  (^l.  ep.  glandidar  epithelium ;  m.  muscles ;  tic. 
portion  of  nerve  cord  ;  o.  male  pore. 


REC.    AUSTR.  MU8.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  XLVII. 


W    B.  eENHAM.  d<  I 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XLVTII. 


"  Orthoclask. 

In  this  and  succeeding  ulates  segments  in  twin  position  are  lettered  to  coi-re- 
spond  with  a  normally  jjlaced  crystal  turned  through  180°. 

1.  Adidaria  habit.     Cockburn  Creek,  near  Tam worth. 

2.  Baveno  doublet.     Oban. 

3.  Baveno   triplet  or    (as   lettered)    combined  Baveno  and  Manebac-h 
twin.     Oban. 

4.  Carlsbad  twin.     Oban. 

5.  Manebacli  twin.     Bolivia. 

6.  Carlsbad  twin.     Inverell. 

Forms:— f   (001),   a  (lOO),  6   (OiO),   in    (110),-!  (130),  x   lloi),  «/   (201),  » 
(021),  o  iTll). 


REC.    AUSTK.    :\[US.,   VOL.  YI. 


Platk  XLVIII. 


7n 


m 


X 


C    ANDERSON,  del. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XLIX. 


Orthoclase. 

Fig.  1.     liaveno  twin.     Obuii. 

Fig.  2.     Baveno  triplet  or  combined  Baveno  and  Manebach  twin.     Oban  (?). 
Fig-!.  1  and  2,  -which  are  about  four  times  natural  size,  are  bounded  by 
the  faces  c  and  h,  whicli  are  placed  perpendicular  to  tlie  plane 
of  the  paper. 

Fig.  3.  Grroup  of  orthoclase  and  quartz  crystals,  about  twice  natural  size  ; 
the  largest  Carlsbad  twin  consists  of  the  forms  e,  h,  m,  x,  o  ;  the 
Manebach  twin  is  separately  drawn  in  PI.  xlviii.,  fig.  5. 
Bolivia. 

Fig.  4.     Right-handed  Carlsbad  tw  in  ;  about  twice  natural  size.     Bolivia. 

Fig.  5.     Left-handed  Carlsbad  twin  ;  about  four  times  natin-al  size.     Uralla. 

Figs.  4  and  .5  have  the  forms  c,  b,  m,  x,  if,  o. 

(For  indices  see  Explanation  to  Plate  xlviii). 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,  VOL.   VT. 


Plate  XLIX. 


C.  ANDERSON,   del 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  L. 


Orthoclase. 

Fig,  1.  Two  "partial"  crystals  with  c,  h,  m,  x,  //,  penetrated  by  quartz 
with  principal  axes  parallel  to  one  direction  ;  slightly  enlarged. 
Oban. 

Fig.  2.     Baveno  group;  natural  size.     Oban. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MU8.,   VOL.   VT. 


Platk    L 


\:i 


^^feiSL^* 


^ 


H.  BARNES,  Junr.,  phm 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  LI. 


OUTHOCLASE. 

Crystal  of  smoky  quartz  penetrated  by  Baveno  twin ;  natural  size.     Oban. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,  VOL.   VI. 


Platk  LT. 


H    BARNES,  Junr.,  rhoto. 
Austi.   Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  LII. 


Orthoclase. 

Decomposed  ui'ystals  carrying  pericline  twins  of  albite  ;     natural    size. 

Oban. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MU8.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  LII. 


^r 


H.  BARNES   .luni.,  photo. 
Austr.    Mus. 


EXPLANATION   OF   PLATE   LIIL 


Lettering — g,  granules  ;  n,  nuclei ;  o,  oil-globules  ;  v,  spicules  ; 
X,  Xanthellse. 

GoUozoum  annatum,  Haswell.  A  single  zooid  in  optical  section,  x 
450. 

CoUozoum  alpha.  A  portion  of  the  colony  she\A"ing  one  of  the 
ordinary  zooids  and  one  of  the  masses  of  granule^like  bodies 
supposed  to  be  niici-ospores.     x  450. 

CoUozoum  ovale,  Haswell.     A  single  zooid.     x  300. 

GoUozoum  arcuatum,  Haswell.  A  single  zooid  with  the  peculiarly 
modified  XantheUre.  The  oil-globule  has  been  here  rendered 
black.  The  amorphous  pigmented  masses  within  the  capsule  are 
not  represented,     x  450, 

Eigs.  4a,  4b,  4c.     XantheUce  of  CoUozoum  arcuatum.     x  900. 

Fig.  5.     CoUozoum  beta,     A  single  zooid  in  optical  section,  showhig  the  layer 
of  minute  bodies  superficial  to  the  capsular-membrane.     x  300. 

Fig.  6.     CoUofsphcera  hedleyi,  Haswell.     Test  of  a  zooid.     x  300. 

Fig.  7.     CoUosphara  uiiiforis,  Haswell.    Test,     x  300. 


Fig. 

1. 

Fig. 

2. 

Fig. 

3. 

Fig. 

4. 

REC.    AU8TR.    MUS..  VOL.   VI. 


Plate  LITI. 


'  O 


W.  A    HASWELL,  del. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MU8.,  VOL.  VI 


Plate  LI  IT. 


W.  A.  HASWELL,  del. 


EXPLANANATION  OF  PLATE  LIV. 


Fig.     1.  Cocculina  coerciiajHedlej.     From  tlio  side. 

2.  „  „  „  From  above 

3.  Punctui'rlla  deinissa.'Hedley.     Froni  the  side. 

4.  „  „  „  From  above. 

5.  „  „  „  Sculpture,  magnified. 

6.  Crossea  naticoides,  Hedley.     From  the  side. 

7.  „  „  „  From  beneath. 

8.  Vermicularia  nodosa,  Hedley, 

9.  TurriteUa  opidenta,  Hedley. 

10.  Admete  stricta,  Hedley. 

11.  Mangelia  lutaria,  Hedley. 

12.  „  „  „  Apex,  from  above. 

13.  Cavolina    longirostris   var  strangulaia,    Hedley. 


REC.    AU8'JR.    MUS.,  VOl.    VI. 


Platk  LIV. 


C.  HEDLEY,  del. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  LV. 


14.  Enlimafrivata,  Hedley. 

15.  Aspella  itndata,  Hedley. 

16.  Cithna  angulata,  Hedley. 

17.  Trivia  avellanoides,  M'Coy.     From  above. 

,  o'  m   "  ,  "  "  From  bcneatli 

ly.  Trophon  stimuleus,  Hedley. 

20.  Mangelia  spica,  Hedley. 

21.  Pleurotomella  fastosa,  Hedley. 

22.  BrilUa  kasicelU,  Hedley. 


KEC.    AUSTK.    MU8.,   \'()i>.   VI. 


Plate  LV. 


19 


^  /"  fi 


C.  HEDLEY.  del. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  LVI. 


Fig.  23.  Modiola  litiea,  Hedley.     From  without. 

,>  24.  ,,          „           „           From  above. 

,,  25.  „           ,,            ,,            From  witlun. 

;,  26  Crassatellites  discus,  Heclley.     From  above. 

„  27.  „                 „             „            From  tlie  bide. 

,,  28.  Coriareus  vitretis,  Hedley.     Fi'ora  the  side. 

,.  29,  30.       „                 „             ,",      Hinge. 

„  31.  Li/oHsiella  qtiadrata,  Hedlej.     From  tlie  side. 

»  32.  „                 „                 „         From  above. 

,1  33.  ,,                  ,,                  ,,         From  within. 

„  34.  Verdcordia  vadosa,  Hedle}-.     From  the  side. 

„  35.  „                  „             „           From  above. 

,,  36,  37       „                  „             „           Hinge. 

„  38.  ,,             ausiralietixix,  Smitli.     From  above. 

I,  39.  ,.                         ,,                             From  Avithin. 


UEC.    AUSTH.    MUS.,   VOL.   VI. 


PL.vrE  LVL 


38 


C.  HEDLEY.  del. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LVIL 


Slab  of  calcareous  sliale  covered  vvitli  Spirulcea  gregaria,  Eth.  fil. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,   VOL.  YI. 


Plate  LVII. 


H.  BARNES,  Junr.,  photo. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LVIII. 


Group  of  AuceUa  hughendeiien.six,  Etli. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  LVIII. 


H.  BARNES,  Junr.,  photo., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LIX. 


Slab  of  Pacliydomella  calcareous  shale  exhibiting  tlie  profusion  in  vvluch 
PachydomeUa  chvtus,  Eth.  fil  ,  occurs. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,   VOL.   VI. 


Platk  LTX. 


^lA^ 


\'' 


WSfi  •  fit 


-t-^^ 


}       -4 


»#^ 


\ 


^■>...^. '•«»'■ 


^m^ 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LX. 


SPIRrLjEA    CRETACEA,    IE  til.  fil . 

Fi".  1.     Two  tubes  in  contiguitj,  one  extended — X  2. 
„     2.     Another  example,  concave  aspect — X  2. 

„     3.     A  third  specimen,  concave  aspect,  witli  the  free  tube  fractured,  and  a 
telescopic  umbilicus — X  2. 

CoPROLirES, 

„     4.     Fusiform  body  with  a  more  or  less  spiral  end. 

„     5.     Another  example  witli  the  termination  more  acute. 

MODIOLA    DUNLOPENSIS,    Eth.  fll. 

,,     C.     Rather  more  than  the  posterior  third  of  the  conjoined  valves. 

G-EAMMATODON    (?)    DAINTEEEI,    Etk.Jil. 

,,     7.     The  two  valves,  one  testaceous,  the  other  an  internal  cast — X  3. 
,,     8.     Interior  of  the  valve  removed  from  the  cast  in  Fig  7 — X  3. 

Teigonia  cinctfta,  Eth.  fil. 

,,     9.     Cast  of  portion  of  the  exterior  of  a  right  valve  taken  from  an  impres- 
sion in  calcareous  shale. 

OdONTOSTOMIA    (.')    CRETACEA,    Eth.  fll. 

„  10.     Three  whorls  and  a  heterostrophic   apex ;    the   delicate   decu>sLite 

sculpture  on  the  body  whorl  is  faintly  visible — X  4. 
,,  10a.  The  lietei'ostrophic  apex,  much  enlarged. 

CaXCELLARIA  (?)  TERRAREGINENSIS,  Eth.fi/. 

„   11.     Four  whorls,  the  body  whorl  with  transverse  keels  and  costae  -X  5, 


REC.    AUSTR.   MUS.,  VOL.   VI. 


Plate  LX. 


F.  R.  LEGGATT,  del. 


EXPLANATIO^^    OF    PLATE    LXI. 


Maccoyella  COEBIEKSI!?,  Moore,  *^>.  (/). 

Fig.  1.  Articulus  of  the  left  valve. 

„     2.  Portion  of  a  left  valve  with  posterior  auricle. 

„     3.  Left  valve,  one  of  the  largest  specimens,  with  costsp. 

„     4.  A  similar  left  valve. 

„     5.  A    mucli    broader   example    of   a   left  valve,  with  posterior  alation 

approaching  Oxi/loma  rockicoodeiisis,  Etli.  fil.,  in  outline. 

„     (i.  Longitudinally  elongated  individual  witli  well  preserved  sculpture. 

ArCELLA    HUGHENDENENSIS,    Et/ieridffe. 

,,     7.     Portion  of  the  united  valves.     The  auricle  of  the  right  valve  and  the 

anterior  dorsal   margin  of  the   latter  are  seen  to  be  crenidated  - 

X  2. 
„     8.     Left  valve  of  a  typical  specimen. 
„     9.     G-roup  of  young  individuals  on  the  weathered  surface  of  a  piece  of 

impure  limestone. 
,.   10.     The  valves   in  apposition   showing  the  auricle   of  tlie   right    valve 

received  in  an  anterior  inflection  of  the  cardinal  margin — X  2. 
„  11.     Portion  of  valves  in  apposition  but  exhibiting  the  area  of  tlie  left 

valve— X  3. 
,,  12.     The  specimen  of  which  Fig.  11  is  a  partial  enlargement  —  X  2. 

AnISOMTON  (?)    HEPHES.SU8,  Eth.  Jil. 

„  13.     Lateral  view. 
.,  11.     Apical  view. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,   VOL.    VI. 


Platk  LXI. 


J3. 


72 

F.  R.  LEGGATT,  del. 


10. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LXIL 


CYTHEEEA  (?)  MOOREI,  Eth.fil. 

Y'w    1.     A  left  valve — X  2.  .  . 

°    2.     Portion   of   the  anterior  end  of  another  specimen    exhibiting   the 

3.     A  right  valve  with  an  epiostracum  and  characteristic  sculpture  — 

X  2 

Pachydomella  CHUTUs, -E/;^..^/. 

■i  A  left  valve,  a  characteristic  specimen— X  3. 

"     5'.  Another  left  valve  with  well  marked  epiostracum— X  3. 

6  A  similar  specimen  to  Fig.  5  — X  3. 

"7  An  internal  cast  of  the  valves  in  apposition— X  3. 

','     8.  A  testaceous  example  with  the  valves  in  apposition— X  3. 

VaXIKOROPSIS  (?)    STtlARTI,    Eth.  JiL 
9      A  specimen  with  a  limited  number  of  oblique  costse,  the  intersection 
"     '  of  the  latter  and  the  spiral  lines  nodose— X  2. 

10      An  example  in  which  the  sculpture  is  very  regular,  but  tlie  depres- 
"       ■         sions  caused  by  the  wearing  off  of  the  nodes  commencing  to  show 

below  the  suture  on  the  body-whorl  —  X  3. 
„  11.     Portion  of  the  characteristic  sculpture  highly  magnifaed. 
,,  12.     A  specimen  resembling  Fig.  10 — X  2. 
13.     Portion  of  the  mouth,  imperfect— X  2. 


PvEC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,  VOL.   VI 


Plate  LXII. 


#^ 


# 


K 


12. 


JO. 


''^.' 


J3. 


^ 


F.  R.  LEGGATT,  del. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  LXIIf. 


Fig.    L      Macronnts  iii(/ro>iifirHf(ifiix,  sp.  nov. 
,      la.  ,,  „  top  view  of  lietul 

,,      2.      CcPJorhiiiivhiix  iiiiiofaltili-i,  sp.  nov. 
,,     2a.  ,,  ,,  top  view  ol'  head. 

(All  the  fiouros  are  of  tlie  natural  size). 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,   VOL.  VI. 


Platl:   LXIII, 


A.  R.  McCULLOCH,  del., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION   OF   PLATE    LXIY 


Hoplichth IIS  haxii-flli^  sp.  nov. 
(Reduced). 


EEC.    AUSTR.    MU8.,  VOL    \^I. 


Plate  LXIV. 


'a.  r.  Mcculloch,  jei. 

Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  LXV. 


Latrcillopsis  petterdi,  G-rant. 
(Reduced). 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.    VOL.    VI. 


Plate  LXV 


A.  R.  McCULLOCH,  del 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LXVI. 


Fig.  1.     Leda  pala,  Hedley. 

„  2,  3.     Leda  fortis,  Hedley — hinge  and  extei-ior. 

,,  4,  5.      Thyasira  alhigena,  Hedley— liinge  and  exterior. 

,,  6.     Cuspidaria  alceata,  Hedley. 

„  7,  8,  9,  10.      Tnrqtteiia    integra,    Hedley — hinge,    profile,   exterior    and 

interior. 

,,  11,12.     Luci)ia  iiidufa,  Hedley — hinge  and  exterior. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,   VOL.  VI. 


Plate  LXYI. 


C.  HEDLEY.  del. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION"    OF    PLATE    LXVIL 


Fig.  13,  14.     Liotia  capitata,  Hedley. 

15.  Risxoa  profundior,  Hedley. 

16.  Pyrene  hahylonica,  Hedley. 

17.  Philine  oicitans,  Hedley. 

18.  Epitonium  hellicosum,  Hedley. 

19.  TurvileUa  curialis,  Hedley. 

20.  Immature  example  of   Tiberia  nitidida,  A    Adams,  inadvertently 
included  in  this  plate. 

21.  Arcularin  dipuricoides,  Hedley. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 
13 


Plate  LXVII. 


C.  HEDLEY,  dsl., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  LXVIIL 


Fi(f.  1.     Corp=e  with  the  head  envelopei  in  a  clilly  bag,  shing  on  a  pole  sup- 
V  ported  by  two  forked  iipriglits — Margaret  Bay,  Cape  York  Penin- 

sula. 

„     2.     Mourner  wrapt   up  in  fishing  nets  belonging  to  his  deceased  father 
for  whom  he  mourns.     Me  Ivor  River,  Norih  of  Cape  Bedford. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MUS,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  LXVIir. 


Ci.  PYM,  photo,  (fig.  I). 
W.  E.  ROTH,  photo,  (tig.  2j. 


I 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LXIX. 


Vis    1      Decorated  fibuk-pau-to  or  pau-uto-carried  about  slung  eithei  f i om 

■         ■iround  the  forehead  so  as  to  hang  over  the  nape  ot  the  neck,  or 

else  over  the  forearm,  by  the  near  relatives  of  a  deceased  person. 

The  ends  of  tbe  bone  are  encased  in  gum-cement  and  the  latter 

wrapped  with  bark-string  and   Dendrobium  lashing;  the  shaft  is 

encased   in   a  wrapping  of  Emu  feathers  bound  with  bark- string. 

Nffo-erikudi  Tribe,   Pennefather  and  Batavia  Rivers,  Cape   iorU 

Peninsula, 

2      Another  example  of  the  same,  the  extremities  of  the  bone  not  en- 

"       ■         ca.ed  in  gum-cement  and  the  Emu  feather  wrapping  secured  «ith 

Imman  hair-string;  the  suspending  string  is  a  piece  of  fabric. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MILS.,  VOL.   YI. 


Plate  LXIX. 


J':^ 


V  (' 


I 

VJ 


VH^  tag 


H.  BARNES,  Jnnr.,  photo., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF   PLATE    LXX. 


Figs  1  and  2.  Ornaments  said  to  contain  portions  of  a  deceased  person'* 
ftesli  worn  by  tlie  avenging  relatives  in  similar  positions  to  the  ])au-to  (Plate 
Ixix.).  These  are  composed  outwardly  of  a  mass  of  gum-cement  covered  in 
the  upper  position  with  soft  yellow  fur  (/  Phalanger),  and  below  studded  with 
Abrus  precatorius  seeds.  Tliey  are  the  lin-ji-ila  of  the  Middle  Palmer  River 
natives. 


REC    AUSTE.    MU»S.,  VOL.   YT. 


Plate  LXX. 


H.  BARNES,  Junr.,  photo. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATIOX    OF    PLATE    LXXI. 


i'igs.  1 — 3.     Stages  in  dessic-ation  on  the  Russell  River  Goldfield,  Oairns 
Pistrict. 


EEC.    AUSTE.    MU8.,   VOL.  YT. 


Plate  L^XI. 


H.  SALTMARSH,  photc. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLITE     LXXH. 


Fifs.  1— 3.     St;  ge?  in  dessication  on  tlie  Roscwcll  River  Cloldfiekl,  Cairns 
Distric-t. 


REC.    AU!STR.    MUS.    VOL.  VI. 


Plate  LXXlL 


H.  SALTAURSH,  photo. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LXXIII. 


Fig.  1.  Women  mourners — parta-maro,  or  plaster  possessors — witli  tlieir 
heads  plastered  with  blobs  of  part  a  or  burnt  gjpsum,  causing  the 
whole  head  of  hair  at  a  distance  to  appear  one  mass  of  white. 
Boulia  District.  (Reproduced  from  the  "  Queenslander,"  Nov.  2. 
I'.KIl,  liT  l,iii(l  |M;rniissioii  i<\'  \]u'  Fldihu-). 

..  L'.  TIn  iH.i  f.ii-Kril  ii|)ri'.;liU  iix-d  to  -ii|i]Mirt  ihc  |),,lf  on  » liicli  1  In- 
l.oilic-  of  vduii'^'  irieii  pl.-icrd  in  >hccl,«  of  b;irk  .-ir'i-  slung  ]iyf\  \o\\~  In 
LTtMn.-itl.in  :  tlirse  li|  irii;lil  >  i  .I'tcn  i;i  \  c  I  lif  >'n\\  clue  tu  I  lir  <-|i;i  |-|-ril 
rcni:iin>  sc;ill('j'e>l  iiliiHjt.  rmni'lMlbn-  i;i\iT,  ('.-iih'  ^llrl^  I'cnln- 
-nhi. 


REC.    AUSTR.    MU8.,   VOL.   YI. 


Plate  LXXTTL 


»t^% 


^f-m       \ 


V^ 


/  t- 


G  WOOD,  Boulia,  photo,  (fig.  i). 
W.  E.  ROTH,  photo,  (fig.  2). 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LXXIV. 


Aperture  in  a  liollow  tree-butt,  ;it  a  lieight  of  from  four  to  six  feet  from  the 
■^rouiiil.  tliiMiiuli  wliii'li  llir  liuiirs  ul'  ;i  ilcrc;i-ci  I  pcr-.m.  .-iflcr  ilisinicriiiriil . 
\v<Tc  |>;i>-c<l   r.M'  liruil  ~.'|iiilclirc.       ('c.;i~t     line-     rroiii     .\l;ick;i\     ..ri     I  lu-    nm-llit.. 


REC.    AUSTR    MUS.,   VOL.  VI. 


Plate  LXXTV. 


H.  BARNES,  Junr.,  photo. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LXXV 


Cassiterite. 

Fis;.  1.  Emmaville,  N.  S.  Wales. 

.,     2  Elsmore.  N.  S  Wales.     Doublet  on  e  (101). 

.,     'A.  Elsiiiore.     Fiveling  on  e  in  orthographic  projection. 

4.  Stantliorpe,  Queensland.     Doublet  on  e. 

,,     5.  Tlie  Glen,  New  England,  N.  S.  Wales.     Fourling  on  p. 

,,     6.  Ilogue's  Creek,  N.  S.  Wales. 

Forms  -.—a  (100),  m  (110),  r  (230),  h  (120),  e  (101),  s  (HI),  z  (231). 


REC.    AU8TR.    MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  LXXV. 


'f 

s'" 

s 

C.  ANDERSON,  del. 
Ausir.  Mus. 


EXPLANATIOX    OF    PLATE    LXXVI. 


CERUf<8ITE. 

Fiati.  1    2.     Broken   Hill,   X.  S.  Wales.       In   ortliogmphic    and    clinograpiiie 

projection. 
Fig.  o      Broken  Hill.     Twin  on  r  (180). 

,r    -1-.      Washington  Extended  Mine,  Wiiyte  River,  Tasmania. 

,,     5.     Comet  Mine,  Dundas,  Tasmania.     Trilling  on  m  (110). 

Forms:— f  (001),  h  (010),  a  (100),  x  (012),  k  (Oil),  i  (021),  v  (031),  S{032), 
z  (041),  n  (051),  .y  (102),  .y  (121),^  (111),  o  (112). 


REC.    AIJSTR.    MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  LXXVI. 


Fi^Y' 


C.  ANDERSON,  del. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LXXVIL 


Ckrussitk. 

Figs.  1,  2.  Broken  Hill,  N.  S.  Wales.  Arrowliead  twin  on  r  (1:^0)  in  ortho- 
graphic and  clinographic  projection. 

Fig.  3.  Broken  Hill.  Stereogram  (tlie  form  *(  121)  is  inadyertently  omitted). 
,,  4.  Zeehan,  Tasmania.  Segments  subscribed  1  and  2  are  twinned  to  each 
other  on  m  (110),  as  are  those  subscribed  3  and  4. 

(For  lettering  and  indices  see  Explanation  of  Plate  Ixxvi.). 


REC.    AU8TR.    MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  LXXVII. 


«  3 


C-  ANDERSON,  del., 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATE    LXXVIII. 


Fig.  1.     Barite.     Commonwealth  Mine,  Wellington,  N.  S.  Wales. 
Forms:— f  (001),  m  (110),  1/(320),  o  (Oil),  d  (102),  u  (101),/  (113),  z  (111), 
.'/  (122). 

Fig.  2.     Monazite.     The  Grulf,  N.  S.  Wales.     Twin  on  a  (100)  projected  on 

(010). 

Forms  -.--(I  (100),  m  (110),  w  (101),  .«■   (lOl),  n  (021),  »  (111),  z  (311). 

Fig.  3.     Sfheelile.     Hillgrove,  N.  S.  Wales. 
Forms  -.—e  (101),  p  (111),  .v  (131). 

Fig.  4.     Sclieelite.     Mount  Ramsay,  Tasmania. 

Figs.  5,  6.     Vesuvianite.     Barraba,  N.   S.   Wales.     Orthographic  and  clino- 
graphic  projections. 

Forms:— c  rOOl),  a  (100),  m  (110),  e  {101),  p  (111),  t  (331),  -y  (311),  i  (312). 

Fig.  7.     Heulandite.     Werris  Creek,  N.  S.  Wales. 

Forms  -.—b  (010),  m  (110),  .c  (021),  t  (201),  *  (201),  «  (111). 


REC.    AUSTR.   MUS,   \"0L.  VI. 


Plate  LXXVIII. 


C.  ANDERSON,  del. 
Austr,  Mus. 


explajS'Ation  of  plate  lxxix. 


Chabazite. 

Fig    1.     Ben  Lomond,  N.  S.  \Vaies.     Penetration  twin  on  vertical  axis. 

,,     2.     Ben  Lomond.     Apex  of  cr_ystal  in  plan  ;  both  segments  of  the  twin 
uonisist  of  three  parts  in  parallel  position. 

„     3.     Middlesex,  Tasmania.     Penetration  twin  on  vertical  axis. 
Forms:— rt  (1120),  r  (1011),  e  (0112),  s  (0221),  f  (1123). 


REC.    AUSTR.   MUS.,  VOL.  VT. 


Plate  LXXTX. 


C.  ANDERSON,  del. 
Austr.  Mus. 


EXPLAAATIOX    OF    PLATE    LXXX. 


Chabazite. 
In  basalt,  Ben  Lomond,  X.  S  Wales. 


REC.    AU8TR.    MUS.,  VOL.  VI. 


Plate  LXXX. 


;i"!?llMfe-- 


H    BARNES,  Junr.,  photo.. 
Austr.  Mus. 


k 


3  2044  072   191    042